NP 5

Home
Contents
Index
NP 05
RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
The table below is to record Section IV Notice to Mariners amendments affecting this volume.
Sub paragraph numbers in the margin of the body of the book are to assist the user with corrections to this
volume from these amendments.
Weekly Notices to Mariners (Section IV)

2005
2006
2007
2008
IMPORTANT SEE RELATED ADMIRALTY PUBLICATIONS

This is one of a series of publications produced by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office which should be consulted by users of
Admiralty Charts. The full list of such publications is as follows:
Notices to Mariners (Annual, permanent, temporary and preliminary), Chart 5011 (Symbols and abbreviations), The Mariners
Handbook (especially Chapters 1 and 2 for important information on the use of UKHO products, their accuracy and limitations),
Sailing Directions (Pilots), List of Lights and Fog Signals, List of Radio Signals, Tide Tables and their digital equivalents.
All charts and publications should be kept up to date with the latest amendments.
Home
Contents
Index
NP 5
SOUTH AMERICA PILOT

VOLUME I
North-eastern and eastern coasts of
South America from Cabo Orange
to Cabo Tres Puntas
FIFTEENTH EDITION
2005
PUBLISHED BY THE UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE
Home
Contents
Index
E Crown Copyright 2005

To be obtained from Agents
for the sale of Admiralty Charts and Publications
Copyright for some of the material in

this publication is owned by the authority
named under the item and permission for its
reproduction must be obtained from the owner.
First published . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fifth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sixth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seventh Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eighth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ninth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tenth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eleventh Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Twelfth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thirteenth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourteenth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
1864
1874
1885
1893
1902
1911
1922
1932
1945
1959
1975
1996
1999
2002
Home
Contents
Index
PREFACE
The Fifteenth Edition of South America Pilot Volume I has been prepared by Captain J. A. Attwater, Master Mariner, and Captain W.H
Walker, Master Mariner. The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office has used all reasonable endeavours to ensure that this Pilot contains all
the appropriate information obtained by and assessed by it at the date shown below. Information received or assessed after that date will be
included in Admiralty Notices to Mariners where appropriate. If in doubt, see The Mariners Handbook for details of what Admiralty Notices
to Mariners are and how to use them.
This edition supersedes the Fourteenth Edition (2002), which is cancelled.
Information on climates and currents has been based on data provided by the Met Office, Exeter.
The following sources of information, other than UKHO Publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been consulted:
British
Fairplay Ports Guide 20042005.
Lloyds Maritime Guide200304.
Lloyds Ports of the World 2005.
Whitakers Almanac 2005.
Statesmans Year Book 2005.
Brazilian
Charts.
Roteiro Costa Norte (11 a. Edio) 1993, (2 a Reimpresso) 2000,
Roteiro Costa Leste (12 a. Edio) 2003, (1 a Reimpresso) 2003.
Roteiro Costa Sul (12 a. Edio) 1994, (3 a Reimpresso) 2000
Roterro Hidrovia, Paraguai Paran (Porto de Cceres Porto de Nova Palmira) Parte II, (1 a. Edio) 1998.
Argentinean
Charts.
Derrotero Argentino Parte I, Rio de la Plata (12 a. Edicin) 2001.
Derrotero Argentino Parte II, Costa del Atlantico (9 a. Edicin) 2000.
Derrotero Argentino Parte IV, Rios Parana, Paraguay, Bermejo, Pilcomayo y Uruguay (9a. Edicin) 1987 with corrections to 2004.
Derrotero Hidrovia, Paraguay Parana (Puerto de Cceres Puerto Nueva Palmira) Parte I, (1 a. Edicin) 1998.
Manual de Navegacion Deportiva del Rio de la Plata, 1998.
Uruguayan
Charts.
Dr D W Williams
United Kingdom National Hydrographer
The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office

Admiralty Way
Taunton
Somerset TA1 2DN
England
3rd March 2005
iii
Home
Contents
Index
PREFACE
to Twelfth Edition (1996)
The Twelfth Edition of South America Pilot Volume I has been compiled by Captain P.J. Pritchard, Master Mariner, and
contains the latest information received in the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office to the date given below.
This edition supersedes the Eleventh Edition (1975) and Supplement No 11 (1992), which is cancelled.
The following sources of information other than United Kingdon Hydrographic Pffice Publications and Ministry of Defence
papers, have been consulted:
British
Fairplay Ports Guide 1996.
Lloyds Maritime Guide 1993
Lloyds Ports of the World 199
Lloyds Shipping Information Services
Whitakers Almanac 1993
Statesmans Year Book 1995/96
Brazilian
Charts.
Roteiro Costa Norte 1993
Roteiro Costa Leste 1992
Roteiro Costa Sul 1994
Argentine
Charts.
Derrotero Argentino Parte I (Ninth Edicin) 1993.
Derrotero Argentino Parte II (Eighth. Edicin) 1991.
Atlas Cartografico del Ro de La Plata 1995.
South American Ports Handbooks (5th Edition) 1993, Agencia Maritima Internacional S.A. Buenos Aires
Uruguayan
Charts.
United States
Charts.
Sailing Directions: Publication 121 (Second Edition) 1988.
J.P.CLARKE LVO MBE

Rear Admiral
Hydrographer of the Navy
The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office

Ministry of Defence
Taunton
Somerset TA1 2DN
England
2nd March 1996
iv
Home
Contents
Index
CONTENTS
Pages
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Preface to the Twelfth Edition (1996) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Explanatory notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Glossaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Index chartlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv and xvi
CHAPTER 1
Navigation and regulations
Limits of the book (1.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigational dangers and hazards (1.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic and operations (1.6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charts (1.13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigational aids (1.19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pilotage (1.24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio facilities (1.27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulations (1.35) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals (1.47) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distress and rescue (1.50) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
5
6
Countries and ports

Brazil (1.57) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Peru (1.68 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Uruguay (1.69) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Paraguay (1.77) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Argentina (1.84) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Principal ports, harbours and anchorages (1.92) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Port services summary (1.97) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Natural conditions
Maritime topography (1.106) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currents (1.108) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sea and swell (1.120) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sea water characteristics (1.123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Climate and weather (1.125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ice conditions (1.127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Climatic tables (1.155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meteorological conversion table and scales (1.177) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
14
17
18
18
18
49
72
CHAPTER 2
East coast of South America Offshore islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
CHAPTER 3
North coast of Brazil Cabo Orange to Salinpolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
CHAPTER 4
North coast of Brazil Salinpolis to Cabo de So Roque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
CHAPTER 5
East coast of Brazil Cabo de So Roque to Baa de Todos os Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
CHAPTER 6
East coast of Brazil Baa de Todos os Santos to Cabo Frio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Home
Contents
Index
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 7
East coast of Brazil Cabo Frio to Ponta do Boi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
CHAPTER 8
East coast of Brazil Ponta do Boi to Arroio Chu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
CHAPTER 9
Ro de La Plata Approaches and estuary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
CHAPTER 10
Ro Uruguay, Ro Paran and Ro Paraguay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
CHAPTER 11
East coast of Argentina Cabo San Antonio to Punta Delgada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
CHAPTER 12
East coast of Argentina Punta Delgada to Cabo Tres Puntas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
INDEX
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
vi
Home
Contents
Index
EXPLANATORY NOTES
Admiralty Sailing Directions are intended for use by vessels of 12 m or more in length. They amplify charted detail and contain
information needed for safe navigation which is not available from Admiralty charts, or other hydrographic publications. They are intended
to be read in conjunction with the charts quoted in the text.
This volume of the Sailing Directions will be kept up-to-date by the issue of a new edition at intervals of approximately 3 years, without
the use of supplements. In addition important amendments which cannot await the new edition are published in Section IV of the weekly
editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A list of such amendments and notices in force is published in the last weekly edition for each
month. Those still in force at the end of the year are reprinted in the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
This volume should not be used without reference to Section IV of the weekly editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
CDROM
Status. A compact disc is provided at the back of this volume. The paper publication of Sailing Directions satisfies the requirements of
Chapter V of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea. The CD version does not satisfy these requirements and should only
be used in conjunction with the paper publication and any amendments affecting the paper publication. Where any discrepancy exists
between data on the CD and in the paper publication of Sailing Directions, the paper publication (inclusive of amendments) is to be relied
upon.
Disclaimer. Whilst the UKHO has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the data on the CD was accurate at the time of production, it
has not verified the data for navigational purposes and the CD is not suitable, and is not to be relied upon, for navigation. The use of the CD for
this purpose is at the users own risk. The UKHO accepts no liability (except in the case of death or personal injury caused by the negligence
of the UKHO) whether in contract, tort, under any statute or otherwise and whether or not arising out of any negligence on the part of the
UKHO in respect of any inadequacy of any kind whatsoever in the data on the CD or in the means of distribution.
Conditions of release. The material supplied on the CDROM is protected by Crown Copyright. No part of the data may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise
without the prior written permission of the UKHO. The copyright material, its derivatives and its outputs may not be sold or distributed or
commercially exploited in either an original or derived form without the prior written permission of the UKHO. For the avoidance of doubt,
the supplied material, its derivatives and its outputs shall not be placed, or allowed to be placed, on a computer accessible to Third Parties
whether via the Internet or otherwise. The release of the supplied material in no way implies that the UKHO will supply further material.
References to hydrographic and other publications
The Mariners Handbook gives general information affecting navigation and is complementary to this volume.
Ocean Passages for the World and Routeing Charts contain ocean routeing information and should be consulted for other than coastal
passages.
Admiralty List of Lights should be consulted for details of lights, lanbys and fog signals, as these are not fully described in this volume.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals should be consulted for information relating to coast and port radio stations, radio details of pilotage
services, radar beacons and radio direction finding stations, meteorological services, radio navigational aids, Global Maritime Distress and
Safety System (GMDSS) and Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) stations, as these are only briefly referred to in this volume.
Admiralty Maritime Communications is a comprehensive guide on all aspects of maritime communications for the yachtsman and small
craft user. It provides general information on Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS), the management of VHF, Maritime
Safety Information, NAVTEX, Inmarsat and Radio Facsimile, and detailed information and procedures for marinas and harbours used by
small craft.
Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners contains in addition to the temporary and preliminary notices, and amendments and
notices affecting Sailing Directions, a number of notices giving information of a permanent nature covering radio messages and navigational
warnings, distress and rescue at sea and exercise areas.
The International Code of Signals should be consulted for details of distress and life-saving signals, international ice-breaker signals as
well as international flag signals.
vii
Home
Contents
Index
EXPLANATORY NOTES
Remarks on subject matter

Buoys are generally described in detail only when they have special navigational significance, or where the scale of the chart is too small
to show all the details clearly.
Chart index diagrams in this volume show only those Admiralty charts of a suitable scale to give good coverage of the area. Mariners
should consult NP 131 Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications for details of larger scale charts.
Chart references in the text normally refer to the largest scale Admiralty chart but occasionally a smaller scale chart may be quoted where
its use is more appropriate.
Firing, practice and exercise areas. Except for submarine exercise areas, details of firing, practice and exercise areas are not mentioned
in Sailing Directions, but signals and buoys used in connection with these areas are sometimes mentioned if significant for navigation.
Attention is invited to the Annual Notice to Mariners on this subject.
Names have been taken from the most authoritative source. When an obsolete name still appears on the chart, it is given in brackets
following the proper name at the principal description of the feature in the text and where the name is first mentioned.
Tidal information relating the daily vertical movements of the water is not given; for this Admiralty Tide Tables should be consulted.
Changes in water level of an abnormal nature are mentioned.
Time difference used in the text when applied to the time of High Water found from the Admiralty Tide Tables, gives the time of the event
being described in the Standard Time kept in the area of that event. Due allowance must be made for any seasonal daylight saving time which
may be kept.
Wreck information is included where drying or below-water wrecks are relatively permanent features having significance for
navigation or anchoring.
Units and terminology used in this volume
Latitude and Longitude given in brackets are approximate and are taken from the chart quoted.
Bearings and directions are referred to the true compass and when given in degrees are reckoned clockwise from 000 (North) to 359
Bearings used for positioning are given from the reference object.
Bearings of objects, alignments and light sectors are given as seen from the vessel.
Courses always refer to the course to be made good over the ground.
Winds are described by the direction from which they blow.
Tidal streams and currents are described by the direction towards which they flow.
Distances are expressed in sea miles of 60 to a degree of latitude and sub-divided into cables of one tenth of a sea mile.
Depths are given below chart datum, except where otherwise stated.
Heights of objects refer to the height of the structure above the ground and are invariably expressed as ... m in height.
Elevations, as distinct from heights, are given above Mean High Water Springs or Mean Higher High Water whichever is quoted in
Admiralty Tide Tables, and expressed as, an elevation of ... m. However the elevation of natural features such as hills may alternatively be
expressed as ... m high since in this case there can be no confusion between elevation and height.
Metric units are used for all measurements of depths, heights and short distances, but where feet/fathoms charts are referred to, these
latter units are given in brackets after the metric values for depths and heights shown on the chart.
Time is expressed in the four-figure notation beginning at midnight and is given in local time unless otherwise stated. Details of local time
kept will be found in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Bands is the word used to indicate horizontal marking.
Stripes is the word used to indicate markings which are vertical, unless stated to be diagonal.
Conspicuous objects are natural and artificial marks which are outstanding, easily identifiable and clearly visible to the mariner over a
large area of sea in varying conditions of light. If the scale is large enough they will normally be shown on the chart in bold capitals and may be
marked conspic.
Prominent objects are those which are easily identifiable, but do not justify being classified as conspicuous.
viii
Home
Contents
Index
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in the text.
Automatic Indentification System
Articulated loading column
Articulated loading platform
Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue
System
IHO
IMO
ITCZ
International Hydrographic Organization

International Maritime Organization
Intertropical Convergence Zone
JRCC
Joint Rescue Coordination Centre
C
CALM
CBM
CDC
CVTS
degrees Celsius
Catenary anchor leg mooring
Conventional buoy mooring
Certain Dangerous Cargo
Cooperative Vessel Traffic System
DF
DG
DGPS
DW
dwt
DZ
direction finding
degaussing
Differential Global Positioning System
Deep Water
deadweight tonnage
danger zone
E
EEZ
ELSBM
ENE
EPIRB
ESE
ETA
ETD
EU
east (easterly, eastward, eastern, easternmost)

exclusive economic zone
Exposed location single buoy mooring
east-north-east
Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon
east-south-east
estimated time of arrival
estimated time of departure
European Union
kHz
km
kn
kW
Lanby
LASH
LAT
LF
LHG
LMT
LNG
LOA
LPG
LW
kilohertz
kilometre(s)
knot(s)
kilowatt(s)
Large automatic navigation buoy
Lighter Aboard Ship
Lowest Astronomical Tide
low frequency
Liquefied Hazardous Gas
Local Mean Time
Liquefied Natural Gas
Length overall
Liquefied Petroleum Gas
Low Water
m
mb
MCTS
feu
fm
FPSO
FPU
FSO
ft
forty foot equivalent unit

fathom(s)
Floating production storage and offloading
vessel
Floating production unit
Floating storage and offloading vessel
foot (feet)
g/cm3
GMDSS
GPS
GRP
grt
gt
gram per cubic centimetre

Global Maritime Distress and Safety System
Global Positioning System
glass reinforced plastic
gross register tonnage
gross tonnage
metre(s)
millibar(s)
Marine Communications and Traffic Services
Centres
medium frequency
megahertz
Mean Higher High Water
Mean Higher Low Water
Mean High Water
Mean High Water Neaps
Mean High Water Springs
Mean Lower High Water
Mean Lower Low Water
Mean Low Water
Mean Low Water Neaps
Mean Low Water Springs
millimetre(s)
Maritime Mobile Service Identity
Maritime Rescue Co-ordination Centre
Maritime Rescue Sub-Centre
Mean Sea Level
Motor Vessel
megawatt(s)
Motor Yacht
HAT
HF
HMS
hp
hPa
HSC
HW
Highest Astronomical Tide

high frequency
Her (His) Majestys Ship
horse power
hectopascal
High Speed Craft
High Water
IALA
International Association of Lighthouse

Authorities
AIS
ALC
ALP
AMVER
MF
MHz
MHHW
MHLW
MHW
MHWN
MHWS
MLHW
MLLW
MLW
MLWN
MLWS
mm
MMSI
MRCC
MRSC
MSL
MV
MW
MY
N
NATO
Navtex
NE
NNE
NNW
No
nrt
NW
ix
north (northerly, northward, northern,

northernmost)
North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Navigational Telex System
north-east
north-north-east
north-north-west
number
nett register tonnage
north-west
Home
Contents
Index
ABBREVIATIONS
ODAS
Ocean Data Acquisition System
PEL
PLEM
POL
Port Entry Light

Pipe line end manifold
Petrol, Oil & Lubricants
RCC
RMS
RN
Ro-Ro
RT
Rescue Coordination Centre

Royal Mail Ship
Royal Navy
Rollon, Roll-off
radio telephony
S
south (southerly, southward, southern,
southernmost)
SALM
Single anchor leg mooring system
SALS
Single anchored leg storage system
SAR
Search and Rescue
Satnav
Satellite navigation
SBM
Single buoy mooring
SE
south-east
SPM
Single point mooring
sq
square
SS
Steamship
SSE
south-south-east
SSW
south-south-west
SW
south-west
teu
TSS
twenty foot equivalent unit

Traffic Separation Scheme
UHF
UKHO
ULCC
UN
UT
UTC
ultra high frequency

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
Ultra Large Crude Carrier
United Nations
Universal Time
Co-ordinated Universal Time
VDR
VHF
VLCC
VMRS
VTC
VTMS
VTS
Voyage Data Recorder

very high frequency
Very Large Crude Carrier
Vessel Movement Reporting System
Vessel Traffic Centre
Vessel Traffic Management System
Vessel Traffic Services
W
west (westerly, westward, western,
westernmost)
WGS
World Geodetic System
WMO
World Meteorological Organization
WNW
west-north-west
WSW
west-south-west
WT
radio (wireless) telegraphy
Home
Contents
Index
GLOSSARY
Spanish (S) and Portuguese (P) terms and words found on charts and in the Sailing Directions
Foreign word
Language
English meaning
Foreign word
a, as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
abra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
acantilados . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
adentro . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
aduana . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
afuera . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
aguada . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
aguado . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
aguja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
albufera . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
aldea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
aldeia . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
alto, altura . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
amarelo . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
amarillo . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
amarradero . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
ancho . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
ancladero . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
ancoradouro . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
ancon . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
apetrachamento . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
angostura . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
angra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
archipielago . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
areia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
arenal . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
armazen . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
arquipelago . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
arrebentacoes . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
arroyito . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
astillero . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
atalaia . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
atalaya . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
atraque . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
avituallmento . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
azul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
the (fem)
cove, creek, haven
cliffs
inner, inside
customs house
outer, outside
watering place
sharp, pointed
needle
lagoon, pond
village
hamlet
height
yellow
yellow
mooring, dolphin
wide, broad
anchorage
anchorage
open bay, roadstead
stores, marine chandlery
narrows
inlet, bay
archipelago
sand
sand
extensive area of sand
warehouse
archipelago
breakers
reef
brook
stream, rivulet
shipyard
lookout, watchtower
lookout, watchtower
alongside berth
victualling
blue
boya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . buoy
bravo . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . exposed (when applied to a
beach or stretch of coastline)
brazo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . arm (of the sea)
branco . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . white
bravezas . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . heavy rollers or ground swell
bruma . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . fog
buque . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . ship
babor . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
bacia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
bahia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
baia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
port (side)
basin
bay
bay
(noun) shoal, (adv) below,
under, (adj) low
shoal
beacon
seaside resort, bathing place
bank
bank
windward
bar, entrance
ravine, gully
precipice, ravine
cliff of reddish or whitish
clay contrasting with the
adjacent coastline, by its
colour, prominence or
general character
ward, section (of town)
battery
white
mouth, entrance
store, warehouse
wide mouth, opening or
entrance
narrow entrance, gap
buoy
catedral . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cemeterio . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cemiterio . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
centro . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cerrito . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
chico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
choya . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cidade . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
cidadela . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
cima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
cinco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
cinzento . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
ciudad . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
ciudadela . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
co . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
colina . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
collado . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
colonia . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
colorado . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
comarca . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
combustible . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
concha . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
cono . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
convento . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
coqueiral . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
cordo . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
cordillera . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
baixio, baixo (adj) . . . P . . . . . . . . .

baliza . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
balneario . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
bancha . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
barlovento . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
barra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
barranca . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
barranco . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
barreira . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
barrio . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
bateria . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
blanco . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
bodega . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
boqueron . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
boquette . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
boia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
Language
cabeza . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cabezo . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
cachoeira . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
cadena . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cais . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
cala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
caleton . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
calho, calhau . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
camino . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
campana . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
campo . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
canalizo . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
canto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
capela . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
capilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
carbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cargadero . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
carreira . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
carrera, carreiro . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
casa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
casal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
cascada . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
caserio . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
castelo . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
castillo . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
castro . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
xi
English meaning
shoal head
shoal head, summit
cape
waterfall
chain (of mountains)
quay, wharf
narrow cove, fiord
cove
large cove
skerry
road
bell
tract of country
channel, canal
narrow channel between
islands
bluff
chapel
chapel
coal
ship-loading appliance
narrow channel, slipway
narrow channel, passage
house
farmhouse
waterfall
hamlet, group of houses
castle
castle
headland, hillock surmounted
by ruins
cathedral
cay
cemetery
cemetery
centre
hillock
hill
small
bluff
city, large town
citadel
summit, crest
five
grey
city
citadel
rock, rocky shoal
hill, hillock
hillock, elevation
colony, settlement
reddish in colour
region
fuel
cove
cone
convent
coconut grove
ridge, line of reefs
mountain range
Home
Contents
Index
GLOSSARY
Foreign word
Language
coroa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
corona . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
corriente . . . . . . . . . . . S
cortadura . . . . . . . . . . s
.........
.........
.........
.........
costa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
coto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cruz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
cuartel . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cuatro . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cuesta . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cueva . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cumbre . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cuna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
cuspide . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
darsena . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
delta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
dentro . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
departamento . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
desembarcadero . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
desembarcadouro . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
desembocadura . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
desierto . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
dia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
diez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
dique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
English meaning
Foreign word
sandy head
crown, summit
current
cut, cutting, very narrow
channel or defile
coast
summit
cross
barracks
four
sloping ground, hull
cave
summit, peak
quoin, wedge
summit
fiordo . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
fondeadero . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
fortaleza . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
fora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
forte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
foz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
fraile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
freo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
fronton . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
fuerte . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
fundeadouro . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
furo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
firth, arm of the sea

anchorage
fortress
outer
fort
mouth of a river
friar
strait
wall-like cliff
fort
anchorage
natural channel between two
rivers or lakes
garganta . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
garita . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
gran, grande . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
gris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
grupo . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
narrow passage, sound

sentry box, hut, lookout
gulf
large, great, big
grey
group
hacienda . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
herradura . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
hormigon . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
hotel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
farm, plantation
horseshoe-shaped bay
concrete
hotel
distrito . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
doble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
doca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
doca de marees . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
doca de flutacao . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
dois . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
draga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
duna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
basin, dock, backwater

delta
inner
department
landing place
landing place
mouth of a river
desert
day
ten
mole, dock, embankment,
levee
district
double
dock
tidal basin
wet dock
two
two
dredger
dune
el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
electricidad . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
electricidade . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
embocadura . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
encarnado . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
enseada . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
entrada . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
ermida . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
ermita . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
esclusa . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
escollera . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
escollo . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
espigao . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
espigon . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
esporao . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
estacada . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
estacion . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
estado . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
estaleiro . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
estancia . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
este . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
esteiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
estrecho . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
estreito . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
estribor . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
estuario . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
definite article (masc)

electricity
electricity
mouth
red
bay, bight, cove
bay
entrance, fairway
hermitage
hermitage
lock (canal or basin)
wave trap, breakwater
shallow rock, reef awash
projecting point
spur, arm of mole
groyne
pier, projecting wharf, mole
station
state
shipyard
ranch, country estate
east
creek
creek
strait, narrows
strait, narrows
starboard hand
estuary
outer, exterior
fabrica . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
faleja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
farallon . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
farilhao . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
faro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
factory
see barreira
stack, steep rocky islet
stack, steep rocky islet
lighthouse
Language
English meaning
igarap . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . creek, narrow shallow arm of

the sea or a river
iglesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . church
igreja . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . church
ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . island
ilheu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . islet
insua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . small islet or rock
interior . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . inner
isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . island
isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . islet
islita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . small island, islet
islote, islotillo,
islotito . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . small barren islet, skerry
istmo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . isthmus
xii
la, las . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
lago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
lagoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
laja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
lancha . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
lancha de socorro . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
largo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
lastra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
laxe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
leste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
levante . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
lodo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
loma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
lomo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
lugar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
lugarejo . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
llana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
llano (adj) . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
llanura . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
definite article (fem)

lake
small lake, marsh
lagoon
flat rock
flat rock
lighter, launch
lifeboat
long
rocky ledge
rock
east
eastern
mud
hillock, knoll
ridge
village, hamlet, place
hamlet
plain
plain, flat
plain
malecon . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
malha . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
margen . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
marisma . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
mastil . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
mata, mato . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
medano . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
medio . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
meio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
quay, mole
patch (shoal)
sea
shore, river bank
marsh
mast
forest, wood, thicket
dune, sandhill
middle
middle
Home
Contents
Index
GLOSSARY
Foreign word
Language
English meaning
Foreign word
molhe . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
molino . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
monasterio . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
montana . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
montanha . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
monticulo . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
moreno . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
muelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
muelle de atraque . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
muralla . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
southern
tableland, plateau
metal
hummock
mill
thicket, copse, isolated clump
of trees
mole, pier
mill
monastery
mountain
mountain
mount, mountain
knoll
brown
headland, bluff
pier, jetty, mole, breakwater
alongside berth
wall of mountains, cliffs, etc.
pleamar . . . . . . . . . . . . S
poblacion . . . . . . . . . . S
poblado . . . . . . . . . . . . S
policia . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
poniente . . . . . . . . . . . S
ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
pontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
ponte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
ponte-cais . . . . . . . . . . P
pororoca . . . . . . . . . . . P
portinho . . . . . . . . . . . P
porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
povoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . P
povoco, povoado . . . P
pozo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
negro . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
niebla . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
noche . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
nordeste . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
noroeste . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
nova . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
novo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
nueve . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
nuevo . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
black
fog
night
northeast
northwest
north
nine
new
nine
new
o, os . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
obscuro, oscuro . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
occidental . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
ocho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
oeste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
oito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
oriental . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
orilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
outeiro . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .

dark
western
eight
west
eight
eastern
shore, edge, river bank
hill with moderate slopes
palacio . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
palheiros . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
palo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pampa . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pan de azucar . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pantano . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
parana . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
parcel . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
pardo . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
paredones . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
paredo . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
parque . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
paseo . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pasage . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
pedregal . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
penasco . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
peninsula . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
penon . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pequeno . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
pescado . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
peton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
petroleo . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
picacho . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
piloto . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
pinhal . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
placer . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
palace
fishing village
mast, spar
grassy plain
sugarloaf
swamp, marsh
reach of a river
shallow patch
grey
wall, bluff
sea wall
park
promenade
passage, ferry
pass
stone, rock
stony or rocky patch
rock
large rock
peninsula
rocky mountain
small
fish
pinnacle rock
petroleum
sharp peak
peak
stone, rock
pilot (official)
pine wood
shoal
beach
meridional . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
mesa, meseta . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
metalico . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
mogote . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
moinho . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
moita . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
Language
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
practico . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
praia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
presa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
preto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
promontorio . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
provincia . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
puebla . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pueblecito . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pueblito . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
pueblo . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
puente . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
puntal . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
English meaning
flood tide
town
village
police
western
point (of land)
promontory, point
bridge, pier
pier, jetty
bore (tidal)
small port or harbour
port, harbour
large town
village
well, deep hole in sea bed
or river
pilot (unofficial)
beach
barrage, weir
black
promontory
province
village
small town, village
hamlet
town
bridge
port, harbour
point
narrow point
quatro . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . four
quebrada . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . ravine, gully, cut, gap
quebra-mar . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . breakwater
rada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
rampa . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
recife . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
redondo . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
regato . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
remolcador . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
restinga . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
reventazones . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
ria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
riacho . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
riachuelo . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
ribera . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
rihero . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
rincon . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
risca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
rocha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
rocalloso . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
rochedo . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
rochel . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
rodado . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
rodal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
rojo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S
rompeolas . . . . . . . . . . S
rompientes . . . . . . . . . S
roqueiro . . . . . . . . . . . S
.........
.........
.........
.........
saco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
salinas . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
san, santa . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
sao, santa, santo . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
seco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
seis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
senal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
seno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
xiii
roadstead
ramp, boat slip
reef
round
torrent, stream
tug
reef, spit
breakers
inlet, estuary
stream
rivulet
shore, river bank
brook
inner angle or corner, a small
cove or corner in a large bay
river
shoal or shoal heads awash
rock
rock
pebbly, stony
rocky, place
rocky patch
rock, rocky place
landslide
shoal, usually rocky and
of some extent
red
breakwater
breakers
rocky shoal
cove
saltpans
saint
saint
dry
six
signal
bight, sound
Home
Contents
Index
GLOSSARY
Foreign word
Language
septentrional . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
serra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
serriana . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
sete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
siete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
silla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
sotavento . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
sucio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
sud, sur . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
sudoeste . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
sueste . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
sul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
surgidero . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
English meaning
Foreign word
Language
English meaning
northern
mountain range
mountain ridge
seven
mountain range
seven
saddle
leeward
foul
south
southwest
southeast
south
anchorage
tres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . three
um . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . one
un . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . one
urca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . a bank which develops into
a coroa
vado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
vale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
valle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
varadero . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
varadouro . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
vega . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
velho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
ventisquoro . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
verde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
viejo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
vigia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
vila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
villa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
villorio . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
volcan . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
volcao . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
vuelta . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
tendero . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
terra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . .
tetas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
teton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
tierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
torre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . .
touza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . .
holding ground, anchorage

land
nipples, paps
large nipple, pap
land
tower
rock (usually lying off a larger
feature)
trapiche . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . wharf or pier with open-sided
storage
travesia . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . crossing in a river, where the
channel moves from one
bank to the other
ford
valley
valley
slipway
landing
plain (noun)
old
glacier
green
old
lookout
town, village, villa
town, villa
hamlet
volcano
volcano
bend, turn (of a channel)
zona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . zone
xiv
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter Index Diagram
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
NP 71
WEST INDIES PILOT
VOL II
517
10
NP 1
AFRICA PILOT
VOL I
NP 7A
SOUTH
AMERICA
PILOT
VOL IV
ge
ran
C.O
10
520
3962
a
rac
Ma
e
e
d
or t
I.
oN
d
AS
C.
ZON
AMA
RIO
r
a
lis
P
po
R.
n
i
l
Sa
INSET
P.
de
3959
q
Ita
ar
oM
S
de
Baia
z
tale
For
R.
ro
sso
Mo 3979
a
nc
Natal
Bra
a
ei a
r
A
eM
P. de
d
P. de
P.
Cabadelo
P. de Recife
P. de Suape
10
88
as 3
Roc
s
a
l d Arq.de Fernando
Ato
de Noronha 388
3955
3957
Rio Pamai
ba
os
eia
ia orr im
to C oc
Tu Luis Cam
e
e
ui
3958
Penedos de So Pedro
e So Paulo 388
ca
u
SEE
P.
P. de
d
P,
d
528
10
S
A T
15
IIhus
O
L
U
A
T
N
NP 2 AFRICA PILOT VOL II
3978
P. de Maceio
B. de Todos os Santos
Rio So Francisco do Norte
B. d
P. de Aracaju
3977
e To
dod
L
os S
a nt
os
3976
Ps. de Madre de Deus & Aratu
P. de Salvado
H
T
3975
O
3974
Caravelas
R. D
oc
e
3972
Ps. do Vitria & do Tubaro
P. d Terminal da Pta. do Ubu
Term
inal P o Rio
.
d
T
P. de ebig a IIhde Sede Ja
Ang Oil T a G pe ne
ra d erm ui tib rio3971
os in ba a
Re al
is
20
P. de Santos
25
6
3973
20
388 I. da Trinidade
2
529
25
3980
3968
P. de Paranagu
P. de So Francisco
do Sul
P. de Itajai
50
C. do Norte
2189
55
P. de Imbituba
C. de S. Marta Grande
30
556
3063
60
2
3969
de
P.
29
22
us
na
a
eM
P. d
30
el
2229
Continued on
NP 5(b)
0405
50
Alm
eir
im
ZONAS
AMA
RIO
2204
ar
oP
Ri
397
I. de
Maraj
lis
po
Salin
Lagoa
dos
Patos
Is. Martin Vas 388
530
3970
15
55
60
45
Longitude 40 West from Greenwich
xv
50
30
25
20
NP 5(a)
Home
Contents
Index
65
25
60
55
50
45
35
40
30
25
20
25
3980
P. de Paranagu
Asuncin
P. de So Francisco
do Sul P. de Itajai
3968
3069
10
30
ra
Pa
n
P. de Imbituba
R.
Ur
ug
ua
y
R.
10
La Paz
Porto Alegre
C. de S. Marta
Grande
30
Tramanda
Salto
Santa F
Continued on
NP 5(a)
Lagoa dos Patos

530
P. do R. Grande
U RU G UAY
Rosario
on
te
vi
o
de
35
Buenos Aires
3063
P. de la Paloma
Pta. Piedras to Pta. Ballena
Jos Ignacio Terminal
SEE INSET
2039
A
R.
A
C. San Antonio
40
R.
Ne
gr
o
P.S. Antonio
3067
G. San
Matias
45
Hu
35
3064
de
la P
lata
P. Mar del Plata

P. Quequn
Ps.
Bel
gran
o&R
Bah
osales
ia Bl
anca
Pue
r to S
an Blas
3066
11
556
3065
40
Pen. Valdes
P. Pirmide
G. N
uev
o
P. Madryn
Bs
.G
il &
NP 2
AFRICA PILOT
VOL II
xvi
Ps. Ingeniero White

Nacional & Galvn
58
32
56
32
12
ev
o
Canal Leones &

B.S. Gregorio
I. Tova
Cals. Cordova & Olivares
Comorodo Rivadavia
10
558
557
Cal. Olivia
34
Cal. Sur C. Tres Puntas

C. Blanco
1302
3106
50
NP 6
SOUTH AMERICA PILOT
VOL II
45
ira
lm
Pa
do
va lo ora
e
u me a. D
N
s
ar Pt la
de
P. de C de nchil
P. uelle Co
e
M . de
uc
P
Sa
P.
P. de Buenos
Aries
NP 9
ANTARCTIC PILOT
e
P. d
36
a
l at
la P
1749
58
0405
65
60
55
40
35
30
25
R.
d
el
aP
3064
34
eo
vid
nte
Mo
I. de Flores
lat
50
36
56
20
NP 5(b)
Home
Contents
Index
LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPERTAINING TO NAVIGATION

While, in the interests of safety of shipping, the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office makes every endeavour to include in its hydrographic
publications details of the laws and regulations of all countries appertaining to navigation, it must be clearly understood:
(a) that no liability whatever will be accepted for failure to publish details of any particular law or regulation, and
(b) that publication of the details of a law or regulation is solely for the safety and convenience of shipping and implies no recognition
of the international validity of the law or regulation.
SOUTH AMERICA PILOT

VOLUME I
CHAPTER 1
NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS
COUNTRIES AND PORTS
NATURAL CONDITIONS
NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS

mariners should therefore exercise extreme caution when
approaching this coast; see 4.2 to 4.4.
LIMITS OF THE BOOK

Charts 4020, 4012
Area covered
1
Navigation amongst coral
1.1
The limits of this Pilot are defined as follows:
Lat
Long
From Cabo Orange
420N
5127W
4706S
6552W
Along the coasts of Brazil,
Uruguay and Argentina to
Cabo Tres Puntas
Thence E to position
4706S
5000W
Thence ENE to position
4500S
4000W
Thence E to position
4500S
2000W
Thence N to position
Equator
2000W
Thence NW to position
1145N
4000W
Thence W to position
1145N
5000W
Thence S to position
500N
5000W
Thence SW to Cabo Orange
426N
5132W
The area covered includes the coastal waters of Brazil,
Uruguay and Argentina as far S as Cabo Tres Puntas; the
major river estuaries and tributaries of Ro Amazonas and
Ro de La Plata; and the waters of the South Atlantic
Ocean.
Navigation amongst kelp

1
NAVIGATIONAL DANGERS AND HAZARDS
1.4
Kelp, or sargasso weed, grows on most of the dangers
which have a rocky or stony bottom, especially off the
coast of Argentina, S of Punta Delgada (4246S,
6338W). These dangers cannot always be identified by
the kelp, however, as heavy seas can sometimes tear the
weed from a rock, or strong currents draw it under water
and out of sight.
Growing kelp should invariably be considered as a sign
of danger. It forms long streamers, level with or just below
the surface of the water. A vessel should never pass
through growing kelp if it can be avoided and should give
it a wide berth, particularly where tides and currents are
strong. A clear patch of water in the middle of a thick
growth of weed often indicates the position of least depth.
Dead kelp, which has broken away from the bottom,
floats in curled masses, with leaves showing above the
surface; it sometimes drifts in long lines.
Whales
Coastal conditions
1
1.3
Coral reefs extend along a large part of the E coast of
Brazil. See The Mariners Handbook for remarks on
navigating amongst coral reefs, rates of coral growth and
erosion.
1.2
The N coast of Brazil is generally very low lying, with
few distinguishing features and widely spaced lights,
1.5
Southern Right or Franca Whales, a protected species,
may be encountered off the S coast of Brazil, see 1.43.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
TRAFFIC AND OPERATIONS

Traffic
General
1
1.6
There are two major river systems in the area covered
by this volume, Ro de La Plata with major ports and
minor river ports, and Ros Para and Amazonas with
developing ports and the major port at Belem. In Brazil
there are a number of significant ore ports, and major ports
in the Ro de Janeiro and Santos area. In Argentina the
other major port groups are Baha Blanca and the oil
terminals centred on Commodoro Rivadavia in the S.
permanent oil platforms are shown on the charts. See The

Mariners Handbook.
Caution. Navigation within 500 m of permanent and
temporary structures is prohibited.
See also 1.35 for regulations for pipelines, and 1.36 for
pollution information.
Floating laboratories and current meters

1
1.11
These instruments are moored, temporarily off the
coastline covered by this volume. Their positions are
usually indicated by a light-buoy (special), usually fitted
with a radar reflector. Mariners should give them a wide
berth.
Piracy and armed robbery

Exercise areas
1
Firing practice and exercise areas

1
1.7
The Brazilian, Uruguayan and Argentine authorities have
established several firing practice and naval exercise areas
off their respective coasts. Detailed descriptions are not
given in this book as warnings of firing practices and
exercises are published in local notices to mariners and
broadcast by coast radio stations.
CHARTS
Submarine exercise areas

1
1.12
Acts of piracy and armed robbery occur within Brazilian
waters. The attention of mariners is drawn to the possible
preventative measures outlined by the ICC International
Maritime Bureau, see 1.52.
It is reported that the Brazilian authorities have set up
NEPOMS, a special port security unit, which at present
operates in Rio de Janeiro and Santos.
Admiralty charts
1.8
Submarines exercise in several areas off the coasts of
Brazil and Argentina, these areas are indicated on the
respective charts and described in the body of the book. A
good lookout for submarines should be kept when passing
through these areas.
1.9
Signals. Surface vessels may accompany submerged
submarines in these areas. They indicate their presence by
means of the International Code Signals. Escorting vessels
displaying such signals should be given a wide berth.
In Brazilian waters submarines may show an orange
flashing light.
1.13
British Admiralty charts are available for the whole area.
They are considered adequate for through passage, for
navigating coastal waters and the main channels, and for
entering the principal ports.
Admiralty charts of the coastal waters, channels and
ports of South America covered by this volume are
compiled and maintained from the latest charts received
from the national charting authorities of the area. In the
middle and upper reaches of many rivers the Admiralty
charts are not corrected for depth, buoyage and navigational
light information (see notes on relevant charts).
Foreign charts
Marine exploitation
1
Offshore oil exploration

1
1.10
The main areas of exploration, mostly on the continental
shelf, are:
(a) Northern approaches to Ro Amazonas.
(b) Between Ponta de Ipatag (251S, 3957W) and
Cabo Calcanhar (510S, 3529W).
(c) Between Macei (940S, 3540W) and Aracaju
(1100S, 3702W).
(d) Off Salvador (1300S, 3830W).
(e) Off Caravelas (1745S, 3910W).
(f) Off Vitria (2010S, 4015W).
(g) SE of Cabo So Tom (2200S, 4059W).
(h) Between SE of Santos (2357S, 4620W) and
ESE of So Francisco do Sul (2614S, 4838W).
Within these areas; oil drilling rigs, which exhibit a
white light Morse (U) and a fixed red light; and yellow
light-buoys (up to 2 miles from the rigs) exhibiting a red
isophase light, may be encountered. Mariners are cautioned
however that oil drilling rigs may be working on the
continental shelf outside the above areas.
Mobile drilling rigs and temporary light-buoys are not
charted; their positions are promulgated from time to time
by Brazilian Avisos dos Navegantes. The positions of
1.14
Charts of Brazilian, Uruguayan and Argentinian coastal
waters, channels and ports are published by the
Governments of Brazil, Uruguay and Argentina
respectively. In some cases these charts are of a larger
scale than the equivalent Admiralty chart.
In certain areas where Admiralty charts show insufficient
detail for navigation close inshore or in the upper reaches
of the major rivers, these Sailing Directions have been
written using foreign charts. These are not quoted as
reference charts in the text, which has been written on the
assumption that mariners wishing to navigate in these areas
will have provided themselves with suitable charts on
which to do so.
Foreign charts may be obtained from the publishing
authorities shown below and in the Catalogue of Admiralty
Charts. These charts are not issued by the Hydrographic
Office, nor are they corrected by Admiralty Notices to
Mariners.
1.15
Publishing authorities:
Brazil:
Directoria de Hidrografia e Navegao,
Rua Brao de Jaceguay S/No,
Ponta da Armao,
24048900 NITEROI-RJ.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
Uruguay:
Servicio de Oceanografia, Hidrografia
y Meteorologia de la Armada,
Capurro 980,
Casilla de Correo 1381,
MONTEVIDEO.
Argentina:
Servicio de Hidrografa Naval,
Avenida Montes de Oca 2124,
C1270ABV BUENOS AIRES.
Mariners are advised not to moor to them, nor pick up

drifting buoys. Fishing operations should be kept well clear.
See The Mariners Handbook for details of buoys including
their charting.
Light-vessels
1
Datums
Chart datums
1
1.16
There is no significant difference between the datums
used for depths on Admiralty charts of the area and those
used for depths on the equivalent Brazilian, Uruguayan and
Argentine charts.
PILOTAGE
Brazil
1
Datums for elevations

1
1.17
Brazilian, Uruguayan and Argentine charts use MSL as
the datum, giving elevations greater than those on the
Admiralty charts which use MHWS or MHHW as the
datum.
Horizontal datums
1
1.18
Various horizontal datums have been in use, with the
result that positions on some adjoining Admiralty charts of
the area differ by varying amounts, see notes on relevant
charts. As charts are revised they are being changed to the
World Geodetic System (WGS 84) datum, where the
required shifts are known. This will simplify the plotting of
positions derived from satellite navigation systems, but in
the short term it may increase the discrepancies between
adjacent charts.
Brazil
1.19
IALA Maritime Buoyage System Region B (red to
starboard) has been implemented.
Private buoyage. In some areas, particularly access
channels to private terminals or to yacht clubs, the
Brazilian authorities have authorised the of private buoyage.
This type of buoyage is not corrected by Brazilian Notices
to Mariners, and a warning note is placed on Brazilian
charts where it is used.
Uruguay
1.20
starboard) has been implemented, however in Ro Uruguay
the traditional buoyage system is also in use.
Position fixing systems
1.21
starboard) has been adopted and is being implemented.
Satellite navigation systems

1
1.26
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels in
channels, rivers, passes, ports and berthing places; and for
all merchant vessels of more than 500 grt as follows:
In Ro de La Plata, W of Practicos Recalada
Light-float; including Puerto La Plata, Buenos
Aires, Ro Paran and Ro Uruguay.
At Mar del Plata, Quequn and Baha Blanca from
the main approach channel to Puerto Cuatreros.
Requirements. Vessels visiting Argentine ports are
required to comply with regulations for embarking and
disembarking pilots. An accommodation ladder or a
mechanical pilot hoist, of approved specifications, should
normally be used; but in good weather and if the climbing
height is less than 6 m a pilot ladder, of approved
specifications, may be used.
RADIO FACILITIES
Argentina
1
1.25
Pilotage is compulsory at Puerto de Montevideo, and for
most vessels in all river and port zones.
Argentina
Buoyage
1.24
Pilotage, in all Brazilian ports, is compulsory for all
foreign vessels irrespective of tonnage, with the exception
of government owned vessels and yachts. Pilotage is
compulsory for Brazilian registered vessels over 2000 gt at
certain ports; and for Brazilian registered vessels over
2000 gt carrying oil, propane or dangerous cargoes, at all
ports.
Pilot boats and signals. Ports with an official pilot
service have pilot boats painted red with a black letter P
on either bow; they also display a red flag with a
black P.
When approaching a Brazilian port and requiring a pilot,
a vessel must indicate her draught using the International
Code of Signal.
See also Bar signals for Brazilian Rivers at 1.49.
Uruguay
AIDS TO NAVIGATION
1.23
The light-vessels of Brazil and Argentina display a
secondary light from their sterns; this should be considered
when passing light-vessels, especially in Ro de La Plata.
Argentine light-vessels in addition carry a riding light and
if used as a pilot station exhibit one red light under the
riding light.
Ocean Data Acquisition (ODAS) buoys

1.22
ODAS light-buoys (special) are moored offshore. Many
are of a temporary nature and may not be charted.
1.27
Global Positioning System. The Navstar Global
Positioning System (GPS), a military satellite navigation
system owned and operated by the United States
Department of Defence, provides world wide position
fixing.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
The system is referenced to the datum of the World

Geodetic System 1984 (WGS84) and therefore positions
obtained must be adjusted, if necessary, to the datum of the
chart being used.
Global Navigation Satellite System. The Russian
Global Navigation Satellite System (GLONASS) is similar
to GPS in that it is a space-based navigation system which
provides world wide position fixing.
The system is referenced to the Soviet Geocentric
Co-ordinate System 1990 (SGS90) and as for GPS
positions must be adjusted, if necessary, to the datum of
the chart being used.
DGPS. Differential GPS compares the position of a
fixed point, referred to as the reference station, with
positions obtained from a GPS receiver at that point. The
resulting differences are then broadcast as corrections to
suitable receivers. The system and services have been
developed to overcome the inherent and imposed
limitations of GPS.
Caution. Satellite navigation systems are under the
control of the owning nation which can impose selective
availability or downgrade the accuracy to levels less than
that available from terrestrial radio navigational systems.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Radio medical advice

1
International regulations
Submarine cables
1
LoranC
1.28
There is no LoranC coverage in the area of this
volume.
Radiobeacons
1
1.34
Anchoring or trawling or any other bottom activity are
prohibited in the vicinity of submarine cables. Fouling such
cables could have serious consequences. Submarine cables
may carry very high voltages and contact with them, or
proximity to them, poses an extreme danger. If a submarine
cable is fouled it should never be cut.
See The Mariners Handbook for information on the
International Convention for the Protection of Submarine
Cables.
Brazilian regulations state that anchoring and fishing are
prohibited within 500 m of all submarine cables.
Argentinian regulations state that anchoring and fishing
are prohibited within 5 cable of submarine cables.
Submarine pipelines
1.29
Although at present some radio beacons are still charted,
details of them are no longer given in Admiralty List of
Radio Signals.
Racons
1
1.33
Mariners may obtain medical advice by radio through
the International Radio Medical Centre (CIRM) in Rome.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).
REGULATIONS
Other radio aids to navigation
designated authorities are not necessarily in the same

country as the NAVAREA co-ordinators.
Weather warnings and routine bulletins are broadcast
through:
National coast radio stations.
SafetyNET.
1.30
Brazil. Racons are established in many places in Brazil.
Argentina and Uruguay. Several racons are established
in the estuary of Ro de La Plata. Another racon is
established in the approaches to Baha Blanca.
1.35
Caution. Mariners are advised not to anchor nor trawl
in the vicinity of pipelines. Gas from a damaged oil or gas
pipeline could cause an explosion, loss of a vessels
buoyancy or other serious hazard. Pipelines are not always
buried and may effectively reduce the charted depth by up
to 2 metres. They may also span seabed undulations and
cause fishing gear to become irrecoverably snagged, putting
a vessel in severe danger.
See Annual Notice to Mariners No 24 and The Mariners
Handbook.
Pollution
Radio navigational warnings
1
1.31
The coast of Brazil lies within NAVAREA V of the
World Wide Navigational Warning Service (WWNWS); the
area co-ordinator is Brazil who, in addition to Area
Warnings, issues coastal and local warnings.
The coasts of Uruguay and Argentina lie within
NAVAREA VI; the area co-ordinator is Argentina, who also
issues Coastal and Local Warnings. Uruguay transmits
urgent Notices to Mariners, in Spanish, at regular times.
Radio weather services

1
1.32
The World Meteorological Organization has established a
global service for the broadcasting of high seas weather
warnings and routine weather bulletins, through the
Enhanced Group Calling International SafetyNET Service.
Meteorological Service Areas are identical to the
NAVAREAs.
Each Meteorological Service Area has a designated
National Meteorological Service responsible for issuing
high seas weather warnings and bulletins. However, the
1.36
The International Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution from Ships 1973 was adopted by the International
Conference on Marine Pollution convened by IMO in 1973.
It was modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto
and adopted by the International Conference on Tanker
Safety and Pollution Prevention convened by IMO in 1978.
The convention, as modified by the protocol, is known as
MARPOL 73/78.
The convention consists of six annexes: Annex I (Oil),
Annex II (Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk), Annex III
(Harmful Substances carried at sea in Packaged Form),
Annex IV (Sewage from Ships, Annex V (Garbage from
Ships) are mandatory, and Annex VI (Air Pollution from
Ships) which comes into force on 19th May 2005.
See The Mariners Handbook.
Facilities for the disposal of oily waste and garbage,
where known, are listed under the appropriate port; see
1.105.
In the area covered by this volume pollution of the sea
by oil is forbidden within 50 miles of all coasts, including
those of off-lying islands.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
Marine environment protection. Brazil and Argentina

are member states of IMO and provide facilities in some
ports for the reception of oily waste residues. Any details
not contained in this volume may be obtained from the
IMO at:
4 Albert Embankment
London SE1 7SR
United Kingdom
Telex: 23588
Uruguay
Traffic Control System
1
1.44
A Maritime Movement Control and Information System
applies to all vessels entering or leaving Uruguayan waters
(see 9.11); see Admiralty List of Radio Signals.
Traffic separation schemes

1
Argentina
1.37
There are no IMO adopted Traffic Separation Schemes
in the area covered by this volume.
Ship reporting system

1
Brazil
Ship reporting system
1
1.45
A mandatory
operation for all
entering, leaving
Admiralty List of
reporting system (SECOSENA) is in

vessels, with certain exceptions, when
or traversing Argentine waters. See
Radio Signals Volume 6(5)
Port Traffic Control System
1.38
A reporting system (SISTRAM) is operated by the Naval
Command for the Control of Maritime Traffic in order to
maintain a plot of shipping movements in the interests of
search and rescue. SISTRAM is voluntary for non-Brazilian
vessels, but within territorial waters (1.58) reports are
mandatory.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) and
1.50.
1.46
A Traffic Control and Safety System (CONTRASE),
mandatory for all vessels over 24 m in length, is in
operation in Argentine waters of Ro de La Plata (9.11) and
its approaches, Mar del Plata (11.21) and Baha
Blanca (11.73).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5)
Port traffic control systems

1
1.39
Mandatory ship reporting systems are in operation at
Vitria and Tubaro (6.150), Rio de Janeiro (7.55), and
Puerto de Santos (8.34).
SIGNALS
Brazil
Signal stations
Pollution
1
1.40
Requests for assistance with pollution should be made
to:
Head of Safety and Environment Division
Av. Chile No 65
Rio de Janeiro
Telex: 02123335 PETR BR.
Storm signals
Submarine cables
1.48
International visual storm warning signals as described
in The Mariners Handbook are in use.
1.41
See 1.34.
Bar signals from pilot vessels
Marine Parks
1
1.42
National marine parks have been established in areas off
the Brazilian coast in which hunting, fishing, diving and
other actions which might effect the environment are
prohibited. Anchoring is restricted or prohibited. See notes
on the charts.
Further details may be obtained from the Brazilian
Institute of the Environment and Natural Removable
Resources (IBAMA).
Whales
1
1.47
Signal stations, details of which are given in the
respective geographical chapters, are situated at:
Aracaju (5.170), Ro Real (5.188), Vitria and
Tubaro (6.150) and Ro de Janeiro (7.64).
1.43
Southern Right (Franca) Whales, a protected species
threatened with extinction, approach the S coast of Brazil
between May and November and vessels should exercise
due caution. Being up to 18 m in length and 40 tonnes they
may also present a hazard to vessels.
1.49
At some Brazilian ports weather conditions may prevent
the pilot from boarding. Under these circumstances the
vessel can be guided into port by signals given from the
pilot vessel or from a watch boat.
Signals from a watch boat are given by a black sphere,
run up to the yardarm. The position of the sphere in
relation to the mast indicates the side that the ship should
steer towards. If it is in the centre the rudder should be
amidships. The speed with which the sphere is displaced
indicates the speed with which the rudder should be applied
to maintain the vessel in the channel.
Signals from the pilot boat are carried out by hand,
using a red signal flag. The flag lowered towards one side
or the other indicates the side towards which the vessel
should steer; when the flag is upright the rudder should be
amidships. The speed with which the flag is displaced
indicates the speed with which the rudder should be applied
to maintain the vessel in the channel.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
DISTRESS AND RESCUE
Search and rescue organisation

1.50
Global Maritime Distress and Safety System

1
Throughout the waters covered in this book the principal

means of searching for and assisting persons in distress is
via the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System
(GMDSS).
The basic concept of the GMDSS is that Search and
Rescue (SAR) organisations ashore as well as shipping in
the immediate vicinity will be rapidly alerted to a distress
incident so that they can assist in a co-ordinated SAR
operation. Within the regions covered there are National
SAR Agencies in Brazil, Uruguay and Argentina and
Maritime Rescue Co-ordination Centres (MRCCs) at Rio de
Janeiro, Montevideo, Buenos Aires, Puerto Belgrano and
Ushuaia.
As the Uruguayan SAR has limited facilities the
Argentinian SAR service may also be contacted.
For details of Search and Rescue Regions (SRRs),
including diagrams, and a list of Digital Selective Calling
(DSC) stations.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Vol 5
Incidents
1
Rescue services
1.51
1.54
Attacks on all classes of vessels occur in the waters and
many of the ports of Brazil; details of the ports where
attacks are known to have occurred are noted in the
geographical chapters
Piracy Reporting Centre
Argentina
There are life-saving stations at Cabo San Antonio
(9.154) and Isla Martin Garcia (10.17).
Uruguay
1
Many attacks involve the use of knives or firearms

resulting, in some cases, in death or injury to crew
members.
1.53
Attacks on vessels by armed thieves can take place in
international waters as piracy or, more commonly, as armed
robbery in the territorial waters of a coastal state. There
have been a recent (2002) increase of vessels being
hijacked for ransom.
Ships may be attacked whilst at anchor off port or
whilst underway. Ships underway are usually approached
from the stern, but also the sides if the ship has a low
freeboard. However, vessels with a high freeboard and
travelling in excess of 17 kn have been boarded. Attacks
usually take place under cover of darkness, most often
between 2200 hours and 0600 hours.
For further information, including recommended
precautions and reporting details, see The Mariners
Handbook and Piracy and Armed Robbery Reports in
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(1).
There are life-saving stations at Punta del Este (9.27),

Piriapolis (9.90), Montevideo (9.93), Ro Santa Lucia
(9.229), Puerto Sauce (9.232) and Colonia (9.234).
1.55
The International Maritime Bureau (IMB) of the
International Chamber of Commerce operates a Piracy
Reporting Centre (PRC) at Kuala Lumpur in Malaysia. The
PRC broadcasts daily warnings of pirate activity on a world
wide basis, see 1.56. The services of the centre are free of
charge to all vessels, irrespective of their flag.
Recommended practices
1
PIRACY AND ARMED ROBBERY

General information
1
1.52
The United Kingdom Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(MCA) has brought to the attention of shipowners, masters
and crews, the risk of acts of piracy on the high seas or
armed robbery against ships at anchor or when underway
through a states coastal territorial waters. It has outlined
the steps that should be taken to reduce the risk of such
attacks, possible responses to them and the need to report
attacks, both successful and unsuccessful, to the authorities
of the relevant coastal state and to the ships own maritime
administration.
1.56
Recommended practices, including anti-attack plans,
reporting, radio procedures and responses are detailed in
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(1) together with
the telephone, telex and fax numbers and e-mail address of
the Piracy Reporting Centre at Kuala Lumpur which is
fully operational 24 hours a day.
The International Maritime Organization (IMO)
recommends that reports concerning attacks, successful or
not, or suspicious movements which may lead to an attack,
should be made to the Rescue Co-ordination Centre (RCC)
for the area concerned. The SafetyNET (Enhanced Group
Calling International SafetyNET) System may be used to
issue, or receive daily warnings.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
COUNTRIES AND PORTS

BRAZIL
General description
1
1.57
The Federative Republic of Brazil (Repblica Federativa
do Brasil) is the largest of the countries of South America
and, with an area of 8,511,996 km2, is the fifth largest in
the world. It is bounded to the N and E by the Atlantic
Ocean; to the NW by Guyane Franaise, Surinam, Guyana
and Venezuela; to the W by Colombia, Peru, Bolivia,
Paraguay and Argentina; and to the S by Uruguay.
The country lies between the parallels of 516N to
3345S and between the meridians of 3447W to 7359W
and has a coastline of 7367 km.
Population
1
National limits
1
1.58
Brazil claims a limit of 12 miles for its territorial waters
and 200 miles for its Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ),
measured from straight baseline systems.
See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners
and The Mariners Handbook.
History
1
1.62
In 2000 the population of Brazil was 169 million of
which the urban population comprised nearly 80%. The
principal metropolitan areas (population figures for 1996)
were So Paulo (166 million), Ro de Janeiro
(102 million), Belo Horizonte (38 million), Porto Alegre
(32 million), Recife (3 million), Salvador (27 million),
Fortaleza (25 million), Curitiba (24 million), Belm
(15 million) and Vitria (12 million).
The most populated cities are So Paulo (98 million)
and Ro de Janeiro (55 million).
Language
1.59
The first European to land on the shores of Brazil was
Pedro lvares Cabral, a Portuguese who sailed into Porto
Seguro on 25th April 1500. The coast, in the vicinity of
Cabo de Santo Agostinho, had first been sighted in January
of that year by Pinzon, a companion of Columbus, but he
had sailed on without landing.
After various expeditions by the English, French and
Spanish, a thirty year struggle for possession of the country
began between the Dutch and the Portuguese in 1624. The
Dutch had held several settlements between Cabo de So
Roque and Aracaju, but they were finally expelled from the
country in 1654.
The Portuguese Royal family fled to Brazil, in 1807, as
a result of the invasion of Portugal by the French and in
1815 Brazil became a kingdom. They remained there until
1821 when the king returned to Portugal, leaving his son
Dom Pedro in Brazil as Viceroy. The Brazilians however,
by this time, had acquired the desire for independence
which was also prevalent in the the Spanish colonies of
South America. They seceded from Portugal in 1822 and
persuaded Dom Pedro to accept the title of Emperor of
Brazil.
The Brazilian Empire lasted until 1889 and was a period
of social and economic progress. Both Dom Pedro and his
son introduced many reforms, one of which, the abolition
of slavery, turned the large landowners against Dom Pedro
II and brought about the overthrow of the monarchy; since
1889 Brazil has been a republic.
1.63
The official language is Portuguese, in which the
majority of the population converse, but in the interior
isolated Indian tribes know only their own language.
Topography
1
Government
1
There is a Council of the Republic which is convened

only in the event of national emergencies.
1.61
Local. Brazil consists of 26 States and one Federal
District. Each of these has its own administrative,
legislative and judicial authority and formulates its own
constitution and law within the bounds of the federal
constitution. The Governors and members of the
legislatures are elected every 4 years.
1.60
National. The present constitution came into force in
1988; the President and Vice-President are elected for five
years and are not immediately re-eligible. A referendum,
held in 1993, confirmed the retention of a republican form
of government.
Congress consists of an 81 member Senate (3 Senators
per federal unit) and a 503 member Chamber of Deputies.
The Senate is two thirds directly elected and one third
indirectly elected; the Chamber of Deputies is elected by
universal franchise for four years.
1.64
The continent of South America lies on the South
American tectonic plate bounded on the E side by the
constructive plate margin of the mid-Atlantic Ridge and the
destructive or subductive plate margin close along the
continental W coast. The W movement of the South
American Plate at a rate of about 32 mm a year conflicts
with the E movement of the Nazca Plate in the E Pacific
Ocean shifting at a rate of about 50 mm a year, propelled
by the Mid-Pacific Ridge. This conflict causes the thinner
Nazca Plate to be subducted beneath the South American
Plate giving rise to the orogenic development of the Andes
mountains which remains today the most active volcanic
region in the world. The land E of the Andes consists
largely of sedimentary rock laid down during the last
16 million years as the result higher sea levels and of
erosion in the horological cycle by ice melt and rainfall.
The volcanic activity has deposited large areas of igneous
rock within this vast alluvial plain. Earthquakes are not
uncommon throughout the continent on both sides of the
Andes Mountains though less common in the interior and
towards the Atlantic coast.
Coastal features. The coast of Brazil may be divided
into three distinct natural regions.
From Cabo Orange (420N, 5127W) to Fortaleza
(345S, 3835W) the coast is low, consisting almost
entirely of sandy beaches or mud flats, backed by dunes or
forest and usually fringed by shallow water with sandbanks
and mudbanks.
Between Fortaleza and Cabo de Santa Marta Grande
(2836S, 4849W) the coast varies but is, in general,
bolder particularly in the vicinity of Ro de Janeiro where
mountains rise close to the shore. There are also occasional
long stretches of low, flat coast. While most of this section
of coast is steep-to there are, between Belmonte (1552S,
3853W) and Vitria (2019S, 4016W), depths of less
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
than 35 m, including many dangers, which extend up to

120 miles offshore.
Between Cabo de Santa Marta Grande and Arroio Chui
(3344S, 5322W) at the border with Uruguay, the coast
consists of a continuous low, flat beach, broken
occasionally by river mouths and backed by sand dunes. It
is steep-to except between Ro Grande (3210S, 5205W)
and Arroio Chui where depths less than 35 m, including
dangerous banks, extend up to 35 miles offshore.
1.65
River systems. Ro Amazonas, with its great tributaries
traverses the N lowlands of Brazil from the slopes of
Cordillera de los Andes to the Atlantic Ocean. It forms the
greatest river system in the world and provides up to
13 738 miles of navigable channels. The entire basin covers
an area of 29 million square miles and is so flat that the
slope from the Andes to the Atlantic falls no more than
76 m. Ro Amazonas, including its upper part, known as
Ro Maraon, is about 3500 miles long. This river system
is described fully in Chapter 3.
Ro Grande (3210S, 5205W) is only a few miles in
length but provides access for ocean-going ships to Lagoa
dos Patos, one of the largest lagoons in South America and
also by way of Rio So Gonalo, to Lagoa de Mirim, a
smaller lagoon navigable by coastal vessels. Ro Guaiba,
which enters the N end of Lagoa dos Patos, is navigable by
ocean-going ships as far as Porto Alegre, 20 miles from its
mouth.
Numerous other rivers break the coastline of Brazil, and
the mouths of some of these form good harbours, but the
rivers themselves are seldom navigable for more than a few
miles.
The upper reaches of Ro Uruguay, Ro Parna and Ro
Paraguay lie in Brazil but their courses, at those stages, are
not important waterways.
The principal port is Iquitos, population 334,013 (1998)

which lies on the Rio Maraon (3.282), a tributary of Rio
Amazonas.
URUGUAY
General description
1
National limits
1
1.66
Brazil is unique in that it is the only part of the world
where there are large tracts of country virtually untouched
by man. Its flora includes more than 20 000 species of
trees, many of which are not found anywhere else in the
world and its fauna includes ant-eaters, tapir and humming
birds and many other species peculiar to the country. The
rivers teem with fish and reptiles with many species
peculiar to the Amazon basin.
Industry and trade

1
1.67
Natural resources: Agricultural land providing
foodstuffs, rubber and livestock, some forestry and
fisheries. Hydro-electrics, oil and gas production and
minerals.
Industries: Textiles, shoes, chemicals, cement, timber,
iron ore, tin, steel, aircraft, motor vehicles and parts, and
machinery.
Principal imports: Machinery and electrical equipment,
medicines, vehicles and equipment, crude oil and fertilisers,
Principal exports: Sugar, soya, orange juice, iron and
other ores, coffee, tobacco, cocoa, transport equipment and
machine tools.
1.71
Juan Daz de Solis, the Spanish explorer who first
penetrated Ro de La Plata, was the first European to land
on the shores of what is now the state of Uruguay. He
named Isla Martin Garcia after his pilot, but was killed
shortly afterwards by the Charra Indians who then
inhabited the country.
The early history of Uruguay is one of almost
continuous warfare, first between the Spanish and the
Indians, who resisted their attempts at colonisation for over
a hundred years, then between the Spanish and Portuguese
for control of the territory, lastly the confused fighting of
the wars of independence in which Argentines and
Brazilians fought each other and the local inhabitants for
control and the inhabitants fought for independence.
Uruguay was finally recognised as an independent state
in 1828, after mediation by Great Britain. A sporadic civil
war then followed between the two main political parties,
Colorados and Blancos, which continued to the end of the
century.
In 1903 Jose Battle y Ordonez was elected President and
succeeded in bringing the civil war to an end, starting the
country along the path which led to it becoming one of the
first welfare states in the world.
Government
1
1.72
National. The President is elected by direct vote and
rules through a council of 11 ministers whom he appoints.
Congress consists of a Senate of 31 members and a
Chamber of Representatives of 99 members, both elected
by proportional representation for a 5 year term.
Local. Uruguay is divided into 19 departments in each
of which there is a Departmental Council with executive
power in the hands of the Chief of Police.
Population
1
1.73
At the 2000 census the population was 334 million, of
which 13 million were living in Montevideo, the capital.
Language
PERU
1
1.70
Uruguay claims a limit of 12 miles for its territorial
waters and 200 miles for its Exclusive Economic Zone
(EEZ), measured from straight baseline systems.
History
Flora and fauna

1
1.69
The Republic of Uruguay (Repblica Oriental del
Uruguay), formerly a province of Brazil, is bounded to the
NE by Brazil, to the SE by the South Atlantic Ocean, to
the S by Ro de La Plata and to the W by Ro Uruguay
which separates it from Argentina. It has a coastline of
about 300 miles, which includes the N shore of Ro de La
Plata and has a total area of 176 215 km2.
1.68
The upper part of the Rio Amazonas basin lies in Peru,
for details of which see South America Pilot Volume III.
1.74
The official language is Spanish, and it is spoken by
virtually all the inhabitants.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
Parliament consists of an 80 member Chamber of Deputies,

elected from departmental constituencies and a 45 member
Senate, elected from a single national constituency.
Local. There are 17 departments with directly elected
councils and governors, together with 212 municipalities.
Physical features
1
1.75
Coastal. The coast of Uruguay consists of sandy
beaches separated by rocky points, some of which have
low cliffs. There are no outstanding features.
Rivers. Ro Uruguay forms Uruguays W frontier for a
large part of its course and is the countrys most important
waterway. It is navigable by ocean-going ships for about
100 miles above Puerto Nuevo near its mouth. The river is
described at 10.54.
Ro Negro, a tributary of Ro Uruguay, rises in Brazil
and traverses Uruguay from NE to SW and is the only
other river of importance in the country. It gets its name
from the dark colour of its water which is stained by
sarsaparilla which grows in large quantities on its banks. It
is navigable by river craft for a distance of about 55 miles
and has been dammed about 100 miles from its mouth to
form a large lake which is a source of hydro-electric
power.
Population
1
Language
1
1.76
Natural resources: Agricultural land of which 90% is
devoted to livestock and 10% to crops, with some forestry
and fisheries.
Industries: Meat packing, oil refining, cement
manufacture, foodstuffs, beverages, leather and textile
manufacture, chemicals, light engineering and transport
equipment.
Principal imports: Crude petroleum, motor vehicles,
timber, tin plate and industrial machinery.
Principal exports: Agricultural products, livestock,
packed meat, dairy products, fish, seafoods and other
foodstuffs, textiles, clothing, leather products.
General description
1.77
The Republic of Paraguay (Repblica del Paraguay) is
bounded to the NW by Bolivia, to the NE and E by Brazil
and SE, S and SW by Argentina. It has an area of
406 752 km2.
General description
1.78
Paraguay was originally the home of the Guaran people
who did not resist the Spanish when they came up Ro
Paraguay and founded the city of Asuncin in 1537.
Paraguay became part of the Viceroyalty of La Plata which
seceded from Spain in 1811 and Paraguay became
independent in 1814.
Between 1865 and 1870 Paraguay fought a devastating
war against Brazil, Argentina and Uruguay which reduced
the countrys population from about 600 000 to 232 000.
Further severe loses were incurred between 1932 to 1935
during a war with Bolivia over territorial rights to the
Chaco, a vast area of scrub forest.
A military dictatorship ruled the country from 1954 until
it was overthrown in 1989, and the present constitution was
adopted in 1992.
1.84
The Argentine Republic (Repblica Argentina) is
bounded to the N by Bolivia, to the NE by Paraguay, to
the E by Brazil, Uruguay and the South Atlantic Ocean and
to the W by Chile. It occupies an area, excluding claimed
Antarctic territory, of 2 791 810 km2 and has a coastline of
about 2180 miles long, including Ro de La Plata.
National limits
1
1.85
Argentina claims a limit of 12 miles for its territorial
waters and 200 miles for its Exclusive Economic Zone
(EEZ), measured from straight baseline systems.
History
Government
1
1.83
Natural resources: Agricultural land which is used for
livestock and crops with some forestry.
Industries: Frozen meat, cotton fibre, sugar, rice, wheat
flour, edible oil, industrial oil, sawn timber, cement,
soyabean, peanut and coconut flour, cigarettes.
Principal imports: Machinery, motor vehicles, fuel and
lubricants, beverages and tobacco, chemicals and foodstuffs.
Principal exports: Cotton fibre, soya, timber, hides and
meat.
ARGENTINA
History
1
1.82
Ro Paran forms part of the frontiers between Paraguay
and Argentina and between Paraguay and Brazil for a large
part of its course. Ro Paraguay, a tributary of Ro Paran,
rises in Brazil, flows through Paraguay and then forms part
of the frontier between Paraguay and Argentina. Both rivers
are navigable by river craft at all seasons of the year, and
are described at 10.125 and 10.217.
Ro Pilcomayo, the only large tributary of Ro Paraguay,
is too shallow to be important to navigation.
Industry and trade
PARAGUAY
1.81
Spanish is the official language, but the country is in
fact bilingual, about 48% speaking Spanish and Guaran,
40% speak only Guaran and about 6% speak only Spanish.
Physical features
Industry and trade

1
1.80
At the 2002 census the population was 5 534 378, of
which just over half were resident in urban areas including
513 399 in the capital, Asuncin. The population is mixed
Spanish and Guaran Indian, with some 47 000 Indians of
other tribal origin in the Chaco and forests of E Paraguay.
1.79
National. On 18th of June 1992 a Constituent Assembly
approved a new constitution. The head of state is the
President elected for a non-renewable five year term.
1.86
In 1515 Juan Daz de Solis, a Spanish explorer
discovered Ro de La Plata, but was killed shortly
afterwards by Indians. In 1536 Pedro de Mendoza founded
what is now the city of Buenos Aires but was later forced
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
to abandon it due to the hostility of the Indians.

Subsequently the country was colonised from Chile and
Peru and the oldest towns are located in the foothills of the
Andes. Buenos Aires was finally refounded in 1580 by
Juan de Garay, and grew in importance eventually
becoming capital of the Viceroyalty of Ro de La Plata.
In 1810 the inhabitants of Buenos Aires deposed the
Viceroy and in 1816 Argentina declared its independence.
Civil war then followed as the inhabitants of Uruguay,
Paraguay and Bolivia, together with parts of Argentina,
which all formed part of the original Viceroyalty of Ro de
La Plata, fought for independence from Buenos Aires.
Stable government was established in 1853, a new
constitution adopted, and the country became comparatively
peaceful. This was followed by a period of large
immigration of up to 6 million people, mainly from Italy
and Spain.
Government then alternated between elected Presidents
and military Juntas until a return to constitutional rule in
December 1983; a new Constitution was adopted in
August 1994.
ocean-going vessels for 60 miles and by river craft for a

further 120 miles.
Industry and trade

1
1.91
Natural resources: Agricultural land which is used
mainly for livestock with some crops and forestry;
fisheries; crude oil deposits; natural gas deposits and
minerals.
Industries: Meat, cotton yarn and fabric, sugar refining,
paper, iron and steel production, chemicals, flour milling,
motor vehicles and domestic appliances.
Principal imports: Machinery and transport equipment,
manufactured goods, chemical products, food products,
livestock.
Principal exports: Food products, livestock,
manufactured goods, fuel and lubricants. machinery and
transport equipment.
PRINCIPAL PORTS, HARBOURS AND

ANCHORAGES
Government
1
1.87
National. The President is elected, for a four-year term,
by popular vote. The National Congress consists of the
Senate and the Chamber of Deputies.
The Senate is composed of 72 members, three
nominated by each provincial legislature and 3 from the
Federal District, for nine years (one third of the members
retire every three years).
The Chamber of Deputies comprises 259 members,
directly elected by universal suffrage.
Local and provincial. The 23 provinces hold
gubernatorial elections.
Brazil
1.92
Port
Population
1
1.88
In 2001 the population of Argentina was estimated to be
3703 million, of which about 83% were resident in the
urban areas.
Language
1
1.89
The official language of the country is Spanish, which is
spoken by 95% of the population; other languages are
Italian and Guaran.
Physical features
1
1.90
Coastal. The Argentine coast of Ro de La Plata is low,
featureless consisting of sedimentary deposit. The Atlantic
coast is, in general, bold but not mountainous, with long
stretches of low cliffs and occasional stretches of low
sandy coast, especially in the vicinity of river mouths.
There is a lack of good natural harbours.
Rivers. Ro Paran is the principal river of the country
and rises in Brazil, it then forms the frontier between
Argentina and Paraguay for 390 miles before flowing
through Argentina to the head of Ro de La Plata. It is
navigable by ocean-going ships for about 250 miles and by
river craft for the remainder of its course through the
country.
Ro Paraguay is a tributary of Ro Paran and forms the
frontier between Argentina and Paraguay for about
200 miles during which it is navigable by river craft.
Ro Uruguay forms the frontier between Argentina and
Uruguay for about 250 miles and is navigable by
10
Remarks
Santana (3.72)
(003S, 5111W)
Manganese loading port
Munguba (3.87)
(105S, 5223W)
Rio Jara port, kaolin and

general cargo
Belm (3.144)
(127S, 4830W)
Major commercial port.

Seaward terminus for
Rio Amazonas traffic.
Santarm (3.226)
(225S, 5443W)
Commercial and cruise ship

river port
Trombetas (3.238)
(128S, 5623W)
Bauxite loading port on

Rio Trombetas
Itacoatiara (3.254)
(309S, 5827W)
Rio Amazonas port.

Soya exporting terminal
Manaus (3.255)
(309S, 6001W)
Major river port accessible

to ocean-going ships at all
seasons.
So Luis (4.61)
(232S, 4418W)
Minor port for coasting

vessels.
Ponta da Madeira (4.70)

(234S, 4423W)
Major iron-ore loading port.
Itaqui (4.81)
(235S, 4422W)
Deep water port for

So Luis.
Terminal da Alumar (4.92)

(241S, 4422W)
Alumina loading and bulk

cargo.
Mucuripe (4.168)
(341S, 3839W)
Port of Fortaleza
Anchorage for LASH ships.
Salineiro (4.203)
(449S, 3703W)
Offshore salt loading

termnal off Areia Branca
Natal (5.18)
(547S, 3511W)
Commercial port.
Recife (5.77)
(803S, 3452W)
Commercial port.
Maceio (5.140)
(941S, 3544W)
Commercial port.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
Port
Uruguay
Remarks
Aracaju (5.168)
(1055S, 3703W)
1.94
Minor port
Deep water offshore tanker
berths in vicinity.
Port
Remarks
Punta del Este (9.80)

(3458S, 5457W)
Yachting centre
Puerto de Maldonado
used by coastal vessels.
Montevideo (9.93) (3454S,

5615W)
Major commercial port,

naval base.
Capital of Uruguay
Buceo (9.91)
(3454S, 5608W)
Yachting centre
La Teja (9.127)
(3453S, 5614W)
ANCAP Oil Terminal
Colonia (9.234)
(3429S, 5751W)
Commercial and ferry port

Yachting centre.
Carmelo (10.67)
(3400S, 5818W)
Minor port and

Yachting centre.
Nueva Palmira (10.83)

(3352S, 5820W)
River port accessible to

ocean-going ships.
Fray Bentos (10.90)

(3306S, 5819W)

ocean-going ships.
Paysandu (10.114)
(3218S, 5802W)
River port and

ANCAP oil terminal.
Ro Uruguay Ports
(10.31to 10.124)
Various minor river ports.
Salvador (5.204)
(1258S, 3831W)
Madre de Deus (5.272)

(1245S, 3837W)
Large oil terminal.
Ilheus (6.35)
(1447S, 3902W)
Commercial port.
Vitria (6.155)
(2019S, 4020W)
Commercial port.
Tubaro (6.169)
(2017S, 4015W)
Iron-ore loading port

Tanker berth.
Ro de Janeiro (7.47)
(2254S, 4312W)
Major commercial port

Naval base.
Niteri (7.76)
(2253S, 4307W)
Shipbuilding and repair port.
Guanabara Terminals
(7.104) (2249S, 4309W)
Group of oil terminals.
Guaba (7.140)
(2301S, 4402W)
Iron-ore loading terminal.
Sepetiba (7.161)
(2256S, 4550W)
Aluminium ore, coal and

container port.
TEBIG Oil Terminal (7.194)

(2303S, 4414W)
Oil terminal.
Angra dos Reis (7.201)

(2301S, 4419W)
Commercial port.
Canal de So Sebastio
(7.241)
(2348S, 4523W)
Petroleum port; anchorage

for lightening tankers bound
for Santos.
Asuncin (10.234)
(2516S, 5738W)
River port accessible to river craft

only
Capital of Paraguay.
Santos (8.22)
(2357S, 4620W)
Ro Paraguay Ports
(10.223 to 10.238)
Various minor river ports.
Paranagu (8.91)
(2530S, 4831W)
Commercial port.
Paraguay
1.95
Port
Argentina
So Francisco do Sul (8.131) Minor commercial port

(2614S, 4838W)
Offshore tanker terminal.
Itajai (8.163)
(2654S, 4838W)
Minor commercial port.
Imbituba (8.188)
(2817S, 4839W)
Tramandai (8.216)
(3000S, 5008W)
Offshore tanker berths.
Ro Grande (8.230)
(3210S, 5205W)
Porto Alegre (8.278)

(3002S, 5113W)
Commercial port,
Lagoa dos Patos.
1.96
Port
Peru
1.93
Port
Iquitos (3.302)
(343S, 7311W)
Remarks
Remarks
ocean-going ships at high
river.
11
Remarks
La Plata (9.181)
(3451S, 5753W)

naval base.
Buenos Aires (9.255)

(3436S, 5822W)

naval dockyard.
Capital of Argentina.
Puerto des Olivos (10.52)

(3430S, 5829W)
Minor port, yachting centre.
Concepcin del Uruguay

(10.97) (3225S, 5813W)

ocean-going ships.
Campana (10.146)
(3409S, 5858W)

ocean-going ships.
Zarate (10.147)
(3404S, 5902W)
River port and car terminal.

Paraguay oil terminal.
San Pedro (10.161)

(3341S, 5939W)

ocean-going ships.
Ramallo (10.162)
(3328S, 6000W)

ocean-going ships.
San Nicolas (10.163)

(3320S, 6013W)

ocean-going ships.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
Port
Remarks
Villa Constitucin (10.164)

(3313S, 6020W)

ocean-going ships.
Rosario (10.166)
(3257S, 6038W)

ocean-going ships.
San Lorenzo (10.167)

(3245S, 6044W)

ocean-going ships.
San Martin (10.168)

(3243S, 6044W)
Adjacent to San Lorenzo.
Santa F (10.176)
(3139S, 6042W)
Last major port for

ocean-going ships on
Ro Paran.
Diamante (10.182)
(3204S, 6039W)

ocean-going ships.
Ro Paran Ports
(10.146 to 10.216)
Various minor ports on

Ro Paran and its branches.
Ro Uruguay Ports
See 1.94.
Ro Paraguay Ports
See 1.95.
Mar del Plata (11.21)

(3802S, 5732W)
Commercial and fishing

port. Naval base.
Quequn/Necochea (11.41)
(3834S, 5842W)
Commercial ports on
opposite banks of
Ro Quequn.
Baha Blanca (11.65)

(3903S, 6150W)
Puertos:
Rosales (11.82)
Belgrano (11.91)
Ingeneiro White
Galvan (11.106)
Cuatereros (11.108)
Major group of ports
Puerto San Antonio (11.135)

(4048S, 6453W)
Commercial port
Offshore tanker berths

Naval dockyard
Commercial port
Oil terminal
Freezer cargo berth.
Puerto Punta Colorado

Iron ore loading port
(11.148) (4142S, 6500W)
Puerto Madryn (12.26)
(4246S, 6502W)
Commercial port.
Caletas Cordova/Olivares
(12.93/12.97)
(4646S, 6719W)
Offshore oil terminal.
Other facilities
Compass adjustment
Commodoro Rivadavia
(12.109) (4552S, 6728W) Centre for offshore oil
terminals.
Caleta Olivia (12.119)
(4626S, 6731W)
Offshore oil terminal.
Caleta Paula (12.126)

(4628S, 6730W)
Developing commercial
port.
1.102
No information is available regarding compass adjusting
in the area covered by this volume, but it is probable that
there are compass adjusters at all ports where ships are
built or undergo extensive refits.
Deratting
1
PORT SERVICES SUMMARY

Docking facilities
1
Only the largest dry dock or slipway in each port is

mentioned; further details are given at the reference.
1.98
Brazil:
Belm (Val de Caes Naval Base). Dry dock capacity
40 000 dwt (3.172).
Salvador. Dry dock capacity 35 000 dwt at Porto de
Aratu (5.258).
Ro de Janeiro. Dry dock capacity 80 000 dwt, 254 m
in length 400 000 dwt (7.72).
Santos. Combined dry dock/slipway capacity
7000 dwt (8.56).
Itajai. Mechanical lift dock capacity 8000 dwt (8.175).
Porto Alegre. Slipway lifting capacity 2000 tonnes
(8.285).
1.99
Peru
Iquitos. Floating dock with 600 dwt lift (3.307).
1.100
Uruguay:
Montevideo. Floating dock capacity 60 000 dwt
(9.132).
Carmelo. Slipway lifting capacity 800 tonnes (10.67).
Paysandu. Slipway lifting capacity 1000 tonnes
(10.118).
1.101
Argentina:
La Plata (Ensenada). Floating dock lifting capacity
12 000 tonnes (9.204).
Buenos Aires. Mechanical lift dock capacity
55 000 dwt (9.281).
Tigre. Slipway with lifting capacity of 188 dwt.
(10.50).
Rosario. Floating dock lifting capacity 1000 tonnes
(10.166).
Corrientes. Slipway lifting capacity 450 tonnes
(10.203).
Mar del Plata. Two floating docks; slipway, lifting
capacity 450 tonnes (11.32).
Puerto Belgrano (Naval shipyard). Dry dock can
accept vessels up to 230 m LOA, 34 m breadth and
draught 13.0 m (11.97).
1.97
The commercial ports in the area covered by this
volume which have facilities for under-water repairs are
given below. In addition are some naval bases in Brazil,
Uruguay and Argentina with under-water repair facilities
which can be made available for commercial vessels.
12
1.103
Deratting and deratting exemption certificates:
Brazil:
Macap (3.71).
Santarm (3.226).
Belm (3.144).
Porto Velho (5.56).
Manaus (3.276).
Tabatinga (3.281).
Benjamin Constant (3.288).
Madeira (4.80).
Itaqui (4.81).
Alumar (4.92).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
Tutia (4.127).
Parnaiba (4.129).
Fortaleza (4.169).
Areia Branca (4.203).
Natal (5.25).
Cabedelo (5.44).
Recife (5.103).
Macei (5.140).
Aracaju (5.168).
Salvador (5.231).
Ilhus (6.35).
Porto Seguro (6.76).
Vitria (6.155).
Tubaro (6.169).
Anchieta (7.235).
Maca (6.225).
Rio de Janeiro (7.73).
Mangaratiba (7.139) for Guaba (7.148) and
Sipetiba (7.168).
Angra dos Reis (7.215).
So Sebastio (7.241).
Santos (8.57).
Paranagu (8.110).
So Francisco do Sul (8.131).
Itajai (8.163).
Imbituba (8.195).
Rio Grande (8.230).
Porto Alegre (8.285).
Corumb (10.239).
Peru:
Nil within the limits of this volume.
Uruguay:
Punta del Este (9.83).
Montevideo (9.133).
Nueva Palmira (10.96)
Argentina:
La Plata (9.205).
Buenos Aires (9.281).
Gualeguaych (10.81).
Concepcin del Uruguay (10.97).
San Nicolas (10.163).
10
Rosario (10.166).
Santa F (10.181).
Barranqueras (10.202).
Corrientes (10.203).
Formosa (10.228).
Mar del Plata (11.32).
Porto Quequn (Necochea) (11.41)
Baha Blanca (11.65).
Puerto Madryn (12.33).
Commodoro Rivadavia (12.109).
Measured distances
1
1.104
There are measured distances in Baa de Guanabara
(7.89), Baa da Ilha Grande (7.133) and Golfo
Nuevo (12.15).
Oily waste reception

1
13
1.105
Facilities for the reception of certain types of oily waste
is reported to exist at the following ports:
Brazil:
Madre de Deus (5.272).
Ro de Janeiro (7.47).
Niteroi (7.76).
Tebig Oil Terminal (7.200).
Angra dos Reis (7.201).
So Sebastio (7.241).
Santos (8.57).
Paranagu (8.110).
Itajai (8.163).
Uruguay:
Montevideo (9.133).
Argentina:
La Plata (9.205).
Buenos Aires (9.281).
Campana (10.146).
San Pedro (10.161).
San Lorenzo (10.167).
Mar del Plata (11.32).
Baha Blanca (11.65).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
NATURAL CONDITIONS
MARITIME TOPOGRAPHY
Seabed
1
1.106
Continental shelf. The continental shelf of the E coast
of South America, delineated by the 200 m depth contour,
has a width of 150 miles off the mouth of Ro Amazonas.
It decreases in width farther S, reaching 6 miles off
Salvador (1258S, 3830W), and increases again to its
maximum width of 270 miles off Cabo Tres Puntas
(4706S, 6552W), near the S limit of the area covered by
this book.
1.107
Outlying dangers. There are numerous outlying islands,
banks and seamounts which are hazardous to shipping;
some lying up to 620 miles from the coast. These are all
described in Chapter 2 Offshore Islands (2.1).
Guiana Current
1
CURRENTS
General information
1
1.108
The currents in the area covered by this volume form
part of the general anticlockwise circulation of water in the
South Atlantic. There are seasonal variations, which are
locally important, but the main features are readily
recognizable in all seasons.
1.109
In the currents diagrams (1.109.1 and 1.109.2), arrows
indicating the Predominant Direction, Average rate and
Constancy are shown, which are defined as follows:
Predominant Direction. The mean direction within a
continuous 90 sector containing the highest proportion of
observations from all sectors.
Average rate of the highest 50 per cent in the
predominant sectors as indicated by the figures in the
diagram. It is emphasised that rates above or below those
shown may be experienced.
Constancy, as indicated by the thickness of the arrows,
is a measure of its persistence, eg low constancy implies
marked variability in rate and, particularly, direction.
1.112
This broad W setting current covers a large part of the
tropical region of the North Atlantic. Its most S boundary
lies at about 3N between December and March and at
about 10N from June to September. The average rate is
between and kn but with rates up to 2 kn being
reported on some occasions, and with a moderate
constancy.
Equatorial Counter Current

1
South Equatorial Current

1
1.111
This current originates from the branch of the South
Equatorial Current which sets WNW on approaching the
coast, then NW along the NE facing coast of South
America towards the Caribbean. Its average rate is between
1 and 1 kn with a high constancy near the Guianas and
North Brazil, and on its N flank the current is augmented
by the North Equatorial Current. The current at this point is
some 200 to 300 miles wide as it parallels the coast. The
rate is strongest about 50 to 150 miles offshore between
45 and 55W with an average rate of around 2 kn,
although rates of 4 kn have been reported on some
occasions especially between July and September. Between
the mouths of the Rio Amazonas and Cabo de So Roque,
with NE winds, a coastal counter current setting ESE is
possible.
North Equatorial Current
Currents Diagram
1
Near the coast the set of the current is more complex.

Between January and March, the SW set of the current
turns N near the coast at about 10S and at around 15S
between July and September.
From November to April, the W set of the S half of the
current extends to about 30W before setting WSW but in
June the WSW set occurs at about 20W and in September
at around 18W.
1.110
This current sets to the W between about 2N and 20S
but, in March, the N limit may extend on occasions to
around 5N. The average rate in the N is about kn in
most months with a high constancy. Between May and
September, the average rate increases to around 1 kn with a
few reports of rates between 2 and 3 kn. To the S of 6S
the average rate decreases to around kn, and the
constancy of the current becoming low near 20S between
January and March, and 15S between July and September.
From November to January, the predominantly W
current divides at about 6S 30W with one branch setting
WNW towards the Caribbean and the other setting SW to
form the Brazilian Current. The current divides farther S at
other times of the year and between May and July the
division is near 8S.
1.113
This relatively narrow E current is most pronounced
between July and September, and lies between the W sets
of the North and South Equatorial Currents. It extends E
from around 52W between 4 and 10N. The current is
subject to considerable variation and is less well developed
in all other months. Between October and March the
current contracts in width and divides into two parts; and
in October is restricted to a narrow band between 5 and
8N with the W part lying between 36 and 48W and the
E part extending E from around 34W. From November to
March the gap between the two parts gradually widens
until the E part lies to the E of 20W and with the W part
centred between 7 and 9N and 48 and 52W. It has been
suggested that this current is continuous but with the E set
dropping below the surface layer in the intervening area.
Between July and September the average rate is between
and 1 kn with a few reports of up to 2 kn, and with a
moderate constancy. At other times the constancy is low.
Brazil Current
1
14
1.114
This current is formed from part of the South Equatorial
Current which is diverted between S and SW on
approaching the coast of South America. It is subject to
considerable seasonal variations, particularly as regards its
lateral extent and its influence in coastal waters. The main
body of the current is between 100 and 300 miles wide and
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
20
North Equatorial Current

1
1/2
1/2
15
15
3/4 - 1
3/4
3/4
10
10
3/4
11/2 - 2
3/4 - 1
Gu
ian
1 - 11/2
Cu
rre
nt
1/2 - 1
5
KEY
10
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures.

Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus:
South
Equatorial
10
High constancy >75%

Moderate constancy 50%-75%
15
Current
1/2
1/2
Low constancy <50%
15
Probable direction when

observation count is low
20
ur
re
nt
20
25
25
ra
zi
1/2
30
30
1/2
1/2 - 3/4
35
35
1/2
South Atlantic Current
1/2
40
ur
re
nt
40
1/2 - 3/4
45
45
1/2
Southern Ocean Current
lk
la
nd
1/2
Fa
1/2
1/2 - 3/4
50
65
50
60
55
50
Predominant currents JANUARY to MARCH (1.109.1)
15
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
20
1/2 - 3/4
15
ria
North Equato
r
l Cur
ent
15
1-11/2
10
10
Gu
ia
11/2 - 2
na
3/4 - 1
1
C
ur
re
Equatorial Counter Current
nt
1-11/2
South
KEY
Equatorial
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures.

Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus:
Current
High constancy >75%
10
10
1/2
Moderate constancy 50%-75%

Low constancy <50%
nt
Probable direction when

observation count is low
re
1/2
15
il
ur
15
20
1/2 - 3/4
Br
az
20
1/2
25
25
1/2
30
30
1/2
1/2 - 3/4
35
40
35
40
ur
re
nt
1/2
nd
1/2
1/2
45
Fa
lk
la
45
1/2
1/2 - 3/4
50
65
60
50
55
50
Predominant currents JULY to SEPTEMBER (1.109.2)

16
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
extends, between January and March, from about 6S 30W

to 37S 52W at a distance of about 100 miles from the
coast, except for the region between Caravelas and Cabo
Frio where it often extends close inshore. The predominant
direction is between S and SW with a moderate constancy
which decreases to low over a considerable area between
May and July. The average rate is between and kn,
and with a few reports of rates up to 2 kn. The highest
rates being most frequently reported between Cabo de So
Tom and Cabo Frio.
Inshore of the main Brazil Current the water movement
is more complex due to seasonal variations. SW sets along
the coast have a N limit at about 9S from November to
February and around 15S from May to August. To the S,
the SW set extends along the coast as far S as about 36S
from November to April and to around 27S from July to
September but with a narrow clockwise circulation offshore
between Porto de Santos and Florianopolis.
The Brazil Current has a low to moderate constancy
with the current setting in other directions at various times
throughout the year. Onshore sets to the W are relatively
frequent and with some to the NW. The seaward limit of
this current is not well defined as there is a progressive
fanning off, from the main S to SW flow, to the SE
between about 20 and 40S.
Caution. The relative frequency of onshore sets along
the whole of the coastline from Cabo de So Roque to
Cabo Frio should always be borne in mind. Such currents
may exceed 1 kn, especially along the coast between Cabo
de So Roque and 10S from May to July.

1
1.115
This current may be regarded as a seasonal extension of
the Falkland Current. Between December and March the
Falkland Current flows N towards the mouth of the Rio de
La Plata where it meets the Brazil Current. Between July
and September, the Brazil Current shifts E away from the
coast to allow a NE set, called the Brazil Inshore Counter
Current, to extend N. This NE extension commences in
April and reaches a N limit of about 24S during May and
June, then recedes S to around 31S during August and
September. By December, the NE extension of the current
has receded further S to 35S and the Brazil Inshore
Counter Current has temporarily ceased to exist.
The constancy of this seasonal current, between May
and June, to the S of 30S is moderate, and low to the N
of 30S. Average rates are around kn in the S and about
kn in the N. Details of the currents in the vicinity of Rio
de Janeiro are given at 7.23.
1.118
This current is the result of the broad belt of W winds
(Roaring Forties) of higher latitudes of the S hemisphere
which encircle the globe. The S extremity of South
America diverts part of this E current through Drake
Passage but thereafter the stream widens and its N limit
returns to near 42S in the South Atlantic. The N part of
the flow through Drake Passage turns N to become the
Falkland Current, while the more S part turns NE, to pass
SE of the Falkland Islands, then E.
The average rate to the SE of the Falkland Islands is
between and kn, and rarely exceeds 2 kn. To the S of
about 42S and to the E of 40W, the average rate is about
kn with very few reports of rates in excess of 2 kn. Due
to the variable winds the constancy of the current is low to
moderate.
Effects of strong winds

1
1.119
After prolonged periods of strong winds from a constant
direction, a wind-drift current may be generated, the rate of
which varies according to the wind speed and direction.
These wind-drift currents may reduce or enhance the main
underlying current. For further information on how currents
are influenced by wind, pressure gradient and topography.
SEA AND SWELL
Falkland Current
1
1.117
This wide latitudinal current sets E on the S flank of the
South Atlantic circulation and is fed by the warm Brazil
Current. Its N limit is ill defined as the E flow becomes
progressively weaker towards the N, but within the area
covered by this volume it is about 25S between January
and February and around 20S between July and
September. The S limit is more marked near 42S, since it
forms the boundary between the E set originating from the
warm Brazil Current and the colder E set of the Southern
Ocean Current.
Average rates are between and kn, and with very
few rates above 2 kn. The direction of the current can be
very variable and therefore the constancy is low.
Brazil Inshore Counter Current

1
Within the Falkland Current the average rate is between

and kn but with some reports of rates between 2 and
3 kn. The predominant direction is between N and NE, and
with a moderate constancy that becomes high at times to
the S of 42S.
General remarks
1.116
This current originates mainly from the Cape Horn
Current in the N part of Drakes Passage, and flows N, to
the W of Falkland Islands, towards the Ro de La Plata
(see Brazil Inshore Counter Current). On the E side of the
Falkland Current there is a gradual fanning out to the NE
and then E to form the N flank of the Southern Ocean
Current. The W boundary of the current lies approximately
70 to 140 miles E of the mainland.
Within 15 miles of the mainland the flow is mainly
tidal. Between this tidal zone and the Falkland Current
there are areas of variable currents and, particularly in the
larger bays, there is a predominance of anticlockwise
currents.
1.120
For general information on sea and swell.
Sea conditions
1
17
1.121
Sea waves are generated locally by the wind and can be
very variable in direction, especially to the S and E of
35S 35W.
Very rough seas of 4 m and above are most common in
the S of the area and, in July, are reported on about 8 per
cent of occasions at 25S 35W and around 38 per cent in
the extreme SE. By January, the incidence of very rough
seas decreases to around 1 per cent at 25S, 35W and 30
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
per cent in the extreme SE. Farther N towards the equator,

the percentage of very rough seas steadily decreases to less
than 1 per cent of occasions. In the extreme N of the area,
very rough seas are reported on about 2 per cent of
occasions between November and March and on less than 1
per cent between May and August.
In January, the frequency of reported combined sea and
swell waves of 6 m and over, in the extreme SE of the
area, is about 15 to 20 per cent of occasions between April
and January and about 10 to 15 per cent in February and
March. At 45S, 45W, the percentages are around 10 and
6 per cent respectively. Farther N towards the equator, the
percentage frequency rapidly decreases to less than per
cent. Rough seas occur during the passage of frontal
troughs (including Pamperos) and other disturbances
(Sudestada). Potentially hazardous conditions may result
due to the intensity and sudden development of these
storms. Such conditions can be expected about 20 times a
year in the region of Ro de La Plata. In winter, the
resultant rough seas may persist for 2 to 3 days with a cold
blustery wind from the Southern Ocean.
CLIMATE AND WEATHER

General information
1
General conditions
1
Swell conditions
1
1.122
Diagrams 1.122.1 to 1.122.4 give swell roses for January
and July. The roses show the percentage of observations
recording swell from a number of directions and for
various ranges of wave height.
To the N of the equator, and within the area covered by
this volume, the predominant swell is NE low to moderate
in January, and mainly SE in July. Between the equator and
20S, the swell is mainly low from the ESE in January and
SE in July. Farther S, between 20 and 30S, the swell is
also usually low and mainly from between NNE and S but
with an increasing frequency of swells from the SSW by
July. Heavy swells are rare to the N of 25S.
Between 30 and 40S and W of 40W, the direction of
the swell is very variable but mainly from between NNE
and S but again with an increasing frequency of SSW
swells by July. To the E and S of about 30S, 40W, the
predominant swells are mainly from between NNW and
SSW with heavy and often confused swells reported on
about 5 per cent of occasions in January and around 20 per
cent in July.
SEA WATER CHARACTERISTICS

5
Sea surface temperature

1
1.123
The mean sea surface temperatures for February and
August are shown in diagrams 1.123.1 and 1.123.2. Sea
surface temperatures are generally at their highest in late
January and February and lowest in August to the S of
about 5S, whilst the reverse is true in the extreme N of
the area.
The effects of both the Falkland and Brazil Currents are
well marked; the Falkland Current bringing cold water N
from the Southern Ocean and the Brazil Current carrying
warm water S from lower latitudes.
1.126
The climate of the area covered by this volume varies
greatly from N to S reflecting the large range of latitude,
and with a considerable contrast in temperature between the
tropical N and the extreme SW where the winters are
relatively cold.
The area may be broadly divided into six regions within
the following approximate latitudes with seasonal
movements to the N and S:
a. The NE Trade Winds in the extreme N of the area
between January and May.
b. The Equatorial Trough or Doldrums 5N to 5S.
c. The SE Trade winds 5 to 20S.
d. The Subtropical High Pressure Belt 20 to 35S.
e. Variables.
f. Westerlies (The Roaring Forties).
Tropical weather prevails along the N coast of Brazil
and the Amazon basin with high temperature and humidity
throughout the year. Rainfall is abundant and exceeds
2500 mm in places which, on occasions, result in disastrous
floods in some inland parts of the region, especially
between February and April. In contrast, in the S of the
area along the Argentine coast, there is an arid but
temperate climate with frequent winter frosts, and with an
annual rainfall amount of around 200 mm near the coast.
The E to SE trade winds dominate a wide area to the N of
the high pressure belt at about 25 to 30S, and with W
winds prevailing to the S of 40S that extend N to around
35S in winter.
Most of the bad weather with strong winds occurs to the
S of 35S, although it is often of short duration as frontal
troughs cross the area from the W. The main depression
tracks of the Southern Ocean lie to the S and E of the area
covered by this volume.
The coastline referred to in this volume is around 4 000
miles long with countless local effects that would prove too
lengthy to list and describe in detail in the following
sections. Only the major local modifications are described
but other important local effects, that are of significance to
the mariner, are included in later chapters that cover that
part of the coast in which they occur. The climatic tables at
the end of this chapter also include weather information for
a large number of coastal stations.
Ice accumulation on ships

1
Variability
1
1.125
The following information on climate and weather
should be read in conjunction with the information
contained in The Mariners Handbook which explains in
more detail many aspects of meteorology and climatology
of importance to the mariner.
Weather reports and forecasts, that cover the area, are
regularly broadcast in Spanish in the S of the area and in
Portuguese and English in the N.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals.
1.124
Variations of 2 to 3C from the mean may occur in
the S, especially during the S winter period.
18
1.127
The combination of weather conditions that can result in
the accumulation of ice on the hulls and superstructure of
ships may, on relatively rare occasions, be encountered in
the extreme S of the area covered by this volume. For
details of the causes of ice accumulation and the
recommended courses of action for its avoidance see The
Mariners Handbook.
Home
Contents
Index
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
10
15
10
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
EXPLANATION. The frequency of swell from

any direction is given according to the scale:
0%
10
10
20
30
40
50%
This scale is further subdivided to indicate the

f r e q u e n c y o f swe l l o f d i f fe r e n t h e i g h t s ( i n
metres) according to the legend:
0.1-2.2
4.3-6.2
10
8.3+
3
2.3-4.2
6.3-8.2
Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The

figure within the circle gives the percentage of
calms.
15
15
0
0
20
55
20
50
45
30
Swell distribution North - JANUARY (1.122.1)
25
20
15
CHAPTER 1
19
Home
Contents
Index
20
70
25
65
60
55
50
45
10
20
30
30
20
20
25
0
25
50%
40

0.1-2.2
35

0%
40
4.3-6.2
8.3+
3
2.3-4.2
30
6.3-8.2
30

calms.
0
35
35
CHAPTER 1
20
0
40
40
INSUFFICIENT DATA
45
45
50
70
50
65
60
55
50 Longitude 45 West from Greenwich
Swell distribution South - JANUARY (1.122.1)
35
30
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
10
15
10
0
5
0
0
0
0

0%
10
10
20
30
40
50%

0.1-2.2
4.3-6.2
10
8.3+
3
2.3-4.2
6.3-8.2

calms.
15
15
0
20
55
20
50
45
30
Swell distribution North - APRIL (1.122.2)
25
20
15
CHAPTER 1
21
Home
Contents
Index
20
70
25
65
60
55
50
45
10
20
30
40
4.3-6.2
30
20
20
25
25
50%

0.1-2.2
35

0%
40
8.3+
3
2.3-4.2
30
6.3-8.2
30

calms.
35
35
CHAPTER 1
22
0
40
40
0
INSUFFICIENT DATA
45
45
50
70
50
65
60
55
Swell distribution South - APRIL (1.122.2)
35
30
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
10
15
10
0
0
0
0
5
0%
10
10
20
30
40
50%

0.1-2.2
4.3-6.2
10
8.3+
3
2.3-4.2
6.3-8.2

calms.
15
15
20
55
20
50
45
30
Swell distribution North - JULY (1.122.3)
25
20
15
CHAPTER 1
23
Home
Contents
Index
20
70
25
65
60
55
50
45
10
20
30
30
20
20
25
25
50%
40

0.1-2.2
35

0%
40
4.3-6.2
8.3+
3
2.3-4.2
30
6.3-8.2
30

calms.
35
35
CHAPTER 1
24
0
INSUFFICIENT DATA
40
40
0
INSUFFICIENT DATA
45
45
50
50
70
65
60
55
Swell distribution South - JULY (1.122.3)
35
30
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
10
15
10
0
5
0
0
0
0

0%
10
10
20
30
40
50%

0.1-2.2
4.3-6.2
10
8.3+
3
2.3-4.2
6.3-8.2

calms.
15
15
20
55
20
50
45
30
Swell distribution North - OCTOBER (1.122.4)
25
20
15
CHAPTER 1
25
Home
Contents
Index
20
70
25
65
60
55
50
45
10
20
30
30
20
20
25
0
25
50%
40

0.1-2.2
35

0%
40
4.3-6.2
8.3+
3
2.3-4.2
30
6.3-8.2
30

calms.
35
35
CHAPTER 1
26
0
40
40
INSUFFICIENT DATA
45
45
50
70
50
65
60
55
Swell distribution South - OCTOBER (1.122.4)
35
30
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
20
20
22
15
15
24
10
10
26
5
27
0
10
10
27
15
15
20
20
25
25
26
30
30
24
22
35
35
20
18
40
40
16
14
12
45
45
10
8
6
50
65
60
55
50
Mean sea surface temperature (C) FEBRUARY (1.123.1)

27
25
20
50
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
20
15
26
10
10
28
27
26
10
10
15
15
24
20
20
22
25
25
20
30
30
18
16
35
35
14
40
40
12
10
10
45
45
6
50
50
65
60
55
50
Mean sea surface temperature (C) AUGUST (1.123.2)

28
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
Pressure
Anticyclones
Average distribution
1
1.128
The average pressure distribution at mean sea level in
January and July is shown in the accompanying diagrams
1.128.1 and 1.128.2. The dominant features are the
semi-permanent South Atlantic anticyclone, the equatorial
trough or doldrums belt in the N and the summer heat Low
over Brazil.
2
Variability
1
1.129
It is stressed that the diagrams depict the average
pressure distribution and that, particularly S of about 30S,
the actual pressure pattern can be markedly different from
the mean due to E moving mobile depressions. Variations in
pressure between about 20 and 35S are usually a
reflection of the intensity of the South Atlantic anticyclone,
and are generally more gradual.
Between the 10N and 10S, there is small seasonal
pressure increase of between 1 and 3 hPa between January
and July.
Depressions
1
Diurnal variation
1
1.130
There is a diurnal variation throughout the area covered
by this volume and varies from about 3 to 4 hPa inland in
the N of the area to around 10 hPa over the sea at 20S.
Pressure maximum occurs at 1000 and 2200 local time, and
minimum at 0400 and 1600.
The diurnal variation over the sea between 10N and
20S is given in the following table and should be applied
to the observed pressure to obtain the mean.
Local Time
0000
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
0800
0900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
10N to 0
hPa
06
02
+03
06
08
06
+03
02
07
11
12
11
06
00
+06
11
14
13
10
+05
01
06
0 to 10S
hPa
06
01
+03
07
08
06
+03
03
08
11
13
11
06
00
+06
11
13
13
09
+04
01
06
10S to 20S
hPa
05
01
+03
07
08
06
+03
02
07
10
11
10
06
01
+05
09
11
11
08
04
01
05
2200
09
09
07
2300
09
08
07
1.131
The semi-permanent South Atlantic anticyclone is a
dominating feature of the pressure pattern and of the
climate in the region. The mean central pressure of the
anticyclone in summer (January) is around 1020 hPa and
increases to about 1023 hPa as it moves from near 30S to
27S in winter (July). Variations on the N flank of the
anticyclone are usually small but to the S variations can be
much larger due to individual highs and lows passing E to
the S of the main centre.
In contrast to the South Atlantic anticyclone that mainly
signifies fair and settled weather, the E coast of South
America is affected by relatively small but vigorous fast
moving anticyclones that bring disturbed conditions. They
generally move into the area to the rear of cold fronts and
may result in strong winds as far N as 30S. As these
small anticyclones move ENE offshore they usually slow
and later become absorbed into the South Atlantic
anticyclone.
1.132
Depressions develop on occasions over W Argentina, in
the lee of the mountainous barrier of the Cordillera de los
Andes, at about 40S and may deepen on reaching the Ro
de La Plata. These lows tend to move E or SE as they
move offshore. However, the most common depressions are
those that develop on cold fronts over the sea to the E of
Ro de La Plata. These depressions can rapidly intensify to
produce strong SE winds (Sudestadas) that may
occasionally reach storm force, and are most frequent in
the autumn.
South America Low

1
1.133
In summer, a low develops over the S part of Brazil and
is usually most intense in January.
Tropical cyclones
1
1.134
The southern hemisphere area of this book is generally
free from tropical cyclones. The unique occurrance of
tropical cyclone Catarina between 26th and 28th March
2004 raises the prospect that the South Atlantic may
become an area favourable to the generation of tropical
cyclones. It is thought that possible rising sea temperatures
did not play a part in the unusual appearance of the
cyclone. It is considered that favourable and unusual
atmospheric conditions came together in the right sequence
for the development of a storm. Catarina formed near 29S,
44W, moved W and made shore on the E coast of Brazil
about 100 miles SSW of Florianopolis where it caused
considerable damage. The track is shown on the climate
station location diagram (1.155)
Fronts
Cold fronts
1
29
1.135
Most of the disturbed weather along the coast to the N
of about 35S is the result of the passage of cold fronts
across the region, and which are frequently followed by
relative small but vigorous anticyclones. These cold fronts
rarely get as far N as Ro de Janeiro in summer but during
autumn and winter (April to September) they can on
occasions extend N to around 10S.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
65
20
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
20
1018
15
15
1016
10
10
1014
5
I . T. C
1012
.Z.
10
10
1008
10
10
101
15
15
LOW
101
20
20
101
25
30
25
HIGH
30
35
35
40
40
45
45
1008
1006
10
1004
02
50
65
60
55
50
1002
Longitude 40West from Greenwich
1000
25
Average barometric pressure at mean sea level ( hPa) JANUARY (1.128.1)

30
50
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40v
35
30
25
20
15
20
15
1016
10
10
1014
5
I . T. C . Z .
0
LOW
12
10
10
1016
10
15
1018
15
1020
20
20
1022
25
25
HIGH
30
30
1020
35
35
1018
40
40
1016
1014
45
45
1012
1010
1008
1006
1004
1008
50
65
60
55
50
1002
25
Average barometric pressure at mean sea level (hPa) JULY (1.128.2)

31
50
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
Between 80 and 100 cold fronts, or occlusions, cross the

Ro de La Plata region each year with a sudden change in
the wind direction from N to S, and of these only about 20
are accompanied by violent squalls known as a Pampero
(see 1.140.d.). The intervals between these frontal troughs
varies from about 1 to 15 days, and with great variation in
both their intensity and duration. Occasionally their passage
is marked by no more than a change of wind direction.
Occluded fronts
1
1.136
Occluded fronts that cross the Andes often lead to
frontogenesis on the E coast, followed by the development
of a depression in region of the Ro de La Plata. See The
Mariner s Handbook for a full description of the
characteristics of cold and occluded fronts.
Intertropical convergence zone (ITCZ)

1
1.137
The equatorial trough, or doldrums, is a zone of
relatively low pressure towards which the trade winds of
the N and S hemispheres converge and where the ITCZ is
located. Within the ITCZ thundery showers and squalls are
common and the winds are light and variable at times in
the E of the area. In winter (July to October), the ITCZ
lies from East to West over the N of the area but moves S
in summer (January) to the Amazon delta and by autumn
may move as far S as central Brazil.
Inland and coastal waters

1
Winds
Average distribution
1
1.138
Wind roses showing the frequency of winds of various
directions and speeds for January, April, July and October
are given in diagrams 1.138.1 to 1.138.4.
Open sea
1
the winds are mainly from between SE and N and

with an increasing frequency of NE winds between
August and March. The mean strength of the wind
throughout the year is force 34.
e. 305 to 405S. The winds over this area are very
variable with a mean strength of force 34 during
October to April and force 56 between May and
early August. There is a slight predominance of
NE winds in the NW of this area between
November and March and a similar slightly higher
frequency of winds between SW and NW over the
rest of the area between May and January. See
1.140.D for a description of the winds associated
with Pamperos and Sudestadas.
f. 405 to 505S. Winds are predominantly from
between SW and NW. Winds from the E are
uncommon. The mean wind strength in the W of
the area is force 4 between October and March
and 45 at other times. In the E the mean strength
is more variable but mainly force 45 between
October and March and force 56 in mid-winter,
although data is limited.
1.139
In general the wind is governed by the pressure
distribution, in particular the position and intensity of the
South Atlantic anticyclone and the ITCZ, and has been
divided into six zones by latitude for the area covered by
this volume.
a. Equator and 105N. The winds are predominantly
from the NE during the period from January to
May with a mean strength of force 34, but
become E to SE between July and December with
a relatively high frequency of S winds in the E of
the area between August and October. In
December there is an increasing frequency of NE
winds in the E. Near the ITCZ the winds may
become light and variable at times in the E of the
area between 5N and 5S.
b. Equator and 105S. Winds are predominantly SE
throughout the year with a mean strength of force
34 from December to June and force 4 from July
to November.
c. 105 to 205S. Winds are predominantly E to NE
between late October to early February, and E to
SE between April and early September. The mean
strength is force 34 but decreases to force 13 in
the SE between February and April, and increases
to force 45 in the central N part of this area
between June and November.
d. 205 to 305S. In the E of this area, the winds are
variable but particularly so during mid-winter, and
with a mean strength of around force 4. In the W,
32
1.140
As over the open sea, the pressure pattern has a major
influence on the strength and direction of the prevailing
wind, however, within about 20 miles of the coast the
winds may be greatly modified by local topography and
land and sea breeze effects. Winds may be deflected by
180 and with increased winds due to funnelling in
narrow channels and inlets (see The Mariners Handbook ).
The Climatic Tables give the wind direction and mean
speed for each month for a number of stations.
a. 55N to 105S. From Cabo Orange to So Luis the
sea breeze component, at right angles to the coast,
accounts for a NE wind during the day for most of
the year. Inland at Manaus light, mainly E, winds
predominant, although a squally S wind, known as
the Friagem, can cause a sudden drop in
temperature. In the Amazon delta sudden squalls
can occur at times during the afternoon and are
known locally as a Para squall. These squalls are
mainly encountered during the dry season from
June to September and can, on occasions, reach
speeds of 20 to 30 kn. Heavy thundery squalls are
most frequent near Fortaleza in March and April.
b. 105 to 205S. Squalls occur at times along this
section of the coast and are most frequent between
April and September. Some of these squalls
develop on cold fronts that may extend as far N as
10S during this period, and usually occur as the
wind veers to the S or SW. Squalls from the ESE
(known locally as Abrolhos) are relatively frequent
between Caravelas and Cabo Frio between May
and August.
c. 205 to 305S. Heavy rain squalls are possible near
Ro de Janeiro when the sea breeze fades during
the early evening and are known locally as Terre
Altos. Other rain squalls are mainly associated with
the passage of cold fronts and are most frequent
between Autumn and Spring.
d. 305 to 405S. Strong winds in this coastal zone are
mainly associated with Pamperos and Sudestadas,
and are of particular importance in the region of
Ro de La Plata. Frontal troughs (ie cold fronts or
occlusions) can be particularly active in this
Home
Contents
Index
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
10
15
10
0.0
0.2
5
0.5
1.8
0.2
0
0.2
0.6
0.6
EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from

0%
10
10
20
30
40
0.0
10

frequency of winds of different Beaufort force
according to the legend:
15
0.2
50%
0.2
0.0
Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The

calms.
15
0.6
0.6
20
55
20
50
45
30
Wind distribution North - JANUARY (1.138.1)
25
20
15
CHAPTER 1
33
Home
Contents
Index
20
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
20
20
25
1
25

0%
10
20
30
40
25
50%

30
30
4
calms.
35
34
1
40
40
45
45
50
50
70
65
60
55
Wind distribution South - JANUARY (1.138.1)
35
30
25
20
CHAPTER 1
35
Home
Contents
Index
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
10
15
10
<1
1.8
0
0
2
1

0%
10
10
20
30
40
10

15
50%
<1

calms.
15
1
1
20
55
20
50
45
30
Wind distribution North - APRIL (1.138.2)
25
20
15
CHAPTER 1
35
Home
Contents
Index
20
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35

0%
10
20
30
40
25
50%

30
20
20
25
1
25
30
30
4
calms.
35
35
CHAPTER 1
36
1
40
40
<1
45
45
50
70
50
65
60
55
Wind distribution South - APRIL (1.138.2)
35
30
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
10
10
3
<1
0.5
<1
<1

0%
10
20
30
40
<1
10

15
50%
0.0
<1

calms.
15
<1
20
55
20
50
45
30
Wind distribution North - JULY (1.138.3)
25
20
15
CHAPTER 1
37
10
15
Home
Contents
Index
20
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
<1

0%
10
20
30
25
50%
40

30
20
20
25
2
25
30
30
4
calms.
35
35
CHAPTER 1
38
1
<1
40
40
INSUFFICIENT DATA
45
45
50
70
50
65
60
55
Wind distribution South - JULY (1.138.3)
35
30
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
10
15
10
2
<1
1
0
<1

0%
10
10
20
30
40
<1
50%
10

<1
15

calms.
15
<1
<1
20
55
20
50
45
30
Wind distribution North - OCTOBER (1.138.4)
25
20
15
CHAPTER 1
39
Home
Contents
Index
20
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
1
25
0%
10
20
30
40
25
50%

30
<1

20
20
25
<1
30
4
calms.
<1
35
35
CHAPTER 1
40
2
<1
40
40
<1
INSUFFICIENT DATA
45
45
50
70
50
65
60
55
Wind distribution South - OCTOBER (1.138.4)
35
30
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
region, and the colder squally wind from between

S and W, which follows the passage of the front,
is know locally as Pampero Sucio (foul pampero).
Winds are frequently N prior to the arrival of a
Pampero together with high temperatures and
humidity, then increase in strength from the NE.
However, the wind may, on some occasions, fall
calm just before the passage of the cold front. The
onset of the SW wind is usually preceded by a roll
of cumulus cloud followed by extensive
cumulonimbus. As the cloud increases there is
usually a short period of torrential thundery rain
together with a sudden violent squall that may, on
some occasions, reach 70 kn or more from between
S and W. Dust clouds may also cause a rapid
decrease in visibility with squalls from the W.
Some of the more severe squalls occur in summer
but, following the passage of the front, the S
winds are frequently stronger in winter and may
persist for several days. The strong S to SW wind
that follows, with mainly clear skies, is known
locally as Pampero Limpio.
About 20 Pamperos occur annually in the region of
Ro de La Plata, 12 at Buenos Aires and 16 at
Montevideo. They mainly affect the coastal areas
but can on occasions be felt up to 400 miles
offshore. Another danger to navigation in this area
is a strong SE wind know as a Sudestada. These
winds are caused by depressions moving into the
area, from the Paran basin, which then deepen
rapidly near the coast before moving off to the SE.
On occasions, the winds may reach gale force with
rough seas, rain and poor visibility. On average
around five to eight Sudestadas occur each year,
and, when the strong SE winds persist for one to
two days, may cause an appreciable rise in the
level of the Ro de La Plata. Winds in Ro
Uruguay, Ro Paran and Ro Paraguay basins are
frequently light and variable. In general winds are
mainly from between N and S through E.
e. 405 to 505S. Coastal waters are relatively sheltered
from the strong W flow by the Andes but severe
squalls are relatively frequent, and with rapid
changes in the wind direction as cold fronts cross
the area from SW to NE.
Cloud
Open sea
1
1.141
Depending on the prevailing wind, these breezes may
reinforce or moderate the strength of the prevailing wind.
Sea breezes normally set in by late morning, increase to a
maximum of about force 3 to 4 by mid-afternoon and then
die away by sunset. The land breeze is generally weaker
and blows as a light offshore wind from around midnight
to soon after dawn.
Land and sea breezes affect most of the coast covered
by this volume, particularly to the N of Ro de Janeiro
during the summer months. In the S of the area, S of 40S,
sea breezes are possible during the summer months but, in
the extreme S, the main effect is a reduction in the
prevailing W winds during the afternoon.
1.144
The Climatic Tables (1.155) give the mean cloud
amounts for a number of stations for each month of the
year. In general cloud tends to decrease to seaward away
from the coast. In the region of the ITCZ, massive cumulus
and cumulonimbus are usual with associated squalls and
thundery showers. To the NW of So Luis, cloud amounts
are generally at their highest between October and March
and lowest between July and September. Farther S to
around 20S, large variations in mean cloud amounts can
occur over relatively small distances. Between 20 and
30S the mean cloud amount is usually lowest in February
and highest in October and tends to increase from N to S,
especially in winter. To the S of 30S the mean cloud
amount is around 3 to 4 oktas and with slightly more cloud
in the afternoon. Relatively short periods of overcast skies
occur during the passage of frontal troughs, and longer
periods of clear skies with dry W winds.
Precipitation
General information
Gales
1
1.143
In the N of the area, between 12N and about 5S, the
mean cloud amount is between 4 and 5 oktas. Between 5
and around 30S, the mean cloud amount is about
35 oktas, although this increases towards the coast,
between 20 and 30S, to just over 4 oktas. In the area to
the S of 30S, cloud increases from about 4 oktas in the
NW to near 7 oktas in the extreme SE, and with slightly
more cloud in winter than summer. This cloudy region is
due to the succession of depressions and fronts which cross
the area. However, on any particular day actual cloud
amounts can be very different from the mean, particularly
in the SE of the area.
Coastal waters
Land and sea breezes

1
Gales over the open sea are rare N of 5S in July but

steadily increase to around 30 per cent of occasions in the
extreme SE of the area. In January, winds of force 7 and
above are reported on less than 1 per cent of occasions
over the open sea between about 5N and 20S but
increase to near 2 per cent in the N of the area. In the
extreme SE of the area, winds of force 7 and above are
reported on about 25 to 30 percent of occasions.
In coastal waters N of around 20S, gusts to near gale
force are most often associated with thunderstorm activity.
Between 8 and 12S, local winds to near 30 kn are
frequently the result of the combined effect of a sea breeze
and the deflection of the prevailing wind. Between 20 and
30S, most winds of force 7 and above are associated with
the passage of cold fronts, and with a percentage frequency
of 5 per cent of occasions in winter and 2 per cent in
summer. In the Ro de La Plata region, strong to gale force
winds are mainly associated with Pamperos and Sudestadas
(see paragraph 1.140). To the S of about 38S, winds of
force 7 and above are reported on about 5 to 10 per cent
of occasions in the W but rapidly increase in frequency
over open waters to the E, particularly in winter.
1.142
Diagrams 1.142.1 and 1.142.2 gives the percentage
frequency of occurrence of winds of force 7 and above.
41
1.145
The climatic tables (1.155) give the average amounts of
precipitation for each month at a number of stations, and
the mean number of days in each month when significant
precipitation is recorded.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
20
15
2%
10
10
1%
5
<1%
10
10
15
15
20
20
1%
25
25
2%
30
30
5%
35
35
10%
40
40
20%
45
45
30%
AREA OF
LIMITED
DATA
50
50
65
60
55
50
25
Percentage frequency of winds of Force 7 or more JANUARY (1.142.1)

42
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
20
15
1%
10
10
<1%
1%
10
10
15
15
2%
20
20
25
25
5%
30
30
10%
35
35
20%
20%
>20%
40
40
AREA OF
LIMITED
DATA
45
30%
45
50
50
65
60
55
50
Percentage frequency of winds of Force 7 or more JULY (1.142.2)
43
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
may affect some areas close inshore during calm clear

nights in winter but usually disperses by mid-morning. In
common with other parts of the coast covered by this
volume, haze is likely during dry spells with offshore
winds.
Rain
1
1.146
To the N of about 5S there is a significant decrease in
the annual rainfall from W to E along the coast; from
around 3000 mm to the W of Belem to near 1500 mm near
Natal. There is a similar but smaller decrease upstream
along the Amazon basin. The wettest months are January to
May, and with possible disastrous flooding in some inland
areas. The driest months are August to November and with
drought conditions common during this period to the W of
45W. Most precipitation is associated with heavy thundery
showers and are most common, over land, during the late
afternoon but may continue into the night in coastal waters.
Between 5S and 15S the annual rainfall is between
about 1200 mm and 1800 mm and, in the N, the wettest
period is between March and July and the driest between
September and January. Farther S, the distinction between
wet and dry periods is much less marked with rainfall
amounts reaching a maximum in autumn and spring. Large
annual variations in rainfall are possible with drought or
flood conditions occurring on occasions inland. In the area
from 20S to just S of Florianoplis, rainfall varies from
1000 mm to about 2000 mm near Santos, and is mainly the
result of heavy showers and thunderstorms. January tends
to be the wettest month and July the driest.
To the S of about 30S, rainfall steadily decreases from
around 1300 mm near Port Alegre to about 200 mm in the
extreme S. The decrease in rainfall in the S of the area is
due to the release of the moisture in the airflow as it
crosses the Andes. However rainfall steadily increases over
the open sea to the W of about 60W and may fall as
snow in winter.
Air temperature
General information
1
Open sea
1
1.147
In coastal areas N of about 10S, thunderstorm activity
steadily increases from around 5 days per year with
thunderstorms near Porto de Recife to around 40 to 50 in
the NW, and with the highest frequency between January
and May. Except for the area around Caravelas,
thunderstorm activity is relatively low between 10 and
23S. Thunderstorms activity then rapidly increases again
with around 36 days per year with thunderstorms in the
region of Carrasco. Baha Blanca experiences thunderstorms
on about 23 days per year and Comodoro Rivadavia, in the
S of the area, on about 2 days, and with the highest
frequency during in the summer months.
Fog
1
1.150
The mean air temperature over the open sea is shown in
diagrams 1.150.1 and 1.150.2. The mean air temperature in
the extreme N of the area is around 25C in January and
27C in August and, between 5N and 5S, near 265
throughout the year.
In February the mean air temperature at 10S is around
27C and decreases to near 8C in the extreme SE of the
area, and by August has decreased to around 25 and 4C
respectively. As with the sea surface temperature, the effect
of both the Brazil and Falkland Currents are well marked
in the W of the area S of about 10S.
Coastal waters
Thunderstorms
1
1.149
To the N of about 5N, the coldest months are January
and February and the warmest August and to the S of
about 5S, January is usually the warmest month and July
the coldest. Near the equator the variation in temperature
over the year is relatively small. The climatic tables (1.155)
show the variation in air temperature over the year for a
number of weather observing stations.
1.148
The percentage frequency of fog is shown in diagrams
1.148.1 and 1.148.2.
Fog over the open sea, N of about 30S, is rare and
occurs on less than 1 per cent of occasions. In coastal area
N of 30S, fog is also rare but visibility may be reduced to
near fog limits in heavy showers or thunderstorms. Reports
of poor visibility (less than 5 miles) are most frequent, N
of 10S, between January and May.
Over the open sea the frequency of fog steadily
increases from around 1 per cent of occasions, at about
35S, to 5 to 10 per cent in the SE of the area in January,
and 3 to 6 per cent in July. In coastal waters, fog reaches a
maximum frequency during the winter months with fog
reported on about 4 to 8 days per month between Mar del
Plata and Porto Alegre, and around 1 to 3 days per month
in the S. Most of the fogs affecting the Ro de La Plata
region occur with light NW to NE winds. Radiation fog
1.151
Air temperatures in coastal waters are generally more
variable than over the open sea to the E, and are greatly
affected by land and sea breezes with distinct diurnal and
seasonal temperature variations. The climatic tables (1.155)
give mean temperatures for a number of stations.
To the N of 10S the monthly mean variation in
temperature is generally small although sudden decreases
are not uncommon during heavy showers and
thunderstorms. The daily variation in temperature generally
increases inland away from the coast.
Mean daily maximum temperatures in January decrease
from around 31C at 12S to 25C in the S of the area,
and by August are 27 and 16, respectively. The range in
the mean daily minimum temperatures show a similar
pattern. Extreme temperatures of around 37C most
frequency occur near Ro de Janeiro in January and
temperatures below 5C are not uncommon to the S of
35C in July; where frosts are common between April and
November. To the S of about 20S, extreme summer
maxima and winter minima frequently occur with W winds
and, between 30 and 40C, N winds known locally as
Sondo, are hot and oppressive in summer whilst SSW
winds are relatively cool. A sudden drop of 10C is not
uncommon with the onset of a Pampero, but the
subsequent rise with the returning N wind is more gradual.
Relative humidity
General information
1
44
1.152
Humidity is closely related to air temperature and
generally decreases as the temperature increases. During the
early morning, when the air temperature is normally at its
lowest, the humidity is generally at its highest, and falls to
a minimum in the afternoon.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
20
15
15
10
10
10
10
<1%
15
15
20
20
25
25
30
30
1%
35
35
2%
40
40
1%
5%
45
45
50
50
65
60
55
50
Percentage frequency of fog JANUARY (1.148.1)
45
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
20
15
15
10
10
10
10
15
15
<1%
20
20
25
25
30
30
35
35
1%
40
>5%
2%
45
1%
45
5%
40
2%
20%
>2%
<2%
50
50
65
60
55
50
Percentage frequency of fog JULY (1.148.2)
46
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
15
20
15
22
24
10
20
10
26
10
10
15
15
20
20
26
25
25
24
30
30
22
35
35
20
18
40
40
16
14
45
45
12
8
10
50
50
65
60
55
50
Mean air temperature (C) FEBRUARY (1.150.1)

47
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
20
15
28
26
10
10
26
10
10
15
15
24
20
20
22
25
25
20
30
30
18
16
35
35
14
12
40
40
10
45
45
4
50
50
65
60
55
50
Mean air temperature (C) AUGUST (1.150.2)

48
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
Open sea
1
Climatic tables
General information
1.153
The mean humidity N of 10S is between 78 and 81 per
cent but slightly lower in the extreme N in January. At
15S, the mean humidity in January is about 75 to 77 per
cent and steadily increases to around 84 per cent in the
extreme S of the area. Between 20 and 40S the mean
humidity decreases between January and July due to
strengthening of the South Atlantic anticyclone over the
area; and at 30S, 30W, it decreases from around 80 per
cent in January to 74 per cent in July.
Coastal waters
1
1.154
There can be relatively large changes in humidity in
coastal waters depending on exposure to the prevailing
wind, distance from the open sea and land and sea breeze
effects. To the N of about 30S, the predominance of
onshore winds maintains high humidities along this part of
the coast but, to the S of 30S, the humidity may fall
significantly at times due to the increasing frequency of dry
W to SW winds.
49
1.155
The climatic tables which follow give data for several
coastal stations which regularly undertake weather
observations. Some of these stations have been re-sited and
so the position given is the latest available.
It is emphasised that these data are average conditions
and refer to the specific location of the observing station
and therefore may not be representative of the conditions
over the open sea or in approaches to ports in their
vicinity. The following comments briefly list some of the
differences to be expected between conditions over open
sea and those at the nearest reporting station.
See The Mariners Handbook for further details.
Wind speeds tend to be higher at sea with more frequent
gales than on land, although funnelling in narrow inlets can
result in an increase in wind strength.
Precipitation along mountainous wind facing coasts can
be considerably higher than at sea to windward. Similarly,
precipitation, and also the humidity, in the lee of high
ground can be significantly less.
Air temperature over the sea is less variable than over
the land.
Topography has a marked effect on local conditions.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 1
20
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
20
15
15
10
10
5
ST GEORGES
OIAPOQUE
1.156
0
BELM
MANAUS
SANTAREM
AIRPORT
1.159
1.158
1.157
FORTALEZA
1.160
FERNANDO DE NORONHA
1.161
10
10
CAUTION
Tracks of individual tropical
cyclones can be very erratic
SALVADOR AIRPORT
1.162
15
15
20
20
I. DA TRINDADE
1.163
RO DE JANEIRO
1.164
25
25
1.166
LIMIT OF PILOT
ASCUNCIN
AIRPORT
FLORIANOPOLIS
1.165
30
1.167
1.170
RIVERIA
Tropical Cyclone Catarina

26th to 28th March 2004
PARAN AIRPORT
30
ROSARIO AIRPORT
1.171
1.168
35
EZEIZA
AIRPORT
1.172
35
ROCHA
CARRASCO
1.169
1.173
MAR DEL PLATA
BAHA BLANCA AIRPORT
40
40
1.174
TRELEW AIRPORT
1.175
45
45
COMODORO RIVADAVIA
1.176
50
50
65
60
55
50
Storm Track and Location of climate stations (1.155)

50
25
20
Home
Contents
Index
1.156
ST GEORGES OIAPOQUE (03 53 N 51 48 W) Height above MSL 7 m
Climatic Table compiled from observations 1984 to 2004
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Wind distribution Percentage of observations from
Precipitation
293
21
14
6 72
21 49 16
February
1012
30
23
31
20
79
273
19
15
8 68
14 51 21
March
1012
30
23
31
21
77
261
20
12
6 73
21 53 18
April
1012
30
23
32
21
78
300
19
14
5 73
14 46 21
May
1012
30
23
32
22
81
403
23
4 72
10 24 26 15 14
June
1013
31
22
32
21
77
312
23
5 81
10 15 20 26 15
July
1013
31
22
33
20
69
144
21
3 85
9 22 31 22
August
1013
32
22
34
21
64
126
15
6 87
9 27 34 20
September
1012
33
21
35
20
58
31
11
12
6 81
3 11 39 35
October
1011
34
21
35
20
58
39
10
7 85
4 14 40 27
November
1011
33
22
34
20
65
149
14
2 10 77
7 24 39 22
Oktas
1500
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
0900
1500
SW
SE
NE
0900
mm
Thunder
Average
fall
1500
80
0900
21
1500
31
0900
22
Mean lowest
in each month
29
Mean highest
in each month
1012
hPa
Mean
daily min.
January
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 81408
Knots
1011
31
22
33
21
74
270
21
10
0 10 75
12 40 33
Means
1012
31
22
35*
19
72
10
6 78
10 28 27 18
Totals
2601
217
14
Extreme values
40
16

21
21
21
21
21
No. of years
observations
21
21
Mean of highest each year

Mean of lowest each year

21
21
20
21
Highest recorded temperature

Lowest recorded temperature
| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
51
December
Home
Contents
Index
1.157
BELEM (01 27 S 48 28 W) Height above MSL 10 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
325
22
4 16 33 11
2 31
31 13 10
1 12 23
February
1011
31
23
33
22
92
84
329
23
2 15 28 16
0 37
26 20 10
5 26
March
1011
30
23
33
22
91
84
399
25
3 13 28 13
0 38
24 18 13
8 23
April
1011
31
23
33
22
90
84
414
25
1 14 30 19
1 32
31 18
9 11
7 20
May
1011
32
23
33
22
88
76
241
22
2 12 46 15
0 22
20 11 12 26
5 20
June
1012
32
23
33
22
87
70
159
16
1 12 54 20
0 12
8 26 35 12
2 11
July
1013
32
23
33
21
87
69
133
15
1 15 65
0 12
6 32 40
2 13
August
1012
32
23
33
21
86
69
95
14
1 21 64
8 29 29
8 13
September
1011
32
23
33
21
83
71
90
13
2 19 60 12
25 11 19 14
2 10 14
October
1011
33
23
34
21
82
72
99
12
1 24 57 11
36
9 12
1 20 12
November
1010
32
23
34
22
84
73
105
13
1 23 57 11
34
8 15
1 21 11
December
1010
32
23
34
22
86
77
203
18
2 19 45
Means
1011
32
23
35*
21
87
76
Totals
2592
Extreme values
38
20
17
17

Oktas
mm

17
12
1500
0900
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
1500
Knots
0 24
32 12 12
2 15 18
2 17 47 13
0 19
23 12 16 17
9 17
218
49

12
12
17
17
17
17
17

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
52
No. of years
observations
0900
Thunder
Average
fall
1500
82
0900
90
1500
22
0900
33
Mean lowest
in each month
23
January
Mean highest
in each month
31
hPa
Mean
daily min.
1011
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 82191
Home
Contents
Index
1.158
SANTREM (02 26 S 54 43 W) Height above MSL 72 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
165
13
5 53 17 10
5 15 66
February
1010
30
24
32
22
90
77
192
14
5 44 21 13
3 18 60
March
1010
30
24
32
22
91
77
249
18
9 41 17 12
1 10
1 23 64
April
1010
30
24
32
23
92
78
250
17
2 10 35 15 12 10
1 15
3 21 61
10
May
1010
31
24
32
23
92
76
164
14
7 28 17 16 10
0 18
2 22 62
June
1011
31
24
32
22
91
74
77
10
7 30 12 14 15
0 21
2 20 68
July
1012
31
24
31
22
91
71
51
3 18 14 23 15
0 25
2 20 64
August
1012
32
24
32
23
89
67
30
8 24 19 18
1 19
1 18 77
10
September
1010
33
25
34
23
85
63
33
6 50 21
0 13
0 11 81
10
October
1009
33
26
34
23
84
62
25
4 49 24
9 79
10
November
1008
32
25
34
23
86
65
58
3 45 28
5 76 11
10
Oktas
1500
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
0900
1500
SW
SE
NE
0900
mm
Thunder
Average
fall
72
1500
89
0900
23
1500
33
0900
24
Mean lowest
in each month
31
Mean highest
in each month
1009
hPa
Mean
daily min.
January
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 82244
Knots
1009
32
25
34
23
86
66
81
3 43 27
1 11
2 13 69 10
Means
1010
31
25
34*
22
89
71
6 38 19 12
0 14
2 16 69
Totals
1375
113
71
Extreme values
36
19

15
15
15
15
15
No. of years
observations
15
15


15
15
13
15

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
53
December
Home
Contents
Index
1.159
MANAUS (03 08 S 60 01 W) Height above MSL 72 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
239
19
9 14
0 63
11 19 31
1 19
February
1011
31
23
33
21
93
77
268
17
7 18
1 59
13 22 23
4 27
March
1011
31
23
33
22
93
76
260
19
8 20
1 56
10 15 32
2 24
April
1011
31
23
33
21
93
75
294
17
3 16
1 65
11 11 30 11
2 23
May
1012
31
23
33
22
92
74
205
16
5 10
1 71
8 11 26 16
1 23
June
1013
31
23
33
21
91
71
86
10
1 73
4 11 31 23 12
2 13
July
1013
32
23
34
21
89
66
58
4 10
2 67
9 31 18 16
2 13
August
1013
33
23
35
21
86
63
44
8 13
3 61
9 37 19
1 11
September
1012
33
24
36
21
85
63
76
5 12
1 64
5 10 33 13 10
3 19
October
1011
33
24
36
22
86
66
83
4 17
0 57
7 10 27 15
3 26
November
1010
33
24
35
22
87
69
138
4 18
1 57
6 11 33 11
4 20
December
1010
32
24
35
22
91
75
202
13
7 15
1 60
2 23
Means
1011
32
23
38*
20
90
71
6 14
1 63
8 13 30 13
2 20
Totals
1953
147
46
Extreme values
40
18

12
12
17
17
17
17
17

Oktas
mm

12
12
1500
0900
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
1500
Knots
17
12

13 21 24
| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
54
No. of years
observations
0900
Thunder
Average
fall
1500
77
0900
92
1500
21
0900
34
Mean lowest
in each month
23
January
Mean highest
in each month
30
hPa
Mean
daily min.
1011
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 82331
Home
Contents
Index
1.160
FORTALEZA (03 46 S 38 36 W) Height above MSL 26 m
1 31 58
5 42 35 11
2 22 61 12
8 29 34 13
8 31 47
22
5 17 51 18
5 21 58
188
18
1 11 66 19
6 74 14
163
12
0 10 66 23
5 74 15
63
1 12 57 30
5 76 12
14
0 18 71 11
1 10 77 10
10
17
2 38 56
0 16 80
11
14
6 56 38
0 16 79
11
16
6 68 25
0 16 78
10
1500
0900
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
mm
Thunder
Fog
1500
Knots
1011
31
24
32
23
76
67
99
13
0 11 51 28
February
1011
31
24
32
23
80
71
133
14
March
1011
30
24
32
22
85
75
288
21
April
1011
30
24
31
22
84
76
332
May
1011
30
24
32
23
82
73
June
1013
30
23
31
22
79
70
July
1014
30
23
31
21
76
68
August
1014
30
23
32
21
69
63
September
1013
31
23
33
22
67
62
October
1012
31
24
33
22
67
62
November
1011
31
24
32
23
67
62
December
1011
31
25
33
23
70
64
53
8 67 23
0 29 64
Means
1012
30
24
34*
21
77
68
4 35 46 11
2 18 69
Totals
1380
140
10
Extreme values
37
17

12
12
17
17
17
No. of years
observations
17
17


12
12
17
12

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
55
Oktas
SE
NE
1500
0900
0900
Average
fall
Mean lowest
in each month
1500
Mean highest
in each month
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
Gale or above
January
Mean
daily min.
hPa
Mean
daily max.
Average pressure
at MSL
Month
Average
cloud
cover
0900
Average
humidity
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 82397
Home
Contents
Index
1.161
FERNANDO DE NORONHA ISLAND (03 51 S 32 25 W) Height above MSL 56 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
5 59 31
97
10
7 56 28
7 56 34
140
15
9 41 22
0 24
8 50 24
267
19
3 51 23
0 22
7 55 27
75
157
14
5 58 24
0 13
5 63 26
73
132
12
1 14 62 19
1 11 66 22
84
72
87
12
1 10 61 23
7 63 29
83
69
52
11
2 61 36
2 61 36
10
23
81
67
18
1 61 37
1 54 45
10
11
23
80
66
3 71 26
2 63 34
10
11
23
80
67
12
4 73 23
2 73 24
10
11
Oktas
mm
January
1012
30
25
31
23
85
70
February
1012
30
25
32
23
86
73
March
1011
30
25
31
23
88
74
April
1011
30
25
31
23
88
77
May
1012
30
25
31
23
87
June
1014
29
25
30
23
85
July
1015
29
24
30
22
August
1015
29
24
29
22
September
1014
29
24
30
October
1013
30
25
30
November
1012
30
25
31
1500
0900
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
1500
Thunder
Fog
Average
fall
1500
0900
1500
8 62 23
0900
Mean lowest
in each month
Mean highest
in each month
0900
Knots
December
1012
30
25
31
23
82
67
11
2 72 24
1 65 34
10
Means
1013
30
25
32*
20
84
71
6 61 26
5 61 30
Totals
1041
119
Extreme values
38
15

21
21
21
21
21
No. of years
observations
21
21


21
21
20
21

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
56
Gale or above
Average
cloud
cover
59
Mean
daily min.
hPa
Mean
daily max.
Month
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 82400
Home
Contents
Index
1.162
SALVADOR AIRPORT (12 54 S 38 20 W) Height above MSL 6 m
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
10
36
5 12 35
4 32
8 53 31
10
61
10
8 27 10
8 30
1 12 49 24
10
118
12
5 20 22
1 33
5 33 38 12
155
13
2 17 24 18
3 28
6 26 36 24
132
16
2 14 36 16
1 25
2 21 35 31
74
99
13
4 10 32 28
1 20
3 19 39 28
10
71
78
12
3 14 36 22
2 18
2 25 41 27
10
85
69
53
2 10 19 29 12
2 23
8 36 45
10
84
67
42
2 14 33 16
4 24
1 10 53 27
12
85
70
48
6 15 27 16
5 23
1 14 61 12
11
Oktas
mm
January
1013
31
25
32
23
86
67
37
February
1013
31
26
32
24
84
66
March
1013
31
25
32
24
87
69
April
1014
30
25
32
23
86
68
May
1015
29
24
31
22
86
71
June
1017
28
24
30
21
85
72
July
1018
28
23
29
20
86
August
1019
28
23
29
20
85
September
1017
28
23
30
21
October
1015
29
24
31
21
November
1013
30
25
32
22
1500
0900
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
1500
Thunder
Fog
9 66 19
Average
fall
1500
2 44
0900
1500
0900
Mean lowest
in each month
Mean highest
in each month
9 14 22
0900
Knots
December
1013
30
25
32
23
85
70
57
4 38
1 17 54 21
10
Means
1015
29
24
32*
20
85
69
9 21 20 11
3 28
8 41 31 13
10
Totals
916
120
Extreme values
35
18

21
21
21
21
21
No. of years
observations
21
21


21
21
20
12 19 19
21

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
57
Mean
daily min.
hPa
Mean
daily max.
Average pressure
at MSL
Month
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average
humidity
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 83248
Home
Contents
Index
1.163
TRINIDADE (ILHA) (20 30 S 29 19 W) Height above MSL 5 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
34
23 35 28
27 24 27
1 11
February
1017
30
25
32
23
71
70
32
14 25 41 10
13 18 39 15
March
1016
30
25
31
23
72
71
61
16 30 33 10
16 22 31 11
2 11
April
1016
29
25
30
23
73
73
79
14 19 31 18
11 19 29 18
May
1018
28
24
29
21
73
73
44
13 17 29 20
1 10
14 14 28 23
2 10
June
1020
27
22
28
20
72
72
50
10 16 32 24
11 15 35 23
July
1022
25
21
27
19
72
71
40
8 14 36 29
9 15 35 27
10
10
August
1022
25
21
27
19
70
70
31
9 18 38 25
7 16 40 21
September
1020
25
21
27
18
70
70
39
10 17 34 21
11 17 27 26
1 11
October
1019
26
22
28
19
72
73
42
18 23 28 16
0 11
20 17 26 16
2 12
November
1018
27
23
29
21
72
74
30
23 24 28 11
23 23 25 11
1 12
Oktas
1500
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
0900
1500
SW
SE
NE
0900
mm
Thunder
Average
fall
71
1500
71
0900
23
1500
31
0900
25
Mean lowest
in each month
29
Mean highest
in each month
1017
hPa
Mean
daily min.
January
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 83650
Knots
1017
28
24
30
22
72
73
34
26 33 21
1 11
24 30 22
1 14
Means
1018
28
23
33*
16
71
72
15 22 32 16
16 19 30 17
Totals
516
69
Extreme values
39
10

31
31
31
31
31
No. of years
observations
31
31


31
31
20
31

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
58
December
Home
Contents
Index
1.164
RIO DE JANEIRO (22 55 S 43 10 W) Height above MSL 5 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
85
22 19 12 14
5 21
4 31 48
10
February
1013
31
24
36
22
80
73
92
24 24
4 27
1 36 52
10
March
1013
30
24
34
22
81
74
66
23 32
5 24
2 36 52
10
April
1015
29
23
35
20
82
75
85
34 26
8 19
3 39 43
May
1017
27
21
33
18
83
75
65
35 23
8 18
3 33 39
June
1020
25
19
31
16
83
72
46
30 24
1 12 21
12
2 30 35
July
1021
25
18
31
15
81
71
38
34 17
9 28
4 33 32
August
1019
26
19
34
15
78
70
21
27 16
8 28
3 35 37
September
1018
25
20
33
16
80
75
64
18 11
8 35
7 36 36
October
1016
26
21
35
18
79
75
51
17 12
7 16 13
6 24
4 36 49
10
November
1014
27
22
33
18
78
74
64
14 14
8 23
5 24
4 45 43
11
Oktas
1500
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
0900
1500
SW
SE
NE
0900
mm
Thunder
Average
fall
73
1500
78
0900
21
1500
37
0900
24
Mean lowest
in each month
31
Mean highest
in each month
1012
hPa
Mean
daily min.
January
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 83743
Knots
1012
29
23
36
21
79
73
86
15 14
7 18
7 27
4 35 43
11
Means
1016
28
22
36*
16
80
73
24 19
7 25
3 36 42
Totals
763
61
Extreme values
39
12

12
12
15
15
15
No. of years
observations
15
15


42
42
15
12

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
59
December
Home
Contents
Index
1.165
FLORIANOPOLIS (27 35 S 48 34 W) Height above MSL 2 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
221
17
13 19
6 16
6 28
23 31
2 22 18
10
February
1012
29
21
33
16
81
73
193
16
15 11
4 16
7 37
22 23
1 25 23
10
March
1013
28
21
32
17
83
72
146
13
12
5 11
7 40
18 23
1 21 24
April
1015
26
19
30
13
85
74
98
11
18
8 11 11 33
20 22
1 18 23
2 11
May
1016
23
15
27
85
73
93
10
6 11 50
21 24
0 12 25
2 13
June
1018
21
13
26
86
70
73
15
5 12 52
30 25
0 12 14
July
1020
21
12
27
87
73
69
13
3 13
3 13 44
22 26
0 14 21
3 10
August
1019
21
13
27
85
73
62
16 12
2 10
8 41
16 30
1 14 25
September
1018
22
15
26
83
74
114
12
20 11
4 13
5 34
17 27
1 15 32
October
1015
23
17
28
12
80
75
94
12
19 23
6 20
2 23
18 35
1 17 23
10
November
1014
26
19
31
14
78
72
88
11
22 19
0 10 22
4 20
23 27
1 20 23
10
1011
28
21
32
Means
1015
25
17
34*
Totals
Extreme values
No. of years
observations
16
1500
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
0900
1500
mm
Knots
78
72
112
13
19 20
7 21
5 21
23 25
2 18 25
11
83
73
16 12
4 14
8 35
21 26
1 17 23
1363
139
16
36

12
12
15
15
15
15
15


12
12
15
12

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
60
December
Oktas
SE
NE
0900
Thunder
Average
fall
74
1500
80
0900
17
1500
33
0900
21
Mean lowest
in each month
29
Mean highest
in each month
1011
hPa
Mean
daily min.
January
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 83897
Home
Contents
Index
1.166
ASUNCIN AIRPORT (25 16 S 57 38 W) Height above MSL 101 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
105
7 19 15
5 16
0 35
30 16
6 16
February
1010
32
22
36
17
88
61
121
7 16 12
5 15
0 41
24 20
7 16
March
1011
32
21
37
15
88
61
98
4 11 11
6 18
0 47
32 20 10
6 15
April
1013
29
19
35
12
87
65
140
4 16 17
6 20
0 31
22 24 12
7 18
May
1016
25
15
30
89
66
95
3 12 16
6 26
0 30
13 29 15
8 21
June
1016
23
14
30
86
67
70
3 20 18
4 23
1 26
21 33
7 17
July
1017
23
13
31
81
60
31
5 21 14
5 25
0 22
19 25 11 10 22
10
August
1016
25
15
34
77
55
57
2 18 19
4 27
0 22
16 33
8 20
11
September
1014
27
16
36
78
56
55
3 13 17
7 33
1 20
15 24 14
9 24
11
October
1012
30
19
37
12
80
58
115
4 15 15 10 30
0 20
20 23 15 10 21
10
November
1010
31
20
37
14
82
57
137
4 13 15
9 23
1 31
23 21 11
8 20
1009
33
22
37
Means
1013
29
18
39*
Totals
Extreme values
No. of years
observations
16
1500
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
0900
1500
mm
Knots
84
59
120
7 16 14
7 18
1 33
24 21 11
9 16
84
60
5 16 15
6 23
0 30
22 24 11
8 19
1144
80
60
43

21
21
21
21
21
21
21


21
21
17
21

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
61
December
Oktas
SE
NE
0900
Thunder
Average
fall
56
1500
84
0900
18
1500
38
0900
23
Mean lowest
in each month
34
Mean highest
in each month
1008
hPa
Mean
daily min.
January
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 86218
Home
Contents
Index
1.167
RIVERA (30 53 S 55 32 W) Height above MSL 242 m
58
112
9 28 13 16
4 13
February
1012
29
17
31
15
90
64
110
10
7 22 14 18
3 15
March
1013
28
17
32
13
91
65
82
6 11 26 12 12
4 15
April
1014
24
14
29
92
70
149
6 14 23
7 15 13
2 14
May
1016
21
11
26
91
71
112
9 14 15
June
1018
18
23
91
73
61
July
1019
17
24
91
72
67
August
1018
20
28
88
66
36
September
1017
21
10
27
90
66
October
1014
24
13
29
89
61
November
1012
27
15
31
11
88
58
18
34
13
34*
Totals
Extreme values
No. of years
observations
15
9 23 13 14 11
9 15 24 14 17 10
9 15 23 11 21 12
1500
Calm
NW
SW
SE
Thunder
Fog
88
30
0900
16
24
NE
Calm
NW
SW
35
9 12 25 18 16
11
7 18 11
4 14
12 17 22 10 20 10
5 16 14
9 15
13 18 22
6 19
8 14 15
8 16 16
4 13
11 18 16
8 22 14
10
8 13 19
7 16 14
3 16
9 15 29 11 17 10
60
3 11 20 13 28 12
5 10 28 19 23 10
10
87
4 13 19 14 22
2 13
8 16 24 15 19
10
85
8 26 15 15 10
5 11
8 14 19 20 15
8 10
10
9 29 15 22
11 16
88
58
60
3 10
5 12 24 17 20
90
65
6 11 21 11 18 11
4 13
9 14 23 14 19
1021
77
26
37
42

20
20
20
20
20
20
20


20
20
12
20

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
62
19
1010
Knots
31
1015
mm
1010
Means
1500
January
December
Gale or above
Oktas
SE
1500
NE
0900
0900
Mean lowest
in each month
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
No. of days with

1 mm or more
Mean highest
in each month
1500
Mean
daily min.
hPa
Mean
daily max.
Average pressure
at MSL
Month
Average
cloud
cover
0900
Average
humidity
Temperatures
Average
fall
WMO No 86350
Home
Contents
Index
1.168
ROCHA (34 29 S 54 18 W) Height above MSL 18 m
28
17
35
92
57
February
1013
27
17
34
10
93
63
March
1014
26
16
32
93
65
April
1015
23
13
29
92
66
May
1017
19
25
92
June
1018
16
23
91
4 17 14 19 11
9 19 19 14
July
1020
15
24
August
1019
17
25
8 16 17 11 10
September
1019
18
26
October
1016
21
11
29
10
November
1014
23
13
32
10
17 15
5 32
87
13 14
4 37
12 15 17 16 12 13
117
11 13
7 48
14 13 12 11 18 12 10
112
10
11 10
8 10 13
9 33
69
104
10
7 13 19 12 32
10 13
71
74
10
4 13 15 12 35
11 10
92
73
88
10
9 13
5 14 16
7 27
8 16
92
70
78
9 13
7 31
12 20 11 10 11 18
93
66
77
10
12 12
9 16
8 25
11 13 15
93
64
97
11
9 12 10
9 10
9 24
9 16 14
8 19 13 12
91
64
85
10 16 10
8 14
5 26
9 16 18
9 18 14
6 11
6 15 12
1012
26
15
33
92
61
65
11 21
6 31
Means
1016
21
12
36*
92
66
11 13
7 10 11
7 32
Totals
1067
110
Extreme values
38

20
7 20 18
December

21
21
1500
0900
21
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
83
21
Thunder
Fog
1012
Knots
21

8 17
7 11 10
7 22 15 12
9 22 16
9 20 18 12 18
9 17 14 11
43
37

21
21
21
21
21
10 15 13
| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
63
1500
mm
January
No. of years
observations
Gale or above
Oktas
SE
1500
NE
0900
0900
Mean lowest
in each month
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
No. of days with

1 mm or more
Mean highest
in each month
1500
Mean
daily min.
hPa
Mean
daily max.
Average pressure
at MSL
Month
Average
cloud
cover
0900
Average
humidity
Temperatures
Average
fall
WMO No 86565
Home
Contents
Index
1.169
CARRASCO (34 50 S 56 00 W) Height above MSL 32 m
13
11
13
10
12
10
12
8 14 16 10 20 11
12
6 12 12 12 17 14
12
8 12 16 13 15 11
12
9 19 17 11 13
10
12
8 24 20 13
11
13
8 11
12
13
12
13
January
1011
27
18
35
11
72
62
February
1013
26
18
33
10
75
63
March
1014
25
17
32
10
81
64
April
1015
22
13
28
85
67
May
1016
18
10
25
86
June
1017
15
22
89
July
1019
14
23
August
1019
16
25
September
1018
17
26
October
1015
20
12
29
November
1013
23
14
31
1500
0900
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
mm
Thunder
Fog
11
1500
Knots
71
23 18 14 11
6 10
4 12 39 25
68
19 16 13 11 11
6 14
3 13 35 25 10
103
19 15 14 11
7 11
6 10 31 22
104
21 14
7 14
8 13
10
8 21 22 10 13
67
105
21
9 17 14
14
69
59
26
8 10
9 16 11
16
88
68
68
20 11
8 11
8 15 10
15
86
66
66
17 15 11 10 10
7 12 10
11 11
81
65
65
16 14 14 14 14
10
76
65
85
19 18 15 12 11
6 12 30 19
73
63
97
19 16 11 13 13
10
6 12 32 19
9
7
December
1011
25
16
33
10
70
61
79
21 15 13 14 13
5 12
5 13 32 23
11
13
Means
1015
21
12
36*
80
65
20 14 11 10 11
7 12
7 10 25 20 10 11
10
12
Totals
970
84
24
36
Extreme values
39

21
21
21
21
21
No. of years
observations
21
21


21
21
20
21

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
64
Gale or above
Oktas
SE
1500
NE
0900
0900
Mean lowest
in each month
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
No. of days with

1 mm or more
Mean highest
in each month
1500
Mean
daily min.
hPa
Mean
daily max.
Average pressure
at MSL
Month
Average
cloud
cover
0900
Average
humidity
Temperatures
Average
fall
WMO No 86580
Home
Contents
Index
1.170
PARAN AIRPORT (31 47 S 60 29 W) Height above MSL 78 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
71
5 18 11 15
0 38
26 12 18
9 17
February
1012
29
18
35
13
85
59
79
4 15 10 16
1 37
27
9 18
8 24
March
1013
28
18
33
11
87
63
99
5 18 10 18
0 36
28 11 24
7 17
April
1015
23
14
29
90
68
125
4 13
7 18
0 39
27 12 19
9 17
May
1017
20
11
27
90
69
56
12
4 21
1 37
33 11 16
8 18
10
June
1018
17
24
89
73
38
16
7 11
4 21
1 28
31 12 16
5 22
10
July
1019
16
25
85
68
39
14
7 10
4 22
0 26
31
9 14
7 25
10
August
1018
19
29
83
62
40
12
7 13
7 22
1 27
31 13 14
7 21
11
September
1017
21
10
30
82
58
53
10
5 22 10 23
0 22
26 12 20
7 24
12
October
1014
24
13
33
84
60
110
7 23 10 20
0 25
26 13 20
8 20
11
November
1012
27
16
33
10
83
57
99
7 21 11 14
0 28
27 11 19 10 18
11
1010
29
18
35
Means
1015
24
13
37*
Totals
Extreme values
No. of years
observations
13
1500
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
0900
1500
mm
Knots
82
56
128
7 19
9 20
1 27
27 12 20
8 15
10
85
62
6 16
8 19
1 31
28 12 18
8 20
10
937
66
23
49
39

21
21
21
21
21
21
21


21
21
20
21

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
65
December
Oktas
SE
NE
0900
Thunder
Average
fall
56
1500
82
0900
14
1500
36
0900
19
Mean lowest
in each month
31
Mean highest
in each month
1010
hPa
Mean
daily min.
January
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 87374
Home
Contents
Index
1.171
ROSARIO AIRPORT (32 55 S 60 47 W) Height above MSL 25 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
7 17
71
5 12
5 24
2 40
23 11 17
8 18
4 12
113
6 16
6 22
2 38
21 14 19
9 13
5 12
86
5 11
4 19
2 44
22
9 18
7 15
5 14
70
71
10
5 19
2 44
26
9 15
7 16
6 12
72
20
11
8 10
3 21
3 35
27
8 12
6 20
6 12
10
91
68
21
8 11
4 23
2 33
23
8 14
7 26
11
89
61
34
11
7 13
6 22
2 30
28 10 13
7 20
11
87
56
42
8 20
4 27
1 28
22 11 21
8 19
12
88
60
103
8 22
7 20
1 28
22 11 21
8 19
12
87
56
94
7 18
8 18
1 29
25 13 20
6 20
11
Oktas
mm
January
1010
31
19
36
10
88
57
February
1012
29
17
35
10
90
61
March
1013
27
17
33
10
91
65
April
1015
23
13
30
93
67
May
1017
20
27
94
June
1018
17
24
92
July
1019
16
25
August
1018
19
28
September
1017
21
29
October
1014
24
13
33
November
1012
27
15
34
1500
0900
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
1500
Thunder
Fog
24 11 21
Average
fall
2 43
1500
0900
1500
5 17
0900
5 16
Mean lowest
in each month
Mean highest
in each month
0900
Knots
December
1010
29
17
35
11
86
57
97
7 18
6 18
2 33
24 13 21
5 17
10
Means
1015
23
12
36*
90
63
7 14
5 21
2 35
24 11 18
7 18
10
Totals
837
62
32
50
Extreme values
40

21
21
21
21
21
No. of years
observations
21
21


21
21
18
21

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
66
Gale or above
Average
cloud
cover
85
Mean
daily min.
hPa
Mean
daily max.
Month
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 87480
Home
Contents
Index
1.172
EZEIZA AIRPORT (34 49 S 58 32 W) Height above MSL 20 m
20 12 16
5 20
5 14
4 11
19 11 18
6 19
6 15
2 11
5 13
24 10 20
7 14
4 14
7 16
6 14
6 15
22
7 16
8 16
6 16
6 11
5 16
5 17
8 15
21
9 12
7 19
7 14
7 10
4 13
8 21
8 10
24
9 12
4 14
7 17 10
9 10
5 14
8 19
22
8 13
6 19
9 15
18 11 15
7 15
6 16
22 11 14
9 15
6 15
10
5 20
7 13
19 12 20
7 19
4 12
10
16 10 19 10 19
5 12
20 10 20
7 17
6 14
10
7 19
5 10
17 15 15
7 17
7 12 10
1500
0900
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
mm
Thunder
Fog
4 12
1500
Knots
January
1011
30
18
36
10
86
53
83
17 13 17
8 17
February
1013
28
17
34
10
87
59
105
16 13 15
8 21
March
1014
27
16
33
89
62
123
13 13 16
9 18
April
1015
22
12
29
90
66
101
16
8 12
May
1017
19
26
90
69
78
17
June
1018
16
22
88
69
51
19
July
1019
15
23
87
69
40
19
August
1019
17
26
86
64
59
September
1018
19
27
85
59
45
16 10 18
October
1015
22
11
30
86
61
98
November
1013
25
14
32
85
58
104
18 11 16
December
1011
28
16
35
85
54
91
19 10 18
9 16
4 10
22 13 15
8 13
5 15
Means
1015
22
11
36*
87
62
17 10 15
7 17
5 13
6 10
21 11 16
7 17
6 14
Totals
978
83
42
42
Extreme values
40

31
31
31
31
31
No. of years
observations
31
31


31
31
20
31

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
67
Gale or above
Oktas
SE
1500
NE
0900
0900
Mean lowest
in each month
No. of days with

1 mm or more
Mean highest
in each month
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
Average
fall
Mean
daily min.
hPa
Mean
daily max.
Average pressure
at MSL
Month
Average
cloud
cover
1500
Average
humidity
Temperatures
0900
WMO No 87576
Home
Contents
Index
1.173
MAR DEL PLATA AIRPORT (37 56 S 57 35 W) Height above MSL 21 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
63
24
4 12
4 15 15 17
26
2 22 10 13
9 11
11
February
1013
25
14
33
90
63
85
18
3 11
5 17 16 16
23
3 19
8 17
6 10 13
10
March
1015
24
13
31
90
64
80
17
3 12
5 14 18 19
19
2 22
8 15
6 12 13
10
April
1015
20
27
90
68
75
15
4 12
4 18 18 23
23
2 14
5 17
8 16 11
May
1017
17
23
90
70
59
16
3 14
5 21 19 14
21
1 10
8 19
6 16 16
June
1017
14
20
88
73
58
19
4 27 23 14
27
3 11
9 23 16
July
1018
13
20
89
73
44
18
7 25 23 12
23
4 11
8 22 18
August
1019
14
22
89
69
59
23
3 11
7 19 17 11
27
5 16
8 18 13
10
September
1019
16
25
89
63
53
19
3 12
7 17 18 12
26
3 14
8 18
7 14 10
October
1016
19
28
91
65
84
22
4 10
4 11
7 18 12 12
24
4 20
6 15 10
November
1014
21
10
30
90
61
77
26
4 10
6 12 14 18
20
6 21
Oktas
1500
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
0900
1500
SW
SE
NE
0900
mm
Thunder
Average
fall
58
1500
90
0900
1500
34
0900
15
Mean lowest
in each month
26
Mean highest
in each month
1012
hPa
Mean
daily min.
January
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 87692
Knots
11
11
8 12
8 12 12
11
December
1012
24
13
33
89
59
75
22
2 13
7 13 18 13
23
2 22
6 17
5 10 14
11
Means
1016
19
35*
90
66
20
3 11
6 18 18 15
24
3 15
7 15
7 14 13
10
Totals
812
74
36
24
Extreme values

31
31
31
31
31
No. of years
observations
38 10
31
31


31
31
20
31

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
68
9 11
Home
Contents
Index
1.174
BAHA BLANCA AIRPORT (38 44 S 62 10 W) Height above MSL 83 m
15
11
15
10
15
9 23 23
11
15
9 26 28
11
13
6 29 33
12
14
8 28 27
11
14
9 25 25
12
15
3 13 10 19 20
11
15
7 14
6 23 20
10
15
4 15
9 21 21
11
14
1500
0900
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
mm
Thunder
Fog
11
1500
Knots
January
1010
31
16
38
73
41
59
27 11
3 12 23
13
6 14
6 27 19
February
1013
29
15
37
78
46
63
23 11
4 11 22 11
15
9 15
8 20 19
March
1014
27
14
35
81
52
72
25 11
3 10 23 12
15
3 13
9 21 23
April
1015
21
30
82
57
44
20
4 15 30 10
15
May
1017
18
25
84
65
49
20
5 16 32 11
14
June
1017
14
21
82
66
26
21
5 16 41
15
July
1019
14
22
81
64
29
20
5 19 33
14
August
1018
16
25
79
58
40
22
7 14 29
12
September
1018
18
27
79
53
48
26
4 15 26
16
October
1015
22
30
81
51
72
20 10
6 11 24 11
14
November
1013
25
12
34
77
44
55
23 11
5 15 23
15
December
1011
29
15
36
72
39
65
23 10 10
4 12 26
14
8 17
8 22 18
11
16
Means
1015
22
38*
79
53
22
5 14 28
14
4 12
8 24 23
11
15
Totals
622
70
_ 15
Extreme values
No. of years
observations
42 12
21
21


21
21
18
21

14
38

21
21
21
21
21
| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
69
Gale or above
Oktas
SE
1500
NE
0900
0900
Mean lowest
in each month
No. of days with

1 mm or more
Mean highest
in each month
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
Average
fall
Mean
daily min.
hPa
Mean
daily max.
Average pressure
at MSL
Month
Average
cloud
cover
1500
Average
humidity
Temperatures
0900
WMO No 87750
Home
Contents
Index
1.175
TRELEW AIRPORT (43 12 S 65 16 W) Height above MSL 43 m
Average
humidity
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
14
12
7 12 39
9 16
11
6 15 20 35
10
18
February
1011
27
12
36
68
36
20
18
7 11 33
8 14
10
6 16 16 34
10
16
March
1012
25
10
34
68
41
21
18
7 10 33 11 12
16
3 15 16 31
15
April
1012
20
30
71
45
18
13
7 43 12 17
14
8 15 41
15
May
1014
16
24
77
59
28
13
7 41 12 17
14
7 15 36 10
12
June
1013
13
20
79
63
20
15
3 11 43 11 13
13
7 10 45 12
11
July
1015
12
23
75
57
13
18
9 39 13 10
17
5 16 39 12
13
August
1015
15
23
72
51
12
18
7 41 13 11
18
9 10 37 10
10
14
September
1016
17
26
71
44
16
17
7 40 10 15
16
4 11 13 37
10
16
October
1013
21
30
66
38
16
14
6 45
8 13
13
5 12 14 38
10
17
November
1011
24
10
34
63
33
15
14
9 10 41
12
5 10 18 39
11
17
Oktas
1500
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
0900
1500
SW
SE
NE
0900
mm
Thunder
Average
fall
1500
31
0900
60
1500
0900
37
Mean lowest
in each month
13
January
Mean highest
in each month
29
hPa
Mean
daily min.
1009
Month
Mean
daily max.
Fog
Average
cloud
cover
Gale or above
Average pressure
at MSL
Temperatures
No. of days with

1 mm or more
WMO No 87828
Knots
December
1009
27
12
35
59
30
12
11
6 14 40
9 15
11
5 11 17 42
10
18
Means
1013
20
38*
69
44
15
9 40 10 14
14
4 10 15 38
15
Totals
205
51
_ 23
14
Extreme values

21
21
21
21
21
No. of years
observations
41 13
21
21


21
21
20
21

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
70
Home
Contents
Index
1.176
COMODORO RIVADAVIA AIRPORT (45 47 S 67 30 W) Height above MSL 46 m
15
11
13
10
13
11
14
9 50
11
11
8 61
11
12
1 10
7 60
11
12
3 14
7 52
11
13
5 18
6 44
11
14
6 15
6 13
4 49
12
15
6 15
7 50
12
16
1500
0900
Calm
NW
SW
SE
NE
Calm
NW
SW
mm
Thunder
Fog
12
1500
Knots
January
1007
25
14
34
46
31
7 74
3 19
6 10
4 55
February
1009
24
13
34
50
36
13
9 66
4 16 11 13
5 47
March
1010
22
11
31
54
40
21
9 67
4 12
8 13
6 49
April
1009
18
26
55
42
21
8 71
4 10
6 56
May
1011
14
21
62
52
46
7 69
1 12
June
1010
11
17
61
55
42
5 10 69
July
1012
11
20
59
50
28
4 13 62
August
1012
13
19
58
47
21
7 68
September
1013
15
22
56
42
16
7 10 66
October
1010
19
27
54
38
13
7 70
November
1008
22
10
31
50
32
17
7 75
December
1006
24
12
32
48
29
5 78
6 17
6 54
12
15
Means
1010
18
35*
54
41
8 70
4 10
5 12
6 52
11
13
Totals
253
57
_ 19
Extreme values
39

21
21
21
21
21
No. of years
observations
21
21


21
21
17
21

| Rare
{ All observations
CHAPTER 1
71
Gale or above
Oktas
SE
1500
NE
0900
0900
Mean lowest
in each month
No. of days with

1 mm or more
Mean highest
in each month
Number
of days
with
Mean
wind
speed
Precipitation
Average
fall
Mean
daily min.
hPa
Mean
daily max.
Average pressure
at MSL
Month
Average
cloud
cover
1500
Average
humidity
Temperatures
0900
WMO No 87860
Home
Contents
Index
1.177
METEOROLOGICAL CONVERSION TABLE AND SCALES

Fahrenheit to Celsius
Fahrenheit
0
733
678
622
567
511
456
400
344
289
233
178
178
122
67
11
+44
100
156
211
267
322
378
433
489
739
683
628
572
517
461
406
350
294
239
183
172
117
61
06
+50
106
161
217
272
328
383
439
494
744
689
633
578
522
467
411
356
300
244
189
167
111
56
0
+56
111
167
222
278
333
389
444
500
750
694
639
583
528
472
417
361
306
250
194
161
106
50
+06
61
117
172
228
283
339
394
450
506
F
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
+0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
761
706
650
594
539
483
428
372
317
261
206
150
94
39
+17
72
128
183
239
294
350
406
461
517
767
711
656
600
544
489
433
378
322
267
211
144
89
33
+22
78
133
189
244
300
356
411
467
522
772
717
661
606
550
494
439
383
328
272
217
139
83
28
+28
83
139
194
250
306
361
417
472
528
778
722
667
611
556
500
444
389
333
278
222
133
78
22
+33
89
144
200
256
311
367
422
478
533
783
728
672
617
561
506
450
394
339
283
228
128
72
17
+39
94
150
206
261
317
372
428
483
539
1030
850
670
490
310
130
+50
230
410
590
770
950
1130
1310
1048
868
688
508
328
148
+32
212
428
608
788
968
1148
1328
1066
886
706
526
346
166
+14
194
446
626
806
986
1166
1346
1084
904
724
544
364
184
04
+176
464
644
824
1004
1184
1364
1102
922
742
562
382
202
22
+158
482
662
842
1022
1202
1382
Degrees Celsius
756
700
644
589
533
478
422
367
311
256
200
156
100
44
+11
67
122
178
233
289
344
400
456
511
Celsius to Fahrenheit
Celsius
0
C
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
+0
10
20
30
40
50
4
Degrees Fahrenheit
940
760
580
400
220
40
+140
320
320
500
680
860
1040
1220
958
778
598
418
238
58
+122
302
338
518
698
878
1058
1238
976
796
616
436
256
76
+104
284
356
536
716
896
1076
1256
994
814
634
454
274
94
+86
266
374
554
734
914
1094
1274
1012
832
652
472
292
112
+68
248
392
572
752
932
1112
1292
HECTOPASCALS TO INCHES
HECTOPASCALS
950
960
970
980
28
29
MILLIMETRES TO INCHES
0
990
10
20
05
500
0 5 10
20
1010
30
15
2
inches
1020
1030
70
25
40
50
60
70
inches
80
72
90
35
80
1050
31
(2) (for large values)

millimetres
1500
2000
1000
30
1040
30
INCHES
(1) (for small values)
millimetres
50
60
40
1000
2500
90
100
100
4
3000
110
120
Home
Contents
Index
NOTES
73
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 2 - East coast of South America - Offshore islands
35
40
30
Penedos de So Pedro
e So Paulo
388
2.9
Fortaleza
Atol dos Rocas
2.20
388
388
Arquiplago de
Fernando de Noronha
2.13
5
Natal
529
BR AZ I L
Recife
528
10
10
Salvador
15
15
20
2.26
Ilhas
Ilha da Martin Vaz
388
Trinidade
388
Vitoria
2.30
0405
40
74
30
20
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 2
EAST COAST OF SOUTH AMERICA OFFSHORE ISLANDS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 528, 4020, 4003
NORTHERN GROUP
Scope of the chapter

1
General information
2.1
This chapter describes the various offshore island
groups, seamounts and banks which lie in the Atlantic
Ocean to the E of South America. Some of these lie in the
paths of ocean routes (1.6) leading to South American
ports.
Most of these offshore islands and banks are located
within two distinct areas; the N group (2.6) which extends
up to 500 miles NE and 600 miles WNW of Cabo
Calcanhar (510S, 3529W), and the S group (2.22) that
extends up to 620 miles E of the mainland between the
parallels of 15S and 22S.
Chart 4216
Area covered
1
Maritime topography
1
Routes
1
2.2
Mariners from North American and European ports,
approaching ports SW of Recife (803S, 3452W), should
note Penedos de So Pedro e So Paulo (2.9), Ilha de
Fernando de Norhonha (2.13) and Atol das Rocas (2.20),
all of which lie close to their track.
All mariners bound for ports SW of Recife should also
note the dangers which extend offshore between the
parallels of 15S and 22S; particularly the ridge which
extends over 600 miles E from the coast and terminates in
Ilhas Martin Vaz (2029S, 2851W) (2.26). Uncharted
shoals continue to be reported in this region, which is
largely unsurveyed, and it should be borne in mind that
modern deep-draught ships may well run aground on shoals
which in the past have been crossed without incident by
smaller vessels.
2.7
Penedos de So Pedro e So Paulo (055N, 2921W)
(2.9) are an isolated group of rocks, on the Mid-Atlantic
Ridge, near the SE end of a chain of seamounts which
extend NE and NW of this group.
Arquiplago de Fernando de Noronha (351S, 3224W)
(2.13) lies at the end of a chain of banks and seamounts,
which include Atol das Rocas (2.20), extending 200 miles
NE from Cabo Calcanhar.
Other groups of banks and seamounts lie up to
600 miles WNW of Cabo Calcanhar; see 2.8.
Dangers
1
Hazards
1
2.6
This section describes the offshore islands and banks
which extend up to 500 miles NE and 600 miles WNW of
Cabo Calcanhar (510S, 3529W) (4.224); this cape forms
the NE extremity of South America and several major
ocean routes traverse the sea area ENE of it.
2.3
Kelp, see 1.4.
Ice, see 1.127.
2.8
An isolated seamount, least charted depth 20 m, is
reported in position 012N, 4115W.
A group of banks, least depth 20 m, lies between
latitudes 100S and 230S and longitudes 3650W and
3850W. Deep draught vessels are advised to avoid this
area as lesser depths than those reported probably exist.
Another group of banks, least charted depth 18 m, lies
between latitudes 305S and 415S and longitudes
3430W and 3630W. Deep draught vessels are advised to
avoid this area as lesser depths, some as shallow as 9 m,
have been reported.
Penedos de So Pedro e So Paulo

Charts 388 plan of Penedos de So Pedro e So Paulo, 4216
General information
1
Currents
1
2.4
Offshore routes W of Cabo Calcanhar (510S, 3529W)
are affected by the Guiana Current (1.111). Seaward
approaches E of the cape are affected by the South
Equatorial Current (Chart 4216) (1.110).
Offshore routes E of Brazil are affected by the Brazil
Current (1.114), while the routes off the Argentine coast S
of Ro de La Plata, are affected by the Falkland
Current (1.116).
Marine exploitation
1
2.5
An Oil and Gas Field comprising an SBM and a storage
tanker lie in position 2638S, 4653W, 90 miles offshore.
75
2.9
Position. Penedos de So Pedro e So Paulo (055N,
2921W), also known as St. Pauls Rocks, are a group of
rocks of volcanic origin which belong to Brazil.
Topography. The rocks extend in a N-S direction over a
distance of 1 cables and reach a maximum elevation
of 19 m.
Depths. Though steep-to these rocks should be
approached with extreme caution as surveys are incomplete.
In 1974, MV Ana Christina sank after striking an
unknown object, probably a rock, 10 miles SW of the
group.
Restricted area. A conservation area has been
established which encloses Penedos de So Pedro e So
Paulo and the bank on which they stand. Anchoring,
landing, diving, fishing and any other action which might
affect the environment are prohibited within the whole area
of the plan on Chart 388.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 2
Currents. Penedos de So Pedro e So Paulo lie in the

N part of the South Equatorial Current (1.110), which in
this region has a generally W component, setting between
NW and SW; however currents setting in other directions
are not infrequent, particularly from February to July. The
W currents can attain rates in excess of 1 kn; from May to
October these can exceed 2 kn. The E currents attain rates
in excess of 1 kn from May to July.
Currents of 3 kn, running close past the rocks and
causing a confused sea and eddy in their lee, have been
reported.
Winds. Prevailing wind is SE.
Principal marks
1
Principal mark
1
2.10
Major light:
Penedos de So Pedro e So Paulo Light (white GRP
tower, red bands, 6 m in height) (055N,
2921W).
Directions
1
2.11
Mariners approaching the rocks will normally sight them
at a distance of 8 to 9 miles. The rocks give good radar
echoes at 10 to 11 miles, except in squalls and rough seas,
with the strongest echoes from SW to WSW.
Soundings give no indication of the proximity of the
rocks and due allowance must be made for the current.
A mooring buoy lies 1 cable W of Penedos de So
Pedro e So Paulo Light.
Landing
1
2.12
In calm weather landing can be made in a cove, entered
from NW, between the two largest rocks. The cove is 90 m
long and 51 m wide at its entrance where there are depths
of 9 to 18 m, with 3 to 5 m at its inner end. The use of
anchors is not advised but boats can lay out a sinker astern
and approach bows-on. There is no fresh water on the
rocks.
Passage N of Ilha de Fernando de Noronha

1
Charts 388 plan of Arquiplago de Fernando de Noronha, 4216
General information
2.15
Landmarks:
With positions from Morro do Pico (351S, 3225W):
Morro do Pico, the highest peak on the island, barren,
rugged and appears to lean to the E when seen
from the N. An aero light (2.16) is exhibited from
its summit.
Morro do Espinhao (1 mile SSE), is the highest peak
on the S side of the island.
Morro do Francs (1 miles ESE), has a water tower
and a radio mast with an elevation of 243 m
standing near its summit.
Churches (7 cables and 1 miles ENE).
Morro Dois Abraos (2 miles SW), has a mast
standing near its summit.
2.16
Major lights:
Ilha Rata Light (white square masonry tower, 21 m in
height) (349S, 3223W).
Morro do Pico Aero Light (red metal framework
tower, 6 m in height) (351S, 3225W).
Morro Alto da Bandeira Light (white 8-sided masonry
Directions
Arquiplago de Fernando de Noronha
Currents. Ilha de Fernando de Noronha and Atol das

Rocas (2.20), about 80 miles W, lie in the main W flow of
the South Equatorial Current (1.110), most of the sets
experienced have a W component, mainly between WSW
and WNW with varying rates of up to, and occasionally
exceeding, 2 kn. Although the general flow is W, currents
with rates of up to 1 kn setting NNE to SSE have been
reported throughout the year as well as currents setting N
and S.
2.13
Position. Arquiplago de Fernando de Noronha (351S,
3224W) is a group of islands and rocks, of volcanic
origin, belonging to Brazil.
Topography. Ilha de Fernando de Noronha, the main
island of the group, appears completely mountainous from
the offing and is covered with vegetation. There are several
prominent peaks (2.15). The main island is surrounded by
islets and several smaller islands lie NE of it.
2.14
Offshore depths. With positions from Arquiplago de
Fernando de Noronha (351S, 3224W):
Drina Shoal, minimum depth 48 m (10 miles W).
A bank, least depth 53 m (47 miles WNW).
A bank, least depth 38 m (52 miles WSW).
Restricted area. A conservation area, whose limits are
shown on the chart, has been established all around the
archipelago, apart from a section of the N coast of Ilha de
Fernando de Noronha. Fishing, hunting and any other
action which might affect the environment are prohibited.
76
2.17
From a position NW of Ponta da Sapata (353S,
3229W) the track leads ENE, passing (with positions from
Morro do Pico Light (351S, 3225W)):
NNW of Ponta da Sapata (3 miles SW), forming the
extremity of a narrow peninsula pierced by a
natural tunnel. A rock awash lies 3 cables W of
the point and Morro Alto da Bandeira Light (2.16)
is situated 8 cables E of it. Thence:
NNW of the shoals and islets which extend over
5 cables from the shore as far as Morro do Pico
(2.15), which has an aero-light on its summit
(2.16); thence:
NNW of Forte dos Remdios (8 cables ENE) which
stands on a headland; a conspicuous church (2.15)
stands 1 cable SSW of the fort. Inland from the
fort are the buildings of a government prison
which are visible from seaward. Thence:
NNW of Ilha de So Jos (1 miles NE) which is
the largest of a group of three islets lying 3 cables
NW of Ponta de Santo Antnio, the extremity of a
narrow peninsula which forms the NE point of Ilha
de Fernando de Noronha. A drying reef connects
the islets to the point and Morro de Santo Antnio
rises 8 cables SW of it. Thence:
NNW of a dangerous wreck, (2 miles NE) position
approximate, thence:
NNW of Ilha Rata (3 miles NE), the largest of a
group of islands extending 2 miles NE from Ponta
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 2
de Santo Antnio. A light (2.16) is situated in the

middle of the island. Thence:
N of Pontal da Macaxeira (3 miles NE) a cliff,
55 m in height, forming the NE extremity of Ilha
Rata.
From this position track leads E into the Atlantic Ocean.
Passage S of Ilha de Fernando de Noronha

1
2.18
From a position SW of Ponta da Sapata (353S,
3229W) the track leads ENE, passing (with positions from
Morro do Pico Light (351S, 3225W)):
SSE of Ponta da Sapata (3 miles SW) (2.17); two
rocks, existence doubtful, charted 4 and 8 cables S
of the point. Thence:
SSE of the rocky reef extending 4 cables S from
Ponta das Caracas (2 miles S). The S coast of Ilha
de Fernando de Noronha stretching NE from this
point, is fringed by dangers up to a distance of
4 cables, of which the most notable is Ilha do
Frade (1 miles SE), a prominent skerry. Thence:
SSE of Laje Espiges (3 miles E), a group of flat
topped drying rocks.
From this position the track leads E into the Atlantic
Ocean.
Restricted area. A conservation area has been

established which encloses Atol das Rocas and the bank on
which it stands. Anchoring, disembarking, overflying,
landing, diving, hunting, fishing and any other action which
might affect the environment are prohibited within the
whole area of the plan, see 1.42.
Currents. See 2.14.
Directions
1
2.21
Caution should be exercised when approaching Atol das
Rocas as the plan has been compiled from old and
incomplete surveys.
Numerous submerged rocks lie up to 5 cables off the
outer edge of the atoll.
On the W side of the atoll are two sand cays; the S,
Ilha do Cimiterio; the N and larger Ilha do Farol. A light
(white square metal framework tower, 14 m in height) is
situated on the N part of the N cay. A disused
light-structure is more prominent than the present structure.
There are two ruined buildings and palm trees on the cay.
A stranded wreck lies 3 cables SE of Ihla do Cimiterio.
SOUTHERN GROUP
General information
Berths
1
Charts 4201, 4202
2.19
Baa de Santo Antnio is entered between Ilha de Fora
(350S, 3224W) and Ilha da Conceio, 9 cables SW. A
rock lies 1 cable N of Ilha da Conceio.
Anchorage exists about 5 cables offshore with Morro do
Pico (351S, 3225W) bearing 214 and Forte dos
Remdios, 8 cables ENE, bearing 163, in a depth of 20 m.
It is reported safe between June to September when winds
are E to SE. During occasional NE winds anchorage,
shown on the chart, closer inshore in depths of 11 to 20 m,
should be used. However during N or NW winds, between
December to April, this anchorage is unsafe.
Tanker facility. An oil delivery hose, supported by
small brown buoys, has been reported to lie on the surface
about 2 cables S of Ilha de Fora.
Berth. An L-shaped mole lies in the E part of the bay.
Other facilities: airport.
Supplies: only in emergency.
Area covered
1
Maritime topography
1
Charts 388 plan of Atol das Rocas, 4216
General information
2.23
Between these parallels are numerous banks and
dangers, including Arquiplago dos Abrolhos (1758S,
3842W) (6.94). The Vitria-Trindade Seamount Chain
extends over 600 miles E from the mainland terminating in
Ilhas Martin Vaz (2.26).
Ro Grande Plateau (Bromley Plateau) (3100S,
3512W) (2.25) lies 600 miles S of the seamount chain,
and Samarin Seamount a further 750 miles ESE (2.25).
Dangers
Atol das Rocas
2.22
This section describes the islands, banks and seamounts
extending up to 620 miles offshore between the parallels of
15S and 22S, including some shoals farther S.
2.20
Position. Atol das Rocas (352S, 3349W) is a
dangerous coral atoll lying 80 miles W of Arquiplago de
Fernando de Noronha (2.13).
Topography. The atoll consists of a circular coral reef
with a greatest width of 1 miles which is generally level
and dries at 2 m. Within the reef is an area of sand and
shingle with shallow pools. There are two sand cays on the
W side.
Depths. The bank on which the atoll lies, as defined by
the 100 m contour, extends nearly 10 miles ENE and
8 miles NW from the atoll and is about 5 miles across its
widest point close E of the atoll. Depths of 20 to 30 m
extend from 2 to 9 miles ENE. The bank rises out of
depths of over 1000 m and is steep-to, particularly close
SW of the atoll where depths decrease from over 1000 m
to less than 50 m over a distance of 5 cables.
2.24
The following banks, which have minimum depths of
less than 30 m over them, constitute a hazard to shipping:
Banco Abrolhos extends 95 miles E and SE from
Abrolhos Light (1758S, 3842W). On it are
several isolated shoals; Banco Inverie least depth
10 m, 65 miles ENE; two banks, least depth 14 m
and 18 m, 62 miles ESE and 44 miles SE
respectively. Several other isolated shoals less than
30 m lie on this bank.
Banco Hotspur (1757S, 3558W), least depth 23 m,
coral.
Banco Jaseur (2029S, 3608W), least depth 109 m.
Banco Davis (2035S, 3448W), least depth 20 m.
Other banks and seamounts

1
77
2.25
The following banks and seamounts have minimum
depths greater than 30 m over them:
Banco Minerva 1702S, 3725W, least depth 46 m,
composed of coral tinted with sulphur.
Banco Rodger (Rodger Bank) 1709S, 3651W),
least depth 42 m, composed of coral.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 2
Banco claireur (2008S, 3728W), minimum depth

62 m. A depth of 38 m lies 18 miles N.
Banco Vitria (2042S, 3754W), minimum
depth 47 m.
Banco Congress (2027S, 3710W), least
depth 61 m.
Banco Montague (2021S, 3639W), least
depth 58 m; a 53 m shoal is reported 15 miles ENE.
Banco Dogaressa (2051S, 3340W), least
depth 54 m.
Columbia Seamount (2042S, 3206W), which has
four shallow heads with depths between 81
and 110 m.
Banco Almirante Saldanha (2222S, 3736W), least
depth 61 m.
Ro Grande Plateau (3100S, 3512W), also known
as Bromley Plateau, is a wide area rising to a least
depth of 380 m from depths of over 3000 m.
Another isolated seamount, least depth 153 m, rises
285 miles NW of the plateau.
An isolated seamount (4152S, 5020W), least
depth 126 m.
Samarin Seamount (3404S, 2108W), least
depth 530 m.
Anchorage
1
Ilha da Trindade
General information
1
General information
2.26
Position. Ilhas Martin Vaz (2029S, 2851W) consists
of a group of four islets forming the outermost features of
a series of seamounts and islands extending 620 miles E of
the Brazilian mainland.
Topography
2.27
The islets are volcanic in origin, generally steep and
rocky, with shoals and isolated submerged rocks
surrounding them.
From N to S the islands are (with positions from Ilha do
Norte (2028S, 2851W):
Ilha do Norte, which has a flat rock, about 06 m
high, lying off its S extremity; similar rocks extend
S for nearly cable.
Ilha Martin Vaz (2 cables SE), which is rocky and
steep rising to an irregular plateau of sparse
tussock grass. There are several peaks and the
shores of the islet are strewn with boulders and
usually surf-bound. Ilhote Angulha is a flat circular
rock, 60 m in height, lying 1 cable NW of Ilha
Martin Vaz, with a sharp pinnacle, 35 m high, at
its S end.
Ilha do Sol (1 miles SSE), which is a rocky
pinnacle.
2.31
The island is a rugged, arid mass of volcanic rock with
several remarkable peaks, (2.32). Only on the E and SE
sides of the island are there a few areas of flat ground. The
coast, steep-to, is almost entirely fringed by coral reefs and
ledges of rock on which seas break. Several small beaches
provide landing places usable only during offshore winds.
Numerous islets and rocks lie off the coast of the island.
The NE coast of the island, where there is a military
garrison, can be identified by the following points (with
positions from Ponta do Valado Light (2030S, 2919W)):
Ponta do Norte (1 miles NW) and Ponta Crista de
Galo, 3 cables SE of it, surrounded by rocks.
Ponta do Valado from which a light (white metal
framework tower, red bands, 3 m in height) is
exhibited and which forms the NW entrance point
to Enseada dos Portugueses (2.33).
Ponta de Pedra (9 cables SE) forming the SE entrance
point to Enseada dos Portugueses (2.33). A rock
lies 1 cables NNE of the point where depths of
less than 5 m extend 1 cable farther seaward.
Ponta das Tartarugas (1 miles SE). A number of
rocks, some submerged, lie up to 3 cables off the
SE shore of Ilha da Trindade.
Ponta do Tnel (2 miles SE) and Ponta do Paredo,
1 cables SW of it; the tunnel through Morro do
Paredo (2.32) leads between these 2 points.
Caution. See notes on the plan regarding
satellite-derived positions and depth figures from old
surveys.
Landmarks
1
Depths
1
2.30
Position. Ilha da Trindade (2030S, 2920W) lies
26 miles W of Ilhas Martin Vaz.
Topography
Chart 388, plan of Ilhas Martin Vaz
2.29
In 1960 HMS Owen anchored in 53 m, sand, with the S
end of Ilha Martin Vaz bearing 064, distant 1 miles. The
bottom, which is generally sandy, shelved gradually NE
towards the bank extending W of the islet.
Chart 388, plan of Ilha da Trindade
Ilhas Martin Vaz
A depth of 35 m lies 8 cables NW of Ilha do Sol; the

bottom, visible, is rocky and shallows towards the
islet. A submerged rock is reported to exist
9 cables SW of Ilha do Sol.
Caution. The plan has been drawn from incomplete
surveys making approach to this group of islets dangerous.
2.28
There is deep water to the W of Ilhas Martin Vaz, but
several dangers extend W of the group:
Laje Valhalla a flat-topped rock, with a probable
depth less than 4 m over it, lies 1 miles W of
Ilha Martin Vaz. Another depth of 9 m was
reported in the vicinity of Laja Valhalla.
A bank extending up to 9 cables W of Ilha Martin
Vaz; had, in 1960, a least depth 119 m over it.
Less water may exist over it.
78
2.32
There are several prominent peaks on the island (with
positions from Pico Desejado (2030S, 2919W)):
Pico Desejado, the highest peak on the island rises
near its centre.
Pico Monumento (1 miles NW) a remarkable peak
in the form of a cylinder, slightly inclined.
Morro Po de Acar (1 mile SE) (7.38) resembles
the famous mountain of the same name near Rio
de Janeiro.
Morro do Paredo (1 miles SE) rises from Ponta do
Paredo. The E slope forms a natural tunnel 270 m
long, 12 m wide and 15 m high, which has depths
of more than 55 m in it. In calm weather an islet
can be seen when looking N through the tunnel.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 2
Anchorages
1
2.33
Enseada dos Portugueses (2030S, 2919W) provides
anchorage, 1 cables offshore, in depths of up to 17 m,
sand and coral, poor holding ground. This berth is
approached on a leading line:
Front: Light: (white metal framework tower, 11 m in
height) (2030S, 2919W).
Rear: (white metal framework tower, 3 m in height)
(about 100 m SSW of front light).
The alignment (194) of these marks leads towards the
anchorage, which is indicated by a second line of bearings.
Front: Light: (white metal framework tower, red
stripe, 5 m in height) (2030S, 2918W).
Rear: Light: (similar structure) (about 70 m SE of
front light).
79
The alignment (137) of these marks intersecting with

the leading line indicates the anchorage position.
Vessels delivering stores to the Brazilian military
garrison anchor on the leading line about 1 cable offshore
in a depth of about 9 m.
Ponta das Tartarugas. Anchorage exists 5 cables NNE
of Ponta das Tartarugas (2031S, 2918W) (2.31) in a
depth of 49 m.
Enseada do Prncipe (2031S, 2918W) provides
anchorage on the E side of the bay, as shown on the chart,
in a depth of 22 m, sand. Pedra do Meio, a rock awash,
lies 2 cables NW of the charted anchorage. A granite pillar
stands on a green mound, about 30 m high, near the head
of the bay.
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 3 - North coast of Brazil - Cabo Orange to Salinpolis

52
51
50
49
48
47
5
NP 7A
South America Pilot
Vol IV
GUYANE
FRANAISE
Cabo Orange
3962
517
13
3.
2
N
2
N
3.
3959
45
Amazonas No 1
Light-Float
Cabo
Norte
2189
45
3.
BRAZIL
3.
45
9
3.2
2204
3.72
Porto de Santana
2189
0
Chapter
3
3.9 397
4
3
3.94
Ilha de
Marj
I. Grande
de
Gurup
lin
p
o
3.3 lis
5
3.
8
Sa
2
.1
3 . 218
397
Rio Amazonas
05
3.1
Belm 3.144
397
Os Estreitos
2229
3.196
2
S
Rio
Vila do Conde
3.187
3.173
Par
2
S
0405
52
51
50
49
80
48
47
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
NORTH COAST OF BRAZIL CABO ORANGE TO SALINPOLIS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 520
Hazards

1
3.1
This chapter describes the N coast of Brazil from Cabo
Orange (426N, 5132W) (3.14), the most N point on the
coast of Brazil, to Salinpolis (037S, 4721W) (3.35) E
of the Rio Par (3.118) estuary and includes the estuary of
Rio Amazonas (3.36) and the navigable waterways of both
rivers and their many tributaries.
Charts
1
3.2
There are no British Admiralty charts available for the
upper reaches of Rio Amazonas and its estuaries. To assist
the reader in identifying the places named in the chapter
there are small scale plans on pages 104, and 116.
Brazilian charts should be consulted. See 1.13.
Topography
1
3.3
From Cabo Orange to Ilha de Marac (3.23), 160 miles
SSE, the coast is low and verdant. Numerous river outfalls
cause extensive silting in areas along the coast. In the dry
season mangroves grow on these shoals but are usually
washed away in the wet season.
The Rio Amazonas delta extends between Ilha de
Marac and Cabo Maguari (016S, 4824W) (3.34). It is
encumbered with numerous islands, islets, banks and
channels. The islands are covered with vegetation.
From Cabo Maguari to Salinpolis the coast is low-lying
and sandy being intersected by many rivers including Rio
Par. Numerous bays are bounded by prominent headlands.
There are a number of off-lying islands along this part of
the coast.
The uniform aspect of the banks of Rio Amazonas, the
resemblance between the islands and various points along
its course and the absence of conspicuous objects make it
impossible to give definite directions for its navigation.
For a description of the coast W of Cabo Orange see
South America Pilot, Volume IV.
Depths
1
3.4
Depths of less than 10 m extend up to 10 miles NE of
Cabo Orange and up to 55 miles NNE from Cabo Norte
(141N, 4955W) (3.19).
Within the estuary and waterways of the Amazon Basin,
depths vary considerably according to season. See 3.38.
Positions
1
3.5
Positions on charts in this chapter differ from other
charts in the area by varying amounts, and positions should
be transferred between charts by bearing and distance from
common charted objects. See note on charts.
3.6
Tidal bore. In the Rio Amazonas delta a tidal bore,
known locally as pororoca, sometimes occurs about
springs. It is confined to the shallows and tributaries and is
not felt in depths of more than 7 m, due to the greater rate
of the stream at these depths. It poses little threat to vessels
navigating in the main channel or in deep water side
channels.
The bore is felt more significantly on the N side of the
estuary, in the channels and on the river bars between Ilha
de Marac (3.23) and Ilha Janaucu (3.58), 80 miles S.
When a bore is expected local craft seek shelter in
anchorages within the mouth of Rio Araguar (116N,
4955W) (3.60) and in the vicinity of Ilha de Marac.
When the bore runs during the lowest state of the tide it
is accompanied by a roaring sound audible over some 3 to
6 miles. As it approaches the noise increases and a wave,
estimated to vary between 15 and 25 m in height with a
breaking crest, occupies the whole of the shallow water off
Ilha de Marac and the mouth of Rio Araguar out to a
depth of about 7 m. It moves at an estimated rate of
between 10 and 15 knots, being strongest and most
dangerous from January to June and at the equinoxes when
the wind is NE.
When the bore has passed the tide is nearly high, the
in-going stream continues, reaching rates of 8 to 10 knots
in the vicinity of Cabo Norte from January to April and
less than half this in August and September, but without
perceptibly raising the water level. Near the cape the tide
reaches its greatest height, reported to be 12 m, in the short
period of about 10 minutes.
On the opposite side of the estuary, off Ilha de Maraj
(3.37), the bore raises the tide to mean water level, the
remainder of the rise being acquired during the
continuation of the in-going stream.
There is no bore in Rio Par, but it is felt in two of its
tributaries which lead from S of Porto de Belm (127S,
4830W) (3.144). In Rio Guam (3.146), 25 miles above
Porto de Belm, the bore makes its appearance near springs
and raises the water level from 15 to 45 m in a few
minutes; thence it moves up Rio Guam, dividing at the
junction of Rio Capim and Rio Caramentana, the greater
portion ascending the former. A similar phenomenon occurs
in Rio Guajar (3.146).
3.7
Floating hazards can be encountered when the rivers
are high. Power-driven vessels are liable to become
disabled by submerged logs floating downstream and
striking the propeller.
Floating islands of vegetation may be encountered
sometimes getting caught on the bows and dramatically
reducing the speed of the vessel.
Weather
1
81
3.8
Prevailing winds from December to May are NE
averaging force 4. Such winds are generally preceded by a
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
period of calm and are often accompanied by violent

squalls and heavy downpours. From June to November
winds veer to the E, force 3 to 4.
In the Amazonas delta, at times, a sudden wind known
as a Par squall develops in the afternoon.
There are two seasons; wet, January to May, when the
rain is torrential often continuing for weeks on end; and the
dry season, June to December.
Tides and currents

1
3.9
The tidal regime over the whole of this region is greatly
affected by the outflow of the Rio Amazonas which can
cause exceptional tidal ranges.
The outflow of muddy water from Rio Amazonas
discolours the ocean up to a distance of 70 miles. North of
the river mouth the South Equatorial current sets NW and
deflects the river current whose effects have been reported

over 200 miles NNW of the river mouth.
Tides in the vicinity of the mouth of Rio Amazonas are
subject to so many changes and irregularities that it is
difficult to determine precisely what course they follow.
Their duration, height and strength depend on the force of
the wind, the abundance of the rains and uncertain changes
in the direction of the current.
In-going streams run SSW near the mouth of the river
then turn SW and WSW as it approaches the land.
Out-going streams, which at first run NE, turn N and NW
before joining the general coastal stream.
This diverse and irregular flow causes many remarkable
anomalies; for instance two places, only 12 miles apart, can
have a difference of 2 to 3 hours in the times of HW or a
difference of 7 m in the rise of tide from the preceding
rise.
CABO ORANGE TO SALINPOLIS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Topography
Chart 517, 520
Area covered
1
3.10
Described in this section is the N coast of Brazil from
ENE of Cabo Orange (426N, 5132W) (3.14) to a
position N of Salinpolis Light (037S, 4721W) (3.32). It
includes inshore routes, river estuaries, canals and inlets.
Rio Amazonas is described at 3.36 and Rio Par
at 3.118.
Topography
1
3.11
The coast of Brazil to the N of the Rio Amazonas
estuary and Rio Par, which consists mainly of low lying
sand dunes, is fringed with mangroves through which
numerous shallow rivers discharge.
The E side of Rio Par is very irregular and formed of
numerous river mouths, islands, bays and sandbanks.
Depths
Depths
1
3.14
Cabo Orange (426N, 5132W) is the N point of a
promontory forming the E side of Rio Oiapoque which
forms the boundary between Brazil and Guyane Franaise.
The land in the vicinity of the cape and for 40 miles SE to
Cabo Cassipor (3.19) is low and subject to inundation.
Mangroves growing on the extremity of Cabo Orange are
visible up to 12 miles.
From Cabo Cassipor the coast, fronted by a continuous
line of mangroves, extends S for 68 miles to the mouth of
Rio Cunani (3.25). Monte do Cunani (3.19) stands 3 miles
S of the river mouth.
The coast then extends SSE for 44 miles to the mouth of
Rio Amap Grande (3.27) from whence it trends 18 miles
SSE, then 37 miles SE, to Cabo Norte forming a bight
whose shores are very low and fringed by mangroves. Ilha
de Marac (3.23) lies within this bight.
There are numerous extensive lagoons lying inland and
to the W of Cabo Norte.
3.12
From the N part of this coast a regular bank extends to
seaward ever farther from the coast as it approaches the
Amazonas estuary. Towards the estuary of Rio Par
however, the bottom is more irregular and there are
numerous detached banks and shoals in the area.
3.15
The 20 m depth contour forms a regular bank extending
20 miles off Cabo Orange to over 70 miles NE of Cabo
Norte.
Conservation area
1
CABO ORANGE RIO AMAZONAS NO 1.
3.16
A conservation area, marked on the chart, extending
from Cabo Orange to the mouth of Rio Cunani (3.25)
comprises the maritime part of the Cabo Orange National
Park. Fishing, hunting and any other actions which may
affect the environment are prohibited, see 1.42.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Principal marks
Charts 517, 520, 3962
Route
1
3.13
From a position ENE of Cabo Orange (426N,
5132W) (3.14) the route leads SSE for about 222 miles to
a position ENE of Rio Amazonas No 1 Light vessel
(134N 4900W) (3.17).
82
3.17
Major lights:
Cabo Orange Light (white square metal tower on
white concrete base, 47 m in height) (426N,
5132W).
Amazonas No 1 Light Float (Framework tower on red
hull, marked AM1) (134N, 4900W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Other aid to navigation

1
3.18
Racon on Amazonas No 1 Light Float as above.
Directions
1
3.19
From a position ENE of Cabo Orange (426N,
5132W) (3.14) the track leads SSE passing (with positions
from Amap Aero Light (205N, 5052W) (3.20)):
ENE of a patch (150 miles NNW), with a depth of
59 m over it reported 1928, thence:
ENE of a shoal (143 miles NNW), with a depth of
58 m over it, existence doubtful, thence:
ENE of Cabo Cassipor (110 miles N), the extremity
of a low promontory which forms the E entrance
point to Rio Cassipor (3.24), thence:
ENE of Ponta Tacum the S point of the entrance to
Rio Cunani (44 miles N) (3.25), which can be
identified by Monte do Cunani standing 3 miles S
of the river mouth and is the most prominent
feature on this section of coast. It consists of a
tree-covered plateau 50 m high which stands out
from the surrounding mangroves and from the NE
appears as a narrow hill. From the SE it appears
more elongated and is less distinctive. Thence:
ENE of the mouth of Rio Caloene (26 miles N)
(3.26), thence:
ENE of Cabo Raso do Norte (24 miles ENE), the N
point of Ilha de Marac (3.23) tree covered and
girded with mangroves submerged at HW, thence:
ENE of Ilha Jipioca (42 miles ESE), low, covered
with mangroves, inaccessible due to the shallow
banks that surround it, and completely inundated
by the tide. It is situated at the E entrance to
Canal Turluri (3.22). from where depths of less
than 5 m extend up to 40 miles NE. The coastal
bank in the vicinity is dangerous during strong
winds, which cause heavy rollers. Vessels are
recommended to stay outside the 20 m contour.
Thence:
ENE of Cabo Norte (60 miles ESE), low-lying but
slightly higher than the land in its vicinity. It is
covered by vegetation and some very tall trees can
be seen S of the cape
From this position the track continues SSE for about
31 miles to a position ENE of Amazonas No 1 Light-float
(134N, 4901W) (3.17).
Canal de Turluri
1
Ilha de Marac
1
3.20
Rio Caloene Light (white square metal framework
tower, 20 m in height) (230N, 5048W).
Amap Aero Light (white metal framework tower, red
bands) (205N, 5052W).
(Passage directions for the offshore route continue at
3.28. Directions continue for Rio Amazonas at 3.34,
and for Canal do Norte at 3.56)
3.23
Description. Ilha de Marac (200N, 5025W) lies in a
bight to the NW of Cabo Norte, separated from the
mainland to the W and S by Canal do Varador de Marac
(3.21) and Canal de Turluri (3.22). The island is divided
into two parts by Igarape do Inferno, a narrow strait, the W
end of which forms a bay providing sheltered anchorage. It
is the only safe anchorage in the vicinity. The town of
Marac stands on the S side of the W end of Igarape de
Inferno.
Rio Cassipor
1
Side channel
Canal do Varador de Marac
1
3.22
Description. Canal de Turluri (151N, 5017W) which
separates the S coast of Ilha de Marac (3.23) from the
mainland, is 10 miles wide in the E entrance but narrows to
less than 1 mile W of the S extremity of the island. The
channel is restricted by a mudbank confining the deep
water channel which passes close to the mainland. It is
used only by shallow draught vessels.
Local knowledge is required.
Anchorages and harbours
Useful marks
1
in the N approach are uniform, a regular depth of 7 m

existing over a distance of 15 miles.
Tides and tidal streams. The tide in Canal do Varador
de Marac reaches its highest level 2 to 3 hours after the
beginning of the in-going stream. At the equinoxes the tide
has been known to rise 10 m and the tidal stream to run at
7 kn for a short period; its strength however diminishes
rapidly 3 to 4 days after springs. At these periods there is a
heavy sea in the offing. The difference between the level of
LWS and LWN seldom exceeds 25 m. The current always
runs NW.
Caution. Smaller vessels should not navigate in Canal
do Varador de Marac or the vicinity of Igarape do Inferno
just before HW when the tidal bore (3.6) occurs.
Local knowledge is necessary.
Anchorage exists with Ponta de Pescada, the NW
extremity of Ilha de Marac, bearing 338 and the S
entrance point of Rio Amap Grande bearing 280. It is
reported that there are depths of not less than 55 m and
that the anchorage is sheltered from tidal streams and from
the bore tide (3.6), greater depths can be obtained farther
off the island but strong tidal streams make the anchorage
untenable at springs.
Directions. Approach the N of Ilha de Marac on a SW
track giving the coast a berth of at least 4 miles. The
anchorage should be approached with Ponta da Pescada
bearing 180 and when 1 mile off round the point. The
anchorage is plainly indicated by the opening of Igarape do
Inferno (3.23). There is a permanent NW set in this
vicinity.
3.21
Description. Canal do Varador de Marac (200N,
5033W) separates the W coast of Ilha de Marac (3.23)
from the mainland. It has a least width of 2 miles. Depths
83
3.24
Description. The mouth of Rio Cassipor (355N,
5108W), lying W of Cabo Cassipor (3.19), is wide and
can be identified by tall trees rising above the adjacent
mangroves on the W bank of the river. Vessels drawing up
to 2 m can reach Povoaco de Japa 24 miles up-river.
Smaller boats can reach Cidade de Portel 12 miles farther
up-river.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Rio Cunani
1
RIO AMAZONAS NO 1 SALINPOLIS
3.25
Description. The mouth of Rio Cunani (250N,
5055W) can be distinguished from the many other small
openings between it and the mouth of Rio Cassipor (3.24)
by Monte do Cunani (3.19), 3 miles S of the entrance.
There is a prominent break in the mangroves close N of
the mouth of the river. Vessels drawing up to 3 m can enter
the river at half-tide by keeping close to the N bank, and
reach Povoaco de Cunani 12 miles above the river mouth.
Anchorage exists off the mouth of Rio Cunani in a
depth of about 5 m, with good holding, mud. A good scope
of cable should be veered due to the strong tidal streams.
Vessels will roll heavily during the in-going tidal stream.
General information
Charts 397, 3962, 3959
Route
1
Topography
Rio Caloene
1
3.26
Description. The mouth of Rio Caloene (232N,
5049W) is obstructed by drying sandbanks extending
3 miles offshore. It can be identified by Caloene Light
(3.20) standing on the S entrance point. Vessels drawing up
to 3 m can reach Povoaco de Daniel 15 miles up-river.
Entry to the river is very intricate. The river should not be
entered before half tide.
Local knowledge is necessary. A pilot can be obtained
locally or at Porto de Belm (3.144).
Caution. At springs, shortly after LW, the in-going
stream produces a tidal bore, similar to the Pororoca (3.6).
Extreme caution should be exercised at these times.
However at all times vigilance should be exercised when
approaching the mouth of this river. Attention is drawn to
the conservation area (3.16).
3.30
The estuary of Rio Amazonas consists of numerous
islands, banks and channels, mainly low-lying and not
generally visible from a vessel using this passage. Cabo
Norte forms the NW limit of the Rio Amazonas estuary
and Ponta da Tijca (033S, 4753W) the SE limit of the
Rio Par estuary. The remaining coastline between Ponta da
Tijca and Salinpolis, 33 miles farther E, consists of the
mouths of several shallow rivers forming many islands,
bays, sandbanks and shoals which extend a considerable
distance offshore.
Depths
1
Rio Amap Grande

1
3.29
This route crosses the estuary of the Rio Amazonas
which includes the mouth of Rio Par. From a position
ENE of Rio Amazonas No 1 Light vessel (134N,
4900W) the route leads SE for about 150 miles to a
position N of Salinpolis Light (037S, 4721W) (3.32).
3.27
Description. Rio Amap Grande (209N, 5041W) lies
on the W side of the N entrance to Canal do Varador de
Marac (3.21).
Directions. The bar should only be crossed at about half
tide. Vessels drawing up to 3 m can reach Povoaco de
Santa Cruz de Amap, which stands near Cidade de
Amap, about 6 miles above the river mouth. In the river
the in-going tidal stream makes for about 3 hours and the
out-going for 9 hours. Vessels usually navigate during the
in-going stream
3.31
Depths in the N part of this area are regular with the
10 m contour stretching SSE, from 55 miles NE of Cabo
Norte to 33 miles NNE of Cabo Maguari (016S, 4824W)
(3.34). Apart from a detached bank, with a least depth of
83 m over it, lying 44 miles NNE of Cabo Maguari the
channel is clear.
The remaining part of this section, to Salinpolis,
crosses the estuary of Rio Par and depths here are very
irregular with many outlying dangers and isolated shoal
patches. There is also a group of hazardous wrecks
41 miles NE of Cabo Maguari.
Principal marks
1
3.32
Major lights:
Amazonas No 1 Light-float (134N, 4901W) (3.17).
Salinpolis Light (red metal framework tower with
central column, 39 m in height) (037S, 4721W).
Other aids to navigation

RIO AMAZONAS NO 1 RACIFE
MANOEL LUIS
3.33
Racons on the following lights:
Salinpolis Light as above.
Passage directions
(continued from 3.19)
Directions
Charts 3962, 3959, 3958

3.28
From a position ENE of Rio Amazonas No 1 Light
vessel (134N, 4900W). the route leads ESE for about
310 miles to a position NNE of Recife Manoel Luis
(0045S 4416W) passing SSW of Banco do Alvaro
(018S, 4449W). Thence the route continues ESE for
about 50 miles to a position NE of a Light-buoy (safe
water) (135S, 4350W)
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 4.112)
84
3.34
From a position ENE of Rio Amazonas No 1 Light
vessel (134N, 4900W) the track leads SE passing (with
positions from Salinpolis Light (037S, 4721W) (3.32)):
NE of an isolated patch (79 miles NW), with a least
depth of 83 m over it, thence:
NE of a group of dangerous wrecks (56 miles NW)
reported in 1943, thence:
From this position the track continues SE for about
48 miles to a position N of Salinpolis Light (3.32). A
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
radio mast stands either side of the lighthouse in the

highest part of Cidade de Salinpolis (3.35).
Useful marks.
Ponta da Atalaia (036S 4719W)), easily identified,
composed of sand with patches of red earth. A
mast and lookout post with the base of a ruined
lighthouse stand nearby. From seaward to the E the
point appears as a rounded islet.
To the W of the city stands Ponta do Maarico
(036S 4723W) a good radar target.
For details of alternative pilot boarding positions for Rio
Par see 3.126.
(Directions continue at 4.27, and for
Rio Par at 3.130.
Directions for Rio Amazonas Canal do Sul
are given at 3.102)
Anchorage
Chart 397
Salinpolis
1
2
3.35
Cidade de Salinpolis (037S, 4721W) stands SW of
Ponta da Atalaia (3.34) on a red cliff.
Pilotage. The town has no facilities for shipping but it
is the headquarters of Eastern Amazon River Basin Pilots
Union (UNIPILOT), the pilotage service for Rio Par, Os
Estreitos, Rio Amazonas and Belem; see 3.41.
Pilots board from a position N of Banco de Salinas,
7 miles NNW of Salinpolis Light, see 3.126.
Anchorage exists with Salinpolis Light bearing 175
distant 4 miles in depths of 10 to 14 m.
A light-buoy (N cardinal) marks a 5 m patch 6 miles
NNW of the light.
RIO AMAZONAS DELTA

GENERAL INFORMATION
Water levels, floods and outflow
Charts 2189, 3962, 2204
Area covered
1
3.36
This section describes the approaches to the Rio
Amazonas estuary and entrance to the waterway system
through the two main routes. It includes details of ports
and navigable channels leading upstream to Ponta do
Jariub (125S, 5157W) (3.85).
It is arranged as follows:
Canal do Norte (134N, 4900W) (3.45)
Canal do Sul (006N, 4853W) (3.94).
Topography
1
3.37
Rio Amazonas discharges mainly through two large
arms: Brao Norte (3.46) and Brao Sul (3.94). These,
together with numerous other channels which interconnect
between several large islands, form the main features of the
Amazonas estuary.
Rio Par, situated E of Rio Amazonas, is connected to it
by a number of navigable channels known as Os Estreitos
(3.196) which run up the W side of Ilha de Maraj, a very
large island which forms the main feature of the estuary
and separates Rio Par from Brao Sul of Rio Amazonas.
One feature of this river is that it has no delta of
accumulated mud extending into the sea like the
Mississippi, Nile and Ganges; yet it carries an immense
amount of mud in its waters.
It has been estimated that Rio Amazonas and its many
tributaries comprise 13 738 miles of safe river navigation.
Tidal bore
1
Depths
1
3.39
During August and September the snow on Cordillera de
los Andes begins to melt and gradually to influence the
water level in Rio Amazonas, causing it to begin to rise in
November.
In January, with the beginning of the rainy season, the
waters of the river, and its tributaries, are further increased
and continue to rise for 6 months when, having reached
their highest level, they fall over the remaining six months
of the year.
Inundation of the lower reaches of the river takes place
from January to May. The prevailing NE winds, blowing
fresh at the mouth of the river, retard the flow and
contribute further to the inundation.
The rise is between 9 and 15 m and, at times, the whole
river basin is under water. By a peculiar circumstance of
natural forces the water in the S tributaries of Rio
Amazonas is high while that of the N ones is low and
vice-versa. In Rio Madeira (3.251), a S tributary, the water
is at its highest in April the difference between high and
low water being about 15 m.
The plains of Brazil, on the S side of the river, are in
general higher than those on the N side; therefore the flood
waters of Rio Amazonas spread over the latter and
immense areas of this plain are, at times, completely
inundated.
3.38
Porto de Manaus (3.255), situated more than 900 miles
from the ocean, can be reached by vessels drawing up to
75 m at all times of the year; Puerto de Iquitos (3.302),
situated in Peru nearly 2000 miles from the ocean, can be
reached by vessels drawing up to 37 m throughout the
year, and by those drawing up to 70 m during the high
river season which occurs from January to May.
Depths in the river, and its tributaries, vary considerably
throughout the year; see 3.39.
3.40
The whole of this region is affected by a tidal
bore (3.6).
Pilotage
1
85
3.41
Pilotage is compulsory for Porto de Belm (3.144), Rio
Par (3.118), Os Estreitos (3.196) and Rio Amazonas above
Macap (3.84); pilotage is optional for vessels proceeding
to Macap via Canal do Norte (3.45).
Pilotage is carried out by the UNIPILOT which has
offices at Salinpolis, Macap, Manaus and Belm,
see 3.35.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Regulations
1
Topography
3.42
The SISTRAM reporting system is mandatory within
Brazilian territorial waters; see 1.38.
Weather
1
3.43
During the dry season from June to December, which is
the best period for ascending the river, the predominant
winds are from ENE to ESE. They are moderate during
July and August but fresh during the remaining months
when violent squalls, known locally as Marajos, occur.
Calms predominate during the rainy season from January
to June but these are periodically followed by NE winds
with strong squalls which usually back to SW and cause
heavy and persistent rain.
Tidal streams and Currents

1
3.44
Observations have proved that there is a difference
between the mean level of Rio Amazonas and that of the
sea.
Off Cabo Norte (3.19), from January to April inclusive,
the in-going stream has a rate of more than 8 kn at springs,
while the out-going stream has rates of 2 to 4 kn. During
May the streams are of equal strength after which the
out-going stream gradually becomes the stronger and
reaches rates of 5 to 6 kn in August and September when
the in-going stream is weak. In November, when the NE
winds begin to blow the rates of the streams are again
equal.
This indicates that from December to April, with the
winds mainly NE, the mean level of the sea is higher than
that of the river; from June to October, with winds mainly
from ESE, the mean level of the sea is lower than, or at
least the same as, that of the river.
Tides have been felt off Cidade de Parentins (238S,
5644W) (3.245), about 600 miles from the sea. It is
inferred from the time the rise of water takes to travel this
distance that there must be a succession of tides in the
river at all times. The regular influence of the tides is felt
as far as Cidade de bidos (3.237), about 520 miles from
the sea; the range increases gradually as the sea is
approached.
The rate of the current, below Porto de Manaus (3.255),
is about 2 kn in midstream. Although the tide is felt as
far upriver as bidos it is not sufficient to reverse the
current.
In May 1960 HMS Leopard ascended the river, which
was high, as far as Porto de Manaus and reported that the
strength of the current was, on average, about 4 kn.
Depths
1
3.47
The least water on the track is usually 9 to 10 m. An
inbound vessel drawing more than 8 m should cross the bar
1 hour before local HW, in order to benefit most from the
favourable tidal stream which attains its maximum rate at
local HW. Weaker cross streams at local half-tide will also
have less effect. Conversely an outbound vessel having to
cross the bar at or near the time of HW will experience an
adverse tidal stream.
Silting
1
3.48
Great care should be exercised when making and
entering Brao Norte as there are continuous changes to
depths, banks and channels, both in the approaches and in
the river itself. Depths less than those charted may be
found, see note on chart.
Buoyage
1
3.49
Caution. The buoyage in Canal do Norte and Canal
Grande do Curu (3.56) is subject to movement due to
depths changes (3.48), see note on chart.
Hazards
1
2
CANAL DO NORTE
3
General information
Charts 3962, 2189
Route
1
3.46
The mouth of Rio Amazonas is protected by an
extensive bank which stretches right across the river
estuary; the N section of this bar is called Barra Norte. The
land bordering Barra Norte is low, swampy and covered
almost everywhere by tall vegetation.
Shoals in Barra Norte mostly form long narrow ridges
lying NE/SW parallel with the trend of the channel, their
NW and SE edges are steep-to.
Within the bar the estuary is composed of many islands,
shoals, sandbanks and interconnecting channels. A large
area of this estuary remains unsurveyed.
Brao Norte (North Channel) separates the S side of Ilha
do Curu (049N, 5011W) and the mainland from a
group of islands. Drying banks extend N from these islands
and some smaller islands fringe these banks in places. The
land on both sides of this reach is low with an
uninterrupted tree line.
3.45
From a position ENE of Amazonas No 1 Light-float
(134N, 4901W) (3.17), the route leads WSW across
Barra Norte (3.46) to a position SE of a Light-buoy (safe
water) from whence, following the buoyed channel through
Canal Grande do Curu (3.56) and Canal do Norte, to
Macap (002N, 5103W) (3.67) and Porto de Santana
(3.72), 8 miles SW of it.
3.50
Tidal bore. This region is affected by the tidal
bore (3.6).
Survey. The areas E and W of Canal Grande do Curu
and its approaches have not been surveyed since 1956 and
are subject to great change. These areas are indicated on
the chart as unsurveyed, and navigation within them should
be avoided.
Floating hazards. During the rainy season from January
to June, especially in March and April, large masses of
vegetation float downstream including large tree-trunks
which pose a serious danger to small craft and to the
propellers of larger vessels.
Piracy
1
86
3.51
Several incidents of piracy and armed robbery, including
a fatality to a yachtsman, have been reported in the vicinity
of Fazendinha (3.58) and Santana (3.72). For possible
preventative measures see 1.52.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Pilotage
1
Directions
3.52
Pilotage for Barra Norte and upriver as far as Macap is
optional. Pilots, if required, should be requested through
and embarked at Salinpolis (3.35). Pilots should be
ordered at least 7 days in advance, confirming 48, 24 and 8
hours prior to arrival.
There is no information about the availability of pilots at
the charted pilot station at 1130N, 49345W, E of Ilha
do Juru, and mariners wishing to use that pilot station are
advised to contact the UNIPILOT at Salinpolis well in
advance to confirm availability.
There is compulsory pilotage for the river passage above
Macap and pilots for this are embarked off the E end of
Canal de Santana at Fazendinha (3.58).
Amazonas No 1 Light Float to Ponta do Cu

1
Tidal streams
1
3.53
In Brao Norte tidal streams follow the trend of the
channel with rates in both directions of up to 5 kn off Ilha
do Curu, decreasing to a maximum of 3 kn off Cidade de
Macap, 64 miles SW.
Cross sets. Strong and varying cross sets may be
experienced, particularly when navigating Canal Grande do
Curu, and positions should be frequently checked.
Tidal heights. The tide in the vicinity of 134N,
4913W is as follows:
Height above chart datum is approximately 74% of
the tidal height in Ponta do Cu.
HW occurs approximately 2 hrs 35 mins before HW
at Ponta do Cu.
LW occurs approximately 3 hrs 36 mins before LW at
Ponta do Cu.
Example: If on any given day the time of HW at Ponta
do Cu was at 1500 with a level of 36 m, and LW
occurred at 2136 with a level of 06 m, then HW will be at
about 1225 (1500 0235), with a level of 27 m (36 x
074), and LW will be at 1800 (2136 0336) with a level
of 04 m (06 x 074).
Principal marks
3.54
Major lights:
Ponta do Guar Light (white metal framework tower,
42 m in height) (111N, 4954W).
Ilha do Par Light (white framework tower, 30 m in
height) (053S, 4959W).
Igarap do Esprito Santo Light (white metal
pyramidal framework tower, 22 m in height)
(016N, 5031W).
Ilhas Pedreira Light (white metal structure, 30 m in
height) (019N, 5037W).

1
3.55
Amazonas No 1 Light Float (134N, 4901W)
(3.17).
Ponta do Guar Light as above.
Ilha do Bailique Light (059N, 4957W) (3.56).
Ilha do Par Light as above.
Ponta do Santarm Light (039N, 5006W) (3.57).
Ponta do Pau Cavado Light (011N, 5047W) (3.59).
3.56
From a position ENE of Amazonas No 1 Light-float
(134N, 4901W) (3.17), the track leads WSW passing
(with positions from Ponta do Guar Light (111N,
4954W) (3.54)):
NW of Amazonas No 1 Light Float (58 miles NE),
thence:
SE of light-buoy (safe water) (35 miles NE), thence:
NW of a light-buoy (safe water) (27 miles ENE),
thence:
NW of a light-buoy (safe water) (21 miles ENE),
thence:
ESE of Banco do Tabaco Bom (6 miles E), thence:
Between Nos 1 and 2 Light-buoys (lateral) (17 miles
ESE), thence:
SE of Banco do Meio (17 miles SE); to the NW are
Banco do Meio Norte (14 miles SE) and Banco
Madureira (11 miles SE).
From this position the track continues WSW passing:
SSE of SW end, which dries, of Banco do Meio
(17 miles SE), and:
NNW of Banco Rio Branco (19 miles SSE), which
dries, and its extension to the NE, thence:
Between Nos 11 and 12 Light-buoys (lateral)
(18 miles SSE), thence:
NNW of No 14 Light-buoy (port hand) (19 miles
SSE).
From this position the track continues SW through Canal
Grande do Curu, passing, (with positions from Ponta do
Cu Light (046N, 5006W) (3.57)):
SE of Banco do Bailique (15 miles NE), which
extends 4 miles from Ilha do Bailique (12 miles
SSW); a light (white metal pyramidal tower, 39 m
in height) stands on the SE side of the island.
Thence:
SE of Banco do Par (10 miles NE), which extends
for up to 2 miles from Ilha do Par, thence:
NW of Banco da Barra (11 miles ENE), which dries,
thence:
SE of Banco do Areio (6 miles NE), extending
2 miles SE of Ilha do Marinheiro, thence:
NW of Banco Santa Rosa (12 miles SE), extending E
of Ilha Janaucu (3.58), and largely unsurveyed,
thence:
SE of Ponta do Cu Light (3.57), on the SE point of
Ilha do Curu; a tide gauge stands 1 miles WSW
of the light.
3.57
Useful marks:
Ilha Curu. Ponta do Cu Light (white square metal
framework tower, 9 m in height) (046N,
5006W).
Ponta do Santarm Light (white metal pyramidal
5006W).
Ponta do Cu to Porto de Santana

1
87
3.58
From SE of Ponta do Cu Light the track leads
generally SW, in deep water along the navigable channels
of Canal do Norte, passing (with positions from Ilhas
Pedreira Light (019N, 5037W) (3.54)):
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
NNW of Ponta do Santarm (039N, 5006W), the

NE point of Ilha Janaucu, marked by a light
(3.57); Ilha de Bragana, a small island, lies
6 miles farther WSW, thence:
SSE of Ponta do Curu (044N, 5016W), the SW
point of Ilha do Curu (3.56); it is reported that
silting is occurring off this point and mariners are
advised to keep at least 5 cables off the S coast of
the island. Thence:
NNW of Ilha Tai Light (white metal pyramidal
framework tower, 11 m in height) (28 miles NE),
thence:
NW of Ponta do Capinal (24 miles NE), the N point
of Ilha Caviana de Dentro. Drying banks extend
2 miles NE from the point and reduce the width
of the channel to 3 miles; the W coast of Ilha
Caviana de Dentro, from Ponta do Capinal to the
mouth of Rio Arrozal, 21 miles SSW, is steep-to
and broken by the mouths of many small rivers
and creeks.
From this position two optional tracks lead either side of
Banco Carolina (11 miles NE) and Ilhas Pedreira; the
channel to the SE of these features, though less deep than
that to the NW is preferred.
Ilhas Pedreira, a group of islands the number and shape
of which are subject to change, lie in the middle of the
reach; they are covered in mangroves. Ilhas Pedreira Light
(3.54) is situated on the NW point of the islands. Banks,
portions of which dry at low water, extend about 12 miles
NE from the islands; Banco Carolina is marked on its NE
side by a light-buoy (starboard hand). The two tracks
converge SW of the SW point of Ilhas Pedreira, thence:
NNW of a light-buoy (preferred channel to starboard)
(9 miles SSW), thence:
SSE of Ponta do Pau Cavado (13 miles SW), from
which a light (3.59) is exhibited and a racon
transmits, thence:
SSE of Fugitivo Light (20 miles SW) (3.59), thence:
NW of a light-buoy (port hand) marking the NW
extremity of a range of banks, large areas of which
dry, extending 7 miles N of Ilha do Car (23 miles
SSW).
From this position the track leads SSW then SW
towards the pilot boarding station off Porto de Santana,
passing (with positions from Cascalheira Light (001S,
5104W) (3.59)):
ESE of Cidade de Macap (002N, 5103W),
thence:
Between Banco da Cascalheira, marked by
Cascalheira Light, and two light-buoys (port hand)
(2 miles NE and 1 miles S) marking the NE
side of a partially-drying shoal patch, known as
Banco Chagas. It has been reported that Banco
Chagas is extending farther NE and SE due to
shoaling, and a bank has formed in the channel
between Banco Chagas and Ilha do Car, 3 miles
E.
From this position the track leads in mid-channel;
towards Porto de Santana pilot boarding station, known
locally as Fazendinha (3 miles SW). Vessels proceeding
farther upriver, will embark a compulsory pilot. See 3.84.
3.59
Useful marks:
Ponta do Pau Cavado Light (white metal pyramidal
5047W).
Fugitivo Light (white square metal framework tower,

11 m in height) (010N, 5055W).
Cascalheira Light (white metal pyramidal framework
(Directions continue at 3.85, and for approaches to
Porto de Santana at 3.77)
Rivers and channels

Rio Araguari
1
3.60
Rio Araguari (116N, 4955W) enters the sea on the N
side of Ilha do Jurua. Ponta do Maruim, the S entrance
point to Rio Araguari is 4 miles NNW of Ponta do Guar
Light (racon) (3.54), which stands 1 mile SSW of Ponta do
Guar. The river is reported to have deep channels and to
be navigable by vessels drawing up to 2 m for a distance
of nearly 100 miles. A mud bank, which dries, extends
across the mouth of the river.
Tidal bore. The river is affected by the tidal bore (3.6),
which is extremely violent up to 40 miles from the mouth.
Anchorage exists for smaller craft, safe from the bore,
5 miles within the mouth.
Canal do Bailique, Canal do Guimares, Canal do

Gurijuba
1
3.61
Canal do Bailique (103N, 5000W), which dries,
separates Ilha Vitria, on the mainland, from Ilha do
Bailique (3.56) and Ilha do Franco.
Canal do Gurijuba leads 26 miles SW, from the SW end
of Canal do Bailique, and separates the mainland from Ilha
do Franco, Ilha do Faustino and enters Canal do Norte
(3.45) W of Ilha do Curu (3.56). It can only be used by
small craft as it mostly dries and the bore (3.6) is very
violent.
Canal do Guimares leads 12 miles E, from the SW
point of Ilha do Franco, which it separates from Ilha do
Faustino, Ilha do Brigue and Ilha do Marinheiro (3.56) to
the S and enters Canal Grande do Curu (3.56) to the N of
Ilha do Par (3.56).
Tidal streams in these channels are very strong,
especially in Canal do Guimares, where it can attain a rate
of 8 kn.
Canal do Bem-te-ve
1
3.62
Description. Boqueirao do Taia (038N, 5022W), the
N entrance to Canal do Bem-te-ve, lies E of Ponta do
Capinal (3.58). The channel separates Ilha Janaucu (3.58)
from Ilha Caviana de Dentro (3.58) but the entrance is
obstructed by banks, which dry, extending 2 miles NE
from Ponta do Capinal.
Rio Pedreira
1
3.63
Local knowledge is necessary to enter RioPedreira
(013N, 5046W), 1 miles N of Ponta do Pau Cavado.
Vessels drawing up to 37 m may enter the river.
Canal Jurupari
1
88
3.64
Description. The entrance to Canal Jurupari (014N,
5035W) is obstructed by an extensive, drying bank
extending 13 miles from the mouth of Rio Arrozal (6 miles
NE), to the NW of Arquipelago Jurupari (7 miles SW). The
channel separates Ilha Caviana de Dentro (3.58) from
Arquipelago Jurupari.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Canal dos Cacoes

1
Porto de Santana
3.65
Description. Canal dos Cacoes (009N, 5041W), SW
of Arquipelago Jurupari, connects Brao Norte to Baa do
Vieira Grande (3.103), 17 miles SE, on Brao Sul (3.94).
The greater depths in this channel are found close to
Arquipelago Jurupari. On the W side lie Ilha do Caco
Grande, Ilha do Bacu, Ilha das Colheres, Ilha Maruim, Ilha
So Bernardo, Ilha de Santa Rosa and Ilha do Maruinzinho.
General information
1
Anchorage
Ilha Caviana de Dentro
1
3.66
Good anchorages exist off Ilha Caviana de Dentro (3.58)
from a point 5 miles SW of Ponta do Capinal (037N,
5022W) to the mouth of Rio Arruzal 15 miles farther S.
Macap
Limiting conditions
General information
1
3.67
Cidade de Macap (002N, 5103W) stands on the W
shore of the river, 110 miles from the mouth, in the only
place where the land is relatively high. It is the capital of
Territorio Federal do Amapa and has a population of
477 032 (2000).
There are no berthing facilities for large vessels, these
are provided at Porto de Santana. Vessels anchor in the
stream, see 3.69.
3.68
The following marks are visible from Baa de Macap,
with positions from Cascalheira Light (001S, 5104W)
(3.59):
An old fort on a promontory fronting the city
(3 miles NNE).
Water-tower, 34 m in height, marked by red and white
lights (3 miles NNE).
Tower, exhibiting a red light (2 miles N).
Tower and two radio masts (2 miles N).
Concrete mole, 3 m in height, with a water inlet at its
seaward end extending 2 cables from the shore
(2 miles NNE).
3.69
Anchorage exists abreast the pierhead (3.70) in depths of
11 to 13 m, but care should be taken to avoid the shoal
patch, depth 72 m, lying 6 cables ESE of the pierhead.
Vessels drawing up to 37 m can anchor about 1 cable off
the pierhead. Good holding ground in 20 m was reported
(1985) 17 miles E of the pierhead.
3.70
A pier, 430 m long, extends E from the shore 3 miles
NNE of Cascalheira Light (001S, 5104W) (3.59).
3.76
It has been reported that immediately prior to HW water
at Santana, tidal streams tend to set to the NW in the
vicinity of the light-buoy at the NE end of Banco Chagas
(3.58). Farther SW it reverses direction to the S and sets on
to the bank.
Directions for entering harbour
Port services
1
3.75
General layout. The harbour is situated on the N side
of Canal de Santana a narrow strait separating the mainland
from Ilha de Santana.
Tidal streams
Berth
1
3.74
Outer anchorage. Vessels proceeding up-river to Porto
Trombetas (3.238), Porto Mungaba (3.87) and other
Amazonian ports can obtain temporary anchorage for
clearance at Fazendinha (3.58), 1 miles E of Santana
Leste Light (004S, 5108W) (3.78), in a depth of about
22 m. Two miles SE of the light is an anchorage (not
charted) for vessels carrying or transferring flammable
liquids.
Pilots are compulsory. For Porto de Santana they are
embarked at Fazendinha (3.58), 1 miles ENE of Santana
Leste Light, where river pilots for vessels proceeding
farther up-river also board; see 3.84.
Tugs are available.
Port operations. Clearance can only be carried out
during daylight hours. Vessels should not arrive off the port
during the night.
Harbour
Anchorages
1
3.73
Deepest and longest berths. Manganese bulk pier
(3.80).
Maximum size of vessel handled. 56 683 dwt; 12 m
draught; 22325 m LOA.
Arrival information
Useful marks
1
3.72
Position. Porto de Santana (003S, 5111W) is situated
9 miles SW of Cidade de Macap.
Function. The main function of the port is the loading
of manganese ore. General cargo is also handled.
Topography. The port stands on the N side of Canal de
Santana, which leads W from Canal do Norte and separates
Ilha de Santana from the mainland. Ilha Mucuim, a small
low island with a narrow bank around it, lies on the S side
of the fairway.
Approach and entry. Through Canal do Norte, in Rio
Amazonas and thence through Canal de Santana.
Traffic. Approximately 390 000 tons of cargo handled
annually.
Port authority. Companhia Docas do Par (CDP), Rua
Senador Felinto Muller 1380, Santana.
3.71
Facilities: hospital; deratting and deratting exemption
certificates.
Supplies: provisions are scarce.
Communications: regular air service from the city
airport.
89

3.77
Entry channel. From the pilot boarding station the track
leads W in mid-channel, passing:
N of the shoal ground extending from the NE
extremity of Ilha de Santana. Santana Leste Light
(5 miles SW) (3.78), stands about 4 cables within
the edge of the shoal ground. Thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Between Ilha de Santana and the mainland, to the

berthing facilities at Porto de Santana (3 miles W).
Useful mark
3.78
1
Santana Leste Light (white square metal framework

tower on a metal structure, 8 m in height) (004S,
51 08W).
Berths
1
3.79
Anchorage exists 6 cables WNW of Ilha Mucuim
(004S, 5111W).
3.80
Alongside berths:
Manganese bulk cargo loading pier: a floating
structure, 247 m long, supported by steel pontoons,
with a safe draught alongside of 10 m. There is a
tide gauge at the pier.
General cargo pier: 200 m long with a maximum
draught alongside of 76 m.
Tanker terminal: a dolphin pier, 150 m W of the
floating pier, maximum draught alongside 76 m.
Ro-Ro ramp, maximum draught 8 m, available for
barges.
Port services
1
3.81
Repairs. Minor repairs.
Other facilities: emergency hospital at the port, serious
cases to Macap. Oily waste facilities are not available.
Deratting and deratting exemption certificates issued.
Supplies: provisions scarce; fresh water available at the
general cargo pier; bunkers not available.
Communications: air services at Macap airport.
PORTO DE SANTANA PONTA DO

JARIUBA
Navigable tributaries
General information
Rio Jari
Chart 2204
Route
1
3.82
From the pilot boarding ground at Fazendinha (004S,
5107W) (3.58), off the E end of Canal de Santana, the
navigable channel up-river leads generally SW, for about
103 miles, to its junction with Canal de Gurupa (3.113) at
Ponta do Jariub (125S, 5157W) (3.85).
General information
3.83
See 3.38.
Pilotage
1
3.84
Pilotage is compulsory for this section of the river. They
board 7 miles NNW of Salinpolis (3.35), or for vessel
navigating Canal de Norte without a pilot, off the E end of
Canal de Santana at Fazendinha (3.58).
Directions
3.86
Ocean-going vessels can navigate Rio Jari for 60 miles
to Porto de Munguba (3.87). The river entrance (109S,
5153W) leads from the main channel of Rio Amazonas
W of Ilha Grande de Gurup. A pilot is compulsory and
entry is confined to daylight hours.
Porto de Munguba
Depths
1
channel of the river, passing (with positions from Ilha

Cajari (046S, 5141W):
SE and S of Ilha de Santana (51 miles NNE) crossing
towards the W bank of the river, thence:
SE of Ilha Piriquitos (46 miles NNE), at the mouth of
Rio Anouvieirapucu and keeping clear of the
extensive bank lying off the NW of Ilha do Par
(3.56) (40 miles NE), thence:
Between the mainland and the W coast of Ilha
Salvador (33 miles NE) and its surrounding bank,
E of the mouths of Rio Mazago (35 miles NE)
and Rio Prto (31 miles NE), thence:
E of the mouth of Rio Marac-Pucu (23 miles NE)
and W of the SW point of Ilha do Par, thence:
NW of Ilha Cinzas (21 miles NE), and the bank
extending W from it, thence:
SE of the mouths of Rio Curu (17 miles NE) and
Rio Marac (15 miles NE), thence:
NW of the bank surrounding Ilha Caju (12 miles
NE), thence:
Between Ilha Cajari and the mainland and E of the
mouth of Rio Cajari (2 miles SW), thence:
W of Ilha Tartaruga (2 miles S) and the bank
extending S of it.
From this position keeping to the mid-channel cross to
the E side of the river passing E and S of the group of
islands Ilhas Aruans (19 miles S) through Furo Aruans. The
track then leads across to the W side of the river passing N
and W of Ilha Taiaui (28 miles SSW) and Ilha Meruim
(29 miles SSW) and SE of the mouth of Rio Jari (3.86)
(27 miles SSW). Continuing in mid-channel the track
continues S thence SW to a position off Ponta do Jariub
(43 miles SSW) on the SW point of Ilha Grande de
Gurup, where it is joined, from the SE by Canal de
Gurup (3.113), the S extremity of the Brao Sul route.
(Directions continue at 3.220)
3.87
Position. Porto de Munguba (105S, 5223W) is
situated 150 miles above Porto de Santana and 60 miles
above the mouth of Rio Jari.
Function. The port provides alongside berths and an
anchorage for vessels to load or discharge.
Approach and entry is by passage of Rio Jari.
Traffic. In 2000 the port was used by 83 vessels with a
total of 2 276 851 dwt.
Port authority. Administracao do Porto de Munguba,
Vila Munguba s/n, Monte Dourado, Almeirim PA
68240000.
Limiting conditions
Chart 2204 (see 1.13)

3.85
From Fazendinha (004S, 5107W) (3.58), off the E
end of Canal de Santana, the track follows the main
90
3.88
Loading draughts. Variations in water levels restrict
vessels draught. In the wet season vessels may load to as
much as 9.3 m in fresh water The pilot will take soundings
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
with a hand lead line at Paga Dividas and thereby confirm

the maximum permitted draught.
Vessels depart from Munguba at LW to arrive at Paga
Dividas (108S, 5213W), the shallowest part of Rio Jari,
at HW. Steaming time from Munguba to the mouth of Rio
Jari is about 5 hours.
Deepest and longest berths. Pulp/general cargo
pier (3.92).
Mean tidal levels. Range, during rainy season, 30 to
37 m and during dry season, 24 to 34 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. 35 000 dwt; 853 m
draught; 200 m LOA.
position NE of Cabo Maguari (016S, 4824W) (3.34).

From this position it leads W for about 150 miles into Rio
Amazonas through its S branch, Brao Sul, and leads
through Canal do Sul into Baa do Vieira Grande (004S,
5030W) where it connects with Brao Norte (3.46)
through Canal dos Cacoes (009N, 5041W) (3.65).
Topography
1
Arrival information
1
3.89
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot is embarked at Porto
de Santana (3.72), or with 72 hours notice, at
Fazendinha (3.58).
Tugs none.
Regulations concerning entry. Navigation and entry to
the river is only undertaken in daylight.
Quarantine formalities are carried out at
Fazendinha (3.58).
Depths
1
General layout of harbour

1
3.91
The harbour is entered through Rio Jari.
Buoys have been laid to mark the channel but the pilots
report that the buoys are unreliable. There are no other aids
to navigation.
3.98
See 3.41.
Local knowledge
1
3.92
Anchorage, in 12 m mud, is available E of the general
cargo pier.
Alongside berths:
Pulp berth for general cargo, 200 m long with a depth
alongside of 12 m.
Bulk cargo pier for loading kaolin, 197 m long with a
depth alongside of 12 m. The ship-loader has a
loading rate of 500 tonnes per hour and an air
draught of 12 m.
Bulk cargo pier for the discharge of salt and sulphur,
100 m long.
Ro-Ro ramp for barges only.
3.99
The banks and channels in the approaches to Canal do
Sul are constantly changing and should not be attempted
without local knowledge.
Principal marks
1
Port services
1
3.97
This region is affected by the tidal bore (3.6).
Pilotage
Berths
1
3.96
There is a least depth of 6 m through the passage, but
the area is largely unsurveyed and subject to change.
Tidal bore
3.90
Two bulk piers, one general cargo pier and a small
Ro-Ro ramp for barges. An anchorage area lies close by.

1
3.95
The mouth of Brao Sul extends 60 miles WNW from
Cabo Maguari to the E extremity of Ilha Mexiana (3.103).
Across the mouth lie Bancos das Flechas, which dries, and
numerous other small islands, banks and shoals with
channels including Canal do Leo between them. all
providing entrance into Canal do Sul with varying degrees
of depth and difficulty. Ilha Mexiana and Ilha Caviana de
Fora (3.103), both low lying and covered with tall trees
form the N side of the channel, the S side consists of the
N coast of Ilha de Maraj (3.37).
3.93
Repairs. Minor repairs.
Other facilities: hospital at Monte Dourado.
Supplies: fresh water at the berths; provisions.
Communications. Monte Dourado airport.
3.100
Major lights:
Marapanim, Ponta do Algodoal, Light (white metal
framework tower, red bands, 32 m in height)
(035S, 4735W).
Simo Grande Light, Cabo Maguari (white square
metal framework tower, 40 m in height) (015S,
4824W).
Ilha Cajutuba Light (Curua) (white diamond on
white metal framework tower, red bands, 42 m in
height) (034S 4746W)
Ilha Camaleo Light (white framework tower, 35 m in
height) (009S, 4855W).

1
3.101
Racon on Cabo Maguari Light as above.
Directions
SIDE CHANNEL
Salinopolis to Canal do Sul

1
Canal do Sul
Charts 3959, 2204
Route
1
3.94
From a position N of Salinpolis Light (037S,
4721W) the route leads NW for about 60 miles to a
91
3.102
4721W) the track leads NW passing (with positions from
Ilha do Machadinho Light (011S, 4846W)):
NE of Ponta Marieta (92 miles ESE), the N extremity
if Ilha de Marco, low, mangrove covered and
separated from the mainland by a narrow stream,
thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
10
NE of Banco de Maracan (86 miles ESE), with a

depth of 31 m over it lying on the N extremity of
the coastal bank 6 miles NNE of Ponta do
Algodoal, the N extremity of an island with the
same name separating Baa de Maracan, at the
mouth of Rio Maracan, on the E from Baa de
Marapanim, and the mouth of Rio Marapanim, on
the W. The E coast of the island, fronted by red
cliffs, is forested. The point can be identified by
Marapanim Light (3.100), standing on a small
hummock, and by sandy beaches and dunes;
low-lying and singularly prominent. There are no
other dunes along this part of the coast. Thence:
NE of Banco de Marapanim (81 miles ESE) over
which seas break. It forms part of the outer limits
of Bancos de Areia. Thence:
NE of Banco Cajutuba (72 miles ESE), with a least
depth of 04 m over it, lying 4 miles N of Ilha de
Cajutuba, formed of low sand dunes covered with
vegetation. Cura Light (3.100) stands on the E
entrance point to the river; to the E of the point is
the Rio Camar delta with Ponta de Camar
forming the E entrance point to the river. Thence:
SW of Banco Piraquembua de Fora (70 miles E), an
extensive bank with two shallows Cabeco do Norte
with a least depth of 7 m over it and Cabeco do
Sul with a depth of 54 m over it. They are
separated by a deep narrow channel. Thence:
NE of the N extremity of Banco Xingu (64 miles E),
with a depth of 66 m over it, thence:
NE of an isolated, unnamed patch (57 miles E), with
a depth of 64 m over it, lying close NE of Banco
Manju, thence:
NE of Banco So Roque (28 miles E), extending
17 miles NE from Cabo Maguari (3.34), thence:
NE of Cabo Maguari (22 miles ESE).
From this position the track leads WSW to a position
NNW of Ilha do Machadinho Light (white square metal
framework tower, 20 m in height) standing at the W
extremity of the islet which itself lies at the W extremity of
Banco do Machadinho. It is separated from the mainland
by Canal do Dentro, deep and free of dangers. The track
then leads W through Canal Solimes giving access to
Brao Sul passing:
NNW of Ilha Camaleo Light (3.100). The islet lies
on the W side of Banco do Enxugador on which
lie several small islets, thence:
NNW of Banco do Barata (5 miles NW), thence:
NNW of an extensive drying bank, forming the S
side of the channel, on which a number of islets
lie including Ihla do Barata, Nova, Olga, Puamp,
Bode and Gamhoo, and:
SSE of Bancos das Flechas (20 miles NW), the S side
of which forms the N side of the channel. This
extensive shoal ground has some deep water
channels running through it and is littered by
numerous low-lying banks and islets including
Ilhas das Flechas. Thence:
SSE of Banco do Baro (28 miles WNW), separated
from the SE part of Ihla Mexiana by a shallow
channel, thence:
NNW of a shoal (33 miles W), lying in mid-channel
with a depth of 74 m over it, which may be
passed on either side, thence:
From this position the track continues W in mid-channel
to a position S of a shoal (50 miles W), with a depth of
93 m over it.
Chart 2204 (see 1.13)
Canal do Sul to Baa do Vieira Grande

3.103
1
From a position S of a shoal with a depth of 93 m

over it, lying at the E end of Canal do Sul the
track leads WNW to a position S of the W end
(006S, 4850W) of Ilha Mexiana, from whence
the track leads WNW passing, (with positions from
Ponta da Caridade (004S, 5000W):
NNE of Chaves town (7 miles SSE), and:
SSW of Ponta da Caridade.
From this position the track leads in mid-channel
along the S coast of Ilha Caviana de Fora to the
W end of that island.
From the W end of Ilha Caviana de Fora the track leads
between Ilha das Pacas (23 miles W) and Arquipelago
Jurupari (3.65) (33 miles WNW) into the N part of Baa do
Vieira Grande (31 miles W).
Brao Sul divides at Baa do Vieira Grande; in the N
part of the bay Canal dos Cacoes (33 miles WNW)
branches to the NW where it joins Brao Norte, see 3.65;
in the SW of the bay Canal do Vieira Grande (44 miles
SW) leads SW into Canal de Gurup leading to Ponta do
Jariub where it joins Brao Norte again, see 3.85. To the
S a channel leads into Os Estreitos (3.196) which provide
access to Rio Par and Porto de Belm (3.144).
Anchorages
Chart 3959
Canal do Sul
1
3.104
As indicated
Camaleo Light
N of Ilha
S of Ilha
on the chart, (with positions from Ilha

(009S, 4855W) (3.100)):
do Bode (16 miles WNW).
Mexiana (3.103) (38 miles W).
BAIA DO VIEIRA GRANDE PONTA DO

JARUIBA
General information
Chart 2204 (see 1.13)
Route
1
3.105
From Baa do Vieira Grande (004S, 5030W) a series
of channels leads S and SW, between groups of islands,
converging into Canal de Gurup which leads to Ponta do
Jariub (125S, 5157W) (3.85) where it joins Brao
Norte.
Depths
1
3.106
See 3.38.
Pilotage
1
3.107
See 3.41.
Directions
(continued from 3.103 and 3.203)
Baa do Vieira Grande to Ponta do Vieira

1
92
3.108
The following description details the courses of Canal
do Vieira and Canal do Vieira Grande, the two main
channels leading from the SW end of Baa do Vieira
Grande. Positions are given from Floresta Light (111S,
5114W) (3.114)):
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Canal do Vieira Grande
3.109
From the SW end of Baa do Vieira Grande the channel
leads S then SW, passing:
E of Ilha Conceio (017S, 5048W) and the bank
extending NE from it; from this reach Furo
Tartaruga leads S of Ilha Conceio to join Canal
do Vieira 15 miles to the W, thence:
E of Banco dos Cavalos and Ilha Cavalos (026S,
5047W); from here a branch leads S, to the E of
Ilha do Mututi (34 miles NNE), for 30 miles to
join with Os Estreitos (3.196) at Furo do
Marinheiro (27 miles ENE), while the main
channel passes:
NW of Ilha do Mututi and S of Ilha Caldeiro
(36 miles NNE) where it merges with Canal do
Vieira.
3.110
From the SW end of Baa do Vieira Grande the channel
leads SW then S, passing:
N and NW of Ilha Conceio (017S, 5048W);
from this reach Furo Samauma and Furo da
Cidade lead NW, to the N and S of Ilha do
Panema, into Brao Norte (3.46), thence:
N and NW of a group of islands, which include Ilha
Pago (49 miles NNE), Ilha do Bode (46 miles
NNE) and Ilha do Maracuj (43 miles NNE),
thence:
Between Ilha Tucumar (36 miles N) and Ilha
Caldeiro (36 miles NNE) the channel is joined, S
of Ilha Caldairo, by Canal do Vieira Grande and
then leads W of Ilha Roberta (24 miles NNE),
thence:
E of Ilha Uruta to Ponta do Vieira (6 miles NNE),
where it meets Furo do Ituquara, the main outlet
from Os Estreitos (3.196).
Useful marks
1
3.114
Floresta Light (white metal tube, 10 m in height)
(111S, 5114W).
Tributary
Rio Xingu
1
3.115
Description. Rio Xingu enters Rio Amazonas through
Furo Urucuricaia (131S, 5215W) at the W end of Ilha
Urucuricaia. It is navigable by river craft for a distance of
105 miles. There a range of 40 m which is the smallest in
the whole of Amazonia.
Anchorage
3.111
The following description details the courses of Canal
do Gurup and of Canal do Vieira, from Ponta do Vieira.
Positions are given from Floresta Light (111S, 5114W)
(3.114)):
Ponta do Jariub
1
Canal do Vieira
bank to the other a

eddies and tide-rips.
3.113
This channel starts to the W of Ilha Uruta (5 miles NW)
and runs SW then NW for about 56 miles, passing:
NW of Ilha Uruta and Ilha So Salvador; Canal do
Vieira merges with it off Cidade de Gurup
(28 miles SW) and it then passes;
SE of Ilha Grande de Gurup (3.85), thence:
SE of Ilha Sarapo (40 miles SW), then turning NW it
passes;
NE of Ilha Urucuricaia (52 miles SW) at the mouth
of Rio Xingu (3.115) and Ilha Baixa Grande
(50 miles WSW), and SW of Ilha Grande de
Gurup, to a position off Ponta do Jariub
(45 miles WSW), where it joins Brao
Norte (3.46).
Ponta do Vieira to Ponta do Jariub

1
Cidade de Gurup
the channel merges
Canal de Gurup
Canal do Vieira
SE bank for 17 miles to

(28 miles SW), at this point
with Canal de Gurup.
Caution. When crossing from one
vessel may encounter strong currents,
3.112
From a position SW of Ponta do Vieira (6 miles NNE)
the channel leads SW for 33 miles, passing:
SE of Ilha Uruta and SE of Ilha So Salvador
(18 miles SW), keeping close to the SE bank until
Floresta Light, then close to the NW bank as far
as the E end of So Salvador then favouring the
3.116
Good anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 15 to
25 m, 1 miles SSE of Ponta do Jariub (125S, 5157W)
(3.85).
Harbour
Cidade de Gurup
1
3.117
Cidade de Gurup (124S, 5139W) stands on a rocky
point, 10 m in height, on the SE bank of Canal de Gurup.
It is a port of call for river craft. There is an airstrip.
RIO PAR
passage of Os Estreitos which connects Rio Par with the
main channel of Rio Amazonas.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 397, 3959, 2204
Area covered
1
Topography
3.118
This section describes the approaches to and passage of
Rio Par and Os Estreitos (3.196) and includes details of
Porto de Belm (3.144). It also includes the main
tributaries which flow into Rio Par and the river passage
as far as Baa das Bcas (3.196), 215 miles upriver, the
3.119
See 3.3.
Depths
1
93
3.120
See 3.38.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Hazards
1
3.121
The river is easily navigated at all seasons but the
following exceptions require particular attention.
Canal de Cotejuba (118S, 4833W) (3.183) leading
from Porto de Belm N of Ilhas das Onas and
available to vessels drawing less than 33 m.
Passo do Goibel (136S, 4907W) (3.179).
Estreito de Breves (148S, 5017W) (3.196).
Estreito de Boiuu (149S, 5017W) (3.196).
Tidal streams
1
RIO PAR ENTRANCE CHANNELS

General information
Charts 3959, 397
Route
1
3.122
The route leads from the pilot boarding area (029S,
4723W), N of Salinpolis, WNW for 32 miles to the
buoyed channel leading through the banks at the mouth of
Rio Par and then follows the main course of the river,
generally SW, to a position NNW of Ponta do Chapu
Virado (108S, 4828W) in Baa de Maraj.
3.123
The mouth of Rio Par extends between Cabo Maguari
(3.34) and Ponta de Curua, 38 miles ESE. The land on
either side of the river is low and each shore is an
unbroken line of level green forest. The banks of the river
are usually muddy, with few landing places, while the
water which carries a lot of mud is a yellowish brown in
colour. There are numerous islands, banks and shoals which
are subject to continuous change; some banks formerly
awash can become islands covered in vegetation, while
islands can be washed away.
3.124
The controlling depths for this part of the river are:
Canal do Espadarte (025S, 4755W) between Coroa
das Gaivotas and Ilha Quati, 23 miles SSW: 9 m.
Canal do Quiriri deep water channel (3.133); 129 m.
Uncharted dangers
1
3.125
When entering the mouth of Rio Par from mid-channel
the shore on either side cannot be seen. Vessels entering
and navigating the river should sound continuously, as there
are numerous banks subject to continuous change and it is
by no means certain that all dangers have been charted.
It is recommended that the river is entered in daylight
only.
3.129
Salinopolis Light (037S, 4721W) (3.32).
Simo Grande Light, Cabo Maguari as above.
Ponta da Tijca Light (0334S, 47539W) (3.138).
Soure Light as above.
Ponta da Joanes Light (0528S, 48305W) (3.138).
Ilha Quati Light (0551S, 48175W) (3.131).
Ponta do Chapu Virado Light (1081S, 48281W)
(3.131).
Directions
Salinpolis to Chapu Virado

1
Pilotage
1
3.128
Major lights:
Salinopolis Light (037S, 4721W) (3.32).
Marapanim, Ponta do Algodoal, Light (035S,
4735W) (3.32).
Curu Light, Ilha de Cajutuba (034S, 4746W)
(3.100).
Simo Grande Light, Cabo Maguari, (015S,
4824W) (3.100).
Ponta Taipu Light (white metal pyramidal framework
Ponta Maria Teresa Light (white square aluminium
Soure Light (white square concrete tower, red bands,
30 m in height) (045S, 4830W).
Depths
1
3.127
Tidal streams in Canal do Espadarte (3.130) run SW and
NE at rates of 2 to 3 kn; off Coroa Nova (3.139) they
attain rates of 5 to 6 kn.
In the vicinity of Banco Maguari (3.134) the tidal
streams run WSW and ENE.
Between Baixo do Espadarte and Coroa das Gaivotas the
in-going stream tends to set a vessel away from Coroa das
Gaivotas, while the out-going stream sets towards that
shoal.
Principal marks
Topography
1
0245S, 47460W for vessels from Brazilian ports,

with or without draught restrictions, using Canal
do Espadarte (3.130) or Canal dos Pooes (3.139);
Off Ponta do Chapu Virado at 1060S, 48296W
for vessels with a draught of less than 80 m.
Pilots should be ordered, giving an ETA off Salinpolis,
at least 7 days in advance, confirming 48, 24 and 8 hours
prior to arrival.
3.126
Compulsory for vessels entering Rio Par, Belm, Os
Estreitos
(3.196),
or
Rio
Amazonas
above
Santana/Fazendhina (3.58). The pilot boarding positions are:
Off Salinpolis in position 0296S, 47231W for
vessels of over 80 m draught. Pilots for the
optional pilotage to Rio Amazonas via Canal do
Norte (3.45) also board in this position;
0170S, 47490W for all vessels arriving from N
and NW;
94
3.130
Via Canal do Espadarte. From the pilot boarding area
(029S, 4723W), NNW of Salinpolis, the track leads
WNW for 32 miles, passing (with positions from Ponta da
Tijca Light (0334S, 47538W) (3.138) (3.128)):
NNE of Banco de Maracan (3.34) and Banco de
Marapanim (23 and 19 miles ENE) (3.34), thence:
NNE of Banco Piraquembua de Terra and Banco
Cajutuba (14 and 10 miles ENE) (3.34), thence:
SSW of the two heads of Banco Piraquembua de
Fora (15 miles NE) (3.34), thence:
NNE of Baixo do Espadarte (7 miles N), the SW end
of which dries and over the E end of which the
sea breaks. From this position the land near Ponta
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Taipu appears as a low island; on closer approach

it appears as two hills joined to the land SSW.
From this position the track leads SW through Canal do
Espadarte, which is 1 miles wide and marked by
light-buoys (lateral), passing:
NW of Baixo do Espadarte, and:
SE of Bancos da Tijoca (8 miles NW), which
consists of several shoals, namely Cabeo do
Norte, Cabeo do Sul and Cabeo do Meio. With
any wind a short breaking sea is formed over
Bancos da Tijoca, and Cabeo do Sul can be
identified as it has the heaviest breakers over it.
From the SW end of Canal do Espadarte the track leads:
NW of the N part of Coroa das Gaivotas (6 miles W)
maintaining a distance of 2 miles off, in a least
depth of 11 m. Coroa das Gaivotas, which dries, is
the most W of a group of drying banks and
islands within Baa de Tapari at the mouth of Rios
Mocajuba and Curu. Thence:
NW of Coroa das Gaivotas Light-beacon (white metal
tube with green bands; 8 m in height) (8 miles
WSW) marking the W side of Coroa das Gaivotas,
at a distance of 3 miles. Thence:
NW of Ponta Taipu (10 miles SW), from where a
light is exhibited (3.180).
NW of Ponta Mara (12 miles SW), around which are

numerous rocks and coral outcrops demanding a
wide berth; a conspicuous tower is situated on the
coast 2 miles SSW of the point; Ilha Guaribas
which is low, covered in forest and steep-to on its
W side lies 5 cables N of the point.
From this position the track continues SSW for about
4 miles to a position NNW of Ponta do Chapu Virado
(108S, 4828W), from where a light (white metal column
and ladder, concrete base, 10 m in height) is exhibited.
(Directions for Canal do Quiriri deep water channel
are given at 3.133)
3.132
Clearing marks
Ilha Guaribas bearing more than 057 until Ponta do
Chapu Virado Light bears 154 clears the foul ground
extending offshore between Ponta Mara and Ponta do
Chapu Virado.
Salinpolis to Chapu Virado

1
Chart 397
3.131
SE of Coroa do Quiriri (21 miles N) which dries at
its S end; Banco So Joo extends the shoal
farther NE; there are deep clear channels on either
side (see also 3.135) and it is marked by breakers
over its whole length, apart from a narrow gap N
of the drying section, and;
NW of Ponta Maria Teresa (12 miles NE), the N
entrance point to Boca da Vigia, which leads
through Banco do Correio to Furo da Laura; this
stretch of coast is fringed by a bank on which
there are groups of rocks, including Pedra Juruteua
(18 miles NE), thence:
SE of Coroa da Murioca (11 miles NW) which also
dries and has channels, used by local craft, N and
SE of it, and;
NW of Ilha Quati Light (white metal tube and ladder,
concrete base, 10 m in height) (055S, 4818W),
at a distance of 3 miles, which will ensure
adequate depths. Deep draught vessels should take
care not to get SE of the track where shoals exist.
Ilha Quati forms part of a rocky ridge extending
NW from the coast of Ilha Colares near the village
of Colares, where there is a small white church.
From this position the track leads to a position about
2 miles NNW of Chapu Virado and passing:
SE of Coroa Seca (8 miles WSW), a steep-to shoal
over which the sea breaks and Ponta da Joanes
(13 miles WNW) (3.137), thence:
NW of Ilha das Pombas (9 miles SSW) which is
covered with trees, difficult to distinguish and lies
off the N extremity of Ilha do Mosqueiro and;
SE of Coroinha (12 miles S) and Coroa Grande
5 miles farther WSW, the latter dries and is
marked by breakers. A light (3.138) is exhibited
from an island, also known as Coroa Grande, lying
3 cables W of the bank of the same name. These
banks lie off the entrance to Rio Condeixa; the
town of Monsaras, with its church, stands
2 miles ENE of the river entrance. Thence:
95
3.133
Via Canal do Quiriri deep water channel. From the
pilot boarding area (029S, 4723W), NNW of
Salinpolis, the track leads NW for about 33 miles to the
guas Seguras Light-buoy (safe water), passing (with
positions from Salinpolis Light (037S, 4721W) (3.32):
NE of Banco de Maracan (12 miles NW) (3.34),
thence:
NE of Banco Piraquembua de Fora (30 miles NW) a
shoal with two heads, Cabeo do Norte and
Cabeo do Sul. Both heads break in rough weather
and should be given a wide berth. Thence:
From this position the track leads WNW for about
7 miles to a position E of guas Seguras Light-buoy (safe
water) (0121S, 47506W); the N pilot boarding position
for Rio Par lies 5 miles SSE of the buoy (3.126).
3.134
From this position the track leads WSW through the
deep water channel (see 3.124), marked by light-buoys
(lateral), passing (with positions from Ponta da Tijca Light
(0334S, 47539W) (3.138):
NW of a bank which breaks with a least depth of
66 m (17 miles N), extending NE and N from
Banco Xingu, thence:
SE of No 1 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (18 miles
NNW), moored off the E edge of a bank which
breaks with a least depth of 64 m, thence:
NNW), moored N of Banco Xingu, which breaks
with a least depth of 29 m. The bank extends
NE/SW to Banco Clemente, a drying bank which
breaks. Thence:
SSE of Banco Monju (19 miles NW) recognisable by
the dark colour of the water over it; 4 miles NW is
Banco Maguari, an extensive bank, with several
heads over which the sea breaks when the wind is
fresh, but usually this danger is not visible. Banco
Maguari is reported to be extending towards the
NE. Thence:
NNW of No 4 Light-buoy (port hand) (16 miles
NW), moored off the N edge of Banco So Joo
(3.131), thence:
From this position the track continues WSW for about
5miles to a position NNW of No 6 Light-buoy (port
hand), moored on the N edge of Cabeo do Joca, an
isolated shoal with a least depth of 76 m, lying 1 mile N
of Coroa do Quiriri (3.131).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
3.135
From this position the track leads on the line of bearing
(223) of Ponta de Soure Light (3.128) (racon), through
Canal do Quiriri passing (with positions from Ponta de
Soure Light (045S, 4830W)):
NW of Coroa do Quiriri (20 miles NE) (3.131), and:
SE of Simo Grande Light (30 miles NNE) (3.100),
thence:
SE of Banco do Cambu (15 miles NNE) (3.140),
thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (11 miles NE), the position
of which is approximate.
To a position on the above line of bearing and with
Ponta de Soure distant 9 miles.
3.136
From this position the track leads along a line of bearing
(205) of Ponta de Joanes Light (3.137) (racon) passing
(with positions from Ponta de Soure Light (045S,
4830W)):
WNW of S part, which dries, of Coroa do Quiriri
(9 miles ENE) (3.131), and:
ESE of S end of Banco do Cambu (7 miles NE)
(3.140), thence:
ESE of Ponta de Soure (1 miles ENE) (3.140), and:
WNW of Coroa da Murioca, which dries, (5 miles
ESE) (3.131), thence:
ESE of Ilha dos Amores Light (6 cables SSW)
(white metal framework tower, 8 m in height),
thence:
WNW of No 8 Light-buoy (port hand) (6 miles
SSE), marking the SSW edge of Coroa da
Murioca.
3.137
From this position the track leads SSE for about
10 miles passing:
(with positions from Ponta de Joanes Light (0529S,
48305W)):
WSW of No 8 Light-buoy (port hand) (3 miles NE),
thence:
ENE of Ponta de Joanes, from which a light (white
metal column and ladder, 17 m in height; racon) is
exhibited, thence:
ENE of No 5 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (5 miles
SE). Coroa Seca, which breaks, lies 8 cables ENE
of the buoy. Thence the track leads S, passing:
W of No 10 Light-buoy (port hand) (6 miles SE),
moored on the S edge of Coroa Seca (3.131), and:
E of an isolated, unmarked 74 m rocky shoal
(5 miles SE), thence:
ENE of Coroinha (6 miles SSE) (3.131).
Caution. Buoyage in the waters SW of Coroa Seca has
been recently changed (2004), and further changes are
possible. Tidal streams in the vicinity may be encountered
at broad angles to the intended track. Mariners should
exercise caution when navigating this section of Canal do
Quiriri.
From the position ENE of Coroinha, the track continues
SSE for about 1 mile from whence it leads SSW passing:
ESE of Coroa Grande (9 miles SSW) (3.131) and Ilha
Coroa Grande Light, (white framework square
metal tower, 11 m in height), 3 miles W, and:.
WNW of Ilha Guaribas (12miles SSE), an Islet
lying close N of Ponta Marau (3.131)
4 miles to a position about 2miles NNW of Ponta do
Chapu Virado (15 miles SSE) (3.131) and E of shoal
bank (12 miles SSW) with a least depth of 71 m, over it.
3.138
Useful marks
Ponta da Tijca Light (square metal framework tower,
red bands, 5 m in height) (racon) (033S,
4754W).
Ilha Tatuoca Light (white metal column and ladder,
masonry base, 11 m in height) (112S, 4830W).
(Directions continue at 3.177,and for
Porto de Belm at 3.164)
Side channels
Canal dos Poes
1
3.139
Description Canal dos Poes (029S, 4756W) which
is 5 cables wide at its E end separating Baixo do Espadarte
(3.130) from Banco da Agulha, extends 3 miles NE of
Ponta da Tijca, on the NW extremity of Ilha dos Guars.
The point is low and terminates in a sandy spit.
The W end of the channel separates Baixo do Espadarte
from Coroa Nova, lying SSW. Coroa Nova has a drying
bank on its SE side and has seas continually breaking on it.
Canal do Siri
1
3.140
Description. Canal do Siri (034S, 4826W), separates
the E coast of Ilha de Maraj from Banco do Cambu. The
bank over which seas break, extends, between 3 to 6 miles
offshore from Ponta Fina (022S, 4823W) to Ponta de
Soure, 23 miles S. A dangerous wreck, position
approximate, lies on the E side of Banco do Cambu. A
dangerous boat wreck, position approximate, lies in the
channel 2 miles ENE of Ponta Tur. This section of coast
is broken by the mouths of several small rivers, most of
which communicate with lagoons in the interior and are
navigable by local craft. Large areas are flooded during the
rainy season.
Ponta Fina is remarkable due to the change in the
character of the coast at this point; the coast to the N,
towards Cabo Maguari, consisting of sandy beaches backed
by dunes covered with low scrub while that to the S, to
Ponta de Soure, is low-lying but covered with forest of
moderate height.
River
Rio Paracauri
1
96
3.141
Description. Rio Paracauri flows into Rio Par S of
Ponta de Soure (044S, 4829W), (3.140) it is 1 mile wide
at its mouth. Cidade de Soure, with its church, stands on
the N bank of the river a short distance within the
entrance; it is the main trading centre for Ilha de Maraj.
Salvaterra, also with a church, stands close within the S
entrance point off which lies Ilha dos Amores, from which
a light (3.136) is exhibited.
Depths. There is a charted depth of 6 m on the bar of
the river and depths of 155 to 350 m off Cidade de Soure;
the river is stated to be navigable for a considerable
distance. The best water lies on the N side of the river off
Soure. A line of dangerous rocks in mid-river extends NW
from a position about 5 cables NNW of Ilha dos Amores
Light.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Anchorages
Piracy
1
Baa de Tapari
1
3.142
Description. Baa de Tapari (032S, 4754W) lies to
the W of Ponta da Tijca Light (3.138) Its shores are
broken by several rivers and creeks forming islands, the
largest being Ilha do Mutucal and Ilha Ipemonga. The SW
part of the bay is formed by the estuary of Rio So
Caetano and Rio Mocajuba, where the entrance is
completely blocked by sandbanks, the W-most of which is
Coroa das Gaivotas (3.130).
Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 22 m,
1 miles NW of Ponta da Tijca Light and SE of Coroa
Nova (3.139).
Approach and entry

1
Baa do Sol
3.149
In 2003 the port handled 1 000 000 tons of cargo.
Port authority
3.143
Description. Baa do Sol is entered between Ponta do
Arari (101S, 4819W) and Ilha das Pombas (3.131),
4 miles SW. The mouth of the bay is obstructed by a
drying sandbank. Access to the bay is through a narrow
channel leading NE of the foul ground around Ilha das
Pombas and SW of the drying sandbank. A choppy sea is
occasionally found off the foul ground especially during the
S-going tidal stream. Rio Santo Antonio flows into the S
part of the bay.
Anchorage exists in depths of about 14 m in mud and
sand, with Ilha das Pombas bearing 170, distant 2 miles.
3.150
Companhia das Docas do Par (CDP), Av Presidente
Vargas No 41, 66020 Belem.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
1
3.151
The dredged depth (1991) in the approach channel to the
oil terminal at Miramar is 68 m. To the S of Miramar the
channel leading to the city wharves has a dredged depth
(1991) of 29 m.
Deepest and longest berths
PORTO DE BELM
1
General information
3.152
Main wharf.
Density of water
Chart 397
Position
1
3.148
The port is approached, from Rio Par, and entered
through Canal do Mosqueiro (3.164) which leads, from
Ponta do Chapu Virado (108S, 4828W) (3.131),
18 miles S to the berths which lie along the E shore of a
dredged channel.
Traffic
1
3.147
Several incidents of piracy and armed robbery have been
reported in the vicinity of Belem. For possible preventative
measures see 1.52.
3.144
Cidade de Belm (127S, 4830W) stands on a high
promontory on the E side of the confluence of Rio Guajar
(3.146) and Rio Guam (3.146), 70 miles from the mouth
of Rio Par.
3.153
The strong outflow of Rio Amazonas and its tributaries
is such that the water at Salinpolis is brackish, in Rio
Par the water becomes less salty, and by half-way to
Belm has already become completely fresh.
Maximum size of vessel handled

1
3.154
200 m LOA and 70 m draught.
Function
1
3.145
Being the capital of Estado de Par it is the most
important city and commercial centre on the N coast of
Brazil. It is a major port. The population of Belem was
nearly 1 million in 2000.
Arrival information
Outer anchorages
1
Topography
1
3.146
Rio Guajar and Rio Guam flow into the S of Baa de
Guajar, which is a long narrow bay entered, from Rio
Par, between Ponta do Chapu Virado (108S, 4828W)
(3.131) and Ilha Tatuoca, 4 miles SSW. The E coast of
the bay is formed by the mainland on which are situated
Cidade de Belm and several smaller towns. The W side of
the bay is composed of several small islands, interspersed
with channels, which connect the bay to the main channel
of Rio Par.
The S part of the bay is divided by three channels, the
E of which leads to the port.
97
3.155
The following designated anchorages are available in the
approaches to Porto de Belm, with positions from Ilha do
Forte da Barra Light (123S, 4830W):
Anchorage 1 (9 cables WSW) repairs or maintenance
zone, in depths of about 4 m;
Anchorage 2 (9 cables SSW) surrounding Pedras
Val-de-Ces, for naval or merchant vessels, varied
depths;
Anchorage 3 (1 miles SSW) waiting anchorage.
depth of about 5 m.
Tanker anchorage (6 miles NNW) waiting for
vessels bound for the tanker pier at Miramar, in
depths of 85 to 109 m.
Anchorage (1 miles NNE) gas freeing before
berthing, in depths of about 5 m.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
3.156
Prohibited anchorages
The area W of the docks and oil installations at
Miramar (124S, 4830W) extending N to W of
Val-de-Ces dry and floating docks;
Area 9 cables SSW of Miramar oil jetty.
Pilots
1
3.157
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot for Porto de Belm is
embarked at Salinpolis, see 3.126. They require 7 days
notice of ETA with 48, 24 and 8 hours confirmation.
Vessels bound for Santana, Macap, Manuas and Iquitos
via Os Estreitos, and for Rio Tocantins and Rio Madeira,
also embark a pilot at Salinpolis.
Directions
Approaches
Tugs
1
3.158
One tug is available.
Quarantine
1
3.159
Free Pratique is usually granted by radio for vessels
coming from non-infected ports. Free Pratique granted by
radio does not exempt a vessel from inspection when it
might be considered necessary by the authorities.
A vessel coming from an infected port will be inspected
on arrival in such a manner as to avoid jeopardising the
vessels operation. Such a vessel may, however, be required
to anchor in a designated anchorage of which it will be
advised on arrival.
Notice of medical requirements

1
3.160
Should be given in advance when possible.
3
Harbour
General layout
1
3.161
Port facilities are situated on the E side of Baa de
Guajar, bounded on the W by the coast of Ilha das Onas
and on the E by the mainland from Val-de-Ces to Belm.
Three channels lead through Baa de Guajar, the E one
is narrow and leads S then SSW to the port. It is dredged
and buoyed and leads past the naval base, dry and floating
docks at Val-de-Ces (124S, 4829W); and on to the oil
berths at Miramar (6 cables S); past several wharves and
jetties to Cidade de Belm (2 miles farther S) which has
13 berths on a long continuous wharf.
Several designated anchorages are situated in the
bay (3.155).
Caution
1
3.162
The banks and channels in Baa de Guajar are subject
to continuous change and the light-buoys are moved
accordingly. Their charted positions, therefore, may not be
reliable.
Tidal streams
1
The times of HW and the rates of the tidal streams are

greatly influenced by the force and direction of the wind
and also by the rainfall in the Rio Amazonas basin. In
consequence the rates may exceed those given. It was
reported, in March 1951, that the rates of the tidal streams
off the wharves attained about 4 kn, and that the in-going
stream continued to run for up to 1 hours after the time
of HW.
Both the in-going and out-going streams set towards the
wharves and vessels should lay out an anchor on berthing.
3.163
At Porto de Belm the in-going and out-going tidal
streams attain rates of 2 and 1 kn respectively at
springs; at neaps the rates are only slightly less.
98
3.164
From a position NNW of Ponta do Chapu Virado
(3.131) (108S, 4828W) the track leads S through Canal
do Mosqueiro, passing (with positions from Ilha Tatuoca
Light (112S, 4830W) (3.138)):
W of dangerous rocks (2 miles NNE), lying 1 mile
NW of Ponta do Mosqueiro identified by a
chimney, a large building faced with red bricks
and a warehouse standing on it. The town of
Mosqueiro, marked by chimney with red
obstruction lights, stands N of Ponta do
Mosqueiro. Thence:
E of the light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 mile NE)
marking the NE extremity of the foul ground
around Ilha Tatuoca.
From this position the track leads SSW to a position
about 5 cables W of Ponta do Pinheiro (5 miles SSE),
passing:
ESE of Ilha Tatuoca which is wooded, and
WNW of drying bank (2 miles E), thence:
ESE of Ilha Jutuba (3 miles S) and Ilha
Paquet-Au (5 miles SSW), both islands being
low and covered in forest. A light (white metal
pyramidal framework tower, square concrete base;
10 m in height) stands on the NE coast of Ilha
Jutuba. Thence:
WNW of Ponta do Redentor (5 miles SSE) the SW
extremity of Ilha das Barreiras; between this point
and Ponta do Mosqueiro lies Baa do Santo
Antonio. An L-shaped jetty, marked by lights, is
situated 8 cables N of Ponta do Redentor. Thence:
W of Ponta do Pinheiro and the light-buoy (port
hand) 2 cables WNW of the point; the entrance
to Furo Maguari, which separates Ilha das
Barreiras from the mainland, lies between this
point and Ponta do Redentor, 6 cables NE.
3.165
From a position about 5 cables W of Ponta do Pinheiro
(118S, 4829W) the track leads SSE then SSW passing
(with positions from Ponta dos Periquitos (121S,
4830W)):
ENE of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles N)
moored 3 cables ESE of 5 m shoal patch; Ilha
Mirim, low and covered with forest, lies 1 miles
W, and:
WSW of the town of Icoaraci (3 miles NNE), which
is prominent from seaward, thence:
WSW of a rock with a depth of 21 m (1 miles
NNE), thence:
ENE of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (6 cables NE).
marking the NE end of the coastal bank, with
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
depths less than 5 m, surrounding Ilha da Barra,

thence:
ENE Ponta dos Periquitos, the N point of Ilha da
Barra, thence:
To a position about 5 cables W of a prominent
chimney (1 miles ESE), thence:
The track continues SSE into Barra do Tampan with a
navigable channel of about 1 cables to a position E of
Ponta dos Periquitos, the N extremity of Ilha da Barra from
whence the track leads SSW passing:
ESE of a Light-buoy (starboard hand) (8 cables
SSE), moored on the edge of Ilha da Barra coastal
bank, thence:
WNW of Pedra da Barra Beacon (isolated danger)
(1 miles SSE) and:
WNW of a Light-buoy (port hand) (1miles SSE)
marking the E side of the narrowest part of the
channel
3.166
Useful marks:
Lights on jetty, Ilha das Barreiras (private): W Head
(117S, 4829W); E Head (116S, 4829W).
Val-de-Ces Airport Aero Light (white metal
framework tower, red bands, 17 m in height)
(123S, 4829W).
Chimney (121S, 4829W).
Side channels
Canal do Meio
1
Entrance channel
1
1 miles to Forte de Castelo (127S, 4830W) (3.169).

The channel ends here in a turning basin, which has depths
of over 5 m.
Caution. Silting has been reported in the channel to the
W of Ilha do Forte da Barra Light.
3.168
Useful marks:
Ilha das Onas Light (white on red metal structure,
white bands, with daymark, 9 m in height) (123S,
4832W).
Miramar Oiling Jetty Light (private) (124S,
4830W).
Miramar water tower (124S, 4829W).
Jetty Light (private) (125S, 4830W).
Conspicuous chimney at Curro Velho (126S,
4829W).
Light on building (private) (127S, 4830W); red
light on tower 14 miles SSE.
3.167
From a position about 1 cables W of Pedra da Barra
Beacon (isolated danger) (1222S, 48294W) the track
leads SSW through Barra do Tampan Channel (3.165),
passing (with positions from Ilha do Forte da Barra Light
(123S, 4830W) (3.166)):
WNW of a light-buoy (port hand) (3 cables N)
marking the NW edge of rocky area, thence:
WNW of Ilha do Forte da Barra Light, situated on
the site of an old circular fort built on rocks.
thence:
WNW of the light-buoy (port hand) (2 cables SW)
marking the W extremity of Pedras do Forte,
thence:
WNW of Pedras Val-de-Ces (9 cables SSW) a group
of rocks marked by light-buoys (lateral).
From this position the track leads SE, for about 4 cables,
to the entrance to the dredged channel (1 mile SSW),
marked on its W side by light-buoys (starboard hand; odd
numbers 1 to 9) and on its E side by No 2 light-buoy (port
hand), which leads generally S along the E shoreline of
Baa de Guajar, passing:
W of Val-de-Ces Naval Base with its pier and dry
dock (1 mile S), thence:
W of the floating docks (1 miles S), thence:
W of two tanker berths at Miramar (1 and 1 miles
S respectively) a conspicuous water tower stands
4 cables SE of the main tanker jetty, thence:
W of a beacon (special) standing close S of the
mouth of Igarap do Una (2 miles S), thence:
W of a wreck with a least depth of 3 m over it
(3 miles S), marked by No 2 Light-buoy (port
hand). A conspicuous chimney stands 1 cables E
of the wreck.
From this position the channel leads S and SSW,
between Banco da Cidade (3 miles SSW), a N/S bank
1 miles long with a least depth of 01 m, and the wharf
fronting Cidade de Belm (3.144), which extends for
3.169
The central of the three channels leading through Baa
de Guajar is entered W of No 1 Light-buoy (125S,
4830W). It leads S in a least charted depth of 31 m
passing (with positions from Forte do Castelo (1272S,
48303W)):
W of a dangerous wreck (2 miles N), thence:
Clear of a mooring buoy (1 miles N), thence:
Between Banco da Cidade (1 mile NNE) (3.167) and:
Banco do Meio (8 cables NNW), an area of banks,
least depth 03 m, thence:
To a deep, with charted depths of over 5 m, which lies
close off Forte do Castelo on the NW end of the Belm
promontory and close SW of the wharves.
From the deep a least depth of 32 m leads SSW,
passing WNW of a light-buoy (W cardinal) (7 cables SSW)
to enter Canal da Ilha das Onas (3.170).
Canal da Ilha das Onas

1
3.170
Description. The W of the three channels leading
through Baa de Guajar Canal da Ilha das Onas leads
from the SE end of Canal de Cotejuba (3.183), passing E
of Ilha das Onas Light (123S, 4831W) (3.168), then
along the E coast of Ilha das Onas, wooded, to pass SW
of the Belm promontory to the mouth of Rio Guam
(3.146). The channel has deep water but is not buoyed.
Caution. Uncharted shoals may exist W of Ilha da Barra
(3.165).
Leading marks: The alignment astern (028) of Ilha
do Forte de Barra Light (123S, 4830W) with a
conspicuous chimney, 1 miles NNE of it, leads from the
S end of Barra do Tapan into Canal da Ilha das Onas
clearing the NW edge of Banco do Meio (3.169).
Berths
1
2
99
3.171
Mooring buoys are located up to 1 miles NW of Porto
de Belm wharf.
Temporary anchorage can be obtained between Forte
do Castelo (3.167) at the S end of Porto de Belm wharf
and Banco do Meio, 5 cables NW. Vessels seldom need to
remain at anchor off Belm as berths are usually available
alongside.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Alongside berths
Porto de Belm. The wharf at Porto de Belm has a
total length of 2297 m, of which 1260 m can be used by
ships of up to 8 m draught; 600 m by ships of light draught
and the remainder by small craft only. Included in the latter
portion is Doca Marechal Hermes, a camber near the N end
of the wharf.
Miramar. There are two tanker berths at Miramar, the
N (124S, 4830W) has alongside depths of 88
to 98 m and is 142 m long with mooring buoys
off each end. A bank with a depth of 17 m over
it, extends off the N end of the jetty. It can
accommodate vessels of 135 to 200 m LOA and
draught 79 m in fresh water. Vessels berthing at
this jetty should do so, starboard side alongside, on
the in-going tide and let go the port anchor off the
berth.
Close S of this jetty is another tanker pier, flanked by
four mooring dolphins, which can take vessels of up to
79 m draught in fresh water.
Depths
1
Pilotage
1
3.172
Repairs. Major hull or engine repairs can be carried out.
There is a dry dock for vessels up to 40 000 dwt, owned
by the Brazilian Navy, is available to merchant ships in an
emergency. It capacity is length 227 m; breadth 275 m;
draught 60 m.
Two identical floating docks of 1000 tonnes lift; length
701 m; breadth 137 m.
Several slipways for vessels up to 800 tonnes.
Other facilities: hospitals; deratting and exemption
certificates; garbage collection with 48 hours notice; no
facilities for oily waste disposal.
Supplies: fuel oils of all grades supplied by lighter with
3 to 4 days notice; fresh water.
Communications: airport.
Directions
Chart 2204 (see 1.13)
Ponta do Chapu Virado to Ilha Mandi

1
BAA DE MARAJ BAA DAS BCAS

General information
Charts 397, 2204
Route
3.173
The route follows the course of Rio Par from a position
NNW of Ponta do Chapu Virado (108S, 4828W) in
Baa de Maraj. It leads generally WSW, for about
135 miles, along the S shore of Ilha de Maraj, to a
position SE of Ilha de Santa Helena (147S, 5017W) at
the entrance to Baa das Bcas.
Topography
3.174
Baia de Maraj, the main branch of Rio Par, is
10 miles wide at its NE end, narrowing to 2 miles at its
SW extremity. The NW shore of the bay is formed by the
coast of Ilha de Maraj which is indented by several rivers,
of which the largest are Rio Maraj-Au and Rio Arari, at
the mouth of which lies Ilha Santana.
The remaining section of Rio Par follows a winding
course which leads through numerous islands, banks and
shoals. The country on both sides of the river is covered
with dense forest and is intersected by numerous channels
and islands.
3.176
See 3.157.
Port services
1
3.175
See 3.38.
100
3.177
From a position NNW of Ponta do Chapu Virado
(108S, 4828W) the track leads SW, then WSW, passing
(with positions from Itaguar Light (126S, 4849W)
(3.178)):
NW of the rocky ledges extending from Ilha Tatuoca
(23 miles NE) (3.164), marked by a light (3.138),
thence:
Clear of a narrow shoal (17 miles NE), with a depth
of 2 m (6 ft) over it, lying 2 miles NW of Ilha
Cotejuba. A light (3.178) is exhibited from the SW
side of the island. Thence:
NW of Pedras Carnapij (11 miles ENE), drying
rocks from which a light (3.178) is exhibited, and
close SE of which is Pedra do Machadinho, also
marked by a light (3.178), thence:
Between Banco das Lavadeiras, a rocky shoal which
extends up to 2 miles SE from Itaguar Light, and
Banco do Macu (4 miles S), a drying sandbank
on which there are two islands, thence:
NW of Ilha do Capim (7 miles SSW), marked by a
light (3.178) near its NW end.
Thence the track leads WSW, between the banks on
either side, passing:
SE of Atu Light (13 miles SW) (3.178), thence into
the N part of Baa de Marapat to a position
between Banco do Otelo (22 miles SW), which
dries and has stranded wrecks on it and is marked
on its N side by a light-buoy; and Ilha Mandi
(22 miles WSW), which is marked by a light
(3.178).
Baa de Marapat is an expanse of water, 10 miles wide,
which forms the mouth of Rio Tocantins (3.181) the largest
tributary of Rio Par.
3.178
Useful marks
Ponta da Joanes Light (053S, 4831W) (3.138).
Coroa Grande Light (102S, 4836W) (3.138).
Ponta do Chapu Virado Light (108S, 48 28W)
(3.138).
Ilha Tatuoca Light (112S, 4830W) (3.138).
Ilha Cotejuba Light (white metal column, 8 m in
height) (116S, 4834W).
Ilha das Pombas (Arari) Light (white metal column,
10 m in height) (112S, 4845W).
Pedras Carnapij Light (red metal mast on concrete
column, 8 m in height) (122S, 4839W).
Pedra do Machadinho Light (white metal framework
tower, red bands, 5 m in height) (123S,
4838W).
Ilha Carnapij (Arrozal) Light (white diamond on
white metal tube, 7 m in height) (128S,
4842W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Pedra da Manteiga Light (white square concrete

Itaguari Light (white masonry column, 12 m in
height) (126S, 4849W).
Ilha do Capim Light (white metal column, 7 m in
height) (133S, 4852W).
Atu Light (metal framework tower on red square
concrete base, 5 m in height) (133S, 4900W).
Ilha Mandi Light (white diamond on white metal
framework tower, 11 m in height) (137S,
4908W).
Ilha Mandi to Ilha de Santa Helena

1
3.179
From the position between Banco do Otelo and Ilha
Mandi (3.177) the track, known locally as Passo do
Goibal, leads generally WSW along the course of the river.
It winds through a series of channels between a group of
islands which extend up to 50 miles W of Ilha Mandi and
passes, (with positions from Ilha das Flores (Cameleo)
Light (149S, 4957W) (3.180)):
S of Ilha Joroca (45 miles ENE), the channel is
indicated by two pairs of light-buoys. Thence:
N of the extensive bank which surrounds Ilha
Saracuruca (40 miles ENE) and Ilha do Candira
(Ilha Tucumanduba) (37 miles ENE), thence:
Between Ilha Murumuru (Mutumuru) (35 miles ENE)
and the island close NW of it; this is the narrowest
part of the channel. Thence:
SE of Ilha Chaves (31 miles ENE) and Ilha Santo
Antonio (28 miles ENE); the bank S of Ilha Santo
Antonio was reported (1992) to be extending S
and E. Thence:
NE and then NW of the bank, on which is a stranded
wreck, extending N of Ilha Paqueta (24 miles
ENE). Ilha Paqueta is at the W end of Passo do
Goibal.
From Ilha Paqueta the track leads SW and W, keeping
clear of the shoals on the N bank of the river but passing
N of all other islands in the channel, including the rocky
ledge N of Ilhas Caium (12 miles E) off the mouth of
Rio Canatuc and Ilha das Flores, marked by a light
(3.180). Thence:
S of Ilha das Araras (12 miles W), marked by a light
(3.180), thence:
N of Ilhas Oi (18 miles W), two small islands lying
in mid-river at the entrance to Baa das Bcas
(3.196), which forms the head of Rio Par and
extends 10 miles SW, thence:
To a position SE of Ilha de Santa Helena (20 miles W)
and close to the E of the entrance to Estreito de Breves
(3.196).
Caution. Passage of Passo do Goibal should not be
attempted at night.
3.180
Useful marks:
Ilha Mandi Light (137S, 4908W) (3.178).
Yacumana Light (white round metal structure, green
bands; 9 m in height (139S, 4916W).
Ilha do Murumuru Light (white metal structure, red
bands) (141S, 4924W).
Ilha das Flores Light (white square metal framework
Ilha das Araras Light (white square metal framework
Boiuu Light (metal tower on white square base,

10 m in height) (149S, 5018W).
Tributaries and channels

Rio Tocantins
1
1
2
3.181
General information. Rio Tocantins is about 1600 miles
long and flows N through Brazil, discharging its waters
through Baia de Marapat (142S, 4909W) (3.177) on the
S side of Rio Par, 40 miles WSW of Porto de Belm. Its
principal tributary is Rio Araguaia which has a course
roughly parallel to its upper reaches.
3.182
Pilotage is essential and pilots are are obtained at
Salinpolis (3.35).
Cidade de Cameta, (215S, 4930W) stands on the W
bank of Rio Tocantins about 40 miles from its mouth. The
town has an airport and there is a seaplane landing area on
the river. All the trade of Rio Tocantins passes through the
town.
Anchorage exists about 2 cables off the town in a depth
of 14 m where the bank is steep-to.
Tidal range of 30 m and the rate of current is 2 kn.
Above Cameta the river is navigable by river craft for
about 120 miles.
Chart 397 plan of Approaches to Porto de Belm
Canal de Cotejuba
1
3.183
Description. Canal de Cotejuba (1175S, 48335W)
which is unmarked provides an alternative route from
Belm for small vessels. The channel joins the main stream
of Rio Par to the N end of Canal da Ilha das Onas
(3.170) and leads between Ilha das Onas and Ilha
Arapiranga to the W and Ilha Longa, Ilha Jararaca, Ilha
Mirim (3.164), Ilha Paquet-Au (3.164) and Ilha Cotejuba
(3.177) to the E.
Directions. A second unmarked channel joins Canal do
Mosqueiro, E of Ilha Tatuoca (3.164), to the N end of
Canal de Cotejuba passing between Ilha Cotejuba to the W
and Ilha Jutuba (3.164) and Ilha Paquet-Au (3.164) to
the E.
A stranded wreck lies 1 cable S of the E point of Ilha
Arapiranga, and a dangerous wreck lies close off the S
point of Ilha Longa.
Chart 2204 (see 1.13)
Canal Carnapij
1
3.184
Description. Canal Carnapij (122S, 4838W) leads
from Baia de Maraj (3.174) to Rio Guajar (3.146),
5 miles S of Belm. It leads, from Pedras Carnapij
(3.177), SSE between Ilha Arapiranga and Ilha das Onas
to the NE and Ilha Carnapij and the mainland to the SW.

Furo de Arrozal
1
101
3.185
Anchorage exists in the mouth of Furo de Arrozal, a
narrow channel which separates Ilha Carnapij from the
mainland. A light ( round metal structure, red and black
bands; 8 m in height) (128S, 4843W) marks a rocky
shoal in the approaches to the strait; Pedra da Manteiga
Light (129S, 4843W) (3.178) is situated 6 cables S of
this light.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Ilha das Araras

1
3.186
Description. Vessels awaiting daylight passage of Os
Estreitos may anchor, in depths of 13 m, about 7 cables S
of Ilha das Araras Light (149S, 5009W) (3.180).
Berths
1
Porto de Vila do Conde

Brazilian Chart 304 (see 1.14)
General information
1
3.187
Description. The port facility (134S, 4845W) serves
an aluminium factory, and handles bauxite, coke,
aluminium products, fuel oil, caustic soda and general
cargo.
Port Authority. Companhia Docas de Par, Avenida
Presidente Vargas, Belm.
Traffic: In 2003 the port was visited by 208 vessels
amounting to 8 653 560 dwt. About 6 500 000 tons of cargo
are handled annually.
Tidal information. Mean spring range 27 m, mean neap
range 17 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables, Vol II.
Limiting conditions
1
3.188
Maximum draught 20 m on external berth and 16 m on
internal berths. However controlling depths for the port are
those available in Canal do Espadarte and Canal do Quiriri
(see 3.124). Latest information should be sought from the
Port Authority.
Density of water. 995 g/cm3
Porto Cocal
1
3.194
Description. This port (144S, 4931W) provides
alongside berthing for deep draught vessels and is situated
near the S extremity of Ilha Santo Antonio. It is
approached from the main course of Rio Par as described
at 3.180.
Cidade de Curralinho
Arrival information
3.189
Pilotage is compulsory. They are ordered through
vessels Belem agent. The pilot boards 7 miles N of
Salinopolis Light (3.32) in position 0031S, 04722W.
Tugs are available from Belm but are reportedly not
required.
3.193
Anchorage. Waiting vessels may anchor off the port,
1 mile WNW of the berths in depths of 15 to 20 m, mud
and sand.
There is an anchorage 4 miles SW of the port in
mid-channel centred on 1345S, 48490W with a
swinging room of about 1 mile restricted by dangerous
rocks with depths of 44 m over them 1miles ENE,
1miles SE and 1miles WSW of the anchorage
position. Depth in the anchorage are 12 to 15 m, sand and
mud.
Berths. An L-shaped jetty with its head aligned NE/SW
extends 378 m from the shore. Its outer face is 292 m long
and can take vessels up to 250 m in length; the inner face,
210 m in length with two berths each on the outer and
inner sides. The pier is connected to the land by a bridge
378 m in length.
Repairs: minor work.
Other facilities. First aid clinic close to port; hospitals
at Belem.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions from Belem.
Communications: airport at Belm, 50 km distant.
Access to Belm by road with ferry connection.
3.195
Description. Cidade de Curralinho (149S, 4948W)
stands on the N bank of the river, fronted by a bank
extending 5 cables offshore, and is a port of call for most
river trading vessels. It has air communications and a small
hospital.
OS ESTREITOS
Development
1
3.190
Work continues on extending the piers N-wards to
include container berths. Presently a T-shaped pier in being
built for the handling of liquid bulk cargo. It lies N of the
existing pier and is connected to the shore by its own
causeway. A future project is the construction of a grain
handling L-shaped pier which will be connected to the
shore by its own causeway.
General information
Chart 2204 (see 1.13)
Route
1
Directions
1
3.191
Vila do Conde is 120 miles from Salinopolis. Mariners
are cautioned concerning Espadarte Bank 12 miles W of
Salinopolis. (See directions given at 3.130). The berth is
approached from a position in the main channel of Rio
Par, W of Pedras Carnapij Light (122S, 4839W)
(3.178). The track leads SSW passing W of Ilha Carnapij
and E of Banco do Maca and Ilha do Capim; a light-buoy
(preferred channel to starboard) is moored E of Banco do
Maca.
3.192
Useful marks:
Pedra Grande Light (yellow structure with black
band, 11 m in height) (133S, 4846W).
Sao Joao Batista Church (134S, 4846W).
3.196
The various channels W of Ilha de Maraj, which
connect Rio Par with the main channel of Rio Amazonas,
are known collectively as Os Estreitos; of these only two
channels, Estreito de Breves and Estreito de Boiuu are
used by sea-going vessels. Both are entered from the N
part of Baa das Bcas (149S, 5015W) and both join
Rio Amazonas at Ponta do Vieira (105S, 5111W).
Topography
1
3.197
The country surrounding both channels is low and
covered with forest; there are many huts, a few villages
and a number of timber depots on both banks of these
channels.
Limiting conditions
1
102
3.198
Estreito de Breves has a least depth of 73 m, at a
position 21 miles NE of Ponta do Vieira. The limiting
draught for vessels using this passage is 85 m with a
maximum length of 137 m.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Estreito de Boiuu has a least depth of 53 m in Furo

Grande, the narrowest section, 17 miles above the entrance.
The limiting draught for vessels using this passage is 67 m
with a maximum length of 183 m.
Caution. Silting has been reported at the E end of both
channels; mariners are advised to keep to the middle of the
channel.
Furo do Ituquara
1
Pilotage
1
3.199
See 3.157.
3.202
Description. Two channels unite at the NE end of Furo
do Ituquara (104S, 5106W), 10 miles ENE of Ponta do
Vieira the point where it enters Canal do Vieira, a main
channel of Rio Amazonas. Directions for passage in Canal
do Vieira are given at 3.108.
Passage of the SW (Rio Amazonas) entrance to Furo do
Ituquara should only be attempted at HW.
Useful marks
3.203
Directions
Estreito de Breves
1
3.200
The entrance to Estreito de Breves (148S, 5017W) is
2 cables wide; its N side is fringed by a bank, and
another bank, marked at its E extremity by a light-buoy (E
cardinal), extends 2 miles E from its S entrance point.
The channel is 130 miles long; it is longer and deeper
than Estreito de Boiuu and has many sharp bends.
A vessel leaving Belm at half ebb will carry the
next flood into Estreito de Breves; this is
important as the out-going stream is very strong in
this channel.
Ilha das Araras Light (149S, 5009W) (3.180).

Boiuu Light (149S, 5018W) (3.180).
Harbours
Cidade de Breves
1
3.204
Description. Cidade de Breves (141S, 5029W), an
important trading centre for rubber, is situated on the NE
side of Estreito de Breves 13 miles from its entrance. In
2000, the port handled 5 vessels with a total of 76 610 dwt.
Berths. There is a pier 150 m long where timber is
loaded and several piers for river craft.
Facilities: hospital; airstrip for light aircraft.
Estreito de Boiuu
1
3.201
Description. Estreito de Boiuu is entered 1 mile S of
the entrance to Estreito de Breves, a bank also extends
2 miles E of its S entrance point.
The channel is 90 miles long and from 2 cables to
1 mile wide.
In 1960, HMS Leopard reported that it was advisable to
make the passage through Estreito de Boiuu in daylight,
taking into account the time of high water at Furo Grande
(3.198) which is 1 hour after high water at Cidade de
Breves.
So Miguel
1
3.205
Description. The town of So Miguel (110S, 5029W)
stands on the NE bank of Furo dos Macacos, about
65 miles above the entrance of Estreito Breves, and has a
timber loading berth.
Berth. Vessels berth alongside the bank, secured to trees
and to wrecks, in depths of 55 m and heading NW.
Caution is necessary in the approaches to avoid several
ruined piers covered at HW.
Supplies: provisions.
RIO AMAZONAS AND TRIBUTARIES

Deep water
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2204, 2229 (see 1.13)
Area covered
1
3.206
This section describes the passage of the main course of
Rio Amazonas from Ponta do Jariub (125S, 5157W)
(3.85) to its terminus SE of Porto de Manaus (308S,
6002W) (3.255). It also describes the upper reaches of the
river beyond Manaus, known as Rio Alto Amazonas, to its
source and details the main tributaries which flow into it.
General navigation
1
3.207
Vessels ranging in size from 20 to 600 tonnes provide a
regular river service between Belm, Manaus, Iquitos and
as far as Ciudad de Yurimaguas which is 2476 miles from
Belm.
Except for air services to most larger towns, these
vessels, together with numerous small craft and canoes,
provide the only means of communication within the
interior of the Amazon Basin.
103
3.208
Vegetation along the banks of these rivers presents two
distinct aspects and give the mariner warning of that side
of the river he should favour on a bend.
On the outer side of bends vegetation consists of large
trees balanced on the edge of steep banks, ready to be
swept away by the undercutting of the current. The colour
of the vegetation on this side is always of a dark green and
is more mature.
On the inner side the vegetation is more diverse
consisting of scrub and shrubs growing on the beaches.
Their colour is light green and heights decrease towards the
river.
On the straighter stretches, where the river is deeper in
the middle, there is a mixture of the two types of
vegetation.
The mariner, in bad visibility, wishing to follow the
banks with greater depths, should keep to that side with
darker vegetation. and cross over to the other side when
the aspect changes. At such a change of colour the
curvature of the river will change.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
North coast of Brazil - Rio Amazonas

60
50
55W
100
200
100
200
300
300
400
400
500
500
600 Sea Miles
1000 Kms
5
G U YA N E
F R A N A I SE
SURINAM
3.253
G U YA N A
R.
B
ra
3.2 nco
53
Boa Vista
Po .72
r to
de
Macap
ana
2204
J
R.
3.67
Sant
ar
3.236
Ita .25
co 4
a
222
Manaus
Parentins
3.245
es
Belm
Camet
Tucurui
Fordlandia
3.225
ra
ei
ad
25
R.
3.187
3.181
3.
.
R
Vila do
Conde
3.181
3.144
R. Tocantins
Coari
P
3. uru
28 s
3
Codajos
3.281
3.226
js
Santarm
R. T
apa
25
lim
R. S o
ra
A
R.
ingu
3.
3.255
tia
bidos
R. X
o
gr
Ne
Trombetas
2229
Ilha de Maraj
3.87
3.237 2229 azonas
m
R. Trombetas
3.238
R.
Barcelos
i
Munguba
Prto Velho
R.
3.251
R. Tocanti
Ar
ag
ua
ia
ns
3.
11
R. X 5
ingu
10
10
G O I A S
M
B O L I V I A
15
15
0405
55W
60
104
50
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
The N side
(152S,
(33 miles
The vicinity
(3.249).
Heading upstream the greatest depths are to be found at

the beginning, and on the outer side, of bends where the
out-going current has carved out the bottom. At such places
there are sometimes depths of more than 40 m.
Obstructions
1
3.209
Large tree trunks, with branches and roots, will be seen
half buried in the beaches when the river is low, but which
are totally covered when the river is high. The mariner
should not therefore hug the banks too closely at HW.
These tree trunks are known locally as paus.
of the river between Ilha da Prainha

5330W) (3.220) and Ilha Faraday
WSW) (3.222).
of Pedras Moronas (305S, 5947W)
Pilotage
1
3.217
Pilotage is compulsory; see 3.41.
PONTA DO JARIUB SANTARM

General information
Anchoring
1
3.210
Should it be necessary to anchor, which is often
advisable at night, a position should be sought clear of
vessels under way and where the main strength of the
current is avoided. Such places occur in straight stretches
and halfway round curves and should be as close to the
bank as possible where a beach has formed. In such a
position the anchored vessel is visible from both directions
and clear of the deep water channel.
Eddies
1
Charts 2204, 2229 (See 1.13)
Route
1
Tidal range
1
3.211
Known locally as rebojos, form at the beginning of
curves where the water is deep. They will throw off the
bows of small craft and affect the steering of larger vessels,
but they are clearly visible and seldom dangerous.
Directions
Ponta do Jariub to Cidade de Prainha
1
River levels
1
3.213
It is possible to get an estimate of the height of the river
by observing indauba trees along the banks. These trees
have whitish trunk which are darkened by contact with
water. The length of the visible darkened trunk is therefore
a means of gauging river depth.
Rapid rises in river level, known locally as repiquetes,
can occur after it has started to fall. They are caused by
delayed thaws of snow in the Andes near the river sources;
or by sudden heavy rains which often occur in the region.
The rise and fall of the river is rapid but the duration of
the repiquete may vary from a few hours to several days.
Temperature
1
3.214
Sharp falls of temperature, known locally as friagem,
occur during the dry season and may persist for 5 or
6 days. They are caused by katabatic winds descending
from the Andes and cause the temperature to drop from the
normal 40C to about 10C in a few hours. The approach
of these winds is signalled by a grey cloud layer or strip
along the horizon in the direction of the mountains.
Depths
1
3.215
See 3.38.
Hazard
1
3.216
The river is easily navigated at all seasons with the
exception of the following sections which require particular
care:
3.219
From Cidade de Prainha (148S, 5329W) to the sea,
the tidal range increases rapidly; at Prainha it is about 1 m
while it reaches its maximum of 32 m at Porto de Macapa
210 miles farther downstream.
Speed
3.212
Maximum permitted speed in the river is 8 kn.
3.218
From Ponta do Jariub (125S, 5157W) (3.85) the
navigable channel up-river follows the main course of Rio
Amazonas leading generally WSW for about 190 miles to
Porto de Santarm (225S, 5443W) (3.226).
105
3.220
From a position off Ponta do Jariub (125S, 5157W)
the track leads generally WSW along the main course of
the river, passing (with positions from Cidade de Almeirim
(132S, 5235W) (3.227)):
S of Ilhas das Velhas (31 miles ENE), thence:
SE of the bank which lies S of Ilha Comanda
(18 miles ENE) and Ilhas Caets (4 miles E) and
on which Ilha Nova Capim (12 miles E) is
situated, thence:
S of Ilha Almeirim (close S), thence:
N or S of Ilha Jurupari (15 miles WSW); the channel
N of the island is narrow, deep and the current is
strong; it is therefore avoided by vessels
ascending, but frequented by vessels descending
the river.
Local knowledge is essential for vessels navigating
the channel S of the island. Thence:
SE and S of Ilhas do Parauaquara (30 miles SW); the
river between Ilha Jurupari and these islands is 2
to 3 miles wide and has depths of up to 55 m;
thereafter to Cidade de Prainha (148S, 5329W)
(3.228) the navigable channel is narrower and the
current stronger; thence:
N or S of Ilha do Car-Au (42 miles SW); it is
reported that the S channel, between this island
and Ilha do Itanduba (51 miles SW), is closed to
deep-draught vessels; thence:
To a position S of Cidade de Prainha (148S,
5329W) and N of Ilha da Prainha which lies
1 miles S of the town.
3.221
Useful mark
Serra da Velho Pobre (12 miles W) rise, almost
vertically, to an elevation of about 300 m; Serra do
Jutai is situated 5 miles NW of this bluff.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Monte Alegre Light (white metal tube, 10 m in

height) (201S, 5402W).
Cidade de Prainha to Cidade de Santarm

1
3.222
From a position S of Cidade de Prainha the track leads
WSW and SW along the main course of the river, passing,
(with positions from Cidade de Monte Alegre (201S,
5404W) (3.229)):
SE of the drying bank (34 miles ENE), close SW of
Cidade de Prianha, thence:
S of Ilha do Mouratuba (23 miles ENE), a low and
thickly wooded island; it has been reported that
banks extend 4 miles downstream from the E of
the island and 8 miles upstream from the W
extremity, thence:
SSE of Ponta Peregrino (13 miles ENE), on Ilha do
Gurupatuba, thence:
Between the banks S of Ilha do Gurupatuba and those
extending NE and SW from Ilha Faraday (5 miles
SE). The banks and islands in the vicinity of Ilha
Faraday are subject to constant change; it has been
reported that a shoal patch, least depth 21 m, lies
close N of the bank to the NE of Ilha Faraday.
Thence the track leads S passing:
W of Ilha Faraday, thence:
W of Ilha do Feijo (8 miles SSE), thence:
E of Ponta do Catau (13 miles S), thence:
E or W of Ilha do Curu (18 miles S). A dangerous
bank surrounds the SW end of the island and must
be avoided. From W of the island the route leads
WSW and lies nearer to the N shore of the river.
When the river is low, the deeper route to the E of
the island is used, which keeps nearer to the S
shore of the river until 12 miles W of the island
whence it crosses to the N shore and rejoins the W
route. Thence the track leads WSW, then NW,
keeping to the middle of the stream until reaching
a position off Porto de Santarm (225S,
5443W).
Caution Between Ilha do Intanduba and Ilha do Curua
due to constant changes in bathymetry, banks and islets
have a tendency to build and collapse.
3.223
Useful marks
Ponta Peregrino Light (white metal framework tower,
red bands, 12 m in height) (155S, 5350W).

Chart 2229 (see 1.13)
Rio Tapajs
1
3.224
Description. Rio Tapajs enters the S side of Rio
Amazonas at Cidade de Santarm (225S, 5443W)
(3.226) and is the main line of communication with Estado
de Mato Grosso.
The river rises from January to June and falls for the
remainder of the year, it is sluggish and its water is
dark-coloured but clear. It is navigable by river craft for
43 miles above Fordlandia, at which point navigation is
impeded by impassable rapids; above the rapids it is
navigable by boats for a further 630 miles.
3.225
Fordlandia lies 111 miles above the river mouth and is
a centre for the export of rubber and timber.
Directions. It can be reached by vessels of up to 65 m
draught at HW and by vessels of moderate tonnage
throughout the year.
Berth. There is a pier with alongside depths of 37 m at
low river and 90 m at high river.
Facilities: hospital.
Cidade de Santarm
1
2
3
3.226
Description. The port (225S, 5443W) is situated on
the S side of the mouth of Rio Tapajs (3.224). Santarm
is a port of entry and is visited by cruise ships.
Traffic. In 2000, the port handled 32 vessels with a total
of 369 076 dwt.
Channel. The access channel to the port is 1200 m wide
and the maximum draught for entry is 10 m.
Tidal streams are felt in Rio Tapajs when the river
level is low to medium. The existence of tidal streams is
indicated by the normally clear water in the river becoming
yellow.
Anchorage, with good holding ground, can be found in
Rio Tapajs abreast of the city, in depths of 15 to 20 m.
Berths at Santarem from NE (3.226)

(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Captain N Bamford)
106
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
In 1951, HMS Bigbury Bay anchored in clear water

about 2 cables off the city.
Berth. There is a pier, 200 m long, with reported depths
alongside of 12 m on the outer face and 6m on the inner.
There is an inner wharf, 170 m long, with depths alongside
of 6 m for smaller vessels.
There are no tugs available.
Repairs. Shipyards for small craft; workshops for larger
vessels.
Other facilities: hospitals; garbage collection; deratting
and deratting exemption certificates issued.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions; fuel.
Cidade de Almeirim
1
3.227
Description. The town (132S, 5235W) stands on the
N bank of the river and is fronted by Ilha Almeirim. The
channel has deep water off the town. Rio Paru joins the
main stream 3 miles W of the town.
Cidade de Prainha
1
3.228
N bank of the river and is a port of call for river craft.
Communications: air services to Belm and Manaus.
Cidade de Monte Alegre

1
3.229
Description. The town (201S, 5404W) stands the
slopes of a hill rising from the N bank of Rio Paran de
Monte Alegre and lies 2 miles W of the W extremity of
Ilha do Gurupatuba (3.222). Here the river divides into two
branches, the main channel entering Rio Amazonas SW of
the island. The minor channel leads N of the island and
enters the main stream off the NE point of the island, in
the vicinity of Ponta Peregrino Light (3.223). It is reported
to be blocked by banks which continue to extend.
Monte Alegre Light is situated on the S bank of Rio
Paran de Monte Alegre, 1 mile above its W confluence
with Rio Amazonas.
SANTARM URUCURITUBA
Charts 2204, 2229 (see 1.13)
Route
3.230
From Cidade de Santarm (225S, 5443W) the
channel follows the main course of Rio Amazonas for
about 240 miles to Vila de Urucurituba (246S, 5745W).
Directions
Cidade de Santarm to Cidade de bidos

1
3.231
From a position off Cidade de Santarm (225S,
5442W) the track leads generally NW, for about 65 miles,
along the main course of the river, passing (with positions
from Ilha do Patacho (211S, 5502W)):
NE of Ponta Negra (24 miles SE) and SW of Ilha
Grande do Tapar (20 miles E) and marked by a
light (3.232), thence:
3.232
Useful marks
Ilha Grande do Tapar Light (white
tower, 15 m in height) (210S,
Ilha do Patacho Light (white metal
in height) (211S, 5500W).
bidos Light (metal framework
(155S, 5531W).
metal framework
5447W).
tube tower, 11 m
tower, private)
Cidade de bidos to Cidade de Parentins
General information
NE or SW of Ilha das Marrecas (12 miles E) and the

extensive bank stretching 6 miles SSE and
1 miles NW from that island. The NE route is to
be preferred; the SW route, being shallow and
irregular, should only be used by small craft. On
this stretch of river the banks and islands are low
and are flooded during the high river season.
Abreast of the NW end of Ilha das Marrecas the
track turns sharply W, passing:
S of Ilha do Marimarituba (4 miles NE) and N of Ilha
do Patacho; depths are liable to change rapidly in
this vicinity and pilots prefer to navigate this reach
in daylight. The entrance to Lago Grande de Curai
lies close SW of Ilha do Patacho. There are cliffs,
25 m high and on which there are two groups of
houses on the S bank of the river abreast Ilha do
Marimarituba. Thence:
S of Ilha do Meio (10 miles NW), thence:
SW of Ilha do Amador (25 miles NW); the channels
NE of this island, Paran do Amador and Paran
Mirim de bidos, should only be used during the
high river season. The current is strong in this
section of the river and the banks and islands are
low and subject to flooding. Thence the track
continues NW, to a position SW of Cidade de
bidos (153S, 5532W) (3.237).
107
3.233
From a position SW of Cidade de bidos (153S,
5532W) the track leads generally W and SW, for about
95 miles, along the main course of the river, passing (with
positions from Ilha Bicheira (205S, 5603W)):
SE of the mouth of Rio Trombetas (28 miles ENE)
(3.236), and keeping clear of the un-named shoal
(25 miles ENE) lying in midstream, thence through
Enseada do Carapana (15 miles ENE) thence
passing:
N and W of Ilha de Santa Rita (4 miles N) where the
channel is deep; there is an extensively silted
passage S of the island requiring local knowledge,
thence:
NW of Ilha de Juruti (2 miles WSW) and SE of the
extensive shoal, on the N bank of the river
opposite, which includes Ilha do Cor-Cor
(7 miles SW), thence:
E and S of Ilhas do Caldeiro (24 miles SW), thence
the track leads SW, keeping clear of the shoal
patch (32 miles SW), to a position N of Cidade de
Parentins (238S, 5644W) (3.245). Banco da
Cidade, a sandbank which dries at low river
season, lies off Cidade de Parentins on the N side
of the channel. It is reported that this bank has
extended farther NE.
Caution. Because of the unreliability of banks and islets
liable to build and collapse these directions may differ from
practice.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Useful marks
bidos Light (155S, 5531W) (3.232).
Rio Trombetas Lights No 1 Light (153S, 5538W);
No 2 Light (153S, 5538W).
Serra do Parintins (227S, 5626W) a range of hills
rising to a height of 120 m.
Cidade de Parentins to Vila de Urucurituba

1
3.234
From a position N of Cidade de Parentins (238S,
5644W) (3.245) the track leads generally W, NW then
SW for about 85 miles, passing (with positions from Vila
de Urucurituba (246S, 5745W) (3.246)):
SE of Ilha do Arari (41 miles ENE); S of Ilha das
Onas and Ilha das Arcas (32 miles ENE) and SW
of Ilha do Mocambo (34 miles NE). There is a
passage, Parana do Mocambo, N of this group of
islands, which is 8 miles shorter but is narrower
and extensively silted at its W end. Local
knowledge is necessary. Thence:
SW of Ponta Paura (31 miles NE), thence:
SW of Morro da Fortaleza (32 miles NNE), a
prominent red cone-shaped bluff; there are some
red cliffs about 5 miles WNW of Morro da
Fortaleza from which rocks extend some 500 m
into the river, thence:
N and W of Ilha Beiju-Au (25 miles NNE), thence:
E of Ilha Capela (18 miles NNE), thence the track
favours the N bank of the river, passing:
SE of Capela Light (11 miles NNE), clear of the
shoal areas, known as Ilha das Garas, in
mid-stream (13 miles NNE), thence the track
crosses to the S bank of the river, passing:
NW of Porto Equador Light (4 miles NNE) (3.235) to
a position off Vila de Urucurituba (3.246).
Caution is essential between Ilha Beiju-Au and Porto
Equador Light due to the constantly changing bathymetry,
whereby banks and islets appear and disappear.
3.235
Useful marks
Capella Light (white metal framework tower, 10 m in
height) (236S, 5740W).
Porto Equador Light (white metal framework tower,
10 m in height) (243S, 5742W).
Porto Trombetas Bauxite Terminal

General information
1
3.236
Description. The mouth of Rio Trombetas lies 5 miles
W of Cidade de bidos (153S, 5532W) (3.237). Depths
of 86 to 98 m have been reported off the river mouth.
Vila Oriximina, a centre for mineral prospecting and
exploitation, lies on the E bank of this river 16 miles above
its mouth. The town is a regular call for river vessels and
has a slipway which can take vessels of up to 80 tonnes.
Porto Trombetas, a bauxite terminal, is situated 44 miles
farther up-river above Vila Oriximina; for details of this
port see 3.238.
3.239
Pilots embark and disembark off Porto de Santana
(3.72), remaining on board during vessels stay at Porto
Trombetas. Notice of ETA at Barra Norte (3.46) is required
72 hours in advance.
Tugs are compulsory for all movements within the area
of the terminal.
Anchorages
1
3.240
Vessels waiting to berth at the terminal anchor W of the
mouth of Rio Trombetas where there is good holding
ground. There are mooring buoys, 1 and 1 miles
downstream from the berth, for vessels waiting to berth.
Vessels may not enter the river without permission due to
restrictions on passing outbound vessels in the river. There
is a short stay anchorage 8 cables above the berth.
Berths
1
Cidade de bidos
1
3.238
Description. Porto Trombetas Bauxite Terminal (128S,
5623W) is situated on the S bank of Rio Trombetas
(3.236) 42 miles above Vila Oriximina. It is operated by
Minerao Rio do Norte SA (MRN), Porto Trombetas,
Municipio de Oriximina. In 1997 the terminal handled 173
vessels with a total dwt of 9 360 554.
Ballast. Salt water ballast may not be discharged in the
Trombetas River; it is reported that it may be discharged
into Rio Amazonas down river of Isla Almeirim (133S,
5632W).
Traffic. In 2000, the port handled 185 vessels with a
Pilotage

Rio Trombetas
Topography. The town stands on a 20 m high cliff

overlooking the river. A range of hills, up to 120 m high,
extend 5 miles NW from the town, while the bank in this
vicinity consists of red cliffs about 60 m high.
Anchorage. A vessel can lie to a single anchor, in
depths of 10 to 20 m, about 50 m offshore; the bank is
steep to and consists of soft mud.
Berth. A pier where small craft can berth. Vessels berth
port side to owing to the eddy. bidos is the farthest port
upriver at which the tide is felt. An eddy, with a rate of 2
to 3 kn, runs NW along the N bank at bidos and is felt
from 2 to 4 cables offshore. In 1951 HMS Bigbury Bay
was eased alongside on the starboard anchor, and then
secured to three bollards on the bank behind the jetty.
Repairs: minor.
Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: limited quantities of provisions; fuel;
lubricants.
Communications: air service to Belm and Manaus.
3.237
Description. The port (153S, 5532W) is situated on
the N bank of the river, which at this point is narrow with
depths of up to 100 m and a very strong current. Due to
these conditions it is an inconvenient port, but most river
craft call there.
108
3.241
Bauxite terminal. The loading berth consists of a pier
100 m long with 4 dolphins and 4 mooring buoys. Vessels
of up to a maximum of 260 m and 40 m beam may be
accepted. Draughts, in fresh water, are restricted to 1158 m
from January to August, due to depths at Barra Norte and
in Rio Trombetas. During the dry season, September to
December, maximum draughts and LOA may be reduced;
up to date information should be obtained from the port
authority (3.238). A turning basin lies 4 cables upstream of
the terminal; vessels are turned with the assistance of a tug.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Trombetas Bauxite Terminal (3.238)

(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Trombetas Tanker Berth (3.242)

109
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
3.242
Tanker berth. Tankers discharge at a floating pier
400 m upstream from the ore terminal.
General cargo. There is a general cargo wharf 350 m
downstream from the ore terminal.
Port services
1
URUCURITUBA MANAUS
General information
Chart 2229 (see 1.13)
Route
1
3.243
Repairs: minor.
Other facilities: hospital, airport
Supplies: fresh water.
Cidade de Juruti
1
3.244
General information. The town (209S, 5604W)
stands on some hills on the S side of Rio Amazonas.
Directions. Ilha de Juruti lies between the town and the
main channel of the river.
Local knowledge is essential as the channel leading
from Rio Amazonas to the town is heavily silted.
Directions
Vila de Urucurituba to Ponta Autaz

1
Cidade de Parentins
1
3.245
Description. The town (238S, 5644W) stands on
some cliffs on the S side of Rio Amazonas. It is a regular
port of call for river vessels.
Berths. There is a municipal pier at which vessels can
berth alongside at most times of the year. Vessels should
berth port side alongside as there is a strong counter
current.
Close upstream lies a pontoon berth for river craft.
Facilities: hospital; fuel and lubricants; airport.
Vila de Urucurituba
1
3.246
S bank of Rio Amazonas.
Directions. The current is very strong off the town
attaining rates of more than 3 kn at high river season.
Berths. There is a municipal pier for small craft.
Municipal Pier
3.247
From Vila Urucurituba (246S, 5745W) (3.246) the
channel follows the main course of Rio Amazonas for
about 170 miles to its terminus SE of Porto de Manaus
(308S, 6002W) (3.255) where the river is joined by Rio
Negro (3.252). The farther reaches of the river, beyond
Manaus, are known as Rio Solimes (3.281).
3.248
From a position off Vila de Urucurituba (246S,
5745W) the track leads in mid-channel SW for about
108 miles, passing (with positions from Cidade de
Itacoatiara (309S, 58 27W) (3.254)):
SE and S of the bank surrounding Ilha de
Urucurituba (45 miles NE) and Ilha Grande da
Ressaca (40 miles NE), thence:
N of Ilha Rasa da Ressaca (34 miles NE) and the
detached bank N of Ilha da Ressaca (30 miles NE),
thence:
W of Ilha Panum (23 miles NE), thence:
E and S of Ilha do Risco (Ilha Grande do Serpa)
(11 miles E) and the small detached islets SE of
that island. There is a navigable channel to the N
of Ilha do Risco, which is 7 miles shorter than the
main channel, and has a minimum depth of 3 m at
the low river season. Thence passing:
S of Cidade de Itacoatiara, thence through Enseada
do Madeira (15 miles SSW), passing:
E and S of Ilha do Trindade, keeping close to the S
bank of the river as shoal water extends up to
1 miles off the S and SE shores of the island.
Parentins (3.245)
110
Pontoon Berth
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
There is a navigable channel to the N of Ilha do

Trindade, which is 2 miles shorter than the main
channel and avoids the strength of the current, but
can only be used by vessels of shallow draught.
Thence:
N of the mouth of Rio Madeira (22 miles SW)
(3.251), thence:
NNE of Ilha Autaz (27 miles SW) and Ilha Amatari
(29 miles WSW), thence the track leads NW to a
position N of Ponta Autaz (36 miles WSW).
Ponta Autaz to Porto de Manaus

1
3.249
From a position N of Ponta Autaz (315S, 5902W)
(3.248) the track continues generally WNW for about
65 miles, passing (with positions from Moronas Light
(304S, 5946W):
SE and S of a group of islands containing Ilha Juara
(38 miles ESE), Ilha da Eva and Ilha da Grande
Eva (33 miles ESE); this stretch is known as
Enseada do Iauara and silting has been reported in
this area, thence:
N of Ilha das Onas (18 miles ESE) and clear of the
detached bank lying N of it, silting has taken place
in this vicinity also, thence:
N of Ilha da Terra Nova (3 miles E) which lies close
N of Ilha do Careiro; 2 miles ENE of the N
extremity of Ilha do Careiro lies a rock awash,
with another rock with a depth of 5 m over it
6 cables S of it; thence:
N of Moronas Light (white round stepped masonry
tower, 16 m in height) (304S, 5946W) situated
on the W end of a group of rocks, Pedras
Moronas. There are several dangers within 5 cables
of the river bank between Pedras Moronas and the
mouth of Rio Negro, 10 miles SW. Thence the
track leads SW, passing:
SE of Pedra do Jacar (1 miles NW), a rock on
which a light (3.250) is exhibited. A shoal with a
depth of 14 m over it lies 9 cables SW of the light
structure. Thence:
NW of Ponta do Solimes (8 miles SW), the W
extremity of Ilha do Careiro and Ponta do Catalo
(10 miles SW); these two points form the entrance
to Rio Solimes (3.281). Ponta do Catalo also
forms the E entrance point to Rio Negro (3.252).
Thence the track continues SW to a position SE of
Ilha de Marapat (12 miles SW), on the N side of
Rio Negro and 3 miles SE of Porto de Manaus;
Pedras do Papagaio extend 2 cables off the W end
of Ilha de Marapat.
3.250
Useful marks
Pedra do Jacar Light (white round stepped masonry
Manaus Aero Light (309S, 6000W).
Conspicuous tower (red lights) (private) (309S,
5957W).
(Directions continue for Rio Solimes at 3.281,
and for Porto de Manaus at 3.271)
Rio Negro
1
Rio Madeira
3.251
Description. Rio Madeira is the most important tributary
of Rio Amazonas which it joins at the W end of Ilha da
3.252
Rio Negro rises in Columbia, in an immense area of
swamps and lagoons, and flows into Rio Amazonas near to
Porto de Manaus (308S, 6002W) (3.255). The river is
known as Rio Guiana above its junction with Canal
Casiquiare in position about 200S, 6700W; this natural
channel branches E and connects with Rio Orinoco, another
of the great rivers of South America and described in South
America Pilot, Volume IV. The N part of Rio Negro and the
S part of Rio Guiana form the frontier between Venezuela
and Columbia.
Rio Negro starts to rise two months later than Rio
Amazonas and has a range of 6 to 8 m; in places it is so
wide that the banks are not visible from mid-river.
The main tributaries are Rio Branco (3.253) (described
below), Rio Marauia and Rio Cauabury which enter it from
the N; and Rio Teia, Rio Marie and Rio Uapes which enter
it from the S.
Towns on the banks of the river, none of which are of
great importance, include (with distances from Manaus);
Barcelos (210 miles), Tapuruquara (330 miles) and Uapes
(450 miles), near the mouth of the river of the same name.
Rio Branco
Trindade (322S, 5846W); silting is reported to be

extending the shoal water on the E side of the mouth.
The river rises in the S part of Bolivia and has a total
length of about 2000 miles and with its numerous
tributaries drains an extensive area.
The range of the river level is about 12 m and the rate
of the current from 4 to 6 kn. The high river season lasts
from December to April, reaching its maximum level in
April.
Above Cidade de Porto Velho a stretch of river is
impassable due to rapids, but above the rapids, its
tributaries Rio Mamor and Rio Guapor are navigable for
a distance of about 400 miles.
Rio Madeira is safe for navigation by ocean-going
vessels during the period from January to May.
Pilots are obtained at Salinpolis, see 3.35.
Cidade de Porto Velho is a town of some importance,
with a population of about 140 000, situated 611 miles
above the river mouth. It can be reached by vessels of
61 m draught at high river and 21 m draught at low river.
Facilities. Deratting and deratting exemption certificates
issued.
111
3.253
Description. This river is the largest tributary of Rio
Negro and joins it 193 miles above Porto de Manaus
(308S, 6002W) (3.255).
Local knowledge is essential due to the existence of
rocks at the river mouth and farther up-river near Boa
Vista.
The river is formed by the confluence of five rivers all
of which rise near the Venezuela and Guyanian frontiers; it
has a range of 8 m near its mouth and 6 m in its upper
reaches, its current averages 2 kn.
It is navigable by vessels of up to 36 m draught for a
distance of 200 miles and by vessels of lighter draught for
a further 118 miles.
Boa Vista, a town which has a population of about
70 000, is the principal town on the river.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Itacoatiara (3.254)
Cidade de Itacoatiara
1
3.254
Description. Cidade de Itacoatiara (309S, 5827W)
stands on the slope of a hill on the N bank of the river; it
has a population of about 55 000. The town is a port of
call for all regular services on the river.
of 1 462 473 dwt.
Berths. At this port vessels can lie bows on to the shore
with only a single mooring as the current keeps them at
right angles to the bank. Vessels berth in this manner in
front of the clock-tower square. There is a floating pier,
62 m long, and a ramp where vessels can berth depending
on the level of the river. Lighters are available to work
vessels in the stream.
A berth at a soya plant lies on the N bank upriver from
the city. Seven buoys (yellow) lie off the berth.
PORTO DE MANAUS
General information
Chart 2229
Position
1
3.255
Porto de Manaus (308S, 6002W) stands on high
ground overlooking Rio Negro, 8 miles from its confluence
with Rio Amazonas and about 925 miles from Belem.
Function
1
3.256
The city had a population of just over 1 405 000 in 2000
and is the capital of Estado do Amazonas, the largest state
in Brazil. It is the centre of trade for a vast area, covering
the upper part of Rio Amazonas and most of its tributaries,
including parts of Per, Bolivia and Columbia. Exports
consist of rubber, nuts, potatoes, timber, hides, fibres,
guarama, vegetable oils, and oil bearing seeds.
Depths
1
3.257
The river is 1 miles wide, abreast the city, with depths
of 45 m. The S bank is low and marshy and expanses of
mud are exposed off both banks at low river season.
Approach and entry

1
Itacoatiara Soya Terminal (3.254)
Traffic

3.258
There is no marked channel leading to the port. It is
approached directly from the main stream of Rio Negro
which is both wide and deep.
3.259
In 2000, the port handled 372 vessels with a total of
6 839 508 dwt.
Port authority
4
Repairs. Small repairs to hull and engines can be

carried out and there are six patent slips for vessels up to
150 tonnes.
Other Facilities: hospital.
Supplies: fresh and dry provisions; fuels and lubricants.
3.260
Administrao do Porto de Manaus, Praa Taqueirinha
25, Manaus, AM 69005420.
Customs
1
112
3.261
Brazilian law is very strict with respect to smuggling
and Masters are requested to instruct their crews not to
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Manaus (3.269)
take more than two packets of cigarettes and other articles

ashore. Cigarettes in cartons, tobacco, alcohol, narcotics,
souvenirs, explosives, firearms etc should be collected prior
to arrival in port listed in crew effects and presented to
customs on arrival. The goods will, after inspection, be
placed in the custody of the Master.
Pilots
1
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
1
Tankers waiting to berth at the oil terminal (3.274)

should anchor in mid-river a short way below the refinery
in 20 to 40 m, sand.
3.262
Controlling depths are those in the channel at Barra
Norte (3.47) or at Os Estreitos (3.198).
3.267
Pilots for the main tributaries in Estado do Amazonas
can be obtained through the Eastern Amazon River Basin
Pilots Union (UNIPILOT) at Belem and board at
Salinpolis (3.35) or at Manaus.
Tugs
1
3.268
Available.

1
3.263
Pontoon berths (3.274).
Harbour
General layout
Mean tidal levels

1
3.264
The port is non-tidal.
Abnormal levels
1
3.265
There is considerable variation in the level of Rio Negro
during the year with regular periods of high and low river.
The highest levels occur in June and July and the lowest in
November and December. The mean range of river level is
115 m.
3.269
Porto de Manaus consists of two large pontoon berths
and three smaller pontoons for coastal vessels. There are a
number of mooring buoys and an anchorage area in the
stream. In addition to the floating berths there is a fixed
wharf and three piers.
To the SE of the city are terminals for the discharge of
wheat and asphalt. An oil terminal, with berthing facilities,
is located 4 miles ESE of the city.
Measured distance
1
Arrival information
3.270
A measured distance is situated 5 miles NNW of
Manaus; the beacons, in line bearing 063, stand on the NE
bank of the river.
Outer anchorages
1
3.266
The anchorage area is SW of the city, clear of the
mooring buoys, in depths of 28 to 34 m mud and sand.
The current in this vicinity averages 2 kn. The area is
bounded by positions:
(3084S, 60025W).
(3086S, 60026W).
(3091S, 60017W).
(3089S, 60017W).

1
113

3.271
From a position SE of Ilha de Marapat (310S,
5958W) (3.249), on the N side of Rio Negro the track
leads NW, passing (with positions from Manaus Aero Light
(309S, 6000W) (3.250)):
N of Pedras do Anselmo (2 miles SW) and Pedras
do Bom Jardin (2 miles SSW), heads of rock and
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
hard clay lying on an extensive bank which is

marked on its N side by a light-buoy (port hand),
thence:
SW of the jetty at Ponta Pelada (1 miles SE) (3.274);
a dangerous wreck (not charted) lies close W of
the jetty, thence:
NE of Pedras Cacau Pereira (1 miles SSW), a rocky
shoal with a depth of 2 m (6 ft) over it, thence:
NE of Pedras de Belm (1 miles WSW), rocks
awash at extreme low river and marked on their
SE side by a light-buoy (isolated danger). From
this position a vessel can proceed NW to the
pontoons and mooring buoys (3.269), or W to the
anchorage area (3.266).
The dome of the theatre (308S, 6002W).

The twin towers of the cathedral (308S, 6002W).
Berths
Anchorages and moorings
1
Manaus Conspicuous Tower (3.272)

Useful marks
3.272
1
Manaus Aero Light (309S, 6060W) (3.250).

Tower (red lights) (309S, 5957W).
3.273
Anchorage. See 3.266.
Moorings. There are a number of mooring buoys off the
city where vessels secure head and stern and work cargo
into lighters.
3.274
Alongside berths:
Pontoon berths. The main port facility consists of two
large pontoons moored off the city and connected
to it by floating roadway, bridge and overhead
cableways. They are 528 m in length and have
depths alongside in excess of the bar limitations
for entering Rio Amazonas. There are also three
smaller pontoons for coastal vessels. There is
practically no current near the pontoons.
Wharfs and piers. In addition to the floating berths
there is a fixed wharf, which is used as a container
terminal, and three piers, but these can only be
used during the high river season. At other times,
barges are used for transhipment.
COPAM Oil Refinery (309S, 5957W) can accept
tankers, of up to 30 000 tonnes, at a 50 m long
pontoon secured with an anchor and mooring buoy
ahead and 2 mooring buoys astern. A jetty, able to
accommodate vessels of 190 m in length and with
a draught of 106 m, lies close to the terminal.
A terminal for the discharge of aviation spirit only
lies 4 cables WSW of the refinery terminal.
Vessel waiting to berth at the terminal should see 3.266
for anchorage details.
Asphalt terminal. A terminal, owned by the highways
department and used for the discharge of asphalt is
situated at Ponta Pelada (3.271).
Wheat terminal. A terminal, for the discharge of
wheat into a silo, lies 1 miles NW of Ponta
Pelada (3.271).
Manaus Oil Refinery (3.274)

114
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Port services
3.275
Minor repairs to hull and engine. There are 26 slipways,
the largest can take vessels up to 400 tonnes.
Repairs
1
Other facilities
1
3.276
Three hospitals; deratting and deratting exemption
certificates issued; no oily waste disposal; garbage
collection service.
Supplies
1
3.277
Fresh and dry provisions; all grades of fuel; fresh water,
at all berths.
Cidade de Fonte Boa (487 miles), a town situated on

the S bank; thence W and SW to:
Vila de Tonantins (624 miles), on the N bank 25
miles below the mouth of Rio Ia (3.286); thence
SW to:
Cidade de San Antnio do Ia (641 miles), standing
on very high ground at the mouth of Rio Ia
(3.286). There is good anchorage in depths of 4 to
7 m and vessels can also secure alongside the river
bank. Thence S and W to:
Cidade de So Paulo de Olivena (723 miles),
situated on high ground on the S bank of the river;
thence generally SW to:
Vila de Tabatinga (923 miles), on the N bank, near
the Peruvian border; the Brazilian army maintains
a frontier post here. Deratting and deratting
exemption certificates issued.
Communications
1
Rio Maraon
3.278
Local roads to the Trans-Amazonian Highway; airport.
1
ALTO AMAZONAS
General information
Brazilian Charts 4 107A to 4 114B (see 1.14)
2
Route
1
3.279
From its junction with Rio Negro, at Ponta do Catalo
(310S, 5955W) (3.249), the upper reaches of Rio
Amazonas (Alto Amazonas) lead generally W and SW to
its source in position 1030S, 7620W, about 90 miles
from the Pacific Ocean.
The section of Alto Amazonas from Manaus to Vila de
Tabatinga (3.281), near the Peruvian border, is known as
Rio Solimes (3.281); from Tabatinga to its source it is
known as Rio Maraon (3.282).
Directions for Alto Amazonas, which follow, are
confined to brief descriptions of the major rivers, some
tributaries and the principal towns.
Tributaries
Rio Purus
1
Pilotage
1
3.280
See 3.41.
Directions
Rio Solimes
1
3.281
From a position E of Ponta do Catalo (310S,
5955W) (3.249), Rio Solimes leads generally WSW
passing (with distances, by river, from Porto de Manaus
(308S, 6002W)):
Cidade de Codajos (164 miles), which stands on the
N bank of the river and has a population of about
11 000; thence SW to:
Cidade de Coari (237 miles), standing on the S bank
near the outlet of Lago Coari, which has a
population of about 45 000; thence NW to:
Cidade de Tef (366 miles), standing on the S bank at
the outlet from Lago Tef at the mouth of Rio
Tef; also in this vicinity on the opposite bank Rio
Japur (3.284) flows into Rio Solimes; thence
NW and SW to:
3.282
Description. From Vila de Tabatinga the river crosses
into Per and becomes known as Rio Maraon. It leads
generally W, passing (with distances, by river, from Porto
de Manaus (308S, 6002W)):
Ciudad de Leticia (close W of Vila de Tabatinga), a
Peruvian frontier town; thence to:
Ciudad de Iquitos (1216 miles) which has port
facilities, see 3.302.
There are very few settlements on the river above
Iquitos, the only port of any importance being Barranca
over 200 miles up-stream.
The region traversed by the upper reaches of Rio
Maraon, beyond 530S, 7830W, is inhabited by various
tribes of Indians and consists mainly of small villages,
situated near trading stations, from which local craft carry
on trade with Iquitos.
115
3.283
Description. Rio Purus rises in Per and flows, nearly
parallel to Rio Madeira (3.251), to enter the S side of Rio
Solimes 117 miles above Manaus.
Pilots for this river are best obtained at Salinpolis
(3.35).
The range of the river level varies from 17 to 10 m as
the river is ascended; the current varies from 2 to 6 kn.
The high river season starts between October and
December, being earliest in the upper reaches and ends in
similar fashion between February and May.
The width of the river hardly varies and, at low river,
flows between cliffs up to 20 m in height; there are no
large lakes and the water in the main stream is muddy.
Rio Purus is navigable throughout the year for a
distance of 715 miles by vessels of up to 27 m draught.
Beyond this point there is no navigation at low river, but at
high river vessels of up to 45 m draught can proceed for a
further 665 miles, and those of up to 36 m for yet a further
65 miles.
The only towns of any importance on the river are
Canutama, 585 miles above the river mouth and with a
population of about 5000; and Labrea, a further 50 miles
up-river with a population of about 23 000. Both towns
have air services and Labrea is on the Trans-Amazonian
Highway.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
North coast of Brazil - Rio Amazonas

75
65
R. O ri
noco
(N
P 7a
70W
5
V E N E Z U E L A
re
a
avi
Gu
In
R.
R. Ori
noco
a l ia re
u
a
rid
na
uia
S. Carlos
C O L O M B I A
a
R. M
is
Fonte Boa
ar
a v 87
. J .2
.C
li
ya
ca
5
R.
Yurimaguas
3.283
B R A Z I L
3.
Canutama
R. J uru
c
u
ra
Ta
.
R
3.2
Lbrea
Cruzeiro do Sul
u
R. P
M
R.
R. A c
Ya
c
e
ad
Prto
Velho
3.251
10
R.
3.293
R. Urubam
b
R.
o
Di
B O L I V I A
R. B
94
c
ma
3.2
uri
Ap
e
re d
R. Ma d
R. M
amore
3 . 2 95
Cerro de Pasco
R. Pachitea
3.298
ira
rus
re
Tingo Mara
3.299
5
R. Purus
3.288
Pucallpa
10
J ur
Tabatinga
P E R U
Hunuco
Coari
Te
f
ia
tic
Benjamin
Constant
9
28
91
3.296
R. Huallaga
on
a
ar
M
2
R. .28
3
3.297
ur
uc
a
n
oro
01
Barranca
Tef
S. Paulo
de Olivena
R.
Iquitos
R.
Soli
mes 3.281
S. Antnio
do I
R.
28
Le
3.
3.302
29
po
3.
Na
3.300
M
R.
3.3
astaza
R. P
3.286
ua
R.
Tonantins
R. I
. Mar
ia
84
3.2 pur
R. Putumayo
R.
Ti
R. .252
Ne
gro
Barcelos
Ja
R.
Vila Bittencourt
E C U A D O R
Tapuruquara
R. Te
rie
3.2
85
po
et
eni
R. N a
Ap
ap
or
arauia
ca
R. C o
aqu
Uaupes
ur
R.
R. C
Pto. Leguizamo
ab
R. Cau
egro
R. Uaupes
R. M
R. N
G
R.
Ca Ca
siq n
R.
R.
Gua
por
CUZCO
15
15
80
75
70W
116
65
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
Rio Japur
1
3.284
Description. Rio Japur, rises in the Colombian Andes
and flows for 1 300 miles to enter the N side of Rio
Solimes 372 miles above Manaus. The river resembles Rio
Solimes having occasional wide reaches and numerous
islands which require good local knowledge for navigation.
During the high river season, from March to July, the
river is navigable by vessels drawing up to 39 m as far as
Vila Bittencourt, 418 miles from its mouth; and by vessels
of up to 18 m draught for a further 84 miles.
The current varies between 2 and 3 kn and the range
of the river level is from 6 to 8 m.
Vila Bittencourt, which stands near the Colombian
border, has no regular air or river links.
Rio Napo
1
Rio Jurua
1
3.285
Description. Rio Jurua rises in the Peruvian Andes in
position 1000S, 7300W and flows into the S bank of
Rio Solimes 511 miles above Manaus.
The river is navigable during the high river season,
January and February, as far as Cidade de Cruzeiro do Sul,
884 miles from the river mouth. During low river, May to
September, vessels can only ascend the river for a distance
of 136 miles from the mouth, but the remainder of the river
is navigable by vessels of up to 18 m draught.
The river is the most sinuous in the Amazon Basin and
its bed is subject to change. The range of level, at the river
mouth, varies from 8 to 16 m.
3.286
Description. Rio I, known as Rio Putumayo in
Colombia, rises in the Colombian Andes in a position
about 100N, 7700W and after a course of nearly
900 miles enters the N side of Rio Solimes 640 miles
above Manaus.
For a large part of its course it forms the frontier
between Per and Equador to the S and Columbia to the N.
It is one of the main tributaries of Rio Amazonas due to
the mineral and vegetable products found in its vicinity.
The river rises from March to July and falls from
August to February; the current runs from 1 to 3 kn in its
lower parts and from 3 to 7 kn in its upper reaches. During
the high river season it is navigable as far as Puerto
Leguizamo (011S, 7446W) by vessels of less than 4 m
draught which must have a speed of at least 10 kn. During
the low river season navigation is almost impracticable.
Continuous sounding is necessary at all times.
Rio Javari
1
3.287
Description. Rio Javari, known to the Peruvians as Rio
Yavari, rises in position 700S, 7345W and enters the S
side of Rio Solimes, 8 miles below Vila de Tabatinga
(3.281), 880 miles above Manaus. For the greater part of its
course it forms the frontier between Brazil and Per.
During the high river season, November to May, it is
navigable by vessels, of up to 8 m draught, for a distance
of 242 miles, and by vessels of 18 m draught for a further
466 miles. During the low river season vessels of 18 m
draught can reach a point about 100 miles from the river
mouth. The range of the river level is from 10 to 15 m.
3.288
Cidade de Benjamin Constant stands close within its
mouth, 8 miles from Vila de Tabatinga. The town stands
3.290
Rio Napo rises in Equador, on the E slopes of Volcn
Cotopaxi, in position 100S, 7800W and flows into the N
side of Rio Maraon (3.282) 42 miles below Ciudad de
Iquitos (343S, 7311W) (3.302).
As far as its junction with Rio Coca, 523 miles above its
mouth the river is extremely sluggish, with depths of about
12 m and navigable by shallow draught vessels; above this
junction the river bed changes from shifting sand to rock
and the flow becomes swift.
Rio Ucayali
Rio I
1
partly on high ground but the low lying section is subject

to flooding; it has hospital facilities and air services and
some fresh provisions can be obtained. Deratting and
deratting exemption certificates issued.
3.289
Rio Curuca is the rivers largest tributary and flows
into its S side about 80 miles from the mouth in position
427S, 7120W. It is navigable for a distance of 60 miles.
3.291
Rio Ucayali is an important tributary which rises in
position 1500S, 7200W in the S part of Per. and joins
the S side of Rio Maraon (3.282) about 430S, 7330W;
it has been navigated by a small steamer as far as its
junction with Rio Apurimac (see below), about 800 miles
from its mouth.
3.292
Ciudad de Pucallpa (822S, 7432W), with a
population of about 60 000, stands at an elevation of 200 m
on the W bank of Rio Ucayali about 533 miles from
Iquitos. It is accessible to vessels of 3000 tonnes
displacement. There are regular road, rail and air
communications to Lima and the principal cities of Chile
and Per.
There is an oil refinery in the town connected by
pipeline to Ganzo Azul Oilfield (see 1.35).
There is a wooden wharf at which ships can berth at
any level of the river; the controlling depths at high and
low river are about 90 and 27 m respectively.
3.293
Rio Pachitea, one of the main tributaries of Rio
Ucayali, is formed by Rio Pichis and Rio Palcazu and
flows into Rio Ucayali 604 miles above its mouth; it is
navigable by launches for about 250 miles.
3.294
Rio Apurimac, which together with Rio Urubamba joins
Rio Ucayali about 150 miles above Ciudad de Pucallpa,
and offers no obstruction to navigation on its lower
reaches, except for its strong current.
3.295
Rio Urubamba rises in a small lake on the W side of
Nevado de Vicaota in Departamento de Cuzco; as far as is
known it is navigable by small vessels for 160 miles above
its mouth. The region drained by this river is fertile but
covered with virgin forest. Rio Urubamba has less volume
than Rio Apurimac.
Rio Huallaga
1
117
3.296
Rio Huallaga rises in the silver bearing mountains of
Per near Cerro de Pasco (1000S, 7600W) and flows
into the S side of Rio Maraon (3.282) in position 500S,
7530W. It is reported to be navigable by vessels drawing
up to 43 m as far as Ciudad de Yurimaguas, 96 miles from
its mouth and by launches as far as Chasuto, 181 miles
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 3
from its mouth. Many streams and torrents flow into the
river on either side.
3.297
Ciudad de Yurimaguas (555S, 7608W) stands on
the W bank of Rio Huallaga, 354 miles above Iquitos, at an
elevation of 150 m and has a population of about 25 000.
There are limited port facilities for smaller vessels and
there are air services.
3.298
Ciudad de Tingo Maria stands on the middle reaches
of the river and has a population of about 8000. It is an
agricultural and lumber centre, most of the products being
conveyed down-river on rafts of balsa wood. It has road
and air communications.
of 69 109 dwt.
3.299
Ciudad de Hunuco stands on the upper reaches of the
river and has a population of about 35 000. It has road and
air communications.
surrounding region. The city stands at an elevation of

100 m and had a population of 334 013 in 1998.
River level and controlling depths

1
Harbour
1
3.300
Rio Pastaza flows generally S from its source in the
centre of Equador, joining the N side of Rio Maraon
(3.282) in position 453S, 7620W. It is navigable by
small launches for about 180 miles from its mouth in the
dry season, and for about 300 miles in the rainy season.
The river is, however, reported to be obstructed by
sandbanks and snags, and its rise and fall to be both rapid
and uncertain.
3.301
Rio Morona rises in Equador on the E slopes of the
Colombian Andes and flows into the N side of Rio
Maraon (3.282) at a position about 440S, 7730W. It is
navigable for about 300 miles in the rainy season. This
river flows through a very fertile region.
3.307
Repairs are available. There is a floating dock with a lift
capacity of 600 dwt.
Port services
General information
1
3.306
There is a floating stage, 180 m in length and designed
to accommodate vessels of 6000 tonnes, at which vessels
berth to load and discharge cargo; berthing is difficult due
to a strong eddy.
An oil refinery is situated 7 miles NW from Iquitos
with facilities for vessels to load but no other details are
available.
Repairs
Ciudad de Iquitos
3.302
Ciudad de Iquitos (343S, 7311W) is the principal city
of the Peruvian reaches of the river, it is the capital of
Departamento de Loreto and the trading centre for the
3.305
Anchoring in the vicinity of the city is not
recommended as there are several wrecks whose positions
are not accurately known.
Berth
Rio Morona
1
3.304
The port is situated between the city and an island lying
parallel to and about 1 miles from it. A strong current
maintains a deep channel close off the city.
Anchorages
Rio Pastaza
1
3.303
The level of the river starts to fall at Iquitos about the
middle of May, but not until the end of June at Manaus.
At Iquitos the range between normal low and high river
is about 75 m, but this range varies much from year to
year.
At normal low river, vessels drawing up to 46 m can
reach Iquitos, where there are always depths of at least
11 m. At extremely low river a vessel, drawing 46 m, has
reached a point about 7 miles below Iquitos.
118
3.308
Supplies: provisions; diesel fuel.
Communications: regular air services; roads only extend
a few miles from the city.
Home
Contents
Index
NOTES
119
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 4 - North Coast of Brazil - Salinpolis to Cabo So Roque

47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
36
37
35
0
4.21
a
36 lin
po
4.29
S .
3
lis
+ Recife
Manoel Lus
4.39
3959
4.4
8
543
4.1
4.2
06
4.128
535
526
Itaqui
4.81
120
3958
520
Baa de
de So
Marcos
4.1
6
4.144
535
Tutia
4.115
Banco Acara
Luis Correia Camocim

4.148
4.138
4.1
61
3
Oilfield
4.178
528
526
526 Pecm Terminal

526
Mucuripe
(Fortaleza)
4.168
3957
4.1
94
4.218
526
3979
Salineiro Terminal
526
4.203
Macau
4.227
23
3955
5
4.
Areia
Branca
4.203
B R A Z I L
Cabo de
So Roque
0405
47
46
45
44
43
42
38
37
36
Chapter 5
504
504 P. Natal
35
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
NORTH COAST OF BRAZIL SALINPOLIS TO CABO DE SO ROQUE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 520, 528, 4216
Depths

1
4.1
This chapter describes the N coast of Brazil from
Salinpolis (037S, 4721W) (3.35) at the mouth of Rio
Par to Cabo de So Roque (529S, 3516W) (4.244) on
the E coast.
Directions are given for the coastal passage and for
entry into all harbours and significant bays.
The coastal passage is defined in order to provide a
description of the coastal features as these would not be
visible from a deeper draught vessel using the
recommended route, see 4.2.
Offshore banks and dangers

1
Routes
1
4.2
Westward bound vessels heading NW and W between
Cabo de So Roque and Salinpolis can gain assistance
from the South Equatorial Current, and avoid the numerous
dangers that exist up to 60 miles off this part of the coast,
by keeping well offshore in depths of over 100 m until they
reach the meridian of 4500W.
4.3
Eastward bound vessels between Salinopolis and Cabo
de So Roque can avoid the South Equatorial Current, and
gain advantage of a current that sets ESE during NE winds,
by keeping close inshore. This coastal passage, however,
involves passing inside the more salient of the dangers
fringing a coast which is mostly low-lying and seldom
visible far offshore, and along which lights are often widely
spaced.
4.4
Local knowledge is required to navigate deep draught
vessels along the coastal passage described above. Masters
of eastward bound vessels, without local knowledge, are
therefore advised to accept the disadvantage of stemming
the South Equatorial Current, and to follow the same
offshore track as that recommended for W-bound vessels.
4.5
The whole of the N coast of Brazil, except for a few
stretches in the E part, is low and formed by sandhills
45 m to 75 m high. These sandhills are similar in
appearance and interspersed with small reddish cliffs and
patches of mangroves. The mangroves are found near the
mouths, and on the W banks, of the rivers.
The estuaries of these rivers generally face N forming
bays and islands and are obstructed with sandbanks. The
coastal islands can only be seen at a distance of 10 miles
and invariably give the impression of being projecting
points on the mainland.
4.9
Positions on charts in this chapter may differ from other
charts by varying amounts, and positions should be
transferred between charts by bearing and distance from
common charted objects, not by latitude and longitude, see
note on charts.
Anchorages
1
4.10
In good weather a vessel can anchor without danger off
any part of the coast. At exposed anchorages the sea
increases with the in-going tidal stream.
Weather
1
4.11
Prevailing winds are mainly E, force 3 to 4, from
November to April and SE, force 4, from May to October.
Tidal streams
1
Radar characteristics
1
4.8
Masters of deep draught vessels should note two areas
where banks and dangers have been frequently reported.
One lies between the parallels of 320S and 415S and
the meridians of 3430W and 3630W; the other between
the parallels of 120S and 230S and the meridians of
3700W and 3830W. Recent surveys by the Brazilian
Navy have disproved some of these reports but these have
only covered a small part of the area so uncharted dangers
may still exist.
Positions
Topography
1
4.7
Shoal patches extend a considerable distance offshore in
this area, depths of less than 15 m being encountered
15 miles offshore. Mariners should also bear in mind the
considerable extent of the tidal ranges in this area.
4.6
The whole of this section of coastline offers a poor
radar target with few prominent points. Mariners should
therefore be careful when interpreting information obtained
from radar alone.
121
4.12
Tidal streams off the whole of this coast are very
regular; their rates increasing progressively to the W. The
streams in both directions follow the trend of the coast, and
are stronger close inshore and in shallow water. The
distance to which they extend is much affected by wind
and by depth, in general their influence is not felt more
than 6 to 8 miles offshore.
In the vicinity of Cabo Calcanhar (510S, 3529W) the
rate of tidal streams never exceeds 1 kn; but between Ilhas
de So Joo (117S, 4454W) and Ilha de Santana
(216S, 4340W) there are usually rates of 2 to 3 kn,
occasionally 4 to 5 kn.
Off the coast between Salinpolis (037S, 4721W) and
Ilhas de So Joo the tidal streams are sometimes felt as
much as 20 miles offshore. The SW going stream usually
runs SW near the coast and WSW, or more W, at some
distance from it, with a mean rate of 2 kn at springs and
1 kn at neaps. The rate diminishes as the distance
offshore increases. The NE going stream runs ENE close
inshore at a rate of 1 kn at springs and 1 kn at neaps. It
trends N, with diminishing strength, in proportion to the
distance offshore.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
The difference between the rate of the SW and NE

going streams is the result of a general W set of 18 to
20 miles a day during the greater part of the year. During
the months of March, April and May the set may
sometimes be E at the same rate.
Buoyage
1
Oil and gas offshore fields

1
Fishing craft
1
4.14
See 1.19.
4.13
Fishing craft in large numbers operate at night off the
NE coast of Brazil, see note on charts.
4.15
Oil exploration and drilling rigs operate off the E part of
the coastline covered by this chapter. There are two
designated oilfields within which numerous structures exist,
but not all features are charted and vessels navigating in
the area should exercise caution. See also 1.10.
SALINPOLIS TO BAA DE SO MARCOS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3959, 3958, 528, 543, 520
Area covered
1
Topography
1
4.16
This section describes the N coast of Brazil from N of
Salinpolis (037S, 4721W) (3.35), at the mouth of Ro
Para, to Baa de So Marcos (230 miles ESE) (4.48).
Topography
1
4.17
This stretch of coast is characterised by the almost total
absence of any high features which are prominent from
offshore. The coast is low, with sand dunes, and generally
intersected by islands and bays, a great number of the latter
containing the mouths of rivers, which are mainly of no
interest to general navigation. The exception is Baa de So
Marcos (220S, 4415W) (4.48), which affords access to
several harbours and rivers where considerable trade is
carried out.
Depths
1
1
4.18
The coast is low and provides a poor echo which may
appear distorted on the screen and give rise to false
information.
4.19
Depths are of little value for positioning since shallow
water extends in places up to 15 miles offshore.
4.24
The current between Salinpolis (037S, 4721W)
(3.35) and Cabo Gurupi (73 miles ESE) (4.27) sets between
WNW and NW at rates of 1 to 2 kn throughout the year.
Along the coast the tidal stream is generally felt out to a
distance of 20 miles offshore. The out-going stream sets E
and the in-going stream sets W.
Weather
Major lights
4.20
From December to May the predominant winds in the
area are from the NE, average strength force 4. These
winds are generally preceded by a period of calm and
accompanied by violent squalls and heavy downpours.
From June to November the predominant winds are from
the E, average strength force 3 to 4.
4.25
1
General information
Chart 3959
4.26
Racon on Salinpolis Light (037S, 4721W).
Directions
Route
4.21
4721W) (3.32) the route leads ESE for about 73 miles to
a position NNE of Cabo Gurupi, (054S, 4612W) (4.27).
Salinpolis Light (037S, 4721W) (3.32).

Quatipuru Light (white metal framework tower, red
bands, 25 m in height) (043S, 4658W).
Caet Light (white metal framework tower, 15 m in
height) (048S, 4637W).
Ilha Ape Light (white metal framework tower, red
SALINPOLIS TO CABO GURUPI
4.23
The 20 m contour forms an irregular bank which extends
48 miles offshore in the W of this section and 18 miles
offshore in the E.
Flow
Depths
1
4.22
Between Ponta da Atalaia (036S, 4719W) (3.34) and
Ilha Boiuucanga (4.27), 42 miles ESE, the coast is fringed
by a number of islands between which are bays, usually
forming river estuaries. The whole coast is bordered by
shoal water, with extensive drying sandbanks, extending up
to 4 miles from the islands and salient points. Five
headlands project N from this stretch of coast. Ponta do
Quatipuru (4.27), 23 miles ESE of Ponta da Atalaia is
fringed by sandy beaches; Ponta do Maia, (044S,
4650W) and Ilha Boiuucanga (4.27), 13 miles ESE of it,
are covered with vegetation.
The coast between Ilha Boiuucanga and Cabo Gurupi
(4.27), 28 miles ESE, is similar, the narrow, shallow
channels which link the bays are used by small craft for
shelter during fresh onshore winds, which are frequent.

1
122
4.27
From a position N of Salinpolis Light the track leads
ESE, passing (with positions from Salinpolis Light
(037S, 4721W)):
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
NNE of Ponta do Quatipuru (25 miles ESE), a

headland, the W extremity of which is sheer,
thence:
NNE of Ilha Boiuucanga (46 miles ESE), covered
with vegetation, thence:
NNE of Cabo Gurupi (054S, 4612W), the NE
point of Ilha Ape.
Inlets
Major lights
4.33
1
Ilha Ape Light (055S, 4611W) (4.25).

Ponta da Praia Grande Light (white tower 45 m in
height) (107S, 4538W).
So Joo Light (white round concrete tower, black

1
4.34
Racon on So Joo Light (117S, 4454W).
Baa do Caet
1
4.28
Description. Baa do Caet (054S, 4636W) lies E of
Ilha Boiuucanga. Rio Caet, which flows into the head of
the bay, affords access for vessels drawing up to 2 m to
proceed to Cidade de Bragana, which stands on the W
bank of the river 10 miles from its mouth. This town is
connected by road and railway to Belem (3.144).
Directions
1
CABO GURUPI TO ILHAS DE SO JOO

General information
3
Chart 3958
Route
1
4.29
From a position NNE of Cabo Gurupi (054S, 4612W)
(4.27) the route leads ESE for about 81 miles to a position
NNE of So Joo Light (117S, 4454W) (4.33).
Topography
1
4.30
From Cabo Gurupi to Ponta do Mutuoca (4.35), 57 miles
ESE, the coast is similar to that further W (4.22) consisting
of sandhills, mangroves and shallow river estuaries,
generally low lying and lacking distinctive features.
Ilhas de So Joo (120S, 4458W) are a group of
seven low islands, separated by narrow channels in which
tidal streams flow strongly.

Rio Gurupi
1
Radar
1
4.31
Because of their peculiar shapes the following points on
this stretch of coastline give good identification on the
radar screen:
Ilha dos Irmas (4.35) (103S, 4551W), the N point
of the island;
Ponta Trama (108S, 4543W).
Depths
1
4.32
Banks, which fringe this coast up to a distance of
8 miles, break almost continually in the sea raised by the
onshore wind. A shoal, with a depth of 14 m over it, lies
17 miles NNE of the N extremity of Ilha Irmos (103S,
4551W), and off this stretch of coast there are depths of
less than 18 m up to 22 miles offshore.
There are numerous drying sandbanks in the vicinity of
Ilhas de So Joo (120S, 4458W) and depths of less
than 10 m extend up to 12 miles NE of Ilha Maiau (117S,
4454W) and Ilha Lenis (119S, 4453W).
4.35
From a position NNE of Cabo Gurupi the track leads
ESE, passing (with positions from Cabo Gurupi (054S,
4612W)):
NNE of N point of Ilha Irmos (22 miles SE), which
can be visually identified by sand dunes, in
addition to its distinctive radar echo, thence:
NNE of Ponta da Praia Grande (36 miles SE), which
is the most prominent feature on this section of
coast and appears as a large bank of sand, and
from which a light structure (4.33) is exhibited,
thence:
NNE of Ponta do Mutuoca (58 miles SE), thence:
NNE of the shoal water which extends NE of So
Joo Light (117S, 4454W) on Ilha Maia,
which has sand dunes along its N shore; 3 miles
farther SE is Ilha Lenis, completely devoid of
vegetation and composed of white sand dunes;
Ponta do Gino Light (white metal mast, 5 m in
height) stands on the S point. The shores of the
remaining islands in the group are fringed by
mangroves. There is a village with salt pans and a
landing strip for light aircraft on Ilha Maiau and a
few houses on Ilha Lenis.
4.36
Description. Rio Gurupi (108S, 4603W) which flows
into the head of a bay 12 miles SE of Ilha Ape Light
(4.25).
It can be entered by a channel which passes through the
sandbanks which obstruct the bay. It is navigable by
vessels of about 3 m draught as far as the town of Viseu,
10 miles from its mouth. This river, which forms the
boundary between the states of Para and Maranho, is
389 miles long and is navigable by boats as far as its
source during the rainy season. Viseu has road connections
with Belem (3.144) via Bragana (4.28).
Local knowledge is necessary
Baia de Turiau
1
123
4.37
Description. Baia de Turiau, (128S, 4515W) which
is entered between Ponta do Mutuoca (4.35) and Ilhas de
So Joo (4.30), 17 miles E, forms the estuary of several
rivers.
Its shores are low and fringed by shifting sandbanks
upon which the sea breaks heavily; the bay itself is much
encumbered by similar banks. A narrow sinuous channel,
subject to change, leads through these banks to Cidade de
Turiau, which stands on the W shore of the bay near its
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
head. There are no identifiable landmarks, the tidal streams

are strong and during the rainy season there are frequent
periods of low visibility.
Baia dos Lenis

1
4.38
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 20 m,
fine sand, in the bay SE of Ilhas de So Joo, 5 cables S
of Ilha dos Lenis Light on Ponto do Gino, the SW point
the island. The bay is obstructed by sandbanks beyond this
anchorage.
Tidal streams in the anchorage run ENE and WSW at
rates of up to 3 kn, changing direction at high and low
water.
Directions. When approaching this anchorage from the
W, make a landfall 5 miles N of So Joo Light (121S,
4454W). From this position the track leads ESE until the
light bears 253 distant at least 8 miles; the track leads SSE
until Ilha dos Lenis Light bears 253. At this point the
track turns WSW to approach the anchorage. On clear days
it is easy to follow the channel where the water is a
blue-green colour as opposed to the shallows where it is
yellow.
This route is recommended for vessels of up to 5 m
draught, the vessels position should be frequently checked
because of the strong currents in the area.
offshore; depth less than 10 m occur up to 21 miles

offshore.
Tidal streams
1
4.42
Over the bank at Recife Manoel Lus (4.40) tidal
streams run at a rate of about 1 kn and set SW with a
rising tide and NE with a falling one.
Major lights
4.43
1
So Joo Light (117S, 4454W) (racon) (4.33).

Ilha de Manguna Light (white metal framework
Recife Manoel Lus Light-float (red hull and tower,
marked BF1, 14 m in height) (racon) (049S,
4416W).

1
4.44
So Joo Light (Ilha Maia) (117S, 4454W)
(4.33).
Recife Manoel Lus Light Float BF1 (049S,
4416W).
Directions
ILHAS DE SO JOO TO BAA DE SO
MARCOS

1
General information
Charts 543, 3958
Route
1
4.39
From a position NNE of So Joo Light (117S,
4454W) (4.33) on Ilha Maia, the route leads E for 40
miles then SE for 39 miles, in deep water outside the
coastal bank, to a position off a light-buoy (safe water)
(135S, 4350W).
3
Topography
1
4.40
From Ilhas de So Joo (120S, 4458W) (4.30) to Ilha
Manguna, 25 miles SE, the coast is much indented and
fringed by islands, outside which there are sandbanks,
edged with breakers, which dry up to 10 miles offshore.
Ilha Manguna is covered in vegetation. The coast between
Ilha Manguna and the Baa do Cum (30 miles SE) (4.47)
is similar. A sandbank, Coroa dos Ovos, with depths of less
than 5 m on it and on which the sea breaks, extends up to
10 miles NE from the S side of the entrance to Baa do
Cum; elsewhere the banks that fringe this stretch of coast
do not extend so far seaward.
Recife Manoel Lus, a dangerous group of drying rocks,
surrounded by shoals with depths of less than 10 m over
them, lies on a bank 45 miles NE of So Joo Light.
4.45
From a position NNE of So Joo Light (117S,
4454W) (4.33) the coastal passage leads generally E then
SE, passing (with positions from So Joo Light):
Clear of Banco Tarol (21 miles NNE), composed of
chalk, thence:
S of Recife Manoel Lus (45 miles NE) (4.40) marked
on its N side by Recife Manoel Lus Light-float
(4.43). The reef, as defined by the 20 m depth
contour, is roughly triangular in shape, with a
bottom of sand and coral; seas only break on the
drying rocks at or near low water and they are not
visible unless very close. Thence:
NE of a light-buoy (safe water) (135S, 4350W).
Caution. Vessels drawing more than 10 m should remain
in depths of 15 m or more.
(Directions continue for Baa de So Marcos at 4.55,
and for the coastal passage at 4.112)
Anchorages
Baa do Cabelo da Velha
1
4.46
Description. Baa do Cabelo da Velha, (141S,
4440W) which lies immediately S of Ilha Manguna
(4.40), is fairly deep; the river which flows into its head is
navigable by vessels of up to 4 m draught.
Baa do Cum
Depths
1
4.41
The coast between Ilhas de So Joo and the mouth of
Baa do Cum (4.47) is fringed by long narrow sandbanks,
which lie parallel to each other in a NE-SW direction and
extend, with depths of less than 15 m, up to 42 miles
124
4.47
Description. There are depths of 9 m at the entrance to
Baa do Cum (209S, 4430W) where tidal streams are
strong. The bay extends 25 miles SW from its entrance
with an average width of 5 miles.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
BAA DE SO MARCOS
Natural conditions
1
General information
Chart 535, 543
Routes
1
4.48
The bay is approached through a buoyed channel (4.55)
the entrance to which is situated 12 miles S of a light-buoy
(safe water) (135S, 4350W).
Topography
1
4.49
The W shore of Baa de So Marcos, from Ponta de
Itacolomi (209S, 4428W) to Ponta Pirarema (221S,
4422W), consists of high reddish cliffs.
Ilha do Maranho, which forms the E side of Baa de
So Marcos, is covered with trees; its N coast is steep with
red and whitish coloured cliffs. A range of hills, which rise
to heights of 60 m, lies behind these cliffs.
Baa de So Marcos (220S, 4415W), contains the
ports of So Luis (4.61), Itaqui (4.81), Terminal da Alumar
(4.92) and Terminal da Ponta da Madeira (4.70) which are
all situated on the W side of Ilha do Maranho (Ilha de
So Lus) (235S, 4415W).
Principal marks
1
Depths
1
4.50
Baa de So Marcos is much encumbered by sandbanks
through which there are channels usable by vessels of up to
15 m draught.
Less water than charted has been reported (2001) in the
S part of the bay S of 234S.
The buoyed approach channel (4.55) to the bay has been
dredged to a depth of 23 m.
4.53
Tidal stream and eddies between the banks in Baa de
So Marcos are strong and sometimes attain rates of up to
6 kn.
NE of Banco das Almas (208S, 4413W) (4.56) and
close to Porto de Itaqui (235S, 4423W) (4.81) strong
tidal stream eddies have been observed.
Current During the months of January, February, July
and August the current sets W at a rate of 1 to 2 kn.
During the remaining months of the year the set is WNW
at 1 to 2 kn.
Local Winds. Throughout the year winds from E to NE
predominate with the following exceptions:
January and April N; March and October SE; August
SW. Strengths vary between force 2 and 5.
4.54
Major lights:
Ponta Pirajuba Light (white metal framework tower,
22 m in height) (racon) (213S, 4424W).
Ponta Pirarema Light (white 8 sided masonry tower,
12 m in height) (220S, 4422W).
Araagi Light (black and white chequered square
masonry tower, 40 m in height) (racon) (227S,
4409W).
Ilha de Santana Light (racon) (216S, 4337W)
(4.111).
Ponta de So Marcos Light (white square masonry
tower, round gallery, 8 m in height) (229S,
4418W).
Ilha do Mdo Light (white metal framework on
square masonry tower, 31 m in height) (231S,
4423W).
So Lus Aero Light (white metal framework tower,
red bands, 14 m in height) (racon) (235S,
4414W).
Pilotage
1
4.51
Pilotage is compulsory for all ports in Baa de So
Marcos.
Incoming vessels, proceeding to Porto de Itaqui,
Terminal da Ponta da Madeira and Terminal da Alumar
must inform the pilotage authority, directly or through their
agents, of their ETA at least 48 hours in advance, then
confirming 24, 12 and 6 hours before arrival.
Vessels are berthed and unberthed by day and at night,
usually at the beginning of the flood, but depending on the
strengths of the tide and wind.
Pilots board from a red launch, which shows the usual
lights by night:
For vessels with a draught in excess of 11 m, at
position 222S, 4418W, 5 cables N of Nos 17
and 22 Light-buoys; and
For all other vessels at a position 2 miles N of Ilha
do Mdo (231S, 4422W).
Vessels proceeding to Porto de So Lus should give
4 hours notice of their ETA. Pilots board at the outer
anchorage (229S, 4420W) (4.63).
Traffic regulations
1
Directions
Approach to Baa de So Marcos

1
4.52
Prior permission is required from the port authority
before anchoring anywhere in Baa de So Marcos.
125
4.55
From a position E of a light-buoy (safe water) (135S,
4350W), the track leads SSW for about 13 miles to the
beginning of the buoyed channel. From this position the
track leads in mid-channel between the light-buoys (lateral),
passing (with positions from the light-buoy (safe water)
(135S, 4350W)):
S).
From this position the track leads SSW for about
13 miles passing:
(13miles S), thence:
NW of No 6 Light-buoy (port hand) (19 miles SSW),
thence:
NW of No 8 Light-buoy (port hand) 22 miles SSW),
marking the NE extremity of a shoal with a depth
of 9.5 m over it.
From this position the track leads in mid-channel SW
through a buoyed channel passing:
Between Nos 5 and 10 Light-buoys (23 miles SSW)
thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
Between Nos 7 and 12 Light-buoys (26 miles SSW)

thence:
Between Nos 9 and 14 Light-buoys (27 miles SSW).
Waiting anchorages
1
Entrance to Baa de So Marcos

1
4.56
From the above position the track leads SSW for about
28 miles passing (with positions from Ponta Pirajuba Light
(2127S, 44242W):
ENE), thence:
ESE of No 11 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(20miles ENE), thence:
Between Nos 18 and 13 Light-buoys (lateral) (16miles
ENE), lying at the N extremity of No 3 anchorage,
thence:
ESE of No 15 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (11 miles
E), lying in mid-channel between Banco das
Almas, fine sand, (7 miles E) and Banco do Meio,
fine sand, (14 miles ESE), thence:
SE).
3 miles to the pilot boarding ground for vessels drawing in
excess of 11 m.
From a position in mid-channel between Nos 17 and 22
Light-buoys (lateral) close S of the pilot boarding ground
the track leads SSW for about 7 miles passing:
ESE of Ponta Tatinga (12 miles S), which forms the
N entrance point to Rio Jerij, is a hummock
shaped hill which has a remarkable white sandhill
close NE of it: thence:
ESE of Alcantara Light (12 miles SSW), exhibited
from a white metal column 8 m in height, thence:
WNW of Ponta de Sao Marcos (17 miles SSE) from
which a light (4.54) is exhibited, thence:
WNW of Banco de Cerca (16 miles SSE) with a least
depth of 0.2 m over it, thence:
(15 miles S).
From this position the track leads SSW for about
5 cables to the inner pilot boarding ground lying ESE of
Banco do Cajual.
Caution
1
Chart 535
General information
1
4.57
Morro Itacolomi (2097S, 44269W), 1 miles SE
of Ponta de Itacolomi (4.49). It is isolated and
appears, in good weather, as a rounded islet at
distances of over 15 miles.
(Directions continue for Porto de So Lus at 4.66,
and for Terminal da Ponta da Madeira at 4.76)
4.60
Throughout the whole of Baa de So Marcos strong
in-going and out-going currents can reach up to 6 kn.
These can cause dragging, or even loss, of anchors and the
risk of grounding on the many shoals and sandbanks. The
Port Captain recommends that masters of anchored vessels
maintain machinery and crew in a state of readiness to
carry out emergency manoeuvres.
Porto de So Lus
Useful mark
1
4.59
There are five designated anchorage areas in Baa de
So Marcos, with positions from Ponta de So Marcos
Light (229S, 4418W):
No 4: (7 miles NE);
No 5: (7 miles NW);
No 6: (7 miles W);
No 7: (8 miles SW);
No 8: (9 miles SW); for vessels with a draught less
than 11 m when in quarantine or when loading or
unloading combustibles and explosives.
Anchorages Nos 4, 5, 6 and 7 are for vessels with a
displacement of up to 80 000 grt and/or draught of less than
11 m.
Authorisation from the local Port Authority is required
before using anchorages Nos 6, 7 or 8.
There is a spoil ground (disused) in anchorage No 7.
Vessels entering Porto de So Lus should proceed to the
outer anchorage and pilot boarding area for that port (4.63).
4.61
Position. Porto de So Lus (232S, 4418W) is the
harbour for Cidade de So Lus which stands on a
peninsula between Rio Anil and Rio Bacanga on the NW
part of Ilha do Maranho (4.48).
Function. Cidade de So Lus is the capital of the State
of Maranho and had a population of 870 028 in 2000. The
port has been closed to ocean-going ships since 1973; all
such vessels now use Porto de Itaqui (4.81) situated 5 miles
SW. It is, however, still used by coastal shipping and
fishing vessels; passengers and small quantities of cargo are
occasionally ferried out to sea-going vessels at the outer
anchorage (4.63).
Approach and entry. The harbour is approached from
the outer anchorage (229S, 4420W) (4.63) and entered
between Ponta da Areia and Ponta do Bomfim.
Limiting conditions
Anchorages
Outer anchorages
1
4.58
There are three designated outer anchorages, indicated
on the chart:
No 1: (154S, 4403W) for partially laden vessels
bound for Ponta da Madeira Terminal, with
draughts greater than 11 m and/or over 80 000 grt;
vessels in litigation and vessels undergoing major
repairs.
Nos 2 and 3: (205S, 4405W and 211S, 4410W)
for vessels with draughts over 20 m awaiting the
tide.
Caution. Submarine cables may exist W of these areas.
4.62
Deepest and longest berth. Port wharf (4.68).
Maximum size of vessel handled. Only vessels of less
than 150 gt are accepted alongside (4.68).
Arrival information
1
126
4.63
Notice of ETA. For details see 4.51.
Outer anchorages. So Lus outer anchorage (229S,
4420W) is about 1 miles NW of Punta da Areia and to
the SE of Banco da Cerca, in depths of 13 to 17 m see
also 4.52. Vessels should avoid anchoring close to the bar
as the anchor can quickly become buried.
Pilots. Pilotage is compulsory. See 4.51.
Tugs. Tugs are available.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
Regulations concerning entry. Entrance to the port is

only at HW during daylight.
1
Harbour
1
Limiting conditions
4.64
General layout. The harbour is situated about 1 miles
from the mouth of Rio Bacanga and is reached by a
narrow channel leading between sandbanks.
Arrival information
Principal marks
4.65
Major lights:
Ponta de So Marcos Light (229S, 4418W) (4.54).
Ilha do Mdo Light (231S, 4423W) (4.54).

1

4.66
Approach. From a position between Nos 17 and 22
Light-buoys (222S, 4418W) (4.55) the line of bearing
179 of Ponta de So Marcos Light (229S, 4418W)
(4.54) leads to a position about 1 miles N of the light.
Thence the line of bearing 225 of Ilha do Mdo Light
(231S, 4423W) (4.54) leads towards the outer anchorage
area (229S, 4420W).
4.67
Entrance channel. From the outer anchorage area the
track leads SSE to a position about 5 cables WNW of
Punta da Areia. The track then alters around the point and
passes between Banco do Cotovlo and Banco da Minerva.
Thence the channel, 1 to 2 cables wide, leads on the NE
side of Banco da Minerva to the NW part of Cidade de
So Lus. There are depths of 11 to 40 m in the channel
and a deep pool, 5 cables in length, is situated W of
Ponta de So Francisco with depths of 60 to 85 m.
Caution. See the note on the chart concerning silting
and buoyage.
Berths
1
4.68
Alongside berth. The wharf, 500 m long, has a
maximum depth alongside of 1 m and dries out at LW.
General information
4.75
Major lights:
Ponta de So Marcos Light (229S, 4418W) (4.54).
Ilha do Mdo Light (231S, 4422W) (4.54).
Chart 535 with plan Porto de Itaqui

4.70
Position. Terminal da Ponta da Madeira (234S,
4423W) is situated on the end of a point 8 cables NW of
Porto de Itaqui.
Function. The port is a terminal for bulk ore handling.
Approach and entry. The terminal is approached
through a continuation of the Baa de So Marcos buoyed
channel.
Traffic. In 2004 the facility was used by 307 vessels
with a total dwt of 42 198 544.
Port authority: Companhia Docas do Maranho, Rua
do Passeio 244, Itaqui.
4.74
General layout. The wharf, protected to the N and S by
breakwaters, extends from the W part of Ponta da Madeira.
Principal marks
Terminal da Ponta da Madeira
4.73
Berthing for vessels over 100 000 dwt is restricted to
tidal stream rates of less than 3 kn and to rates of less than
4 kn for vessels under 100 000 dwt.
Tidal data for Ponta da Madeira should be calculated by
subtracting 30 minutes from the times for Itaqui; heights
should be multiplied by a factor of 08.
Harbour
Port services
1
4.72
Notice of ETA. See Pilotage 4.51.
Outer anchorages. See 4.58 and 4.59.
Turning basin. The area, 2 miles by 8 cables, bounded S
by latitude 0235S, W by the line of Nos 23 and 25
Light-buoys (starboard hand) and E by the berthing
alignment has been designated as a turning basin for
vessels berthing at the terminal. Vessels should not anchor
in this area unless authorised by the Port Captain. Depths
vary from 23 m alongside the pier to 35 m in the vicinity
of No 25 Light-buoy.
Pilots. Pilotage is compulsory. See 4.51.
Tugs. Tugs are available at the terminal.
Regulations concerning entry
4.69
Facilities: hospitals; deratting and deratting exemption
certificates issued; no garbage facilities.
Supplies: provisions in small quantities; fuel oil; paraffin
and petrol in drums; fresh water not available.
Communications: airfield, 8 km SE of the city, provides
regular flights to other Brazilian cities.
4.71
Deepest and longest berth. See 4.79.
Maximum size of vessel handled. The terminal accepts
vessels up to 420 000 dwt and a maximum draught of
23 m.
127

4.76
Approach: From a position between Nos 17 and 22
Light-buoys (222S, 4418W) (4.55) the track leads SSW
along the buoyed channel, passing (with positions from Ilha
do Mdo Light (231S, 4422W):
Between Nos 19 and 24 Light-buoys (port and
starboard hand) (3 and 3 miles N respectively),
thence:
Proceed 5 cables SSW to the pilot boarding station
(2 miles N), where vessels with a draught of
11 m or less will embark the pilot.
4.77
Entrance channel: From the pilot boarding station
(2 miles N) the track leads, in deep water, SSW and S to
the turning basin immediately W of the loading berth
passing:
(1 miles WNW and 1 miles NW respectively),
thence:
W of No 28 Light-buoy (port hand) and Cabeo
Mearim a rocky shoal, least depth 44 m, marked
by a light-buoy (isolated danger), (1 miles SSW),
thence:
W of Molhe Norte Light (2 miles SSW).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
From this position the vessel can manoeuvre to approach

the Ponta da Madeira Ore Loading Terminal (2 miles
SSW).
4.78
Useful marks:
Light structure on Molhe Sul (privately maintained)
(234S, 4423W).
Itana Light (white square masonry tower) (232S,
4431W).
(Directions for Porto Itaqui continue at 4.88,
and for Terminal da Alumar at 4.97)

1
Limiting conditions
1
Berths
4.79
Anchorage. See 4.58 and 4.59.
Alongside berths. The S berth, No 1, consists of a
concrete wharf, 250 m long, with three mooring dolphins at
each end. The total length of the complex is 490 m.
No 3 berth, close N, lies at head of a jetty, the position
of which is approximate, extending WNW from the shore
thence N; the reported (2004) depth alongside is 20 m.
4.80
Facilities: hospitals at So Lus (see 4.69); no garbage
collection.
Supplies: provisions in small quantities; fresh water.
Communications: road links to So Lus (see 4.61).
Chart 535, with plan of Porto de Itaqui
General information
1
4.85
Vessels can berth and unberth at any time at the wharf,
but should avoid doing so with a following current.
Vessels berthing at the tanker berths should approach
about 1 hour before high water, and by day only.
Vessels with a draught in excess of 7 m should only
manoeuvre when the current is slight. They should only
berth at half flood or HW.
Harbour
Porto de Itaqui
4.81
Position. Porto de Itaqui (235S, 4422W) lies in a bay
3 miles S of Ilha do Mdo.
Function. A deep-water port for Cidade de So Lus
(4.61) which is situated 10 km NE.
Topography. The port is formed by a quay, built on
reclaimed land, to the S of Ponta da Madeira (4.70). It is
partially protected from the W by Ilha de Guarapir which
lies 2 cables offshore.
through a continuation of the So Marcos buoyed channel.
Traffic. In 2004 the port handled 9 206 500 tons of
cargo.
4.84
Notice of ETA. See Pilotage 4.51.
Anchorage. See 4.58 and 4.59.
Pilots. Compulsory. See 4.51.
Tugs. Available.
Berthing restrictions
Port services
1
4.83
Controlling depth. For depths in the approach channel
see 4.50.
Arrival information
1
4.82
Bulk carrier 150 000 dwt.
4.86
General layout. A wharf extends up to 3 cables from
the shore, with a jetty extending NNW and WNW from its
N end. Ilha de Guarapir (4.81) which lies 2 cables W of
the wharf has two shoal areas with depths of 34 and 4 m
over them, marked by light-buoys (starboard hand). A
light-buoy (N cardinal) marks a bank with a least depth of
51 m over it, extending 1 cables NNW from the island.
Eddies are common and particularly noticeable in the
NW part of the port.
Principal marks
1
4.87
Major Lights
Ponta de So Marcos Lighthouse (229, 4418W)
(4.54).
Ilha do Mdo Lighthouse (231S, 4422W) (4.54).

1

4.88
Approaches: The approach is the same as for Terminal
da Ponta da Madeira and directions are given at 4.56 and
4.77. From a position W of Terminal da Ponta da Madeira,
the track leads SE to a position off Ilha de Guarapir
(4.81) from whence vessels can approach the berth from
the N or S of the island.
I. de Guarapir
Itaqui berths from NW (4.86)

128
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
4.89
Useful marks:
Ilha Guarapir Light (white metal column, 6 m in
height) (235S, 4422W).
Light structure on the N end of wharf (235S,
4422W).
Light structure on the S end of wharf (235S,
4422W).
Harbour
1
Principal marks
1
Berths
1
4.90
Anchorages. See 4.58 and 4.59.
Alongside berths. There is a wharf, 717 m long, with
depths alongside of 8 to 14 m. The S end of the wharf has
a LNG berth and coal is also handled in this area.
A jetty extends 470 m NNW then about a further 350 m
WNW from the N end of the wharf and provides berths for
handling oil, grain and ore.
4.91
Facilities. Hospital facilities at So Lus (see 4.69).
Garbage, deposited in tanks provided, will be collected.
Supplies. Provisions available in small quantities; fuel
oil and lubricants available by lighter; fresh water is
available on the wharf.
Communications. Porto de Itaqui has road and rail links
with So Lus (see 4.61).
Terminal da Alumar
Chart 535, plan of Porto de Itaqui
General information
1
4.92
Position. Terminal da Alumar (241S, 4422W) is
situated in Estreito dos Coqueiros, at its confluence with
Rio dos Cachorros, 5 miles S of Itaqui.
Function. The terminal provides bulk cargo handling
facilities.
Approach and entry. The berth is approached by a
buoyed channel dredged through Estreito dos Coqueiros.
Traffic. In 2000 the port was used by 103 vessels with
a total of 3 805 747 dwt.
Limiting conditions
1
4.93
Controlling depth. The maintained depth in the channel
and turning basin is 7 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels of up to
55 000 dwt, 225 m LOA, and a beam of 32 m can be
accommodated.
Arrival information
1
4.94
Notice of ETA. Masters should provide an ETA 15 days
in advance, or when sailing from the previous port if less
than 15 days. Confirmation should be given 5 days,
48 hours and 24 hours prior to arrival and any significant
change of ETA should be advised immediately.
Pilots. Compulsory. See 4.51.
Tugs. Compulsory for berthing.
4.96
Major lights
Ponta de So Marcos Lighthouse (229S, 4418W)
(4.54).
Ilha do Mdo Lighthouse (231S, 4422W) (4.54).
Port services
1
4.95
General layout. A concrete jetty, off which is a turning
basin.

4.97
Approaches: The approach is the same as for Terminal
da Ponta da Madeira and directions are given at 4.56 and
4.77. From a position W of Terminal da Ponta da Madeira,
the track leads SSE then S passing (with positions from
Ilha de Guarapir Light (235S, 4422W)):
NE of the light-buoy (N cardinal) (4 cables WSW)
marking the N extremity of a shoal which extends
4 miles NNE from the E side of Banco dos
Lanzudos (238S, 4424W), thence:
E of a light-buoy (E cardinal) (9 cables S). A
stranded wreck lies on the shoal 2 cables W of the
buoy. Thence:
E of No 1 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles S),
thence:
W of an isolated shoal (2 miles SSE) with 36 m of
water over it, thence:
W of No 2 Light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles SSE)
from whence a course should be set to pick up the
leading line for entrance into Estreito dos
Coqueiros.
4.98
Entrance channel leading lights:
Front light (white framework beacon, 18 m in height)
(239S, 4421W).
Rear light (white framework tower, 20 m in height)
(100 m SSE of front light).
The alignment (150) of these lights leads into Estreito
dos Coqueiros, passing (with positions from the front
leading light):
Between Nos 3 and 4 Light-buoys (1 mile NNW),
thence:
Between Nos 5 and 6 Light-buoys (5 cables NNW).
Thence the track leads along the centre of the channel,
marked on both sides by light-buoys, until the turning area
is reached (1 miles S).
4.99
Useful marks:
Ilha Guarapir Light (white metal column) (235S,
4422W).
Light structure on the E end of wharf (241S,
4422W) (privately maintained).
Light structure on the W end of wharf (241S,
4422W) (privately maintained).
Berths
1
129
4.100
Alongside berth. The wharf is 251 m long and has
depths alongside of 13 m. It is equipped to load bulk
alumina and for the discharge of bulk cargoes of bauxite,
coal and liquid caustic soda.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
Supplies: provisions in small quantities; fuel oil and

lubricants available by lighter at Itaqui or So Lus; fresh
water.
Communications: road links with So Lus (see 4.61).
Port services
1
4.101
Facilities: hospital (see 4.69); deratting and deratting
BAA DE SO MARCOS TO PONTA DE MUCURIPE

Depths
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3958, 3957, 528
Area covered
1
4.102
This section describes the N coast of Brazil from Baa
de So Marcos (220S, 4415W) (4.48) to Ponta de
Mucuripe (342S, 3828W) (4.161).
Topography
1
4.103
In the E part of the area between Ilha de Santana
(216S, 4340W) and Camocim (175 miles ESE) the coast
has a similar aspect to the preceding section and consists of
low sand dunes intersected by river entrances.
The coastline between Camocim and Ponta de Murucipe
(148 mile SE) also consists of sand dunes and low hills but
differs from the preceding sections in that the appearance
of a few large mountains in the interior make identification
easier for the navigator.
1
4.104
This section of coastline generally provides a poor radar
image except for Ponta Jericoacoara (247S, 4030W)
(4.132) which projects seaward, is 95 m high, and provides
a distinctive image.
Local knowledge
1
General information
Route
4.106
From a position N of a light-buoy (safe water) (135S,
4350W), the route leads SE for about 100 miles to a
position N of the entrance to Porto de Tutia (246S,
4216W) (4.115), then E for about 28 miles to a position
N of Ponta das Canrias (243S, 4149W) (4.112).
Topography
4.107
The coast between Ilha de Santana and Ponta das
Canrias (4.112), 112 miles farther ESE, presents a similar
aspect to that between Rio Para and Baa de So Marcos,
sand dunes interspersed with river entrances. The river
estuaries are less numerous and there are some hills and
mountain ranges which are sufficiently close to the coast to
be visible from seaward in suitable weather conditions.
4.111
Major Lights
Ilha de Santana Light (white round masonry tower,
49 m in height) (racon) (216S, 4337W).
Lenis Grandes Light (red square metal framework
Rio das Preguias Light (white truncated conical
concrete tower, black bands, 35 m in height)
(236S, 4242W).
Directions
Charts 3958, 3957
4.110
Strong currents exist over the banks to the NE of Ilha
de Santana.
Principal marks
4.105
The 20 m depth contour forms an irregular bank which
extends up to 30 miles from the coastline.
BAA DE SO MARCOS TO PONTA DAS

CANRIAS
4.109
Necessary to enter the unsurveyed area around Ilha de
Santana (4.108).
Tidal streams
Depths
1
4.108
The water area to the E of Ilha do Maranho (4.48) and
to the W and SE of Ilha de Santana (4.112) consists of
various banks, intersected by relatively deep channels,
which vary in position and depth; all of these are
unsurveyed.
The area consists of Baa de So Jos (234S,
4400W), Baa do Tubaro (227S, 4341W) and Coroa
Grande (215S, 4355W).
Shoal water extends 4 miles N of Ilha de Santana.
To the NE of Ilha Santana the 20 m depth contour forms
an irregular bank, minimum depth 118 m, which extends
up to 26 miles. The various shoals are of sand and the area
is subject to strong currents.
The 20 m depth contour extends, in irregular patches, up
to 25 miles off the coast.
130
4.112
From a position NE of a light-buoy (safe water) (135S,
4351W) the track leads SE for about 100 miles, passing
(with positions from Rio das Preguias Light (236S,
4242W)):
NE of Ilha de Santana Light (58 miles NW) (4.111),
low and covered with vegetation, surrounded by
shoals over which the sea breaks. A light (4.111)
is exhibited from the island. Thence:
NE of Ponta dos Mangues Verdes (43 miles NW)
prominent dunes of a light colour extend E-ward.
Between this point and Rio das Preguias the
coast, known as Praia dos Lenis Grandes, is
backed by prominent white sand dunes the highest
of which lies 7 miles E of the point. They are
visible for a considerable distance offshore. A light
(4.111) stands 2 miles inland. Thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
NE of the N edge of Barra das Preguias (8 miles N)

(4.114), thence:
N of the entrance to Porto de Tutia (24 miles E),
from whence the track leads E for about 28 miles
to a position N of Ponta das Canrias (245S,
4149W) which is a low lying area of mangrove
and forms the W entrance point to Rio das
Canrias.
Limiting conditions
1
4.113
Description. An intricate channel, with a minimum
depth of 6 m, leads to a spacious and secure anchorage, in
depths of 9 to 13 m, situated 2 miles W of Ponta dos
Mangues Secos (219S, 4326W).
4.114
Description. Barra das Preguias, at the mouth of Rio
das Preguias (235S, 4244W), is formed by a reef which
extends seaward up to 5 miles NNW of the river mouth
and over which seas break at low water and during fresh
on shore winds.
Pilots are available to conduct vessels between the outer
and inner anchorage.
Directions. Vessels drawing up to 45 m can cross the
bar at high water and reach the vicinity of Salsa.
The river is entered by a winding channel between
sandbanks. The river mouth can be identified by its W
point where dense vegetation, at the base of a hill, is
visible at a distance of about 13 miles. The E entrance
point consists of two small sand dunes. Rio das Preguias
Light (4.111) stands WSW of the point
Anchorages. The outer anchorage is situated 4 miles N
of Rio das Preguias Light (236S, 4242W) (4.111),
1 mile seaward of the breakers in a depth of about 7 m,
with good holding ground of sand and mud.
The inner anchorage is in the river close ENE of the
light-tower in depths of 55 m, mud.
General information
4.115
Position. Porto de Tutia (246S, 4216W) is situated
on the W branch of the extensive delta of Rio Parnaba.
See note on chart (and also 4.9) about charted positions.
4.116
Function. The port is an anchorage, where ships of
medium draught are serviced by lighters, which are towed
through the delta of Rio Parnaba to Cidade de Parnaba
(4.138) 50 km ESE. It is used by vessels loading salt and
some wharfs are available for shallow draught vessels.
Topography. The port is within the river delta which is
well sheltered to seaward by sandbanks. The E side of the
entrance is formed by a group of islands, separated by
narrow channels, the W extremity of which are fringed by
dense trees. The W side of the harbour entrance is flat and
sandy partially covered with low vegetation.
4.120
Landmarks:
Water tower (246S, 4217W).
Pontal da Melancieira (242S, 4216W), the E
entrance point, from where tall mangrove trunks
are visible for over 10 miles.
4.121
Other aid to navigation:
Racon on Ilha de Santana Light (216S, 4337W)
(4.111).
4.119
General layout. Several anchorages off the town of
Tutia, within the river delta. There are piers and a wharf
at the town and on islands within the estuary for local
shallow draught vessels loading salt.
Principal marks
Porto de Tutia
Chart 526 plan of Porto de Tutia
4.118
Pilots. Compulsory and should be requested giving
12 hours notice of arrival.
The pilot boards 1 mile N of Banco do Norte (4.123).
Waiting anchorage. Vessels waiting for a pilot may
anchor in the vicinity of the pilot boarding station, in 11 m,
mud. Sheltered from S winds but exposed to all others.
Quarantine. See 4.125.
Harbour
1
Rio das Preguias
4.117
Maximum size of vessel handled. 7 m draught at HW.
Vessels of up to 700 tonnes can anchor off the town pier.
Arrival information
Ponta dos Mangues Secos

1
Approach and entry. It is approached from seaward by

channels leading through the sandbanks of Barra de Tutia.
131
4.122
Approaches: The approach from both E and W is
difficult because of the low lying land and lack of
identifiable features. From seaward the only feature visible
at over 10 miles is Pontal da Melancieira (242S, 4216W)
(4.120). Tutia Light (4.124) is not easy to distinguish, at
over 4 miles, as it is low and surrounded by trees.
Approach with the conspicuous water tower (246S,
4217W) bearing 161.
4.123
Entrance channels: From the pilot boarding station
Baa de Tutia and the port can be entered through:
Canal das Gaivotas, the channel leading between
Coroa do Maisinho (242S, 4221W) and Banco
do Norte (242S, 4219W), or;
Canal Velho, encumbered by wrecks, leading between
Banco do Norte and Banco da Melancieira (242S,
4218W), or;
An unnamed channel leading between Banco da
Melancieira and Banco do Pontal (243S,
4216W).
Caution. Entrance to the inner port should only be
attempted with the aid of a pilot or with up to date local
knowledge. The depths in these channels vary; whichever
one currently has the best depth is used and is buoyed
accordingly. As the channels and buoyage are frequently
changing the positions of the channel buoys are not
charted.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
4.124
Useful marks:
Tutia Light (white metal framework tower, 12 m in
height) (244S, 4222W).
Ponta da Andreza Light (red triangular metal tubular
appearance except for occasional sand hills. Of these river

mouths only Barra de Tutia (4.116) and Barra do Igarau,
within which Porto de Lus Carreia is situated, have any
navigational significance the remainder being obstructed by
sandbanks.
Depths
Berths
1
4.125
Anchorages:
Quarantine and explosives. A circular area, indicated
on the chart, SW of Pontal do Cajueiro (245S,
4216W), in 11 to 12 m, rock. Sheltered from all
except NW winds, which seldom blow.
Litigation and repair. North west of Ilha do Coroat
(246S, 4215W), in 5 to 6 m, mud. Sheltered
from all winds.
Coasters. There is anchorage for vessels of up to
700 tonnes off the town pier.
Local knowledge is necessary for the inner anchorages.
4.126
Alongside berths. There is a wooden pier and a
concrete wharf 100 m long on Ilha de Igoronhou. Two
wharves are situated on Ilha de Caieira (247S, 4212W).
All are suitable only for shallow draught vessels. In Tutia
there is 1 commercial wharf.
Local weather
1
Port services
4.127
certificates issued.
Supplies: provisions from Parnaba to where requests
should be made directly and water can be supplied by
self-propelled lighters; fuel and lubricants cannot be
supplied but are available at Parnaba.
Communications: daily launch service to Parnaba;
unmetalled road joins the national network and air taxis fly
to Parnaba, Barreirinhas and So Lus.
General information
Chart 3957
Route
4.128
The coastal passage from a position N of Ponta das
Canrias (243S, 4149W) (4.112) leads E for about
110 miles to a position N of Ponta da Itapag (251S,
4000W) (4.134).
Directions
Topography
4.129
This section of coastline is a continuation of sand dunes
interspersed with river entrances, however further inland,
ranges of mountains rise close enough to the coast to be
visible. Serra do Ibiapaba (329S, 4116W) a range of
mountains which rise to over 1000 m, some 38 miles
inland, can be seen from seaward in favourable conditions;
also Serra Tiaia (305S, 4038W) the peaks of which are
visible at 30 miles.
Rio Parnaba has its source 450 miles inland and later
forms 3 main branches which discharge through several
mouths forming a delta extending 40 miles E from Porto de
Tutia (4.115) to Porto de Lus Correia (4.138). The delta
consists of low wooded land which presents a uniform
4.132
Landmarks:
Ponta de Jericoacoara (247S, 4030W) is
conspicuous and rises to a remarkable
saddle-shaped hill, the E and higher part of which
is about 130 m high, and appears as an island from
offshore visible at about 23 miles. It is radar
conspicuous.
Pico Curral Grande, the E-most peak of Serra do
Mucuripe (317S, 4014W), has two conical
summits forming a saddle. It can be seen from a
great distance offshore in clear weather.
4.133
Major lights:
Ponta de Itaqui Light (white round GRP column, red
bands on white square masonry tower, 10 m in
height) (254S, 4133W). A fishing village stands
near it and close by are dunes covered with low
vegetation.
Pontal das Almas Light (white GRP column, 9m in
height) (254S, 4116W).
Ponta do Trapia. Camocim Light (white square
masonry tower 15m in height) (252S, 4052W).
Ponta de Jericoacoara Light (white square concrete
column, black bands, 6 m in height) (247S,
4030W).
Ponta de Itapag Light (daymark on black metal
framework tower, white bands, 43 m in height)
(racon) (252S, 3957W).
4.131
Dense fog sometimes develops off the Rio Parnaba
delta (4.129). Low-lying land makes landfall difficult in
such conditions.
Principal marks
PONTA DAS CANRIAS TO PONTA DA

ITAPAG
4.130
The 20 m depth contour forms an irregular bank which
extends up to 27 miles offshore on this section of coast.
Banco do Mergulho (236S, 4124W) (4.134), with a least
depth of 72 m, is an isolated shoal 20 miles offshore.
132
4.134
From a position N of Ponta das Canrias (245S,
4149W) (4.112) the track leads E for about 110 miles
passing (with positions from Ponta de Jericoacoara Light
(247S, 4030W):
N of the entrance to Porto de Lus Correia (252S,
4139W), thence:
N of Banco do Mergulho, (53 miles WNW), an
extensive bank with a least charted depth of 72 m
over it, thence:
N of the entrance to Porto de Camocim (22 miles
WSW), thence:
N of Ponta de Jericoacoara Light; Ponta de
Jericoacoara (4.132), thence:
N of Ponta da Itapag Light (4.133) (31 miles E); the
coast is low and sandy but Ponta da Itapag is
wooded. Banco Acara, (26 miles E) is an
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
extensive bank extending to the WNW and ESE of

Ponta da Itapag; there are depths of less than 5 m
over nearly the whole of its area. Pedra de Itapag,
an isolated rock, lies 1 miles NNE of Ponta de
Itapag Light.
(Directions continue at 4.160 and 4.161)

Rios Timonha and Ubatuba
1
4.135
Description. Rio Timonha (255S, 4118W) can be
navigated by vessels of up to 4000 tonnes or 4 m draught
through a shifting channel, as far as Cidade de Chaval at
the head of the estuary, where there are piers for loading
salt.
Barra dos Rios Timonha e Ubatuba (255S, 4120W),
at the mouth of the estuary of these two rivers, can be
identified by Pontal das Almas, the E entrance point, where
there are coconut trees, prominent sand dunes and Pontal
das Almas Light (4.133).
Fish traps are present in the area extending to 8 miles
offshore between N and NNW of Ponta das Almas Light.
Local knowledge is essential.
Anchorage, which is well sheltered, can be obtained
within the sandbanks at the mouth of Rio Timonha in
depths of 5 to 7 m in good holding ground. It is used by
coastal vessels to load salt from lighters.
Fresh winds blow from between ENE and ESE from
June to December and raise seas in the entrance.
Limiting conditions
1
September,
closing the
4.141
Pilotage is compulsory. The boarding ground lies about
1 mile ENE of the breakwater head.
Tugs are available.
4.142
General layout. A detached breakwater extends NNE
with the long arm of an F-shaped mole to the E of it
projecting 1 miles NNE from Ponta da Atalaia (252S,
4139W).
4.143
Major lights:
Ponta de Itaqui Lighthouse (254S, 4133W)
(4.133).

1
General information
1
Outside the
Principal marks
Porto de Lus Correia

Charts 526 plan Porto de Lus Correia, 3957
bar at HW.
Harbour
Rio Acara
4.137
Description. Barra do Rio Acara (250S, 4009W)
can be crossed by vessels with a maximum draught of
24 m at HW springs. A dangerous wreck, marked by a
buoy (isolated danger), lies 4 miles N of the river mouth.
Cidade de Acara and Povoaco de Cacimbas, whose
church is visible up to 5 miles, stand on the E bank of the
river. They are frequented by sailing craft carrying local
produce.
Local knowledge is necessary. A pilot may be obtained
privately.
Anchorage exists within the river in a depth of 4 m.
4.140
Controlling depth.
Vessels drawing up to 3 m may cross the
Deepest and longest berths. See 4.146.
Natural conditions:
Tidal streams on the bar can reach 5 kn.
bar the out-going stream sets N.
Winds blow strongly from August to
making entry difficult, and sometimes
bar.
Arrival information
Ponta de Jericoacoara
4.136
Description. Anchorage may be obtained 2 miles W of
Ponta de Jericoacoara (247S, 4030W) (4.132), in depths
of 6 to 8 m, sand and mud. From this position the two
peaks of the saddle shaped hill (4.132) are in line. This
anchorage is sheltered from prevailing winds blowing
between NE and SE and also from the W going current.
Landing can be carried out, at HW under the shelter of the
point.
To the W of the point there is a small bay, the E side of
which is fringed by a series of rocky ledges. The point
should be given a berth of at least 1 mile.
4.139
Function. The port provides an anchorage for vessels to
work cargo using lighters and has berthing facilities for
small craft. It has limited warehouse facilities and a freezer
plant with storage for frozen fish.
Cidade de Parnaba is the chief commercial and
industrial centre of Estado do Piaui and the Rio Parnaba
basin. Cargo is brought down river in small craft and
barges to be shipped at Tutia (4.115) and Lus Correia.
Approach and entry. The port is approached across
Barra do Igaracu which has suffered extensive silting.
4.138
Position. Porto de Lus Correia (253S, 4140W) is
situated at the mouth of Rio Igarau. Cidade de Parnaba is
situated 10 miles farther upriver.
133

4.144
Approaches. From a position on the coastal route N of
Barra das Canarias Point (243S 4150W) the track leads
SSE passing (with positions from Molhe de Acesso Light
(251S, 4139W) (4.145)):
ENE of Barra das Canarias (13miles NW), a
low-lying spit forming the N entrance point into
Rio das Canarias, thence:
ENE of Ponta da Pedra do Sal (6 miles WNW) from
which is a light is exhibited. Recife do Pedra do
Sal, a group of rocks 1 to 2 m in height, lies
1 mile N of the light. Thence:
WSW of Pedra Malhada de Fora (2 miles NNE), an
isolated underwater rock, thence:
ENE of Pedras Malhadinhas (7 cables NNE), an
extensive area of rocky shoals.
To the pilot boarding station (9 cables ENE).
Caution. The entrance channel varies in depth and
direction; approach to the port and navigation of the
channel should not be attempted without a pilot.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
4.145
Useful marks:
Molhe de Acesso Light (white square masonry tower,
3 m in height) on the head of mole (251S,
4139W).
Light structure (red square tower, 3 m in height) on
the N head of the detached breakwater (252S,
4139W).
Berths
1
4.146
Anchorage. Vessels can anchor in depths of 2 to 4 m in
the stream off Lus Correia.
Alongside berths. Piers at the town for small craft only.
Principal marks
1
Port services
1
4.147
Repairs. Minor repairs to hull and machinery.
Other facilities: hospitals; deratting and deratting
Supplies: Provisions; diesel oil in small quantities; fresh
water.
Porto de Camocim
4.148
Position. Porto de Camocim (254S, 4051W) is
situated at the mouth of Rio Corea on the W bank of the
river.
Function. A harbour for coastal vessels.
4.149
Topography. Rio Corea rises in Serra de Ibiapaba and
after a course of 135 miles flows into the sea 1 miles SE
of Ponta do Trapi (251S, 4052W). The coast on both
sides of the river mouth is backed by sand dunes, almost
entirely devoid of vegetation, which are visible from an
offing of about 14 miles. The approach to the river mouth
is encumbered by sandbanks through which there is a
navigable channel.
Approach and entry. The port is approached through a
channel leading over the bar at the river mouth. The
entrance to the channel is marked by Camocim Light-buoy
(4.151).
Caution. The channel varies in depth and direction and
the buoys are constantly moved to match changes in the
channel. Navigation of the channel should not be attempted
without a pilot.
Port authority. Port Captain of the State of Cear, Rua
Dr. Joo Thome 113, Camocim.
Controlling depth. The minimum depth in the channel
is 31 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled.
At neap tides length 75 m; breadth 15 m; draught
4 m.
At spring tides length 100 m; breadth 15 m; draught
45 m.
Tidal streams on the bar can reach 5 kn. Outside the
bar the ebb stream sets N.
Winds. Strong ENE to ESE winds from June to
December make entry difficult. The port may occasionally
be closed.
Notice of ETA. Pilots require 24 hours notice.
4.150
Major lights:
Ponta de Jericoacoara Light (247S, 4030W)
(4.133).
Light, Ponta do Trapi Light, Camocim (white metal
Chart 3957
Outer anchorages. Vessels waiting entry should anchor

near to the fairway light-buoy (4.151), in depths of
about 8 m.
Pilotage is compulsory between the fairway light-buoy
(2497S, 40507W) and any place within the port, both
for entering and sailing and for all manoeuvres. The pilot
boards near the light-buoy and should be requested, from
the Port Captain, by telegraph 24 hours prior to arrival.
Tugs are not available.
Harbour. A wharf and slipway at the town and
anchorage for vessels in the stream close to the town
wharf.
4.151
Approaches. A coasting approach from E or W in sight
of land will facilitate the raising of Camocim Light which
stands on Ponta do Trapi. From the E a useful mark is
Ponta de Jericoacoara (4.132) and Serra Tiaia (4.129)
visible for a considerable distance to seaward. From a fixed
position off Camocim Light an approach can be made to
the pilot boarding station near the fairway light-buoy (safe
water) (250S, 4051W).
Entrance channel. From the fairway light-buoy the
track leads SSW towards the entrance channel. This
channel varies in depth and the buoys are constantly moved
to match these changes.
4.152
Useful marks:
Airport radio tower (253S, 4052W).
Church spire (254S, 4051W).
Berths
1
4.153
Anchorage. 100 m SE of the SE corner of the wharf, in
depths of 6 to 8 m. Vessels using this anchorage should
always moor as the swinging room is very restricted.
Alongside berths Town wharf, concrete, 90 m long.
Port services
1
4.154
Repairs: slipway for vessels of up to 400 tonnes;
workshops.
Other facilities: hospital; clinic; garbage collection.
Supplies: fresh water; diesel fuel; provisions from the
local market.
Communications: airstrip.
PONTA DA ITAPAG TO PONTA DE

MUCURIPE
General information
Chart 3957
Route
1
134
4.155
From a position N of Ponta de Itapag (251S,
4000W) (4.134) the route leads SE for about 110 miles to
a position NNE of Ponta de Mucuripe (342S, 3828W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
Topography
1
4.156
From Ponta da Itapag to Ponta Munda (4.161),
42 miles ESE, the coast is backed by sandhills, covered
with vegetation, which are visible at a distance of 12 to
16 miles. The higher dunes are situated to the E of Ponta
dos Patos (300S, 3941W).
Between Ponta Munda and Ponta de Mucuripe,
62 miles SE, the coast is almost entirely composed of sand
dunes.
Depths
1
4.157
The coast between Ponta da Itapag and Ponta dos Patos
is fringed by Banco Acara (4.134), from here to Ponta
Munda, 24 miles SE, the coast is fringed by reefs
extending up to 5 cables offshore. The remainder of the
coast is comparatively steep-to.
The 20 m depth contour forms a regular bank, up to
26 miles offshore in the W part, and 14 miles offshore in
the E.
Hazards
1
4.158
Oilfield. Lighted production platforms stand within the
limits of a designated oilfield area, indicated on the chart,
situated 27 miles ENE of Ponta Munda (310S, 3921W)
(4.161). Unlit objects and submerged obstructions, some
marked by buoys, also exist within the oilfield area. As
these features are not all charted special caution should be
exercised by vessels navigating in the vicinity. A submarine
gas pipeline connects the production platforms to the coast
in the vicinity of Ponta de Mucurip (4.161). See also 1.35.
Exploratory drilling platforms. Off this coast uncharted
drilling platforms may be encountered outside the limits of
the designated oilfield area. These platforms normally
exhibit red lights and white lights Mo (U). Navigation
within 500 m of the platforms is prohibited. See also 1.10.
Fishing stakes. Many fishing stakes are located between
Ponta de Itapag (251S, 4000W) and Ponta dos Patos,
17 miles SE.
Fishing vessels. In the vicinity of Porto de Mucuripe
(343S, 3829W) (4.168) and up to 20 miles offshore,
many low lateen-sailed fishing vessels may be encountered
during daylight.
Mucuripe Light from NW (4.159)

Passage directions
1
Directions
Inshore route
1
Principal marks
1
4.159
Major lights:
Ponta de Itapag Light (252S, 3957W) (4.133).
Ponta Paracuru Light (white square metal tower,
orange bands, 75 m in height) (324S, 3901W).
Ponta Pecm Light (white square metal framework
tower with red bands, 30 m in height) (333S,
3849W).
Mucuripe Light (white round masonry tower, black
Pinto Martins Airport Aero Light (white metal
framework tower, red bands) (346S, 3832W).
Aero light (75 m in height) (343S, 3831W).
Aero light (113 m in height) (344S, 3832W).
Aero obstruction light (TV mast, 110 m in height)
(345S, 3830W).
4.160
4000W) the track leads ESE for about 128 miles to a
position NNE of Ponta de Mucuripe (342S, 3828W)
passing N of the oilfield lying 22 miles NNE of Ponta
Paracuru (324S, 3901W).
135
4.161
4000W) the track leads ESE for about 117 miles, passing
S of the oilfield (with positions from Ponta Mundau Light
(311S, 3922W)):
SSW of a dangerous wreck (51miles NW, thence:
NNE of Ponta dos Patos (300S, 3941W) (4.156),
thence:
NNE of Ponta Munda (311S, 3921W); the point
is formed by dunes covered with low vegetation
and has a prominent grove of coconut palms on it.
A light (4.162) is exhibited from the point. Morro
das Melancias is a saddle-shaped hill, 45 m in
height, situated behind the point; its W summit is
covered in dark coloured vegetation while the E
summit is of white sand; its peculiar aspect and
isolated position makes this hill a good landmark.
A stranded wreck is situated 5 miles NE of the
point. Thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
NNE of Ponta Aguda (18 miles SE) a low, sandy

point which can be identified by some cliffs with
reddish patches to the W of it, thence:
NNE of Ponta Paracuru Light (25miles SE) passing
SW of the oilfield in which there are numerous lit
drilling rigs and platforms. Ponta Paracuru, the
most salient point on this part of the coast, is
formed by sand dunes from which a light (4.159)
is exhibited. The point can be identified by a
conical wooded hill rising 2 miles inland and
visible from about 18 miles offshore. A reef
extends up to 3 cables off the point. Lights (4.162)
are also exhibited from a jetty on the W side of
the point. Thence:
Clear of a marine farm (30 miles ESE), thence:
NNE of Ponta Pecm Light (40 miles SE) (4.159).
The point, 1mile ENE of the light, is identified by
Morros Tres Irmaos, a group of hills visible from
20 miles offshore. Ponta Pecm Light (4.159) is
exhibited about 1 mile WSW of the point and a
jetty, marked by lights (4.163), extends about
1 mile ENE from the point. Thence:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (53 miles ESE), position
NNE of a marine park (63 miles ESE) in which
anchoring, fishing or changes to the environment
are prohibited (4.188).
From this position the track continues ESE for about
2 miles to a position NNE of Mucuripe Light (63miles SE)
(4.159) which stands on a projection, formed by a range of
sandhills about 72 m in height, 1 mile N from the line of
the coast.

Chart 3957
Rio Aracati-Mirim
1
Pecm Terminal
Chart 526 plan Pecm Terminal

4.163
General information. Pecm Oil Terminal (332S,
3848W), comprises a pier extending 1 mile NE from the
shore, with two finger piers, providing berths, extending
NW from the outer part. The berths are protected from NE
and SE by an L-shaped breakwater. The breakwater is
marked at each end, and at the 90 elbow, by a light (white
pyramidal framework GRP tower, 2 m in height).
Function. No 1 pier for discharging bulk ore, and the
handling of steel products, general cargo and containers;
No 2 pier for POL.
Port Authority. Ceara Port Integration Co.
Directions. From a position on the inshore route N of
Ponta Pecm Light (333S, 3849W) the track leads S for
about 10 miles, passing E of the marine farm, to the
vicinity of the light-buoy (safe water) (329S, 3849W), at
the pilot boarding ground. Thence the berths are
approached directly in a least depth of 152 m passing E of
Nos 1 and 3 light-buoys (starboard hand).
Limiting Conditions. Maximum draught 16.5 m at
No 2 pier.
4.165
Description. Rio Aracati-Acu enters the sea close W of
Ponta dos Patos (300S, 3941W) and is navigable by
small craft only.
Rio Munda
4.162
Ponta Munda Light (white square concrete tower,
red band, 7m in height) (311S, 3922W).
Paracuru Jetty Head Lights (privately maintained)
(324S, 3901W).
(Directions continue for the approach to
Porto de Mucurip at 4.178, and for
Pecm Terminal at 4.163)
4.164
Description. Rio Aracati-Mirim flows into the sea
11 miles ESE of Ponta de Itapag (251S, 4000W). Its
mouth is obstructed by sandbanks and shoals through
which there is a channel with a minimum depth of 20 m at
high water springs. Povoaco de Almofada, the buildings of
which include a prominent church, stands on the W bank
of the river and is visible from offshore.
Rio Aracati-Acu
Useful marks
1
Arrival information. No details are available.

Anchorage Within 6 cables of a position 1 mile WNW
of the light-buoy (safe water) in 17 m of water.
Pilot boards 8 cables ENE of the light-buoy (safe water).
Berths. No 1 pier, to the SW, is 350 m in length with a
berth on each side, maximum size 125 000 gt, LOA 300 m.
No 2 pier, 1 cables NE, has a berth on each side for
tankers to 170 000 dwt and 165 m draught.
The head of each pier is marked by a light (metal post,
1 m in height).
Port Services. Services are not yet available (2004).
4.166
Description. The bar of Rio Munda the mouth of
which lies close W of Ponta Munda (310S, 3921W)
(4.161), has depths of 5 to 8 m. The river is used by
lighters and sailing vessels which load salt 5 miles
upstream. Povocao de Munda, a fishing village, stands on
the E bank of the river near its mouth.
Anchorage exists, as shown on the chart, 3miles
NNE of Ponta Munda in a depth of about 11 m, sand.
Additional anchorage may be obtained 1 to 2 miles
NW of Ponta Munda in depths of 7 m, sand. Reefs which
extend 5 cables N and W of Ponta Munda must be given
a wide berth when approaching this anchorage.
Rio Curu
1
4.167
Description. Rio Curu, with several villages in its
vicinity, lies 5 miles SE of Ponta Aguda (321S, 3907W)
(4.161).
Anchorage can be obtained by small craft off the mouth
of the river in the bay W of Ponta Paracuru (324S,
3900W) (4.161). An L-shaped pier extends 3 cables NW
from the W side of this point.
Porto de Mucuripe
Chart 526 plan of Porto de Mucuripe
General information
1
136
4.168
Position. Porto de Mucuripe (343S, 3829W) lies
close to the W of Ponta de Mucuripe (4.161).
4.169
Function. It forms the port for Cidade de Fortaleza,
which is the capital of Estado de Ceara. Fortaleza has a
population of about 2 million and is, after Belm (3.144)
the most important city in N Brazil.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
4.170
Topography. The town of Fortaleza stands on a plateau,
20 to 30 m high, which extends 5 miles W from Ponta de
Mucuripe and is prominent from offshore. Enseada de
Mucuripe curves S and W for 4 miles to a reef, Recife
Grande, which extends seaward from a sandy beach.
Port limits. From the end of the mole (4.175) on a
bearing of 235 to the meridian of 38298W, thence on a
bearing of 180 to the coast, as shown on the chart.
Approach and entry. The port is approached through a
buoyed channel which leads from the outer approaches to
the harbour area.
Port authority. Companhia Docas do Ceara, Praca
Amigos da Marinha s/n, Esplanada de Mucuripe, 60000
Fortaleza CE.
Limiting conditions
1
4.171
Maximum dimensions for entry. The maximum size of
vessel allowed entry is length 210 m; beam 40 m and
draught 10 m; vessels drawing 91 m or less can enter at
any state of the tide.
Maximum size of vessel handled. The dimensions of
the largest vessel to use the port were 70 000 dwt;
190 m LOA; 10 m draught.
Arrival information
1
4.172
Notice of ETA: See 4.174.
Outer Anchorages. Anchorage areas, shown on the
chart, have been established as follows, with positions from
Titan Light (342S, 3829W):
No 1: For vessels with a draught more than 7 m,
1 miles WNW;
No 2: For vessels of more than 2000 gt with a

draught up to 7 m, 8 cables WSW. A stranded
wreck, marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger),
lies inside the SW edge of the anchorage;
No 3: For vessels between 200 and 2000 gt, 7 cables
SW;
No 4: For vessels waiting maritime or port support,
7 cables SE in the basin at the NE head of the
harbour.
No 5: For powered fishing vessels, 1 mile S. A
dangerous wreck lies near the centre of this
anchorage, and a stranded wreck close NW, as
shown on the chart;
No 6: For non-motorised fishing vessels, 1 miles
SSW;
No 7: For vessels with more than 9 m draught,
situated 16 miles NNW; a submarine gas pipeline
lies 5 cables ENE of this anchorage, see 4.173.
Anchorages No 1 and No 2 should be used for
quarantine and for loading and unloading explosives, in
accordance with the vessels characteristics.
Caution: Vessels should always moor if remaining at
anchor for any length of time. A mooring swivel is not
necessary during the dry season, July to December, when
vessels lie head to winds which blow constantly from
between NNE and E; during the wet season, March to
May, when winds are light and variable the use of one is
advisable.
Prohibited anchorage. Within the area of a Marine park
(4.188).
Submarine gas pipeline and cables

1
4.173
Vessels should not anchor in the vicinity of the
submarine gas pipeline which lands on the E coast 6 cables
SSW of Quebra-mar do Futuro (342S, 3828W) (4.175)
on the W side of Ponta Mucuripe, see also 1.35. A number
of submarine cables come ashore N of a position about
3 miles SSE of the breakwater.
Pilotage
1
4.174
Compulsory for all foreign vessels, all vessels carrying
hazardous cargo and Brazilian vessels of over 2000 tonnes.
Pilots should be requested 2 hours ahead of ETA. Pilots for
vessels of 90 m draught or greater board in the vicinity of
No 7 anchorage (4.172); pilots for vessels of less than
90 m draught board at the S pilot boarding station, 1 mile
WNW of Titan Light (4.178). The pilot vessels are red
launches, marked Pilot.
Tugs are available.
Vessels of 8 m draught and over should be accompanied
by a tug when navigating in the entrance channel.
Vessels of more than 4000 tonnes should employ a tug
when berthing or unberthing.
Quarantine. Health and customs authorities board at the
anchorages (4.172).
Harbour
1
Mucuripe Stranded wreck in No.2 anchorage (4.172)

137
4.175
General layout. The harbour and Enseada de Mucuripe
are protected to the N by Molhe de Mucuripe which
extends 8 cables WNW from Ponta de Mucuripe. The
harbour is approached through a buoyed channel which is
entered close W of the mole head.
A breakwater, Quebra-mar do Futuro, from which a light
is exhibited (4.179), projects 5 cables ENE from the E side
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
of Ponta de Mucuripe. There are plans to construct an

industrial port here.
A quay, 6 cables long, lies at the E side of the harbour,
from the S end of the quay an oil jetty extends 5 cables
NW with a dolphin berth at its head which can
accommodate 2 tankers.
Several piers extend from the shore 2 miles W of the
quay.
Anchorage for lighters is to the N of the quay and for
small vessels near the root of the oil jetty (4.181).
Major lights:
Mucuripe Light (344S, 3828W) (4.159).
Pinto Martins Airport Light (346S, 3832W)
(4.159).
Aero Light (343S, 3831W) (4.159).
Aero Light (344S, 3832W) (4.159).
Aero obstruction light (345S, 3830W) (4.159).
Hazards
1
4.176
Flow. The South Equatorial Current sets W at a rate of
about 1 kn offshore. On a falling tide the tidal stream sets
WNW at a rate of about kn. With a rising tide the tidal
stream sets E at a rate of about 1 kn, moving around
Enseada de Mucuripe in a counter-clockwise direction.
Overfalls. With a rising tide the circulating stream in
Enseada de Mucuripe meets the main E-going tidal stream
off the head of Molhe de Mucuripe and is deflected SE
causing heavy overfalls.
Winds and swell. The prevailing wind is SE force 3 to
4 which keeps ships off the quay. When this is not blowing
berths alongside the quay are uncomfortable, especially
from February to May, due to the swell.
The bay is exposed to winds from W through N to E; a
constant swell, caused usually by the prevailing winds, runs
into it. The heaviest seas occur during February and March.
Hurricane hawsers are required for securing and vessels
are recommended to lay out an anchor to alleviate
movement.
Mucuripe SW Silo from NW (4.177)


1
Principal marks
1
4.177
Landmarks:
White silos on the quay (343S, 3829W), the SW
silo is surmounted by a lattice mast.
Four wind turbines (342S, 328W).

4.178
Approaches. From a position N of Ponta de Mucuripe
(342S, 3828W) (4.161) the track leads SSW, passing
(with positions from Titan Light (342S, 3829W)):
ESE of a dangerous wreck (9 miles NW), the
position of which is approximate, thence:
ESE of a dangerous wreck (4 miles NW), the
To the waiting anchorages (4.172) and pilot boarding
station (1 mile WNW). Deep-draught vessels
should proceed to the deep draught anchorage and
pilot boarding station (1 miles N) indicated on
the chart, N of the shoal patches least depth 83 m,
which extend 5 miles WNW from Ponta de
Mucuripe.
Mucuripe Wind turbines and Praia do Futuro Light from WNW (4.177)
138
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
2
3
4.179
Useful marks:
Titan Light (white GRP framework tower, 12 m in
height) (342S, 3829W) exhibited from the head
of Molhe de Mucuripe.
Disused lighthouse (342S, 3828W) standing on
Ponta de Mucuripe.
Praia do Futuro Light (white square masonry tower,
black bands, 5 m in height) (342S, 3828W),
exhibited from the head of Quebra-mar do Futuro.
Berths
1
Entrance channel
1
4.180
The buoyed entrance channel leads from the vicinity of
the S pilot boarding area to the quays. It passes between
shoals which extend 3 cables SW of Molhe de Mucuripe
and a bank which extends NE of Recife do Meireles
(1 mile SW), a line of coral heads and rocks with depths
less than 2 m over them, including a rock awash at chart
datum, and marked to the NE by No 7 light-buoy
(starboard hand).
From the pilot boarding stations, at the waiting
anchorages, the track leads generally S passing:
Between Nos 1 and 2 Light-buoys (lateral) (3 cables
WSW), thence either;
SSE, in deep water, for 6 cables to the oil jetty; or:
SE for 6 cables passing between Nos 3 and 4
Light-buoys (lateral) (5 cables SSE), from where
the vessel can manoeuvre to approach the quay
4 cables distant.
Caution. Due to persistent swell in the bay buoys

marking shoals should not be relied on.
Useful mark:
Light structure (342S, 3829W) on dolphin at the
head of the oil jetty.
4.181
Anchorages: See 4.172.
Alongside berths: (with positions from Titan Light
(342S, 3829W)):
Quay (9 cables SSE): stone-faced, 1054 m long,
depths of 81 m alongside the N section and 3 to
5 m alongside the S section. Vessel size is limited
to 1707 m length, 975 m draught and 34 000 dwt.
Oil jetty (7 cables S): extends 853 m from the S end
of the quay; berthing length 90 m with an
alongside depth of about 10 m. Maximum size for
tankers is 180 m length, 10 m draught and 50 000
dwt.
4.182
Repairs: Minor repairs. Three slipways, the largest
700 tonnes capacity; a shiplift of 1600 tonnes capacity for
vessels of up to 60 m in length.
and deratting exemption certificates issued; no oily waste
facility available.
Supplies: provisions; fresh water; diesel, fuel oil and
lubricants.
Communications: road, rail and air links exist.
PONTA DE MUCURIPE TO CABO DE SO ROQUE

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3955
Depths
1
Area covered
1
4.183
This section describes the N coast of Brazil from Ponta
de Mucuripe (342S, 3828W) (4.161) to Cabo de So
Roque (529S, 3516W) on the E coast of Brazil.
Directions include the coastal passage together with
inshore routes to the significant river estuaries and bays.
Deep draught vessels are advised to follow the offshore
route. See 4.4.
Weather
1
Topography
1
4.184
The coastline from Ponta de Mucuripe to Cabo
Calcanhar (510S, 3529W), 200 miles SE, the NE point
on the Brazilian coast, consists of extensive beaches,
numerous sand dunes some of which are covered with
scanty vegetation and reddish coloured cliffs. Some of the
dunes rise to heights of 90 m. There are no mountain
ranges on this stretch of coast but there are some hills
sufficiently high to be sighted at more than 20 miles in
clear weather.
From Cabo Calcanhar to Cabo de So Roque (24 miles
SE) the aspect of the coast changes, see 4.240.
4.185
The coastline offers a poor radar image.
4.187
The rainy season is from January to May when there are
light to calm winds. The sea is usually calm from February
to May, with a sea running from June to August. From
August to December the sea is usually rough.
Regulations
1
4.188
National Marine Park. A restricted area lying 10 miles
NNE of Mucuripe Light, as shown on the chart, has been
designated a National Marine Park in which anchoring,
fishing and any other actions which could alter the
environment are prohibited, see 1.42.
Marine exploitation
1
1
4.186
The 20 m depth contour follows the coastline at a
distance of about 20 miles. There are numerous dangers
between the 10 and 20 m depth contours and deeper
draught vessels should remain outside the 20 m depth
contour.
139
4.189
Numerous oil exploration platforms, pipelines, mooring
buoys and light-buoys, including Guamare Oil Terminal
(4.233), exist within a designated area, as indicated on the
chart, 23 miles NW of Ponta dos Trs Irmos (502S,
3558W). They are connected to the shore by submarine
gas pipelines. See 1.35 and 4.224.
Uncharted drilling platforms may be temporarily located
in any part of this section and outside the designated area,
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
these platforms normally exhibit red lights, Mo(U) white

lights and occasionally are equipped with radiobeacons.
Navigation within 500 m of platforms is prohibited.
See also 1.10,
General information
Chart 3955
4
Route
1
4.190
From a position NNE of Ponta de Mucuripe (342S,
3828W) (4.161) the route leads ESE for about 116 miles
to a position NNE of Ponta do Mel (458S, 3652W)
(4.194).
Topography
1
4.191
Between Ponta de Mucuripe and Cabo Iguape the coast
consists of sandy beaches backed by dunes attaining
heights of about 90 m and, in places, covered by low
vegetation. Towards Rio Mossoro the coast becomes higher
and there are a number of prominent hills.
Between Rio Mossor and Ponta do Mel the sandhills
develop into sheer reddish cliffs.
Depths
1
4.192
The 20 m depth contour forms a fairly regular bank up
to 20 miles offshore.
Principal marks
1
4.193
Major lights:
Aero Light (343S, 3831W) (4.159).
Aero Light (344S, 3832W) (4.159).
Mucuripe Light (344S, 3828W) (4.159).
Morro Branco Light (white square tower 25 m in
height) (410S, 3807W).
Ponta Cajuais Light (white column, red bands 14 m in
height) (443S, 3722W).
Ponta do Mel Light (white metal framework tower
with central column, black bands, 14 m in height)
(458S, 3653W).
Useful marks
4.195
1
Directions
1
4.194
From a position NNE of Mucuripe Light (344S,
3828W) the track leads ESE, passing (with positions from
Ponta Maceio (Barra de Jaguaribe) Lighthouse (425S
3746W)):
Clear of the marine park (62 miles NW) (4.188),
thence:
NNE of the mouth of Rio Pacot (52 miles NW)
identified by Morro Pacot, an isolated sandhill
with a height of 40 m,
NNE of Recife da Caoeira (50 miles NW), over
which seas break. The reef is separated from the
mainland by a narrow channel with depths of
between 2 and 3 m in it navigable by local craft.
Prainha town stands 4 miles S on the N bank of a
small river. Thence:
NNE of Cabo Iguape (41 miles NW) (4.196), a low
dune fronted by numerous rocks extending up to
1 mile offshore. Morro do Iguape rises to a height
of 120 m close inland. Thence:
NNE of Morro Branco Light (4.193), thence:
NNE of the dangerous wreck (19 miles NNW),

thence:
NNE of Ponta Macei formed of reddish cliffs.
Aracati Light (red round masonry tower and hut,
12 m in height) stands 5 cables S of the point.
Maceio town stands 1 mile inland. Thence:
NE of Banco do Retiro (15 miles SE) with a least
depth of 43 m over it, thence:
NE of Ponta Grossa (21 miles SE) which rises steeply
to an elevation of about 100 m and stands out well
against surrounding land. Close to the point there
is a hummock which opens out from the point on
a bearing of about 240. Rocks extend up to
2 miles from the point. Thence:
NE of tanker moorings (27 miles E) (4.202), thence:
NE of Ponta Cajuais (31 miles SE). Between this
point and Ponta Grossa there are reddish coloured
cliffs which stand out against the ash-grey interior.
Banco dos Cajuais, which dries in places, extends
as much as 7 miles offshore in the vicinity of this
point. A light-buoy (isolated danger) is moored on
the bank. Thence:
NE of Ponta Upanema (50 miles SE) marked by
Ponta Upanema Light (white metal column 11 m in
height), thence:
NE of Recifes do Joo da Cunha (52 miles ESE) a
group of rocks, lying in the approaches to Porto de
Areia Branca (4.203), which occasionally dry and
upon which seas break heavily during NE Trade
winds. Two isolated obstructions with a depth of
9 m over them are situated 8 miles ENE of the
reef; an unmarked 6 m patch, reported in 1991,
lies 10 miles NE of the reef.
From this position the track continues SE for about
7 miles to a position NNE of Ponta do Mel Light (4.193) a
sheer, prominent, reddish cliff, 90 m high and about 1 mile
long extends W from the light. and terminates at Ponta do
Cristovao.
Morro Cascavel (409S, 3816W) an isolated conical

peak.
Morro Branco (410S, 3807W) visible for 23 miles.
Morro Azul (431S, 3807W) an isolated conical
peak.
Morro do Tiba (451S, 3717W) a prominent
reddish hill.
(Directions continue at 4.224. Directions for
Porto de Areia Branca are given at 4.211)

Enseada de Iguape
1
4.196
Anchorage exists in Enseada de Iguape to the W of
Cabo Iguape (4.194), about 1 mile offshore in depths of
55 m, sand. The bay is bordered by steep, high cliffs.
Rio Chor
1
140
4.197
Description. Barra Nova (406S, 3809W) at the
mouth of Rio Chor is dangerous at all times and
practically impassable from January to June owing to rocks
and shifting sands. The river is frequented by vessels
drawing up to 2 m and entered at HW.
Local knowledge is necessary to enter
Anchorage exists within the bar in depths of 24 m.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
Rio Pirangi
1
4.198
Description. Vessels with draughts of 2 m, can cross the
bar of Rio Pirangi (424S, 3749W) at HW.
Anchorage exists within the bar in depths of 3 m.
Tanker mooring
1
PORTO DE AREIA BRANCA INCLUDING

SALINEIRO TERMINAL
Rio Jaguaribe
1
4.199
Description. Rio Jaguaribe (426S, 3745W) is
navigable, during the rainy season (January to May), as far
as Cidade de Aracati which is situated on the E bank of
the river 7 miles from the mouth.
Approaches. Lying 1 miles S of Ponta Maceio (4.194)
the W bank of the river has a higher elevation than the E
bank. A short distance within the entrance, on the E bank,
are two sandhills covered with vegetation, and of equal
height, which appear as islets from a distance of 20 miles
offshore.
Entrance. The mouth of the river is encumbered by
sandbanks between which are channels, but these are
subject to change particularly when the river is in spate.
There is a line of heavy breakers about 5 cables outside
the river mouth but inside these the water is always
smooth.
Vessels drawing up to 3 m can usually cross the bar at
HWS but they sometimes touch bottom. From January to
June depths in the entrance are reduced by sand brought
down by the river.
A sandbank dries SE from Ponta Macei and shoal
depths extend about 1 mile; the navigable channel lies to
the S of these.
Banco ONeil extends from the SE side of the river
close within the entrance and occupies about half the width
of the river. The navigable channel between this bank and
the NW side of the river has a minimum depth of 37 m in
the fairway.
The river widens to form a basin about 4 miles above its
mouth.
Pilots are available to meet vessels outside the line of
breakers at the river entrance. The service is private but
under the control of the port authorities.
Outer anchorage can be obtained 1 to 2 miles NE of
Aracati Light (425S, 3746W) (4.195) in depths of 7 to
9 m. This anchorage is very exposed to the strong ENE and
ESE winds which blow from June to December.
Inner anchorage, with local knowledge only, can be
obtained within the river, in depths of about 4 m, off
Povocao de Fortinho.
4.200
Cidade de Aracati is the chief commercial centre of the
district. Exports are brought down river by lighter and
transhipped to coastal vessels at the inner anchorage.
Charts 526 plans of Porto de Areia Branca,

Salineiro Terminal, 3955
General information
1
4.201
Anchorage can be obtained in Enseada do
Retiro-Grande, situated W of Ponta Grossa (438S,
3730W) (4.194), in depths of 5 m. If the vessels draught
will permit the rocks off the point provide shelter for an
anchorage further inshore. A good landing can be obtained
within these rocks.
Directions. Vessels should give Ponta Grosso a berth of
about 3 miles, and keep clear of Banco do Retiro (4.194).
4.203
Position. Porto de Areia Branca (457S, 3708W) lies
on the E bank of Rio Mossor 2 miles above its mouth.
Salineiro Terminal is an artificial island situated 10 miles
NE of Porto de Areia Branca.
Function. Porto de Areia Branca is a large salt
exporting centre, but has no berths for sea-going vessels,
all cargo being loaded at Terminal Salineiro (4.216).
Topography
1
4.204
Rio Mossor is entered close W of Ponta do Pontal
(4561S, 37094W). a low sandy point. The river flows
into the head of a bay on the W side of which are some
reddish cliffs which extend 9 miles N to Morro do Tiba
(4.195). The E side of the bay is lower, being formed of
sandy cays and is barren.
The mouth of the river is obstructed by sandbanks
which dry and extend up to 1 miles offshore, a narrow
channel leads between these banks.
Rio Mossor rises in Serra dos Cariris-Velhos and has a
course of 180 miles, is navigable by coastal vessels for
12 miles and by river launches as far as Cidade de
Mossor, 18 miles upstream.
Approach and entry

1
4.205
Through a buoyed channel which starts close NE of
Recifes do Joo da Cunha (4.194) and leads SW to the
terminal and anchorage areas.
Rio Mossor is entered through a buoyed channel which
leads from SW of the terminal and anchorage area into the
river.
the buoys are frequently moved. Approach to the inner
anchorage and navigation of the channel should not be
attempted without local knowledge. A dangerous wreck lies
in Rio Mossor, 7 cables ESE of Ponta do Pontal (4.204).
Limiting conditions
1
Enseada do Retiro-Grande
1
4.202
Mooring buoys for tankers situated 16 miles N of Ponta
Cajuais (4.194).
4.206
Deepest and longest berths. Salineiro Terminal (4.216).
Maximum size of vessel handled:
Salineiro Terminal: 180 m length; 22 m breadth; 11 m
draught.
Porto de Areia Branca (at HW): 50 m length; 12 m
breadth; 18 m draught.
Arrival information
1
141
4.207
Notice of ETA. Pilots require at least 10 hours notice of
arrival.
Outer anchorages for vessels awaiting a pilot or a berth
is in 13 to 15 m of water, close to the pilot boarding
station (444S, 3656W), 2 miles ENE of Recifes do Joo
da Cunha.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels over 2000

tonnes. Pilots board at the outer anchorages. Because entry
is dependent on the state of the tide, a ships agent should
agree a boarding time with the pilots at least 10 hours in
advance in order to enable the pilot to get to the boarding
station. There is no night pilotage.
Tugs are available and must be used by vessels berthing.
Vessels of over 10 000 tonnes must employ 2 tugs.
Regulations concerning entry. Berthing at the Salineiro
Terminal is not permitted when the wind speed exceeds
25 kn.
Quarantine. Vessels awaiting quarantine clearance
should use No 1 anchorage (4.215).
Harbour
1
4.208
General layout. Porto de Areia Branca, within Rio
Mossor, is approached by a buoyed channel leading
18 miles SW from seaward. It is now only used for small
craft and lightering activities. The main cargo operations
are handled at Salineiro Terminal, an artificial island, with
storage facilities, connected to a dolphin berth and situated
10 miles NE of the port.
Hazards
1
4.209
Winds. From January to June the winds are NE usually
light with occasional calms. Strong E winds blow from
June to October, being at their strongest in August and
moderating in November and December.
Sea state. From January to May seas are comparatively
calm, becoming moderate until August and heavy from
August to December.
Tidal streams. At the inner anchorage set SW, towards
the bar, with the in-going and NNE with the out-going
streams.
Principal mark
4.210
1
Salineiro Terminal (449S, 3703W). The artificial

island has stockpiles of salt which appear as a
large white mound. There is also a red and white
metal warehouse with an overhead gantry and
conveyor belts. This structure can be detected on
radar at a good distance. The island provides the
best mark for vessels approaching from seaward.
Local knowledge
1
4.214
Required when proceeding to No 3 Anchorage (4.215)
and through the buoyed channel (7 miles SW) leading to
Porto de Areia Branca.
Anchorages
1

4.211
Approaches. From a position NNE of Recifes do Joo
da Cunha (445S, 3658W) (4.194) the track leads SSW
and SW passing (with positions from Salineiro Terminal
(449S, 3703W)):
WNW of the unmarked shoal patch (16 miles NE)
(4.194) and of two isolated unmarked obstructions
(15 and 14 miles NE) (4.194), thence:
To the waiting anchorage and pilot boarding station
(9 miles NE).
4.212
Entrance channel. From the pilot boarding station
(9 miles NE) the track leads SW and WSW through the
buoyed channel, passing:
SE of No 1 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (8 miles
NE), which marks the start of the buoyed channel,
thence:
SE of No 3 Buoy (starboard hand) (5 miles NE),

which marks the S point of Recifes do Joo da
Cunha, thence:
SW for 5 miles to a position close SE of No 7 Buoy
(starboard hand) (9 cables ESE).
From this position the track leads W passing:
N of No 8 Buoy (port hand) (8 cables SE), thence:
WSW for 1 mile to the berth at Salineiro Terminal;
or:
WSW for 2 miles to No 1 Anchorage (8 cables SW)
(4.215); or:
SW for 3 miles, passing NW of No 10 Buoy (port
hand) (1 miles SW), thence:
S for 1 miles, passing E of the dangerous wreck
marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger) (3 miles
WSW) to No 2 Anchorage (3 miles SW) (4.215).
4.213
Useful marks:
Ponta Upanema Light (456S, 3707W) (4.195).
Lights on Salineiro Terminal E and W dolphins
(449S, 3703W); also lights on the four corners
of the terminal, 580 m NNW.
Pontal Light (white square structure, black bands, 8 m
in height) (456S, 3709W).
The following marks in the town of Areia Branca are
prominent:
Church tower, 32 m high, and blue in colour (457S,
3708W);
Radio tower (457S, 3708W).
4.215
There are three designated anchorage areas within the
port:
No 1 Anchorage (4495S, 37034W) in depths of
14 to 16 m; used for quarantine, inward clearance,
repairs and as a waiting anchorage for berthing.
about 9 m, sand; used by vessels drawing up to
67 m waiting to load.
about 5 m, sand; used for vessels drawing up to
36m waiting to load and also for recreational
craft.
Berths
1
4.216
Salineiro Terminal is an artificial island with storage
facilities for up to 150 000 tonnes of salt. It is connected,
by a steel bridge 400 m long, to a dolphin berth used for
loading sea-going vessels.
Vessels moor, port side alongside, to three dolphins and
three mooring buoys and using the starboard anchor in a
depth of about 14 m.
There is a wharf 195 m long on the SW face of the
island for barges to discharge.
Port services
1
142
4.217
Repairs. Slipway with a capacity of 150 tonnes; small
workshops for simple repairs.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
Other facilities: hospital; garbage collection service;

deratting and deratting exemption certificates issued; no
oily waste disposal.
Supplies: provisions in small quantities; fresh water at
Salineiro Terminal only from an artesian well; diesel oil in
small quantities by lighter with 48 hours notice.
Communications: airfield at Cidade de Mossor.
Directions
1
PONTA DO MEL TO CABO CALCANHAR

General information
Chart 3955
Route
1
4.218
From a position NNE of Ponta do Mel (458S,
3652W) (4.194) the route leads ESE for about 85 miles to
a position NNE of Cabo Calcanhar (510S, 3529W)
(4.224).
Topography
1
4.219
The high reddish cliffs at Ponta do Mel (4.194) continue
SE, for about 6 miles, after which the coast reverts to sand
dunes interspersed with mangroves at the river entrances.
On this section of coastline there are only a few hills
sufficiently high to be seen from offshore. Of these Serra
do Mangue-Seco (509S, 3625W) (4.225) is the most
easily identified.
Depths
4.220
The 20 m depth contour forms a regular bank up to
18 miles offshore however, between Ponta do Tubaro
(504S, 3631W) (4.224) and Cabo Calcanhar, there are
numerous very shoal patches which extend right up to the
edge of this depth contour, see 4.224.
Caution. Along this coast soundings give little warning
of danger since depths decrease from over 50 m to under
10 m in less than 2 miles. Vessels unsure of their position
should not approach the line of shoals stretching from Urca
do Tubaro to Urca da Cotia and no attempt should be
made to pass S of them.

1
4.221
For details of marine exploitation see (4.189).
Principal marks
1
4.222
Major lights:
Ponta do Mel Light (458S, 3653W) (4.193).
Agulha Light (white square framework tower, red
bands, 22 m in height) (453S, 3616W) on oil
platform.
Santo Alberto Light (black and white chequered
8-sided concrete tower, 38 m in height) (503S,
3602W) exhibited from Ponta Caiaras.
Cabo Calcanhar Light (white ribbed conical concrete
tower, black bands, 62 m in height) (racon)
(510S, 3529W).
Useful mark
4.225
1
Canal de Santo Alberto
4.223
Racon on Agulha (oil platform) Light as above.
Racon and radiobeacon on Cabo Calcanhar Light as
above.
Serra do Mangue-Seco (509S, 3625W) a range of

hills, 5 miles inland, with rounded, sloping sides
and dull green colour which stands out against the
low sandy coast and is visible up to 21 miles in
clear weather.
(Directions continue at 4.244, Directions for
Macau are given at 4.227 and for
Guamar Oil Terminal at 4.233)
Side channel

1
4.224
From a position NNE of Ponta do Mel (458S,
3652W) (4.194) the track leads ESE passing (with
positions from Agulha Light (453S, 3616W) (4.222)):
NNE of Porto de Macau (26 miles SW) (4.227),
thence:
NNE of Ponta do Tubaro (18 miles SW) which is
formed by small barren sand dunes and marked by
Ponta do Tubaro Light (white metal framework
tower, 5 m in height), thence:
NNE of Urca do Tubaro (11 miles W), a group of
coral heads on a sandbank, least depth 41 m. This
shoal seldom breaks but a heavy swell forms over
it during moderate winds; an 85 m patch lies
6 miles WNW of the reef and an 85 m
obstruction is situated 2 miles S of it. Thence:
NNE of the designated oilfield area (centred 3 miles
SW) (4.189) in which lies Guamar Oil Terminal
(4.233) and Agulha Light (4.222), thence:
NNE of a line of shoals extending 25 miles E of
Agulha Light. The shoals include, from W to E,
Urca do Minhoto (2 miles E) and Cabeo do
Oliveira (4 miles E), both rocky ledges with rocks
awash and exposed at low water; Urca da
Conceico (11 miles E) and Coroa das Lavadeiras
(15 miles ESE), extensive rocky shoals exposed at
low water; and Urca da Cotia (25 miles ESE), a
shoal with less than 20 m. And:
NNE of two marine farms (19 miles and 29 miles E),
thence:
NNE of Ponta San Marcos (32 miles ESE) before
which are a number of rocks on the coastal bank,
thence:
NNE of Ponta do Reduto (37 miles ESE), a low-lying
sandy point. A shoal with a depth of 39 m over it,
lies 4 miles NW. Thence:
NNE of Ponta Santo Cristo (41 miles ESE), a narrow
point covered with palm trees. Morro Branco, an
elongated, barren hill of very white sand, 60 m
high, situated on the coast 5 miles ESE of Ponta
Santo Cristo, is the highest point on this part of
the coast and a good landmark.
14 miles to a position NNE of Cabo Calcanhar (510S
3529W) a low indeterminate point from which Cabo
Calcanhar Light (4.222) is exhibited.
143
4.226
Description. Canal de Santo Alberto (502S, 3553W),
to the N and E of Ponta dos Trs Irmos (4.189), has a
minimum depth of 27 m and passes between the coastal
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
bank and the reefs which lie 6 miles N of the point. A

disused lighthouse and a beacon stand on the point and
serve as marks for navigating the channel.
2
Minor harbour
Brazilian Chart 702
Porto de Macau
1
2
1
4.227
Position. Porto de Macau (506S, 3638W) lies at the
mouth of Rio Au.
Traffic. In 2000 the port was used by one vessel of
1 900 dwt.
Function. The port is a salt exporting centre.
4.228
Topography. The river is entered W of Pontal de
Alagamar a low sandy point. Sandbanks, which dry in
patches, obstruct the mouth of the river and between them
are channels leading into the river. The banks of the river
are low and fringed by mangroves and there are numerous
salt pans along the banks.
Approach and entry. The approach is from a position
N of the port and entry is through either of two separate
entrance channels, one of which is buoyed, leading through
the sandbanks which form the river bar. These channels are
subject to change.
Maximum size of vessels handled: The maximum
dimensions for vessels to be safely admitted to the port and
to moor alongside the piers is 50 m length, 10 m breadth
and 18 m draught.
Outer anchorage. Vessels anchor 5 miles NNW of Ilha
do Alagamar Light (5059S, 36395W) in depths of 9 to
10 m, fine sand.
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels. Pilots
board at the outer anchorage.
Tugs are available but they are mainly used for towing
salt barges.
General layout. Vessels can work cargo from lighters at
the outer anchorage; there are three piers for loading salt
but no designated anchorages within the river.
A footbridge spans the river about 3 miles above its
mouth.
Tidal stream. In Rio Au the effects of the tide are felt
as far as 36 miles upstream.
Current is strong in the river in winter months.
Winds at night are usually calm but the wind increases
in velocity during the day, reaching forces of 4 to 5, and
backing from E to NE.
Rainfall. The climate is very dry the only rainfall being
during the winter months, March to May.
4.229
Directions for entering harbour. From a position N of
the port entrance the track leads S, passing (with positions
from Ilha do Alagamar Light (506S, 3640W)):
W of the isolated patch (18 miles NNE) (4.224)
(Chart 3955), thence:
E of the dangerous wreck (5 miles NW), marked on
its N side by a light-buoy (isolated danger),
thence:
To the outer anchorage (5 miles NNW).
4.230
Barra de Norte entrance channel. From the outer
anchorage the track leads S to the entrance to Barra de
Norte buoyed channel (3 miles NW), thence:
Follow the Barra de Norte buoyed channel, marked
by buoys numbered 2, 4, 6, 8 and 12 and
light-buoy No 10, leading S and SE between

Banco do Passarinho (3 miles WNW) and Banco
do Meio (2 miles WNW), thence:
SE of Pontal do Alagamar (1 miles W) into Rio
Au.
the buoys are frequently moved to match these changes and
are not therefore charted. Navigation of the channel should
not be attempted without a pilot.
4.231
Barra do Sol entrance channel: Access is possible
through the Barra do Sol Channel which leads from its
entrance point (1 miles NW):
S between Banco do Meio and Pontal do Alagamar,
thence:
SE of Pontal do Alagamar (1 miles W) into Rio
Au.
Caution: This channel is seldom used as it is unmarked,
shallower and subject to even more frequent change than
Barra do Norte.
4.232
Useful marks:
Ilha do Alagamar Light (blue water tank on white
concrete framework tower, 17 m in height) (506S,
3640W).
Mast (505S, 3641W) on Pontal do Alagamar.
Alongside berths. Three piers for small vessels loading
salt.
Repairs. Minor repairs. A repair yard for wooden
vessels up to 20 tonnes.
Other facilities: hospital; garbage collection; oily waste
disposal not available.
Supplies: provisions scarce; fresh water; fuel and
lubricants not available.
Communications: air taxis and helicopters operate from
the town.
Guamar Oil Terminal

Chart 3955
General information
1
4.233
Position. Guamar Oil Terminal (4524S, 36224W),
not charted, is an offshore CBM moored in an oil and gas
field (4.189) N of Ponta Galinhos (5053S, 36176W).
Function. Crude oil loading terminal.
Port Authority. Petrobras, Rodovia PE 60 Km 10 SN,
Ipojuca, PE 54500000.
Limiting conditions
Maximum draught 15.0 m at HW, maximum size
116 000 dwt.
Arrival information.
1
4.234
Notice of ETA 48 hours before arrival.
Outer Anchorage within 1 mile radius of 451S,
3623W, 17 m of water and good holding ground.
Pilot boards in the anchorage area.
Directions
1
144
4.235
The terminal and anchorage, lying about 6miles
WNW of Agulha Light (racon) (4528S, 36163W)
(4.222) should be approached from N and NNE.
Urca do Tubaro (4.224), a 41 m shoal, lies 4 miles W
of the anchorage.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
Current at berth up to 3 kn.

Useful mark. Galinhos light (red round concrete tower,
white bands, 13 m in height) (505S, 3618W).
Natal (5.18), pilots for Canal de So Roque may be

obtained at Porto de Macau (4.227) and Areia Branca
(4.203) and in various other ports on this stretch of coast.
Berth
Principal marks
4.236
Berth. A CBM from where submarine pipelines extend
S to the shore, see 1.35. Vessels generally berth in morning
daylight.
Port Services. Repairs and medical facilities.
4.243
Major lights:
Cabo Calcanhar Light (510S, 3529W) (4.222).
Cabo de So Roque Light (white masonry tower, red
Directions
Rio das Conchas

1
4.237
Description. A drying sandbank extends 5 cables
offshore, E of the river and stretches NW across its mouth.
A narrow channel, navigable by vessels drawing up to 3 m
leads between this bank and the coast to the mouth of the
river. The village of Canto de Mangue stands on the W
bank of the river near the mouth.
The coast to the E of Rio das Conchas is fringed by
sandbanks which extend 1 miles seawards and almost
completely block the mouth of Rio dos Cavalos, 3 miles
ESE.
Local knowledge is necessary to enter Rio das Conchas
(503S, 3646W).

1
Ponta Cairaras
1
4.238
Anchorage, sheltered from the sea, can be obtained in
depths of 6 m, sand, 1 miles NW of Ponta Cairaras
(Santo Alberto) Light (5031S, 36023W) (4.222).
3
CABO CALCANHAR TO CABO DE SO

ROQUE
General information
Chart 3979
Route
1
4.239
From a position NNE of Cabo Calcanhar (510S
3529W) the route leads SSE for about 34 miles to a
position ENE of Cabo de So Roque (529S, 3516W)
(4.244).
Topography
1
4.240
From Cabo Calcanhar the coast SE consists of sandhills
but there is also abundant vegetation consisting of dark
green forests and numerous coconut groves. There are signs
of habitation and frequent villages.
Depths
1
4.241
Along this part of the coast depths less than 11 m extend
up to 8 miles offshore. Many shoals and banks lie close to
the 10 m depth contour which lies between 4 to 6 miles
from the shore. Vessels drawing more than 4 m should not
navigate inside that line.
Recifes de So Roque are a line of shoals lying 3 miles
off the coast. Channels (4.246) provide passage both inside
and through these shoals.
Useful marks
4.245
1
Pilotage
1
4.244
From a position NNE of Cabo Calcanhar (510N,
3529W) (4.224) the track leads SSE passing (with
positions from Cabo Calcanhar Light):
NNE of Baixo de Sioba (4 miles NE), an extensive
shoal with a least depth of 38 m over it, thence:
NNE of Ponta da Gameleira (5 miles SE), formed of
a dark red cliff 21 m high, which extends 6 cables
SE of the point and is marked by a light (black
square concrete column with white band 12 m in
height); thence:
NNE of Baixo de Rio do Fogo (9 miles SE), an
extensive bank of stones and rocks which is
marked by a light (white square concrete tower,
red bands 12 m in height). The bank is awash in
many parts and seas continually break over it.
Thence:
NNE of three marine farms (17 miles NE, 18 miles
and 18 miles ENE), thence:
NNE of a light-buoy (E cardinal) (18 miles E)
moored close E of Risca do Zumbi, an isolated
rock with a depth of 5 m over it, thence:
ENE of Barreira do Zumbi (11 miles SE), a small but
sheer reddish cliff, similar cliffs crowned with
vegetation extend 1 mile N of it, thence:
ENE of Baixo de Maracaja (20 miles SE), an
extensive bank of stones and rocks, which is
awash in many parts and on which the sea breaks
all the time. Ponta do Caconho lies about 2 miles
W and inshore of the shoal, the point consisting of
light coloured sandhills which are slightly higher
than the coast to the NW; rocky ledges extend up
to 2 cables from it. Baixo da Teresa Pana Light
(white round concrete tower, black bands, 10 m in
height) stands close to the shore behind the bank.
Thence:
ENE of Ponta dos Anis (20 miles SSE) which
consists of a sandhill rising from a reddish cliff
and somewhat higher than the neighbouring
sandhills.
4 miles to a position ENE of Cabo de So Roque (24 miles
SSE) a white sandy point about 55 m in height with
vegetation on its summit.
4.242
In addition to the official pilots for the N coast of Brazil
who are stationed at Recife (5.77) and those to be found at
145
Ponta da Gameleira Light (black square concrete

column, white band, 6 m in height) (513S,
3525W), the structure is small and not easily
discernible.
Baixo de Rio do Fogo Light (white square concrete
3521W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 4
Baixo da Teresa Pana Light (white round concrete

tower, black bands, 10 m in height) (524S,
3518W).
Side channel
Canal de So Roque
1
4.246
Description. Canal de So Roque which leads, for
23 miles, from Cabo Calcanhar (510S, 3529W) to Cabo
de So Roque, between the coastal bank and Recifes de
So Roque (4.241), has a minimum depth of 42 m and a
minimum width of 1 mile.
Tidal streams in Canal de So Roque set S with a
rising tide and N on a falling one and have a rate of about
1 kn.
Local knowledge and clear visibility are necessary.
Directions. From a position with Cabo Calcanhar Light
bearing 227 distant 14 miles, the track leads SE for
9 miles until Baixo do Rio do Fogo Light (514S,
3521W) bears 025 distant 18 miles, thence:
The track leads ESE for 3 miles until Baixo do Rio
do Fogo Light bears 328 distant 38 miles, thence:
The track leads along a line of bearing 165 of Cabo
de So Roque Light (529S, 3516W) ahead, to a
position 38 miles from the light, thence:
The track finally leads SE until Cabo de So Roque
Light bears 270 distant 27 miles when the
channel is cleared.
Enseada de Pititinga
1

Enseada de Touros
1
4.247
Description. Cidade de Touros (512S,
on low ground at the head of Enseada
church in the town and the dark coloured
3 cables NW are prominent. By night the
3527W) stands
de Touros. The
cliffs of a point
neon lighting of
the main street is distinct. There is a vast grove of coconut

trees in the vicinity of the town.
Currents within the channel are dependent on wind
direction.
4.248
Directions. Canal dos Touros (511S, 3523W) leads
between Baixo de Sioba (4.244) and Baixo de Rio do Fogo
(4.244), it is 1 miles wide and has depths of over 5 m in
it.
By Day vessels passing through the canal should keep
Touros church (512S, 3528W) on a bearing of 246
which will lead through the channel in depths of 7 to 11 m.
By night, the white sector (203233) of Ponta da
Gameleira Light (513S, 3525W) indicates the deeper
water.
Anchorage may be obtained off Cidade de Touros
(512S, 3528W), in 3 m, mud. Rocks extend 3 cables NE
from the point NW of the town.
146
4.249
Description. Enseada de Pititinga (521S, 3519W) is
situated between Ponta do Caconho (4.244) and the mouth
of Rio Punau 2 miles to the NW. A dense coconut grove
extends along the coast for 1 mile NW of the point. A
disused light-structure stands on the point 1 mile SE of
Ponta do Caconho.
Currents within the channel are dependent on wind
direction.
4.250
Directions. Canal de Pititinga leads between Baixo de
Rio do Fogo (4.244) and Baixo de Maracaja (4.244), it is
over 5 miles wide with depths of over 5 m in it.
Vessels passing through the canal should keep Pititinga
church (523S, 3520W) (not charted) on a bearing of
227.
Anchorage exists in depths of 4 to 5 m with Ponta do
Caconho (4.244) bearing 140.
Home
Contents
Index
NOTES
147
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 5 - East Coast of Brazil - Cabo de So Roque to Baa de Todos os Santos

5
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
Cabo So Roque
3955
5.10
504
Natal
5.18
33
5
3979
Chapter
4
504
5 .3 0
Cabedelo
5.44
960
Cabo Branco
5.60
5.77
Recife
B R A Z I L
969
5.68
969
Suape
5.123
3978
5.111
13
5.
960
Macei
5.140
Porto de
Pedras
5.139
3978
10
10
5.165
Rio Sa Francisco
do Norte
3976
11
3977
15
5.
Sergipe Terminal
11
Aracaju
5.168
3977
27
3975
Baa de Todos
os Santos
13
5.193 545
5.
5.
12
5.1
79
12
Po
r
Sa Po to d
lv rto e
ad
M
or de ad
5. Ara re
20
d
4 tu 5 e D
.2 eu
23
51
3976
13
540
Chapter
6
14
0405
40
14
39
38
37
148
34
33
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
EAST COAST OF BRAZIL CABO DE SO ROQUE TO BAA DE TODOS OS
SANTOS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 528, 529

1
5.1
This chapter describes the N part of the E coast of
Brazil extending 490 miles SSW from Cabo de So Roque
(529S, 3516W) (4.244) to Baa de Todos os Santos
(1252S, 3836W) (5.193). It includes the ports of Natal
(5.18), Cabedelo (5.44), Recife (5.77), Maceio (5.140),
Aracaju (5.168) and Salvador (5.204) together with the
various port facilities situated within Baa de Todos os
Santos.
Topography
1
5.2
The coast itself is without salient features, and the hills
in its vicinity do not exceed 150 m in height. The N part is
fertile with hills and cliffs covered with vegetation; farther
S the aspect changes and the coast consists mainly of
barren sandy stretches.
Depths
1
5.3
Barrier reef. The greater part of this section of
coastline is bordered by a singular barrier reef, composed
of coral rock, which lies from 5 cables to 3 miles offshore.
Traces of this barrier reef may be found farther S, and also
off the N coast of Brazil as far W as Ilha do Maranho
(4.48). The reef is about 5 m wide at the top, sloping to
seaward and sheer on the landward side and is generally
submerged, although in some places it is about 1 m high. It
forms a natural breakwater having smooth water and
shallows within it, with navigable channels used by coastal
vessels. There are occasional gaps in the reef which allow

access to various ports and creeks along the coast. It is
bordered in most places by rocky banks, known locally as
Restinga de Pedras dos Tacs.
The coast is comparatively steep-to and there are no
dangers more than 10 miles offshore, except for that section
between Porto de Maceio (940S, 3542W) and Porto de
Aracaju (1055S, 3703W) where the barrier reef ends,
and shoals with depths of less than 20 m over them extend
up to 15 miles offshore.
Positions
1
5.4
charts by varying amounts, and positions should be
transferred between charts by bearing and distance from
common charted objects, not by latitude and longitude, see
note on charts.
Weather
1
5.5
The area is influenced by the South-east Trade Winds
(1.125); E to SE winds, between force 3 and 5, prevail in
all seasons.
Flow
1
5.6
The South Equatorial Current impinges on the coast
about latitude 8S where it divides, part turning N and NW
and part turning SSW and SW where, combining with the
South Sub-tropical Current, it forms the Brazil Current.
These currents, which often set onshore and should be
guarded against, are described fully at 1.108.
CABO DE SO ROQUE TO RIO PARAIBA

intensely illuminated and the loom from their lights can be
seen at distances of about 20 miles on a clear night.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3979
Depths
Area covered
1
5.7
This section covers the coastal passage from Cabo de
So Roque (529S, 3516W) (4.244) to the mouth of Rio
Paraba, 90 miles SSE. It includes the ports of Natal
(547S, 3512W) (5.18) and Cabedelo (658S, 3450W)
(5.44).
5.9
The barrier reef (5.3) causes dangers, with less than 5 m
of water over them, to extend up to 2 miles off the coast
throughout this section.
Outside this line there are no dangers of less than 10 m
depth which extend more than 7 miles offshore.
CABO DE SO ROQUE TO NATAL

Topography
1
5.8
The coastline of this section has moderate vegetation,
mainly of coconuts which form dense groves, and there are
some prominent heights of 40 to 120 m elevation near the
coast, visible from 10 to 23 miles offshore.
This section of coastline is moderately populated and
several towns and cities lie on the coast; Natal (5.18) and
Joo Pessoa (5.45) are state capitals. These cities are
General information
Chart 504
Route
1
149
5.10
From a position E of Cabo de So Roque (529S,
a position E of Ponta de Santa Rita (542S, 3512W)
(5.15) NE of the entrance to Porto de Natal (5.18).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Topography
1
River
5.11
There are no remarkable features. The coast is backed
by hills from 35 to 60 m high, which are sparsely wooded.
Villages and coconut groves extend along the coast.
Rio Potengi
1
Depths
1
5.12
Dangers with depths of less than 50 m over them
extend for distances of up to 2 miles offshore.
From Cabo de So Roque to Ponta Jacuma, 6 miles
SSE, depths of 10 m or less exist up to 5 miles offshore;
thence to Porto de Natal there are no depths less than 10 m
extending more than 4 miles offshore.
Porto de Natal
Chart 504 with plan Porto de Natal
General information
Rescue
1
5.13
A naval rescue vessel is usually stationed at Porto de
Natal (5.18). See also 1.50.
Principal marks
1
5.14
Major lights:
Cabo de So Roque Light (0529S, 3516W)
(4.243).
Natal Light (white round masonry tower, 37 m in
height) (548S, 3511W).
Recife de Natal Light (green concrete tower, 10 m in
height) (545S, 3512W).
Directions
1
5.15
From a position E of Cabo de So Roque (529S,
3516W) (4.244) the track leads SSE passing, (with
positions from Ponta Pitangui (538S, 3513W)):
ENE of Ponta Maxaranguape (7 miles NNW), which
is dark-green in colour with large patches of
yellow sand; Rio Maxaranguape flows into the sea
N of the point; thence:
ENE of the rocks and isolated shoals which extend
up to 4 miles from Ponta Jacuma (3 miles NNW);
the villages of Muri and Jacuma, in the vicinity
of the point, are visible up to 6 miles from
seaward, thence:
ENE of Ponta Pitangui, low lying with some coconut
palms on it. The hills begin to recede from the
coast S of this point. Thence:
ENE of the mouth of Rio Ceara-Mirim (3 miles S),
where the coast appears dark in colour owing to
dense vegetation in the vicinity. The mouth of the
river is obstructed by a reef over 1 mile in extent.
2 miles to a position ENE of Baixos de Jenipabu (5 miles
SSE), a reef on which there is a stranded wreck and over
which seas break. It extends 1 mile E of Ponta de Santa
Rita, a salient point rising to a knoll, 40 m in height,
covered with scattered patches of low dark scrub. An area
of rocks lies 1 mile S, with a dangerous wreck close SW.
5.19
Controlling depth. From the entrance bar to the main
city wharf (5.28) there is a least charted depth in the
buoyed channel of 87 m.
Deepest and longest berths. Main city wharf (5.28).
Maximum permitted size of vessel handled. Vessel of
159 m LOA and maximum draught of 73 m.
Arrival information
1
5.16
Baixinha Light (red round masonry tower, 6 m in
height) (545S, 3512W).
entry to Porto de Natal at 5.23)
5.18
Position. Porto de Natal (547S, 3512W), is situated
on the E bank of Rio Potengi (5.17) 2 miles from its
mouth.
Function. The town is the capital of Estado do Rio
Grande do Norte and in 1991 had a population of over
600,000.
Topography. The land in the vicinity of the mouth of
Rio Potengi is low and lacking in notable features. The E
bank of the river is occupied by the town of Natal, its port
facilities and various landmarks (5.22). The W bank of the
river is mainly featureless being composed of mangroves
and marsh interspersed by creeks; the village of Redinha
(5.25) stands at the W entrance point of the river.
Approach and entry. The port is approached directly
from seaward and entered through a gap in the barrier reef
at the mouth of Rio Potengi. A channel, marked by
numbered light-buoys (lateral) leads across the bar, thence
to the main city wharf (5.28)
total of 664 061 dwt.
Port authority. Administrao do Porto de Natal, Av.
Hildebrando de Goes, Natal.
Limiting conditions
Useful marks
1
5.17
Description. Rio Potengi (545S, 3512W) flows into
the sea 3 miles S of Ponta de Santa Rita (5.15) after a
course of about 100 miles. The river mouth forms the
entrance to Porto de Natal (5.18), which lies on its E bank
close within the entrance point. Beyond the city the river is
navigable by vessels of shallow draught as far as Cidade de
Macaba 13 miles up-river.
150
5.20
Port radio. Pilots can be contacted on VHF; see
Notice of ETA. Pilots require 2 hours notice of ETA.
Outer anchorages. There are two designated
anchorages. No 1 (5450S, 35102W). For vessels
awaiting pilots or mooring location. The maximum waiting
time is 48 hours. This anchorage may also be used for up
to 24 hours by vessels in transit provided the Port Captain
is advised 24 hours before arrival.
Quarantine anchorage: Centred on 5455S, 35113W
as shown on chart,
Anchorage prohibited in the vicinity of the submarine
cable which extends E then SE from Praia do Meio,
1 miles S of Recife de Natal Light (see 1.34).
Pilotage. Compulsory and should be requested 2 hours
before arrival. They board 1 miles ENE of Recife de
Natal Light.
Tugs. Not available.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Harbour
1
Entrance channel
5.21
General layout. All port facilities front the town and lie
on the E bank of Rio Potengi. The main wharf lies
1 miles within the river entrance, an oil terminal is
situated 1 cable N of it and a naval base and jetty are
situated at Alecrim 1 miles farther up-river.
There are mooring buoys and anchorage available in the
stream.
Tidal streams are felt above Cidade de Natal. In the
rainy season, April to August, the out-going tidal stream
attains a rate of 2 kn and tends to set an in-coming vessel
on to Cabea de Negro (5.25) and the head of the training
wall. Great caution is necessary when entering the river
under these conditions. The in-going tidal stream attains a
rate of 1 kn.
Currents set strongly onshore at times, especially during
SE winds when the current is N-going, due allowance
should be made for these when making the port. During
NE winds the current is S-going.
Principal marks
1
5.22
Landmarks:
Morro do Pinto (548S, 3511W), a flattened cone,
covered with low dark coloured scrub, situated
3 miles S of the river mouth.
Radio tower (red light) (549S, 3512W), 146 m in
height.
Major light:
Natal Lighthouse (548S, 3511W) (5.14), situated
on the slopes of Morro de Pinto 5 cables NNE of
the summit.
Directions
Approaches
1
5.23
From a position E of Ponta de Santa Rita (542S,
3512W) (5.15) the track leads SW, passing, (with
positions from Recife de Natal Light (545S, 3512W)
(5.16)):
SE of a group of rocks (1 miles NNE). A dangerous
wreck lies on the SW side of these rocks. Thence
the track continues SW to a position 1miles
ENE of the breakwater lights, the pilot boarding
position.
When approaching the port from NE, Morro do Pinto
(2 miles S) (5.22) will appear prominently at the S end of
the visible land. The buildings of Cidade de Natal will be
visible at a distance of nearly 15 miles, while at night its
lights can be seen from up to 17 miles away.
When approaching the port from S, Morro Vermelho
(14 miles SSE) (5.33), provides a good landmark.
Clearing marks. Masters of vessels approaching Porto
de Natal from N will avoid all dangers by keeping at least
2 miles offshore and should not steer for the harbour
entrance until Recife de Natal Light bears 235.
5.24
Useful mark:
Forte dos Reis Magos (3 cables S), an old fort
standing on the reef and visible at a distance of 5
to 6 miles.
5.25
From the pilot boarding position (545S, 3511W) the
track leads W towards the harbour entrance, passing, (with
positions from Recife de Natal Light (545S, 3512W)
(5.16)):
NNE).
From this position the track leads through the channel
which is marked by light-buoys (lateral). passing:
SE of Cabea de Negro, (2 cables N) a rock which
dries with shoals extending cable S of it, and:
NW of Recife de Natal light (5.14), which marks the
N end and forms the S entrance point of the
harbour; thence:
SE of Baixinha Light (5.16) (1 cables WNW),
situated on the E end of the training wall which
extends 3 cables ENE from the shore thence:
WSW), thence:
SE of the village of Redinha (5 cables W), and its
church, standing at the W entrance point of the
river; and:
NW of Banco das Velhas (4 cables SW), which is an
extensive area of shoals, thence:
E of Banco Jaguaribe (1 miles SSW), which fringes
the W bank of the river S of the outlets of
Gamboa Manimbu and Gamboa Jaguaribe and is
marked on its E side by No 11 light-buoy
(starboard hand); the drying limits of this bank
farther S are marked by dolphins.
From this position the track leads towards the main
wharf (5.28) (3 cables S); the oil terminal (5.28) (1 cable
SSE); the mooring buoys on the W side of the river (5.27)
(5 cables SSW) or proceed farther up-river, passing, (with
positions from Potengi Wharf Light (547S, 3513W)
(5.26)):
NW of Potengi Wharf, thence:
NW of Pedra do Oitizeiro (2 cables SSW), a rocky
patch marked on its N side by a light-buoy (port
hand), thence:
To a position N of the jetty (8 cables SW) at the
Naval Base at Alecrim.
Caution. The bar and channels in the river are subject
to change and siltation and the positions of the light-buoys
may be moved accordingly, see note on chart. Works are in
progress (2001) S of Banco das Velhas.
5.26
Useful marks:
Recife de Natal Light (545S, 3512W) (5.16).
Baixinha Light (545S, 3512W) (5.16).
Potengi Wharf Light (green concrete post, 5 m in
height) (547S, 3513W).
Naval Base Jetty Light ( square metal mast, 3 m in
height) (private) (547S, 3513W).
Church (546S, 3512W).
Berths
1
151
5.27
Anchorage and moorings.
Anchorage No 2 (546S, 3512W) for recreational
vessels at Natal Yacht Club.
The area, off the wharf, between latitudes 546S and
547S and E of longitude 3513W is designated as a
turning basin and anchoring within this area is strictly
prohibited.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
A line of four mooring buoys is laid upstream from the

main wharf, on the W side of the channel, close to the 5 m
depth contour.
5.28
Alongside berths.
Main city wharf. (546S, 3512W) The wharf is 400 m
long with a depth alongside of 73 m. There are facilities
for handling bulk and refrigerated cargoes.
Oil Terminal. The oil terminal is situated 1 cable N of
the city wharf. Tankers of up to 160 m length and 21 m
beam can berth at dolphins where there is an alongside
depth of about 7 m.
Alecrim Naval Base Jetty. A jetty, 150 m long, with
depths alongside of over 5 m is situated 1 miles up-river
from the city wharf. A rock, with a least depth of 06 m
over it, lies 50 m W of the elbow of the jetty.
Directions
Port services
1
5.29
Repairs: floating dock of 2800 tonnes capacity; hull and
engine repairs can be carried out.
and deratting exemption certificates issued; oily waste
disposal facilities are not provided.
Supplies: fresh water; fresh and dry provisions; all
grades of fuel oil.
Communications: regular air services from Parnamirim
Airport about 20 km from the city.
NATAL TO RIO PARABA

General information
4
Charts 504, 3979
Route
1
5.30
a position ENE of Ponta de Lucena (654S, 3451W)
(5.36) at the entrance to the mouth of Rio Paraba (5.46).
Topography
1
5.31
The coast between Ponta de Santa Rita and Cabo
Bacopari, 42 miles SSE, is higher than that farther N; it
rises in places to hills of up to 130 m high, with patches of
white sand and occasional reddish cliffs.
Several rivers discharge along the coast between Cabo
Bacopari and Ponta de Lucena, 33 miles SSE. There are
some high hills situated on the coast, which is generally
low at the river mouths but rising in parts to reddish cliffs.
Depths
1
5.32
There are depths of 10 m or more, throughout this
passage, at a distance of over 4 miles from the coast; apart
from a shoal with a least depth 99 m over it, situated
7 miles ESE of Ponta de Santa Rita.
The barrier reef (5.3) dries in several places along this
stretch of coast.
Principal marks
1
5.34
Major lights:
Natal Light (548S, 3511W) (5.14).
Ponta da Tabatinga Light (grey round concrete
structure, 81 m in height) (603S, 3507W).
Cabo Bacopari Light (white and black chequered
8-sided stone tower, 17 m in height) (623S,
3500W).
Pedra Sca Light (white 8-sided metal tower, masonry
base, 15 m in height) (657S, 3449W).
Cabo Branco Light (white triangular concrete tower,
black bands, 18 m in height) (709S, 3448W).
5.33
Landmark:
Morro Vermelho (559S, 3510W) is crowned with a
bright red sand hummock.
152
5.35
3512W) (5.15) the track leads SSE passing, (with
positions from Natal Light (548S, 3511W) (5.14)):
ENE of Ponta Me Luisa (3 cables NE), easily
recognised by Morro do Pinto (5.22) and Natal
Light (5.14) standing close to the point; rocks and
shoals border the coast to a distance of 5 cables
between Ponta Me Luisa and Ponta Negra
(below); thence:
ENE of Ponta Negra (5 miles SSE) (5.38), thence:
ENE of Barreiras do Inferno (8 miles SSE), high
dark red cliffs rising sheer from the sea and visible
at a considerable distance offshore. The cliffs,
Barreiras do Cotovelo rise 1 miles farther SSE.
Thence:
ENE of Baixa do Loreto (9 miles SSE) and Baixa
Joo Lopes, lying 1 mile NNW of it surrounded by
a group of shoals, and:
ENE of Recifes de Pirangi (12 miles SSE) a long,
narrow, drying reef extending 2 miles NNW from
Ponta da Ilha Verde. This chain of reefs lies E of
Ponta dos Bzios, the S entrance point to Rio
Pirangi, and gives shelter to the river entrance.
5.36
From a position ENE of Ponta da Ilha Verde (5.35) the
track continues SSE passing, (with positions from Cabo
Bacopari Light (623S, 3500W) (5.34)):
ENE of Ponta da Tabatinga (20 miles NNW), which
is reddish in colour; some high light-coloured cliffs
situated between this point and Ponta da Ilha
Verde show up well against the sandhills in the
vicinity; thence:
ENE of Ponta dos Moleques (8 miles NNW), a
barren flat-topped cliff, off which there is a
detached rock of almost the same height; Ponta da
Cancela, a point which resembles a cask standing
on end, and visible for 18 miles, is situated 1 mile
NW of Ponta dos Moleques. This stretch of
coastline is fringed by the barrier reef (5.3) which
lies about 5 cables offshore and dries for the most
part. Thence:
ENE of Cabo Bacopari, which is salient and easily
identified from the offing; Morro de Chapu a low
mushroom-shaped hill rises from the coast
1 miles S of the cape, while 2 miles farther S are
Outeiros dos Porcos, two barren hills standing
close together. The barrier reef (5.3) reappears off
Cabo Bacopari and fringes the coast to the S.
Thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
ENE of Ponta da Trincheira (19 miles SSE), on which

stands the town of Traio which has two
churches, the W of which stands on the summit of
a hill. The point forms the S side of Baa da
Traio the shores of which are low and covered
with palm trees. The barrier reef (5.3) reappears
1 mile NNE of the point, where it is marked by a
light (5.37), then trends S passing about 5 cables
off the point; it dries over this section but has a
number of narrow gaps in it.
14 miles to a position ENE of Ponta de Lucena (33 miles
SSE), low and not easily distinguished. A dense coconut
grove stands on the point with the village of Lucena on its
N side. The barrier reef (5.3) passes 1 miles off the point
terminating on the N side of the approach channel to Rio
Paraba (5.46). There is a shallow passage through the reef,
with drying rocks on either side of it, 1 miles NE of
Ponta de Lucena. A drying rock, with a dangerous wreck
lying close WSW of it, is situated 2 miles SE of Ponta de
Lucena.
which together with Baixa do Z Boi extends 1 mile N of

Recifes de Pirangi (5.35).
Chart 3979
Ponta dos Moleques

1
Baa Formosa
1
Useful marks
5.37
1
Morro Cibama (618S, 3502W), stands N of the

mouth of Rio Cunha (5.41) and attains a height
of 97 m, with a flattened summit; it is similar in
shape to Cabo Bacopari and should not be
confused with it.
Monte Pel (631S, 3459W), with an elevation of
127 m, rises from the coast 2 miles S of the
entrance to Rio Guaju.
Barreiras de Miriri (651S, 3454W), two bright red
cliffs S of which Rio Miriri enters the sea; farther
S the cliffs become lower, recede inland and are
bare on top.
Traio Light (white square masonry tower, concrete
Cabedelo Light (white on green metal framework
entry to Porto de Cabedelo at 5.51)
Ponta Negra
1
5.38
Description. Ponta Negra (553S, 3509W) (5.35) is a
prominent cliff extending about 1 mile from the general
line of the coast, it rises steeply and is covered with dark
coloured vegetation which stands out well against the sandy
terrain in the background. Ponta Negra is fringed by
submerged rocks extending nearly 6 cables offshore.
Anchorage exists NW of Ponta Negra 8 cables offshore
in depths of 6 to 8 m, mud, sheltered from S winds but
care is necessary to avoid the rocks fringing the point.
Ponta do Flamengo
1
5.39
Anchorage exists, as shown on the chart, 8 cables NW
of Ponta do Flamengo (558S, 3508W) in depths of from
6 to 10 m, sand.
Leading marks. The alignment (242) of the centre of
Barreiras do Cotovelo (5.35) with Morro Vermelho (2 miles
farther WSW) leads to this anchorage, passing midway
between Baixa do Loreto (5.35) and Baixa do Cotovelo
5.41
Description. From offshore the low ground between the
cape and the mouth of Rio Cunhau, 5 miles NNW, gives
the bay the appearance of an extensive inlet. Outeiro de
Cunhau, a conical hill 36 m high with a white patch, stands
a short distance S of the river mouth; from seaward this
hill appears as a pyramid of sand, topped by sparse
vegetation.
From the offing, E of the bay, the land to the S appears
as a low plateau terminating N in Cabo Bacopari, near
which can be seen a large white sandhill with twin rounded
summits; Morro Cibama (5.37) is seen to the N. On
nearer approach the low land within the head of the bay
will be seen and a large cliff, with two white sandhills a
short distance N of it will appear to the NW.
The barrier reef (5.3) reappears 2 miles N of the
mouth of Rio Cunhau and entirely obstructs it, disappearing
again 3 miles to the S. The reef lies about 5 cables offshore
and mostly dries.
Local knowledge is required to anchor off the village of
Formosa which stands at the head of Baa Formosa
1 miles W of Cabo Bacopari (623S, 3500W) (5.36).
Anchorage exists 4 cables offshore in depths of 7 to
9 m, soft mud, sheltered from S and SE winds but swells
runs into it.
Baa de Traio
Anchorages
Chart 504
5.40
Local knowledge is required to anchor 2 miles NW of
Ponta dos Moleques (614S, 3502W) (5.36) in depths of
8 to 10 m, soft mud, sheltered from the S.
5.42
Description. Barreiras de Camaratuba, reddish cliffs
which become lighter and more yellow to the S, begin
1 miles S of the mouth of Rio Camaratuba (636S,
3458W) and terminate 2 miles S in Baa da Traio.
Baixa da Feiticeira, a detached rock which dries, lies
2 cables N of the N extremity of the barrier reef (5.3);
there are depths of 4 to 5 m around it.
Coroa do Sinumbu, a patch of rock and gravel, lies
WNW of the N extremity of the barrier reef; Coroa
Grande, a sandbank, obstructs the S part of the bay. Both
these dangers are submerged but seas occasionally break
over them.
Directions. Vessels approaching this anchorage should
pass close N of Baixa da Feiticeira, however small craft
may use the passage S of this rock which has depths of 4
to 6 m.
Anchorage exists in Baa de Traio with the light
structure (641S, 3456W) (5.37), on the N extremity of
the barrier reef (5.3), bearing 135 distant about 2 cables,
in a depth of 6 m, sand and gravel.
Rio Mamanguape
1
153
5.43
Description. Rio Mamanguape (646S, 3455W) flows
into the sea between two sandy points 4 miles S of Ponta
da Trincheira (5.36); the land S of the river rises gradually
to form Barreiras de Miriri (5.37). The barrier reef (5.3)
extends S from this point diverging from the coast passing
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
5 cables off the S point of the river. To the N of the river

mouth the reef dries and seas break heavily over it.
Anchorage exists in the river mouth within the reef.
Porto de Cabedelo
Tugs. Tugs are available.

Quarantine. The quarantine anchorage is S of the
wharf; see 5.53.
Harbour
1
Chart 960, plan of Porto de Cabedelo
General information
1
5.44
Position. Porto de Cabedelo (658S, 3450W) occupies
the spit of land which forms the E bank and entrance point
to Rio Paraba.
5.45
Function. Porto de Cabedelo is the port for Cidade de
Joo Pessoa, the capital of Estado da Paraba. This city,
which had a population of 597 934 in 2000, stands on the
E bank of Rio Sanhau close above its confluence with Rio
Paraba, 8 miles SSW of Cabedelo. It is accessible to
small craft but local knowledge is required.
5.46
Topography. The mouth of Rio Paraba lies between
Ponta de Mato (5.51) and Ponta de Santo Antnio,
1 miles W, which rises to a hill on the summit of which
is a conspicuous church (5.50). Ilha da Restinga divides the
river into two channels close within its mouth.
Approach and entry. The port is approached from
seaward through a gap in the barrier reef (5.3), 1 miles
wide. Within this gap there is a marked channel, which is
narrowed by submerged rocks and shoals and leads to the
town wharf on the E bank of Rio Paraba. The coastline
surrounding the mouth of Rio Paraba, although low-lying,
shows clearly on radar.
Port authority. Administrao do Porto de Cabedelo,
Rua Presidente Joao Pessoa, 58310 Cabedelo, Paraba.
Principal marks
1
5.47
The port authority restricts access to vessels as follows:
At HW:
Length of vessel
Maximum draught
160 m
85 m
160 to 170 m
81 m
170 to 180 m
77 m
180 to 190 m
73 m
190 to 200 m
70 m
Deepest and longest berths. Town quay (5.54).
Arrival information
1
5.48
Port radio. There is a port radio station.
Pilotage is compulsory. Masters of vessels should give
as much notice as possible of their ETA. Pilots will put out
to all vessels displaying the correct signals but there may
be some delay if notice has not been given.
Pilots board 2 miles NE of Pedra Sca Light (5.34).
Outer anchorages. Vessels awaiting a pilot should
anchor NE of the approach channel close to the pilot
boarding area.
When anchoring it should be noted that there are rocks
in this area which could foul the anchor.
5.50
Landmark:
Igreja de Nossa Senhora da Guia (657S, 3453W),
a church on the summit of a hill, rising from
Ponta de Santo Antnio (5.46), the W entrance
point to the harbour.
Major light:
Pedra Sca Light (657S, 3449W) (5.34).
Limiting conditions
1
5.49
General layout. There is a 600 m quay fronting the
town and two anchorages to the S and NW of the quay.
Current. The current must be considered when
approaching the river mouth. In winter when the SE winds
are strongest the predominant current sets N or NW; in
summer the wind backs somewhat and the current sets S or
SW.
Tidal streams. An out-going stream, of up to 5 kn at
spring tides, may be experienced when inside the river
mouth.
154

5.51
From a position on the coastal route ENE of Ponta de
Lucena (5.36) the track leads SW for about 7 miles to the
pilot boarding ground 2 miles NE of Pedra Sca Light,
passing SE of Baixa de Lucena, an extensive bank of
underwater rocks and sandy shoals. From the pilot boarding
position the track leads WSW thence SW through the
buoyed channel, passing (with positions from Cabedelo
Light (658S, 3451W) (5.37)):
Close NNW of No 2 Light-buoy (port hand)
(21 miles NE) keeping clear of those shoals which
extend SE from Baixa de Lucena an extensive
bank of underwater rocks and sandy shoals
extending SE from Ponta de Lucena, to the NW of
the track, thence:
Between No 1 and No 4 Light-buoys (lateral)
(18 miles NE) which lead between Baixa de
Lucena and a detached bank with 46 m of water
over it, lying S of it, thence:
Close NNW of No 6 Light-buoy (port hand)
(14 miles NE), avoiding the 43 m patch lying
1 cable E of it, thence:
Between No 3 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 mile
NE) marking the edge of Pedra Nova bank, and
the banks surrounding Banco do Tabuleiro
(12 miles NE), lying 5 cables NW of Pedra Sca
Light (5.34), which stands on a detached reef and
whose tower tends to be obscured by numerous
small craft in the vicinity, thence:
Close NW of No 8 Light-buoy (port hand) (3 cables
N), marking the NW edge of Coroa da Sororoca
which, together with Banco do Tabuleiro, extends
N and NE from Ponta de Mato (8 cables ESE) to
form the SE bank of the channel. Ponta de Mato is
covered with a dense grove of coconut palms and
forms the NE extremity of the spit of land upon
which Cabedelo stands; a dense coconut grove is
situated less than 1 mile S of Ponta do Mato. The
N end of this spit is fronted by Praia de Santa
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
7
1
Caterina upon which 6 white tanks are situated.

Thence:
SE of No 5 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 cables
NW), thence the track leads S passing:
W of Cabedelo Light standing on the end of a mole
projecting 2 cables N from W end of Praia de
Santa Catarina. From this position the channel
bifurcates into Rio Paraiba which leads into the
harbour and Canal do Porto Velho in which there
is an anchorage, shown on the chart, for smaller
vessels. Thence:
E of a light-buoy (preferred channel to port) (3 cables
SSW) indicating the entrance to Canal de
Cabedelo. the deep-water channel of Rio Paraba,
leading to the town quay (7 cables SSE) and
Anchorage 2 (1 mile SSE) (5.53).
Caution. Sandbanks are constantly shifting.
5.52
Useful marks:
Ro-Ro Terminal Light (building) (659S, 3450W),
privately maintained.
Ro-Ro Terminal Light (dolphin) (659S, 3450W),
Camala Light (windmill) (659S, 3450W),
Ruined fort (658S, 3450W) at the NW corner of
the town.
Beacon (starboard hand) (659S, 3451W).
the 5 m depth contour. Vessels undergoing repairs

and those under litigation should also use this
anchorage.
The quarantine anchorage, which is also designated
for vessels of less than 5000 grt, is indicated on
the chart as Anchorage 2 and is situated 1 mile
SSE of Cabedelo Light, in depths of 5 to 6 m,
mud.
5.54
Alongside berths. A quay, 600 m long with depths of 7
to 8 m alongside, lies on the E side of the river fronting
the town of Cabedelo. There is a tanker berth at the N end
of the quay which is also used by vessels bunkering and
Ro-Ro facilities are situated at the S end of the quay.
Port services
1
5.55
Repairs. Minor hull repairs. A shipyard for small craft
at Jacar, 5 miles up-river. Cidade de Joo Pessoa (5.45)
has shipyards for wooden vessels of up to 40 tonnes.
Other facilities: hospital at Cabedelo; more extensive
hospital at Cidade de Joo Pessoa (5.45); garbage
collection; no oily waste disposal facilities; deratting and
Supplies: fresh and dry provisions, fresh water, fuel and
diesel oil.
Communications: regular air services from Santa Rita
airport.
Canal do Porto Velho

Berths
1
5.53
Anchorages:
For vessels over 5000 grt, anchorage may be obtained
within the harbour entrance, at Anchorage 1 as
indicated on the chart, 5 cables SW of Cabedelo
Light (658S, 3451W) (5.37), in depths of 3 to
8 m, but swinging room is limited by proximity to
5.56
Description. Canal do Porto Velho is entered SSW of
Ponta de Santo Antnio (658S, 3451W) (5.46) and leads
NW of Ilha da Restinga (5.46) to Porto Velho. A whaling
station, which includes an oil refinery with a chimney,
stands 5 cables SSW of the point.
Anchorage exists 7 cables SSW of Ponta de Santo
Antnio, in depths of 6 m.
RIO PARAIBA TO PORTO DE RECIFE

Depths
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3978
Area covered
1
5.57
This section describes the coastal passage from the
mouth of Rio Paraba (655S, 3448W) (5.46) to Porto de
Recife (5.77). It includes the ports of Porto de Itapessoca
(5.75) and Porto de Recife.
Topography
1
5.58
The coastline is varied. The N part consists of sandy
beaches leading S to light coloured cliffs which in turn
become higher and red in colour, forming the most
distinctive feature on this stretch. Farther S the cliffs give
way to a low lying area consisting of several river mouths
and estuaries; there are some conspicuous hills to aid
identification. The coast remains low-lying until it rises to a
rounded hill on which the town of Olinda (5.73) is situated
just to the N of Porto de Recife.
There are some distinctive capes and points along this
coastline.
5.59
The barrier reef (5.3) lies between 5 cables to 3 miles
offshore throughout this section of coast. It dries in
numerous places and there are several navigable channels
leading through it. There is however considerable foul
ground between the reef and the coast inside it.
Restinga de Pedras dos Tacs (5.3), the outer chain of
submerged rocks which fringes the barrier reef, is present
in places particularly in the S part of this section.
Except for a wreck, least depth 81 m, lying 4 miles
NE of Cabo Branco (5.63), there are depths of over 10 m
throughout the passage at a distance of 4 miles or more
from the coast.
RIO PARAIBA TO PONTA DA PEDRAS

General information
Chart 3978
Route
1
155
5.60
From a position ENE of Ponta de Lucena (654S,
3451W) the route leads SSE for 45 miles to a position
ENE of Ponta de Pedras (738S, 3449W) (5.65).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Topography
1
5.61
From Rio Paraba to Cabo Branco, 14 miles SSE, the
coast consists of sandy beaches backed by low ground
covered with bushes; successive ranges of hills covered by
dark scrub rise inland. Cabo Branco (5.63) is distinctive
and the land, 10 miles S of it, to Ponta Tambaba (5.65)
consists of light coloured cliffs, partly covered in scrub and
broken by gullies.
The red coloured cliffs S of Ponta Tambaba form the
highest land in the vicinity and are distinctive, these
continue 9 miles S to Ponta Pitimbu after which they
become lower, less sheer and lose their red colour. Enseada
de Taquara (5.67), is formed by the mouths of two rivers
and the land here is low but it rises again at Ponta de
Pedras, 9 miles S of Ponta Pitimbu.
Useful mark
5.66
1
Depths
1
5.62
The barrier reef (5.3) between Rio Paraba and Cabo
Branco lies from 5 cables to 1 mile off the coast and dries
in places. There are several narrow gaps in the reef but
there is also foul ground between it and the coast. To the S
of Cabo Branco the reef is partially submerged but it
reappears N of Ponta Pitimbu where it extends up to
1 miles offshore and continues S diverging gradually from
the coast. Off Ponta de Pedras it dries and extends up to
2 miles offshore.
in places in the S part of this section.
5.63
Landmark:
Cabo Branco (709S, 3448W), a pronounced
projection from the coast, rising as a sheer cliff to
a dark-coloured and level summit. Cabo Branco
Light (5.34) is exhibited from the cape.
5.64
Major lights:
Pedra Sca Light (657S, 3449W) (5.34).
Cabo Branco Light (709S, 3448W) (5.34).
Ponta de Pedras Light (white metal pyramidal tower,
7 m in height) (738S, 3449W).
Olinda Light (801S, 34 51W) (5.96).
Obstruction light on radio tower 12 miles NW of

Olinda Light (801S, 34 51W) (5.96).
Harbour
Rio Goiana
1
Principal marks
1
highest part of the coast in this vicinity, thence the

track leads S passing:
ENE of Pitimbu Light (19 miles S), (white round
metal tower 6 m in height) standing on the barrier
reef in front of Pitimbu village. Restinga de Pedras
dos Tacs (5.3), which extend up to 2 miles E of
Ponta Pitimbu, a massive, though indeterminate,
point with an isolated and rounded cliff close S of
it. Another cliff with a prominent white patch in it
lies close N of the point. Thence:
ENE of Rio Goiana (24 miles S) (5.67).
5 miles to a position ENE of the extensive drying reef
extending up to 3 miles from Ponta de Pedras (29 miles S).
5.67
Description. Rio Goiana (733S, 3450W) enters the
sea, S of Ponta Acau, at the head of Enseada de Taquara, a
bay which lies between Ponta dos Coqueiros and Ponta de
Pedras (5.65). The mouth of the river is 3 cables wide and
is navigable by coastal vessels as far as the village of
Japomirim, 10 miles up-stream. Shallow draught vessels
may get to Cidade de Goiana 1 miles farther inland. The
extremity of the boundary between the states of Paraba
and Pernambuco lies in the mouth of this river.
Rio Mega also enters the sea at the head of this bay,
5 cables S of the mouth of Rio Goiana and is of no
navigational importance.
Directions. Access to both rivers is through a 36 m wide
gap in the barrier reef, in which there are depths of 2 m.
The channel is tortuous leading through channels between
sandbanks all subject to change.
PONTA DA PEDRAS TO PORTO DE

RECIFE
General information
Chart 3978
Directions
Route

1
5.65
From a position ENE of Ponta de Lucena (654S,
3451W) the track leads SSE, passing, (with positions
from Cabo Branco Light (709S, 3448W) (5.34)):
ENE of Pedra Sca Light (11 miles N) (5.34),
marking the N part of the reef fringing the
shoreline off Porto de Cabedelo, thence:
ENE of the reefs extending 1 mile E of Cabo Branco
(5.63); a prominent yellow church, known as
Nossa Senhora da Penha, stands on the summit of
a hill 1 miles S of the cape; Praia de Tamba,
backed by houses and some tall buildings, lies
3 miles NW of the cape; thence:
ENE of Ponta Tambaba (11 miles S), which can be
identified by Barreiras de Tambaba, high red cliffs
situated 1 miles S of the point and forming the
5.68
Pedras (738S, 3449W) (5.65) the route leads SSW, for
about 52 miles to a position ESE of Barra das Jangadas
(813S, 3455W).
Topography
1
156
5.69
The N part of the coastline on this passage, S of Ponta
de Pedras, is marked by a group of three hills which are
conspicuous by their shape (5.73). The coast is indented by
several river mouths which are reached by passages and
channels leading through the barrier reef (5.3); these
channels form an offshore island which lies inside the
barrier reef.
The S section of coastline to Barra das Jamgadas is
generally low lying, covered with palm trees.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Depths
1
5.70
The barrier reef (5.3) fringes the coast S of Ponta de
Pedras at distances of 1 to 3 miles. It dries in places and
there are numerous passages through it.
Outside the barrier reef there are depths of over 10 m
throughout the passage at distances of about 4 miles
offshore.
Rescue
1
5.71
A naval deep-sea tug, equipped as a rescue vessel, is
stationed at Porto de Recife, where there is also an
organised life-saving service. See also 1.50.
Major lights
5.72
1
Ponta de Pedras Light (738S, 3449W) (5.64).

Olinda Light (801S, 34 51W) (5.96).
Recife Light (803S, 3452W) (5.96).
8
Directions
Charts 969, 3978

5.73
Pedras (738S, 3449W) (5.65) the track leads SSW
passing, (with positions from Olinda Light (801S, 34
51W) (5.96)):
ESE of Ponta do Funil (20 miles N), the N entrance
point of Rio Carrapicho. The barrier reef (5.3), and
Restinga de Pedras dos Tacs (5.3) fringe the point
and extends up to 3 miles off. Ponta do Funil rises
steeply to Morro do Funil, a conical hill 75 m
high; close SW of this hill are two other hills,
both 80 m high, Morro de Catauma, elongated.
These three hills present a double saddle-shaped
outline when viewed from seaward. Thence:
ESE of Ponta do Fortim (18 miles N) the NE
extremity of Ilha de Itamaraca, separated from the
mainland by Canal de Santa Cruz (5.76). Thence:
ESE of Rio Jaguaribe, (16 miles N), a tidal river, on
the banks of which are many saltpans, enters the
sea 1 miles S of Ponta do Fortim, and the village
of Pilar with its church lies 1 miles farther S. An
old fort, known as Forte de Oranje, stands near the
SE extremity of the island. The barrier reef (5.3)
lies off the E side of the island at a distance of
about 1 miles and includes Baixos de Jaguaribe.
The greater part of the reef dries and the area
between it and the island is very shallow. Restinga
de Pedras dos Tacs (5.3) fringes the reef over this
section.
ESE of the reefs extending up to 2 miles off Ponta
do Sol (10 miles N), which forms the E entrance
point of Rio Timb and is low and sandy; it stands
out well against the W entrance point which is
high with a cliff at its highest part. The town of
Maria Farinha stands at the mouth of the river.
Two conspicuous chimneys stand 2 miles SSW of
the town. Three churches, which appear close
together when viewed from seaward, stand 2 miles
S of the town; one close to the beach, one on a
hill close behind the beach and the other on a hill
farther inland. Thence:
SSE of the reefs extending up to 1 miles off Ponta
do Janga (5 miles NNE), a low, salient point
covered with coconut palms; N of the point is a

small village which has an old fort on the shore;
thence:
ESE of Baixos de Olinda (1 mile E), the two lines of
reefs lying off Ponta de Olinda. The outer reef
Baixo Itabaiacus, also known as Baixo Olinda de
Fora, is marked at its S extremity by a light-buoy
(starboard hand) and a stranded wreck lies on its
N part. Seas break on the inner reef only and then
mainly in fresh winds. Ponta de Olinda rises to
Morro do Serapio, a hill on which is situated
Cidade de Olinda whose buildings are prominent
from seawards. A conspicuous TV tower, (red
obstruction lights) is situated N of the town. Seven
other smaller hills, separated by wedge-shaped
valleys, to the N of it. Between Ponta de Olinda
and Porto de Recife the coast is formed by Istmo
de Olinda, a sandy beach 2 miles long. There are
two breakwaters (1 mile NNE) lying parallel to the
coast. Thence:
ESE of Recife Light (2miles S) (5.96), thence:.
ESE of Pontal de Condeias (12 miles SSW), fronted
by an extensive drying reef S of which the coast
begins to rise forming cliffs of reddish-grey or
whitish-yellow
1 mile to a position ESE of Barra das Jagandas (813S,
3455W) lying at the mouths of Rio Jaboato and Rio
Piraparma, both of which are rapid, tortuous and of no
navigational importance.
entry to Porto de Recife at 5.97)

Chart 3978
Barra do Catauma
1
5.74
Description. Barra do Catauma (743S, 3447W) is a
passage, through the barrier reef, giving access to Rio
Catauma, Rio Carrapicho and Canal de Santa Cruz (5.76),
the entrances to which lie 1 mile W of Ponta do Funil.
This entrance can be recognised by the hills in the
vicinity of Ponta do Funil (5.73). The barrier reef on both
sides of the entrance is submerged and the sea seldom
breaks on it. The entrance is narrowed by shoals lying off
both ends of the reef. Within the entrance the channel is
narrow and tortuous, with a minimum depth of 25 m in the
fairway.
Anchorage exists within the river, in a depth of 9 m.
Porto de Itapessoca
1
157
5.75
Description. Rio Catauma and Rio Carrapicho unite
4 miles NNW of Ponta do Funil (741S, 3450W)
forming Ilha de Itapessoca between them. A bridge over
Rio Carrapicho, 3 miles NNW of Ponta do Funil,
connects the island to the mainland. Porto de Itapessoca
(738S, 3452W) stands 3 cables SSE of the bridge.
Function. It provides berthing facilities for vessels
loading cement in bags.
Pilotage is compulsory. The boarding ground is 1 mile E
of the entrance to Barra do Catauma. The port should only
be entered in daylight.
Directions. From the N the port is approached through
Barra do Catauma, marked by buoys.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Useful mark. A large chimney (738S, 3452W), part

of the cement complex, is visible from seaward.
Anchorage. There is a manoeuvring area and anchorage,
350 m in diameter with depths of 4 to 6 m, off the wharf.
Berth 35 m long, lies on the E bank of the river.
Facilities: fresh water laid on to the wharf but no other
supplies or facilities are available.
Itapiuma.
1
Approach and entry
5.76
Description. Canal de Santa Cruz separates Ilha de
Itamarac from the mainland. It is entered, at its S end,
from seaward through Barra da Ilha. A bridge, 3 miles
NW of Forte de Oranje connects the island to the mainland
at the town of Itapiuma.
Function. There are shipyards, where small vessels are
built, at Marcos a town on the SW bank of the channel
2 miles W of Forte de Oranje.
Directions. The S entrance is through Barra da Ilha
(748S, 3448W), formed by a break in the barrier reef. It
is easily recognised by the fort on the SE extremity of Ilha
de Itamarac. There are breakers on both sides of the
entrance. The minimum depth in the fairway over the bar is
reported to be 25 m.
The channel is navigable by coastal vessels as far as
Itapiuma. From Forte de Oranje to Marcos the depth in
the channel is not less than 34 m. There is a bank which
partly dries and extends to mid-channel close W of the
mouth of Rio Igarucu 1 miles WSW of Forte de Oranje.
Between Marcos and Itapiuma bridge the minimum depth
is 32 m.
Anchorages. There is good anchorage in depths of 5 m,
fine sand, off the shipyards at Marcos.
Within the bar there is anchorage in depths of 7 m, fine
sand, SW of Forte de Oranje.
PORTO DE RECIFE
5.81
The port is approached from seaward either through
Canal de Olinda (5.98) which passes N of the detached
breakwater (5.77) or through Canal do Sul (5.99) which
passes S of it.
The harbour is entered between breakwater heads (5.93).
Three fish havens exist between 6 and 10 miles SE of
the detached breakwater (5.93).
Traffic
1
5.82
Traffic. In 2003 the port was used by about 400 vessels.
Port authority
1
5.83
Administrao do Porto do Recife, Praa Artur Oscar,
50030 Recife, PE.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
1
5.84
Canal do Sul (5.99), which is the approach channel
generally used has least depths of 10 m over a width of
260m. Canal de Olinda (5.98) is not recommended for use
by vessels drawing more than 5 m.
The harbour entrance has a maintained depth of 67 m in
the fairway.
Port Authority survey dated April 2004 indicates that the
approach channel has a least depth of 9 m. Dredging has
taken place in the port area. Local authorities should be
contacted for latest information on depths.

1
5.85
Quay (5.101).

1
5.86
The largest vessel (2003) LOA 220 m Draught 100 m
Arrival information
General information
Port radio
Chart 969
Position
1
5.77
Porto de Recife (803S, 3452W) lies in the vicinity of
the estuary formed by the mouths of Rio Capibaribe (5.93)
and Rio Beberibe (5.93). The port is protected by an
extensive detached breakwater built on Banco Ingles.
Notice of ETA
1
Function
1
5.78
Cidade de Recife, the state capital of Estado de
Pernambuco, had a population of about 14 million in 2003
and is one of the most important cities in Brazil.
5.79
To the N of the port Morro do Serapio (5.73), with its
lighthouse, provides a good landmark while 19 miles to the
S the most prominent feature is Cabo de Santo Agostinho
(5.114) with its lighthouse. There are several prominent
structures within the city (5.95).
Piracy
1
5.80
Incidents of piracy and armed robbery have been
reported in the vicinity of Recife. For possible preventative
measures see 1.52.
5.88
Notice of ETA should be sent, through the agents,
48 hours in advance so that berthing arrangements can be
made. Confirmation of ETA should be passed at least
4 hours before arrival.
Outer anchorages
Topography
1
5.87
There is a port radio station; see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
158
5.89
The outer anchorage is situated 1 miles SSE of the
harbour entrance in depths of about 12 m, sand and shells
with patches of coral. This anchorage is not recommended
from June to August when there are strong S winds.
The anchorage indicated on the chart is 1 mile SSE of
the harbour entrance in a depth of 11 m. Recife Light
(5.96) should be kept on a bearing of less than 320 as the
bottom is rocky SW of that bearing. Care should also be
taken to avoid the 56 m shoal 1 mile S of the harbour
entrance.
5.90
Prohibited anchorage exists in the cable areas indicated
on the chart leading into Istmo de Olinda (5.73) and the
coast W of Banco dos Afogados (5.116).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Pilots
1
5.91
Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board either 1 mile
SSE or 6 cables NE of the detached breakwater (5.77).
Coastal pilotage. Official pilots for the N coast of
Brazil, between Pernambuco and Par, are available at
Recife.
Tugs
2
Tugs are available.

1
5.92
The maintained depth in the entrance channel is 67 m;
berthing at night is restricted to cases of necessity only. A
1 m under-keel clearance is required when a heavy swell is
running. The maximum length is 260 m. Vessels of relative
deep draught or length, should arrive at the pilot boarding
position 1 hour before HW, in daylight, so they can berth
during slack water.
Recife TV tower from S (5.95)

1
2
5.96
Major lights:
Olinda Light (Morro do Serapio) (white truncated
conical concrete tower, black bands, 42 m in
height) (801S, 3451W).
Harbour
General layout
1
5.93
The harbour is formed by the barrier reef and three
breakwaters enclosing a stretch of water extending
2 miles SSW along the coast. The entrance is 1 cable
wide and formed by Molhe de Olinda, on the W side,
which extends 2 cables SE from the shore; on the E side
the barrier reef and Mohle Sul, which forms an extension
of it, stretches over 2 miles and protects the harbour from
the SE. A masonry wall is built along the top of the reef to
provide better shelter and berthing facilities. The entrance
is protected to the E by a detached breakwater.
Within this enclosure Cidade de Recife is built around
the combined estuaries of Rio Capibaribe and Rio
Beberibe. The main port facilities front the coastline within
the reef and consist of 2 miles of quays of which the
deep water berths are in the N part of the harbour. There
are no designated anchorage areas within the port. A
swinging basin close within the entrance has a maintained
depth of 67 m.
Recife Olinda Light (Morro do Serapio) from S (5.96)

Recife Light (803S, 3452W) (white 8-sided

masonry tower, 18 m in height); from the NE this
structure is difficult to pick out against the
background of the buildings of the city.
Natural conditions
1
5.94
Tidal streams within the harbour attain rates of from 1
to 2 kn at springs, the out-going stream being always the
stronger.
Currents. Between October and January a current, of
variable strength, sets constantly onshore.

Approach and entry

Principal marks
1
5.95
Landmarks:
Chimney, grey, serving a factory with grey buildings,
(802S, 3452W)
Three radio/TV towers (red and white bands): 131 m
in height; 127 m in height, 141 m in height
(803S, 3452W).
TV tower, with red obstruction lights, (800S,
3450W).
159
5.97
From a position ESE of Ponta de Olinda (801S,
3454W) (5.73) the port is approached either through
Canal de Olinda which passes N of the detached
breakwater or through Canal do Sul which passes S of it.
Vessels approaching Porto de Recife from the N should
give Ponta de Olinda (5.73) a berth of at least 3 miles to
ensure clearing Baixos de Olinda (5.73) which are steep-to
in places. A vessel rounding the point at night should keep
in depths of more than 20 m.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Recife detached breakwater from SSE (5.98)

Vessels approaching the port from the S should keep at

least 3 miles offshore after passing Cabo de Santo
Agostinho (5.114).
5.98
Via Canal Olinda. From a position on the coastal route
ESE of Ponta de Olinda (801S, 3454W) (5.73) the track
leads W passing (with positions from Recife Light (803S,
3452W) (5.96).
S of the spoil ground (3miles NE), thence:
N of a Light-buoy (isolated danger) (2miles E)
moored close E of a dangerous wreck lying on the
SE side of Banco Victor Pisani, a bank of sand
and gravel, and:
S of the light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles NE)
marking the S extremity of Baixo Itabaiacus (5.73)
From this position the track continues W for about
6 cables to the N pilot boarding position (1 miles NNE)
from whence the track leads WSW passing:
NNW of the detached breakwater (1 mile NE).from
which a light. (green square tower, 7 m in height)
is exhibited, thence:
SSE of Cabea de Coco (1miles NNE), an above
water rock lying on the coastal shoal, and:
SSE of Baixo Salgadinho (1 miles NNE), a rocky
shoal over which seas break at LW.
From this position the track continues WSW leading into
the harbour between the head of Molhe de Olinda, from
which concrete blocks with depths of less than 1 m over
them extend 1 cable ESE and from which a light (red
concrete tower with spiral staircase, 9 m in height) is
exhibited, and the head of Molhe Sul from which a light
(green concrete tower with spiral staircase, 11 m in height),
is exhibited.
Recife Molhe Sul Light (5.98)

Recife Molhe de Olinda Light (5.98)

5
160

towards the turning basin and the berths.
5.99
Via Canal do Sul: From a position on the coastal route
ESE of Barra das Jagandas (813S, 3455W) the track
leads NW for about 11 miles passing (with positions from
Recife Light (8033S, 34519W) (5.96):
SW of a fish haven (10 miles SE), thence:
SW of a fish haven (7 miles ESE), thence:
NE of a convent (7miles SSW), thence:
NE of Banco Ituba (2 miles SSE), a bank of sand
and coral, marked on its E side by a light-buoy
(port hand), thence:
SW of two patches (2 and 2miles ESE), with
depths of 98 m over them.
From this position the track continues NW for about
5 cables to a position SW of a light-buoy (isolated danger)
(2miles E) which is the S pilot boarding ground from
whence the track leads NNW passing:
SSW of the S end of the detached breakwater
(7 cables E) from which a light (white square
tower with red bands 7 m in height) is exhibited.
From this position the track leads N passing:
W of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (8 cables ENE)
marking a rock with a depth of 54 m over it lying
close to the detached breakwater, thence:
W of a rock (9 cables ENE), with a depth of 42 m
over it.
From this position the track leads W between the
breakwaters, as described above.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Berths
Port services
Repairs
Anchorages
1
5.100
There are no anchorage areas within the harbour.
Alongside berths
1
5.101
There are about 2 miles of quayside berths. Depths
alongside these are dredged, and maintained, at 67 m in
the N part of the harbour and the remaining berths at
50 m.
The quays are stone-faced and provided with tractor tyre
fendering. Adequate fendering is essential as a scend is
experienced in the harbour, being more pronounced in the
N part. Vessels drop an anchor before berthing in order to
hold off from the quay, to prevent bumping during the
scend and to assist in unberthing.
There are grain elevators, warehouses which include a
cold store and container and Ro-Ro facilities within the
port.
5.102
Major repairs can be carried out but there are no
facilities for dry docking. Slipways capable of handling
vessels of up to 1500 tonnes.
Other facilities
1
5.103
Hospitals, deratting and deratting exemption certificates
issued, Oily waste disposal not available.
Supplies
1
5.104
Fresh water, dry and fresh provisions, fuel oil of all
grades are available.
Communications
1
5.105
Regular international air services from Guarapes 12 km
from the port.
PORTO DE RECIFE TO MACEI

Flow
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3978
Area covered
1
5.106
This section describes the route from a position ESE of
Barra das Jagandas (813S, 3455W) to Porto de Macei
(940S, 3544W) (5.140), including the ports of Suape
(5.123) and Macei.
Topography
1
5.107
The coastline within this passage is generally low and
covered with vegetation, however some of the capes are
prominent and there are some recognisable cliffs and rocks.
Farther S some ranges of hills, rising inland, are
sufficiently close to the coast to be identified.
Depths
1
5.108
The barrier reef (5.3) lies between 5 cables to 3 miles
offshore throughout. It dries in numerous places and there
are several navigable channels leading through it. There is
however considerable foul ground between the reef and the
coast.
submerged rocks which fringes the barrier reef, continues
through this section.
There are depths of over 10 m throughout the passage at
a distance of 4 miles or more from the coast.
PORTO DE RECIFE TO PORTO DE

PEDRAS
General information
Chart 3978
Route
1
5.109
Winds. From April to August the predominant winds are
SE to SW, for the remainder of the year they are NE to E.
Winds of any strength tend to raise short steep seas which
develop with the intensity and duration of the wind
specially those coming from the N. Open anchorages along
this stretch of the coast can be seriously affected.
5.111
From a position ESE of Barra das Jagandas (813S,
3455W the coastal route leads SSW for about 67 miles, to
a position ESE of Porto de Pedras Light (909S, 3518W)
Topography
1
Weather
1
5.110
The currents are variable in this region, the South
Equatorial Current flows generally westward and divides in
the offing at a point varying seasonally between 8 and 14
S to form the Brazil Current flowing SW and a branch
setting N, with rates up to about 2 kn. These currents may
frequently set onshore, particularly off Porto de Recife.
The currents off this section of coast are generally SW
to W from November to June at rates of to 2 kn; and N
to W from July to October with rates of up to 1 kn.
161
5.112
This section of coastline is mainly low and covered with
coconut palms and other vegetation. The most clearly
indentifiable points are in the middle section where Cabo
de Santo Agostinho (821S, 3457W) (5.114), a rugged
promontory, and Serra Selada, a range of hills lying
16 miles WSW of it, provide good landmarks (5.114).
That part of the coast from Tamandar to the mouth of
Rio Una (6 miles SSW) is high and backed by hills; S of
the river it is very low. The gap in the hills caused by the
river valley is prominent from seaward.
From Rio Una to the mouth of Rio Manguaba (21 miles
SSW) (5.139), the coast becomes higher, again backed by
hills some with brightly coloured cliffs. Most of this
section of coast is backed by coconut groves. Morro da
Bica (5.136) is an identifiable hill lying 3 miles NNE of
the mouth of Rio Manguaba.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Depths
1
5.113
The barrier reef (5.3) fringes the coast at distances of
between 5 cables and 3 miles. it dries in places and there
are several passages leading through it.
Outside the reef there are depths of more than 10 m at
distances of more than 4 miles off the coast.
Principal marks
1
5.114
Landmarks:
Cabo de Santo Agostinho (821S, 3457W) is a
rugged promontory, marked by a light (5.115),
which projects about 1 mile from the coast; the
cape rises to a group of hills of varying heights,
some of which are rocky and others of clay with
bright red cliffs. A church stands on the highest
part of the cape and an old fort is located on its S
side.
Serra Selada, a range of hills, rises to a summit,
Pedra Selada, situated 16 miles WSW of Cabo de
Santo Agostinho. Pedra Selada is saddle-shaped
and is the first land to be sighted when
approaching from the E. It is however frequently
covered in haze, especially in the morning, when
the land breeze is blowing.
5.115
Major lights:
Olinda Light (801S, 34 51W) (5.96).
Recife Light (803S, 3452W) (5.96).
Cabo de Santo Agostinho Light (white round concrete
Tamandar Light, Forte de Santo Incio, (white round
concrete tower, 22 m in height) (846S, 3506W).
Porto de Pedras Light (black truncated conical
concrete structure white bands 36 m in height)
(909S, 3518W).
Directions
Charts 969, 3978

5.116
From a position ESE of Barra das Jangadas (813S,
3455W) the coastal route leads SSW passing, (with
positions from Tamandare Light (845S, 3506W)
(5.115)):
ESE of Ponta das Pedras Pretas (28 miles NNE),
fringed by prominent black rocks forming part of a
rocky shoal extending 1 mile E of the point,
thence:
ESE of a dangerous wreck (26 miles NNE) close ESE
of Cabo de Santo Agostinho Light (5.114). The
common estuary of Rio Suape and Rio Tatuoca
lies 1 mile SW of Cabo de Santo Agostinho. Rio
Suape, 3 cables wide at the entrance, has depths
from 60 to 75 m, but farther up-river the depths
decrease rapidly to about 20 m and the river
narrows. Rio Tatuoca is only cable wide, but
within it widens to 2 cables. Depths vary from
25 to 33 m.
ESE of Porto Suape (5.123) (23miles NNE), from
which Porto de Suape
Light (white square concrete tower, black bands, 8 m
in height) is exhibited, thence:
ESE of the drying reef (19 miles NNE) and detached
rocks which front Pontal do Cupe, consisting of
10
11
12
low sandhills within which stands a small village

set amongst coconut palms, thence:
ESE of the reef and detached rocks extending up to
2 miles offshore from Porto de Galinhas
(16 miles NNE), a village in an extensive coconut
grove; thence:
ESE of Ponta de Serrambi (13 miles NNE), low,
fringed by reefs. A village stands on the point
within an extensive coconut grove. Thence:
ESE of Ilha de Santo Aleixo (10 miles NNE) (5.121),
thence:
ESE of Rio Formosa (4 miles N) (5.122), thence:
ESE of Ponta Tamandar, low, sandy and marked by
Tamandar Light (5.115). A village stands 3 cables
inland and So Jos church, a white building,
stands on the point with the ruins of Forte de
Santo Incio 7 cables SW of it. In front of the fort
is a pier and the buildings of the fishery school.
ESE of the reefs off Ponta das Ilhetas (2 miles S),
which forms the S entrance point for Rio Brejo
(not charted); Pedras do Porto, a prominent group
of rocks, lies 2 miles SW of the point; also
prominent is Pedra do Conde, a solitary whitish
coloured rock, 3 miles SW of the point, thence:
ESE of the reefs off the mouth of Rio Una (5 miles
SSW). A gap in the hills backing the coast,
through which the river flows, is prominent; as is
the village of Abreu do Una situated on the W
bank of the river; thence:
ESE of the reefs off Ponta de Gravat (7 miles SSW).
Three miles SSW of this point is Ponta de So
Jos which is easily distinguished by a dense
coconut grove and a village, with a church, which
stand on it. The state boundary between
Pernambuco and Alagoas reach the coast at Ponta
de Gravata. Thence:
ESE of the reefs off Pontal do Antunes (14 miles
SSW), close to which stands the village of Barra
Grande with a prominent church on a small hill in
its centre, and S of which are some prominent red
cliffs. Cidade de Maragogi stands in a dense
coconut grove, in a break in the hills at the N end
of a sandy plain, 3 miles SW of the point, with a
tower (red lights), 133 m in height, close SE.
Thence:
ESE of Baixios de Japaratinga (21 miles SSW),
behind which a conspicuous church stands above
the cliff, thence:
ESE of Morro da Bica (22miles SSW), a
conspicuous hill to the N of which stands
Japaratinga village.
4 miles to a position ESE of Porto de Pedras Light (909S,
3518W).
Caution. Due to the offshore dangers, and the steep-to
nature of the sea-bed, the coast in the vicinity of Pontal de
Galinhas and Ponta de Serrambi should not be approached
within depths of less than 20 m.

Enseada de Gaibu
1
162
5.117
Description. Enseada de Gaibu is entered between Cabo
de Santo Agostinho (821S, 3457W) (5.114) and Ponta
das Pedras Pretas (5.116) 2 miles N. The beach at the head
of the bay is fringed by a line of reefs, and isolated shoals,
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
one with depths of 55 m over it, lie up to 2 miles off the

coast in this area.
Anchorage may be obtained in Enseada de Gaibu in
depths of 5 to 7 m, mud; sheltered from SE winds but in
summer the sea and swell run into it. Except in summer
the best berth is found close under Cabo de Santo
Agostinho.
Landing is difficult due to the reefs.
Rio Ipojuca and Rio Merepe

1
5.118
The common estuary of Rio Ipojuca and Rio Merepe
(825S, 3458W) lies 3 miles SSW of Cabo de Santo
Agostinho, its S entrance point being formed by Ponta da
Gamboa. The mouth of Rio Ipojuca, the outflow of which
is strong, is 2 cables wide but is obstructed by shoals;
there are depths of slightly more than 1 m over the bar,
within which they increase from 6 to 7 m. Rio Merepe has
no navigational importance.
Rio Formosa
1
Barra do Suape
1
5.119
Description. The barrier reef (5.3) reappears to the S of
Cabo de Santo Agostinho (821S, 3457W) (5.114), it lies
close inshore and is submerged for 5 miles rejoining the
coast close N of Pontal do Cupe (5.116).
Directions. Between the N of the reef and the S side of
the cape there is a channel about 1 cable wide providing an
outlet for the waters of the four rivers emptying into it. A
detached submerged rock, lies in this gap abreast the ruined
fort on the S side of the cape. Barra do Suape lies between
Laje Baixa and the N end of the reef; this passage is 70 m
wide and gives access to Rio Suape.
Current in the passage is strong and seas break heavily
off its entrance.
Anchorage exists between the sandbanks off the mouth
of the river and the barrier reef.
A submerged reef extends 4 cables SW from the SE

extremity of the island, near the centre of which are some
drying rocks, on which the sea always breaks.
Anchorage may be obtained under the lee of this reef in
depths of 10 to 12 m, mud; but this berth is entirely
exposed to the wind and to the seas which sweep over the
top of the reef.
Smaller vessels can anchor off the beach on the W side
of the island, with complete shelter from onshore winds, in
depths of 6 to 7 m, sand and gravel, with rock in places.
Nearer the beach are depths of 45 m These anchorages
should only be approached round the reef off the SE point
of the island.
5.122
Description. Rio Formosa (842S, 3505W) enters the
sea 9 miles SW of Ponta de Serrambi, through a mouth
3 cables wide. The N entrance point consists of a hillock
on which Igreja de Nossa Senhora de Guadeloupe stands.
There is a small village, with a church, on the S entrance
point, 1 miles ESE of which a stranded wreck lies on the
reef. Cidade de Formosa is situated on the S bank 5 miles
up-river.
There are three lines of reefs off this river mouth; the
outer line, extending SSW to Ponta Tamandar, is
submerged but seas break over it. The middle line dries in
places E of the river mouth; and the inner line is only
covered at HWS.
The mouth of the river can be reached through Barra do
Gamela, a channel cable wide in the inner line of reefs
with depths of 8 m in it shoaling to 45 m close inshore.
The reef on the S side of the channel dries.
Anchorage, very restricted, within the entrance.
Porto de Suape
Chart 3978
General information
Rio Serinham and Rio Trapiche
1
5.120
Description. The common mouth of Rio Serinham and
Rio Trapiche (837S, 3503W), lies 3 miles SW of Ponta
de Serrambi (5.116). the church and village of Barra de
Serinham stands on its S side.
Directions. The mouth is about 1 cable wide and is
obstructed by sandbanks through which there is a channel.
Small craft can enter and ascend Rio Serinham as far as
Cidade de Serinham, on the S bank 5 miles up-river;
visible from seaward.
Limiting conditions
Ilha de Santo Aleixo

1
5.121
Description. Ilha de Santo Aleixo is low and barren.
The S end of the island consists of two hills, the higher
with an elevation of 22 m, gives the impression of islands
from a distance. The E side of the island is fringed by high
rocks lying close inshore. A reef of scattered submerged
rocks extends W from the NW point of the island. Between
this reef and the barrier reef which skirts the mainland to
the W there is a narrow channel with depths of 6 m in the
fairway. The W side of the island consists of a beach with
rocks at either end. A dangerous wreck lies 1 miles SSE.
5.123
Position. Porto Suape (824S, 3458W) is located
3 miles S of Cabo de Santo Agostinho (5.114).
Function. The port provides facilities for discharging
petroleum, alcohol products and LPG. There is also a
container terminal.
from the coastal route.
Traffic. Approximately 2 000 000 tons of cargo are
handled annually in approximately 300 vessels.
Port authority. Suape Complexo Industrial Portuario,
Km 10, Rod. PE60, Engenho Massangana, Ipojuca, CP
55590.
5.124
Deepest and longest berth. Container terminal 920 m in
length, depth alongside 135 m (5.130).
Maximum size of vessel handled. Maximum draught
13 m; maximum LOA 250 m m alongside LPG storage
vessel.
Arrival information
1
163
5.125
ETA. Pilots require 24 hours notice of ETA.
Anchorage in depths of 15 to 17 m, sand, can be found
1 mile NE of the breakwater but it is very exposed.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilots board 3 cables N of

the breakwater head.
Tugs are available.
Berths
5.130
1
Harbour
1
5.126
General layout. The port is protected by a curving
breakwater which extends 5 cables ESE from the coast then
turns ENE and NNE for 5 cables and 4 cables respectively.
The Commercial berth, two LPG berths and the LPG
storage vessel are located within the breakwater that forms
the outer harbour. Access to the inner harbour is through a
gap 300 m wide, in the training wall, marked by lights. The
container terminal lies on the S side of the inner harbour
and extends at right-angles to the training wall. The waters
N of Ilha Dos Franceses contained within the training wall
are unsurveyed.
Developments. There are works in progress at the head
of the inner harbour the approaches to which are marked
by a light-buoy (starboard hand) moored on the SW
extremity of the coastal shoal of Ilha Dos Franceses.
Oil terminal. A pier projects 375 m N from the

breakwater with a berth on each side which can
accommodate vessels up to 30 000 dwt in depths
of 128 m. A storage tanker, which is lit, is moored
within the breakwater.
Commercial berth. Which can accommodate vessels
up to 80 000 dwt in a depth of 15 m on the E
side; and up to 15 000 dwt in a depth of 10 m on
the W side. There are Ro-Ro facilities near the
root of this pier.
A container terminal lies in the inner harbour.
Port Services
1
5.131
Repairs. None.
Other facilites: garbage disposal arranged through
agent.
Supplies: fresh water; diesel fuel in small quantities by
road tanker.
PORTO DE PEDRAS TO MACEIO

General information
Principal marks
1
5.127
Landmarks:
Cabo de Santo Agostinho (821S, 3457W) (5.114).
Serra Selada (825S, 3512W) (5.114).
Major light:
Cabo de Santo Agostinho Light (821S, 3457W)
(5.115).
Chart 3978, 3977
Route
1
5.132
From a position ESE of Porto de Pedras Light (909S,
3518W) (5.135) the route leads SSW for about 42 miles
to a position SE of the approaches to Porto de Maceio
(941S, 3543W) (5.140).
Topography
Directions
1
1
2
5.128
From, a position on the coastal route ESE of Barra das
Jangadas (813S, 3455W) the track leads SW for about
13 miles to the pilot boarding ground passing (with
positions from Cabo de Santo Agostinho Light (821S,
3457W)):
SE of Barra das Jangadas (8 miles N) (5.73), thence:
SE of a conspicuous building (4 miles N), thence:
SE of Ponta das Pedras Pretas (3 miles N) (5.116),
thence:
SE of a dangerous rock (1 miles ESE) with a least
depth of 139 m over it. A dangerous wreck with a
depth of 32 m over it lies 5 cables NW of the
rock; thence:
SE of Cabo de Santo Agostinho Light.
From this position the track continues SW for about
9 cables to a position NW of Cabeo Sitiba (2miles SSE)
a dangerous rock with a least depth of 116 m over it, the
pilot boarding ground.
5.129
Useful marks:
Porto de Suape Light (824S, 3457W) (5.116).
Pier de Cargas Multiplas Pier Light (white square
concrete tower, red bands, 4 m in height) (824S,
3458W), privately maintained.
Pier de Granis Lquidos e Gasosos Light (white
metal tower, red bands, 4 m in height) (824S,
3457W), privately maintained.
A water tower stands 2 cables WSW of the root of
the breakwater.
5.133
The coast between Rio Manguaba and Ponta Verde,
39 miles SW, is similar and backed by a succession of
hills. About 20 to 25 miles inland lies Serra Mariquita
(907S, 3535W). Morro Camaragibe (5.136) is a triple
line of brightly coloured cliffs, which are prominent when
lit by the sun, lying 15 miles SW of Rio Manguaba.
South West of Morro Camaragibe the hills recede and
the coast becomes low, interspersed by several small rivers,
until a few miles NE of Ponta Verde where some high
bright coloured cliffs are formed which become lower and
darker coloured farther SW.
Depths
1
5.134
The barrier reef (5.3) S of Tamandar fringes the coast
at distances of 5 cables to 3 miles. It dries in places and
there are numerous passages through it.
throughout this section and lies 5 cables to 1 mile to
seaward of it.
Outside the barrier reef, there are depths of over 10 m
throughout the passage at distances of about 4 miles
offshore.
Principal Marks
1
164
5.135
Major lights:
Porto de Pedras Light (black truncated conical
concrete structure, white bands, 36 m in height)
(909S, 3518W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Macei Light (black and white diagonally chequered

masonry tower, 26 m in height) (939S, 3544W).
Lattice mast cable NNE of the light.
6
coastal hills; to the SW of the river mouth the

coast rises to Morro Camaragibe, a triple line of
brightly coloured cliffs which are prominent when
lit by the sun; thence:
SE of the reefs off the mouth of Rio Santo Antnio
Grande (8 miles NE) which flows into the sea
through a wide valley; an extensive coconut grove,
known as Coqueiral Cupe, and a village near its
mouth are both prominent from seaward. A tower
(red lights), 87 m in height, stands 1 mile N of
river mouth; thence:
SE of the 88 m shoal and Baixo do Vov lying
2 miles SE and 2 miles SSW respectively of Ponta
do Prego, which is low, salient and covered with
trees; a conspicuous house stands on the coast
3 miles SW of the point. Barreiras de Gara Torta,
high, brightly-coloured cliffs lie 5 miles SW of
Ponta do Prego; Barreiras de Jacarecica, lying a
short distance farther SW, are low and
dark-coloured. A tower (red lights), 96 m in height,
stands 1 mile NNW of Ponta do Prego. Thence:
SE of Ponta Verde Light (white round masonry tower,
red bands, 11 m in height) (10 miles SW) standing
on Recife da Ponta Verde which extends 8 cables
SE from the Ponta Verde. The sea breaks heavily
on the reef. Ponta Verde is low, salient and has
some coconut palms on it; to the N of it the coast
is sandy with some reddish cliffs and partly
covered with prominent buildings; several other
drying reefs, in Enseada de Pajuara, extend up to
3 miles SW of the point.
Caution. Mariners are warned not to navigate within
2 miles of Ponta Verde light owing to the existence of
numerous submerged rocks associated with these reefs.
Useful mark
Macei Light from SSW (5.135)
5.137
1
Directions
1
5.136
From a position ESE of Porto de Pedras Light (909S,
3518W) (5.135) the track leads SSW for about 42 miles
passing, (with positions from Ponta do Prego (932S,
3535W)):
ESE of the reefs (29 miles NE) fronting Porto de
Pedras, at the mouth of Rio Manguabe; a light
(5.135) is exhibited from the port. Morro da Bica,
a high hill rising steeply from a small cliff to a
flat summit, stands close to the coast 3 miles NNE
of the light. Thence:
ESE of the reefs and rocks off Ponta do Patacho
(26 miles NE) which is covered by brushwood and
backed by a dense coconut grove; between this
point and Ponta das Quintas, 2 miles SW, there
is a bay on the shores of which the hills are lower
and more rounded. Thence:
ESE of the reefs fronting Vila de So Miguel de dos
Milagres (20 miles NE) which stands among
extensive coconut groves; a prominent tower,
visible for a distance of 10 miles, stands on a hill
above the town. Thence the track leads SW for
about 39 miles, passing:
SE of the reefs off the mouth of Rio Camaragibe
(16 miles NE), which flows through a gap in the
Maceio Aero Light (white metal framework tower,

Porto de Macei at 5.145)

Barreta do Patacho and Rio Tatuamunha
1
5.138
Local knowledge is necessary to enter Barreta do
Patacho, which is a channel in the barrier reef (5.3), lying
1 mile SE of Ponta do Patacho (912S, 3518W). It is
1 cables wide and has depths of 45 m and leads to an
anchorage under the lee of the reef on the N side where
smaller vessels can find shelter.
Rio Tatuamunha enters the sea 3 miles SW of Ponta
do Patacho; it can be entered by smaller vessels with local
knowledge. There is a gap in the barrier reef a short
distance S of the mouth of Rio Tatuamunha but the area
inside it is obstructed by shoals and sandbanks.
Porto de Pedras
1
165
5.139
Description. Porto de Pedras (909S, 3518W), is
situated at the mouth of Rio Manguaba and is entered
through Barra de Porto de Pedras. This channel is formed
by the N end of the barrier reef which rises above water
about 1 mile ENE of the mouth of the river, and Baixa
Grande, a rock on which seas always break and which has
a depth of 3 m over it, lying 7 cables NE of the end of the
reef. The port is restricted by an inner line of reefs, lying
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
close to the coast, extending S from Ponta de So Bento

6 miles SW from Pontal do Atunes, and also by drying
rocks which lie 7 cables N and NW of Baixa Grande.
Directions On approach houses on the beach on the S
side of the river will be seen, as will the Porto de Pedras
Light (5.135) and church on Morro de Nossa Senhora da
Piedade, a hill which rises steeply from the beach and
stands out among the neighbouring hills when viewed from
SW. When viewed from the NE it appears rounded.
Once identified the entrance presents no difficulty as the
extremity of the barrier reef and Baixa Grande are always
marked by breakers.
Anchorage can be found between the end of the barrier
reef and the inner line of reefs; the anchorage is much
restricted by sandy shoals and has depths of 4 m, mud.
There is always a swell in this anchorage, particularly
when the wind is fresh.
Rio Manguaba, narrow, obstructed by sandbanks and
usable only by local smaller vessels.
Harbour
1
PORTO DE MACEI
General information
1
5.140
Chart 960 plan of Porto de Macei
Position. Porto de Macei (941S, 3544W) is situated
in a bay on the SW side of Ponta Verde (5.136).
Function. Porto de Macei is the only port for large
vessels between Porto de Recife (110 miles NNE) and Baa
de Todos os Santos (260 miles SW). Cidade de Macei
stands on a hill overlooking Enseada de Jaragua and is the
capital of Estado de Alagoas; in 1991 it had a population
of 628 209.
Topography. Enseada de Pajuara and Enseada de
Jaragua consist of white sandy beaches, backed by coconut
palms, in which stand Pajuara and Jaragua, both suburbs
of Cidade de Macei which is situated close W.
seaward by passing S of the extensive shoals extending S
and SW of Ponta Verde to a position 5 cables SW of their
SW extremity, Baixio do Peixe-Pau (5.145), where the pilot
boards.
Traffic. About 260 vessels use the port handling about
5 000 000 tons of cargo annually.
Port authority. Administrao do Porto de Macei, Rua
Sa e Albuquerque s/n, 57025 Macei AL.
Outer anchorages. See 5.148.

Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board 5 cables SW of
Peixe-Pau Light-buoy (942S, 3544W) (5.145) from a
launch, painted red and white, equipped with R/T.
Tugs. A tug is available.
Regulations concerning entry. Berthing of tankers is
restricted to daylight hours only.
Quarantine. Health authorities do not board unless
infectious disease is suspected on board. Customs
authorities board after vessel has berthed.
5.143
General layout. Situated 1 miles WSW of Ponta
Verde, which separates Enseada de Pajuara (5.140), to the
E, from Enseada de Jaragua, a mole extends 5 cables
SSW then 4 cables WNW from this point. A reclaimed
area, 2 cables wide, inside the mole forms a quay on
which storage tanks and warehouses are located. The outer
arm of the mole is quayed on its inner side. A detached
breakwater lies at the head of a pier extending 6 cables
from the shore on the W side of Enseada de Jaragua. A
small craft jetty extends 3 cables from the shore 1 miles
W of the breakwater head.
There are four designated anchorage areas and three
prohibited anchorage areas within the port; see 5.148.
Winds. From April to August the predominant winds are
SE to SW and are light but may give rise to surf. For the
remainder of the year the predominant winds are NE to E,
light and swinging to NW at night.
Currents. From April to August with winds SE to SW
the current sets E; for the rest of the year with NE to E
winds the current sets SW.
Principal marks
1
5.144
Landmarks: (with positions from Macei Light (939S,
3543W) (5.135)):
Two silos (7 cables SSE and 4 cables S), with red
obstruction lights;
Building (1 mile SSE);
T.V. tower (5 cables SW);
Tower (7 cables WSW), with red obstruction lights;
Tank (2 miles SW), painted white and reported to
be conspicuous;
Major light:
Macei Light as above.
Limiting conditions
1
5.141
Depths. There are depths of 10 to 14 m in the
approaches and depths of 10 m within the harbour.
Deepest and longest berths. General cargo quay
(5.150).
Maximum size of vessel handled. 30 000 dwt; vessels
have loaded to a draught of 10 m.
Local weather. Between May and September, fresh SW
winds may raise heavy seas from which vessels lying
alongside are only partially protected. Under these
conditions vessels are liable to range and surge against the
quay, additional moorings and fendering may be required
under these circumstances.
Arrival information
1

1
5.142
Notice of ETA should be sent 24 hours in advance;
vessels arriving on a Saturday or Sunday should ensure that
their message is received the preceding Friday.
166

5.145
From a position SE of Ponta Verde (940S, 3542W)
(5.136) the track leads generally WSW for about 5 miles,
passing (with positions from Macei Light (939S,
3544W) (5.135)):
SSE of the extensive shoal area extending S and SW
from Ponta Verde (5.136) (1 miles ESE). The
most salient feature of this area is a group of
rocks, with depths of less than 2 m over it, lying
1 miles S of Ponta Verde; several detached
shoals lie from 3 cables E to 1 mile SW of this
group. Thence:
SSE of Peixe-Pau Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(942S, 3544W); marking a detached shoal,
lying 2 cables SW of Baixio do Peixe-Pau, a coral
shoal which is the SW extremity of shoal area
described above.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
From this position a track leads towards the pilot

boarding position, indicated on the chart, 5 cables SW of
Peixe-Pau Light-buoy.
From the pilot boarding station, passing W of Peixe-Pau
Light-buoy, the track leads towards the berths and the
anchorages in the middle part; or the chemical terminal on
the W side of the bay.
5.146
Clearing marks:
The line of bearing 013 of Macei Light open W of the
Mole head light (below) clears 2 cables W of Peixe-Pau
Light-buoy (starboard hand) (942S, 3544W). Macei
Light is obscured between the bearings of 010 and 012.
5.147
Useful marks:
Ponta Verde Light (940S, 3542W) (5.136).
Light on Mole Head (white round masonry column,
6 m in height) (941S, 3544W).
Light on S end of detached breakwater (concrete
structure, 2 m in height) (942S, 3546W),
(private).
Berths
1
5.148
Anchorages: (with positions from Light structure on
Mole Head (941S, 3544W)):
No 1, indicated on the chart (4 cables NNE), in
depths of 2 m, for small craft.
No 2, indicated on the chart (6 cables WNW), in
depths of 6 to 7 m, mud and sand, for vessels
between 200 to 3000 tonnes.
No 3, indicated on the chart (centred 8 cables SW), in
depths of 9 to 14 m, coral and sand, for vessels
over 3000 tonnes.
No 4, indicated on the chart (centred 1 miles SSW).
Anchorages Nos 3 and 4 are exposed in winter, when
fresh winds from the S and SE prevail and raise a heavy
sea. Mariners are advised to anchor with a scope at least 4
shackles of cable.
5.149
Prohibited anchorages: (with positions from Light
structure on Mole Head (941S, 3544W)):
Anchoring is prohibited in:
An area, indicated on the chart, inside the mole and

extending 3 cables W of it.
An area SW of the boundary of No 1 anchorage
(4 cables NE).
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in:
An area, indicated on the chart, around a submarine
pipeline extending 1 miles S from the pierhead
of Salgema Marine Terminal (1 miles WSW).
An area, indicated on the chart, around a sewer
outfall extending 2 miles S from the shore
(1 miles WNW).
5.150
Alongside berths:
General cargo quay is situated on the inner side of
the molehead; it is 400 m long, with a depth of
10 m alongside.
Sugar and molasses are loaded at a berth parallel to
and 2 cables NE of the general cargo quay; it is
250 m long, and has alongside depths of 10 m.
Tanker berth projecting WNW from the head of the
sugar berth; 307 m in length with a mooring buoy
off its S side and a reported depth alongside of
106 m, handling vessels to 45 000 dwt.
Salgema Marine Terminal, which handles chemicals.
An L-shaped pier projects 6 cables from the shore,
at a position 2 miles W of the molehead; a
detached breakwater, from which a light is
exhibited (5.147), lies close off the pierhead
parallel to the coast. There is a berth, with an
alongside depth of 88 m, on the inshore side of
the pierhead; a vessel up to 132 m LOA and with
a draught of 78 m can berth alongside.
Port services
1
5.151
Repairs to hull and machinery.
Other facilities: hospital; garbage collection; deratting
and deratting exemption certificates issued; no oily waste
disposal facilities.
Supplies: fresh water, provisions and fuel oil in small
quantities.
Communications: local airfield is at Palmares;
international airport is at Recife (5.77).
MACEI TO BAA DE TODOS OS SANTOS

Depths
GENERAL INFORMATION
General information
Charts 3977, 529
Area covered
1
5.152
This section describes the coastal passage, from a
position SE of Porto de Macei (940S, 3544W) (5.140)
to Ponta de Santo Antnio (1300S, 3832W) at the
entrance to Baa de Todos os Santos including the port of
Aracaju (5.168).
5.154
The barrier reef (5.3) extends for about 50 miles over
the N part of this section, after which it disappears.
Detached shoals extend off the coast. Depths of less than
20 m can be found up to 15 miles to seaward.
In the S part the coast becomes more steep-to and
depths of over 18 m can be found 5 miles from the coast.
MACEI TO ARACAJU
General information
Charts 3977, 3976
Route
Topography
1
5.153
The coastline over this section of coast contrasts
between cliffs and dunes covered with vegetation over the
N part, with some low mountains near the coast and farther
S a more barren coastline with long sections of white
sandy beaches.
167
5.155
From a position SE of Porto de Macei (940S,
3544W) (5.140) the route leads SSW for about 64 miles,
to a position ESE of Rio Sao Francisco do Norte (1030S,
3623W) from whence it leads SW for about 51 miles to a
position SE of Pontal de Propri (1057S, 3702W)
(5.162).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Topography
1
5.156
From Macei to Pontal do Peba, 52 miles SW, the coast
consists of several hillocks and cliffs, covered with
vegetation, lying close to the beach and some low
mountains which can be seen near to the coast. South-west
from Macei there are several inland lakes which discharge
into the sea through shallow streams and rivers.
From Pontal do Peba to Pontal de Propri, 57 miles SW,
the coast becomes barren. Several mountain ranges up to
40 miles inland are visible from the offing. The shoreline is
formed of extensive reaches of white sand.
Directions
Maceo to Rio Sao Francisco do Norte

1
Depths
1
5.157
The barrier reef (5.3) lies from 5 cables to 3 miles
offshore between Macei and Pontal do Peba, 52 miles SW,
where it ends. It dries in numerous places and there are
several navigable channels leading through it. There are a
number of detached shoals lying well outside the line of
the barrier reef, particularly in the area off Pontal do Peba,
where shoals with depths of less than 20 m are found up to
15 miles offshore.
Between Pontal do Peba and Rio Sergipe, 56 miles SW,
the coastal bank, with depths of less then 20 m, extends in
places up to 13 miles offshore; but outside this distance
there are no other dangers.
Hazards
1
5.158
Oil and gas fields. Numerous structures, usually
carrying F.R. and Mo(U) lights, pipelines and other
submerged obstructions, sometimes marked by buoys, exist
in areas centred on (1039S, 3640W) and (1105S,
3700W) as shown on the chart. As these features are not
all charted special caution should be exercised by vessels
navigating in the vicinity. Navigating within 500 m of the
platforms is prohibited. See also 1.10. A mooring buoy lies
close outside the SW boundary of the Aracaju field. It is
connected to other structures within the area by a
submarine pipeline see 1.35.
Exploratory drilling platforms. Uncharted exploratory
drilling platforms may be temporarily located within this
region, outside the limits of the designated oil and gas
fields. They normally exhibit red lights, Mo(U) white
lights. Navigating within 500 m of the platforms is
prohibited. See also 1.10.
10
11
5.160
From a position SE of Ponta Verde (940S, 3542W)
(5.136) the track leads SSW for about 64 miles passing,
(with positions from Ponta da Pituba (1005S, 3603W)):
ESE of Baixa do Teixeira lying 8 cables S of the
prominent water tower (942S, 3547W) (5.144)
standing on a spit of land SW of Macei, close to
the entrance leading to Lagoa Munda and Lagoa
Manguaba, two shallow inland lagoons, thence:
ESE of Baixo de So Miguel (15 miles NNE) (5.164)
the outer part of a drying reef lying SE of Rio de
So Miguel Light (5.161) on the S entrance point
of Rio So Miguel (5.164), thence:
ESE of Lajes dos Baixos (9 miles NNE), rocky
ledges, mainly under water, forming an extension
to the barrier reef (5.3) and lying 1 miles
offshore; the coast backing this shoal consists of
red level cliffs; thence:
ESE of Rio Jequi (3 miles N), with depths of about
2 m in the entrance, can be identified by the cliffs
in the vicinity and by coconut groves on either
side of the entrance, thence:
ESE of Ponta da Pituba, low and covered with
vegetation, forms the SW entrance to Lagoa do
Poxim. It rises steeply to high ground and is
fronted by a partly drying reef, Baixo Simo
Alves, extending 5 cables offshore. Thence:
ESE of Rocha Dom Rodrigo (6 miles SSW) a
drying rock lying E of the N end of Baixo Seco, a
narrow reef 5 miles long and almost entirely
submerged, which fronts the coast S of Pontal de
Coruripe from where a light (5.161) is exhibited;
thence:
ESE of Lajes do Mia (11 miles SSW), a group of
stony shoals, over which seas break, with a least
depth of 31 m over them, lying 5 miles SE of
Ponta do Mia, thence:
ESE of a light-buoy (special) (13 miles SSW), thence:
ESE of Baixo Par (15 miles SSW), a coral shoal
with a least depth of 34 m over it, lying 5 miles
SE of Ponta do Bebedouro. There is a stranded
wreck on the point and a drying reef, Baixo do
Japu, lies 2 miles E of it. Thence:
ESE of Pontal do Peba (21 miles SW) which is
prominent as it forms the S limit of vegetation on
this part of the coast; the land to the S of the
point is low and consists of level barren sand. The
village of Peba stands on the point which is
fringed by drying reefs extending 7 cables E of it.
10 miles to a position ESE of Rio Sao Francisco do Norte
(1030S, 3623W)
Principal marks
1
5.159
Landmarks:
Macei Light (939S, 3544W) (5.135).
Peba Light (white metal tower, red band, 40 m in
height) (1030S, 3623W).
Isabel Light (platform) (1039S, 3638W).
Sergipe Light (daymark on square concrete structure,
31 m in height) (1049S, 3656W).
Aracaju Light, Rio Sergipe, (white concrete tower,
168
5.161
Useful marks:
Ponta Verde Light (940S, 3542W) (5.136).
Light on Macei Mole Head (941S, 3544W)
(5.147).
Light on Macei detached breakwater (942S,
3546W) (5.147).
Rio So Miguel Light (white metal structure on
concrete truncated pyramidal tower, red square
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Tower (red lights), 73 m in height, at Barra de So

Miguel (950S, 3553W).
Pontal de Coruripe Light (white conical masonry
3608W).
Rio Sao Francisco do Norte to Aracaju

1
5.162
From a position ESE of Rio Sao Francisco do Norte
(1030S, 3623W) the track leads SW for about 51 miles
to a position SE of Pontal de Propri, passing, (with
positions from Sergipe Terminal Light (1050S, 3656W)):
SE of Peba Light (5.159) (37 miles NE) on Pontal da
Barra, and Rio So Francisco do Norte Light
(white square framework tower, 10 m in height)
(16 miles NE) on Ponta Cabeo, the NE and SW
entrance points, respectively, at the mouth of Rio
So Francisco do Norte (5.165); Ponta Cabeo is
fringed with mangroves and an isolated rock and a
stranded wreck lie close to it; thence:
SE of Ponta dos Mangues (26 miles NE), situated at
the W end of Canal do Parapuca a narrow channel
which connects with Rio So Francisco de Norte
and forms Ilha do Arambipe of which Ponta
Cabeo is the E point. Serra de Pacatuba lies
7 miles inland from the point and has elevations of
over 60 m. Thence:
SE of the Santa Isabel oilfield (20 miles NE) (5.158),
and:
SE of an obstruction (23miles E) thence:
SE of Sergipe Terminal (5.167).
10 miles to a position SE of Pontal do Propria (5.168).
5.163
Useful marks:
Morro do Uruba (1053S, 3703W), over 90 m high,
on the N outskirts of Cidade de Aracaju.
Porto de Aracaju at 5.173)
Sergipe Terminal

Rio So Miguel
1
5.164
Description. Rio So Miguel (951S, 3554W) enters
the sea 15 miles SW of Porto de Macei. It is restricted by
the barrier reef (5.3) which extends across it, but through
which are three channels. Another reef, Baixo de So
Miguel, extends SW for 2 miles from a position 1 mile E
of the S entrance point to the river.
Anchorage exists between Baixo de So Miguel and the
coast in depths of 3 to 4 m; also inside the reef off the
river mouth, near Cidade de Santana which stands on the N
bank of the river close to its mouth.
Chart 3976, plan of Porto de Aracaju
General information
Rio So Francisco do Norte
5.165
Description. Rio So Francisco do Norte (1030S,
3623W) is about 1700 miles long and navigable by
coastal vessels, in the high river season of October to
March, as far as Vila de Piranhas about 150 miles from its
mouth. The river banks and channels are subject to
changes, caused by flooding which occurs during this
period, at its highest in January.
The lower reaches of the river form the boundary
between Estado de Alagoas and Estado de Sergipe.
Chart 3977, plan of Sergipe Terminal

5.167
Position. Sergipe Terminal (1050S, 3656W) is located
10 miles NE of Aracaju Light (5.159). It is reported to be
part of the port of Aracaju.
General information. The terminal consists of an
L-shaped jetty protected by a breakwater, a light (yellow
metal tubes, 5 m in height) are exhibited from each end of
the breakwater; a light is also exhibited from each end of
the berth. Sergipe Light (5.159) stands on the shore near
the root of the jetty. The terminal handles wheat, fertiliser,
urea and logs.
Limiting conditions. It is reported (1999) the maximum
size is dwt 30 000, LOA 250 m, draught 95 m.
Anchorage area, the limits of which are marked on the
chart, lies 4 miles E of the breakwater with depths of 17 to
23 m.
Pilots: available on 4 hours notice. Boarding position is
off the berth.
Tugs: compulsory.
Facilities: see Aracaju (5.178).
Porto de Aracaju
Directions. The sandbanks and the bar are subject to

continual change particularly during the high river season.
The channel leading into the river lies between sandbanks
which extend 2 miles off both entrance points and on
which seas always break.
A submarine gas pipeline (see 1.35) is laid across the
river 6 miles above the entrance.
Anchorage may be obtained S of the bar in depths of
about 9 m, but it is very exposed. A dangerous wreck,
position approximate, lies 2 miles W of the charted
anchorage.
Pilots are normally embarked at Porto de Macei.
Notice of ETA should be passed by radio to the station at
Macie. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Vol 6 (5).
5.166
Cidade de Penedo, the principal town on the river,
standing on the N bank 24 miles above the mouth.
Cidade de Nepolis, stands a short distance below
Penedo, on the opposite bank of the river. Small vessels
can be docked here. There are workshops for the repair to
hull and machinery.
Cidade de Propri, an important town standing on the
S bank of the river, 18 miles above Penedo and linked by
railway to Porto de Aracaju.
169
5.168
Position. Porto de Aracaju (1055S, 3703W) stands on
the W bank of Rio Sergipe 3 miles above the mouth. The
river is navigable as far as Cidade de Riachuelo, 20 miles
up-river.
Function. Cidade de Aracaju is the capital of Estado de
Sergipe and in 1991 had a population of 401 244.
Topography. The mouth of Rio Sergipe is 7 cables wide
between the entrance points but sandbanks restrict entrance
to a narrow channel on the S side. Two banks extend
seaward from both entrance points. The city can be
identified by Morro do Uruba (5.163) which rises to over
90 m on its N outskirts. A conspicuous church stands on
another hill 1 mile SW of Morro do Uruba.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Approach and entry. The port is approached from N of

the restricted area enclosing an oil and gas field (5.158),
through a buoyed channel leading across the bar, between
two sandbanks.
Entrance to the port is through a channel leading
through Rio Sergipe to the city.
Port authority. Administrao do Porto de Aracaju,
Travessa Baltazar Goes No 86, Edificio Cidade de Sergipe,
8 andar, 49000 Aracaju SE.

1
Limiting conditions
1
5.169
Controlling depth. The least depth in the fairway over
the bar is 3 m.
Deepest and longest berths. Town wharf (5.176).
Local weather. The best season for making this port is
from September to January when the sea is usually slight.
From March to August winds from between SSE and SW
send in a heavy sea rendering the entrance difficult and at
times impractical.
Arrival information
1
5.170
Notice of ETA Pilots require 24 hours notice of ETA.
Outer anchorages. In calm weather vessels can anchor
NE of the bar in depths of 10 to 12 m, fine sand and mud.
Vessels should not be anchored S of the channel leading
across the bar owing to the presence of submarine oil
pipelines, see 1.35.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500 tonnes.
When approaching the buoys at the entrance to the channel
mariners should indicate their vessels draught by the
International Code of Signals. If required to wait for a
greater depth of water over the bar they should anchor or
heave-to in the vicinity of the outer light-buoys of the
channel.
Pilots board in the vicinity of these outer light-buoys,
weather permitting. In bad weather which is frequent,
vessels are directed across the bar by signals (1.49) made
from the pilot boat.
5.171
General layout. A wharf fronting the town and a
dolphin berth for tankers 1 mile N.
Development. It is reported that the main wharf is being
extended to 340 m in length with a projected alongside
depth of 105 m.
Natural conditions:
Local weather. See 5.169 for details.
Tidal streams. Off the river entrance the tidal stream
is S during the in-going tide and N during the
out-going; as a rule the sea is heavier during the
N-going stream.
Principal marks
5.172
Landmarks:
Morro do Uruba (1053S, 3703W) (5.163).
Igreja de Santo Antnio, a prominent church with
twin towers standing on the S slopes of a hill
1 mile SW of Morro do Uruba (5.163).
5.175
Anchorages. There is a sheltered anchorage within the
river, off Cidade de Aracaju (1054S, 3703W), in depths
of 12 m.
Prohibited anchorage. There is a submarine cable area
across the river, indicated on the chart 2 miles NNW of
Pontal de Propri, where anchorage is prohibited.
5.176
Alongside berths:
Concrete wharf, 96 m in length, and a pier with a
berthing head 80 m in length; both with depths of
6 to 7 m alongside.
Dolphin berth for tankers, with 4 mooring buoys, on
the W bank of the river 1 mile N of the city.
5.177
Offshore tanker terminals. There are two offshore
tanker terminals situated S of the river mouth; see 5.190.
Port services
1

5.173
From a position E of Pontal de Propri (1057S,
3702W) (5.162) the track leads SE passing, (with
positions from Aracaju Light (1058S, 3702W) (5.159)):
Between, to the E, the NW border of the oil and gas
field (3 miles E) (5.158) and, to the W, Banco
Norte (1 miles ENE) and Banco Sul (1 mile
ESE) which form the E and S extremities of a
shoal area extending 2 miles SSE of Pontal de
Propri; to the pilot boarding position (2 miles
ESE), close to the outer light-buoys marking the
entrance channel.
Thence the track follows the channel, marked by
light-buoys, which leads across the bar, and thence
up-river to the port, passing:
S and W of Banco Sul, thence:
NE of Coroa do Meio (close E) on which stands
Aracaju Light, and SW of Coroa das Velhas
(7 cables NE), a drying bank; a breakwater
extending 1 mile SSE from Pontal de Propri is
under construction close W of Coroa das Velhas.
Thence:
SSW of a drying bank (7 cables NNE), thence:
W of Pontal de Propri (1 miles NNE), thence the
track leads N up the river to the port (3 miles
NNW).
5.174
Local knowledge is necessary to cross the bar which is
subject to changes in depth and width. Buoys are moved
accordingly often without notification.
Berths
Harbour
1
Major light:
Aracaju Light (1058S, 3702W) (5.159).
170
5.178
Repairs. A 90 m slipway; minor repairs.
Other facilities: hospital; deratting and deratting
exemption certificates issued; no oily waste disposal
facilities.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions in small quantities;
diesel and lubricating oil.
Communications: local airfield is at Palmares, nearest
international airport is at Recife (5.77).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
ARACAJU TO BAA DE TODOS OS

SANTOS
General information
Charts 3976, 3975
Route
1
5.179
From a position SE of Pontal do Propria (5.168) the
route leads SW, for 147 miles to a position SE of Ponta
Itapua (1303S, 3821W).
Topography
1
5.180
This section of the coast consists in the main of beach
backed by barren white sand dunes. There are several river
mouths and some identifiable hills (see 5.186), close to the
shore. The barren dunes end close to Ponta de Santo
Antnio which is rocky.
Santa Antnio Light from NW (5.184)

Santo Antnio Light (white round masonry tower,

black bands, on fort, 22 m in height) (1301S,
3832W).
Depths
1
5.181
The coastal shelf is relatively steep and regular, over this
section of coastline, with no outlying dangers. There are
depths of more than 18 m at a distances of 5 miles or more
from the coast. though some shallower patches exist within
oil and gas field (5.182).
Directions
Charts 3976, 3975, 540
Pontal do Propri to Subama

1
Hazards
1
5.182
Restricted area. Numerous platforms, submarine
pipelines and moorings exist within the oil and gas field, S
of Pontal de Propri, as shown on the chart. Anchoring is
prohibited and navigation within the area ill advised. (1.10
and 1.35).
Fish traps. Mariners are cautioned that unmarked fish
traps exist in the vicinity of 1058S, 3642W.
Principal marks
1
5.183
Landmark:
Outeiro Pelador (1220S, 3752W) a hill, easily
identified by some large white sandy patches on it,
visible for about 18 miles.
5.184
Major lights:
Aracaju Light (1058S, 3702W) (5.159).
So Cristvo Light (white square concrete tower, red
Mangue Seco Light (white square framework tower,
25 m in height) (1128S, 3722W).
Itariri Light (white square concrete tower, black
Subama Light (white square concrete tower, red
Garcia dvila Light (white round masonry tower,
25 m in height) (1235S, 3800W).
Camaari Light (white round concrete tower, 20 m in
height) (1245S, 3809W).
Itapu (Pedra Piraboca) Light (white truncated conical
metal tower, red bands, 21 m in height) (1257S,
3821W).
171
5.185
From a position SE of Pontal do Propri (1057S,
3702W) (5.162) the track leads SW passing, (with
positions from Mangue Seco Light (1128S, 3722W)
(5.184)):
SE of the oil and gas field (30 miles NE), indicated
on the chart, containing two offshore oil berths
(5.190) and submarine pipelines laid to groups of
offshore platforms (1.35) Three conspicuous towers
red obstruction lights) stand in the oil refinery.
Thence:
SE of the mouth of Rio Vaza-Barris (22 miles NE),
identified by Morro dos Tres Irmaos, 9miles W of
it and by So Cristvo Light (5.184) standing on
the N side of the entrance. A grove of coconut
trees stands on the S bank. Rio Vaza-Barris
(1110S, 3709W) 270 miles long is navigable for
a distance of about 30 miles above its mouth by
small vessels.
SE of Barra da Estncia (2 miles E) (5.188); thence:
SE of the mouth of Rio Itapicuru (19 miles SSW),
obstructed by sandbanks over which seas break.
Outeiro de Nossa Senhora do Monte rises within
the N entrance point, a church on its summit
visible from seaward especially from the S. The
village of Serbinha stands near the mouth of the
river, on the S bank. The church of Cidade Conde
stands on a hill 7 miles SW of the entrance.
SE of Itariri Light (33 miles SSW). Rio Itariri, narrow
and sinuous and has depths of 3 m at HW water.
Villages stand on either bank near the mouth of
the river but only that on the N bank is visible
from the offing. Thence:
SE of Rio Inhambupe (42 miles SSW), a rocky bar,
over which there are depths of 18 m makes this
river unimportant to navigation. Cidade Palme is
situated 3 miles W of the mouth.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
SE of Subama Light (1214S, 3746W), standing

on the S entrance point of Rio Subama.
3
Subama to Ponta Itapua

1
5.186
From a position SE of Subama Light (1214S,
3746W) the track leads SW for about 65 miles passing,
(with positions from Garcia dvila Light (1235S,
3800W) (5.184)):
SE of Ponta Au da Torre, on which stands Garcia
dAvila Light (5.184). Monte Gordo a large
rounded hill rises prominently 5 miles W of the
point. Submerged rocks extend up to 7 cables S
and SW of the point. Thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (10 miles SSW), Position
SE of Camaari Light (13 miles SW) (5.184). A
conspicuous tower and chimney stand 5 miles SW
of the light where a submarine pipeline extends
1 miles SE from the coast, which is backed in
this vicinity by Colinas Torres de Abrantes, a
series of small wooded hills.
17 miles to a position SE of Ponta Itapu Light (1257S,
3821W) (5.184). A conspicuous building, illuminated at
night, stands close NW of the light; Salvador Aero Light
(white metal framework tower, red bands; 17 m in height)
stands 3 miles NNE of the point.
5.187
Useful marks:
Two T.V. towers (red obstruction lights) (1300S,
3830W).
Monumento do Cristo (monument) (1301S,
3831W).
entry to Baa de Todos os Santos at 5.223)
Offshore oil terminals

Chart 3976
Oil and gas field

1
Rio Real, Rio Piaui and Barra da Estncia

1
5.190
From the onshore oil installation, located 5 miles S of
Cidade de Aracaju (1055S, 3703W), submarine oil
pipelines are laid to groups of offshore oil platforms and to
two offshore mooring terminals, which are all situated
within the restricted area indicated on the chart. Vessels
should not anchor and are advised not to navigate within
this area, see also 1.10 and 1.35.
Carmopolis
Navigable rivers and inlets

5.188
Description. Rio Real (1127S, 3720W) 183 miles in
length, flows into the sea close NE of Mangue Seco. The
boundary between Estado de Sergipe and Estado de Bahia
reaches the coast at the mouth of this river, which is not
visible from seaward but can be identified by Mangue Seco
Light (5.184) and by breakers on the sandbanks to seaward
of it. A metal framework tower, formerly a light-structure,
stands on the N side of the entrance, 2 miles NE of
Mangue Seco Light.
Rio Piaui has a common mouth with Rio Real, is
51 miles long and navigable as far as Cidade de Estncia,
situated on Rio Piautinga, one of its tributaries, 19 miles

from the sea.
Barra da Estncia, the entrance to the rivers, is a narrow
channel leading between the shoals and sandbanks which
obstruct the mouth and is navigable by vessels drawing up
to 3 m. This channel is marked by buoys and is continually
shifting.
5.189
Pilots board about 3 miles SSE of the river entrance and
conduct vessels as far as the village of Crasto, 13 miles
from Cidade de Estncia. A signal station stands close SW
of the disused light-structure (5.188) and displays bar
signals (1.49) when the state of sea prevents the pilot from
boarding outside the breakers.
5.191
Position. An offshore tanker berth is situated 5 miles
SSE of Aracaju Light (1058S, 3702W) (5.159).
Anchorage. A vessel waiting to berth should anchor
1 miles SE of the berth, in a depth of 24 m, mud and
fine sand.
Pilotage. A berthing master is provided to assist vessels
berthing, normally during daylight hours only.
Berth. Light-buoys and 6 mooring buoys are located at
the end of a submarine pipeline, see 1.35. The berth can
accommodate a ship of up to 115 000 dwt which can load
to a draught of 15 m.
Guaricema Ocean Terminal

1
5.192
Position. Guaricema Ocean Terminal is situated 11 miles
S of Aracaju Light (1058S, 3702W) (5.159).
General information. The terminal consists of 6
offshore platforms and a berth between 4 mooring buoys
connected to the shore by a submarine pipeline, see 1.35.
Each tower has an orange daymark on which there is a
black number, and from which red fixed and white flashing
lights are exhibited.
BAA DE TODOS OS SANTOS

waterways in the central part of the bay including port
facilities at Porto de Madre de Deus; and the waterways on
the W side of the bay which include Canal de Itaparica and
Rio Paraguau.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 540, 545, 3975
Area covered
1
5.193
This section describes the approaches and entrance to
Baa de Todos os Santos, from a position SE of Ponta
Itapua Light (1257S, 3821W). It describes the port of
Salvador, 3 miles NE of Ponta de Santo Antnio; the
waterways on the E side of the bay including the port
facilities of Usiba Terminal and Porto de Aruta, the
Topography
1
172
5.194
Baa de Todos os Santos, a largely land-locked bay, is
entered between Ponta de Santo Antnio (1301S,
3832W) (5.186) and the E side of Ilha de Itaparica,
5 miles WNW. This island, and Ilha de Matarandiba W of
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
it, both have high peaks (5.202). The city and port of
Salvador are situated on the E side of the bay.
The area of Baa de Todos os Santos N of Porto de
Salvador (5.204) is known as Recncavo, and opens out to
a width of 20 miles and extends 20 miles N to the mouth
of Rio Santo Amaro (5.270). It has several rivers flowing
into it and contains numerous islands and shoals, between
which there are channels, some navigable by large vessels.
The shores of the bay slope gradually and are much
indented, especially to the E and N, affording good
anchorages. There are numerous banks and coral shoals,
well marked by beacons and buoys.
Principal marks
1
1
5.195
When approaching the entrance to the bay the high
terrain of the city gives good radar echoes at distances of
over 35 miles, particularly when approaching from S.
PORTO DE SALVADOR
General information
Depths
Chart 545 plan of Porto de Salvador, 540
5.196
Depths within the main shipping channels of the bay are
sufficient to accept vessels from 10 m to 18 m draught; see
appropriate port entries for details.
Position
1
Drilling structures.
1
5.197
Caution. Exploratory oil drilling is taking place in Baa
de Todos os Santos. Masters of vessels proceeding N of
Porto de Salvador should exercise great caution, particularly
at night and in poor visibility. The drilling structures show
group red flashing lights, three every 10 seconds, but
disused structures are unmarked and some may be
submerged. See also 1.10.
5.198
In the vicinity of a submarine pipeline extending
1 miles S from Ponta do Conselho (1301S, 3829W).
5.199
Winds. Within the bay, from April to September the
wind direction is mainly from between E and SE and from
between E and NE for the remainder of the year.
From October to March there is a marked difference in
land and sea breezes; the wind is more N in the morning
and more E in the afternoon. At night the wind is usually
light and variable, decreasing in strength at about sunset
and later blowing in little gusts from the head of the bay
until sunrise, when it freshens from the N or NE.
From April to September, and particularly from July to
September, S winds occur at times. Strong, squally winds
from the S and SW, known locally as cambueiros, can
occur during this period; they can cause a considerable sea
within the bay, especially during the out-going tidal stream.
This sea persists for some time after the wind has fallen.
5.200
In the vicinity of Banco da Panela (5.223) tidal streams
run NNE and SSW; their rate, especially that of the SSW
stream, is considerable. To the W of the bank the out-going
stream is reported to attain rates of 3 to 4 kn.
5.207
The port is approached through the entrance channel
leading into Baa de Todos os Santos, passing between
Ponta de Santo Antnio (1301S, 3832W) (5.186) and
the E side of Ilha de Itaparica, 5 miles WNW and is
entered by passing either N or S of a detached breakwater,
lying to the W of the harbour, 3 miles NNE of Ponta de
Santo Antnio.
Traffic
1
Rescue
5.201
A naval rescue vessel is usually stationed at Porto de
Salvador (5.204). See also 1.50.
5.206
When approaching the entrance to Baa de Todos os
Santos from the NE the coast will be sighted at a distance
of 20 to 25 miles and appear to be slightly undulating. On
closer approach a line of white sand dunes with a few
patches of vegetation will appear; these sand dunes provide
a good landmark for a landfall to the N of the bay and are
visible at some distance at night in clear weather. The loom
of the lights from the higher part of Cidade de Salvador
can be seen from a great distance. Ilha de Itaparica, on the
W side of the entrance to the bay, has darker and more
dense vegetation than on the mainland and stands out well.
Approach and entry
Tidal streams
1
5.205
Cidade de Salvador is the capital of Estado de Bahia
and was formerly the capital of Brazil. In 2000 it had a
population of 2 443 904.
The city is divided into two parts; the older and business
section stands on low ground behind the port; while the
newer, residential section stands on a plateau, about 60 m
high, farther inland.
Topography
Weather
1
5.204
Porto de Salvador (1258S, 3831W) lies on the E side
of Baa de Todos os Santos 2 miles NNE of the entrance
to the bay.
Function
Prohibited Anchorage
1
5.202
Landmarks:
Monte Nossa Senhora da Penha (1259S, 3839W),
the highest point of Ilha de Itaparica.
Monte da Conceio (1300S, 3841W).
Monte de Santo Amaro (1301S, 3846W), with
twin peaks, is the summit of Ilha de Matarandiba.
5.203
Major lights:
Santo Antnio Light (1301S, 3832W) (5.184).
Ponta Itamoabo Light (white round masonry tower,
5 m in height) (1248S, 3832W).
5.208
Traffic. About 500 000 tons of general cargo, 57 000 teu
and 11 500 000 tons of oil products handled annually.
Port authority
1
173
5.209
Companhia das Docas do Estado da Bahia (CODEBA),
Av. da Franca, 40000 Salvador, Bahia.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
1
5.210
The least depth in the fairway through the N entrance is
104 m and all vessels of 85 m or over must use this
entrance. The approaches to the S entrance have a least
depth of 81 m. Within the harbour depths are, in general,
from 8 to 12 m.
Tugs
1
5.217
Tugs are available.
Quarantine
1
5.218
For quarantine anchorage see 5.215.
Harbour
1
5.211
General cargo quay (5.229).
General layout
1

1
5.212
The maximum size of vessel accepted is draught 10 m
and 273 m LOA.
Arrival information
Port radio
1
5.213
There is a port radio station.
Tidal streams
Notice of ETA
1
5.214
Masters should give 48 and 24 hours notice of ETA.
Outer anchorages
1
2
3
5.215
Anchorage may be obtained N of Banco da Panela
(1258S, 3832W) (5.223) in depths of 10 to 22 m, good
holding ground. Care should be taken not to obstruct the
passage of vessels using the N entrance to the harbour.
Explosives. Vessels carrying explosives should use
Anchorage C (1257S, 3834W) as indicated on the chart.
Quarantine anchorage (1256S, 3834W) as indicated
on the chart.
Strong S winds, occurring between April and August,
can send a considerable sea into this anchorage, see 5.199;
see also tidal streams (5.200), which are strong in this
region.
Prohibited anchorages. A designated area, where
anchoring is prohibited, encloses two submarine gas
pipelines (see 1.35) extending across the bay from Ponta da
Sapoca (1250S, 3829W) to Ilha de Itaparica, 10 miles
SW.
Anchoring is prohibited within 300 m of the ferry route
which leads ESE from Ihla de Itaparica to N of the Porto
de Salvador detached breakwater (1257S, 3831W)
(5.225), as shown on the chart.
5.221
Landmarks:
Monte Nossa Senhora da Penha (1259S, 3839W)
(5.202).
Monte da Conceio (1300S, 3841W) (5.202).
Monte de Santo Amaro (1301S, 3846W) (5.202).
5.222
Major lights:
Ponta Itamoabo Light (1248S, 3832W) (5.203).

Approaches
1
5.216
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels. Vessels
berthing alongside are usually boarded from a launch
(black hull, white superstructure with PILOT in black
letters), SW of Banco da Panela (1258S, 3832W)
(5.223).
Caution. When many vessels are anchored in the
vicinity of the pilot boarding ground, and with possible
confusion in identifying the pilot cutter, care should be
taken to avoid entering between the buoys marking Banco
da Panela.
5.220
Tidal streams within the harbour run NNE for about
5 hours and SSW for about 7 hours at a rate of about
1kn. During springs this rate may increase up to 2 to
3 kn.
Principal marks
Pilots
1
5.219
Porto do Salvador is protected from the SW by a
breakwater, extending 5 cables NNW from a position
2 miles NNE of Ponta de Santo Antnio. A detached
breakwater, over 7 cables long, lies NE of the S breakwater.
The harbour is entered either N or S of the detached
breakwater. The main berthing area (5.229) lies on the E
side of the harbour and consists of a quay extending along
the front of the city and an area of reclaimed land.
Designated anchorage areas (5.228) are located to the N
and NW of the harbour.
A harbour, enclosing a marina, and protected by
breakwaters to the SW and NW, lies 4 cables SSW of the
main harbour.
174
5.223
From a position SE of Ponta Itapu Light (1257S,
3821W) (5.184) the track leads WSW passing (with
positions from Santo Antnio Light (1301S, 3832W)
(5.184)):
SSE of Ponta Itapuzinho (3miles E)), consisting of
a low dark-coloured cliff; the sand dunes end in
this vicinity and the coast becomes rocky. Pedras
Ubaranas, three above water rocks, lie close off
the point. Thence:
SSE of Banco de Santo Antnio, (4 miles S), red
sand and coral, over which seas break in fresh
winds. It is marked at its N and S ends by
light-buoys (N and S cardinal). The bank is liable
to change and strong currents may exist in the
channel between the bank and the coast to the N
SSE of a patch (5 miles S) with a depth of 91 m
over it.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Salvador N entrance (5.224)

From this position the track leads W and NW rounding

Banco de San Antonio. Mariners should sound continuously
when rounding this bank and remain in depths of over
22 m by keeping Santo Antnio light-tower bearing
between 013 and 030 and then entering the bay, with
Ponta de Monte Serrat light-tower (5 miles NNE) (5.227)
bearing 022, to pass 1 miles W of Ponta de Santo
Antnio. This point is fringed with shoal water to a
distance of 2 cables, its W extremity being marked by a
buoy (starboard hand). The track leads clear of Baixo
Grande (2 miles WNW), extensive shoals lying E of Ilha
de Itaparica, which do not show in calm weather, and
which are marked on their SE extremity by a Light-buoy
(E cardinal). From this position the track continues N
passing:
W of Ponta de Santa Maria (4 cables N) where there
is a fort, thence:
W of Pedra da Gamboa (1 miles NNE) lying on the
W extremity of Banco da Gamboa, a shoal area
which extends into the S part of the harbour.
From this position the track continues N for about
5 cables to the pilot boarding ground marked on the chart,
5 cables SW of Banco da Panela, a shoal of stones and
gravel, marked to the W and N by light-buoys (starboard
hand) and to the S by a light-buoy (port hand).
(Directions for Porto de Aratu continue at 5.238,
for Porto de Madre de Deus at 5.267, and for
the W part of Baa de Todos os Santos at 5.287)
North entrance channel

1
5.224
Outer approaches from south.
Vessels approaching from the S should make Morro de
So Paulo (6.19), 31 miles SW of the entrance to the bay.
5.225
From the pilot boarding station (1258S, 3832W) the
track leads N then rounds Banco de Panela and the
detached breakwater, passing, (with positions from Quebra
Mar Sul Light (5.227)):
W and N of Banco da Panela (6 cables WNW)
(5.223), noting the detached shoal, least depth
103m, lying 4 cables N of it, thence:
N of the N end of the detached breakwater (9 cables
NNE) thence proceeding to the berths lying
3 cables inside this breakwater along the front of
the city.
South entrance channel

1
175
5.226
track leads generally ENE, passing, (with positions from
Quebra Mar Sul Light (1258S, 3831W)):
S and SE of Banco da Panela (6 cables WNW)
(5.223), the channel between this bank and the
head of the S breakwater, marked by Quebra Mar
Sul Light, has a least depth of 81 m; thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Salvador S entrance (5.226)

N of the head of the S breakwater, thence:

S of the S end of the detached breakwater (2 cables
ENE) and N of Forte de Santo Marcelo (2 cables
SE), which is a cylindrical structure; a buoy
moored close E of the fort indicates the NE edge
of the bank on which the fort is built; thence
proceeding to the berths lying 3 cables inside the
detached breakwater.
Useful marks:
5.227
1
Tower (1304S, 3845W), 70 m in height, on a hill

on the S part of Ilha de Itaparica, provides a good
mark when approaching the entrance.
Barra do Pote Light (white concrete tubular structure,
5 m in height) (1301S, 3839W).
Cross (1258S, 3837W); when sighted from SE the
cross appears as an obelisk.
Barra da Penha Church (1259S, 3837W).
Santo Antnio da Barra Church (1300S, 38329W),
with two white square towers.
Two T.V. towers (red obstruction lights) (1300S,
3830W).
White tower (1300S, 3831W).
Monumento do Cristo (monument) (1301S,
38 31W).
Building (red light) (1301S, 3831W).
Building (red light) (1301S, 3829W).
Tower (1256S, 3831W).
Mar Grande Light (white square masonry tower, 8 m
in height) (1258S, 3836W).
Quebra Mar Sul Light (red masonry pyramid, 6 m in
height) (1258S, 3831W).
Quebra Mar Norte, S end, Light (green masonry
pyramid, 3 m in height) (1258S, 3831W).
Quebra Mar Norte, N end, Light (red masonry
pyramid, 6 m in height) (1257S, 3831W).
Ponta de Monte Serrat Light (white truncated conical
masonry tower, red bands, 10 m in height)
(1256S, 3831W). Forte Monte Serrat, a white
building, lies 1 cable SE of the light, and from a
distance may be mistaken for the lighthouse.
Light
Fort
Salvador Monte Serrat Light and fort from S (5.227)

Berths
1
5.228
LASH vessels should use Anchorage A (12565S,
38309W), as indicated on the chart; there is anchorage
for their lighters at Anchorage B, 1 mile SE in the N part
of the harbour.
Prohibited anchorages. Vessels are prohibited from
anchoring in designated areas, indicated on the chart; in the
N part of the harbour, centred on 1257S, 3830W; within
300 m of the ferry route (5.215) from Ihla de Itaparica; and
in the S part of the harbour near the harbour masters
office (1258S, 3831W).
Moorings. In the N part of the harbour there are 3
mooring buoys (yellow), one in Anchorage B above and 2
close SW.
Alongside berths
1
176
5.229
General cargo. The main accommodation for ships is
the quay bordering the E shore of the harbour. This is
2060 m long, in 3 sections, which can accommodate vessels
of up to 75 m draught. Vessels of up to 98 m draught can
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
berth, by using pontoons, at three berths at the N part of

the harbour. There is a Ro-Ro berth.
Port services
Repairs
1
5.230
Minor repairs to hull and engines; a dry dock at Porto
de Aratu, see 5.258.
Other facilities
1
5.231
Hospitals and garbage collection facilities; deratting and
deratting exemption certificates issued, no oily waste
disposal facilities; tank cleaning can be carried out.
Provisions, stores, fresh water, and all types of fuel oil
are available.
International air services.
BAA DE TODOS OS SANTOS EASTERN

PART
General information
Chart 540, 545 various plans of the port area
Route or Passage
1
5.232
This section describes the routes leading along the E
side of Baa de Todos os Santos, from the pilot boarding
station (12583S, 38322W) off Porto de Salvador to Rio
Cotegipe, which leads into Baa do Aratu 11 miles NNE.
It includes details of the port facilities of Terminal da
Usiba and Porto de Aratu.
Useful marks
5.239
1
Topography
1
5.233
See 5.194.
2
Depths
1
5.234
The main channel from the Porto de Salvador anchorage
to Porto de Aratu has a minimum depth of 18 m.
Pilotage
1
5.235
Compulsory. Pilots board is position (1258S, 3832W),
off Porto de Salvador (5.216).
Local knowledge
1
5.236
Necessary to navigate the waters of Recncavo.
Principal marks
1
5.237
Landmarks:
(5.202).
Major lights:
Route
1
5.240
Baa do Aratu (1248S, 3828W) is entered through
Canal Cotegipe, a deep but narrow and tortuous channel,
which forms the lower part of Rio Cotegipe. The greater
part of the bay has depths of over 5 m and there are depths
of over 10 m in the vicinity of its entrance.
Directions
Directions
1
Quebra Mar Sul Light (1258S, 3831W) (5.227).

Quebra Mar Norte, S end, Light (1258S, 3831W)
(5.227).
Quebra Mar Norte, N end, Light (1257S, 3831W)
(5.227).
Ponta de Monte Serrat Light (1256S, 3831W)
(5.227).
Ponta da Areia Light (white truncated masonry tower)
(1247S, 3830W).
Canal Cotegipe Light (round yellow tower, 2 m in
height) (1248S, 3829W).
Ponta do Caboto Light (white square masonry tower,
8 m in height) (1245S, 3830W).
Pier de Liquidos Light, Ponta do Marinho, (dolphin)
(1247S, 3830W).
Pier de Solidos Light, Ponta Joo Pereira, (dolphin)
(1247S, 3830W).
Ponta da Nossa Senhora de Guadalupe Light (white
square concrete column, 5 m in height) (1249S,
3839W).
(Directions for Porto de Aratu continue at 5.255.)
Rio Cotegipe and Baa do Aratu

5.238
From the pilot boarding station (1258S, 3832W) off
Porto de Salvador the track leads NNW, passing (with
positions from Ponta da Areia Light (1247S, 3830W)):
WSW of the light-buoy (starboard hand) (10 miles

SSW), marking the W extremity of Banco da
Panela (5.223), thence:
SSW), moored 1 miles WNW of Ponta de Monte
Serrat.
From this position the track leads NNE passing:
WNW of a bank (7 miles SSW), least depth 87 m,
and a bank (5 miles SSW), least depth 77 m,
thence:
Between No 1 and No 2 Light-buoys (lateral)
(3miles SSW) noting the isolated depth of
102 m lying close W of No 2 Light-buoy, thence:
WNW of Ponta da Sapoca (2 miles SSE), which
can be identified by a conspicuous chimney and
the buildings of a steelworks which occupy the
headland; Terminal da Usiba (5.242), a bulk ore
jetty, extends from the N part of the point.
From this position the track continues NNE following
the channel, marked by light-buoys (lateral), passing:
ESE of the bank extending 2 miles S from Ilha da
Mar (1 mile W); this bank is being dredged
within an area as indicated on the chart; and:
WNW of the extensive shoals extending W and NW
of Ponta Toque-Toque (1 miles S), thence to a
position about 3 cables NW of Ponta da Areia at
the entrance to Canal Cotegipe (5.240).
177
5.241
Follow the directions for approaching the Dow Chemical
Terminal (5.255), from whence the channel, marked by
light-buoys, leads SE for about 1 mile into the W part of
Baa do Aratu.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Terminal da Usiba
Chart 545 plan of Porto de Aratu
Port services
1
General information
1
5.242
Position. The Terminal da Usiba (1250S, 3830W) is
situated on the N part of Ponta da Sapoca (5.238), E of the
buoyed channel leading to Porto de Aratu.
Function. The berth is used for the discharge of iron ore
and coal to serve a steelworks which occupies the greater
part of Ponta da Sapoca.
directly from No 2 Light-buoy at the entrance to the
buoyed channel leading to Porto de Aratu; see 5.238.
Port authority. See 5.209.
Limiting conditions
1
5.250
The port services available are those that can be
provided from or obtained at Porto de Salvador (5.204)
18 km distant.
Porto de Aratu
Chart 545 plan of Porto de Aratu
General information
1
5.243
Controlling depth is the depth of water alongside the
berth which can accept vessels of up to 10 m draught
alongside.
230 m LOA; 25 m beam and 10 m draught.
5.251
Position. Porto de Aratu facilities are located N of the
entrance to, and on the N bank of, Canal Cotegipe
(1247S, 3830W).
Function. The port provides separate facilities for the
handling of bulk liquids, bulk solids, gas products and
chemicals.
Approach and entry. The port is approached from the S
part of Baa de Todos os Santos and entered through a
channel, marked by buoys; see 5.238.
Traffic. About 15 million tons of cargo handled
annually.
Limiting conditions
Arrival information
1
5.244
Notice of ETA. Pilots require 5 hours advance notice of
ETA.
Pilots. Pilotage is compulsory. He boards at the pilot
boarding station (1258S, 3832W) off Porto de Salvador.
Tugs. Tugs come from Porto de Salvador.
Quarantine. For quarantine anchorage see 5.215.
1
2
3
Arrival information
1
Harbour
1
5.245
General layout of harbour. The berth consists of a
jetty, 1020 m long, which extends W from the N part of
the steelyard on Ponta da Sapoca (5.238). A prohibited
anchorage area, protecting two submarine gas pipelines
(1.35), extends from the shore SW from the jetty.
5.246
Landmark:
Chimney (1250S, 3829W) standing in the
steelworks on Ponta da Sapoca (5.238).
5.247
From a position E of No 2 Light-buoy (port hand)
(1250S, 3831W), the berth 1 miles NE can be
approached clear of obstruction.
5.248
Useful marks:
Ponta da Areia Light (1247S, 3830W) (5.239).
Canal Cotegipe Light (1248S, 3829W) (5.239).
Ponta do Caboto Light (1245S, 3830W) (5.239).
Light on jetty head, Ponta da Sapoca (1250S,
3830W) (private). Lights mark the ends of a
detached breakwater lying 200 m N of the jetty.
5.254
General layout. The port consists of five separate
terminals which are situated, (with positions from Ponta da
Areia Light (1247S, 3830W) (5.239)):
Solid Bulk Terminal 1 (9 cables N) on the N side of
Ponta Joo Pereira.
Solid Bulk Terminal 2 (7 cables N) on Ponta Joo
Pereira.
Liquid Bulk Terminal (4 cables N) on Ponta do
Marinho.
Gas Terminal (3 cables NNE) on Ponta do Marinho.
Dow Chemical Terminal (1 miles ENE).

1
Berth
1
5.253
ETA.
Pilots. Pilotage is compulsory and the pilot boards at the
pilot boarding station (1258S, 3832W) off Porto de
Salvador.
Tugs are available.
Harbour

1
5.252
Controlling depth is that alongside the various berths,
see 5.257. The channel has depths of over 18 m.
Deepest and longest berths. Solid Bulk Terminal
(5.257).
Maximum size of vessel handled. 100 000 dwt;
230 m LOA; 1062 m maximum draught.
5.249
Alongside berth. The berth consists of a jetty, 1 020 m
long, at the seaward end of which is an L-shaped head,
with a berthing face of 70 m, 2 flanking dolphins and 5
mooring buoys. The depth alongside is 101 m.
178

5.255
From a position about 3 cables NW of Ponta da Areia at
the entrance to Canal Cotegipe (5.240) the Solid Bulk,
Liquid Bulk and Gas Products Terminals can be approached
directly.
Solid Bulk Terminal 1 is approached through a buoyed
channel leading N of the Solid Bulk Terminal 2, as
indicated on the chart.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
The track to the Dow Chemical Terminal leads generally

E, passing, (with positions from Ponta da Areia Light
(1247S, 3830W) (5.239)):
N of Ponta da Areia; a naval base is being developed
on the E side of this point and a pier extends from
it, thence:
N of No 1 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (5 cables
ESE) marking the NW extremity of Coroa dos
Papagaios, on which Cotegipe light-structure
(5.239) is located; thence the track follows the
channel, marked by light-buoys (lateral), passing:
S of Ponta da Laje (6 cables E), thence:
NNW of Ponta Forte (8 cables E), thence:
SE of the bank extending SE from the shore and
marked at its SE extremity by No 4 Light-buoy
(port hand) (1 mile ENE); thence the berth,
4 cables NE of No 4 Light-buoy, can be
approached; a dangerous wreck lies close off the
terminal.
5.256
Useful marks:
Pierhead Light (private) (1247S, 3829W).
Canal Cotegipe Light (1247S, 3829W) (5.239).
Pier de Liquidos Light (1247S, 3830W) (5.239).
Pier de Solidos Light (1247S, 3830W) (5.239).
Ponta da Nossa Senhora de Guadalupe Light
(1249S, 3839W) (5.239).
Three masts (1248S, 3830W) on Ponta da Areia.
Mast (1247S, 3829W) on Ponta da Laje.
BAA DE TODOS OS SANTOS CENTRAL

PART
General information
Chart 545 with plan Porto de Madre de Deus and Approaches,
540
Route
1
5.257
Alongside berths:
Solid Bulk Terminal 1 is 210 m long with an
alongside depth of 7 m. Daylight berthing only
with maximum dimensions of 100 000 dwt and
180 m LOA. Vessels with a draught between
70 and 85 m can berth/unberth on high tide by
arrangement with Port Authority.
Solid Bulk Terminal 2. The N berth 186 m long with
an alongside depth of 9 m. Maximum dimensions
100 000 dwt and 180 m LOA; S berth 203 m long
with an alongside depth of 11 m. maximum
dimensions 100 000 dwt and 230 m LOA.
Liquid Bulk Terminal. The N berth 100 m long with
an alongside depth of 109 m. Maximum
dimensions 40 000 dwt and 220 m LOA; S berth
70 m long with an alongside depth of 11 m.
Maximum dimensions 25 000 dwt and 120 m LOA
for vessels with bow-thrusters and 105 m LOA for
vessels without.
Gas Terminal has a length of 70 m; maximum
dimensions 15 000 dwt, 180 m LOA and 109 m
draught.
Dow Chemical Terminal. Vessels of up to 40 000 dwt,
180 m LOA, 30 m breadth and 11 m draught can
berth in daylight only; vessels of up to
150 m LOA, 25 m breadth and 85 m draught can
berth at night by arrangement with Port Authority,
see also 5.255.
5.260
See 5.194.
Ilha da Mar, Ilha do Frade, Ilha Madre de Deus and
many smaller islands lie off the NE shore of Baa de Todos
os Santos and are known collectively as Ilhas do
Recncavo. Porto de Madre de Deus (1245S, 3837W) is
situated on the SW point, Ponta Mirim, of Ilha Madre de
Deus and the approach channel to it leads between
extensive shoals extending W of Ilha da Mar and E of
Ilha do Frade.
Depths
1
5.261
The channel and port facilities can accept vessels up to
125 m draught.
Restricted areas
1
5.262
Two areas, indicated on the chart, where navigation is
restricted due to oil drilling operations, exist in the
approaches to the mouth of Rio Santo Amaro, see 5.270.
Pilotage
1
5.263
Compulsory. The boarding ground at (1258S,
3832W).
Local knowledge
1
5.264
Necessary to navigate in the waters of Recncavo
(5.194).
Prohibited anchorage
1
5.265
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area,
indicated on the chart, enclosing a submarine pipeline
extending from Porto Madre de Deus (5.272) to Ilha das
Vacas, 1 mile W.
Principal marks
1
Port services
1
5.259
This section describes the routes leading through the
central part of Baa de Todos os Santos, from the pilot
boarding station (1258S, 3832W), off Porto de Salvador,
to Porto de Madre de Deus on the S side of Ilha Madre de
Deus, 14 miles NNW.
Topography
Berths
1
35 000 dwt; which can be made available for commercial

repairs.
Other facilities: hospital at Cidade de Salvador (5.231).
Supplies: provisions, fuel oil is supplied from lighters,
fresh water is supplied to the berths.
Communications. As for Porto de Salvador (5.204).
5.258
Repairs. The Brazilian Navy operate a dry dock; 220 m
length, 30 m breadth, draught 65 m and a capacity of
179
5.266
Landmarks:
(5.202).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Major lights:
Porto de Madre de Deus

Chart 545 plan of Porto de Madre de Deus and Approaches
General information
Directions
Porto de Salvador to Porto de Madre de Deus

Approach Channel
1
5.267
Porto de Salvador (5.216), the track leads NNW passing,
(with positions from Ponta da Nossa Senhora de Guadalupe
Light (1249S, 3839W) (5.239)):
SSE), marking the W extremity of Banco da
SSE) (5.238), thence the track continues NNW, for
6 miles, to a position between No 1 and No 2
Light-buoys (4 miles E), at the entrance of the
Porto de Madre de Deus Approach Channel.
5.272
Position. Porto de Madre de Deus (1245S, 3837W) is
situated on Ponta Mirim on the SW point of Ilha Madre de
Deus (5.260).
Function. The port provides a terminal, known as
Terminal Almirante Alves Camara (Temadre), for the
handling of bulk petroleum products and dry bulk cargoes.
Approach and entry. The terminal is approached from
SE through a marked channel, 5 miles long with a
minimum width of 2 cables.
Limiting conditions
1
2
Useful marks
5.273
Controlling depth is 12 m in the dredged portion of the
channel (5.276).
Maximum size of vessel handled. Largest vessels
normally handled are up to 150 000 dwt with a loaded
draught of 125 m.
5.268
1

(5.227).
Ponta da Areia Light (1247S, 3830W) (5.239).
(1249S, 3839W) (5.239).
Arrival information
1
Harbour
Rio Mataripe
1
5.269
Description. Rio Mataripe (1243S, 3834W) flows
into the N part of Recncavo and is approached between
Ilha da Mar and Ilha do Frade. An oil refinery stands on
the E bank 5 cables N of the river mouth. A flare, visible
for a considerable distance at night, is located in the
refinery.
Rio Santo Amaro

1
5.270
Description. Rio Santo Amaro (1238S, 3841W) flows
into the NW part of Recncavo and is navigable as far as
Cidade de Santo Amaro 9 miles above its mouth.
Restricted areas. Two oil fields, indicated on the chart,
exist in the approaches to the mouth of the river. A
channel, marked by lights, leads between these areas and
gives access to the river.
5.271
Useful marks:
Recife de Ouris Light (black square masonry
column, red bands, 8 m in height) (1243S,
3839W) stands on a reef on the E side of the
river approaches.
Saubara Light (white square masonry tower, 8 m in
height) (1244S, 3843W) stands on the NE point
of Recifes de Saubara, a reef on the W side of the
river approaches.
5.274
ETA.
Pilotage. Compulsory. The pilot boards in position
(1258S, 3832W).
Tugs. Available and, if required, additional tugs will
come from Porto de Salvador.
5.275
General layout. Two J-shaped oil jetties extend SW
from Ponta Mirim (5.272) into a bay between a number of
islands of Ilhas do Recnavo. The inner jetty lies 2 cables
N of the main outer jetty and roughly parallel to it. A berth
for handling dry bulk cargo lies 2 cables SE of the main
jetty, to which it is connected by an access bridge. A pier,
with a depth of about 33 m alongside its head, projects W
from the coast 2 cables N of Ponta Mirim.
An area of deep water, least depth 20 m, extends to
6 cables W of the main jetty; Baixia de Capeta, not named
on the chart, lies 4 cables WNW with a least depth of
11 m and marked by a light (black column on cement
base, red stripe); an unlit dolphin lies 1 cables SE of
light. A bank, least depth of 32 m, lies 5 cables SW, with
two light-buoys (port hand) moored off the N side.
Anchorage exists 3 cables WSW of the main jetty
close outside the 20 m depth contour.

1
180

5.276
From a position between Nos 1 and 2 Light-buoys
(1249S, 3834W), at the entrance of the Porto de Madre
de Deus Approach Channel, the track keeps to the centre
of the buoyed channel which leads NNW through several
unnamed banks lying between the W coast of Ilha da Mar
(5.260) and the E coast of Ilha do Frade (5.260); passing,
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
(with positions from No 8 Light-buoy (port hand) (1247S,

3835W):
SSE) and between Nos 5 and 6 Light-buoys
(lateral) (1 miles SSE), thence:
NE of No 8 Light-buoy (port hand). No 1 light-buoy
(yellow, special), lies 05 cables WSW:
From this position the track leads NW passing through
the shoalest part to a position:
SW of No 9 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (6 cables
NNW), thence:
NE of No 10 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 mile NW).
No 2 light-buoy (yellow, special) lies 09 cable
WSW, and:
SW of No 11 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1miles
NNW).
From this position the track leads NW, passing:
NE of No 3 Light-buoy (yellow, special) (2 miles
NW), thence:
SW of No 13 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2miles
NNW).
From this position the track leads W in mid-channel
passing:
N of No 12 Light-buoy (port hand) (2miles NNW),
thence:
S of No 15 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2miles
NW), thence
N of No 14 Light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles NW).
From this position the berths can be approached.
Vessels bound for the oil berths should pass S of No 17
Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles NW) which marks
the S extremity of the shoals lying S of Ponta Mirim.
5.277
Useful marks:
(1249S, 3839W) (5.239).
Chimney (1250S, 3829W) standing in the
steelworks on Ponta da Sapoca (5.238).
Ponta Itamoabo (1248S, 3832W), the SW
extremity of Ilha da Mar.
Mataripe Refinery (1242S, 3834W), three
chimneys and a building stand within the refinery,
on the E bank of Rio Mataripe (5.269); at night a
flare at the refinery is visible over a great distance.
Berth
1
5.278
The outer jetty has four berths, the largest of which can
accept vessels up to 150 000 dwt, with a draught of
125 m. The inner jetty has two berths and can accept
vessels up to 70 m draught.
Port services
1
5.279
Repairs. Minor repairs to hull and engines at Porto de
Salvador; a dry dock at Porto de Aratu, see 5.258.
Other facilities: hospital at Cidade de Salvador (5.231).
Supplies: fresh water and fuel are available; other
supplies from Porto de Salvador,(5.204).
Communications. As for Porto de Salvador.
BAA DE TODOS OS SANTOS WESTERN

PART
General information
Chart 540
Routes
1
5.280
This section describes the routes leading through the W
part of Baa de Todos os Santos, from the pilot boarding
station (1258S, 3832W), off Porto de Salvador (5.216),
to the entrance to Canal de Itaparica, 10 miles NW and
the entrance to Rio Paraguau, 17 miles NW.
Topography
1
5.281
See 5.194.
Depths
1
5.282
Depths of over 20 m can be found at the N end of
Canal de Itaparica but a bar across the entrance to Rio
Paraguau restricts navigation of that river to vessels of
medium tonnage.
Pilotage
1
5.283
Boarding position (1258S, 3832W).
Madre de Deus: Terminal Almorante Alves Camara, W part (5.278)

181
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Local knowledge
1
5.284
Necessary to enter this part of Baa de Todos os Santos.
1
Traffic regulations
1
5.285
Prohibited area. Close N and W of Ponta Itaparica
(1353S, 3841W) is a designated naval trials area and
submerged equipment, buoys and lighted structures exist
within it. Navigation, anchoring and fishing are prohibited.
Marine exploitation. An area extends 5 cables offshore
for a distance of 2 miles S of Ponta Itaparica in which are
numerous oil platforms and other installations. Anchoring
and fishing are prohibited. Mariners should keep well clear
of the area.
Principal marks
1
5.286
Landmarks:
(5.202).
Major lights:
Canal de Itaparica to Rio Paraguau

1
Directions
Porto de Salvador to Canal de Itaparica

1
5.287
Porto de Salvador (5.216), the track leads NW passing,
(with positions from Ponta da Nossa Senhora de Guadalupe
Light (1249S, 3839W) (5.239)):
SW of the light-buoy (starboard hand) (11 miles
SSE), marking the W extremity of Banco da
NE of Ponta Jaburu (9 miles SSE), which can be
identified by Mar Grande Light (5.227) standing
on the edge of a reef 2 cables E of the point, and
by a cross (5.227); thence:
NE of Manguinhos Point (5 miles SSE), noting the
isolated shoal, least depth 100 m (3 miles S); there
are several conspicuous structures, indicated on the
chart, on the NE coast of Ilha de Itaparica between
this point and Ponta Jaburu; thence:
NE of Ponta de Itaparica (4 miles SSW), on which
stands Cidade de Itaparica near to an old fort.
Thence a track leads SW into Canal de Itaparica
(5.291), passing between Ponta de Itaparica and
the bank surrounding Ilha do Medo, 2 miles NW
of it. No 2 Light-beacon green metal tube on
concrete base, 2 m in height), 8 cables NE of the
point, marks the N extremity of the bank extending
up to 1 miles off the N coast of Ilha de Itaparica.
No 1 Light-buoy (starboard hand), 9 cables N of
the point, marks the SE extremity of the bank
extending around Ilha do Medo; an isolated patch,
102 m least depth, lies in the channel, 2 cables
ESE of the buoy.
Caution. The coast of Ilha de Itaparica, between Ponta
Cacha-Prego (5.292) and Manguinhos Point, is partly
unsurveyed as shown on the chart. The bathymetry inside
the 10 m depth contour is very irregular due to coral
formations and the area should only be entered with local

knowledge.
5.288
Useful marks:
Barra da Penha Church (1259S, 3837W).
Santo Antnio da Barra Church (1300S, 3832W)
(5.227).
Mar Grande Light (1258S, 3836W) (5.227).
Quebra Mar Sul Light (1258S, 3831W) (5.227).
(5.227).
(1249S, 3839W) (5.239).
Mast (red light) (1256S, 3838W).
Chimney (1256S, 3837W).
Mast (1255S, 3838W).
Radio mast, Cidade de Itaparica, (1253S, 3841W).
Pedra do Itaipabo Light (red GRP column on square
Rio Paraguau Light, Ponta do Alambique, (white
square metal framework tower, masonry base, 7 m
in height) (1250S, 3848W).
182
5.289
From a position NE of Ponta de Itaparica (1253S,
3841W) the track leads NW and W for about 8 miles
passing, (with positions from Ponta da Nossa Senhora de
Guadalupe Light (1249S, 3839W) (5.239)):
SSW of Ponta da Nossa Senhora de Guadalupe, the S
point of Ilha de Frade. A coastal bank with depths
less than 10 m extends up to 2 miles from the
point and isolated shoal depths of 10 m or less lie
between E and SE about 2 miles from the point;
a 35 m shoal lies on the SW edge of the bank
Thence:
NE of Coroa das Pedras (3 miles SW), a shoal
marked on its N side by a light-buoy (port hand),
thence:
NNE of Coroa Nova (4 miles WSW), a shoal
marked on its N side by a light-buoy (port hand);
thence the track leads W, across the bar, passing:
S of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (5 miles W),
thence:
N of a light-buoy (port hand) (7 miles WSW); thence
the track leads WSW into the river mouth, passing:
SSE of Ponta Bom Jesus (8 miles W), thence:
SSE of Pedra do Itaipabo (8 miles WSW), a rock
which dries and is marked by a light (5.288), lying
2 cables SE of Ponta do Delmiro, thence:
N of Ponta do Alambique (9 miles WSW), the S
entrance point to Rio Paraguau (5.295), marked
by a light (5.288) and where there is a pier for
small craft.
5.290
Useful marks:
(5.227).
(1249S, 3839W) (5.239).
Radio mast (1253S, 3841W) (5.288).
Pedra do Itaipabo Light (1249S, 3847W) (5.288).
Rio Paraguau Light (1250S, 3848W) (5.288).
Canal de Itaparica No 2 Light-beacon (1252S,
3840W) (5.287).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 5
Canal de Itaparica No 5 Light-beacon (red metal tube

on concrete base, 2 m in height) (1253S,
3842W).
Channel and rivers

Canal de Itaparica
1
5.291
Local knowledge is necessary to navigate Canal de
Itaparica, which separates Ilha de Itaparica from the
mainland to the W. It is entered between Ponta de Itaparica
(1252S, 3841W) (5.287) and Ilha do Medo (5.287)
2 miles NW. The channel is about 17 miles long, narrow,
tortuous and marked by buoys and beacons, some of which
are lit.
5.292
Ilha de Itaparica forms the W side of the entrance to
Baa de Todos os Santos. There are large areas S of the
island and off the SE and NE coasts of it which are
unsurveyed; these areas, which should only be entered with
perfect local knowledge, are known to contain coral heads,
and breakers can be seen along the coast. The reef fringing
the coast is marked by a number of lights.
The E side of the island is well populated and there are
numerous houses. Ponta Cacha-Prego, the S extremity of
the island, forms the S entrance point of Canal de Itaparica.
A strong current usually runs into Canal de Itaparica at this
point; vessels should not approach the coast closer than
5 miles in this vicinity. Reefs, on which the sea breaks,
extend up to 4 miles E from this point.
5.293
Rio Jaguaribe, which flows into the W side of Canal
de Itaparica near its S end, has a least depth of 35 m as
far as Cidade de Nazare 22 miles above its mouth.
5.294
Useful marks:
Radio mast (1253S, 3841W) (5.288).
Canal de Itaparica No 2 Light-beacon (1252S,
3840W) (5.287).
Rio Paraguau
1
183
5.295
Local knowledge is necessary to navigate Rio
Paraguau which flows into the W side of Reconcavo
(5.194) and is navigable for 22 miles to Cidade de
Cachoeira; this reach has a minimum depth of 4 m, but the
port can only be entered at high water by vessels drawing
less than 2 m.
The approach to the river is marked by light-buoys and
the channel of the river is buoyed and marked by lights.
The following ports lie on the river between its mouth
and Cidade de Cachoeira:
So Roque do Paraguau, which has five wharves one
of which is 120 m long with a depth alongside of
85 m, from which manganese is exported. A line
of obstructions lies parallel to and 1 cable NE of
the wharves.
Maragogipe, where vessels drawing up to 45 m
draught can berth at a pier.
Coqueiros, which has a small pier.
5.296
Useful marks:
Pedra do Itaipabo Light (1249S, 3847W) (5.288).
Rio Paraguau Light (1250S, 3848W) (5.288).
Cabea de Negro Light (red metal framework tower,
Salamina Light (white round tower, red band, on
square masonry base, 5 m in height) (1248S,
3851W).
Ilha do Francs Light (red round tower on square
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 6 - East Coast of Brazil - Baa de Todos os Santos to Cabo Frio
42
13
41
40
39
38
Camamu
6.26
15
35
13
14
551
Ilhus
6.35
36
6 .1 4
540
14
37
3975
3974
551
15
6.52
16
6.67
16
B R A Z I L
Porto Seguro
6.76
3973
17
6.78
17
6.105
P. de Caravelas
3973
Arquiplago dos
Abrolhos
18
18
6.93
19
6.1
25
19
551
20
Barra do Riacho
6.139
6.169 Tubaro
521
521
521 Vitria
6.155
551
21
C ab
6.2
0
21
6.1
79
551
Ponta do Ubu
6.188
20
o de
S o
22
Tom
22
3972
6.
21
3971
6.225
Maca
23
Cabo
F
rio
23
3971
Chapter
7
3971
24
24
0405
42
41
40
184
36
35
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
EAST COAST OF BRAZIL BAA DE TODOS OS SANTOS TO CABO FRIO
GENERAL INFORMATION
the area of Rio Belmonte (1551S, 3852W) and Terminal
de Barra do Riacho (1951S, 4003W).
Chart 529

1
6.1
This chapter describes the central part of the E coast of
Brazil, from SE of Ponta de Santo Antnio Light (1301S,
3832W) (5.184), at the entrance to Baa de Todos os
Santos, to Cabo Frio (2301S, 4200W) (6.223); a
distance of about 690 miles. It includes the major ports of
Ilheus (6.35), Vitria (6.155), Tubaro (6.169) and Terminal
da Ponta do Ubu (6.188).
Weather
1
Topography
1
6.2
The aspect of the coast varies considerably, it is bold,
backed by high ground, in the vicinities of Ilheus and
Vitria, while elsewhere there are long stretches of sandy
beach backed by comparatively low-lying land.
Depths
1
6.3
As far S as 1530S, the coast is steep-to and no dangers
are known to lie more than 5 miles offshore. The coast is
then fringed by shoal water on which there are numerous
dangers, including Arquiplago dos Abrolhos (6.112)
which, with associated shoals, extends over 120 miles from
the coast. Beyond these dangers are several banks which
should be treated with caution by deep-draught vessels. At
the S limit of this area a chain of banks extends E as far
as Ilhas Martin Vaz (2031S, 2851W) (see chart 4020);
these are described at 2.26. To the S of 2130S banks,
with depths less than 50 m, extend up to 45 miles offshore
as far as Cabo de So Tom (2200S, 4100W) (6.212)
and up to 25 miles offshore to Cabo Frio, 85 miles SW.
Hazard
1
6.5
The region N of 20S is affected by the South-east
Trade Winds (1.138); E to SE winds prevail but winds
between NE and ESE are dominant in the area S of 15S,
from November to February.
Squalls are most frequent along the coast from April to
September The main force of the squalls known as
Cambueiros occurs during a sudden change of direction to
S or SW. Squalls from ESE, known as Abrolhos, are
frequent in the coastal area between Caravelas and Cabo
Frio from May to August.
The region S of 20S is under the influence of the
Subtropical High Pressure Belt (1.128); E winds are
dominant but the direction varies between N and E near the
coast and between NE and SE over open sea.
Flow
1
6.6
The Brazil Current (1.114) flows SW off this coast;
mariners should take care as it may set onshore.

1
6.4
Tugs with tows may be frequently encountered between
6.7
Pampo Oilfield (6.204) is an extensive offshore oilfield,
containing numerous platforms and submarine pipelines,
lying 40 miles SE of Cabo de So Tom (2200S,
4100W). Mariners are advised not to navigate within this
area. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within 500 m of
submarine cables, and oil and gas pipelines, see also 1.10
and 1.35.
6.8
Exploratory drilling platforms may be found outside
the oilfield area; navigation within 500 m of any platform
is prohibited.
BAA DE TODOS OS SANTOS TO BARRA DE BELMONTE
6.9
This section describes the route from a position SE of
Ponta de Santo Antnio (1301S, 3832W), at the
entrance to Baa de Todos os Santos, to a position E of
Barra de Belmonte, about 170 miles S. It includes details of
Porto de Camamu (6.26) and Porto de Ilhus (6.35).
The middle part of the coast is high with bluff points

and sheer cliffs. Serra Grande (1431S, 3907W) (6.17), a
range of mountains whose main peaks rise to over 300 m,
forms the main feature of this section.
The coast for 28 miles S of Porto de Ilhus (1447S,
3903W) is of moderate height and formed of wooded
hills which alternate with low cliffs and sandy beaches;
after which it becomes low, covered in vegetation and
fringed by a white sandy beach. This coastline is backed
by mountain ranges which rise some 15 to 18 miles inland;
four of these have prominent summits (6.55).
Topography
Depths
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3975, 3974
Area covered
1
6.10
The N part of the coast consists mainly of a low sandy
shore, interspersed with several river estuaries. These form
channels leading between various banks and islands; most
of the islands are low and wooded.
185
6.11
This section of coast is steep-to and no dangers lie more
than 5 miles off it. There are depths of over 20 m
throughout at distances of about 8 miles or more from the
coast.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Weather
1
6.12
See 6.5.
Flow
1
6.13
See 6.6.
2
BAA DE TODOS OS SANTOS TO PORTO

DE ILHUS
General information
6.18
Major lights:
Itapu Light (1257S, 3821W) (5.184).
Morro de So Paulo Light (white truncated conical
conical masonry tower, 26 m in height) (1323S,
3855W).
Morro de Taipus Light (white square concrete tower,
Ilhota de Contas Light (white square masonry tower,
20 m in height) (1416S, 3859W).
Ilhus Light (Morro Pernambuco) (white round
masonry tower, 10 m in height) (1448S,
3902W).
Chart 3975
Route
1
6.14
From a position SE of Ponta Itapua (1257S, 3821W),
the route leads SW for about 53 miles to a position SE of
Ponta de Castelhanos (1340S, 3854W) thence it leads S
for about 60 miles to a position E of Ilhu Grande Light
(1446S, 3901W).
Directions
1
Topography
1
6.15
From Ponta de Santo Antnio to Ponta Garcia, 18 miles
SW, the coastline consists of the SE coast of Ilha de
Itaparica (5.291), which has darker and denser vegetation
than the mainland and stands out well; to the E of the
island lies the entrance to Baa de Todos os Santos (5.193).
The coast between Ponta Garcia and the mouth of Rio
Una, 16 miles SSW forms a low sandy bay, fringed by
shoals.
Between the mouth of Rio Una and Ponta Mut,
30 miles S, lie Ilha de Tinhar (6.19) and Ilha de Boipeba
(6.19), both low and wooded; Ilha de Boipeba has some
prominent white cliffs.
From Ponta Mut to the mouth of Rio das Contas
(6.25), 24 miles S, the coast, known as Terra do Algodo,
is low and sandy and covered in places with patches of
vegetation and coconut plantations.
The coast from Rio Contas to Porto de Ilhus is formed
of high ground which recedes from the coast which is
sandy with occasional points and river mouths.
Depths
1
6.16
The coastline between Ponta de Santo Antnio and
Ponta Mut, 57 miles SSW, is much indented by numerous
river mouths, some of the headlands are fringed by reefs.
Banks extend some distance offshore. The edges of these
banks however are relatively steep-to and depths of over
20 m can be found at a distance of 8 miles or more
offshore throughout this section.
From Ponta Mut to Porto de Ilhus the coast is steep-to
and clear of dangers. There are depths of more than 20 m
throughout at a distance of 3 miles offshore.
Principal marks
1
6.17
Landmarks:
Serra Grande, 15 miles N of Porto de Ilhus (1447S,
3903W), is a range of mountains whose peaks
rise to over 300 m about 5 miles inland; from
seaward the range and its spurs have the
appearance of high cliffs extending 10 miles N
and S.
186
6.19
From a position SE of Ponta Ponta Itapua (1257S,
3821W) the track leads SW, passing, (with positions from
Morro de So Paulo Light (1323S, 3855W) (6.18)):
SE of Banco de Santo Antnio (30 miles NE) (5.186),
extending 4 miles S from Ponta de Santo
Antnio, thence:
SE of the shoals extending up to 5 miles S of Ilha de
Itaparica (23 miles NNE) (5.291); this shoal area is
largely unsurveyed and should not be approached;
thence:
SE of the shoal water off Ponta Garcia (15 miles
NNE) which forms the S entrance point to Canal
de Itaparica. A strong current runs into this
entrance and mariners should not approach the
coast within 5 miles in this vicinity. Thence:
SE of Morro de So Paulo, a prominent headland,
high and rugged and on which are the remains of
an old fort, it is marked by a light (6.18) and
forms the N extremity of Ilha de Tinhar. Recifes
Caits, which dry, lie 2 to 3 cables offshore
parallel with the coast for 2 miles S of Morro de
So Paulo; the sea breaks over them continuously
and their seaward edge, which is steep-to, is
reported to lie farther E than charted. Thence:
SE of the coral reefs extending E of Ponta Pan
(5 miles SSE), which is low but can be identified
by the dark-coloured vegetation on it and forms
the E extremity of Ilha de Tinhar. It is reported
that these coral reefs extend farther offshore than
charted. The SE coast of the island forms a
shallow bay the shore of which is wooded and
lower than the coast N of it. Thence:
SE of the chain of reefs which fringe the E coast of
Ilha de Boipeba (15 miles S), to a distance of
1 mile offshore. These reefs are steep-to but should
not be approached in depths of less than depths of
20 m. The island consists of low wooded hills and
stands out from the low land to the N and S of it;
there are some prominent white cliffs in the NE
and SW parts. Thence:
SE of Ponta de Castelhanos (18 miles S), the SE
extremity of Ilha de Boipeba. A stranded wreck
lies on the reef 1 mile E of it.
From this position the track leads S passing: (with
positions from Contas Light (1416S, 3859W)):
E of the detached coral shoals lying up to 5 miles off
the low sandy beach which forms the mainland
coast stretching from Ponta de Castelhanos to
Ponta Apago-Fogo, 10 miles SSW; thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
E of Recifes de Sororocuu (27 miles N), steep-to

lying close inside the 20 m contour, thence:
E of Ilha Quiepe (26 miles N), a small islet in the
entrance to Porto de Camamu (6.26), thence:
E of Ponta Mut (23 miles N) a low sandy spit
backed by coconut palms, a light (white tower,
10 m in height) is exhibited from the point. Morro
de Taipus, a hill 50 m in height from which a light
(6.18) is exhibited, rises from the coast 4 miles S
of Ponta Mut. Porto de Camamu is entered N of
Ponta Mut.
6.20
1
E of Morro de Taipus Light (19 miles N) (6.18),

thence:
E of Cabo Tromba Grande (1 mile SE), the S
entrance point of Rio das Contas (6.25), which is a
prominent bluff of black rock, 100 m high, and
forms the N end of the high ground extending S to
Serra Grande (6.17). The high land recedes from
the coast about 5 miles S of the cape and then
rejoins it at Ponta da Serra Grande, 7 miles farther
S. Thence:
ESE of Ponta de Serra Grande (12 miles SSW),
which forms the E extremity of Serra Grande
(6.17); there are dangerous submerged rocks off
this point; thence:
ESE of Ponta do Ramo (21 miles SSW), where the S
end of Serra Grande terminates abruptly; a bank
with a least depth of 23 m lies 8 miles E of
Ponta do Ramo. Rio Itaip discharges into the sea,
2 miles S of this point, through a deep and
extensive valley.
From this position the track continues S for about
10 miles to a position E of Ilhu Grande (32 miles S), the
N and largest islet of a group of islets and reefs lying
1 mile E of Porto do Malhado. The islet is about 16 m
high, covered in vegetation and steep-to on its N and W
side; it is marked by a light (white square stone tower, 4 m
in height).
(Directions continue for Porto de Malhado at 6.46,
and for passage S at 6.57)
Rio das Contas

1
Chart 3975 (see 1.14)
Rio Una
1
6.21
Description. Rio Una is entered between Morro de So
Paulo (1323S, 3855W) (6.19) and Punta do Biendo, a
spit of land, which forms the W entrance point, lying
2 miles W of it. Ilha de Tinhar (6.19) and Ilha de Boipeba
(6.19) lying S of the river entrance are separated from the
mainland and from each other by channels which are
navigable by boats. Rio Tinhar is the channel W of the
island of the same name.
Local knowledge is required
Directions. Approaching Rio Una from NE, keep in
depths of not less than 18 m with Santo Antnio Light
(5.184) astern bearing less than 045. Steer for Morro de
So Paulo Light (6.18) when it is sighted until it is distant
between 2 and 3 miles; thence shape course for the mouth
of the river to pass about 4 cables off the light-structure in
order to avoid Banco Joo Gonalves.
6.22
Approach and entry. Banco Joo Gonalves extends
2 miles E from the W entrance point of Rio Una
(1323S, 3857W); it restricts the width of the navigable
channel to about 2 cables. The N edge of this bank shoals
gradually but its SE edge is steep-to, rising suddenly from
depths of about 10 m to 3 m; the S part of the bank dries
in places. Near the mouth of the river, the SE side of the
fairway is steep-to but a bank begins about 5 cables within
the river entrance which extends up to 2 cables offshore,
widening farther up-river leaving a channel about 5 cables
wide.
6.23
Anchorage. Fundeadouro Portal is an anchorage off a
village 5 cables SW of Morro de So Paulo Light; it has
depths of 6 to 8 m, coarse sand. It is sheltered from E and
S winds but exposed to W, N and NE winds. Approach
with the light bearing 225 and round it at a distance of
4 cables. Anchor with the light bearing 085 distant
5 cables.
6.24
Tidal streams. In Fundeadouro Portal the out-going
tidal stream is stronger and of longer duration than the
in-going stream; it sets rather towards the SE side of the
fairway above the old fort and has rates of up to 2 kn,
increasing at times up to 3 kn.
6.25
Description. Rio das Contas (1416S, 3859W), which
is about 250 miles long, has depths of 22 m and an
average width of about cable as far as Cachoeira do
Funil, 12 miles from its mouth. Cidade de Itacar stands on
the S bank, which is high and wooded, 1 mile within the
entrance; the town is only visible from seaward when
bearing less than 240, from which direction it is a good
mark for the entrance. Ponta Trombinha, a low sandy spit
forms the NW entrance point while the SE entrance point
is high and prominent, rising to Cabo Tromba Grande
1 mile SE. Ilhota de Contas, marked by a light (6.18), lies
close N of this point and is connected to the mainland by a
breakwater.
Anchorage. may be obtained with Cabo Trombe Grande
bearing 185, distant 2 miles, in depths of 14 to 17 m,
mud; or farther offshore.
Tidal streams and currents. The flow within the river
is rapid, particularly after heavy rains; in the mouth of the
river the out-going tidal stream attains rates of 3 to 4 kn.
Off Cabo Trombe Grande the current runs S and is stronger
than at any other place on this section of coast.
Porto de Camamu
Chart 3975 (see 1.14)
General information
1
187
6.26
Position. Porto de Camamu (1352S, 3856W) is
formed by the common mouth of Rio Camamu and Rio
Mara and is entered between Ponta Mut (1353S,
3857W) and Ponta Apaga-Fogo, 3 miles NW.
Ilha Grande de Camamu, which separates the mouths of
Rio Camamu and Rio Mara (6.34), lies 4 miles SW of
Ponta Mut. The island has an elevation of 33 m and Ponta
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
da Pedreira forms its NE extremity; Ilha da Pedra Furada

lies 5 cables N of this point.
6.27
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and pilots
are available at Porto de Salvador (5.204).
Rio Mara
1
Directions
1
6.28
Approaches. When approaching Porto de Camamu from
N, give Ilha de Boipeba a berth of at least 2 miles keeping
in depths of over 20 m and do not close the coast until Ilha
Quiepe (1350S, 3856W), which is low and wooded, is
abaft the beam. These precautions are important as the sea
and current frequently set vessels towards the coast; Recifes
de Sororocuu a detached reef which dries, and which is
always marked by breakers, lies 2 miles ENE of Ilha
Quiepe. The area NW of the island and reef contains
numerous dangers and is unsurveyed.
Approaching from E there is no prominent feature with
which to identify the port; the wooded hills of Ilha de
Boipeba will appear above the horizon at a distance of
about 15 miles; Ilha Quiepe will first appear as two clumps
of trees. On closer approach Morro de Taipus, (6.19) a hill
50 m in height, which rise from the coast 4 miles S of
Ponta Mut (6.19) will be sighted; Ponta Mut is easy to
identify.
Identify Ilha da Pedra Furada (6.26) as early as possible
and when this is done bring it to bear 247 and keep it on
that bearing until about 5 cables N of Ponta Mut; then
follow the recommended track in the channel shown on the
national chart.
6.29
Entrance. The entrance channel to the port passes
between the coastal bank and the numerous shoals which
extend NE from Ilha da Pedra Furada and detached shoals
which fringe the coast for 2 miles SW of Ponta Mut.
The minimum depth in the channel is 73 m.
6.30
Tidal streams are fairly regular. The out-going stream is
increased by the outflow from the rivers and is much
stronger than the in-going stream; it sets towards Ilha
Quiepe, and the reefs in its vicinity, and attains rates of up
to 5 kn; the in-going stream attains a rate of about 3 kn. If
the wind is fresh from the offing there is a heavy sea
across the whole width of the entrance during the out-going
stream.
Porto de Ilhus
Chart 551, plans Ilhus; and Approaches to Ilhus
General information
1
Anchorage
1
6.31
In the area from W to WSW of Ponta Mut, clear of the
channel, but there are many shoals.
Berth
1
6.32
The main export from the region is barytes ore, which,
when ground to a fine powder and mixed with water, is
used as a lubricant for drill bits on oil rigs. It is shipped
from a concrete pier on the SE side of Ilha Grande de
Camamu which has depths of about 5 m at its head.
6.34
Description. Rio Mara is navigable by vessels drawing
up to 5 m as far as Cidade de Mara situated on the E
bank of the river 15 miles SSW of Ponta Mut. Vila de
Barcelos stands on the W bank 11 miles SSW of Ponta
Mut.
Directions. Entrance to a channel, connecting Rio Mara
with the sea, is gained from seaward 17 miles S of Ponta
Mut. Small coasting vessels, can proceed through this
channel to Porto de Camamu under favourable conditions
of tide and weather. Close S of the entrance is a
remarkable table-topped hill.
6.35
Position. Porto de Ilhus (1447S, 3902W) is situated
at the mouth of Rio Cachoeira. The city occupies a
peninsula formed by the sea to the N and Rio Cachoeira to
the S. Pontal on the S side of the river, linked to the city
by a bridge, is an important suburb.
Function. Ponta do Malhado and Porto de Rio
Cachoeira together, provide facilities for exports from the
most important cocoa producing region of Brazil. There is
an area receiving petroleum gas and other inflammables. It
is a major fishing port.
6.36
Topography. Porto de Ilhus can be identified from the
offing by Serra Grande (6.17), situated 15 miles NNW of
the port and visible about 15 miles offshore. On closer
approach several hills can be identified, including Morro
Ceara, Morro Pernambuco and Morro de So Sebastio
(6.44). A chain of islets and reefs extends for 2 miles in a
N-S direction 1 mile offshore from the port.
The mouth of Rio Cachoeira lies 1 miles S of Ponta
do Malhado; the intervening coast is formed by Praia de
So Sebastio, a straight sandy beach backed by the
buildings of the city.
The mouth of Rio Almada (1447S, 3903W) lies
1 mile WNW of Ponta do Malhado; it is obstructed by
sandbanks, on which the sea breaks. The village of Itaip
stands on its N entrance point, which is low sandy and
covered with coconut palms.
6.37
Approach and entry. Porto de Malhado is approached
directly from seaward, passing N of the offlying chain of
reefs; entry is to W of the breakwater which projects N
from Ponta do Malhado (1447S, 3902W).
Porto do Rio Cachoeira is also approached directly from
sea, but passing S of the reefs; entry is through a buoyed
channel leading into the river.
Traffic. About 130 vessels use the port annually.
Port authority. Port of Ilheus (PORTIL), Av. Almirante
Aurlio Linhares No 432, 45660 Ilhus.
Limiting conditions
Port services
1
6.33
Supplies: Fresh water and fuel oil are available to
vessels employed by the mining company; limited medical
facilities; provisions scarce.
Communications: landing strip for light aircraft on the
SE bank of Rio Marau (6.34), opposite the berth.
188
6.38
Controlling depth. In Porto de Malhado the least depth
in the turning basin is 99 m, and alongside the quay 9 m.
The depths at the head of the piers in Porto do Rio
Cachoeira are 41 to 5 m.
Deepest and longest berths. Porto do Malhado Quay;
see 6.50.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Maximum size of vessel handled. 210 m LOA,

17 000 grt.
Local weather. During fresh onshore winds, there are
heavy breakers in the entrance to Rio Cachoeira when the
out-going stream is running making entry almost
impracticable.
Arrival information
1
6.39
Notice of ETA. Pilots require at least 4 hours notice of
ETA.
Outer anchorages. Vessels awaiting a pilot for Porto de
Malhado should anchor about 5 cables NW of Ilhu Grande
Light (1446S, 3901W) in depths of 10 to 12 m.
A quarantine anchorage lies 7 cables N of Ilhu
Grande Light, as indicated on the chart.
6.40
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels, and all
tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes. Request for
pilots must be made at least 4 hours in advance. Pilot
boards close NNE of the breakwater head (1446S,
3902W) as shown on the chart.
6.41
Tugs available.
Directions
1
Harbour
1
6.42
A quay situated on the W side of an L-shaped mole
projecting 1 mile N from Ponta do Malhado. A wooden
wharf, for handling liquefied gas, lies inside the breakwater
S of the quay.
Porto do Rio Cachoeira consists of six piers which
project from the N bank of the river on the S side
of the city.
6.43
Spoil ground
Established 1 miles WNW of Ilhu Grande Light
(1446S, 3901W).
Principal marks
1
6.44
Landmarks:
Morro Cear (1447S, 3902W) rises to an elevation
of 62 m and on which are two prominent radio
towers; one of these has a parabolic reflector and
is visible from 10 miles offshore.
Morro de So Sebastio (1448S, 3902W) is a
promontory, 44 m in height, which forms the W
side of the entrance to Rio Cachoeira.
Ponta Maria Augusta, on which there is a
conspicuous monument, forms the S extremity
Morro de So Sebastio.
Cathedral, conspicuous dome and towers, 4 cables N
of Ponta Maria Augusta.
Igreja de Nossa Senhora da Piedade, a dark grey
church on a hill 3 cables NNW of the cathedral.
Morro Pernambuco (1448S, 3902W), a peninsula
about 30 m high covered with vegetation forming
the E entrance point of Rio Cachoeira; it is joined
to the mainland by a low sandy isthmus and
resembles an island when seen from the offing. A
ruined fort and a cross stand near the NW
extremity of the peninsula and a stranded wreck
lies close SE of it. Ilhus Light (6.18) is exhibited
from the summit of Morro Pernambuco.
6.45
Major light:
Ilhus Light (1448S, 3902W) (6.18).
189

6.46
Porto de Malhado:
From a position NE of Ilhu Grande (1446S, 3901W)
(6.20) the track leads WSW to pass N of the 41 m shoal
lying 2 cables NNE of Ilhu Grande; thence to the pilot
boarding area 5 cables NW of the islet.
Foul ground extends up to 1 mile SSE from Ilhu
Grande and terminates in Recifes Itaipins, a group of rocks.
Ilheuzinho, another of rocks, lies about 1 cables SE of
Ilhu Grande.
From the pilot boarding area the port is entered, passing
N of the head of the mole, marked by a light (green square
masonry tower, 9 m in height), thence towards the berths
on the W side of the mole. A breakwater projects NE from
the shore, about 2 cables NW of the root of the mole; the
area at the head of the harbour, SE of this breakwater, is
being reclaimed.
6.47
Useful mark:
Water tower (1447S, 3902W) at the S end of the
quay.
6.48
Porto do Rio Cachoeira:
From a position NE of Ilhu Grande (1446S, 3901W)
(6.20) the track leads S, passing (with positions from Ilhus
Light (1448S, 3902W) (6.18)):
E of the shoals which extend from Ilhu Grande
(2 miles NNE) to Recifes Itaipins, 1 mile SSE;
thence:
E of Ilhote de Itapitanga (11 miles NNE) and Parcel
das Sororocas, an area of foul ground with an
above-water rock at its S end, which extends
6 cables S of this islet; this shoal breaks in a
moderate swell.
When clear of the S extremity of Parcel das
Sororocas the track turns W, keeping Ilhus Light
on a bearing of 270 until Ilheu Grande is open W
of Ilhote de Itapitanga; the track then leads NW,
keeping Igreja de Nossa Senhora da Piedade
(8 cables NW) (6.44), charted as a conspicuous
church, on a bearing of about 303; Coroa do
Rapa (4 cables NNW), a sandy shoal with Laje
do Rapa, drying rocks, near its E extremity
extends nearly 3 cables offshore.
When the NW point of Morro Pernambuco (1 cable
NW) bears 210 the track turns SW then S to pass
W of the NW point of Morro Pernambuco; thence
the track follows the buoyed channel into the river.
Within Morro Pernambuco the S bank of the river is low
and sandy. Coroa de Capo, a sandbank on which there is
a coral reef, extends E and SE from Morro de So
Sebastio (4 cables WNW); a dangerous wreck lies off its
SE side.
The channel, which has a depth of about 3 m, leads to
the piers at Ilhus; it is only cable wide in places and
marked by Nos 2, 4 and 6 Buoys (port hand).
Rio Cachoeira is 30 miles in length, but is only
navigable for 6 miles above its mouth. It is spanned by a
bridge close above Porto do Rio Cachoeira through which
there is a passage 25 m wide, with a depth of about 7 m,
and a vertical clearance of 10 m at high water.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
6.49
Caution: The channel between Recifes Itaipins and
Ilhote de Itapitanga should be avoided.
In good weather, vessels of lesser draught can use the
channel between these dangers and the mainland.
Principal marks
1
Berths
1
N part. Depths of more than 20 m can be found throughout

by keeping 8 miles offshore.
6.50
Anchorages:
Lightering: Vessels working cargo into lighters may
anchor W of Porto de Malhado breakwater in
depths of more than 8 m where the sea is usually
calm.
Porto do Rio Cachoeira. Vessels waiting to berth at
the piers may anchor temporarily in the river off
the piers.
Alongside berths:
Port do Malhado: A quay, 432 m long, dredged to a
depth of 9 m alongside, situated on the W side of
the main mole; tankers moor off the N end of the
quay using a stern buoy. A wooden wharf, with a
depth alongside of 7 m, for handling liquid gas lies
inside the breakwater, S of the quay.
Porto do Rio Cachoeira consists of six piers which
project from the N bank of the river. All piers
have depths of 5 m off their heads except the
E-most which has a depth of 41 m.
Directions
Port services
1
6.51
Repairs: minor repairs in emergency; divers, who do
underwater welding, are available.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions and fuel oil.
Communications: airport at Pontal 3 km S of the city.
PORTO DE ILHUS TO BARRA DE

BELMONTE
General information
Charts 551, 3974
Route
1
6.52
From a position E of Ilhu Grande Light (1446S,
3901W) the route leads SSE for about 64 miles to a
position E of Barra de Belmonte (1550S, 3851W).
Topography
1
6.53
The N part of the coast is of moderate elevation and is
formed by wooded hills which alternate with low cliffs and
sandy beaches; beyond the mouth of Rio Una, 30 miles S
of Ilhu Grande, it is low, covered with vegetation and
fringed by a beach of white sand.
This coast is backed by mountain ranges, which rise up
to 18 miles inland, and are normally visible at a distance of
30 miles offshore. Four of these have prominent summits
(6.55).
Depths
1
6.55
Landmarks:
Serra do Macuco (1503S, 3918W), elevation
580 m. Serra Panemosa, 8 miles S, is 620 m
high.
Morros de Comandatuba (1521S, 3915W), 600 m
high, appears isolated and has an undulating
summit; it is easily identified and forms the best
landmark for this coast. Cordilhera do Lapao,
900 m high, is joined to Morros de Comandatuba
and situated 10 miles SW of it.
6.56
Major lights:
Ilhus Light (1448S, 3902W) (6.18).
Comandatuba Light (white square concrete tower,
40 m in height) (1521S, 3859W).
Belmonte Light (white conical metal framework tower
with central column on dwelling, red bands, 34 m
in height) (1552S, 3853W).
6.54
The whole of this coast is clear of dangers, except for
some coral reefs which extend up to 1 mile offshore in the
190
6.57
From a position E of Ilhu Grande Light (1446S,
3901W) the track leads SSE, passing (with positions from
Comandatuba Light (1521S, 3859W) (6.56)):
ENE of Ponta Itapu (21 miles N). Rio Tairi enters
the sea S of the point; breakers extend up to
2 cables offshore in this vicinity. Vila de Olivena
lies 3 miles NNW of Ponta Itapu; its buildings,
including a church, are visible from the offing.
Thence:
ENE of Barra do Rio Aguipe (15 miles N); Barreira
Branca, a cliff 25 to 30 m high, extends 2 miles S
from the mouth of Rio Aguipe. It is covered with
vegetation and has some white sandy patches
which are prominent from seaward. Thence:
ENE of Barra do Una (7 miles NNW); Vila de Pedras
stands on the N bank of Rio Una 3 miles above its
mouth; thence:
ENE of Comandatuba Light, standing on the E bank
of Rio Comandatuba 3 miles S of its mouth. An
obstruction with a depth of 27 m over it lies
7 miles ENE of Comandatuba Light. Between the
mouth of Rio Comandatuba and Barra de
Belmonte, 35 miles SSE, the coast is fringed by
some low sandy islands, separated from the
mainland by river mouths, channels and lagoons.
Thence:
ENE of a fish haven (14 miles SE), thence:
ENE of Barra de Canavieiras (21 miles SSE) (6.58),
which forms the common mouth of several rivers,
the largest being Rio Pardo. The land in the
vicinity of this point is very low.
10 miles to a position E of Barra de Belmonte (31 miles
SSE) (6.59), at the mouth of Rio Belmonte. The land on
either side of the river is very flat. The only identifying
mark is the light structure at the entrance (6.56), clearly
visible.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Anchorages
Barra de Canavieiras
1
6.58
Description. Barra de Canavieiras (1542S, 3855W),
forms the common mouth of several rivers. The entrance is
narrow and constantly changing. Rio Pardo is the largest of
these rivers and Rio Salsa joins it from SW 5 miles from
its mouth.
The land in the vicinity of Barra de Canavieiras is very
low; the entrance can be identified by the white tower of a
church, which can be seen amongst a grove of coconut
palms in Cidade de Canavieiras, and when lit up by the
sun provides a good mark.
Cidade de Canavieiras stands on the N bank of Rio
Pardo, 2 miles NW of Barra de Canavieiras. There are
four piers in the town with depths of 35 m, mud, at their
heads. The town offers few facilities for mariners.
Anchorage may be obtained about 3 miles ESE of
Canavieiras church in depths of 10 to 12 m, mud.
Barra de Belmonte
1
6.59
Description. Barra de Belmonte (1550S, 3851W)
forms the mouth of Rio Belmonte, a river 300 miles in
length.
Cidade de Belmonte, surrounded by coconut palms and
scarcely visible from seaward, stands on the S bank of the
river close within its mouth; There is a wharf, 450 m long,

with depths of 36 to 50 m alongside.
Pilots are available. Should weather conditions prevent
boarding outside the shoals, the pilot will direct the vessel
by means of the signals described at 1.49.
Directions. The only means of identifying the river
entrance is by the light-structure (6.56) which is clearly
visible as the surrounding land is flat.
A reef, which dries, extends 1 miles E from the N
entrance point. The entrance is fronted by a chain of
sandbanks and shoals within which there is a deep sound.
The banks are subject to extensive changes according to the
wind direction and the state of the river; at spring tides
there is a depth of about 2 m in the channel. After
prolonged rains, which occur from November to March, the
outflow of the river is considerably increased and there is a
strong current in the entrance causing discoloured water as
much as 10 miles offshore.
Anchorage may be obtained outside the outer line of
banks, in depths of 12 to 13 m, with the light bearing 245.
There is also anchorage in the sound between the outer
shoals and the coast, sheltered from the sea and swell, but
local knowledge is necessary.
Supplies: provisions and small quantities of petrol or
paraffin.
Communications: airfield with regular local services.
BARRA DE BELMONTE TO ARQUIPLAGO DOS ABROLHOS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3973, 3974, 529
Area covered
1
6.60
The route described leads clear of all the dangers which
extend a considerable distance offshore in this region, and
would mainly be conducted out of sight of land. Coastal
features described in the Directions are included for the
benefit of mariners who, not constrained by the draught of
their vessels, may have need to close the coast.
Beyond these, between 17S and 21S, several banks

and shoals, hazardous to navigation, can be found
extending up to 300 miles from shore; details of these
dangers are given at 2.1.
Coral pinnacles
1
6.63
Caution. Vessels drawing more than 5 m are advised to
avoid navigating within 17 miles of the coast between
Barra de Belmonte (1550S, 3851W) (6.59) and Ponta
Corumbau (1654S, 3907W) (6.85) due to the existence
of coral pinnacles.
Topography
1
Weather
6.61
The coast is generally low, backed by wooded hills in
the N part, and interspersed with cliffs, some of which are
prominent. There are some prominent mountain ranges
inland which are visible from offshore.
Depths
6.62
The coastal banks are very irregular along this section of
coastline; coral reefs, which dry, extend up to 7 miles
offshore in places.
The main feature in the N part of the passage is Banco
Royal Charlotte (6.70), an extensive area, projecting up to
60 miles offshore, where depths of less than 50 m rise from
depths of over 1000 m.
The S part of the passage is considerably influenced by
Arquipelago dos Abrolhos (6.112), an extensive area of
coral shoals containing five islets and some above-water
rocks, extending nearly 40 miles offshore. Banks with
depths less than 20 m extend over 50 miles offshore in this
region.
6.64
See 6.5.
Flow
6.65
See 6.6.
Regulations
1
191
6.66
National Marine Parks have been established in the
following areas:
Recifes Araripe (1610S, 3855W) (6.73).
Recife da Coroa Alta (1613S, 3857W) (6.73).
Recife de Fora (1624S 3859W) (6.73).
Recifes dos Timbebas (1728S, 3901W) (6.86).
Parcel das Paredes (1749S, 3858W) (6.100).
Arquipelago dos Abrolhos (1758S, 3842W) (6.94).
Within the restricted areas shown on the charts hunting,
fishing, diving and any other actions which could alter the
environment are prohibited. Anchoring is also prohibited in
the majority of these areas. See also 1.42.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
BARRA DE BELMONTE TO PORTO

SEGURO
General information
Chart 3974
Route
1
6.67
From a position
Belmonte (1550S,
about 45 miles, to
(1627S, 3904W)
on the coastal route E of Barra de

3851W) the route leads SSW for
a position ESE of Porto Seguro
(6.76).
Directions
1
Topography
1
6.68
From Barra de Belmonte to Ponta de Coroa Vermelha,
30 miles SSW, the coast is low and inland there are some
wooded hills. Morro Dois Irmos (6.71), 20 miles WNW of
Ponta de Coroa Vermelha, is identifiable from seaward.
The coast from Ponta de Coroa Vermelha to Porto
Seguro is low, sandy and fringed by drying reefs; a ridge
of hills, with some small red cliffs and coconut palms, lies
parallel with the coast about 1 mile inland and the valley of
Rio Buranhm, on which Porto Seguro is situated, is
prominent from seaward.
The higher part of Cidade de Porto Seguro, with its
church, is also prominent.
Marine Parks
1
6.69
Restricted areas containing marine parks have been
established surrounding Recifes Araripe (6.73) and Recife
da Coroa Alta (6.73), and Recife de Fora (6.73), as shown
on the chart. See 6.66.
Depths
1
6.70
Banco Royal Charlotte, an extensive area with depths
less than 50 m, rising out of depths of over 1000 m,
projects 60 miles E from the coast between Barra de
Belmonte and Porto Seguro. There are depths of 23 m on
the NE side of the bank and depths of 27 m near its centre.
Depths of less than 20 m extend up to 17 miles offshore
in this region and depths less than 10 m can be found up to
5 miles offshore. The shoreline is fringed by reefs, some of
which dry, extending up to 4 miles offshore in places.
Cautions:
Vessels of very deep draught are advised to avoid Banco
Royal Charlotte if possible, or to proceed with caution if
they must cross it.
An underwater rock, dangerous to surface navigation,
lies 16 miles ENE of Ponta de Coroa Vermelha (1617S,
3844W).
See also 6.62.
6.73
From a position E of Barra de Belmonte (1550S,
3851W) the track leads SSW, passing (with positions
from Porto Seguro Light (1626S, 3904W) (6.72):
ESE of a patch (37 miles NNE), with a depth of
168 m over it, thence:
ESE of Banco Mojiquiaba (31 miles NNE), which
stretches from Barra de Belmonte to Ponta Araripe,
19 miles SSW; it has depths of less than 10 m
extending up to 4 miles off the coast. Vessels
drawing more than 5 m are advised to navigate
more than 17 miles off the coast to avoid the
uncharted coral pinnacles, as indicated on the
chart. Thence:
ESE of Ponta das Andorinhas Light (25miles N)
(no description, elevation of 39 m), thence:
ESE of Araripe Light (19 miles NNE) (6.72), and:
ESE of Recifes Araripe (18 miles NNE), a drying reef
extending up to 3 miles off Ponta Araripe,
thence:
ESE of Recife de Coroa Alta (14 miles NNE), a
drying reef on which there is a sand cay, lying
1 miles off Ponta Santo Antnio which forms the
S entrance point to Rio Santo Antnio. The N
entrance point can be identified by the coconut
palms on it which are darker than the land in the
vicinity. Thence:
ESE of an underwater rock (21 miles NE), dangerous
to navigation, thence:
ESE of Baixo de Lesnordeste (7 miles NE), a coral
patch on which there is a stranded wreck, lying
2 miles SE of Ponta de Coroa Vermelha, thence:
ESE of Recife de Fora (5 miles ENE), an extensive
coral reef which dries in places and over which
seas break constantly. It lies up to 3 miles SE of
Ponta Grande, which forms the N point of Baa de
Porto Seguro, not easy to distinguish, as the land
between it and Ponta de Coroa Vermelha is low
and sandy.
3 miles to a position ESE of Porto Seguro Light (1626S,
3904W) (6.72).
Principal marks
6.71
Landmarks:
Morro Dois Irmos (1611S, 3919W), a mountain
with twin peaks visible from seaward in clear
weather.
Barreiras Vermelhas de Porto Seguro (1631S,
3904W), a line of red cliffs rising sheer from the
sea to heights of 40 to 50 m on the S side of the
mouth of Rio Tape; they extend 3 miles S and are
visible for 25 to 30 miles.
6.72
Major lights:
Belmonte Light (1552S, 3853W) (6.56).
Araripe Light (white square concrete tower, black
bands; 20 m in height) (1608S, 3858W).
Porto Seguro Light (white square masonry tower,
12 m in height) (1626S, 3904W).
Terminal Maritimo de Belmonte

1
192
6.74
Position. At Ponta das Andorinhas (1602S, 3855W),
10 miles S of Belmonte Light (6.72).
Function. A private facility entirely for shipping
eucalyptus trunks.
Harbour layout. An L-shaped jetty, 410 m in length,
extends ESE from the coast. It is protected by a breakwater
300 m in length, marked at its N end by a light, green
square concrete tower, 5 m in height,and with a similar
light-tower, red, at S end.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Approach and entry. Between the breakwater and the

pier is a channel 300 m in length and 96 m in width
through which it is possible to enter via the N and leave
via the S.
Pilots: None.
Tugs: Three between 4 000 and 5 100 hp.
Directions.
Approaching from N mariners should identify a low
region S of the bar of Rio Belmonte with sandy beaches
and several hills covered in vegetation. Clear of the river
mouth the track leads SW directly towards the berth.
Approaching from S mariners should initially sight the
Barreiras Vermelhas (6.71) from whence the track leads
NNW towards the berth passing (with positions from Porto
Seguro Light (1626S, 3904W) (6.72)):
ENE of Recife de Fora (5miles ENE) (6.73),
thence:
WSW of an underwater rock (21miles ENE) (6.73),
thence:
ENE of Recife da Caroa Alta (14miles NNE)
(6.73), thence:
ENE of Recife de Araripe (18miles NNE) (6.73),
thence:
ENE of Araripe Light (18miles NNE) (6.72).
From this position the track continues NNW for about
5 miles to the berth.
Useful mark: Terminal crane visible up to 10 miles
offshore.
Anchorage. None
Berth. Close to breakers and exposed to all winds.
Baa de Porto Seguro

1
Chart 3974 (see 1.14)
Baa de Cabrlia
1
6.75
Description. Baa de Cabrlia is entered between Ponta
Santo Antnio (1613S, 3859W) and Ponta da Coroa
Vermelha, 7 miles SSW. The shore of the bay is of
moderate height and is backed by wooded hills 30 to 35 m
high. The valley of Rio Joo de Tiba, the mouth of which
lies 4 miles SW of Ponta de Santo Antnio, is very
prominent from seaward. Cidade de Santa Cruz Cabrlia is
situated on the S side of the mouth of the river; its church
has an elevation of 32 m. The town has few facilities for
the mariner but fresh water and provisions can be obtained.
Directions. Mariners unsure of their position will find
that if at first sighting the coast is low and wooded they
are N of the entrance; if there are hills of moderate height
and reddish cliffs they are S of the bay. The steep-sided
valley of Rio Joo de Tiba is visible from a range of 15 to
18 miles. On closer approach the church (16168S,
39016W) and other buildings of the town will be seen on
the S slopes of the valley.
From a position 5 to 6 miles ESE of the town the line
of bearing, 293, of the church will lead nearly midway
between Recife das Alagadas and Baixinho da Coroa
Vermelha. Within a depth of 13 m the track leads towards
the anchorages.
Reefs. The sandy beach forming the shore of the bay is
interrupted by two lines of drying reefs, separated by a
small gap, which extend 2 miles NNE from the mouth of
the river forming a natural breakwater.
Recife de Coroa Alta (6.73), a drying reef, is part of a
chain of reefs, including Recife das Alagadas that gives fair
shelter to the N part of the bay; the sea does not always
break on these reefs. Boqueiro Grande and Boqueiro

Pequeno are passages through this chain.
Corvina, a drying reef, lies 1 mile S of Ponta Santo
Antnio and an inner line of reefs extends 1 miles SW
from the point.
Baixinho da Coroa Vermelha extends 1 miles NE of
Ponta da Coroa Vermelha, a rock with less than 2 m over it
lies near the N extremity of this bank; the S part of the
bank, extending 8 cables NE of the point, forms a reef
which dries. Enseada da Coroa Vermelha, a small shallow
cove, lies on the W side of the N part of the reef and is
well sheltered from the S.
Anchorage. Vessels may anchor about 1miles SE of
the church, as shown on the chart.
193
6.76
Description. Baa de Porto Seguro lies between Ponta
Grande (1623S, 3901W) (6.73) and the mouth of Rio
Buranhm, 5 miles SW. Porto Seguro lies W of two lines
of reefs, which are mostly above water and extend
1 miles N from the S side of the mouth of Rio
Buranhm, forming a natural breakwater 2 cables
offshore. Ajuda Light (green round concrete post, 6 m in
height) (1626S, 3904W) stands at the N end of the
reefs. There is a pier for small craft, with a fish freezing
plant, on the river.
A ridge of hills, with some small red cliffs and coconut
palms, lies parallel with the coast and about 1 mile inland;
it is broken by Vale do Buranhm, the marshy valley of
this river, which is about 2 miles wide and prominent from
seaward.
The higher part of Cidade de Porto Seguro, especially
the white church of Nossa Senhora de Pena, when seen in
the morning sunlight, is a useful mark.
Pilots board outside the bar. They should be requested
prior to arrival.
6.77
Directions. Mariners approaching from N should keep 8
to 10 miles offshore in depths of 29 to 35 m. Cidade da
Santa Cruz Cabrlia (6.75) will be sighted, and then the
church of Nossa Senhora de Pena (1626S, 3904W), not
marked on the chart, which is visible for about 15 miles.
Monte Pascoal (1653S, 3924W) (6.82) (see Chart 529)
and Barreiras Vermelhas de Porto Seguro (1631S,
3904W) (6.71) will then be seen on about the same
bearing, if the weather is clear; the former appears as a
solitary hill with a rounded summit.
When these have been identified bring Monte Pascoal to
bear about 223 and open SE of Barreiras Vermelhas de
Porto Seguro, which leads SE of Recife de Fora (below);
these marks should be kept farther open if the wind and
swell are on onshore. When Ajuda Light (6.76) is aligned
with the Church of Nossa Senhora da Pena bearing 291,
steer on that alignment until NE of the anchorage (6.83).
Care must be taken to avoid the shoal patches S and SSW
of Recife de Fora. A shoal patch with 44 m of water over
it lies 3 cables E of the light.
Approaching from E in clear weather, Vale do Buranhm
will be sighted when about 30 miles offshore and later the
marks mentioned above.
Approaching from S or SE, Monte Pascoal and
Barreiras Vermelhas de Porto Seguro will be easily
identified. A stranded wreck (1630S, 3859W)
lies in the SE approaches to the bay.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Recife Itassepanema, 2 miles S of Ponta Grande, and

Recife Itassepoc, 2 miles SSW of the latter, are the
outermost of many reefs that fringe the coast to a distance
of 1 miles in this vicinity. Rocks with depths 22 m and
26 m over them lie 8 cables ENE and 1 miles E,
respectively, of Recife Itassepoc.
Anchorage may be obtained about 7 cables SE of Ajuda
Light (6.76) in depths of about 7 m, sand and mud, good
holding ground. This berth is sheltered from winds from N
and E by the outer reefs, but is open to winds between S
and SW, which, when fresh, send in a heavy sea. Foul
weather is rare in this vicinity but SW squalls sometimes
blow for short periods in June, July and August.
Port services: fresh water; provisions; deratting and
Principal marks
1
PORTO SEGURO TO ARQUIPLAGO DOS

ABROLHOS
General information
Chart 3974, 3973, 529
Route
1
6.78
From a position ESE of Porto Seguro Light (1626S,
a position E of Abrolhos Light (1758S, 3842W) (6.83).
Topography
1
6.79
From Porto Segura to Ponta Itaquena, 12 miles S, the
main feature is Barreiras Vermelhas de Porto Seguro (6.71)
which rise 3 miles S of Porto Seguro. Further S lower
and less prominent red cliffs appear and the coastal hills
become lower.
Between Ponta Itaquena and Ponta Corumba, 14 miles
S, there are some white cliffs then the coast becomes low
and covered in vegetation; the area around Ponta Corumba
is sandy and inundated at HW. Monte Pascoal (6.82) is
prominent and rises about 18 miles W of Ponta Corumba.
From Ponta Corumba for 25 miles SSW the coast
consists of alternate sandy beaches and cliffs rising in the S
part to Barreiras do Prado (6.82), prominent red cliffs
extending over 9 miles. They form the S end of the high
coastline and from here S the coast consists of a low beach
with sparse vegetation.

6.84
1
6.80
In the N part of this passage, to Ponta Corumba, depths
of less than 20 m exist up to 10 miles offshore. Several
drying reefs and sandbanks extend offshore on this part of
the passage; Recifes Itacolomis (6.85) extend up to 6 miles
E of Ponta Corumba.
Depths in the S part of the passage are considerably
influenced by Arquiplago dos Abrolhos, an extensive area
of coral shoals containing five islets, dangerous rocks and
coral pinnacles, extending nearly 40 miles offshore. Banks
with depths less than 20 m extend over 50 miles offshore in
this region.
Natural conditions
1
Racon and radiobeacon on Abrolhos Light as

above.
Directions
Depths
1
6.82
Landmarks:
Monte Pascoal (1653S, 3924W), which is
prominent and rises to an elevation of 536 m
forming part of a range lying parallel with the
coast and 18 miles inland. When seen from the NE
or E it appears isolated, with a rounded somewhat
conical summit; from the SE it appears to be
joined to other hills. One of these hills, Pico Joo
de Leo, is a remarkable peak in the form of a
cylinder or tower, slightly lower than Monte
Pascoal and situated 12 miles SW of it.
Barreiras do Prado, a line of prominent reddish cliffs
50 to 60 m high which rise 2 miles SW of Ponta
Cumuruxatiba Light (white metal framework
structure, 4 m in height) (1706S, 3910W) and
extend 9 miles S, provide the best landmark on
this part of the coast. Rio Japar flows into the sea
through a remarkable gap in these cliffs, 6 miles
SSW of the light. The S end of these cliffs is
marked by Barreiras do Prado Light (6.83).
6.83
Major lights:
Porto Seguro Light (1626S, 3904W) (6.72).
Barreiras do Prado Light (white rectangle on white
3913W).
Alcobaa Light (white square masonry tower, red
Abrolhos Light, Ilha de Santa Brbara, (white
truncated conical metal tower, black bands, 22 m
in height) (1758S, 3842W).
6.81
Current is much affected by the force and direction of
the wind. During strong winds from seaward the current
runs strongly W or SW.
Tidal streams run S with an in-going tide and N with
an out-going tide.
194
Charts 3974, 3973

6.85
Caution. Vessels drawing more than 5 m are advised to
avoid navigating within 17 miles of the coast between
Barra de Belmonte (1550S, 3851W) (6.59) and Ponta
Carumba (1654S, 3907W) (6.85) as indicated on Chart
3974.
From a position ESE of Porto Seguro Light (1626S,
3904W) (6.72) the track leads SSE passing (with positions
from Ponta Corumba Light (white square concrete
framework tower, 12 m in height) (1654S, 3907W)):
ENE of a stranded wreck (24 miles NNE) (6.109)
which lies 4 miles E of Baixo Nossa Senhora da
Ajuda, a sand bank which dries. Recifes Sofia,
2 miles farther S, extend up to 1 miles off
Barreiras Vermelhas de Porto Seguro (6.71);
thence:
ENE of a rock (18 miles NNE) with a depth of 42 m
over it, lying 4 miles NE of Ponta Itaquena
(14 miles N); Vila de Trancoso, a small village,
stands 4 miles N of the point on the S bank of Rio
Trancoso. Two miles S of the point is the mouth of
Rio do Frade; a shoal with a depth of 98 m over
it, lies 3 miles ESE of the river mouth. Thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
ENE of Ponta Juacema (8 miles N), which rises in

whitish cliffs appearing as steps on the S slope of
a hill, thence:
ENE of Ponta Juricuara (6 miles NNW), a small
reddish coloured point; Recifes de Pitiau, with
depths less than 06 m over them, lie 1 to 2 miles
ESE of the point; thence:
ENE of Recifes Itacolomis, a group of reefs on an
extensive sandy shoal extending over 6 miles E
from Ponta Corumba. The reefs dry near the
centre of the shoal, which is steep-to rising
abruptly from depths of over 20 m, soundings
giving little indication of its proximity. Passing
vessels are advised to keep in depths of over 30 m
taking note of a wreck, least depth 20 m, lying
6 miles E of the shoal. Ponta Corumba is low and
sandy and inundated for several cables at HW.
Thence:
ENE of Recifes Tau and Recifes Patachos, drying
reefs lying up to 2 miles offshore in the vicinity
of Ponta Mato Grosso (5 miles SSW), which is
formed by high red cliffs and is prominent. Shoals
with depths of 74 and 76 m lie up to 8 miles E
and SE of the point. Thence:
ENE of the chain of reefs extending N and SSW
from Ponta Cumuruxatiba (13 miles SSW), marked
by a light (6.82).
6.86
From this position the track continues SSE passing (with
positions from Abrolhos Light, Ilha de Santa Brbara,
(1758S, 3842W) (6.83)):
ENE of Recifes Cales de Fora (51 miles NNW),
2 miles NE of Barreiras do Prado Light (6.83),
thence:
ENE of Recifes das Timbebas (34 miles NW), a
extensive group of drying reefs. The restricted area
surrounding these reefs has been designated a
National Marine Park; see 6.66. And:
ENE of a shoal (34 miles N) with a depth of 108 m
over it, thence:
ENE of Banco das Caladas (16 miles NNE), two
other shoals lie seaward of Banco das Caladas, one
with a depth of 117 m (26 miles NNE), the other
(22 miles NNE) has a depth of 100 m. Banks
with depths less than 20 m over them extend from
30 miles NNE to 27 miles ENE of Abrolhos Light.
20 miles to a position E of Parcel dos Abrolhos, (6.118) a
series of drying coral reefs lying up to 4 miles E of
Abrolhos Light.
(Directions continue for inshore routes at 6.100,
and for coastal route at 6.131)
Rio Carava
1
Chart 3973
Canal dos Itacolomis

1
6.90
Description. Vila de Cumuraxatiba, and in particular its
white church, is clearly visible amongst the trees on Ponta
Cumuraxatiba (1706S, 3911W).
A chain of reefs, 1 mile offshore, extends 2 miles N
and 3 miles SSW from the point. A cove lies on the N
side of Ponta Cumuraxatiba, within the chain of reefs.
Entrance is through a break in the mid part of the reef;
Ponta Cumuraxatiba Light (6.82) stands close within the
edge of the reef on the N side of this entrance, which has
depths of 15 m.
Pilots are available and board vessels outside the reefs.
There is a pier, belonging to the Brazilian Nuclear Energy
Commission, where coasting vessels load monazitic sand.
Anchorage can be obtained by small coasters within this
cove in depths of 5 m in the N part and 25 to 30 m in the
S part. Some shoals in the S part of the cove are marked
by perches.
Barra do Prado

2
Chart 3974
Itaquena
6.87
Anchorage, for coastal vessels, can be found off Ponta
Itaquena (1638S, 3905W) (6.85) in depths of 10 m,
good holding ground; sheltered from winds S to NW but
exposed to those from N to SE. Care should be taken of
reefs which lie close to the point.
6.89
Description. Canal dos Itacolomis (1656S, 3906W)
which leads between Recifes Itacolomis and Ponta
Corumba, is narrow and tortuous with depths of 5 to 7 m.
The most favourable time for passing through the channel
is at LW when the reefs are uncovered.
Directions. Ponta Matto Grosso, 5 miles SW of Ponta
Corumba, is formed by high, red cliffs and is prominent,
Barreira do Cai, farther S is a high, extensive, whitish cliff
which provides a good mark for Canal dos Itacolomis.
Farther S are Barreiras de Tau and Barreiras de
Imbassuaba, reddish cliffs which are smaller than Barreira
do Cai.
Anchorage exists between the S part of Recifes
Itacolomis and the coast SW of Ponta Corumba in depths
of 9 m, sand and mud. This anchorage is sheltered from all
except S winds. Good holding ground.
Ponta Cumuraxatiba
6.88
Description. Barra do Carava, 2 miles S of Ponta
Juricuara (1647S, 3908W) can be identified by some
groves of coconut palms situated in front of the village of
Carava on the S bank of the river. There are depths of less
than 2 m at HW in this entrance. Several passages and
anchorages exist for smaller vessels.
3
1
195
6.91
Description. Barra do Prado (1723S, 3913W)
provides entrance to Rio Jucuruu; it has depths of about
1 m and is dangerous even in calm weather. The river is
navigable by small craft for 18 miles above its mouth; there
are depths of 18 to 40 m for 8 miles upstream.
Cidade do Prado is a small town standing 2 miles N of
the river mouth at the root of a sandy spit between the
river and the sea.
The coast from Barra do Prado to Ponta Guaratibas,
4 miles SSE, consists of a low beach covered with
vegetation of a uniform height.
6.92
Directions. From a position on the coastal route ENE of
Ponta Cumuruxatiba Light the track leads SW passing (with
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
positions from Barreiras do Prado Light (1717S,

3913W)):
SE of Racifes Itacolomis (24 miles NNE) (6.85),
thence:
SE of Recifes Patachos (19 miles NNE) (6.85),
thence:
SE of Ponta Cumuruxatiba Light (12 miles N) (6.90)
thence:
SE of Recifes Calcoes de Fora (2 miles NE) (6.86).
1miles to the anchorage.
Anchorage, partly sheltered from sea and swell, exists
NW of Recife do Prado, drying reefs composed of sand
and coral lying E of the river mouth.
Repairs to the hulls of small craft can be carried out.
wind the shorter the period of calm the stronger the

wind. With N and NE winds visibility is reduced.
Principal marks
1
6.97
Landmark:
Monte Pascoal (1653S, 3924W) (6.82).
6.98
Major lights:
Alcobaa Light (1731S, 3911W) (6.83).
Nova Viosa Light (white metal framework tower,
Abrolhos Light, Ilha de Santa Brbara, (1758S,
3842W) (6.83).

6.99
1
ARQUIPLAGO DOS ABROLHOS AND

THE INSHORE REEFS
Racon and radiobeacon on Abrolhos Light as

above.
Directions
General information
Chart 3973
Inshore route and Canal de Itanham
Area covered
1
6.93
This section describes the area contained between the
mainland coast and Parcel dos Abrolhos. It is dangerous to
navigation because of numerous reefs, islets and coral
pinnacles the passages through them being shallow and
tortuous.
Topography
1
6.94
From Ponta de Baleia to Ponta do Catoeiro, 12 miles
SW, the coast fronting Archipelago dos Abrolhos and the
off-lying dangers within, consists of a low beach backed by
scattered coconut palms. Rio Caravelas mouth lies about
midway between these points. The coast SW of Ponta do
Catoeiro as far as Nova Viosa has dense, uniform
vegetation.
The coast from Barra de Alcobaa to Ponta de Baleia is
covered with a uniform line of vegetation, visible up to
12 miles offshore; the only landmark is Cidade de Alcobaa
which is fairly prominent from seaward.
Arquiplago dos Abrolhos consists of a group of 5 islets
and some above-water rocks. All the islets are of coral
formation, rugged and devoid of vegetation apart from
some coconut palms and some scanty bushes.
Depths
1
6.95
Danger. Navigation anywhere in the vicinity of Recifes
das Timbebas (1728S, 3901W) (6.86), Parcel dos
Abrolhos (1758S, 3842W) (6.118) and Parcel das
Paredes (1749S, 3858W) (6.100) should be avoided due
to the existence of uncharted coral pinnacles rising abruptly
to the surface.
Local winds
1
6.96
Predominant winds during October to February are NE
with strengths generally up to force 4, and during March to
September are E up to force 3. Strong winds are infrequent
but occur between May and November. Fresh SE to SW
winds can occur between March and September with their
greatest strength from SW. The arrival of strong winds is
normally preceded by a period of calm, mirror smooth seas
and a sharp rise in temperature followed by a fresh NE
6.100
Local craft frequent the inshore channel passing E of
Recifes de Guaratibas leading into Canal de Itanhaem
(1732S, 3903W) The canal, entered 1 miles S of
Recife das Timbebas, (1728S, 3901W) (6.86) has depths
of 11 to 18 m in the fairway. It serves as an approach from
seaward to Cidade de Alcobaa and Porto de Caravelas.
In navigating the inshore route mariners should be
careful to avoid the restricted area surrounding Recifes das
Timbebas and two patches of coral with depths of 33 m
over them, lying close W of the reef. The S side of Canal
de Itanhaem and the E side of the inshore route are
bounded by Recifes da Areia (1736S, 3903W), a drying
reef near the N extremity of the dangerous area
surrounding Parcel das Paredes (1748S, 3858W).
From a position W of Canal de Itanhaem the inshore
route leads S between Recifes da Areia, Recifes das
Caboclas and Recifes Aranguera extending 5 miles NNW
from the N extremity of Parcel Das Paredas, and the
sandbanks extending 3 miles offshore around Ponta da
Baleia, low, covered with vegetation and marked by Ponta
da Baleia Light (white vertical oblong on white metal
framework tower, 15 m in height).
The route continues between the sandbanks described
above to NW and the reefs extending W of Parcel das
Paredes to SE. Parcel das Paredes is an extensive shoal of
coral and sand, parts of which dry; Pedra Lixa, on which is
a stranded wreck, forms its N extremity. The restricted area
surrounding Parcel das Paredes has been designated a
National Marine Park; see 6.66.
The channel shoals gradually toward the sandbanks;
vessels should keep in depths of about 13 m until the
perches marking the entrance to Rio Caravelas (6.105) are
sighted.
From this position the inshore route continues SW for
about 16 miles passing SE of Ilha da Cassumba Light
(6.105) SE of Ponta do Catoeiro Light (6.108), thence: SE
of a buoy (safe water) moored off the entrance to Rio
Peruipe. This part of the channel has a least depth of about
55 m.
Canal de Sueste
1
196
6.101
Canal de Sueste is entered SE of Baixio de Fora
(1801S, 3913W) and NW of Pedras do Venancio,
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
(9 miles ESE) with a least depth of 39 m over it. The

channel leads NNE passing ESE of Coroa Vermelha Light
(1758S, 3912W), the islet being of reddish coral,
continuing NNE until Recifes Sebastiao Gomes is abeam.
From this position the track leads NW directly towards Rio
Caravales anchorage, marked on the chart.
Canal dos Abrolhos

1
6.102
Canal dos Abrolhos (1742S, 3849W) separates
Arquiplago and Parcel dos Abrolhos from Parcel das
Paredes.
Restrictions on draught. This channel should only be
used by vessels of under 5 m draught. Although the
channel is 10 miles wide there are numerous dangers in it
and it is reported that a depth of only 50 m can, with
certainty, be found throughout the recommended track. The
dangers in the channel are steep-to and little or no reliance
can be placed on soundings as a guide. The bottom is a
white chalky mud.
6.103
Directions. From a position E of Ponta Corumba
(1654S, 3907W) (6.85), Canal dos Abrolhos can be
approached using the racon and radiobeacon on Abrolhos
Light (1758S, 3842W) bearing 168 ahead until within
18 miles of the light. In clear weather the light tower
should then be visible. Thence the recommended track
leads S, passing through the channel clear of the dangers
surrounding Parcel dos Abrolhos and Parcel das Paredes
and of the restricted area around Parcel dos Abrolhos.
When Abrolhos Light bears 016, distant 13 miles, the
vessel is at the S end of the track and clear of dangers.
From a position E of Rio Doce Light (1939S,
3950W) (6.129), Canal dos Abrolhos can be approached
using the racon and radiobeacon on Abrolhos Light
(1758S, 3842W) bearing 016 ahead until within
13 miles of the light. Thence the recommended track leads
N, passing through the channel clear of dangers and of the
restricted area, as above. When Abrolhos Light bears 168,
distant 18 miles, the vessel is at the N end of the track and
clear of dangers.
Chart 3973 (see 1.14)
Barra de Alcobaa
1
6.104
Description. Entry into Barra de Alcobaa (1733S,
3911W), the mouth of Rio Itanham, is restricted to fair
weather. Cidade de Alcobaa stands on the N bank of the
river; the church, which has twin towers, and a water tank
are prominent. Alcobaa Light (6.83) is situated 2 miles N
of the church but the light-structure is less prominent than
either the church or the water tank.
Pedra de Alcobaa, a rock with a depth of less than 2 m
over it lies 6 cables ESE of the light, position approximate.
Anchorage, in 8 to 9 m, sand, can be found 3 miles E
of the river entrance; it is exposed to winds from NNE and
E.
Porto de Caravelas
6 miles W of the entrance, connects Rio Caravelas with Rio

Peruipe (6.107), 10 miles SSW, forming Ilha da Cassumba
to the E. A light (white square structure, 10 m in height)
(1746S, 3912W) is shown from the NE part of the
island.
Tidal streams. To seaward of the approach channels, the
tidal streams run S and N at rates of from 2 to 3 kn; but
the direction varies greatly according to the locality and the
strength and direction of the wind. The bar becomes
impassable in strong S or SW winds.
Pilotage. Unofficial pilots, most of them fishermen, may
be obtained by previous arrangement with the harbour
master.
6.106
Directions. Sandbanks, which include Coroa Grande and
Coroa de Leste, extend 6 miles ENE of the river entrance
and up to 3 miles offshore, obstructing the approach to
the river. Across these sandbanks are several channels
giving access to the river, (positions are given from Ponta
da Baleia Light (1741S, 3908W) (6.100)):
The E channel, which passes between Coroa de Leste
(2 miles SE) and Coroa do Curral (2 miles E) is
used by small craft drawing up to 15 m.
Barra Norte (1 mile NE) leads between Ponta da
Baleia and Coroa do Curral.
The SE channel, which passes to the S of Coroa de
Leste and N of Coroa Alta (3 miles SSW), can be
used at HW, by vessels of up to 30 m. The
fishermen, who act as pilots, will mark this
channel with perches on request; these should be
left to port when entering the river.
Useful marks. Four prominent buildings stand on the N
side of the entrance; a church, also prominent, stands
2 miles WSW of it.
Caravales Aero Light Occasional (metal framework
tower 26m in height) (17393S, 39151W)
Anchorage. May be obtained 6 miles S of Ponta da
Baleia in depths of 8 m, sand, as shown on the chart; or
within the river in the first 6 miles of its course where it is
about 5 cables wide and there are depths of from 7 to
10 m.
Berth. A concrete wharf at Cidade de Caravelas, 90 m
long, with depths of 4 m alongside.
Supplies: fresh water, petrol, diesel oil, paraffin in very
limited quantities only.
Communications: airfield, 5 miles N of the town,
provides regular local services.
Rio Peruipe and Vila de Nova Viosa
6.105
Description. Porto de Caravelas (1744S, 3916W)
stands on the N bank of Rio Caravelas the mouth of which
lies 4 miles SW of Ponta da Baleia Light (6.100). The port
extends several miles up-river from the vicinity of the river
mouth, and is used by coasters and fishing vessels. A
natural channel, which enters the S bank of the river
197
6.107
General information. Barra de Nova Viosa (1756S,
3919W), 1 mile wide, forms the mouth of Rio Peruipe.
The river trends N for 1 miles from its mouth to its
junction with the channel leading to Rio Caravelas (6.105)
then turns W; it is used by coasters and fishing vessels.
Vila de Nova Viosa stands on the S bank of Rio Peruipe
3 miles above its mouth.
6.108
Topography. Between Ponta da Baleia (1741S,
3908W) (6.100) and Ponta do Catoeiro, 12 miles SW,
the coast consists of a low beach backed by scattered
coconut palms. There are 2 prominent groups of palms SW
of the mouth of Rio Caravelas, which lies about midway
between these 2 points. Ponta do Catoeiro is not easily
distinguished from seaward, but is marked by a light (white
framework tower, 16 m in height).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
4
5
Tidal streams offshore run N and S, the usual rate

being 1 kn; the S-going stream is slightly stronger due to
the outflow from Rio Peruipe. At springs the rates are from
4 to 5 kn and care is necessary when entering. Tidal
streams at the anchorage are similar.
Between EB Buoy (safe water) and the SW entrance
point of the river, the in-going stream sets NE towards
Banco do Cascalho and the out-going stream SW towards
the sandbanks on that side of the channel. The wind has
little or no effect on the tidal streams in the entrance.
Pilots may be obtained through the Harbour Master at
Porto de Caravelas (6.105).
6.109
Directions. Entry to Barra de Nova Viosa, due to
considerable changes in depths on the sandbanks in the
approaches, should be made in daylight only.
Sandbanks extend 2 miles SE from the mouth of Rio
Peruipe; between them is a channel by which vessels of up
to 4 m draught can enter the river at HW. Banco do
Cascalho, extending from the NE entrance point, dries up
to 6 cables offshore. Several detached drying sandbanks, the
outermost of which is Coroa do Bagre, extend up to
1 miles ESE from the SW entrance point; a dangerous
wreck lies about 5 cables ESE of the point.
EB Buoy (safe water), which marks the approach to the
channel between the sandbanks, is moored 2 miles SE of
the river mouth.
6.110
Useful mark. A prominent chimney with an elevation of
44 m stands in the town, 1 mile NW of the SW entrance
point of the river; it is visible from NE as soon as it is
open of Ponta do Catoeiro and from off Rio Mucuri
(6.135), 15 miles to SW. It is the best landmark in this
vicinity.
6.111
Anchorage may be obtained, within the river, 8 cables
N of the SW entrance point. The berth is in mid-river in a
depth of about 6 m, sand. Tidal streams are strong.
There is an anchorage under the lee of Coroa Vermelha
(6.75), which should be approached with the Coroa
Vermelha light (6.101) bearing 110. This anchorage is
occasionally used for loading cargo, which is brought out
from Rio Mucuri by coasting vessels. There are no known
dangers between the river mouth and Recife da Vicosa,
17 miles NE of the river mouth.
Berth. Wharf at Nova Viosa.
Repairs: minor repairs, including welding.
Supplies: fresh water is available and can also be
obtained up-river at Maroba and Pau-Alto; dry provisions
available in small quantities; the ship-repair company holds
limited quantities of fuel oil, petrol and paraffin.
Communications: landing strip; no scheduled services.
a lighthouse. The lighthouse (6.83) and two radio towers

close W of it serve to identify the islet which is divided by
a low isthmus, appearing as 2 islets when seen from N or
S. The buildings of the radio station stand on the N side of
the E section of the islet. The W part of the islet, which is
the larger, attains an elevation of 31 m near its W end
where there is a group of buildings. The small beaches N
and S of the isthmus are composed of shingle and sand
respectively. A coral reef which dries extends 1 cable NW
from the W end of the islet.
6.113
Ilha Guarita, 12 m in height, lies 2 cables NNW of
the E end of Ilha de Santa Barbara.
6.114
Ilha Redonda, 35 m in height, lies 2 cables WSW of
the W end of Ilha de Santa Barbara; it has a small group
of coconut palms on a sandspit at the SE end of the islet.
It is linked to Ilha Siriba by a drying coral reef on which
there is a narrow ridge of sand.
6.115
Ilha Siriba, lies 5 cables SW of the W end of Ilha de
Santa Barbara, it rises at its E end to an elevation of 15 m,
whence it slopes gradually to a beach at its W end; it is
covered by coconut palms.
6.116
Ilha Sueste, 1 mile SSW of the E end of Ilha de Santa
Barbara, is about 15 m in height with a clump of coconut
palms near its centre, it is surrounded by a coral reef on
which the sea usually breaks.
Directions
1
6.117
Arquiplago dos Abrolhos is surrounded by dangers and
it is probable that many uncharted shoals exist in its
vicinity. Attention is drawn to the caution on the chart. The
only approach to these islands which is comparatively clear
of dangers is from SW.
Tidal stream are regular except when influenced by the
force and direction of the wind; their average rates are
from 1 to 1 kn. In the channels between the islets they
follow the direction of the channel and attain a rate of
3 kn.
Anchoring is prohibited within Arquiplago dos
Abrolhos. A mooring buoy is moored 3 cables W of
Abrolhos Light and another is moored 1 cables NW of it.
National Marine Park. The restricted area surrounding
Arquiplago dos Abrolhos, shown on the chart, has been
declared a National Marine Park; for details see 6.66.
Landing on Ilha de Santa Barbara is prohibited without
authority from the District Naval Commander.
Chart 3973
Parcel dos Abrolhos

Arquiplago dos Abrolhos
Chart 3973 Plan of Arquiplago dos Abrolhos
General information
1
6.112
Ilha de Santa Barbara (1758S, 3842W), the largest
of the islands in the archipelago which consists of five
islets and numerous rocks. It is 8 cables long and attains an
elevation of 37 m at its E summit, which is surmounted by
198
6.118
Description. Parcel dos Abrolhos, a series of drying
coral reefs, between which there are narrow shallow
channels, lies up to 4 miles E of Abrolhos Light. A spit,
with depths of less than 10 m extends 12 miles NNW from
the N extremity of the drying reefs and numerous detached
shoals, with similar depths, extend up to 7 miles SE from
their SE extremity terminating in Recife California, which
has a depth of 59 m over it, and lies 12 miles SE of
Abrolhos Light.
Caution. See 6.95.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
ARQUIPLAGO DOS ABROLHOS TO PONTA DO UBU

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3973, 3972, 529
Area covered
1
6.119
This section describes the coastal passages between
Abrolhos Light (1758S, 3842W) (6.83) and Ponta do
Ubu (2047S, 4034W). Included are descriptions of
Vitria (6.155), Tubaro (6.169) and Terminal da Ponta do
Ubu (6.188).
Topography
1
6.120
The coastline, from Porto de Caravelas (1744S,
3916W) (6.105) for 150 miles SSW as far as Vitria,
consists of low beaches with sparse vegetation. The land to
the N and W of Vitria is backed by ranges of mountains
some of the peaks of which are identifiable (6.128).
The coast S of Vitria is backed by mountain ranges,
containing peaks of remarkable shape.
Depths
1
Depths
1
6.121
Once clear of the shoals and reefs around Parcel das
Paredes (6.100) and Parcel dos Abrolhos (6.118) the coastal
bank becomes more regular. The 20 m depth contour
extends up to 18 miles SE of Nova Viosa Light (1754S,
3922W), the bank becoming steeper and closer to the
coast farther S.
There are several isolated shoals lying outside the 20 m
depth contour.
6.122
See 6.5.
Flow
1
6.123
See 6.6.
Marine exploitation
1
6.124
Exploratory drilling platforms which are uncharted,
may be temporarily located within this region. These
platforms normally exhibit the prescribed signals and
navigation within 500 m of them is prohibited. For further
information see The Mariners Handbook and 1.10.
ARQUIPLAGO DOS ABROLHOS TO

PONTA DO TUBARO
General information
Charts 3973, 3972
Route
1
6.125
From a position E of Abrolhos Light (1758S, 3842W)
(6.83) the route leads SSW for about 170 miles to a
position SE of Ponta do Tubaro (2017S, 4014W)
(6.133).
Topography
1
6.126
From Ponta do Catoeiro (1752S, 3916W) (6.108) to
the mouth of Rio Mucuri, 22 miles SW, the coastline is
formed by a beach backed by low ground.
6.127
The coastal bank becomes more regular S of Rio
Mucuri, where the 20 m depth contour is about 20 miles
offshore. The bank becomes steeper and closer to the coast
the farther S it goes. By the time the mouth of Rio Doce is
reached the 20 m depth contour is only 4 miles offshore
and at Ponta do Tubaro it is 2 miles offshore.
There are some isolated shoals outside the 20 m depth
contour.
Principal marks
Weather
1
The coastline to Conceio da Barra, 32 miles SSW of

Rio Mucuri, is generally low, flat and wooded, with
beaches broken by streams and occasionally by reddish or
white cliffs; thence, becoming backed with small yellow
dunes covered with scanty vegetation, it extends 64 miles S
to the mouth of Rio Doce. Behind this coastline swamps
and lagoons extend up to 30 miles inland to the foot of the
mountains.
Between Rio Doce and Ponta do Tubaro (6.133),
45 miles SW, the coast forms a wide bay and becomes
higher in the SW. It is sandy and broken in many places by
small reddish cliffs. This section of coast is backed by
Serra dos Aimores, which has several prominent peaks
(6.128), and converges with the coast to the S increasing in
height as it does so.
6.128
Landmarks:
Morro do Feijo (1938S, 4025W), a moderately
high mountain with remarkable reddish cliffs on its
summit.
Serra do Cavalo, (1955S, 4021W), the highest
feature in the range; it has an undulating summit
forming three distinct peaks. When seen from NE
it has a similar appearance to Morro Maestre
Alvares (see below), but it should not be confused
with it, however, as there are other high summits
of the same range nearby.
Morro Gamela, (2000S, 4017W) has twin peaks.
Morro Maestre Alvares (2010S, 4019W), is a
prominent isolated peak, 824 m in height, rising
from a swampy plain; its steep slopes are covered
by dense forest and its flattened summit presents
three small eminences of about equal height.
6.129
Major lights:
Nova Viosa Light (1754S, 3922W) (6.98).
Abrolhos Light, Ilha de Santa Brbara, (1758S,
3842W) (6.83).
Mucuri Light (white round concrete tower, 20 m in
height) (1804S, 3932W).
So Mateus Light (white square concrete tower), 10 m
in height (1837S, 3944W).
Barra Seca Light (Sucuraca) (19 06 S, 39 43 W).
Rio Doce Light (white square concrete tower, red
Ponta de Santa Luzia Light (white 8-sided metal
Morro Grande Light (2918S, 4019W) (6.162).

1
199
6.130
Racon and radiobeacon on Abrolhos Light as above.
Racons on:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Ponta de Santa Luzia Light as above.

Ilha dos Pacotes Light (2021S, 4015W) (6.134).
Chart 3972
Rio Doce to Ponta do Tubaro

1
Directions
2
Arquiplago dos Abrolhos to Rio Doce

1
6.131
From a position E of Abrolhos Light (1758S, 3842W)
(6.83), the track leads SW, passing (with positions from
So Mateus Light (6.129) (1836S, 3944W)):
SE of the mouth of Rio Mucuri (6.135) (32 miles
NNE), which can be identified by the houses of
Vila de Mucuri (6.135), standing on the N side of
its mouth, one of which has a yellow roof, clearly
visible from offshore. Mucuri Light (6.129) stands
2 miles NNE of the river mouth. Thence:
SE of Ponta Lenis (18 miles NNE) which consists
of some remarkable white cliffs, resembling a row
of houses. A rocky shoal, with two heads above
water, lies 1 mile NE of the point; shoal water
extends 5 cables S of these heads. Barreiras das
Velhas, reddish cliffs, about 30 m in height, extend
up to 5 miles NNE of the point; the cliffs are
prominent against the sandy coast in this vicinity.
Thence:
SE of So Mateus Light which stands on the N side
of the mouth of Rio So Mateus (6.136). Large
white sand dunes, 2 miles S of the river mouth aid
in its identification. Thence:
SE of a platform (30 miles SSE), marked by lights,
lies 4 miles offshore in the vicinity of Barra Seca.
There are mooring buoys, and a submarine
pipeline is laid from the platform to the coast.
Navigation within 500 m of the platform is
prohibited, see also 1.35. Thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (mast) (49miles S).
15 miles to a position SE of Pontal de Regncia (1938S,
3948W), the N entrance point to Rio Doce (6.137). A
conspicuous building stands 4 miles N of the point. Rio
Doce Light (6.129) stands near the S entrance point of the
river. Four prominent tanks, part of Regncia Terminal
(6.132), stand 1 miles WSW of the light. Shoals and
breakers extend off the mouth of the river. In the rainy
season trees are uprooted and carried up to 20 miles out to
sea.
Regncia Terminal
1
6.132
Position. Regncia Terminal (1941S, 3950W), an
offshore tanker berth, lies 3 miles SSW of the entrance to
Rio Doce Light.
Pilotage. A berthing master assists vessels berthing and
unberthing, which take place during daylight hours only.
Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth should anchor
1 miles S of the berth, in a depth of about 16 m, mud.
Tugs. One tug is available.
Berth. A CBM offshore terminal lies at the seaward end
of a submarine pipeline (see 1.35) which extends 2 miles
SSE from the coast. The berth can accept vessels up to
30 000 dwt with a maximum LOA 160 m and draught of
13 m.
A light-buoy (special) marks the seaward limit of the
berth.
6.133
From a position SE of Pontal de Regncia (1938S,
3948W) (6.131) the track leads SW, passing (with
positions from Ponta de Santa Luzia Light (2020S,
4016W) (6.129)):
SE of Terminal de Barra do Riacho (6.139) (31 miles
NNE), a small port at the mouth of Rio Riacho
(6.139). A wood pulp plant is situated 1 mile
inland from the port, it is very prominent from
seaward and gives an excellent radar response.
Barra do Riacho Light (white round concrete
tower, 25 m in height) (1950S, 4004W) stands
close N of the harbour. Thence:
SE of Ponta de Santa Cruz (23 miles NNE), the S
entrance point to Barra de Santa Cruz (6.138),
which is prominent with wooded cliffs. Thence:
SE of Ponta dos Frecheiros (18 miles NNE), which
forms the N entrance to Barra do Almeida and is
also high and wooded; thence:
SE of Baixo do Carapebus (8 miles NE), a rock with
a depth of 45 m over it; a shoal with a depth of
179 m lies close S of it.
5 miles to a position SE of Ponta do Tubaro (2017S,
4014W); Porto do Tubaro (6.169) lies on the W side of
this point. A prominent water tower (red lights) stands
1 mile N of the mole head.
Useful marks
6.134
1
Ilha dos Pacotes Light (white round stone column,

4 m in height) (2021S, 4015W).
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 6.185
and for Porto de Vitria at 6.160.
Directions continue for Porto do Tubaro at 6.173)

Chart 3973 (see 1.14)
Rio Mucuri
1
6.135
Description. Rio Mucuri (1806S, 3933W) is
navigable for about 105 miles above its mouth, which is
fronted by a bar with a depth of about 1 m over it. Vila de
Mucuri stands on the N side of the river mouth; some of
the houses of the village are visible from seaward.
The coastal bank with depths of less than 10 m extends
up to 10 miles E of the river mouth.
Anchorage at Coroa Vermelha (6.111), 21 miles NE of
the river mouth, is occasionally used for loading cargo,
which is brought out from Rio Mucuri by coasting vessels.
Barra do So Mateus
1
200
6.136
Description. Barra do So Mateus (1837S, 3944W)
forms the common mouth of Rio So Mateus, Rio Itana
and two smaller rivers.
The mouth of Rio So Mateus, which has a depth of
25 m at HWS, is dangerous due to the shoals fronting it,
and to the breakers caused by the heavy seas which are
frequently experienced in the vicinity.
Directions. When approaching from N the river entrance
can be identified by a group of coconut palms; when seen
from S they appear as an island. Approaching from S some
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
large white sand dunes can be identified 2 miles S of the

river mouth. These dunes will be sighted before Cidade de
Conceio da Barra, which stands on an island in the N
part of the river mouth and is partially obscured by trees.
So Mateus Light (6.129) stands on the N side of the
mouth of the river.
Cidade de So Mateus stands on the S bank Rio So
Mateus, 12 miles above its mouth, and can be reached by
small craft. The town has a pier 25 m long with depths of
36 m at its head.
Terminal de Barra do Riacho

Chart 551
General information
1
Chart 3973
Rio Doce
1
6.137
Description. Rio Doce (1939S, 3948W) is about
390 miles long and navigable by vessels of shallow draught
as far as Cidade de Colatina, 62 miles above its mouth and
thence by small craft to Vila de Figueira, a further 62 miles
up-river.
Vila de Regncia, which consists of a few small groups
of houses, stands near the W entrance point of the river.
The river mouth can be identified by breakers and a
change in direction of the coast which inclines SW; three
small hills rise a few miles NW of it. At times the
approach to the river can be indicated by large areas of
reddish-coloured river water. A conspicuous building stands
3 miles N of the river mouth.
Directions. Sand banks and shoals, which dry in places,
front the mouth of the river and extend 3 miles SE from
the E entrance point; they are continually shifting. Material
brought down by the river is deposited on these banks and
has the appearance of exposed rocks. There are heavy
breakers over these dangers and seas break up to 2 miles to
seaward of them, especially during SE and SW winds.
The river can be entered by small craft drawing less
than 15 m. The most favourable conditions for entering are
during N winds; the entrance is difficult with winds from
other quarters.
Anchorage. Small vessels can anchor within the mouth
of the river, off Vila de Regncia, in a depth of about
37 m, but should moor head and stern as swinging room is
restricted.
Limiting conditions
1
1
2
6.141
Anchorage for large vessels is a circular area of
5 cables radius centred 11 miles E of the harbour entrance.
Prohibited anchorage area extends 1 100 m ESE from
the elbow of the S mole covering two submarine pipelines,
as shown on the chart.
Pilotage Compulsory. Pilots and tugs are requested, and
provided, from Porto de Vitria (6.155). Two tugs are
compulsory.
Directions
1
Chart 3972 (see 1.14)

6.138
Description. Barra de Santa Cruz (1957S, 4008W) is
the common mouth of Rio Piraqu-Au and Rio
Piraqu-Mirim which unite 1 miles to the W. The
entrance is dangerous. It can be recognised by the adjacent
mountains (6.128) and by Vila de Santa Cruz, which stands
on the S side of the river entrance but is only visible from
the NE. A fisheries school stands on the N entrance point.
Ponta de Santa Cruz, the S entrance point to Barra de
Santa Cruz, is prominent on account of its wooded cliffs;
Pontal de Tacipeba, 3 miles NNE, forms the N entrance
point and is low and sandy. Baixa Grande, a dangerous
submerged reef extends 1 miles NE of Ponta de Santa
Cruz; there are reefs and shifting sandbanks within the
river mouth.
Anchorage exists off Vila de Santa Cruz in depths of 6
to 8 m, with complete shelter from wind and swell.
6.140
Controlling depth. There is a minimum depth of 116 m
in the entrance channel and 109 m alongside the berth.
Tidal range. MHWS 14 m, MLWS 02 m.
Largest vessel handled. A vessel up to 190 m in length,
35 m beam, with a draught of 119 m, can be accepted in
daylight.
Arrival information
Barra de Santa Cruz
6.139
Position. Terminal de Barra do Riacho (1951S,
4003W), also known as Portocel, is situated near the
mouth of Rio Riacho.
Function. The berth provides facilities for the export of
wood pulp and cellulose from the Aracruz plant which
stands 1 mile inland from the harbour.
Port authority. Companhia Docas do Esprito Santo
(CODESA), Administrao do Porto do Vitria, Av Getulio
Vargas 556, 29020 Vitoria ES.
6.142
Leading lights:
Front light (round concrete pile, 4 m in height)
(1951S, 4004W).
Rear light (similar structure) (310 m WSW of front
light).
The alignment (249) of these lights leads into the
harbour entrance, passing between Nos 1 and 3 Light-buoys
(lateral) moored 4 cables ENE of the entrance.
The buildings of the Aracruz plant are very prominent
from seaward and have been identified at a distance of
20 miles; they also give an excellent radar response.
6.143
Useful marks:
Barra do Riacho Light (1950S, 4004W) (6.133).
North Mole Light (red metal column, 4 m in height)
(1951S, 4003W).
South Mole Light (green metal column, 4 m in
height) (1951S, 4003W).
Berth
1
6.144
A wharf, 430 m in length, for vessels with a maximum
draught of 119 m , is situated on the SW side of the NW
mole. There is a turning basin close within the entrance.
Port services
1
201
6.145
Repairs: none.
Other facilities: local clinic; hospital 25 km from the
port.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
PORTO DE VITRIA AND PORTO DE

TUBARO
General information
Chart 521, plan Approaches to Vitria and Tubaro
Description
1
6.146
This section gives information common to both Vitria
and Tubaro which are approached through Baa do
Esprito Santo.
Topography
1
6.147
Baa do Esprito Santo is entered between Ponta do
Tubaro and Ponta de Santa Luzia. The W shore of the S
part of the bay is formed by Ilha do Esprito Santo on the
S shore of which is Porto de Vitria, standing on the S
slopes of a range of hills some of whose peaks are
prominent. Some small islands lie off the E coast of Ilha
do Esprito Santo. The E side of the bay contains Porto do
Tubaro; several prominent mountain peaks (6.128) back
the bay.
A line of shoals crosses the bay about 1 mile within the
entrance, separating the whole of the N part of the bay
which is shallow, with a mass of breakers during SE winds.

1
6.148
There are depths of 10 to 20 m in the entrance to the
bay, but within it is obstructed by isolated banks with
depths less than 3 m.
The depth in the channel to Porto de Vitria restricts
access to vessels with a maximum draught of 106 m at
HW and 97 m at LW. The approach channel to Porto do
Tubaro is dredged to 204 m (1998), but lesser depths may
exist; see note on chart.
6.149
Compulsory for both Ports. Pilots board close ESE of
Ponta de Santa Luzia Light (2020S, 4016W), for Porto
de Vitria; and 1 miles SE of the light for Porto do
Tubaro, as indicated on the chart.
Vessel Traffic Service

1
6.150
Vessels in the Vitria-Tubaro area are required to report
at the appropriate positions shown on the chart, and on
arrival and departure from a berth or anchorage, The
primary language is Portuguese.
Signal stations at a position 3 cables NW of Ponta de
Santa Luzia Light (2020S, 4016W) and on Morro do
Paul (2020S, 4020W).
Chart 521, plan Porto de Vitria and Porto do Tubaro
General information
1
Principal marks
1
6.151
Landmarks:
Morro Maestre Alvares (2010S, 4019W) (6.128).
Morro Moreno (2020S, 4017W), an excellent mark
for making the entrance to the bay.
Morro da Penha, 6 cables WSW of Morro Moreno,
on the summit of which is a ruined convent
surmounted by an illuminated cross marked by a
red obstruction light. It is floodlit from 2000 to
2300 hours.
6.154
Anchorages for vessels calling at Vitria and Tubero
are indicated on the charts with positions from Ponta de
Santa Luzia Light (20195S, 40161W):
No 1 anchorage (1 mile SE) in about 20 m of water,
for vessels loading at Vitria.
No 2 anchorage (2 miles E) in about 26 m of water,
for vessels loading at Tubero, and vessels in
quarantine;
No 3 anchorage (centred 2 miles ENE) in 17 to
22 m of water, in exceptional circumstances for
vessels loading at Tubero,
Porto de Vitria
Pilotage
1
6.153
Racons on:
Outer anchorage
Depths
1
6.152
Major lights:
Ponta de Santa Luzia Light (2020S, 4016W)
(6.129).
Morro Grande Light (2918S, 4019W) (6.162).
Ponta do Uchria Front leading light No 3 (2019S,
4017W) (6.163).
No 4 Rear leading light light (2019S, 4017W)
(6.163).
Ponta do Tagano Front leading light No 5 (2019W,
4017W) (6.164).
No 6 Rear light (2019S, 4017W) (6.164).
202
6.155
Position. Porto de Vitria (2019S, 4020W) stands on
the S side of Ilha do Esprito Santo; on the N bank, and
about 4 miles above the mouth, of Rio Santa Maria, which
flows into the W side of Baa do Esprito Santo.
Function. The city is the capital of Estado de Esprito
Santo, and is, with Porto do Tubero, the largest
ore-exporting port in Brazil and one of the largest in the
world.
6.156
Topography. The W shore of Baa do Esprito Santo is
formed by Ponta de Santa Luzia (2020S, 4016W) and
Ilha do Esprito Santo, a large island separated from the
mainland NE by Rio da Passagem, a narrow shallow
channel, which is the smaller outlet from a lagoon formed
by Rio Santa Maria, to the W of the island. The main
outlet from the lagoon is Rio Santa Maria which flows S of
the island and forms Porto de Vitria.
The S part of Ilha do Esprito Santo is formed by a
range of hills which include Morro do Frade Leopardo,
294 m in height; Morro Grande, 204 m in height; and
Morro do So Francisco, 304 m in height.
The E side of Ilha do Esprito Santo is fringed by
islands of which the two largest are Ilha do Boi and Ilha
do Frade, situated 1 mile and 1 miles respectively NNW
of Ponta da Santa Luzia.
Port limits are within the arc of a circle of 1 mile
radius, to seaward, centred on Ponta de Santa Luzia Light
(2020S, 4016W) (6.129).
Approach and entry. The port is approached through
the SW part of Baa do Esprito Santo and entered by a
4 mile channel leading through the estuary of Rio Santa
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
5
6
Maria, passing between the mainland and the S shore of

Ilha do Esprito Santo.
Port authority. Compania Docas do Esprito Santo
(CODESA), Administrao do Porto de Vitria, Av. Getulio
Vargas 556, 29020 Vitria ES.
Directions
1
Limiting conditions
1
6.157
Tidal range. MHWS 15 m, MLWS 01 m.
Density of water. 1025 gm/cm3.
Limiting dimensions. The maximum dimensions
permitted are 242 m LOA; draught 106 m at HW, 97 m at
LW. A lighted bridge with a vertical clearance of 60 m
spans the entrance to Rio Santa Maria. One mile farther
upstream a power transmission line spans the river with a
physical vertical clearance of 56 m.
Arrival information
1
6.158
Port radio. There is a port radio station at Vitria. See
Pilotage. See 6.149.s
Tugs are available and are compulsory in certain
circumstances, see below.
Regulations concerning entry. Vessels up to
182 m LOA may enter port by day or night; those up to
205 m may also enter by day or night but must have the
assistance of tugs for berthing or manoeuvring; those over
205 m may only enter by day with the assistance of tugs.
There is a speed limit of 5 kn in the channel.
Harbour
1
6.159
General layout. Situated on both sides of Rio Santa
Maria, 4 miles above its mouth. On the S bank of the river
are 765 m of quayside, a Ro-Ro terminal, two ore-loading
wharves, two oil terminals and a private wharf. On the N
bank, fronting Cidade de Vitria, there are 600 m of
commercial quay.
Tidal streams in the anchorage (6.166), abreast the city,
generally run at rates of 2 to 3 kn, the in-going stream
being normally weaker than the out-going; heavy rains may
increase this rate and they have been known to attain a rate
of 5 kn. See further information on the chart.
Morro Moreno

6.160
Approaches.
The pilot boarding position is approached, passing (with
positions from Ponta de Santa Luzia Light (2020S,
4016W)):
S of Porto do Tubaro Mole (Elbow) Light (2 miles
NE); thence well S and W of Nos 1 and 2
Light-buoys (port and starboard) (1 miles ESE)
marking the entrance to the dredged channel
leading to Porto do Tubaro; thence:
N of Ilha dos Pacotes (2 miles SE), an islet lying on
the NE extremity of an extensive reef; Ilha dos
Pacotes Light (6.134), when seen from the E or
SE, is difficult to distinguish against the coastal
lights. Thence NNW to the Vitria Pilot Boarding
Ground (7 cables E).
Caution. Vessels bound for Porto de Vitria should not
cross the channel leading to Porto do Tubaro.
6.161
Entrance.
From the Vitria Pilot Boarding Ground, E of Ponta de
Santa Luzia Light (2020S, 4016W) (6.129), the track
leads NNE for 5 cables to a position in the white sector
of Ilha do Boi Light (6.162), to pick up the leading line for
the outer leg of the approach to Rio Santa Maria.
6.162
Puerto de Vitria leading lights:
No 1, Ilha do Boi directional light, Front (white
concrete tower, middle disc) (2019S, 4017W).
No 2, Morro Grande (major light), Rear (yellow
square framework tower) (2018S, 4019W).
The alignment (287) of these lights leads in the white
sector (286288) of the directional front light to a
position off the mouth of Rio Santa Maria, passing (with
positions from the front leading light):
Between Laje do Cavalo (1 miles ESE), a rocky
ledge, marked off its N extremity by a light-buoy
(port hand), and Baixio Grande (1 miles E), a
reef marked on its SW side by a light-buoy (S
cardinal); the reef is not visible in calm weather
but the sea breaks over it during fresh onshore
winds. A dangerous wreck lies close W of the
reef. Baixio Pequeno, a rocky shoal on which lies
a dangerous wreck is marked by a buoy (isolated
danger) moored 4 cables NW of Baixio Grande.
Thence:
Convent, Morro da Penha
Tubaro Rio Santa Maria entrance from NE (6.162)

203
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
SSW of a light-buoy (starboard hand), thence:

To a position about 8 cables from Ilha do Boi Light
whence the track leads towards the leading line for
entrance to Rio Santa Maria.
6.163
Leading lights B:
Front light No 3 (major light), Ponta do Uchria, (red
triangle, apex up, on white square concrete tower,
5 m in height) (2019S, 4017W).
Rear light No 4 (major light), (red triangle, apex
down, on white square concrete tower, 4 m in
height) (120 m WSW of front light).
The alignment (245) of these lights leads into the
main channel of Rio Santa Maria, passing (with positions
from the front leading light):
NW of the shoal water surrounding Pedra da Baleia
(9 cables NE), an above water rock from which a
light (green round stone column, 4 m in height) is
exhibited; thence:
Between Ponta do Tagano (7 cables ENE) and Baixio
do Tagano, a large bank with less then 55 m over
it which forms the N side of the fairway; its SE
side is marked by a light-buoy (starboard hand).
Thence to a position about 3 cables from the front
leading light, marked by a light-buoy (port hand),
whence the track leads W.
6.164
Leading lights C:
Front light No 5 (major light), Ponta do Tagano, (red
triangle, apex up, on white square concrete tower,
4 m in height) (2019S, 4017W).
Rear light No 6 (major light), (red triangle, apex
down, on white square concrete tower, 9 m in
height) (130 m E of front light).
The alignment (087), astern, of these lights leads
through the main channel of Rio Santa Maria, passing
(with positions from the front leading light):
Between Baixio do Tagano (2 cables NW) and the
extensive bank stretching between Ponta do Tagano
and Ponta do Uchria, 8 cables W, thence:
Under the bridge (6.157) (5 cables W), thence,
keeping on the leading line passing:
N of Ponta do Uchria (7 cables WSW), thence:
N of Pedra Maria Cator (1 mile W), a rock, with a
depth of 71 m lying near mid-channel, and marked
by a light-buoy (port hand); thence:
N of Ponta do Soares (1 miles WSW), from which
a light (green metal column and platform, 3 m in
height) is exhibited; thence:
Under the overhead cable (1 miles W), which has a
vertical clearance of 56 m.
Thence the track follows the course of the river, keeping
in mid-channel, and passing (with positions from Ilha das
Pombas Light (green metal column and platform, 3 m in
height) (2019S, 4019W)):
S of Ilha do Fumaa (2 cables NE), the S point of
which is marked by a light (red metal column and
platform, 10 m in height); thence:
Between Ilha das Pombas and Ilha do Urubu
(1 cables NW) the SW point of which is marked
by a light (red 6-sided stone column, 3 m in
height); thence:
S of Recife do So Joo (6 cables W), a rocky ledge
projecting from the N side of the channel and
marked at its S extremity by a light (red metal
column and ladder, concrete base, 5 m in height).
From this position the quays, to the W, on both banks of

the river can be approached. A rock with a depth 66 m
(1 mile W) lies on the N side of the channel. Pedras das
Argolas (1 miles W) forms an extensive reef, lying in
mid-channel off the quays at Cidade de Vitria. It is
marked by a light (E cardinal topmark on black metal
column, white bands,) at the E end of the reef; the W end
being marked by a light-beacon (starboard hand).
6.165
Useful marks:
Porto de Tubaro Mole (Head) Light (white round
GRP tower, red bands, 6 m in height) (2018S,
4014W).
Porto de Tubaro Mole (Elbow) Light (white round
GRP tower, red bands, 6 m in height) (2018S,
4014W).
Prominent water tower (red lights) (2017S,
4015W).
Morro do Penedo (2019S, 4020W), provides a
good headmark in the upper reaches of the river.
Berths
1
6.166
Moorings Mooring buoys are located close NW of
Pedras das Argolas (6.164) and two mooring buoys are
located N of Ponta do Soares (6.164).
6.167
Alongside berths (with positions from Recife do So
Joo Light (2019S, 4020W):
South side of the channel:
CPVV Terminal (3 cables ESE), an L-shaped jetty
about 300 m in length, with a depth alongside of
89 m over a rocky bottom. It is approached
through a channel leading S and marked on the
E side by light-buoys (N cardinal and lateral);
light-beacons lie N and S of the jetty.
Terminal de Vila Velha (1 cables SW) and Cais da
Atalaia (4 cables SW): total length 765 m; depths
of 78 to 115 m.
Cais da Usimanas (7 cables WSW), only handles
cargo consigned to Usimanas; maximum length
73 m; maximum draught 94 m.
Oil Terminal (1 miles WSW), consisting of a pier
and dolphins; draught up to 97 m draught; a
second terminal, with a depth of 11 m, using
mooring buoys and a floating pipeline is situated
nearby.
North side of the channel:
Commercial Quay (5 cables W); berthing length
600 m; alongside depths of 67 to 95 m.
Port services
1
6.168
Repairs. Minor repairs. Patent slip, 70 m in length.
Supplies: fresh water; fuel; fresh and dry provisions.
Communications: airfield with scheduled services to
other Brazilian cities.
Porto de Tubaro
Chart 521, plan Porto de Vitria and Porto do Tubaro
General information
1
204
6.169
Position. Porto do Tubaro (2017S, 4015W) lies on
the E side of Baa do Esprito Santo.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Function. The port, used to export iron ore, is linked by

rail to the mines at Itabira, about 290 km W, which
produce iron ore of a very high grade. The port exports in
excess of 70 million tonnes of iron ore annually, and there
is a terminal for containerized cargoes. Coal, steel and oil
products are also handled at Terminal de Praia Mole on the
S extension to the port.
Topography. The port lies on the W side of Ponta do
Tubaro, the S point of which has been extended by
reclamation to provide a breakwater and further berthing
areas.
seaward through a dredged channel. The outer end of the
channel lies 1 miles E of Ponta de Santa Luzia Light
(2020S, 4016W) (6.129). A turning basin, and the
principal berths, lie at the head of the dredged channel.
Traffic. In 2000 Porto do Tubaro handled 872 vessels
with a total of 88 775 497 dwt; Terminal de Praia Mole
handled 429 vessels with a total of 24 653 869 dwt.
Port authority. Companhia Vale do Rio Doce, Porto do
Tubaro, Vitria.
Limiting conditions
1
6.170
Controlling depth. The approach channel is dredged to
204 m (1998), but considerably less depths may occur.
Harbour authorities should be consulted for the latest
information.
Deepest and longest berths. NW ore-loading pier, see
6.176.
Maximum size of vessel handled. 310 816 dwt,
3315 m LOA.
Rear light (similar stucture, 16 m in height) (2015S,

4016W).
From the vicinity of the Tubarao Pilot boarding ground
(6.149) the alignment (344) of the above lights leads
along the centre of the buoyed channel, passing (with
positions from Ponta de Santa Luzia Light):
ESE), at the entrance to the channel, thence
proceeding along the channel until passing:
NE), whence vessels bound for the Terminal de
Praia Mole will find the entrance open to the NE;
vessels bound for the facilities at Porto do Tubaro
should maintain the leading line until passing:
Between No 8 Light-buoy (port hand) and another
light-buoy (preferred channel to port) (1 miles
NNE) whence the turning basin will be reached
and the appropriate berth, to the NE, can be
approached.
6.174
Silting can be expected to reduce the depths in the
channel and manoeuvring basin. The turning basin is
dredged to 15 m.
6.175
Useful marks:
Porto de Tubaro Mole (Elbow) Light (2018S,
4014W) (6.165).
Porto de Tubaro Mole (Head) Light (2018S,
4014W) (6.165).
Arrival information
1
6.171
Vessel Traffic Service. A mandatory Vessel Reporting
System is in operation, see 6.150.
Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Outer anchorages. See 6.154
Pilotage See 6.149.
Tugs. When berthing four tugs and one launch assist.
Regulations concerning entry. To assist handling, with
the aid of tugs, large vessels in ballast should maintain a
draught of at least 76 m.
Harbour
1
6.172
General layout. An outer mole extends 7 cables SW
from the SE extremity of reclaimed land off Ponta do
Tubaro. Terminal de Praia Mole, which comprises the coal
and steel terminals, lies immediately N of the outer
breakwater.
An inner breakwater projects 3 cables SW from the SW
side of the reclaimed land off Ponta do Tubaro; a tanker
berth lies on the inner side of the breakwater. Two
ore-loading berths lie NNW of the tanker berth.
Port de Tubaro Mole head (outer) from NE (6.175)


1

6.173
Leading lights:
Front light (white round GRP tower, orange bands
8 m in height) (2016S, 4016W).
205
Mole Light (round metal tower, white stripes, 5 m in

height) (2018S, 4014W).
Cais Siderrgico Light (green metal tower, 5 m in
height) (2018S, 4014W).
S Breakwater Light (red round GRP tower, white
N Breakwater Light (2017S, 4015W).
Prominent water tower (red lights) (2017S,
4015W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Tubaro S. Breakwater and light from SE (6.175)

Berths
1
6.176
Berths are positioned relative to the Porto de Tubaro
Mole (Head) Light (2018S, 4014W).
Coal terminal (4 cables NE): Pontoon jetty, 730 m
long.
Steel products terminal (5 cables NNE): 638 m long.
Tanker terminal (6 cables NNW): depths 12 m.
Ore-loading berths (7 and 9 cables NNW): SE berth
340 m on each side depth 12 m; vessels up to
125 000 dwt. NW berth 340 m on side; depth
215 m; vessels up to 300 000 dwt.
6.177
Caution. Silting can be expected at all berths. A
moderate scend has been reported at the Coal and Steel
products terminals.
Depths
1
6.178
Repairs. Minor repairs; small slip at Vitria, see 6.168.
Other facilities: medical centre for emergencies;
hospital at Vitria; deratting and deratting exemption
Supplies: fresh water at all berths; all other supplies at
Vitria.
Communications: As for Vitria.
PONTA DO TUBARO TO PONTA DO UBU

General information
Charts 521, 3972
Route
1
6.179
From a position SE of Ponta do Tubaro (2017S,
4014W) the route leads SSW for about 30 miles to a
position ESE of Ilha Escalvada Light (2042N 4025W)
6.180
This coastline consists of a beach backed by
mountainous country which contains several remarkable
pyramid-shaped peaks. These mountains (6.182) are
prominent in clear weather but are frequently obscured, as
the low land between them and the coast is often fogbound
or hazy. They are most clearly seen at about sunrise.
6.182
Landmarks:
Morro da Serra Grande rises 22 miles SW of Ponta
de Santa Luzia (2020S, 4016W); it has several
peaks.
Morro da Boa Vista, an isolated mountain with two
peaks, situated 4 miles NE of Morro da Serra
Grande.
Morro Urubu (2045S, 4038W) is the most
prominent of several isolated conical summits
rising from the coastal plain.
6.183
Major lights:
Ponta de Santa Luzia Light (2020S, 4016W)
(6.129).
Ilha Escalvada Light (red round metal tower, 12 m in
height) (2042S, 4024W).

1
Topography
1
6.181
Depths of less than 20 m can be found up to 5 miles
offshore over most of the route. However, SE of Ponta do
Ubu these depths extend up to 13 miles offshore and the
coastal bank becomes more irregular. There are several
isolated shoals, offshore islands and above-water rocks
along this section of coast.
Principal marks
Port services
1
From Baa do Esprito Santo to Ponta de Setiba,

21 miles SSW, the coast consists of featureless beach. From
Ponta de Setiba to the mouth of Rio Guarapari, 4 miles
WSW, the coast is formed of small, rocky, barren cliffs.
Thereafter Barreiras de Maimba with reddish cliffs, visible
up to 10 miles offshore, and interspersed by small beaches
dominates the coast.
6.184
Racons on:
Directions
1
206
6.185
From a position SE of Ponta do Tubaro (2017S,
from Ilha Escalvada Light (2042, 4024W) (6.183)):
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
ESE of Ilha dos Pacotes (23 miles NNE) (6.160); a

20 m shoal lies 1 mile ESE of the island; thence:
ESE of Ilha das Garas (20 miles NNE), an islet
lying 7 cables offshore. Reefs extend up to 1 mile
offshore NNE of this islet. Thence:
ESE of Ilhas Jucu (17 miles NNE), two small islets
lying close together 5 cables ENE of Ponta Jucu,
which is an isolated reddish hillock rising from
low marshy ground and has the appearance of an
islet from seaward. Rio Jucu enters the sea on the
N side of the point and the village of Jucu stands
on its S bank close to the point; a conspicuous
round white water tower stands 1 miles WSW of
Ponta Jucu. Thence:
ESE of Baixo do Una (9 miles NNE), a rock lying
2 miles SSE of Ponta da Fruta; the sea breaks over
it occasionally. Ponta da Fruta has a similar
appearance to Ponta Jucu and can be identified by
a small white church standing on the point.
Thence:
ESE of Trs Ilhas (5 miles NNE), a group of islets
on which there is some vegetation. The highest of
these is 44 m in height; they are normally visible
at about 10 miles distance. Ilha Caieira is an islet
lying 1 mile NW of Trs Ilhas and Pedra Sebastio
Gomez, a small islet, lies 1 mile SW. The passage
between these islets and the coast can be used by
small craft with local knowledge. Thence:
ESE of Ilhas Rasas (2 miles NE), two flat rocky
islets, about 2 m in height, lying close together
4 miles SE of Ponta de Setiba; submerged rocks
extend 3 cables SE from Ilhas Rasas.
2miles to a position ESE of Ilha Escalvada (2042S,
4024W) sandy, from which a light (6.183) is exhibited.
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 6.212, and
for entry to Terminal do Ponta do Ubu at 6.193)
Terminal da Ponta do Ubu

Chart 551, plans of Approaches to Terminal do Ponta do Ubu,
and Terminal da Ponta do Ubu
General information
1

Chart 551, plan Approaches to Terminal da Ponta do Ubu
(see 1.14)
Enseada de Peroco and Enseada de Guarapari

1
6.186
Description. Between Ponta de Setiba (2038S,
4026W) (6.185) and the mouth of Rio Guarapari (6.187),
3 miles WSW, the coast consists of a series of small,
barren, rocky cliffs. It forms two bays, Enseada de Peroco
and Enseada de Guarapari to the SW, which are backed by
Morro da Serra Grande (6.182) and separated from each
other by a small peninsula, with Ilha Raposa, a small islet
lying close to it, 2 miles SW of Ponta de Setiba. Rio Una
and Rio Peroco flow into Enseada de Peroco 1 and
2 miles respectively WNW of the point.
Rio Guarapari (2040S, 4030W) flows between the
tourist resorts of Cidade de Guarapari on the S bank and
Muquiaba on the N bank. A road bridge spans the river
about 2 cables within the entrance. The tower blocks of
both towns are conspicuous from seaward.
6.187
Directions. On closing the coast the mouth of the river
can be easily identified by a white hotel of unusual design
which stands on the rocks of the N entrance point; a
flashing red light is exhibited on the S face of this
building. The S entrance point is formed by a hillock 21 m
in height with a reddish-coloured cliff; a church stands on

its summit and tower blocks stand on its slopes.
Shoals. There are several shoal areas in the approaches
to the mouth of Rio Guarapari, (with positions from Isla
Rapsa (2040S, 4028W) (6.186)):
Baixa do Mestre Alvares (7 cables SW) with a depth
of 5 m over it.
Baixa do Boqueiro (3 cables W), a rock with a depth
of less than 2 m over it.
Baixa de Ipanema Arrabentaesin (1 mile WSW), a
rocky shoal with a depth less than 5 m and over
which the sea breaks.
Anchorage exists in the W part of Enseada de
Guarapari, close E of and on the N side of the river mouth;
or 5 cables E of the church on the S entrance point. These
berths have depths of 9 to 10 m, mud, and are sheltered
from N winds. Vessels drawing up to 45 m can cross the
bar at HWS and anchor off the town in depths of 65 to
77 m. This anchorage is sheltered from all winds, but is
restricted and vessels should moor head and stern.
Berth. There is a wharf 176 m long with depths of less
than 1 m alongside.
Port Services: provisions; fuel; local airport.
6.188
Position. Terminal da Ponta do Ubu (2047S, 4034W)
lies 9 miles SW of the mouth of Rio Guarapari (6.187).
Function. The port provides facilities for the export of
iron ore; which amounts to 2 million tonnes of iron ore and
5 million tonnes of pellets annually.
Topography. Small beaches alternate with reddish cliffs
which are visible up to 10 miles offshore, backed by Morro
Urubu (6.182).
seaward on a leading line and entered through a dredged
and buoyed channel, 1 cables wide.
Port authority. Samarco Mineraco S.A., PO Box 205,
29200 Guarapari.
Limiting conditions
1
6.189
Controlling depth. The least charted depth in the entry
channel is 163 m, but some shoaling has been reported on
the S side of the channel.
Deepest and longest berths. Ore-loading berth 313 m
long with alongside depths of up to 178 m.
170 000 dwt, with a maximum length of 308 m and a
draught of 157 m plus the height of tide, can be handled.
Arrival information
1
2
207
6.190
Port radio, at the terminals is continuous. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA required 15 days in advance, or on
leaving the previous port if closer, then 5 days, 48 hours
and 24 hours prior to arrival.
6.191
Outer anchorages. There are four designated anchorage
areas, indicated on the chart, as follows:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Anchorage A (2046S, 4029W), depths 22 to 28 m,

for vessels awaiting a pilot, health inspectors or
the maritime police.
Anchorage B (2048S, 4023W), depths 20 to 30 m,
for platforms, special vessels and vessels under
repair.
Anchorage C (2048S, 4029W), depths 17 to 25 m,
for warships and submarines.
Anchorage D (2052S, 4023W), depths 23 to 36 m,
for vessels carrying inflammables, dangerous
cargoes or explosives.
Anchorage instructions must be requested from Marine
Operations 4 hours prior to arrival or when within VHF
range.
Pilotage is compulsory and the pilot, provided from
Vitria, boards 1 miles ENE of the breakwater head.
Tugs are available and their use is compulsory.
Harbour
1
6.192
General layout. A breakwater extends 4 cables E, then
2 cables NNE, from the shore which protects a jetty
extending 313 m parallel to and 1 cable inshore from the
outer arm of the breakwater.
Landmarks:
Morro Urubu (2045S, 4038W) (6.182).
Radio Mast (2047S, 4035W).
Major light:
Ilha Escalvada Light (2042S 4024W) (6.183).

1

6.193
From a position ESE of Ilha Escalvada Light the track
leads WSW, thence W, passing (with positions from Ilha
Escalvada Light (2042S, 4024W)):
SSE of Ilhas Rasas (2 miles ENE) (6.185), thence:
SSE of a wreck (1 mile NE) with a swept depth of
137 m, thence:
SSE of Ilha Escalvada Light (6.183), thence:
SE of the isolated rocky shoal (4 miles WSW), with
a depth of 92 m over it, thence:
The track leads W on the alignment (270) of the
leading lights (6.194), keeping clear of the charted
anchorage areas and passing:
N of 199 m shoal patch (5 miles SSW), thence:
N of the shoal area (8 miles SW), with a least depth
of 155 m, which extends with depths less than
20 m 3 miles N and NE of this position, thence:
S of Ponta de Meape (7 miles WSW). Baixo de

Maimb, an area of drying rocks on which the sea
breaks, extends 1 miles SSW of the point. Local
fishing vessels use passages through Baixo de
Maimb to find anchorage off the village of
Meape.
Thence towards the dredged entrance channel.
6.194
Leading lights:
Front light (concrete post, white rectangle) (2047S,
4035W).
Rear light (similar structure) (120 m W of front light).
The alignment (270) of these lights leads through the
dredged channel, passing (with positions from the front
light):
E), thence the channel continues W for about
9 cables, passing S of Barra de Maimb (1 miles
NE) a 54 m shoal which lies S of Baixo de
Maimb. Thence:
N of No 6 Light-buoy (port hand) (7cables ESE),
and the head of the breakwater (5 cables SE), from
whence the jetty, about 3 cables to the SW, can be
approached, keeping SE of No 7 Light-buoy
(starboard hand) (4 cables ESE).
6.195
Caution. In 1984 silting was reported on the S side of
the channel between Nos 4 and 6 Light-buoys and to the
NNE of the pier head.
6.196
Useful marks:
Ubu Light (white pyramid masonry tower, 5 m in
height) (2047S, 4035W)
Breakwater Head Light (green square metal
framework tower) (private) (2047S, 4034W).
Jetty Head Light (yellow metal tube on masonry
base) (private) (2047S, 4034W).
Berths
1
6.197
Alongside berths. The ore-loading jetty has a berthing
length of 280 m on the W side, depth 18.0 m and 200 m on
the E side, depth 150 m. There is an air draught of 185 m,
under the loading arms on each side.
Port services
1
6.198
None available at this terminal but can be obtained at
Porto de Vitria, see 6.168.
PONTA DO UBU TO CABO FRIO

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3972, 3971, 529
Area covered
1
6.199
This section describes the coast from a position E of
Ponta do Ubu (2047S, 4034W), to a position SE of
Cabo Frio Light (2301S, 4200W) (6.221).
Topography
1
6.200
The coastline from Ponta do Ubu to Cabo de So Tom,
80 miles SSW, is generally formed by a beach backed by
mountain ranges.
208
In the vicinity of Cabo de So Tom the coast is very

low, sandy and backed by extensive lagoons. The coastal
plain, which extends up to 45 miles W of the cape, is
barely above sea-level and stretches to the foot of the
mountains, some considerable distance inland. These are
seldom visible from seaward so only soundings will warn
mariners of their proximity to this part of the coast.
The coastal plain terminates at Ponta Imbetiba, near
Maca, 45 miles SW of Cabo de So Tom, and the land
starts to rise again forming mountain ranges, the highest of
these being frequently obscured by clouds. Nearer the coast
are some summits which, being lower than the mountain
peaks, are seldom obscured and provide good landmarks, as
far as Cabo Bzios (2244S, 4152W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Cabo Bzios and Cabo Frio, 18 miles SSW, are rocky

peninsulas, much indented by coves, with several small
islets lying offshore.
Depths
1
6.201
Between Ponta do Ubu and Cabo de So Tom, 80 miles
SSW, the coastal bank is very irregular and depths less
than 20 m can be found up to 28 miles offshore.
From Cabo de So Tom to Cabo Frio, 80 miles SW,
this bank becomes more regular and the 20 m depth
contour is found 7 miles offshore in the vicinity of Cabo de
So Tom and less than a mile off Cabo Frio. A 75 m
shoal, existence doubtful, is charted 25 miles SE of Cabo
Frio Light.
PONTA DO UBU TO CABO SO TOM

General information
Chart 3972
Route
1
Weather
1
6.202
The region is affected by Abrolhos squalls. See 6.5.
Flow
1
6.203
Currents off Cabo de So Tom are occasionally strong,
particularly close inshore, depending on the force and
direction of the wind. See 6.208.

1
6.204
Pampo Oilfield (2230S, 4030W), covers an extensive
rectangular area, about 116 miles long by 40 miles wide,
lying SE of Cabo de So Tom, as indicated on the chart.
Numerous platforms and submarine pipelines exist
within this area, see also 1.10 and 1.35. Mariners
are advised to avoid this area.
Loading terminals. The following fields in the area
have loading facilities (not charted) for tankers:
Terminal
Position
Albacora Norte
(Jurupema) SBM 3
22063S, 39595W
Exploratory drilling platforms, which are uncharted,

may be temporarily located within the region covered by
this section, outside the designated oilfield area. These
platforms normally exhibit the prescribed signals and
navigation within 500 m of them is prohibited.
6.205
From a position ESE of Ilha Escalvada Light (2042,
position E of Cabo de So Tom (2200S, 4100W)
(6.212).
Topography
1
6.206
The coastline from Ponta do Ubu (6.199) to Cabo de
So Tom, 80 miles SSW, is similar to that to the N
(6.180), namely a beach backed by mountain ranges
containing some identifiable peaks. These mountains are
normally prominent in clear weather but are often obscured
by fog or haze on the coastal plain.
In the vicinity of Cabo de So Tom the coast is very
low, sandy and backed by extensive lagoons.
Depths
1
6.207
Between Ponta do Ubu and Cabo de So Tom, 80 miles
SSW, the coastal bank is very irregular and depths less
than 20 m can be found up to 28 miles offshore, while
some shoals with depths of less than 10 m lie up to
11 miles offshore in places.
Max dwt
Natural conditions
140 000
1
Albacora IMODCO1 22105S, 40031W
90 000
Albacora SBM 1
22096S, 40036W
90 000
Marlim Piloto (Horta

Barbosa) IMODCO3
22193S, 40061W
120 000
Marlim Phase 1
IMODCO4
22201S, 40125W
140 000
Marlim Phase 1
SBM 5
22205S, 40117W
140 000
2
Marimb IMODCO 2
22412S, 40399W
65 000
Bicudo EMH 1
(charted 529)
22439S, 40414W
90 000
Carapeba SMB 4
22143S, 40202W
120 000
Corvina SBM 2
22344S, 40332W
120 000
The positions of the above are subject to change and

additional terminals may exist. Up to date information
should be obtained from the field operators, Petroleo
Brasileiro S.A. (Petrobas), Avenida Republica do Chile 65,
20035900, Rio de Janeiro.
Arrival information. ETAs should be sent on sailing
from the previous port and the relevant terminal contacted
directly when within 10 miles. See Admiralty List of Radio
Traffic. In 2000 the terminals were used by about
70 vessels with a total of about 6 million dwt.
6.208
Currents off Cabo de So Tom (2200S, 4100W) are
occasionally strong, especially close inshore; they depend
upon the force and direction of the wind. During N and NE
winds, which prevail during the greater part of year, the
current runs S close inshore and SSW or SW in the offing;
its average rate near the land is about kn, but this rate
may be doubled during fresh winds. During fresh NE
winds a NE counter-current is sometimes felt in the bight
SW of the cape.
Should the wind shift to SE, the S going current will
cease, and should the SE wind persist, a current will run N.
During strong head winds a vessel may find it
advantageous to give the cape a wide berth, as it has been
ascertained that the strength of the current often increases
as the depths decrease towards the shore.
Local weather. During S winds the sea breaks heavily
over Banco de So Tom and the sea is always discoloured
in its vicinity; the bank is subject to continual change.
During NE winds the seas break over the shoaler W end of
the bank during fresh winds.
Principal marks
1
209
6.209
Landmarks:
Morro Urubu (2045S, 4037W) (6.182).
Morro Ag (2052S, 4046W) is a conical-shaped
mountain, visible at more than 15 miles in good
visibility.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Ponta do Siri (2108S, 4052W), upon which stands

a conspicuous house. Barreiras do Siri consist of
four cliffs of a distinctive reddish colour, separated
by narrow valleys. Their isolated position and
elevation make them the best landmarks on this
part of the coast. The cliffs stretch 2 miles SW
from Ponta do Siri to Ponta do Cacurucaia from
which Ilha das Andorinhas lies 5 cables SE.
6.210
Major lights:
Ilha Escalvada Light (2042, 4024W) (6.183).
Ilha do Francs Light (brown square masonry tower
white top and edges, 12 m in height) (2056S,
4045W).
Ilha Branca (Itapemirim) Light (white square masonry
Ponta do Retiro Light (white round concrete tower,
red band, on square masonry base, 30 m in height)
(2122S, 4058W).
Guaxindiba Light (white square metal tower, 20 m in
height) (2128S, 4103W).
Atafona Light (white square framework tower, black
band and base, 25 m in height) (2137S,
4101W).
So Tom Light (red metal framework tower with
central column, 45 m in height) (2203S,
4103W).
10

6.211
1
Racon and radiobeacon on So Tom Light.

See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2
Directions
1
6.212
From a position ESE of Ilha Escalvada Light (2042S,
4024W) (6.183), the track leads SSW passing (with
positions from Atafona Light (2137S, 4101W) (6.210)):
ESE of the reef, with depths less than 2 m over it,
lying 1 mile NE of Ponta do Ubu (2048S,
4035W). The point can be recognised by the
installations of Terminal da Ponta do Ubu (6.188)
1 miles NNE of it, and by Morro Urubu (6.182)
4 miles to the NW. Thence:
ESE of Ponta dos Castelhanos (2050S, 4038W);
Baixo da Tiagem a dangerous rocky shelf, which
dries in places, extends 1 miles SW from the
point, while Baixo Grande, a rocky shoal with less
than 1 m over it, lies 2 miles SW of the point.
Between Ponta do Ubu and Ponta dos Castelhanos
lies Baixo da Goieba (Chart 551) on which the
seas break. Thence:
ESE of Ilha do Francs (44 miles NNE), an islet,
53 m in height, joined to the mainland by a
sandbank with depths of 37 m over it. The islet is
marked by a light (6.210). A conspicuous water
tower stands on the mainland 2 miles WNW of
the islet. Thence:
ESE of the shoal patches, of 10 m or less, extending
up to 6 miles E and SE of Ilha Branca (39 miles
NNE). Itapemirim Light (6.210) is exhibited from
the island. Thence:
ESE of Banco do Siri (31 miles NNE), which lies
3 miles E of Ponta do Siri (6.209). A stranded
wreck lies close to the point. Thence:
ESE of Baixo do Marob (26 miles NNE), with a

depth of 31 m over it; the sea occasionally breaks
over this shoal. A shoal with a depth of 165 m
lies 22 miles ESE of Baixo do Maroba. Thence:
WNW of Pampo Oilfield (65 miles E) (6.204),
thence:
ESE of Baixio dos Moleques (19 miles NNE), lying
off the mouth of Ro Itabapoana. Itabapoana Light
(white daymark on framework tower, 10 m in
height) is exhibited near the S entrance point to
the river. Thence:
ESE of Ponta do Retiro (16 miles NNE), from which
a light (6.210) is exhibited; seas break
continuously over reefs extending 1 mile offshore
and 3 miles SW to Ponta do Caador, then
continuing to fringe the coast for a further 7 miles
SSW. The coast for 3 miles N consists of low
reddish cliffs; Baixo dos Coco lies 1 mile NE and
a shoal, depth 87 m, lies 5 miles SSE of the point.
Thence:
ESE of Guaxindiba Light (9 miles NNW) (6.210).
ESE of Atafona Light (6.210) at the mouth of Rio
Paraba do Sul (6.214).
21 miles to a position E of Cabeo do Fora (2201S,
4048W) a shoal with a depth of 75 m over it, lying
2 miles NE of the E end of Banco de So Tom, which
consists of fine sand and extends 12 miles E from So
Tom Light (6.210). There are several dangerous wrecks
located on this bank. Cabo de So Tom (2200S,
4100W) covers a coastline of 7 miles and is
indeterminate. It can only be distinguished, at a distance of
about 3 miles, by a line of breakers. Au Light (white GRP
round tower, black bands, 10 m in height), So Tom Light
(6.210) and a radio mast and some buildings near to the
latter light-tower are conspicuous.

Chart 3972 (see 1.14)
Baa de Benevente
1
210
6.213
Description. Baa de Benevente is entered between
Ponta dos Castelhanos (2050S, 4038W) and Ilhas Pima
5 miles W. It can be identified by Morro Urubu (6.182),
6 miles N of the point; and by Morro Ag (6.209), situated
8 miles SW of the point.
Rio Benevente flows into the head of the bay and is
from 1 to 2 cables wide at its mouth. A bar, over which
there are depths of 27 to 36 m at HWS, obstructs the river
mouth and is dangerous during S winds when seas break
on it. The river is navigable by small craft as far as Cidade
de Alfredo Chaves, 13 miles up-river.
Cidade de Anchieta stands on the E side of the river
mouth and affords some facilities. A prominent church
stands on a hill, on the E side of the town, and there is a
fishing village on the beach farther E.
Caution. The waters surrounding Ponta dos Castelhanos,
including the SE approaches to Anchieta, are unsurveyed.
Directions. Baixo da Tiagem (6.212) and Baixo Grande
(6.212) lying off Ponta dos Castelhanos obstruct the E
approaches to the bay and vessels approaching from N
should pass S of Baixo Grande; there is a passage leading
between these two dangers, with a depth of 4 m in it.
Anchorage exists in the bay, with Anchieta church
bearing 024 and Ponta Castelhanos 084, in depths of
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
about 9 m, sand and mud; but mariners should note the

existence of the dangerous wreck, with the mast visible,
lying 3 miles WSW of Ponta dos Castelhanos.
Other facilities. Deratting and deratting exemption
Rio Paraba do Sul

1
2
6.214
Description. Rio Paraba do Sul (2137S, 4101W)
467 miles long, enters the sea through three channels.
North of the river mouth the coast is low, sandy and
wooded; it forms a bay, Saco de Garga. The N channel,
Canal de Garga, lies W of Ilha do Lima which is the
larger and inner of the two islands forming the N entrance
to the river. It enters Saco de Garga through Barreta dos
Abitas which is navigable by small craft only. The middle
channel leads between Ilha do Lima and Ilha da
Convivncia, which is the smaller and outer of the two
islands forming the N entrance to the river, and follows a
tortuous course between islets and shoals to enter the sea
through Barra Nova or Barra do Peanha. This channel is
only navigable at HWS by fishing boats, used when
breakers cross the main entrance to the river.
Foz do Paraba is the entrance to the main channel of
the river and passes between Ilha da Convivncia and
Ponta da Atafona, on the mainland, which forms the S
entrance point to the river. It is restricted to a width of
about 2 cables by sandbanks which extend from both shores
and for about 1 mile seaward from the river mouth. The
channel can be used by vessels drawing between 15 to
17 m at neaps and between 22 and 24 m at springs.
Foz do Paraba is not easily identified from seaward as
the land in this vicinity is very low. Some buildings
standing near Ponta da Atafona are visible from seaward
and Atafona Light (6.210) stands on the point, 1 mile SSW
of Foz do Paraba.
Cidade de So Joo da Barra stands 2 miles within
Foz do Paraba but is of little importance and offers no
facilities to the mariner.
Anchorage can be obtained in Saco de Garga in depths
of 10 m but it is exposed to the swell; an isolated shoal,
depth 10 m, lies 6 miles offshore in the centre of the bay.
Depths
1
CABO DE SO TOM TO CABO FRIO

General information
Route
1
Topography
1
6.216
The coast for 45 miles WSW of Cabo de So Tom is
very low and sandy, with a few scattered patches of low
vegetation. The coast is formed mainly by a narrow strip of
land separating the sea from large lagoons inland, the most
extensive of these is Lagoa Feia. During the rainy season
these lagoons discharge into the sea through small openings
in this coastal strip.
The adjacent coastal plain, which extends up to 45 miles
WSW of Cabo de So Tom, is barely above sea-level and
stretches to the foot of the mountains, well inland. These
6.218
Currents. The Brazil Current sets past Cabo Frio with a
predominantly SW direction. A set in any other direction
may, however, be experienced at times including onshore
currents.
The SW current may give rise to a NE counter-current
close inshore under the lee of the cape. When occasional
NE currents occur off the cape, a SW eddy may be found
inshore.
6.219
Local winds. Heavy squalls are occasionally experienced
around Cabo Frio. The prevailing wind direction is NE,
although SW winds are frequent. The NE winds tend to be
fresher between September and March while S squalls are
more frequent from May to October.
Principal marks
Chart 3971
6.217
The coastal bank is fairly regular for most of this
passage; the 20 m depth contour lies between 5 and 9 miles
offshore from SE of Cabo de So Tom to Ilha de Santana,
about 47 miles WSW.
From Ilha de Santana to Cabo Bzios, 21 miles SW, the
bank is encumbered by numerous islets, shoals and reefs
lying within the 20 m depth contour which lies about
5 miles offshore.
The coast between Cabo Bzios and Cabo Frio is
steep-to but much indented and several small islets and
other dangers extend up to 5 miles offshore.
Depths within about 50 miles of the coast, although
irregular, are considerably greater S of Cabo de So Tom
than N of it. The nature of the bottom, sand and small
broken shells, remains the same. This alteration in depth is
rapid and provides a good indication of a vessels latitude.
A 75 m shoal, existence doubtful, is charted 25 miles SE
of Cabo Frio Light.
Natural conditions
6.215
From a position E of Cabeo do Fora (2201S,
4048W) the route leads SW for about 89 miles to a
position SE of Cabo Frio Light (2301S, 4200W).
are seldom visible from seaward so only soundings will

warn mariners of their proximity to this part of the coast.
The coastal plain terminates near Ponta Imbetiba,
45 miles W of Cabo de So Tom, and the land starts to
rise again forming mountain ranges, the highest of these
being frequently obscured by clouds. Nearer the coast are
some summits which provide good landmarks (6.220).
Cabo Bzios (2244S, 4152W) and Cabo Frio,
18 miles SSW of it, are rocky peninsulas, much indented
by coves, with several small islets lying offshore.
211
6.220
Landmarks:
Pico do Frade (2213S, 4204W) lies in the NE part
of Serra do Frade. Its sides are very steep and it is
the only prominent peak rising from this very
uniform range; it is frequently covered with cloud.
Serra do Dietado, 15 miles NNW of Ponta de
Imbetiba, has a large white patch on one of its
summits.
Nearer the coast are several summits, which being lower
than the mountain ranges are seldom obscured by cloud.
The following provide good landmarks; (with positions
from Pico do Frade (2213S, 4204W)):
Morro So Domingos (20 miles ESE) is easily
identified, being isolated, conical and covered in
trees.
Serra do Tundi (13 miles SSE) culminates in four
prominent sharp peaks, which appear as a double
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
fork or saddle when seen at a considerable

distance from seaward.
Morro Grande (19 miles S) is the best landmark in
the vicinity, as its summit is flattened and presents
three peaks when seen from seaward.
1
6.221
Major lights:
So Tom Light (2203S, 4103W) (6.210).
Quissam Light (white round concrete tower, red
bands; 40 m in height) (2210S, 4118W).
Maca Light, Ilhas de Santana, (white square stone
tower on dwelling, 16 m in height) (2225S,
4142W).
Aero Light, Ponta do Gabrial, (radio tower) (2257S
4202W).
Cabo Frio Light (white truncated conical metal tower
and dwelling; 16 m in height) (2301S, 4200W);
storm signals (1.48) are displayed from the light
tower.

6.222
1
Racon and radiobeacon on So Tom Light as

above.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume II
Directions
be identified by Ilhotes Filhote, two small white

islets, situated 5 cables S of it. Thence:
SE of Cabo Bzios Light (2244S, 4152W) (6.229),
thence:
SE of a chain of islets which extend 6 miles NE from
Ponta Lajinha (33 miles SSW). Ilha do Breu
(28 miles SSW) is the outermost of these islets
which are difficult to distinguish from seaward as
they merge with the wooded hills on the coast
behind them. Ponta Lajinha is high and marked by
a light (white truncated pyramidal concrete tower,
masonry base, 7 m in height); a prominent tower
(red obstruction lights) stands 1 mile WNW of this
light.
9 miles to a position SE of Cabo Frio (2301S, 4200W),
on the S extremity of Ilha do Cabo Frio (6.235); the cape
rises to an isolated peak, 259 m high, and is marked by a
light (6.221). The NE part of the island is highest and
covered with vegetation; when seen from SE it appears as
an undulating plateau with three peaks, the central and
highest of which is 390 m in height. From NE or SW the
island appears saddle-shaped. On the summit of the island
is a disused lighthouse which is very prominent from all
directions.
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 7.16)

1
6.223
From a position E of Cabeo do Fora (2201S,
4048W) The track leads SW passing (with positions from
Maca Light, Ilhas de Santana, (2225S, 4142W)
(6.221)):
NW of Pampo Oilfield (30 miles E) (6.204), and:
SE of Cabo de So Tom Light (6.210) thence:
SE of Barra do Furado (39 miles ENE) a gap in the
coast through which the inland lagoons discharge
during the rainy season. Two submarine pipelines
(1.35) extend from a point on the coast, 2 miles
SW of Barra do Furado, to the Pampo Oilfield
(6.204). Thence:
SE of Quissam Light (27 miles NE) (6.221), thence:
NW of a wreck (49 miles ESE) with a depth of 25 m
over it, thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (20 miles ENE); a wreck,
depth 21 m lies 4 miles WSW, thence:
SE of Ilhas de Santana, a group of five islets, lying
up to 4 miles ESE of Ponta de Imbetiba (6.226);
Ilha de Santana, near the centre of the group is the
largest island and 140 m in height, Maca Light is
situated on the S part of the island. A tanker
loading mooring buoy is located 3 miles E of the
island. Thence:
SE of Ponta Itapebuu (10 miles SW); this part of
the coast is fringed by offshore dangers extending
up to 1 mile from the coast while depths of 55 m
and 85 m exist up to 3 miles E of the point.
Thence:
SE of Ponta das Ostras, 5 miles SW of Ponta
Itapebuu; several small islets lie close E and SW
of this point. Pedra do Amorim and Pedra Alta,
two rocks, lie 1 and 3 miles ESE of Ponta das
Ostras; a marine farm lies 1 miles ENE of Pedra
Alta Thence:
SE of Ilha ncora (22 miles SSW), 110 m in height;
2 miles W of this islet lies Ilha Gravata which can
Chart 3971 (see 1.14)
Ilhas de Santana
1
6.224
Description. There is a passage, over a bank with a
depth of 65 m in the fairway, which leads between Ilhas de
Santana (2225S, 4142W) (6.223) and the mainland NW.
Pedra do Hermes, marked by a light-buoy (isolated
danger), lies 4 miles N of Ilha de Santana Light. with
numerous rocks and shoals around it.
Pedra do Pescador, a rock lying 2 miles W of the light.
Anchorage may be obtained off a sandy beach on the
NW side of Ilha de Santana in a depth of 12 m, mud.
Vessels should be anchored 7 cables off the beach to avoid
a submerged ledge which lies outside the line joining the
entrance points. This anchorage is open to NE and SW
winds, however these do not raise much sea. Mariners
approaching this anchorage should pass SW of the islets
which are clear of dangers on that side.
Mooring. A mooring buoy is situated about 1 mile NW
of Ilha de Santana Light.
Tanker mooring point. A submarine pipeline is laid to
the coast from a tanker mooring buoy, situated 3 miles E of
Ilha de Santana; a submarine gas pipeline from Pampo
Oilfield comes ashore at the same point, see also 1.35.
Chart 3971, plan of Maca
Enseada de Maca
1
212
6.225
Description. Enseada de Maca is entered N of Ponta
do Forte (2223S, 4146W), shallow, it is little used,
having general depths of 3 to 4 m.
Rio Maca flows into the head of Enseada de Maca,
6 cables NW of Ponta do Forte; it can be entered by
vessels drawing up to 27 m and it is navigable by small
craft for about 30 miles. At times the outflow from the
river discolours the sea for some distance from its mouth,
giving the appearance of sandy shoals. Rocks and a depth
of 04 m exist close S of the N entrance point of the river.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Cidade de Maca stands on flat ground on the SW side

of the mouth of Rio Maca.
Anchorage may be obtained 2 cables N of Ponta do
Forte in a depth of 4 m, sand, keeping clear of the
dangerous wreck 4 cables NNE of the point.
Other facilities. hospital; deratting and deratting
Enseadas de Bzios and west side of Cabo Bzios

1
Baa de Imbetiba
1
6.226
Description. Baa de Imbetiba is entered between Ponta
do Forte (2223S, 4146W) and Ponta de Imbetiba,
6 cables S. Winds from SW, SE and at times NE can cause
breakers in the entrance to the bay, making it dangerous for
vessels to enter or leave. Ilha dos Papagaios, marked by a
light (6.227), is situated 5 cables ENE of Ponta de
Imbetiba.
Pedra dos Moleques is a rock with a light-buoy (N
cardinal) moored 2 cables N of it, lying 5 cables E of
Ilha dos Papagaios. Pedra da Mula, marked on its S side
by a light-buoy (S cardinal), lies 3 cables SSE of Pedra dos
Moleques; breakers occur over it when there is any sea
running and the passage between the two dangers is filled
with breakers during fresh winds.
A prominent house stands on the summit of Ponta de
Imbetiba; a bank, on which lie a group of islets and rocks,
extends 3 cables E and SE from Ponta de Imbetiba. It is
marked on its E extremity by a light-buoy (E cardinal).
Terminal de Imbetiba, a supply base for the offshore
oilfields is situated Baa de Imbetiba.
6.227
Anchorages:
A. 8 cables NE of Ilha dos Papagaios Light (red metal
framework tower, concrete base, 5 m in height)
(2223S, 4146W), in a depth of 82 m for small
vessels.
B. 1 miles NNW of Maca Light, Ilhas de Santana,
(2225S, 4142W) (6.221), for vessels in
quarantine or litigation.
C. 1 miles E of Maca Light; for large vessels.
Pilotage is compulsory.
Approaches. The approach channel W of Ilha dos
Papagaios is marked by light-buoys.
Berths. Three quays, protected by a mole, extend from
Ponta Imbetiba. They are 90 m long 12 m wide and have
depths alongside of 8 m. A light (green structure) (private)
is exhibited from the mole head. A ruined wharf on Ponta
de Imbetiba cannot be approached, even by small craft,
owing to submerged obstructions.
Chart 3971 (see 1.14)
6.228
Description. Barra do Rio So Joo (2236S, 4159W)
which has depths of from 35 to 40 m at HW. Rio So
Joo and many of its tributaries are navigable and are
much used for transporting timber, the chief product of the
region. Vila da Barra stands near the mouth of the river, on
the N bank.
Directions. Ilha de Trinta Ris, 10 m in height and
almost circular in shape, lies 4 cables E, and two other
small islets lie close S, of the river mouth. Laje do Mero, a
rock with a depth of 3 m over it lies 1 mile SSE of the
river mouth.
6.229
Description. Between Ponta do Pai Vitrio (2244S,
4157W) and Cabo Bzios, 4 miles E, the coast consists
of hills rising from low points, between which are coves
and bays, known collectively as Enseadas de Bzios. Cabo
Bzios is the N extremity of a peninsula, which is much
indented and extends 3 miles NE from a low isthmus,
about 5 cables wide.
Enseada de Manguinhos, the largest bay, lies on the NW
side of the isthmus and is entered W of Ponta da Sapata,
3 miles ESE of Ponta do Pai Vitorio. The E shore of the
bay is foul and dangers extend 2 cables N of Ponta da
Sapata. Enseada da Tartaruga lies to the NE of Ponta da
Sapata.
Enseada de Bzios is entered between Ponta da Cruz
(2245S, 4154W) and Ponta da Matadeira, 8 cables ENE;
the village of Bzios, with its church, stands on the E
shore of the bay.
Ilha Feia, 95 m high and wooded is the largest of a
chain of islets and other dangers extending 3 miles ENE
from Ponta do Pai Vitorio. Laje das Enchovas, marked by a
buoy (isolated danger), is the outermost danger of the
chain, it is awash and steep-to, but the sea does not always
break over it. Ilha Rasa, about 30 m in height, is situated
6 cables SE of Ponta do Pai Vitorio. A group of dangerous
rocks lie 7 cables NE of Ilha Rasa and are marked by a
buoy (E cardinal).
Ilha Branca, 32 m in height, lies 4 cables N of Ponta
Joo Fernandes, the N extremity of Cabo Bzios. Shoal
patches lie 4 cables NNW and 9 cables ENE from Ilha
Branca. Cabo Bzios Light (metal framework tower on a
white square concrete column, 5 m in height) is exhibited
from the E extremity of Ilha Branca.
Anchorage may be obtained in Enseada de Bzios,
3 cables WSW of Ponta da Matadeira, in a depth of
about 11 m; it is sheltered from all except NE winds.
Mariners are advised to approach this berth passing N of
Ilha Branca and giving it a berth of 5 cables.
East side of Cabo Bzios

1
Barra do Rio So Joo

1
Anchorage exists 5 cables SSW of Ilha de Trinta Ris

in depths of 8 to 10 m, sand and mud.
213
6.230
Description. Ponta do Criminosa (2244S, 4152W) is
situated 4 cables SE of Ponta Joo Fernandes (6.229);
Laje do Criminosa, a flat above-water rock, lies close NE
of the point.
Enseada da Praia Brava is entered between Ponta do
Criminosa and Ponta lho de Boi, 8 cables SSE.
The SE coast of the peninsula from Ponta lho de Boi
to Ponta da Ferradurinha, 2 miles SSW, forms a steep
rocky face with a maximum elevation, at Ponta lho de
Boi of 123 m. These bluffs are indented by 4 narrow inlets
open to the S and SE, of which the largest is Saco da
Ferradura. It is entered NE of Ponta Boca da Barra, 2 miles
SSW of Ponta lho de Boi. A radio mast (red lights)
stands 2 cables N of Ponta Boca da Barra.
The coast from Ponta da Ferradurinha to Ponta
Emerencia, 2 miles SW, consists of two beaches, Praia do
Gerib and Praia dos Tucuns, separated by a rocky point,
Morro do Marisco, 119 m high. Ponta Emerencia is salient
and rises to an elevation of 160 m. Two islets and two
above-water rocks extend just over 1 mile E from the point;
the outer rock is steep-to.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 6
Barra Nova de Cabo Frio

1
6.231
Description. Barra Nova de Cabo Frio lies on the W
side of Ponta Lajinha (2253S, 4200W) (6.223), and
forms the mouth of Rio Itajura which drains the E side of
Lagoa de Araruama, a large inland lagoon entered 2 miles
W of the river mouth. Ponta Lajinha is high but the W
entrance point of the river is lower, with a ruined fort on
it, but this is not easy to distinguish.
Rio Itajura is narrow and sinuous and local knowledge
is necessary for entry. Vessels drawing up to 4 m can enter
at HW and moor head and stern; there is swinging room
for short vessels only, sheltered from all winds.
Cidade de Cabo Frio stands on both banks of Rio
Itajura, 3 cables within its mouth. It is not clearly visible
from the offing but the masts of vessels within the river
may be seen.
6.232
Lagoa de Araruama extends 20 miles W from Cidade
de Cabo Frio, lying close inland; it varies from 5 cables to
7 miles wide and is navigated by numerous shallow draught
barges carrying salt from salt-pans within the lagoon.
Anchorage exists off Barra Nova de Cabo Frio, in
depths of 14 to 18 m, mud; but it is very exposed to winds
from between SE to SW.
Chart 3971, plan of Cabo Frio
Enseadas do Cabo Frio

1
6.233
Description. The coast between Barra Nova de Cabo
Frio and Ponta da Prainha, (2257S, 4200W), forms a
bay fringed by Praia do Pontal, a sandy beach backed by a
plain of lagoons and swamps. In the S part of this bay is
Saco da Prainha, entered between Ponta da Prainha and
Ponta do Gabriel, 1 miles W. An aero light (6.221) is
exhibited close to Ponta do Gabriel.
Saco do Cherne lies immediately SE of Ponta da
Prainha, its S entrance point being formed by Ponta da
Jararaca, 7 cables SE; a dangerous wreck lies close to the
point. Ilha dos Porcos, 109 m in height, lies close SE of
Ponta da Jararaca.
6.234
Enseada do Cabo Frio is entered between Ilha dos
Porcos and Ponta de Leste, which lies 1 mile SE of it and
forms the N extremity of Ilha do Cabo Frio; the bay can
also be entered from SW through Boqueiro; for details of
this passage see 6.236.
The bay is divided by a sandy ridge, which has depths
less than 2 m in places, and connects the island to the
mainland; the sea breaks heavily over this ridge in NE
winds. Local knowledge is necessary to cross the ridge by
a narrow channel, close to the island, which has a
minimum depth of 35 m in its fairway.
Enseada do Forno is the more N of two coves in the
NW part of the bay, entered between Ponta da Agua,
7 cables SW of Ponta da Jararaca, and Ponta do Forte,
4 cables farther W. There is a restricted aquaculture area on
the NE side of the cove, a light-buoy (special) is located
2 cables W of Ponta da Agua.
Enseada dos Anjos (6.238) is the cove lying on the S
side of Ponta do Forte; Vila de Arraial do Cabo (6.238), a
salt-loading and fishing port lies at the head of the cove.
Anchorages. There is an anchorage, in a depth of

16 m, 2 cables ESE of Ponta do Forte.
Another anchorage is situated S of the sandy ridge that
divides the bay, in a cove close SE within the mouth of
Boqueiro, in depths of 6 to 9 m, sand, with smooth water
but exposed to winds from NE and SW. At the head of the
cove is Praia do Farol, a sandy beach. This anchorage is
approached through Boqueiro but this passage should not
be attempted during fresh SW winds which raise a heavy
cross sea in it.
As fresh NE winds are liable to be accompanied by
squalls, and there is little room to drag, a vessel using any
of these anchorages should moor with open hawse E.
6.235
Ilha do Cabo Frio, with Cabo Frio (2301S, 4200W)
at its S extremity, rises from the sea in sheer cliffs, except
around Praia do Farol. It is separated from the mainland at
its W end by Boqueiro (see 6.236). Focinho do Cabo is a
narrow point which forms the S extremity of Cabo Frio; a
rock with a depth of 33 m lies close to its S tip.
Ponta dos Ferreiros, 2 miles NE of Cabo Frio, forms
the E extremity of the island.
6.236
Boqueiro, a narrow passage situated 1 miles NW of
the cape is of a cable wide and spanned by an overhead
cable; there are depths of over 20 m in the fairway but
these decrease rapidly within the entrance.
The N entrance point of Boqueiro rises to Morro da
Atalaia, 199 m in height, which has a prominent disused
signal station on its summit.
6.237
Submarine cable area. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited, due to the presence of submarine cables, in an
area W of Cabo Frio, as indicated on the chart.
Vila de Arraial do Cabo

1
214
6.238
General information. Vila de Arraial do Cabo, a
salt-loading and fishing port lies at the head of Enseada
dos Anjos which is the cove lying on the S side of Ponta
do Forte (2258S, 4201W).
Pilotage is compulsory and arranged by ships agents,
by telephone, 1 hour in advance of ETA. Pilot boards
4 cables SE of Ilha das Porcos.
Directions. The port installation is brightly lit at night.
A conspicuous chimney stands 1 miles NW of the
breakwater; two other chimneys provide good marks near
to the breakwater and a light (metal mast, 8 m in height) is
exhibited from its head.
Berths. There are two berths:
Cais do Sal, 200 m long, can accommodate vessels up
to 120 m LOA two at a time for the discharge of
bulk salt.
Cais dos Duques DAlba, 100 m long including three
dolphins, lies on the W side of the breakwater
which extends 1 cable S from the E end of the
quay. The depth alongside the dolphins is 10 m
and the berth can accommodate tankers of up to
200 m in length.
There is a small landing pier in the SW part of the
cove.
Other facilities. fuel oil; fresh water.
Home
Contents
Index
NOTES
215
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 7 - East Coast of Brazil - Cabo Frio to Ponto do Boi

45
30
22
44
30
43
30
42
30
30
41
30
22
B R A Z I L
30
30
.14
a7
ab
u
G
94 a
7.1 Ilh
al l de
n
i
a
rm in
Te rm
Sepetiba
G Te432
7.161
433
7.169
Niteri
7.76
3971
566
7.8
23
Cab
o Frio
7.118
432
553
30
22
7.
Se
Bo
i
436
3971
Ilha de
So
Sebastio
24
ta
do
7.2
47
41
ba
7 .2
S
7. sti o
24 o
1
24
431
7 .12 5
216
30
Rio de
Janeiro
7.47
433
B.da Ilha
Grande
7.180
7.18
Baa de
Guanabara
7.25
Angra dos Reis

7.201
23
43 EB
3 I
433
Chapter
6
n
Po
Chapter
8
3970
3980
30
0405
30
45
30
44
42
30
41
30
30
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
EAST COAST OF BRAZIL CABO FRIO TO PONTA DO BOI
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3971, 3970, 530
The remainder of the coast is steep-to. The 50 m depth

contour is regular lying about 10 miles offshore. Within this
line there are several offshore islets.

1
7.1
This chapter describes the S coast of Brazil from Cabo
Frio (2201S, 4200W) (6.223) to Ponta do Boi (2358S,
4515W) (7.235), a distance of about 190 miles. It contains
three major port complexes; Baa de Guanabara (2252S,
4310W) containing the ports of Rio de Janeiro (7.47) and
Niteri (7.76); Baa de Sepetiba (2300S, 4350W)
containing Terminal da Ilha Guaba (7.140) and Porto de
Sepetiba (7.161); Baa da Ilha Grande (2306S, 4430W)
containing TEBIG oil terminal (7.194) and Angra dos Reis
(7.201).
7.2
Cabo Frio is rugged and mostly cliff-bound. From Cabo
Frio to Ponta Negra, 38 miles W, the coast is formed by a
barren sandy beach backed by lagoons. The mountains on
this stretch are too far inland for identification. West of
Ponta Negra to the entrance to Baa de Guanabara the
beach continues but the mountains converge on the coast
with several prominent peaks.
The coast from Baa de Guanabara to Ponta do Boi,
130 miles WSW, is generally bold with high ground within
5 miles inland.
7.3
From Cabo Frio to Baa de Guanabara the coast is
generally steep-to and, apart from the offshore islands,
there are no dangers lying more than 1 mile off it. Seas
usually run heavily and there is a set towards the land
during SE winds.
7.5
the charted positions, navigation within 500 m of any
platform is prohibited, see also 1.10.
Current
1
7.6
The Brazil Current (1.114) flows SW along this coast,
mariners should take care as it may set onshore.
Weather
1
Depths
1
7.4
Submarines exercise in an area, indicated on the charts.
Mariners are warned to keep a good lookout when
navigating in this vicinity and may be prohibited from
entering the area by Radio Notices to Mariners.
Marine exploitation
1
Topography
1
Submarine exercise area
7.7
This region is under the influence of the Subtropical
High Pressure Belt (1.128); E winds are dominant but the
direction varies between N and E near the coast and
between NE and SE over open sea. Winds in the
approaches to Rio de Janeiro are more variable and heavy
squalls are liable here when sea breezes fade in the evening
in summer; they are known as Terre Altos and have the
characteristics of a cold front with a period of heavy
rain.
Fog and mist occur frequently off the entrance to Baa
de Guanabara between June and September.
CABO FRIO TO BAA DE GUANABARA

General information
Charts 566, 553, 3971
Route
1
7.8
From a position SE of Cabo Frio Light (2301S,
4200W) the route leads W for about 70 miles to a
position S of Ilha Rasa Light (2304S, 4309W) (7.15).
summit is Serra Sapiatiba, which is isolated and situated on

the N side of Lagoa de Araruama (6.231) 15 miles NW of
Cabo Frio.
From Ponta Negra the sandy beach continues W for
about 17 miles to within 1 mile of Ponta Itacoatiara, at the
E approaches to Baa de Guanabara, where mountains
converge on the coast creating sheer granite cliffs.
There is a group of islands extending up to 3 miles
offshore and lying 6 miles ESE of Ponta Itacoatiara.
Topography
1
7.9
From Cabo Frio to Ponta da Cabea, 3 miles NW, the
coast is rugged and mostly cliff-bound. From Ponta da
Cabea the coast tends W for about 37 miles to Ponta
Negra and is formed by Praia de Maambaba, a uniform
and barren sandy beach backed by many lagoons. The
mountains within this coast are situated far inland and
cannot be identified from seaward. The only prominent
Depths
1
217
7.10
Westward for about 70 miles, from Cabo Frio to Baa de
Guanabara, the coast is steep-to with the 50 m depth
contour lying between 1 and 7 miles offshore, except in the
vicinity of some small offshore islets in the W part of the
section.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Exercise area
1
Directions
7.11
Submarines exercise in an area S of the entrance to Baa
de Guanabara; see 7.4.
1
Measured distance
1
7.12
There is a measured distance situated 13 miles WNW of
Cabo Frio: E and W limits marked by pairs of beacons.
Distance 1852 m; running track 092/272.
Currents
1
7.13
The predominant current from August to April is the W
set of the Brazil Current; mariners approaching from the E
should take this into account. From May to July, W sets
still occur, but less frequently, and it is probable that a
current in some other direction will be experienced.
The currents set onshore during SE winds, more
frequently from February to October. When NE winds
prevail a current runs W along this coast, but a
counter-current, setting onshore, is felt close inshore within
10 miles W of Cabo Frio; this counter-current is reported to
be stronger during the months from September to
December and especially so in December.
Principal marks
1
7.14
Landmarks:
Serra Sapiatiba (2248S, 4210W), an isolated
prominent summit.
Pedra Inoan (2255S, 4255W), which is a
remarkable rounded mountain, 517 m in height;
halfway down its E side there is a crag resembling
a tooth, which stands out against the tableland to
the N.
7.15
Major lights:
Aero Light, Ponta do Gabrial, (2257S 4202W)
(6.221).
Cabo Frio Light (2301S, 4200W) (6.221).
Ponta Negra Light (white round concrete tower, 11 m
in height) (2258S, 4242W).
Ilha Marics Light (white truncated conical masonry
4255W).
Ilha Rasa Light (white square masonry tower, 26 m in
height) (2304S, 4309W).
7.16
From a position SE of Cabo Frio Light (2301S,
4200W), the track leads W passing (with positions from
Ponta Negra Light (2258S, 4242W) (7.15)):
S of Ilhas dos Franceses (2259S, 4202W), two
islets lying 1 cables off Ponta da Cabea; a light
(red concrete tower, 6 m in height) is occasionally
exhibited from one of the islets; thence:
S of the measured distance beacons (26 miles ENE)
(7.12) on Praia de Maambaba; a tower (red lights)
stands on the N shore of Lagoa de Araruama
(6.231) 6 miles NNW of these beacons; thence:
S of Laje de Itana (12 miles E), a group of low
rocks lying up to 5 cables offshore; these should
be given a berth of at least 5 cables as depths for
2 miles E of these rocks are very irregular and
there are several detached rocky shoals. A
prominent white convent, visible at a distance of
6 miles from seaward, stands on Ponta Saquarema,
1 mile W of Laje de Itana. Thence:
S of Ponta Negra Light (7.15). Ponta Negra; is the
seaward extremity of a spur of a mountain range;
it is a dark bluff, about 60 m in height, rising
steeply from the sea to a flat summit and forms
the W end of Praia de Maambaba. A light
(private) is exhibited, at an elevation of 200 m,
from a prominent tower situated 1 miles N of
Ponta Negra. Laje Ponta Negra, a rock with a
depth of 13 m over it lies 5 cables S of the point;
the sea breaks continuously over it. Thence:
S of Ilhas Marics (13 miles WSW), two islets lying
2 miles offshore. The N, and larger, islet is nearly
70 m in height and a light (7.15) is exhibited from
it; two rocks, on which the sea breaks heavily, lie
off its NE end. The S islet is 18 m in height and
barren with two small rocks close S of it. Thence:
S of Ponta de Itaipu (20 miles W), which forms the E
side of the entrance to Baa de Guanabara; it can
be identified by Falso Po de Aucar, 2 miles ENE
of it, which rises from the sea in almost sheer
granite cliffs, 442 m in height; and by Morro do
Telegrafo, 344 m in height, 2 miles NE of the
point.
From this position the track continues W for about
5 miles to a position S of Ilha Rasa, 77 m in height and
covered in brushwood. When approached from the E it
appears as a wedge-shape sloping N. A light (7.15) is
exhibited from its summit.
(Directions for the coastal route continue at 7.124,
and for entrance to Baa de Guanabara at 7.41)
Anchorage
Isla Rasa Light (7.15)
Ilhas Marics

1
Antena TV-Globo Light (2257S, 4314W).

Antena TVS Light (white metal framework tower, red
Morro do Pico Light (private) (2256S, 4307W).
218
7.17
Anchorage may be obtained N of Ilhas Marics
(2301S, 4255W) (7.16), in depths of 20 to 25 m, sand
and mud, with the light tower (7.15) bearing 180. This
anchorage is sheltered from NE to SE; there is a rock with
a depth of 14 m over it lying 2 miles NE of the light-tower.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
BAA DE GUANABARA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 566, 553, 3971
Area covered
1
7.18
This section describes the approaches and entrance to
Baa de Guanabara which forms one of the best sheltered
natural harbours in the world. The bay contains the ports of
Rio de Janeiro, Niteri and the Guanabara Oil Terminals.
Topography
1
7.19
The bay contains numerous islands and is bordered by
spectacular rocky mountains; the shoreline consists of
sandy beaches separated by projecting points, which are
covered in vegetation if not built over. Numerous rivers
discharge into the head of the bay.
Porto de Rio de Janeiro occupies about 6 miles of the
coast on the SW side of the bay, while Porto de Niteri
stands on the E side of the bay. The two ports are linked
by a bridge which stretches right across the bay.
Ilha do Governador (2248S, 4312W) is the largest
island in Baa de Guanabara and contains some of the
suburbs of Rio de Janeiro. Its W end lies 5 cables off the
W shore of the bay and it extends 6 miles ENE. A bridge,
extending from Ponta do Galeo at the SW extremity of
the island, joins it to Ilha da Cidade Universitria;
navigation under this bridge is controlled. Rio de Janeiro
International Airport occupies most of the SW part of Ilha
do Governador.
The SE extremity of the island is formed by a peninsula,
tipped by Ponta da Ribeiro (2249S 4310W), which is
mainly covered with oil installations and berths; for details
see 7.114.
Several small islands lie off the NE tip of Ilha do
Governador, of which the largest is Ilha do Boqueiro.
These islands comprise a prohibited zone, see 7.36.
A chain of islets and rocks extend from Pedras Cocis,
lying 2 miles ENE of Ponta da Ribeira, as far as Ilha de
Paquet situated 2 miles NNE. The majority of these
islets have tank farms on them; Ilha Redondo de Dentro
also has a LPG tanker berth on it, see 7.113. Ilha de
Paquet is entirely residential and is connected to Rio de
Janeiro by ferry. A light (white square masonry tower, 11 m
in height) is shown from its E side. Itapacis Light (red
round concrete tower, 7 m in height) is exhibited from an
island of the same name lying 4 cables S of Ilha de
Paquet.
There is very shallow water fringing the coast in the N
part of Baa de Guanabara, N of Ilha do Governador and
Ilha de Paquet, within which there are numerous fishing
stakes.
The N coast of Baa de Guanabara is low, marshy and
broken by the mouths of several rivers; the only features
on this coastline are Morro da Piedade (2241S, 4304W),
a conspicuous hill 68 m in height near the NE corner of the
bay, and Ponta da Batalha, the only salient feature, which
rises to a height of 100 m, 4 miles WSW.
of moderate draught approaching from the SW can pass

between Ilhas Cagarras, 4 miles NW of Ilha Rasa, and the
mainland.
Vessels exceeding 134 m draught must enter the bay
through the dredged channel, which is 200 m wide and
dredged to 170 m (1979 or 1990 (see chart)), passing W of
Ilha de Cotunduba, Directions for which are given at 7.42.
Vessels of suitable draught may enter the bay by passing
E of Ilha de Cotunduba (7.42), 6 miles N of Ilha Rasa; for
Directions for this route see 7.43.
Exercise areas
1
7.21
Submarines exercise in an area S of the entrance to the
bay; see 7.4.
Piracy
1
7.22
Several recent incidents of piracy and armed robbery in
the area of Rio de Janeiro have been reported by vessels.
For possible preventative measures see 1.12.
Flow
1
7.23
Currents W of Cabo Frio (6.223), and in the
approaches to Baa de Guanabara, may set in any direction
throughout the year and the possibility of an onshore set
should always be borne in mind when navigating in this
region. These onshore sets occur more frequently from
February to October when 25% of observed currents set
onshore; from November to January this frequency reduces
to about 16%.
The predominant current from August to April is the W
set of the Brazil Current; mariners approaching from the E
should take this into account. From May to July W sets
still occur, but less frequently, and it is probable that a
current in some other direction will be experienced.
7.24
Tidal streams within the bay, during spring tides, are
usually in-going for the 4 hours up to HW; when the
direction changes, in the stretch between Ilha das Cobras
(2254S, 4310W) and the bar, and becomes out-going
until 5 hours before the next HW. The rate varies from 02
to 15 kn, being faster on the out-going stream and in
depths above 10 m; abnormal winds can substantially affect
the speed and direction of the tidal streams.
In the vicinity of the bar the out-going stream can cause
whirlpools which can affect a vessels steering.
Tidal streams off the commercial quays are very weak,
but SE of Ilha Fiscal they attain a rate of 1 kn at springs.
The out-going stream is stronger than the in-going stream,
especially after heavy rains; N of Ilha das Cobras it splits
into two branches, which pass through the naval anchorage,
to the E, and through the channel W of the island where it
runs strongly.
BAA DE GUANABARA ENTRANCE

CHANNEL
General information
Depths
1
7.20
The islets which lie off the entrance to Baa de
Guanabara are steep-to and can be approached without
danger. The passage between Ilha Rasa (2304S, 4309W)
(7.16) and Ilha do Pai (7.41), 5 miles NNE, is the widest
and generally used by vessels approaching from E. Vessels
Route
1
219
7.25
From a position E of Ilha Rasa (2304S, 4309W)
(7.16), the route leads NNE to enter Baa de Guanabara,
which is approached through a dredged channel, passing W
of Ilha de Cotunduba (2258S, 4309W) (7.42).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Topography
1
7.26
The entrance to Baa de Guanabara can be identified by
several remarkable mountains (7.38) to the N of the bay
and on both sides of the entrance. On the W side of the
entrance are the well known beaches of Copacabana and
Ipanema both backed by prominent high-rise buildings.
There are some offshore islands on both sides of the
entrance and to the S of it.
Depths
1
7.27
The channel is 200 m wide with 170 m minimum depth;
vessels with a draught not exceeding 134 m can enter the
bay by passing E of Ilha de Cotunduba.
Port radio
1
7.28
There is a port radio station at Rio de Janeiro. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Notice of ETA
1
7.29
See 7.32.
Outer anchorages
1
7.30
The waiting anchorage outside the harbour is 1 miles
N of Ilha Rasa (2304S, 4309W) in depths of about
32 m; noting the rock with 21 m over it lying 2 miles NNE
of the island.
There is an anchorage, designated No 6, situated NE of
Ilha do Pai (2259S, 4305W) for the use of oil drilling
platforms. A disused spoil ground lies 1 mile S of the
island.
7.31
Prohibited anchorage. A submarine pipeline extends
2 miles SSW from the coast about 1 mile W of Ponta de
Copacabana (2359S, 4311W); anchoring is prohibited in
the vicinity of this pipeline as indicated on the chart.
Anchorage is prohibited near the numerous submarine
pipelines and cables which cross the channels.
Mariners should avoid numerous disused submarine
cables which are landed in the vicinity of Ponta de
Copacabana and Ponta do Leme, 2 miles NNE.
Pilots
1
7.32
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and for
Brazilian vessels over 2000 tonnes carrying oil, propane
and dangerous cargoes, from the designated pilot boarding
position to the berth. Pilots board vessels approaching from
the N 1 mile SW of Ilha do Pai (2259S, 4305W) and
vessels approaching from the S or entering the dredged
channel 2 miles S of Ilha de Cotunduba (2258S,
4309W).
Pilots should be requested through the ships agent or
direct to the State Pilotage Co-operative (COPRARJ) 36
and 24 hours in advance. See Admiralty List of Radio
Traffic regulations
1
7.33
Speed. The maximum speed in the channels is 8 kn,
except in the area between Ilha da Boa Viagem (2255S,
4308W) and Ilha do Manuel (2251S, 4307W) where
the limit is 5 kn. There is a maximum speed of 6 kn in the
approach channels to the berths S of the bridge.
220
Priority. Loaded vessels have priority when navigating

in the dredged channel.
Dredged channel. It is compulsory for vessels, of any
draught, when moving within the bay to use the dredged
channel to and from the bar. Vessels which are entering
should take the dredged channel up to the point necessary
for them to head for anchorages or entrance channels to
ports and terminals. Vessels which are leaving should make
for the dredged channel by the shortest route as soon as
they leave entrance channels to ports or leave anchorages
or terminals.
Fishing is prohibited within 400 m of the end of the
runways at Santos Dumont and Galeao airports.
Numerous ferries cross the harbour between Rio de
Janeiro and Niteri; they will give way to ocean-going
ships which sound one blast on their whistle or siren.
7.34
Presidente Costa e Silva Bridge crosses Baa de
Guanabara between the NW side of Rio de Janeiro harbour
and Porto de Niteri. Movement of vessels under this
bridge is only permitted between the pillars marked on the
chart. The main span of the bridge, between piers 100 and
101, has a vertical clearance of 63 m and a width of
263 m; the adjacent spans, between piers 99 and 100 and
between piers 101 and 102, have a vertical clearance of
61 m. The piers and the centre of the spans are marked by
lights. See Admiralty List of Lights Volume G.
Passage under the main span is restricted to vessels of
more than 50 000 dwt or with a draught greater than
122 m. Other vessels should pass under the spans adjacent
to the main span; between piers 99 and 100 when S-bound;
between piers 101 and 102 when N-bound.
7.35
Reporting system. A mandatory reporting system for all
vessels of 20 gt and over, except for certain local craft, is
in operation, see 7.55.
Rio Service Regulations. Berthed vessels must observe
these regulations, copies of which can be obtained through
ships agents or on request from the Port Administration.
Pollution. It is forbidden to throw any material, waste,
garbage, oil or pollutant substances into Baa de Guanabara
or to have on deck any of these substances which could
fall into the water. The Port Captain maintains a permanent
watch over pollution within the bay.
7.36
Prohibited areas. Navigation is prohibited in the
following areas:
An area, marked by beacons, surrounding Ilha do
Mexingueiro (7.89) (2251S, 4307W) and Ilha
Ananaz (7.89).
An area surrounding Ilha do Engenho (2250S,
4307W); the limits of which are marked by
light-buoys (special).
An area enclosing Ponto do Matoso (2250S,
4311W) and Ponta de Manguinhos, 4 cables NW;
the limits of which are marked by a light-buoy and
buoys (special).
An area surrounding Ilha do Mocangu (2252S,
4308W) which must not be approach, nor
anchored off, within a distance of 100 m by day or
200 m by night.
A group of islets, comprising Ilha do Boqueiro,
Ilhote Tipiti Au, Ilha Nhanquet, Ilha Viraponga
and Ilha do Rijo, which all lie within 1 miles of
the NE extremity of Ilha do Governador (7.19),
form prohibited areas; they must not be
approached within a distance of 100 m by day nor
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
200 m at night. Passage between Ilha do Boqueiro

and Ilha do Governador, between sunset and
sunrise is prohibited.
Rescue
1
7.37
A naval tug, equipped for deep-sea
and a life-saving service are stationed
Janeiro.
A fire service, with several fire
anywhere within Baa de Guanabara.
rescue and salvage,

in Porto de Rio de
floats, is available
See also 1.50.
Principal marks
1
7.38
Baa de Guanabara is bordered by some spectacular
rocky mountains which provide good landmarks:
Serra dos Orgos, so-called because of their
resemblance to the pipes of an organ; one of these
peaks Dedo de Deus The Finger of God
(2228S, 4259W) is particularly prominent.
Another mountain range, Serra da Estrela, rises W
of Serra dos Orgos.
Morro Po de Acar (2257S, 4309W), the well
known Sugar Loaf Mountain, rises from the W
side of the entrance to the bay; it is sheer on its
W side and almost as steep on the E; a
conspicuous radio tower stands on its SE side. A
pavilion stands on its summit, which is connected
with the summit of Morro da Urca, 5 cables W, by
an aerial cable-way.
Pico de Corcovado, 3 miles W of Morro Po de
Acar, with a white statue of Christ, 38 m in
height, on its summit which is a good mark and
floodlit at night.
Pedra da Gvea, 5 miles SW of Pico de Corcovado,
is 842 m in height and resembles a square sail, the
summit being flattened and wider than the part of
the mountain immediately below it. This mountain
is visible at a distance up to 50 miles offshore and
cannot be mistaken for any other in the vicinity.
Rio de Janerio Morro Po de Acar

(Sugar Loaf) from SE (7.38)
7.39
Major lights:
Ilha Marics Light (2301S, 4255W) (7.15).
Ilha Rasa Light (2304S, 4309W) (7.15).
Antena TV-Globo Light (2257S, 4314W) (7.15).
Antena TVS Light (2257S, 4314W) (7.15).
Aero light at Santos Dumont Airport (white metal
framework tower, red bands, 3 m in height on
hangar) (2255S, 4310W).
Santa Cruz Light (white six sided lantern on masonry
column on fort, 6 m in height) (2256S, 4308W)
Morro do Pico Light (private) (2256S, 4307W)
(7.15).

7.40
1
Racon on Presidente Costa e Silva Bridge (2252S,

4309W).
Statue of Christ
Pico de Corcovado from ESE (7.38)

221
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Ponta de Santa Cruz Light (7.39)

Directions
Charts 566, 553
Approaches Deep-water Route

1
7.41
From a position in the vicinity of Ilha Rasa (2304S,
4309W) (7.16) the track leads NW, passing (with
positions from Santa Cruz Light (2256S, 4308W) (7.39):
NE of Ilha Rasa; thence:
SW of Ilha do Pai (4 miles SE), and Ilha da Me,
1 mile ENE of it. Thence:
NE of Ilhas Cagarras (6 miles SW), a group of 7
islets; of which Ilha de Palmas, from which a light
(white conical concrete tower, square base, 3 m in
height) is exhibited, is the most NW; thence to the
pilot boarding station (3 miles SSW).
Rio de Janerio Ponta do Leme from WSW (7.42)

ESE of Ponta de So Joo (1 miles W), the E

extremity of a small peninsula which rises to a
thickly wooded hill. A fort also stands on this
point. Thence:
Chart 566
Entrance Deep-water Route

1
7.42
track leads WNW, for 1 miles, towards the entrance to
the dredged channel (3 miles SSW), marked by a light-buoy
(safe water), which leads into Baa de Guanabara, passing
(with positions from Santa Cruz Light (2256S, 4308W)
(7.39):
E of Ponta de Copacabana (4 miles SW), on which
stands a low-lying modern fort. The sea
continually breaks on above-water rocks extending
up to 1 cable E from the point, with depths less
than 10 m extending up to 3 cables SE from it.
Thence the track leads NNE following the dredged
channel, passing:
Between Ilha de Cotunduba (1 miles SSW) from the
S side of which a low projection of bare rock
extends 1 cables S, and Ponta do Leme (2 miles
SW). A dangerous wreck, position approximate,
lies 2 cables SSW of Ilha de Cotunduba; thence:
ESE of Morro Po de Acar (1 miles SW) (7.38),
thence:
Rio de Janerio Ponta de So Joo from ESE (7.42)

5
222
Between Ponta de Santa Cruz and Ilha Laje (7 cables

WNW). Ponta de Santa Cruz is the W extremity of
a mass of rounded rock, which rises gradually to
Morro do Macaco, 268 m in height, situated
8 cables ENE of the point. Fortaleza de Santa Cruz
stands on the point and its walls rise from the
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
waters edge. Santa Cruz Light (7.39) is exhibited

from the E end of the fortress. Morro de Pico
Light is exhibited from a summit 6 cables E. Ilha
Laje is a rocky islet with a flat-topped concrete
fort on it; it is marked by a light (green truncated
pyramidal concrete tower, 10 m in height). Shoal
water extends SW from the islet almost as far as
Ponta de So Joo. Thence:
Dumont Airport, from which an aero light (7.39) is

exhibited. Ponta do Gragoat has an old fort
standing on it. Thence to a position ENE of Isla
Fiscal, which can be identified by a building in the
Gothic style with a conspicuous central clock
tower, which stands on the islet.
(Directions for entering Porto de Rio de Janeiro
continue at 7.67, for Porto de Niteri at 7.93, and for
the N part of Baa de Guanabara at 7.108).
Approaches E Route
1
Rio de Janerio Ilha Laje from E (7.42)
7.43
Vessels of suitable draught may enter the harbour by the
channel E of Ilha de Cotunduba (2258S, 4309W) (7.42),
noting the 103 m shoal lying 2 cables N of the islet. A
sandy shoal area with depths less than 12 m lies up to
1 miles NE and E of the islet; during fresh S winds there
is a steep sea over this shoal and it is important that deep
draught vessels should not attempt to pass over it. A
wreck, with a depth of 115 m over it, lies 1 miles E of
the islet.
Bays
Enseada de Jurujuba
6
E of the light-buoy (isolated danger) (5 cables NW)

marking a shoal, with a minimum depth of 115 m
over it.
From this position the dredged channel leads NNW,
passing:
Between Ilha de Villegagnon (2 miles NW) and Ilha
da Boa Viagem (1 miles NNE). Ilha de
Villegagnon, on which stands the Brazilian Naval
College, is connected to the mainland by a bridge
on its NW side. A light (black concrete column,
7 m in height) is exhibited from the E side of the
islet. Ilha da Boa Viagem has a conspicuous white
church on its summit and lies close to the shore,
to which it is joined by a bridge. Thence:
7.44
Description. On the E side of the entrance to Baa de
Guanabara, lies Enseada de Jurujuba which is entered
between Ponta de Jurujuba (2255S, 4308W) and Ponta
de Icara, 8 cables NE. A beacon (isolated danger) marks
an under-water rock on the SW side of the bay. The shores
of this bay are extensively built over.
Enseada de Icara
1
7.45
Description. Enseada de Icara is entered between Ponta
de Icara (7.44) and Ilha da Boa Viagem (7.42), 1 mile
WNW; the shores of this bay are extensively built over and
a conspicuous tower stands at the head of the bay.
Enseada de Praia Grande

1
7.46
Description. Enseada de Praia Grande is entered
between Ponta do Gragoat (2254S, 4308W) (7.42) and
Ponta da Armao (7.93), 1 miles N, from which a light
is exhibited. Cidade de Niteri stands at the head of this
bay. Works are in progress (2002) S of Ponta da Armao.
PORTO DE RIO DE JANEIRO

General information
Charts 566, 553
Position
1
Rio de Janerio Isla Fiscal clock tower from ENE (7.42)
7.47
Porto de Rio Janeiro (2254S, 4312W) is situated on
the S and W part of Baa de Guanabara.
Function
1
8
Between Ponta do Calabouco (2 miles NNW) and

Ponta do Gragoat (2 miles N). Ponta do
Calabouco is the NE extremity of an extensive
area of reclaimed land which forms Santos
223
7.48
Porto de Rio Janeiro, with a population of about
55 million in 1996, is one of the worlds major ports. For
125 years the city was the capital of Brazil. The port
comprises a naval base, a commercial port and an oil
terminal.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Topography
1
Tugs
7.49
See 7.19.
Approach and entry

1
7.50
Channels, leading from a position N of Ilha das Cobras
(2254S, 4310W), provide entry to the various port
facilities; see 7.67.
Traffic
1

1
7.61
See 7.33 to 7.36.
Quarantine
1
7.51
Traffic. In 2000 the port was used by 1 657 vessels with
Port authority
1
7.60
Tugs are available.
7.52
Companhia Docas do Rio de Janeiro, Rue do Acre 21,
20081 Rio de Janeiro.
7.62
Customs, Health, Immigration and Police officers board
vessels at No 1 Quarantine anchorage, situated 1 miles
NE of Ilha Fiscal (2254S, 4310W). Vessels are not
permitted to berth alongside until they have received these
visits, and they must not remain in this anchorage for more
than 3 hours.
Harbour
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
1
General layout
1
7.53
Channels leading to the various port facilities have the
following dimensions:
Container terminal; 150 m wide and 10 m in depth.
Pier Maua, Gamboa and So Cristovo; 300 m wide
for the full length of the docks, depths vary from
6 to 12 m.
Caju docks; 80 m wide with a depth of 58 m.

1
7.54
Container berth (7.71).
7.63
The commercial harbour of Rio de Janeiro lies around
the shores of a bay which extends 2 miles WNW from Ilha
das Cobras, (2254S, 4310W) (7.67). The centre of the
bay is occupied by an extensive bank around which a
channel has been dredged giving access to the quays which
front the shores of the bay. Another channel has been
dredged across the mouth of the bay giving access to the
coal and ore berth at the NW entrance point of the bay.
Access to these channels is by means of a buoyed channel
which passes N of Ilha das Cobras and is entered 5 cables
NNE of it. Pier da Praa Mau projects 2 cables from the
S shore of the bay, 2 cables W of Ilha das Cobras and an
offshore tanker berth is situated 3 cable NW of the
pierhead.
Storm signals
Arrival information
Vessel Traffic Service Scheme

1
7.55
Vessels over 20 gt are required to report on entering
Baa de Guanabara, when leaving Porto de Rio de Janeiro,
and when changing berth or anchorage. The primary
language is Portuguese. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Port radio
1
7.56
See 7.28.
Notice of ETA
1
7.57
See 7.32.
Outer anchorage
1
7.58
See 7.30.
Pilots
1
7.59
See 7.32.
224
7.64
International visual storm warning signals, as described
in The Mariners Handbook, are shown.
The following stations display local weather and storm
signals:
General weather signals:
Signal station on Forte de Copacabana (2259S,
4211W).
Tower of meteorological observatory near Ponta do
Calabouo (2254S, 4310W).
Signal station on Ilha das Cobras (2254S, 4310W).
The old fort on Ponta de Gragoat (2254S,
4308W).
Day/night signals:
White flag/white light indicating good weather.
Blue flag/blue light indicating bad weather.
White and blue flag/red light indicating unsettled
weather, with or without rain.
The night signals are only shown from the
meteorological observatory and from one building in the
city.
These flags displayed alone signify that the temperature
will remain stable. A black pendant displayed above or
below the flag indicates that the temperature will rise or
fall respectively. For a large rise or fall in temperature the
black pendant will be replaced by a white flag with a red
or black centre.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Small vessels dangerous wind signals:

Signal station on Forte de Copacabana.
Signal station on Ilha das Cobras (2254S, 4310W).
At night
Prediction
A.Black cone,
point up.
By day
One white light

between two red
lights, disposed
vertically.
Dangerous winds
from any quarter.
B.Two black cones,

disposed
vertically, points
together.
One white light

over one red
light.
Squall beginning
from the NW
quarter.
Two black
cones, disposed
vertically, points
down.
One red light

over one white
light.
Squall beginning
from the SW
quarter.
Two black
cones, disposed
vertically, points
up.
Two red lights,

disposed
vertically.
Squall beginning
from the NE
quarter.
Two black
cones, disposed
vertically, bases
together.
One red light.
Squall beginning
from the SE
quarter.
One red light, at

the masthead.
Bad weather.
Two red lights,

disposed
horizontally, at
the masthead.
Hurricane or
gale.
C.One black ball,

at the masthead.
Two black balls,
disposed
vertically, at the
masthead.
D.A black flag, or a

black cylinder.
The wind will

veer.
Two black flags,

or two black
cylinders,
disposed
vertically.
The wind will

back.
Signals B and C may be shown simultaneously. Signals

B and D are shown alongside one another.
Berths
Principal marks
1
7.65
Water tower on Ilha das Enxadas (2253S, 4311W)
Water tower on Ilha de Santa Brbara (2253S,
4312W).
See also 7.38.
Navigational aids
7.66
See 7.40.
Directions
Entrance channels
1
N of Laje dos Meros (1 mile N), a rocky shoal

marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger), and:
S of Parcel das Feiticeiras (1 miles N), a rocky
shoal, whose extremities are marked by buoys
(lateral) and on the N end of which a light-beacon
(isolated danger, 9 m in height) stands.
N of Ilha das Cobras (1 mile NNW) which contains
the Naval Dockyard, and :
S of Ilha das Enxadas (1 miles NNW), a low islet
with some buildings, including a conspicuous
water tower (7.65), standing on it; shoals extend
up to 1 cables from the islet.
From the position S of No 3 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(1 miles NNW) the following berths can be approached:
Pier da Praa Mau (7.71), 4 cables to the SW.
Tanker Berth (7.70), 7 cables to the W.
Container and Ro-Ro Terminals (3 miles NW) (7.71)
by a channel leading generally NW from this
position, marked by a light-buoy (E cardinal)
(1 miles NNW) and light-buoys (lateral); the
starboard hand buoys indicate the SW side of
Coroa do Chapu do Sol and the port hand buoys
indicate the NE and N sides of the extensive bank
in the middle of the bay on which Ilha de Santa
Brbara (2 miles NW) and Ilha da Pombeba
(2 miles WNW) are situated. A conspicuous
water tower (7.65) stands on Ilha de Santa
Brbara.
Berths Nos 1 to 8 by passing NW of Pier da Praa
Mau (1 miles NW), thence:
Berths Nos 9 to 18 by the channel which leads WSW
between these berths and the central bank
mentioned above. Thence, passing S of No 9
Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles WNW) to:
Berth No 22 and Terminal de Sal by the channel
leading NNW for 7 cables and passing between the
berths and the SW side of the central bank.
Thence, passing NW of No 11 Light-buoy
(starboard hand) (3 miles NW):
Berths Nos 31 to 33 and the Ro-Ro Terminal by the
channel leading NE for 7 cables and passing
between the berths and the NW side of the central
bank.
7.67
From a position, in the dredged channel, NE of Isla
Fiscal (2254S, 4310W) (7.42) the port of Rio de Janeiro
can be entered; the track leads W through a channel
marked by light-buoys (lateral) to a position whence the
berths are approached, passing (with positions from the
Aero light at Santos Dumont Airport (2255S, 4310W)
(7.39)):
225
7.68
Anchorages.
There are several designated anchorage areas, the limits
of which are shown on the chart, (with positions from the
Aero light at Santos Dumont Airport (2255S, 4310W)):
No 1 Anchorage (2 miles NE), Quarantine and
Customs; see 7.62.
No 2 Anchorages (7 cables E), naval vessels; a
mooring buoy lies close inside the N boundary.
No 2 Anchorages (1 miles NNE) naval vessels.
No 2 Anchorages (3 miles NNE) naval vessels; a
mooring buoy lies in the part of the area.
No 3 Anchorage (2 miles NNW), general and cargo
working.
No 3 Anchorage (3 miles NNW), general and cargo
working.
No 4 Anchorage (2 miles N); LASH barges and
lighters.
No 5 Anchorage (1 miles NNW); barges and
lightering.
No 6 Anchorage (3 miles NNW), platforms.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
No 6 Anchorage (4 miles NNE), platforms.

No 7 Anchorage (6 miles NNE), explosives.
No 8 Anchorage (6 miles NNE), vessels for Almirante
Tamandar Terminals (7.112).
No 8 Anchorage (6 miles NNE), vessels for
Almirante Tamandar Terminals.
No 9 Anchorage (3 miles NNW). vessels out of
service.
7.69
Prohibited anchorages indicated on the chart, the more
important of which lie S of Presidente Costa e Silva
Bridge, are (with positions from the Aero light at Santos
Dumont Airport (2255S, 4310W) (7.39)):
The dredged approach and entry channel; vessels
anchoring in the quarantine anchorage (7.68), or
elsewhere in the vicinity of this channel, must
ensure that they are not liable to swing so as to
intrude into the channel.
An area between Ponta de So Joo (2 miles SSE)
and Ponta de Jurujuba, (2 miles ESE).
Areas S of Santos Dumont Airport and between the
airport and Ponta de Gragoat (1 miles ENE).
An area extending about 1 miles N of Santos
Dumont Airport.
An area, enclosing the submarine pipeline, that
extends 1 miles W from the Tanker Berth
(16 miles NW) to land in the vicinity of Berth
No 31 (3 miles WNW).
Within 300 m of the ferry route between Rio de
Janeiro (5 cables NNW) and Niteri, 2 miles
ENE.
An area, extending up to 600 m either side,
throughout the length of Presidente Costa e Silva
Bridge (2 miles N).
An area extending 1 miles SSE from Ilha do
Mocangu (2 miles NE), see also 7.36.
A number of submarine pipelines and cables lying
outside the areas given above are indicated on the chart.
These must be avoided when anchoring, see also 1.35.
7.70
Moorings.
Tanker Berth, 4 cables NW of Pier da Praa Mau
(2254S, 4311W), consists of four mooring
buoys in depths of 10 to 12 m. The underwater
section of the pipeline (see 1.35) linking it with
Manguinhos Refinery, 3 miles W, is marked by
two beacons and two light-buoys (special). There
are other tanker berths in the N part of Baa de
Guanabara; see 7.111.
Alongside berths
1
7.71
There are about 4 miles of quayside in the commercial
harbour of Rio de Janeiro.
Pier da Praa Mau (2254S, 4311W) is used
mainly for unloading vehicles; it provides 810 m
of berths with a maximum draught of 100 m.
The commercial quays extend W from Pier da Praa
Mau; Berths 1 to 18 provide 1 miles of quay
with alongside depths of 70 to 100m; Berth 22
and Terminal de Sal provide 7 cables of quay with
alongside depths of 60 to 85 m; Berths 31 to 33
and the Ro-Ro Terminal have a total length of
7 cables with depths alongside of 48 to 64 m.
Container Terminal 1 miles WNW of Pier da Praa
Mau, is 1000 m in length with depths alongside
of 100 to 120 m.
The Naval Dockyard consists of Ilha das Cobras,

3 cables E of Pier da Praa Mau, which is
connected to the mainland by a suspension bridge
under which only small craft can pass. The shores
of the island are quayed and have depths of from
50 to 88 m alongside. A mooring buoy for the
use of naval vessels lies 4 cables N of the island.
Ilha Fiscal lies off the E end of Ilha das Cobras
and is joined to it by an L-shaped jetty which
forms a basin with depths of 50 m. These basins
and quays are reserved for the use of the Brazilian
Navy, except by permission of the Director of the
Dockyard.
Port services
Repairs
1
7.72
Major repairs, including underwater repairs, hull and
engines. Ten dry docks, the largest 254 m in length and
35 m wide; 4 floating docks and a number of slipways in
Rio de Janeiro and Niteri. The main dry dock is owned
by the Brazilian Government but available to commercial
vessels when not required for government vessels.
Other facilities
1
7.73
Hospital and a municipal first-aid service. Deratting and
deratting exemption certificates.
Supplies
1
7.74
Fresh water is supplied to berths and by lighter, fuel oil
of all grades available from barge, fresh and dry provisions.
Communications
1
7.75
National and international scheduled air services.
PORTO DE NITERI
General information
Chart 566
Position
1
7.76
Porto de Niteri (2253S, 4307W) comprises Enseada
do Mocangu and Enseada de So Loureno which
branches SE from it and has the quays of Niteri at its
head.
Function
1
7.77
The port is mainly devoted to the importing of wheat
and is also used for supplying fishing and oil platform
support vessels. The town had a population of 459 451 in
2000
Topography
1
7.78
The two bays which comprise the port are formed by
several small islands lying off the mainland, on the E side
of Baa de Guanabara and to the N of the town of Niteri.
The E end of Presidente Costa e Silva bridge spans
Enseada do Mocangu and skirts the N side of Enseada de
So Loureno.
Approach and entry

1
226
7.79
The port is approached from the dredged channel
leading into Baa de Guanabara and entered either from
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
SW by passing between Ponta do Toque-Toque (22527S,

43079W) and Ilha do Mocangu, 2 cables NW; or from
NW between Ilha do Mocangu and Ilha do Viana, 2 cables
farther NE.
Limiting conditions
1
7.80
Controlling depth. Enseada de So Loureno is entered
by a narrow channel with a depth of 54 m.
Vertical clearance. The NW entrance to Enseada do
Mocangu passes under the E end of Presidente Costa e
Silva bridge where the vertical clearance between piers 126
and 130 is 19 m.
Storm signals
1
7.81
Niteri Quay, see 7.95.
7.90
See 7.64.
Principal marks

1
of Ilha do Viana, in line bearing 117. A buoy

(special) lies on this bearing 5 cables seaward from
the front beacon.
N limits are marked by pairs of beacons (black and
white bands); the rear on Ilha Ananaz, 16 miles
NE of Ilha do Viana; the front on Ilha do
Mexingueiro, 1 cable WNW from rear beacon, in
line bearing 117. A buoy (special) lies on this
bearing 9 cables seaward from the front beacon.
Distance is 1852 m.
Running track 027/207.
7.91
See 7.38.

Arrival information
1
Port radio
1
7.82
See 7.28.
Directions
Southwest entrance
Notice of ETA
1
7.83
See 7.32.
Outer anchorages
1
7.84
As for Rio de Janeiro; see 7.30 and 7.68.
Pilotage
1
7.85
Compulsory. The pilot boards at Rio de Janeiro station.
(7.32).
Tugs
7.86
Available.

1
7.87
See 7.33 to 7.36.
Quarantine. Customs Authorities from Niteri must
clear all vessels, at the quarantine anchorage, before
berthing. This includes vessels entering Baa de Guanabara
after calling at Rio de Janeiro.
Harbour
General layout
1
7.88
The port is formed by five islands lying N of the town
of Niteri. The main berthing facilities consist of a quay
forming the S shore of Enseada de So Loureno. There
are some piers on the N side of Ilha do Mocangu and a
naval anchorage area (7.68), with several mooring buoys,
lying close NW of them. Workshops, dry docks and
slipways exists on all these islands. Floating docks lie off
Ilha do Viana where there is a coal depot.
7.89
There is a measured distance whose S end lies 5 cables
N of Ilha do Viana (2252S, 4308W):
S limits are marked by pairs of beacons (black and
white bands) on Ilha de Santa Cruz, 4 cables NE
7.93
From a position in the dredged channel ESE of Ilha
Fiscal (2254S, 4310W) the track leads NE, passing (with
positions from Ilha Fiscal Clock Tower (2254S,
4310W)):
NW of the shoal area, extending from the centre of
Enseada de Praia Grande (7.46) to a point 3 cables
SW of Ponta da Armao (19 miles ENE), from
which a light (grey quadrangular masonry
truncated pyramidal tower, 19 m in height) is
exhibited, and:
SE of No 1 anchorage area (1 miles NE), thence
enter Enseada do Mocangu, passing:
Between Ponta do Toque-Toque (2 miles NE) and
the SE side of Ilha do Mocangu, 2 cables NW;
lights are exhibited from the SE and SW
extremities of the island. Ilha do Paiol is a small
islet lying 1 cable SW of Ilha do Mocangu and
joined to it by a rubble breakwater; the edge of
shoals extending NW of this islet are marked by a
light-buoy (starboard hand). There are isolated
shoal patches lying S of Ilha do Paiol and SW of
Ponta do Toque-Toque, and a dangerous rock lies
cable SE of Ilha do Mocangu. Thence Enseada
de So Loureno can be entered, passing:
Between Ilha do Caju (2 miles ENE) and the shoal
which lies 1 cables SW of it, on which there are
two mooring buoys and a buoy (port hand).
Thence a narrow channel, marked by buoys, leads
SE to the berths at the head of the bay.
Northwest entrance
1
Measured distance
1
7.92
See 7.40.
227
7.94
From a position in the dredged channel ENE of Ilha
Fiscal (2254S, 4310W) the track leads N, following the
route of the dredged channel, passing (with positions from
Ponta da Armao Light (2253S, 4308W):
Under the Presidente Costa e Silva Bridge (1 miles
NW), see 7.34 for traffic regulations regarding
passage under this bridge, thence to a position
about 1 mile N of the bridge whence a course,
clear of the naval anchorage, can be set to pass:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Between Ilha do Mocangu (7 cables N) and Ilha do

Viana, 2 cables NE of it. Two light-buoys (special)
are moored in the channel W of Ilha do Viana;
lights are exhibited from the SW, S and SE
extremities of the island. Three piers project from
the N side of Ilha do Mocangu and a light (red
metal mast, 6 m in height) is exhibited from each
pierhead. A wreck, depth 83 m, lies close to the
head of the middle pier. Extensive shoal water
extends S and SE from Ilha do Viana its
extremities are marked by a light-buoy
(W cardinal) and light-buoys (port hand); several
stranded wrecks lie in the centre of this shoal.
Berth
Traffic regulations
1
Oil terminals in the N part of Baa de

Guanabara
Chart 566, 3971 (see 1.14)
General information
1
Alongside
1
7.95
Niteri Quay forms the S shore of Enseada de So
Loureno. It is about 436 m in length and has depths of
5 m abreast the warehouses, near its centre, reducing to 2 m
elsewhere.
Port services
7.96
See 7.72.
Other facilities
1
7.97
See 7.73.
1
7.98
Fresh water is laid to the quay; fuel oil of all grades is
available by lighter only; fresh and dry provisions (7.74).
Communications
1
7.105
Controlling depths. See 7.102.
Deepest and longest berths. Almirante Tamandar
Terminal No 1; see 7.112.
Arrival information
Supplies
1
7.104
Position. Torgua Oil Terminal consists of four mooring
sites, located in the N part of Baa de Guanabara, all
connected by submarine pipeline (see 1.35) to Ilha dgua
(2249S, 4310W). There are also several other oil berths
in this region.
Function. The SE part of Ilha do Governador (7.19),
and several small islands lying off it, provide berthing
facilities for oil and liquid gas carriers.
Topography. See 7.19.
Approach and entry. The approach to most of these
facilities is from the dredged channel, described at 7.108,
which leads from the entrance to Baa de Guanabara,
passing under Presidente Costa e Silva Bridge, as far as the
main berths of the terminal.
Limiting conditions
Repairs
1
7.103
See 7.33 to 7.36.
7.99
See 7.75.
7.106
Port radio. See 7.28.
Notice of ETA. See 7.32.
Outer anchorages. As for Rio de Janeiro (7.30, 7.68).
Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boarding stations are
the same as for Rio de Janeiro. (7.32).
Tugs are essential for berthing. (7.112).
Regulations concerning entry. See 7.33 to 7.36.
Harbour
BAA DE GUANABARA NORTHERN
PART
General information
Chart 566
Area covered
1
7.100
This section describes that part of Baa de Guanabara,
lying N of Presidente Costa e Silva Bridge, from a position
ENE of Ilha Fiscal (2254S, 4310W); it includes details
of Oil and Gas Terminals in the N part of Baa de
Guanabara.
Topography
Directions
7.101
See 7.19.
Depths
1
7.102
The dredged channel leads as far as the berths of the
Almirante Tamandar Terminal, 3 miles N of the bridge,
and is dredged to 17 m. Depths of over 10 m can be found
leading to the vicinity of Ilha de Paquet (2247S,
4307W) (7.19) in the N of the bay.
7.107
General layout. Two dock islands lying SE and NE of
Ilha dgua (2249S, 4310W) (7.104). Four other berths
are located around the SE extremity of Ilha do Governador,
which lies 5 cables SSW of Ilha dgua, while another
three berths can be found on a group of small islands lying
2 miles NE of Ilha dgua.
Measured distance. See 7.89.
Principal marks. See 7.38.
Other aids to navigation See 7.40.
228
7.108
From a position in the dredged channel NE of Ilha
Fiscal (2254S, 4310W) the track leads N, following the
route of the dredged channel, passing (with positions from
Pedra da Passagem Light (black round concrete column,
white bands, 8 m in height) (2251S, 4310W)):
Under the Presidente Costa e Silva Bridge (19 miles
SSE), see 7.34 for traffic regulations regarding
passage under this bridge, thence:
E of Laje do Barroso (5 cables ESE) lying 1 cable E
of Obus de Dentro and Obus de Fora, two groups
of above and below-water rocks; thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
E of a light-buoy (port hand) (6 cables ESE) which is

moored 4 cables ESE of Laje do Espinho, a rock
marked by a beacon (starboard hand); thence:
E of Laje do Jaguaro (6 cables NE) and a shoal,
with a depth of 35 m, lying 1 cable S of it.
From this position the track continues N to a position E
of a light-buoy (port hand) (1 mile NE) lying 2 cables E of
Laje da Barreira, a shingle bank with a depth of 55 m over
it.
Terminals
1
Almirante Tamandar Terminals 1 and 2

1
Useful marks
7.109
1
Pedra da Passagem Light (2251S, 4310W) (7.108).

Terminal Almirante Tamandar No 1 Terminal Lights
(yellow mast on dolphin, 10 m in height) (private):
N Dolphin 2249S, 4309W, S Dolphin 2249S,
4309W.
Terminal Almirante Tamandar No 2 Terminal Lights
(private): N end 2248S, 4309W, S end 2248S,
4309W.
Ilha Rasa de Dentro Light (round tower, black and
red bands) (2248S, 4309W).
Ponta da Ribeira Light (black mast) (2249S,
4310W).
Ponta da Ribeira Mole Light (black mast) (2249S,
4310W).
Xaru Light-beacon (isolated danger, 9 m in height)
(2248S, 4309W).
Gravatas Light-beacon (isolated danger, 4 m in
height) (2248S, 4307W).
7.110
Prohibited anchorages. There are several prohibited
anchorage areas, all indicated on the chart, of which the
more important N of Presidente Costa e Silva Bridge are
(with positions from Manuis de Dentro Light (green round
masonry tower, 8 m in height) (2249S, 4309W):
The area around Ilha dgua (6 cables SW) enclosing
the two Almirante Tamandar berths and extending
ENE to Ilha Redonda de Dentra (2 miles ENE),
enclosing the submarine pipeline between these
two islands (see 1.35).
An area either side of the dredged channel.
An area, extending 1 miles off the SE end of Rio
de Janeiro International Airport (7.19) runways;
Pedras das Canhanhas (2250S, 4313W) lies in
the middle of this area.
7.111
The several gas and oil terminal berths are detailed
below, with positions from Manuis de Dentro Light
(2248S, 4309W) (7.110).
7.112
The terminals (7 cables S and 2 cables NE) are
approached direct from the dredged channel (7.108).
Terminal 1 is an offshore dolphin berth which can accept
vessels up to 135 000 dwt, with maximum draught 158 m;
depth alongside about 17 m. It has been reported that
berthing is difficult and that three tugs are needed. The
berth is connected to Ilha dgua by a submarine oil
pipeline, see 1.35.
Terminal 2 is also an offshore dolphin berth, for tankers
up to 35 000 dwt and 104 m draught. It is connected to
Ilha dgua by a submarine oil and gas pipelines, (1.35).
Almirante Tamandar Oil Terminal (7.112)

Ilha Redondo de Dentro Pier

1
7.113
The terminal (2 miles ENE) is approached by a track
leading ENE from the dredged channel (7.108) on the
leading line.
Leading marks:
Front light, NE light-beacon (red triangle apex up on
white metal cylinder, 10 m in height).
Rear light, Ihla da Pita light-tower (red triangle apex
down on white framework tower, 10 m in height).
The alignment (073) of these lights passes between
No 2 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles ENE) moored close
SE of Pedra da Sardinha, on which stands a light (black
Baia de Guanabara Ilha Comprida from SW (7.113)

229
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
post, red band, 3 m in height), and No 1 Light-buoy

(starboard hand) (1 miles E) moored 1 cables N of
Pedras Cocois, which is also marked by a light (red metal
column, square concrete base, 3 m in height).
The track then passes N of No 3 Light-buoy (starboard
hand) (1 miles E) marking the dangers extending N from
Ilha Comprida, which has a prominent tank farm on it.
The LPG pier which extends 1 cable NW of Ilha
Redondo de Dentro can accept vessels up to 200 m in
length, maximum draught 85 m and 18 000 dwt. A dolphin
(unlit) lies close NW of the pier.
Ponta da Cosia M, Ponta da Ribeira

Oil Depot from NE (7.114)
Ponta da Ribeira Oil Depot

1
7.114
The terminal (1 mile SSW) is approached by a track
proceeding NW from the dredged channel (7.108) leads to
the entrance of a channel, marked by light-buoys (lateral)
and dredged to 90 m, which leads to the Ponta da Ribeiro
Berth.
A buoyed channel leading SW and W, from a position N
of Laje da Barreira (1 miles S), marked close N by a
light-buoy (N cardinal), leads to a tanker pier on Ponta da
Coisa M (1 miles SSW); another tanker berth is situated
on the N side of Ilha Seca (21 miles SSW) on the S side
of this channel. Laje do Canal, with a shoal patch, least
depth of 37 m of water over it and marked on its S side
by No 3 Light-buoy (starboard hand)), lies in the middle of
the channel 2 cables NW of Ilha Seca.
Close W of Laje do Canal is the E limit of a prohibited

area (7.36) which surrounds Ponta do Matoso, on which
point is a Brazilian Naval fuel depot and pier.
Port services
1
2
7.115
Repairs. See 7.72.
Other facilities. See 7.73.
Supplies: fresh water is available at Almirante
Tamandar terminals and by lighter at other berths; fuel oil
of all grades is available at the terminals or by lighter;
fresh and dry provisions (7.74).
Communications. See 7.75.
BAA DE GUANABARA TO PONTA DO BOI

BAA DE GUANABARA TO PONTA DE
CASTELHANOS
GENERAL INFORMATION
General information
Chart 3970
Area covered
1
7.116
This section describes the passage from a position in the
vicinity of Ilha Rasa (2304S, 4309W) (7.16), leading
about 135 miles WSW and SW, to a position SE of Ponta
do Boi (2358S, 4515W), which forms the SE extremity
of Ilha de So Sebastio. It includes details of the passages
and ports within Baa de Sepetiba (2300S, 4350W) and
Baa da Ilha Grande (2306S, 4430W).
Charts 553, 432, 3970
Route
1
7.118
4309W) (7.16) at the entrance to Baa de Guanabara, the
route leads WSW for about 55 miles to a position SE of
Ponta de Castelhanos (2310S, 4406W) (7.124), near the
entrance to Baa de Sepetiba.
Topography
Topography
1
7.117
The coastline is formed by the range of mountains
which fringe Baa de Guanabara (7.38). Farther W the
coastline is indented by the two large bays, Baa de
Sepetiba and Baa da Ilha Grande, which are separated
from each other by Ilha Grande, mountainous, covered with
dense forest.
Baa de Sepetiba is fronted by a 25 mile long tongue of
land which is low and sandy. The shores of both these bays
are backed by mountains with several prominent peaks,
their slopes, covered with thick vegetation, generally rise
steeply from the sea.
The remaining section of coast to Ponta do Boi is steep,
rocky and indented by numerous bays. Ilha de So
Sebastio is mountainous and covered with dense
vegetation.
230
7.119
From Ponta do Arpoador (2259S, 4312W) the coast
trends WSW for 6 miles to Cabo da Gavea (7.124).
Between these two points are several high peaks of which
the highest is Pico da Tijuca, 6 miles NW of Ponta do
Arpoador. Thence for 10 miles W the coast is lower and
backed by hills extending to Ponta de Guaratiba (7.124), a
promontory forming the SW extremity of the chain of
mountains surrounding Rio de Janeiro.
Restinga da Marambaia is a narrow tongue of land
extending 25 miles W from Ponta de Guaratiba, mostly
sandy and covered with vegetation, rising to Ilha da
Marambaia at its W end. North of this strip of land lies
Baa de Sepetiba (7.149).
Ilha Grande, which lies between Baa de Sepetiba and
Baa da Ilha Grande, is mountainous and covered with
dense forest down to the waters edge; some peaks are
conspicuous.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Depths
1
7.120
The coast is generally steep-to. The 50 m depth contour
is regular and found about 6 miles offshore. Within this line
there are several offshore islets.
Traffic regulations
1
7.121
Prohibited areas:
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area,
shown on the chart, which surrounds a submarine
pipeline extending 2 miles SSW from the shore
close W of Ponta do Arpoador (2259S, 4312W)
(7.119), see 1.35.
A firing range is situated on Restinga de Marambaia
(2304S, 4345W) (7.119). Anchoring and fishing
are prohibited, and entry is occasionally prohibited,
in an area extending up to 2 miles offshore on
either side of the tongue.
A second firing range, in which navigation and
fishing are are prohibited is established extending
up to 2 miles offshore on the S side of Ilha de
Marambaia.
Principal marks
1
7.122
Landmarks:
Pico de Corcovado (2257S, 4312W) (7.38).
Antena TVS Light Tower (2257S, 4314W) (7.15).
Antena TV-Globo Light Tower (2257S, 4314W).
Pedra da Gvea (2300S, 4317W) (7.38).
Pico das Tres Orelhas (2255S, 4411W), the highest
peak in the range of mountains backing Baa da
Ilha Grande.
Pico do Frade, 17 miles WSW of Pico das Tres
Orlhas, culminates in a barren rock resembling a
monks cowl on certain bearings.
Pico Pedra dAgua (2309S, 4414W), is the highest
peak on Ilha Grande and rises near the centre of
the island.
Pico da Papagaio, 1 miles ESE of Pico Pedra
dAgua, so named because it resembles a parrot.s
beak.
7.123
Major lights:
Ilha Rasa Light (2304S, 4309W) (7.15).
Antenna TVS Light (2257S, 4314W) (7.15).
Antenna TV-Globo Light (4 cables WSW of Antena
TVS Light) (7.15).
Santa Cruz Aero Light (red metal framework tower,
white bands, on hangar; 5 m in height) (2256S,
4343W).
Ilha Rasa de Guaratiba Light (white square concrete
Laje da Marambaia Light (black pyramidal stone
tower, red band, 7 m in height) (2307S,
4350W).
Ponta de Castelhanos Light (white square masonry
tower and dwelling, 16 m in height) (2310S,
4406W).
APPROACHES TO BAA DE SEPETIBA

General information
Chart 432, 431
Route
1
7.125
From the pilot boarding position NE of Ponta de
Castelhanos (2310S, 4406W), the route leads NNW and
NE, through the dredged channel to Terminal da Ilha
Guaba (2301S, 4402W).
Topography
1
Directions
(Continued from 7.16)
track leads WSW passing (with positions from Ilha Rasa de

Guaratiba Light (2305S, 4334W) (7.123)):
SSE of Ilhas Cagarras (20 miles ENE) (7.41). Vessels
can pass either N or S of Ilha Rasa (23 miles W)
(7.16) and Ilha Redonda (20 miles W) and vessels
of shallow draught can pass between Ilhas
Cagarras and Ponta do Arpoador. Thence:
SSE of Ilhas Tijucas (15 miles ENE), a group of three
islets and several rocks and shoals extending up to
2 miles SSW from Cabo da Gavea. Ilha Pontuda is
the most S of the islets and exhibits a light (white
round metal tower, 3 m in height); detached groups
of rocks lie 5 cables W and S of Ilha Pontuda.
Thence:
SSE of Ponta de Sernambetiba (5 miles ENE), a
low islet joined to the mainland by a sandy ridge,
thence:
SSE of Ilha Urupira (3 miles ENE), an island lying
1 mile from the mainland; a small islet, Ilha das
Peas, lies between Ilha Urupira and the mainland.
Thence:
SSE of Ilha Rasa de Guaratiba, from which a light
(7.123) is exhibited. The island is high and
covered in low vegetation; it lies close S of Ponta
de Guaratiba, the SW extremity of a promontory
rising to Morro de Guaratiba, a conical peak. A
rock lies 1 cables WSW of the islet and other
rocks obstruct the passage between it and the
mainland. Thence:
SSE of Laje da Marambaia (15 miles W), a barren
islet, 16 m in height, from the summit of which a
light (7.123) is exhibited; a shoal extends up to
1 mile W of the islet.
Thence to a position SE of Ponta de Castelhanos
(30 miles WSW), with dense vegetation and rocky slopes.
It is marked by a light (7.123) and forms the E extremity
of Ilha Grande (7.119).
The pilot boarding station and waiting anchorage for
vessels entering Baa de Sepetiba and Baa de Ilha Grande
lies 1 miles NE of Ponta de Castelhanos (2310S,
4406W).
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 7.176;
and for entrance to Baa de Sepetiba at 7.137, and for
the E entrance to Baa da Ilha Grande at 7.189)
7.124
4309W) (7.16), at the entrance to Baa de Guanabara, the
231
7.126
Baa de Sepetiba is approached between Ponta de
Castelhanos (2310S, 4406W) (7.124) at the E end of
Ilha Grande (7.119) and Ilha da Marambaia (7.119),
6 miles NE.
Ponta do Bispo (2259S, 4403W) forms the N
entrance point to Baa de Sepetiba; Ilha Guaba (7.140),
1 miles SSE of the point, is connected to the mainland by
a railway bridge, with a span under which there is a
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
vertical clearance of 8 m, and a minimum depth in the

fairway of 10 m. Ilha Guaibinha, 8 cables ESE of the point,
lies between the mainland and Ilha Guaba.
Principal marks
1
Piracy
1
7.127
Several incidents of piracy and armed robbery in the
area of Baa de Sepetiba, including at Porto Sepetiba and
Ilha Guaba Terminal, have been reported. For preventative
measures see 1.12.
Depths
1
7.128
The channel leading to Terminal da Ilha Guaba is
dredged to 223 m.

7.136
1
Pilotage
1
7.129
Compulsory. The pilot boards from a fast motor launch
at a position 1 miles NE of Ponta de Castelhanos
(2310S, 4406W).
Notice of ETA, 6 days, 48 hours and 24 hours, plus any
change at least 8 hours in advance.
Directions
Traffic regulations
7.130
Ilha Guaba Channel. Only one vessel leaving and one
vessel entering are permitted to use the channel at the same
time; the departing vessel has priority.
Vessels not proceeding to Terminal da Ilha Guaba
should avoid crossing the dredged channel.
7.131
Reserved naval anchorages:
Enseada das Palmas (7.190) is a reserved anchorage
for the Brazilian Navy. The limits are within a line
joining Ponta da Cafua (2309S, 4407W) and
Ponta da Praia Grande, 1 miles NNW.
Enseada do Abrao (7.191) is a reserved anchorage
for the Brazilian Navy. The limits are within a line
joining Ponta Grossa (2307S, 4408W); Ilha do
Abrao, 2 miles WNW; and a point on the coast
1 cables NW of Ponta do Abrao, 3 cables SW.
7.132
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in an
area, indicated on the chart, which extends from Ponta do
Gambelo (2303S, 4412W) (7.189), 2 miles SSW to the
N coast of Ilha Grande.
Measured distance
1
7.133
There is a measured distance off the N coast of Ilha
Grande, marked by a light-beacon and 4 beacons (white,
concrete) (with positions from Pedra Japariz Light-beacon
(2305S, 4413W)):
East limit marks. Pedra Japariz Light-beacon in line,
bearing 189, with a beacon on the N shore of Ilha
Grande (4 cables S).
West limit marks. A beacon on the N shore of Ilha
Grande (11 miles WSW) in line, bearing 189,
with a beacon on Ilha de Pombas (1 mile WNW)
and a beacon on the E extremity of Ilha de
Macacos (1 mile NW) (7.189).
Distance. 1852 m.
Running track. 099279, in depths of over 20 m.
Racon on front leading light (2303S, 4406W)

(7.137).
7.134
Landmarks:
Pico das Tres Orelhas (2256S, 4412W) (7.122)
(Chart 3970).
Pico do Frade (2257S, 4429W) (7.122)
(Chart 3970).
Pico Pedra dAgua (2309S, 4414W) (7.122).
Pico da Papagaio (2309S, 4412W) (7.122).
7.135
Major light:
Ponta de Castelhanos Light (2310S, 4406W)
(7.123).
Chart 432
7.137
track leads NE towards the leading line for entrance to
Baa de Sepetiba.
Leading marks:
Front light (white metal framework tower, concrete
base; racon) (2303S, 4406W).
Rear Light (white metal framework tower, concrete
base) (126 miles NW of front light).
The alignment (328) of these lights leads along the
dredged channel, marked by pairs of numbered light-buoys
(lateral), passing (with positions from the front leading
light):
Between Ilha das Palmas (6 miles S), covered with
dark-coloured palm trees which stand out well
against the lighter background of Ilha Grande, and
Ponta Arpoador (6 miles SE), the SW extremity
of Ilha da Marambaia (7.119); thence:
To a position about 1 mile SSE of the front light
where the dredged channel rounds to the ENE and
then leads to the turning basin (4 miles ENE) off
Terminal da Ilha Guaiba on the alignment (249)
astern of the following lights:
Front light as above.
Rear Light (white metal framework tower, concrete
base) (5 cables WSW of front light).
(Directions continue for Terminal da Ilha Guaba
at 7.146, and for Baa de Sepetiba at 7.153)

Baa de Mangaratiba
1
232
7.138
Description. The approach to Baa de Mangaratiba can
be identified by Laje de Mangaratiba (2301S, 4405W) a
low dark-coloured rock which is steep-to and marked by a
light-beacon (isolated danger). The shallow bay is entered
between Ponta do Bispo (7.126), 2 miles NNE of the
light-beacon, and Ponta da Cruz, 1 mile NNW of the
beacon. It is exposed to the sea, which enters the E part of
Baa da Ilha Grande and breaks heavily on Praia de So
Braz on its NW shore. Numerous small craft mooring
buoys exist within the bay.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
7.139
Cidade de Mangaratiba stands about midway along the
E shore of the bay; it has a small concrete pier where
small craft can berth; a dangerous wreck lies 1 cables
NW.
Anchorage is available to small vessels, about 5 cables
SSW of the pier in depths of about 3 m, mud.
Other facilities: Deratting and deratting exemption
certificates
Principal mark:
1
7.144
Major light:
(7.123).
7.145
Other aid to navigation:
Racon on front leading light (2303S, 4406W)
(7.137).
Directions
Terminal da Ilha Guaba
1
Chart 432, with plan Terminal da Ilha Guaba
General information
1
7.140
Position. Terminal da Ilha Guaba, also known as
Sepetiba Terminal, is situated on the S side of Ilha Guaba
(2301S, 4402W), to the N of the dredged channel
leading into Baa de Sepetiba. For Porto de Sepetiba
(Sepetiba Bay) see 7.161.
Function. The terminal provides berthing facilities for
vessels loading iron ore.
Approach and entry is through the dredged channel
described at 7.137.
Port authority. Mineracoes Brasileiras Reunidas S.A.,
Praia do Leste s/n, Ilha Guaba, Mangaratiba.
Berths
1
Limiting conditions
7.141
Controlling depth. The dredged channel has a projected
depth of 225 m, but in 1989 it was reported that there
were depths of only 210 m.
Deepest and longest berth. Terminal wharf, see 7.147.
Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel of
274 999 dwt with a mean draught of 2198 m, has loaded
263 288 tonnes of cargo at the terminal. It is reported that
vessels of up to 300 000 dwt can be accommodated
alongside the terminal.
Local conditions. Heavy swells sometimes run into the
bay making it necessary for vessels to leave the berth and
go to anchor.
Tidal streams run under the wharf, an open pile
construction, at rates of up to 2 kn which may affect a
vessels berthing.
Arrival information
1
7.142
Port radio station at Terminal da Ilha Guaba. See
Outer anchorage. Vessels awaiting a pilot should
anchor in a position 1 miles NE of Ponta de Castelhanos
(2310S, 4406W), in 23 m, sand and shell.
Pilotage is compulsory. See 7.129.
Tugs are compulsory. They are fitted with VHF R/T.
7.143
General layout. An L-shaped jetty, marked by lights at
its E and W extremities, extending from the SE side of Ilha
Guaba (2301S, 4402W) to the N boundary of the
dredged channel. The island is linked to the mainland to
the N by a railway bridge.
7.148
Other facilites: hospital at Mangaratiba, 8 km distant;
serious medical cases to Rio de Janeiro (7.47), 95 km
distant;. deratting and deratting exemption certificates
(7.139).
Supplies: fresh water at the berth, supplies from Rio de
Janeiro.
BAA DE SEPETIBA
General information
Charts 431, 432
Route
1
7.149
The recommended track leads from a position in the
turning basin SE of Ilha Guaba to Porto de Sepetiba on
the S side of Ilha da Madeira (2256S, 4350W) (7.161).
Topography
1
Harbour
1
7.147
Anchorage exists 5 cables SE of the jetty, within the
area of a turning basin; or 1 miles W of the jetty.
Alongside berths. The terminal jetty is 470 m long.
No 1 berth on the S side has a depth of 225 m and No 2
berth on the N side a depth of 19 m. A dolphin, 82 m off
the W end of the jetty, extends the length of No 1 berth.
Port services
1

7.146
From the turning basin (2301S, 4402W) the berth can
be approached directly.
Useful marks. Lights on Terminal da Ilha Guaba:
West end (yellow metal structure) (2301S,
4402W).
East end (green metal structure) (2301S, 4402W).
233
7.150
Ponta do Bispo (2259S, 4403W) (7.126), with Ilha
Guaba (7.140) extending 1 miles SSE of it, forms the N
entrance point to Baa de Sepetiba; the coastline extending
6 miles NE to Ponta do Afonso is fringed by a chain of
islets and dangers.
The S entrance point is formed by Ilha da Marambaia
(7.119), and Baa da Marambaia is entered to the E of it.
The shores of this bay are low and consist of sandy
beaches backed by mangroves.
The central part of Baa de Sepetiba is much
encumbered; the largest of these dangers is Ilha da
Jaguanum, 7 miles ESE of Ponta do Bispo. The island is
fringed, on all sides, by islets and other dangers.
The E part of Baa de Sepetiba, is shallower than the W
part, but with fewer islands and dangers in it. Restinga da
Marambaia (7.119), the S shore of the bay, is low and
offers little protection from S winds. The coastline SE from
Porto de Sepetiba (2256S, 4350W) (7.161) is broken by
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
the mouths of several rivers and canals which are navigable

by small craft.
1
Depths
1
7.151
The dredged depth (2001) in the main channel leading
to Porto de Sepetiba Mineral Terminal is 168 m, see also
7.162.
Pilotage
1
Ilha de Pedra Branca to Porto de Sepetiba
7.152
See 7.129.
Directions
Ilha Guaba to Ilha da Pedra Branca

1
7.153
From a position in the turning basin SE of Ilha Guaba
the track leads ENE, following the channel, marked by
numbered light-buoys (lateral) passing (with positions from
Ilha Jurubaba Light (2258S, 4357W)):
NNW of an extensive shoal area which extends
nearly 3 miles NNW of Ponta do Zumbi (6 miles
SSW); the NW extremity of this shoal area is
marked by a light-buoy (N cardinal), the position
of which is approximate, thence:
SSE of an extensive shoal area extending nearly
3 miles SE of Ponta do Pimentel (4 miles W),
thence:
Entering the buoyed channel passing between Nos 1
and 2 Light-buoys (lateral) (3 miles SW), thence:
NNW of Laje das Enxadas (1 miles SSE), a rock
with 14 m of water over it and marked on its NW
side by a light-buoy (N cardinal). A light (white
mast, 4 m in height) is exhibited from a position
on the NW coast of Ilha da Jaguanum (7.150)
(2 miles SSE). Thence:
SSE of Ilha Jurubaiba from the W end of which a
light (white concrete pyramid, 5 m in height) is
exhibited; the anchorage for Sepetiba lies S of the
island.
Thence the track turns E, passing:
S of Laje da Sororoca de Fora (1 miles ESE), a
rocky shoal with 88 m of water over it, the
outermost of a group of dangers which extend
1 mile SW from Ilha de Itacurua (7.157); the
shoal lies cable N of the N edge of the dredged
channel; No 10 Light-buoy (port hand) is moored
3 cables WSW and Laje da Sororoca NW
Light-buoy (isolated danger) is moored 4 cables
NW. Thence:
N of Parcel do Parmelo (3 miles ESE), an unmarked
rock with 5 m of water over it, which is the
outermost of a group of dangers which extend
1 miles NE from Ilha de Jaguanum. Thence:
To a position S of Ilha da Pedra Branca (225 8S,
4353W), a prominent group of white rocks,
which is marked by a light (black round metal
tower, red bands).
7.154
Useful marks:
Laje Alagada Light (red square masonry tower, 3 m
in height) (2301S, 4358W).
Laje Preta de Fora Light (black metal tower yellow
Laje do Cabrito Light (yellow metal tower black band
3 m in height) (2258S, 4400W).
7.155
From a position S of Ilha da Pedra Branca (2258S,
4353W) (7.153) the track through the buoyed channel
leads generally ENE, passing (with positions from Ilha do
Martins Light (2257S, 4351W)):
SSE of Laje Preta (1 mile WSW), a group of
above-water rocks, marked by a light-beacon (W
cardinal), thence:
SSE of Ilha Soc do Martins (8 cables WSW), with a
height of 39 m. A rocky shoal with a least depth
of 66 m lies 2 cables E. Thence:
SSE of Ilha do Martins; Ilha do Martins Light (white
square tower, 3 m in height) is exhibited from the
SE extremity of the island. Thence:
NNW of a rock (3 cables SE), with 61 m of water
over it, thence:
To the turning basin (1 miles ENE), off the Mineral
Terminal jetty (7.167).
7.156
Side channel.
1
From the above position S of Ilha da Pedra Branca

(2258S, 4353W) (7.153) the track of the secondary
channel, with a dredged depth of 115 m (2001), trends NE,
passing (with positions from Ilha do Martins Light
(2257S, 4352W)):
SE of Ilha da Pedra Branca (1 miles SW) (7.153);
thence:
NW of Laje Preta (1 mile WSW) (7.155), thence:
SE of an unmarked shoal area (1 miles W), with a
least depth of 61 m, extending SSE from Saco das
guas Lindas, a small bay on the S side of Ilha de
Itacurua (7.157), thence:
SE Ponta do Boi (9 cables WNW).
NW of Ilha das Cabras (7 cables NNW). A shoal
with dangerous rocks extends up to 1 cables W
and N from the island, thence:
From a position between Nos 8 and 9 Light-buoys
(lateral) (1 mile NNW), the track leads E, passing:
N of Laje Branca (8 cables NNE), marked on its SW
side by a beacon (S cardinal), and the shoal patch
which lies 2 cables W of it; from this position the
Container Terminal or the TECAR Jetty (7.167),
lying 1 mile E, can be approached directly. A light
(yellow structure) is exhibited from the W end of
the jetty.
Canal de Itacuruca
Chart 431
Canal de Itacurua
1
234
7.157
Ilha de Itacurua (2257S, 4354W) is the largest and
highest island in Baa de Sepetiba. Ilha do Soco, a small
islet on the summit of which is a disused light-column, lies
1 miles SW of Ponta do Barreiro, the NW extremity of
the island, and is the outermost of a chain of islets and
dangers extending from that point. A beacon (starboard
hand) stands on Ponta do Barreiro.
Canal de Itacurua is the channel that separates Ilha de
Itacurua from the mainland to the N. It has a least width
of 1 cables. Its S shore is high and indented by two bays
in which there are a number of dangers; the N shore of the
channel is low and sandy.
The mariner should exercise due caution in the channel
due to the presence of numerous mooring buoys.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Vila de Itacurua stands on the N shore of the channel

near to its W entrance. It has a T-shaped concrete pier with
a head 66 m long which can accommodate vessels of up to
3 m draught. The beach near the pier is steep-to and the
bottom soft mud so a vessel should not be damaged by
grounding, but care should be exercised to avoid some iron
piles which dry close off the W side of the pier. Tidal
streams are strong and there is little room to manoeuvre so
an anchor should be let go before berthing. The town has
few facilities.
Another T-shaped pier lies about 1 cable further E.
the bay. The channel was dredged to a depth of 27 m

(1999).
Porto de Sepetiba
Charts 431, 432
General information
1
Baa de Marambaia
1
7.158
Small vessels may anchor 6 cables E of Ponta Mangona
(2303S, 4357W), in depths of about 64 m, mud, with a
ruined building, situated 4 cables S of the point, bearing
240 distant 8 cables.
Vessels can also anchor about 3 cables NW of Ponta
Mangona, in depths of about 7 m, mud.
The best anchorage for small craft is NE of Ilha de
Jaguanum (2300S, 4356W), in depths of 10 to 20 m as
indicated on the chart, but care should be taken to keep
clear of the spit extending NW from Ilha Bonita, which lies
3 cables E of the N part of Ilha de Jaguanum.
Anchorage can also be obtained off the W coast of Ilha
de Jaguanum, 3 cables N of the light, in depths of about
11 m.
Hazard. The firing range (7.121) which encloses
Restinga da Marambaia extends 2 cables into the E part of
Baa da Marambaia.
Limiting conditions
1
7.159
Description. The village of Sepetiba stands on the
shore, 8 miles ESE of Porto de Sepetiba (2256S,
4350W) (7.161). Anchorage may be obtained by small
vessels about 1 mile off the village in a depth of 4 m, mud.
Saco da Coroa Grande

1
7.162
Controlling depths. In 2001 the approach channel to
Mineral Terminal (TPS) (7.167) was dredged to 168 m,
and the approaches to the S side of TECAR Jetty and
Container Terminal (7.167) to 139 m.
Deepest and longest berth. Porto de Sepetiba Mineral
Terminal jetty, see 7.167.
Arrival information
Eastern part of Baa de Sepetiba

1
7.161
Position. Porto de Sepetiba (also known as Sepetiba
Bay) lies on the S side of Ilha da Madeira (2256S,
4350W).
Function. The port has a container terminal, and bulk
handling berths for the export of iron ore and the import of
coal and alumina.
Topography. Ilha da Madeira lies in the NE part of
Baa de Sepetiba, separated from the mainland by a narrow
channel. The NE shore of the bay, stretching 6 miles SE
from the island, is low and backed by mangroves; it is
broken by the mouths of several rivers and channels.
Approach and entry to the port is through a channel,
marked by light-buoys; sections of this channel are
maintained by dredging.
Port authority. Porto de Sepetiba, Ilha da Madeira,
23800 Itguai RJ.
7.163
Outer anchorage. Vessels awaiting a pilot should
anchor in a position 1 miles NE of Ponta de Castelhanos
(2310S, 4406W), in 23 m, sand and shell.
Tugs are compulsory.
Harbour
7.160
Description. Saco da Coroa Grande, a wide shallow bay,
lies NE of Ilha de Itacurua (7.157) and NW of Ilha da
Madeira (7.161). There are depths of less than 3 m
throughout the bay, but a dredged channel, indicated by
unlit beacons, leads to Terminal de NUCLEP in the NE of
7.164
General layout. The port facilities consist of a container
terminal on the S side of Ilha da Madeira (2256S,
4350W); an L-shaped bulk handling jetty extending from
the SE of the island; and a T-shaped Mineral Terminal
close E.
Porto de Sepetiba Iron Ore Terminal from SW (7.164)

235
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Park in which hunting, fishing and any changes to the

environment are prohibited (see also 1.42). The limits of
this area are within a line joining Ponta do Drago (2313S,
4420W) and Ponta Tacunduba, 3 miles ENE.
Directions
1
7.165
See 7.155.
Anchorage
1
7.166
Indicated on the chart, S of Ilha Jurubaiba (2258S,
4357W) in depths from 102 m to 183 m.
Principal marks
1
Berths
7.167
1
The container terminal has a quay about 500 m in

length with a reported depth alongside of 145 m.
The L-shaped jetty (TECAR), used for importing
alumina and coal, is 540 m long with two berths
on either side; there are depths of 15 m alongside
on the S of the jetty and 10 m on the N side.
The T-shaped Mineral Terminal jetty (TPS) for
loading iron ore with a single berth on the S side
for vessels with a maximum 230 000 dwt and
LOA of 315 m.
7.174
Landmarks:
Pico das Tres Orelhas (2256S, 4412W) (7.122).
Pico do Frade (2257S, 4429W) (7.122).
7.175
Major lights:
(7.123).
Ponta dos Meros Light (white, red band on white
metal tube, red bands, 4 m in height) (2314S,
4421W).
Ponta da Juatinga Light (white truncated pyramidal
concrete tower, 8 m in height) (2318S, 4430W).
Port services
1
7.168
Other facilites: hospital at Mangaratiba, 8 km distant;
serious medical cases to Rio de Janeiro (7.47), 95 km
distant;.deratting and deratting exemption certificates
(7.139).
Supplies: fresh water; diesel and fuel oil at the berth;
other supplies from Rio de Janeiro.
Directions
PONTA DE CASTELHANOS TO PONTA DE

JUATINGA
General information
Charts 432, 433, 3970
Route
1
7.169
From a position SE of Ponta de Castelhanos (2310S,
4406W), at the entrance to Baa de Sepetiba, the route
leads SW, for about 24 miles to a position SE of Ponta da
Juatinga (7.176) at the entrance to Baa da Ilha Grande
(7.180).
Topography
1
7.170
The S coast of Ilha Grande is formed by several bays
and coves, backed by prominent mountains in the centre of
the island (7.122). Ilha Jorge Grego is a high, steep-to
island which lies about 2 miles offshore.
Depths
1

Chart 432
Enseada de Lopes Mendes

1
7.171
The coast is steep-to and no dangers exist more than
1 mile offshore, although shoal water has been reported SE
of Ilha Jorge Grego as indicated on the chart.
Restricted areas
1
7.172
Reserved naval anchorage. Enseada de Lopes Mendes
(7.177) is a reserved anchorage for the Brazilian Navy. The
limits are within a line joining Ponta de Lopes Mendes
(2311S, 4408W) and a position on the shore 2 cables
SW of Ponta das Palmeiras, 2 miles WNW.
7.173
Marine adventure park. The waters of Saco do
Aventureiro have been designated as a Marine Adventure
Chart 3970
7.176
From a position SE of Ponta de Castelhanos (23100S,
44055W) the track leads SW, passing (with positions
from Ponta dos Meros Light (2314S, 4421W) (7.175):
SE of Ilha Jorge Grego (10 miles E), a high and
steep-to island; shoal water has been reported
(1986) SE of the island, as indicated on the chart;
thence:
SE of Ponta dos Meros, the SW extremity of Ilha
Grande, from which a light (7.175) is exhibited.
Ilha dos Meros, a small islet, lies 1 mile NW of
the point; above-water rocks lie 2 cables NE of
the islet.
10 miles to a position SE of Ponta da Juatinga, the W
entrance point to Baa da Ilha Grande. It is the S extremity
of a high peninsula. Pico do Cairuu, twin peaks, lies
5 miles W of the point.
(Directions continue for coastal route at 7.235,
and for entrance to Baa da Ilha Grande at 7.186)
7.177
Description. Enseada de Lopes Mendes is entered
between Ponta de Lopes Mendes (2311S, 4408W) and
Ponta das Palmeiras, 2 miles WNW. A white round metal
beacon, 4 m in height, stands on Ponta de Lopes Mendes
and Laje de Lopes Mendes, a rock which dries, lies
2 cables S of the point.
Anchorage. The bay, which is open to the sea, is
reserved as an anchorage for Brazilian naval vessels. See
7.172.
Saco Dois Rios

1
236
7.178
Description. Saco Dois Rios is entered between Ponta
das Palmeiras (2311S, 4410W) (7.177) and Ponta do
Cavalinho, 1 mile SW. There are two islets in the N part of
the cove and on the W shore are the buildings of a prison.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Anchorage exists 2 cables S of the islets in a depth of

10 to 12 m, sand. It is exposed to wind and swell from SE
to SW.
Principal marks
1
Chart 433
Ponta Altade Paranoica

1
7.179
Description. Between Ponta Alta de Paranoica (2312S,
4415W) and Ponta Tacunduba, 9 cables NW, lies a small
cove, with a beach at its head.
Anchorage exists near the head of the cove in a depth
of about 12 m, sand and mud.
7.184
Landmarks:
Pico das Tres Orelhas (2256S, 4412W) (7.122).
Pico do Frade (2257S, 4429W) (7.122).
Major lights:
(7.123).
Ponta dos Meros Light (2314S, 4421W) (7.175).
Ponta da Juatinga Light (2318S, 4430W) (7.175).

BAA DA ILHA GRANDE
General information
Directions
Charts 433, 3970
Route
1
7.180
From a position SE of Ponta de Juatinga (2318S,
4430W) (7.176) the track leads NNE and NE into Baa da
Ilha Grande, thence to a position SSE of Laje do Mestre
Bernardo (2305S, 4418W) (7.186), at the junction of the
buoyed channel leading to TEBIG Oil Terminal with the
recommended route leading to Porto de Angra dos Reis.
See 7.186.
The bay can also be entered from the pilot boarding
position NE of Ponta de Castelhanos (2310S, 4406W),
passing along the NE shore of the island to TEBIG Oil
Terminal, 10 miles NW of the point. See 7.189.
Topography
1
7.181
The W entrance to Baa da Ilha Grande lies between
Ponta de Juatinga (2318S, 4430W) and Ponta dos Meros
(7.176), 9 miles ENE. The E entrance lies between Ponta
de Castelhanos (2310S, 4406W) and Ponta Arpoador,
6 miles NE. The bay is extensive and its shores are
deeply indented and backed by a mountain range. Ilha
Grande, which lies between the two entrances, is
mountainous and covered by dense forest.
The NW coast of Ilha Grande trends generally NE from
Ponta Acai (2311S, 4423W) (7.186) to the N extremity
of the island, 9 miles distant.
From the vicinity of Ilha do Araujo (2309S, 4441W)
the shore of Baa da Ilha Grande trends N for 6 miles then
E for 13 miles to Ponta do Coqueiro (7.217), the W
entrance point to Baa de Ribeira. The shore is fringed by
numerous islets and submerged rocks which lie up to
2 miles offshore.
Entrance W of Ilha Grande

1
Depths
1
7.182
The W entrance, between Ponta de Juatinga and Ponta
dos Meros, 9 miles ENE, is clear of dangers apart from
Lajes do Pendo (2312S, 4423W). Depths are in excess
of 25 m.
Hazard
1
7.183
Marine farms and private buoys exist in the inlets of
Baa da Ilha Grande. Mariners are advised to exercise
particular caution.
7.185
Racon on Laje do Coronel Light (2306S, 4424W)
(7.186).
237
7.186
From a position SE of Ponta de Juatinga (2318S,
4430W) (7.176), the track leads NNE, passing (with
positions from Ponta dos Meros Light (2314S, 4421W)
(7.175)):
WNW of Ponta dos Meros (7.176), thence:
WNW of Ilha dos Meros (1 mile NW), NE of which
lie two rocks within 2 cables of the extremity,
thence:
WNW of Lajes do Pendo (2 miles NW), two
submerged rocks, steep-to, over which seas break
in heavy weather; thence to the pilot boarding
position (4 miles WNW).
Clearing bearing. A line of bearing greater than 000
of Laje do Coronel Light (2306S, 4424W), clears W of
Lajes do Pendo.
Caution. Deep-draught vessels should note depths of
215 and 24 m about 2 miles SW of Laje do Coronel.
From the vicinity of the Pilot Boarding Position
(2311S, 4424W) the track continues generally NNE
thence NE, passing (with positions from Ilha Itacuatiba
Light (2304S, 4415W)):
WNW of Ponta Acai (9 miles SW), and through
the tanker anchorage centred 1 miles NW of the
point. Thence:
SE of No 2 Light-buoy (port hand) (8 miles SW)
whence the recommended track, marked by
numbered light-buoys (lateral), continues NE,
thence:
SE of Laje do Coronel (8 miles WSW), a low
barren rock, marked by a light (black concrete
pyramid, red band, 4 m in height) (racon); Parcel
do Coronel, a rocky shoal marked by a buoy
(starboard hand) lies 4 cables W of the light.
Thence:
SW); Laje do Fundo lies 3 cables ESE of No 1
Light-buoy. Thence:
NW of Laje Branca (6 miles SW), a low whitish
rock, from which a light (black stone column, red
band, 4 m in height) is exhibited, thence:
SW), thence:
SW), thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
10
SE of Ilha Imboassica (4 miles W), an oval shaped

islet steep-to but surrounded by a narrow rocky
shelf. The W extremity of this shelf is marked by
a beacon (isolated danger). Thence:
(3miles WSW), thence:
NW of Ponta Grossa de Stio Forte (3 miles SW).
Morro do Pilo, a conical mountain, rises 1 mile
SSW of the point and descends in a gradual slope
towards it, and:
SSE of Ilha Queimada Pequena (3 miles WSW).
Laje dos Bbedos, a rock with a least depth of
99 m over it, lies 3 cables W, thence:
(2 miles WSW), thence:
SE of Laje do Mestre Bernardo (2miles W),
marked on its E side by a light-buoy (isolated
danger), whence the track to TEBIG Oil Terminal
continues NE and the track to Porto de Angra dos
Reis diverges to the NNW.
(Directions continue for Porto de Angra dos Reis
at 7.207)
7.187
From this position the track leads E in mid-channel
passing N of No 2 Anchorage (2 miles SW), and N of Laje
do Navio (1 miles SW) to a position between Nos 13 and
16 Light buoys (lateral). Thence the track leads NE,
passing:
NW of Leja da Ilha Comprida (7 cables SSE), a rock
with a depth of 6 m over it, thence:
SE of Ilha Itacuatiba, on which stands a light (white
square masonry column 5 m in height), and:
NW of No 15 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (6 cables
SE), moored in deep water 1cables NW of Ilha
Aroeira, a rocky islet surrounded by a narrow rock
strewn shelf, thence:
SE of Laje da Ilha Itacuatiba (4 cables NE), a rock
with a depth of 67 m over it marked by a buoy
(green) moored on its NE side, thence:
Between Nos 17 and 18 Light-buoys (lateral) (about
8 cables ENE).
From this position the track leads directly towards
TEBIG Oil Terminal.
7.188
Useful marks:
Laje Preta Redonda Light (2303S, 4419W)
(7.207).
Laje dos Homens Light (2302S, 4418W) (7.207).
Ilha Saracura Light (2303S, 4416W) (7.209).
Light on TEBIG Oil Terminal Head (private)
(2304S, 4414W).
Light on TEBIG Oil Terminal Elbow (private)
(2304S, 4414W).

Enseada das Palmas
1
Entrance E of Ilha Grande

1
7.190
Description. Enseada das Palmas is entered between
Ponta da Cafua and Ponta da Praia Grande, 1 miles
NNW. Ilha das Palmas (7.137) provides a good mark for
approaching the bay.
This bay is subject to squalls from between S and SW
between the hills at the head of the S cove. Swells can also
make the anchorage uncomfortable.
Anchorage, a reserved naval anchorage (7.131), exists
in the S part of the bay, as indicated on the chart, in depths
of about 11 m. Small vessels anchor off the head of the S
cove, in a depth of about 7 m. The bottom is rocky in
places.
Enseada do Abrao
Chart 432 and 433 plan TEBIG Oil Terminal

7.189
track leads NNW, passing (with positions from Ilha do
Abrao Light (2307S, 4410W)):
ENE of Ilha das Palmas (7.137) (3 miles SE);
thence:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (3 miles E) lying
1 miles NE of Ponta Grossa, thence:
To a position with Ilha Pau a Pino (2 miles ENE)
bearing 225 distant 1 miles. Ilha Pau a Pino rises sheer
from the water to a height of 22 m, is almost barren, and is

marked by a light (white round metal tower, 2 m in height).
A rocky ridge extends 2 cables SW from the islet. Thence
the track leads generally WNW, passing:
NNE of Ilha do Meio (1 miles ENE); thence:
NNE of Ilha do Abrao, a small, low islet covered in
vegetation and marked by a light (white round
metal pillar, 5 m in height), thence:
NNE of Ponta da Enseada (1 miles WNW), thence:
NNE of Ilha Japariz (3 miles WNW) ). Pedra do
Japariz. A low barren lies 1 cables E of Ilha
Japariz and is marked by a light-beacon (white
square concrete tower, 4 m in height) marking the
E end of a measured distance (7.133); and:
SSW of a light-buoy (W cardinal) (3 miles NW),
moored 8 cables SW of Ponta do Gambelo
marking the E limits of the turning basin off the
berth at TEBIG Oil Terminal, thence:
NNE of a Light-buoy (N cardinal) (4miles WNW),
marking two submerged rocks with depths of 184
and 187 m over them; thence:
To a position N of Ponta Maria Albardo (4 miles NW),
the N extremity of Ilha de Macacos where there is direct
approach to the berths at TEBIG oil terminal. A shoal
patch, least depth 131 m, lies 2 cables N of the point;
No 17 Light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored 1 cables W
of the patch.
(Directions continue for Porto Angra dos Reis
at 7.209)
7.191
Description. Enseada do Abrao is entered between Ilha
dos Morcegos (2308S, 4409W), a small low islet with
sparse vegetation, and Ponta do Abrao, 1 mile WNW.
Ilhas do Macedo are two small islets, joined to the shore
by a shallow shelf of rock and sand, near the W side of
the head of the bay. On the W shore of the bay are the
large buildings of a disused quarantine station, near which
is a landing pier for boats. At the head of the bay stands
the fishing village of Abrao, with a pier where small
vessels of up to 3 m draught can berth at HW.
Anchorage. The bay is designated a reserved naval
anchorage (7.131). It provides the best anchorage in the E
part of Baa da Ilha Grande being sheltered from all winds,
with a bottom of sand or mud.
Enseada da Estrela
1
238
7.192
Description. Enseada da Estrela is entered between
Ponta da Enseada (2306S, 4411W) and Ponta dos
Lobos, 1 mile SE. Saco do Cu is a land-locked cove
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
entered through a narrow channel in the NW corner of the

bay. Neither wind nor sea enter this cove and there is
always a flat calm in it; its SW shore is swampy.
Anchorage is available in all parts of Enseada da
Estrela over a bottom of sand or mud, but it can be
affected by swell.
Small vessels can anchor in Saco do Cu, in depths of 6
to 9 m, mud. A depth of 22 m exists near the middle of
the entrance to the cove about 1 cable N of the S entrance
point. Laje Grande, a group of rocks, marked by a beacon
(isolated danger) lie in the centre of the cove. A shellfish
cultivation area, marked by yellow floats, lies between
these two shoals.
Enseada de Sororoca and Enseada de Jacarei

1
7.193
Description. A bay extends 1 mile W from Ponta
Grossa (2302S, 4409W); the W part of this bay is
Enseada de Sororoca and the E part Enseada de Jacarei.
Ilha de Sororoca lies in the E part of the bay.
Anchorage. exists for small vessels N of the island. It
should be approached from the W.
Harbour
1
Directions
1
Chart 433 with plan TEBIG Oil Terminal
General information
7.194
Position. Known also as CEBIG (Terminal Gerencia de
Baia da Ilha Grande) it is located at Ponta do Leme
(2303S, 4414W) within Baa da Ilha Grande.
Approach and entry is through a channel, marked by
light-buoys, which leads from within the W entrance of
Baa da Ilha Grande to the berth.
Port authority. Petroleo Brasileiro S.A. (PETROBRAS),
Rio de Janeiro.
7.195
Controlling depth. The buoyed channel has a least
depth of 25 m and a least width of 2 cables.
Deepest and longest berth. Berth P2 see 7.199.
Maximum size of vessel. 500 000 dwt and
draught 250 m.
Largest vessel handled. A vessel of 409 400 dwt and
382 m length.
7.196
Port radio. There is a port radio station at the terminal.
Notice of ETA required 72 hours in advance stating last
port of call and draught. Confirmed 48 and 24 hours in
advance.
Outer anchorage:
Quarantine anchorage (2306S, 4428W) is situated
4 miles WNW of the channel entrance.
Tanker anchorage (2309S, 4424W), a circular area
shown on the chart, is located close SW of the
channel entrance. Another anchorage is indicated
on the chart 3 miles W of the tanker anchorage.
Pilotage Compulsory. Pilot boards 2 miles WSW of
Ponta Acai (2311S, 4423W) or, for vessels approaching
from E of Ilha Grande, 1 miles NE of Ponta de
Castelhanos.
Tugs are available.
7.200
Facilities: reception of dirty ballast.
Supplies: fuel, fresh water; limited facilities for repairs.
Porto de Angra dos Reis

Chart 433 with plan of Porto de Angra dos Reis
General information
1
Arrival information
1
7.199
Anchorage for vessels under restraint or repair is
located at No 2 Anchorage, as indicated on the chart,
2 miles SW of Ilha Itacuatiba Light (2304S, 4415W).
Alongside berth consists of a concrete pier, 1310 m
long, with a berthing platform 570 m long. Tankers, of up
to 500 000 dwt, can be berthed in depths of 275 m on the
S side, Berth P1; and in depths of 35 m on the N side,
Berth P2.
Port services
Limiting conditions
1
7.198
See 7.186 for W entrance, and 7.189 for E entrance.
Berths
TEBIG Oil Terminal
7.197
General layout. The harbour consists of a long concrete
pier, extending from Ponta do Leme (2303S, 4414W)
(7.194), with berthing facilities on both sides.
Landmark:
Disused light-tower (red round concrete tower, 8 m in
height) on Ponta do Pasto (2303S, 4415W).
(7.186).
7.201
Position. Porto de Angra dos Reis (2301S, 4419W) is
located in an inlet within Baa da Ilha Grande (7.180); Baa
de Jacuacanga (7.227) lies 3 miles ESE of Angra dos Reis.
Function. Angra dos Reis handles grain and general
cargo. There are shipbuilding, dry dock and ship repair
yards in Baa de Jacuacanga.
Approach and entry. Porto de Angra dos Reis is
approached, through Baa da Ilha Grande (7.180) either:
From the E by passing through the channel N of Ilha
Grande, then N of Ilha Itacuatiba (2304S,
4415W), proceeding generally NW, clear of the
many dangers within this part of Baa da Ilha
Grande, to the entrance to the port.
From the W by proceeding along the TEBIG Oil
Terminal buoyed channel (7.187) as far as Nos 9
and 12 Light-buoys, 2 miles SW of Ilha
Itacuatiba (2304S, 4415W), then leaving the
channel and proceeding N and NW to the entrance
to the port, as above.
Traffic. In 2000 Angra dos Reis was used by 79 vessels
with a total of 4 437 406 dwt.
Port authority. Companhia Docas do Rio de Janeiro,
Gerencia Porto de Angra dos Reis RJ, Av. Beira Mar,
23900 Angra dos Reis.
Limiting conditions
1
239
7.202
Controlling depth. There is a least charted depth of
75 m (2301S, 4419W) on the approach to the main
wharf.
Deepest and longest berth. Main wharf, see 7.214.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Maximum size of vessel handled. the port has handled

vessels of up to 200 m LOA, 89 m draught and 29 000
dwt.
Arrival information
1
7.203
Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA. Requests for a pilot can be made up to
2 hours in advance.
7.204
Pilotage. Compulsory. Pilot boards 2 miles WSW of
Ponta Acai (2311S, 4423W) for vessels entering W of
Ilha Grande. For vessels entering E and N of Ilha Grande
the pilot boards 1 miles NE of Ponta de Castelhanos
(2310S, 4406W).
Tugs are available.
Harbour
1
7.205
General layout. A wharf and basin extend from the NW
shore of the inlet in which Angra dos Reis lies; a pier is
located in Enseada Batista das Neves in the SW part of the
inlet. The head of the inlet has depths of less than 55 m
and is only navigable by small craft.
An area of reclaimed land off the N shore of Baa de
Jacuacanga forms a large shipyard with building slips, dry
docks, workshops and quays.
Anchorages. See 7.213
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in a
submarine pipeline area, indicated on the chart (see also
1.35), in Baa de Jacarangua; see 7.227.
7.206
Seaplane landing area, as indicated on the chart, lies in
the middle of Baa de Jacuacanga (2302S, 4415W).
Landmarks:
Disused light-tower (2303S, 4415W) (7.197).
Conspicuous silo (40 m in height) on Porto de Angra
dos Reis Wharf (2307S, 4419W).
(7.186).
Chart 433 with plan of Porto de Angra dos Reis

1
7.207
Approaches W of Ilha Grande (continued from 7.186).
From a position SSE of Laje do Mestre Bernardo (2305S,
4418W) (7.186) the line of bearing, 347, of Laje dos
Homens (2302S, 4418W) leads NNW, passing (with
positions from Parcel da Ilha Calombo Light (2302S,
4419W):
E of Laje do Mestre Bernardo (3 miles SSE), thence:
E of Laje Preta Redonda (1 miles SSE), a
dark-coloured rock with sparse vegetation, marked
by a light (green round concrete tower, 6 m in
height); where the track turns NW, thence:
SW of Laje dos Homens (1 mile SE), marked by a
light (red round concrete column, 5 m in height);
Laje Alagada, marked by a beacon (starboard
hand), lies 2 cables NNW; a submerged rock,
with 44 m over it, lies 3 cables NW of Laje dos
Homens. Thence:
SW of Parcel da Ilha Calombo Light (red square
concrete tower, 3 m in height), where the track
alters to the NNE. The light is shown from the S
240
edge of the reef, which has one head which dries.

Two shoals lie 2 cables N and S, respectively, of
the reef; each is marked on its W side by a
light-buoy (starboard hand). Ilha do Calombo lies
2 cables E of the reef and 2 cables SW of Ponta da
Cidade, the E entrance point to the harbour.
Thence:
SE of Ilha Francisca (6 cables NNW), a small islet
covered with vegetation with a tall building on its
summit; the N part of the islet is connected to the
mainland by submarine pipelines and cables (see
also 1.35); thence:
SE of Laje das Enchovas (6 cables NNW), marked on
its NE side by Laje das Enchovas Light-buoy (port
hand), and:
NW of Leje do Segredo (5 cables NNE), marked by a
light-buoy (starboard hand).
From this position the wharf, 4 cables NW, can be
approached.
7.208
Useful marks:
Laje Grande Light (green round metal tower and
gallery, 4 m in height) (2301S, 4415W).
Porto de Angra dos Reis Pier Light (white masonry
Ilha da Piedade Light (special) (2302N, 4421W).
Chart 433 with plan of TEBIG Oil Terminal

7.209
Approaches from N of Ilha Grande (continued from
7.189). From a position N of Ponta Maria Albardo (7.189)
(2305S, 4414W) the track leads W, initially, passing
(with positions from Ilha Itacuatiba Light (2304S,
4415W)):
N of the 138 m shoal (6 cables NE), marked on its E
side by No 18 Light-buoy (port hand), Thence:
N of Laje da Ilha Itacuatiba (3 cables NE) (7.187),
thence:
S and SW of Laje da Saracura (1 miles WNW),
which is marked on its NE side by a light-buoy
(isolated danger); Ilha Saracura (1 miles NW),
covered with sparse vegetation, is marked by a
light (red square stone column, 4 m in height);
whence the track alters NW; thence:
SW of Laje dos Homens (3 miles NW) (7.207) and
the dangers extending up to 4 cables NW of it,
thence follow the directions for the approaches W
of Ilha Grande at 7.207.
7.210
Useful marks:
Light on TEBIG Oil Terminal Head (private)
(2304S, 4414W).
Light on TEBIG Oil Terminal Elbow (private)
(2304S, 4414W).
Disused light-tower (2303S, 4415W) (7.197).
7.211
Alternative day-time routes
By day a vessel can approach Angra dos Reis by a deep
channel, passing (with positions from Parcel da Ilha
Calombo Light (2302S, 4419W):
W of Laje dos Bbedos (4 miles S); thence:
W of Ilha Queimada Grande (3 miles S), and:
E of Ilha Imboassica (3 miles SSW) A reef, the
outer part of which is awash, extends 1 cables
SW of the island; it is marked by a beacon
(isolated danger). Thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
E of Laje Grande de Imboassica (3 miles SSW),

marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger), thence:
E of Laje dos Ferros (2 miles SSW); thence:
W of Ilha de Porcos Grande (2 miles S), which is
covered with dark-coloured vegetation; a beacon
(white square masonry, 10 m in height) stands on
the W extremity of the islet; and:
E of Laje Chata (1 miles SSW), marked by a
beacon (port hand); this shoal forms the NE
extremity of Ilhas de So Joo, a group of islets.
Thence:
SW of Parcel da Ilha Calombo and following the
directions at 7.207.
7.212
Useful marks:
Laje Grande Light (2301S, 4415W) (7.208).
Porto de Angra dos Reis Pier Light (2301S,
4420W) (7.208).
Ilha da Piedade Light (2303S, 4420W) (7.208).
Baa de Ribeira
1
Basins and berths

1
7.213
Basin. A basin is situated NE of the root of the wharf; a
rock awash is charted at its SE corner and a dangerous
wreck lies close E of the N entrance point.
Anchorages. Vessels can anchor with the silo on Porto
de Angra dos Reis Wharf (2301S, 4419W) bearing
about 280, distant 4 cables, in depths of 78 m, mud, as
shown on the chart. This berth is sheltered from all except
SW winds, which raise a sea and cause a strong set
towards the head of the of the inlet.
There is an outer anchorage, also shown on the chart,
with the silo bearing 015, distant 1 miles, in a depth of
12 m.
7.214
Berths. The wharf projects 3 cables from the NW shore
of the inlet and has 335 m of berthing space with an
average depth of 80 m alongside at LW. This wharf is
being extended 150 m SSE.
A concrete pier which can accommodate vessels of up
to 3 m draught is situated in Enseada Batista das Neves
(2301S, 4420W).
Western part of Baa da Ilha Grande

1
7.215
Repairs. Minor repairs only. More extensive repairs
done at the shipyard in Baa de Jacuacanga, see 7.227.
Other facilites: hospital; deratting and deratting
Supplies: fresh water; provisions; diesel fuel for small
craft only.
Side channels
Canal de Gipia
1
7.216
Description. Canal de Gipia separates Ilha da Gipia
from the mainland, W of Porto de Angra dos Reis. It is
entered, from the E, between Ilha do Maia (2302S,
4420W), with dark-coloured vegetation, and Ilha do
Almeida 8 cables SSW.
Laje do Pendo, marked by a light-buoy (isolated
danger), lies in the middle of the channel 5 cables SW of
Ilha do Maia.
The channel then leads between Ponta do Adolfo
(2302S, 4421W) and Ponta dos Ossos, 5 cables SW.
Laje do Jang lies in the middle of this passage.
7.217
Local knowledge is necessary to navigate within Baa
de Ribeira which is approached between Ponta da Maresia
(23027S, 44235W) and Ponta de Coqueiro, on the
mainland 3 miles WNW. The bay is heavily encumbered
with islets and other dangers, some of which are marked
by beacons or buoys. Its shores are much indented and
form three principal coves; Enseada da Japuba, on the E
shore of the bay; Enseada de Bracu, on the NW shore; and
Enseadado Arir which forms the head of the bay.
Anchorage can be found in any part of the bay, with
shelter from all winds, particularly on the W side; the
bottom is, in general, mud and provides good holding
ground.
Chart 3970
Port services
1
The channel then leads WNW, into the S part of Baa da

Ribeira (7.217), keeping clear of Laje da Figueira, marked
by a light-beacon (isolated danger).
A channel, marked by buoys, leads N from close E of
Laje do Pendo to the bay NW of Ponta do Calafate,
Caution. Submarine cables cross the channel from Ponta
do Jang, 1 cable E of Ponta do Adolfo, to Ilha de
Piedade, 5 cables SSE; each of these points is marked by a
light-beacon (special). A submarine cable also runs from
Ponta do Jang to the N shore of Ilha da Gipia, 3 cables
SW of Ponta dos Ossos.
241
7.218
Local knowledge is necessary to navigate within the
bays and islets of the W shore of Baa da Ilha Grande.
7.219
Enseada do Pouso is entered between Ponta da Mesa,
2 miles NW of Ponta da Juatinga, and Ponta Cajaba,
2 miles farther NNW. It is clear of all dangers but is
open to all but SW winds.
Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of the cove,
1 miles NW of Ponta da Mesa, in depths of about 17 m,
mud.
7.220
Saco de Mamangu and Enseada de Parati-Mirim.
The coast between Ponta Cajaba (2314S, 4433W) and
Ponta Grossa de Parati, 5 miles NW, is indented by two
narrow inlets, which have a common entrance between
Ponta Cajaba and Ilha do Algodo, 1 miles NW. Saco de
Mamangu, the SE inlet, is 4 miles long and lies between
two mountain ranges; it affords little shelter from SW
winds, which blow through a gap in the mountains at its
head and are funnelled down its length. Enseada de
Parati-Mirim, the NW inlet, is landlocked and well
sheltered.
This part of the coast is fringed by numerous islands
and dangers. Ilha dos Meros, lies 2 miles NNW of Ponta
Cajaba and Parcel dos Meros, an outlying shoal with one
head which dries, marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger),
lies 4 miles NNE of the same point. Laje dos Ganchos
lies 1 miles NNE of Ponta Grossa de Parati and Laje dos
Moleques, marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger), lies
3 cables N of it.
7.221
Baa de Parati is entered between Ponta Grossa de
Parati (2311S, 4439W) and Ilha do Araujo, 2 miles
NW. Ilha Rapada lies in the entrance to the bay, 1 miles
NW of the point; a light (red square metal framework
tower, 7 m in height) is exhibited from the summit of the
island.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Ilha do Mantimento, 7 cables W of Ponta Grossa de

Parati, is separated from the SE shore of the bay by a
passage with depths of 12 m in the fairway.
A channel, with depths of over 5 m, follows the SE
shore of the bay, passing SE of Ilha de Bexiga, which lies
3 miles SW of Ponta Grossa de Parati, and the chain of
islets and rocks which extend 1 miles NE from this islet.
Laje de Tapera, a rock with a depth of 46 m over it,
encroaches into the SE side of this channel, 2 miles SW
of Ponta Grossa de Parati, and is marked by a light-buoy
(port hand). The channel may be entered passing either side
of Ilha de Mantimento. The remaining part of Baa de
Parati has depths of less than 5 m.
Anchorage for small craft can be found SW of Ilha de
Bexiga in depths of 5 to 6 m, mud, sheltered from all
winds.
Cidade de Parati stands near the head of the bay, 1 mile
W of Ilha de Bexiga. It has a wooden pier where small
craft, drawing up to 25 m, can berth at HW. A light is
exhibited from the head of the pier.
Chart 433
7.222
Enseada de Araatiba (2309S, 4420W) provides
well sheltered anchorage, 4 cables S of the W end of Ilha
Longa. The anchorage, shown on the chart, is in a depth of
21 m, mud.
7.223
Enseada de Stio Forte (2307S, 4417W) provides
anchorage, sheltered from all winds, in the S part of the
bay. The anchorage, shown on the chart, is in a depth of
about 17 m, mud. A wreck lies 7 cables NNE of it.
7.224
Saco do Bananal lying S of Ponta do Bananal,
(2306S, 4415W) provides anchorage in its NE part, as
shown on the chart. Laje Matariz de Fora, a rock with a
depth of 53 m over it, stands in the entrance to the bay; a
beacon (isolated danger) is situated on Laje Matariz de
Dentro, 1 cable SE.
7.225
South side of Ilha de Gipia. Anchorage for small
vessels can be found in a bay 6 cables N of Ponta de
Jurubaiba (2304S, 4422W) on the S side of Ilha de
Gipia.
7.226
Ilha Sandri. Anchorage can be found off the NW side
of Ilha Sandri (2303S, 4430W), in depths of 8 to 12 m,
mud, sheltered from the swell.
Vila de Mambucaba, which has a prominent white
church, stands on the N shore of a bay, 1 miles NW of
the island. Local vessels trading to Vila de Mambucaba
usually anchor between the village and Ilha do Algodo,
5 cables S of it, in depths of 4 to 7 m. Lajinha, a rock
awash, lies midway between Ilha do Algodo and Ponta de
Mambucaba, 6 cables ENE.
Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited into a bay lying
2 miles NE of Ilha Sandri.
PONTA DE JUATINGA TO PONTA DO BOI

General information
Chart 3970
Route
1
7.228
From a position SE of Ponta da Juatinga (2318S,
4430W) (7.176), the route leads SW for about 57 miles,
to a position SE of Ponta do Boi (2358S, 4515W), the
SE extremity of Ilha de So Sebastio.
Topography
1
7.229
This part of coast is steep, rocky and indented by
numerous bays. Ilha de So Sebastio is mountainous with
steep slopes covered with dense vegetation. Its highest
peak, Pico de So Sebastio (7.232), is prominent.
Depths
1
7.230
The 50 m depth contour is fairly regular and extends
from 6 miles off Ponta de Juatinga to only 1 mile off Ponta
do Boi. Farther inshore there are many dangers and depths
less than 20 m can be found up to 10 miles offshore,
particularly to the N of Ilha de So Sebastio.
Local weather
1
Baa de Jacuacanga
1
an old convent stand on the beach at the head of bay, but

are difficult to identify from the entrance. The installations
of a shipyard stand at the N corner of the bay.
Submarine pipelines are laid across the E side of the
bay; anchoring in the pipeline area is prohibited (see also
1.35). A seaplane landing area, indicated on the chart, lies
in the middle part of the bay.
Directions. The SE side of the bay is comparatively free
from dangers, the only ones lying more than 5 cables
offshore being Laje das Duas Irms lying 9 cables NW of
Ponta de Leste and marked by a light-buoy (isolated
danger) and Laje do Bernardo 7 cables NNW of the same
point.
Dangers. The NW side of the bay is fringed by islets
and other dangers to a distance of about 1 mile. Laje
Grande, a group of black above-water rocks, lie 2 miles
ENE of Ponta do Peregrino; a light (7.208) is exhibited
from the most S rock of the group. Laje Redondo, a rocky
patch marked by a beacon (isolated danger) lies 9 cables E
of Laje Grande.
Shipyard. In the N corner of the bay, on reclaimed land
formed by levelling the former Ilha Moreno, is a private
shipyard which includes two shipbuilding slips, four dry
docks and a floating crane. There is 600 m of quayage for
vessels drawing up to 7 m.
Anchorage is available in any part of the bay but the
whole of the E part is exposed to SW winds. The best
berths for small vessels are Enseada da Mombaa and
Enseada de Camorim, two bays separated by Ponta do
Solpado, which extend 1 miles NE from Ponta do
Peregrino.
7.227
General information. Baia de Jacuacanga is entered
between Ponta de Leste (2303S, 4415W) and Ponta do
Peregrino, 2 miles NW; a monument, with an elevation of
69 m, stands 2 cables NE of Ponta de Leste. The ruins of
242
7.231
In 1977 MV Granada reported dense fog in the vicinity
of Ilha de So Sebastio on two occasions in mid-July and
mid-October. This suggests streams of cold water in this
locality, deriving from a temporary N extension of the cold
Falkland current, with some upwelling of colder water.
Freshets off the adjacent mountains also reduce inshore
water temperatures and increase the likelihood of sea fog.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Principal marks
1
7.232
Landmarks:
Pico do Corcavado, (2327S, 4511W) rises 8 miles
NNE of Ponta Grossa and forms the background to
this part of the coast.
Ilha da Vitoria (2345S, 4501W) which has two
distinctive hills, the taller being 233 m high.
Pico de Sao Sebastio (2353S, 4523W) is the
highest summit on Ilha de So Sebastio and lies
in the SW part of the island.
7.233
Major lights:
Ponta da Juatinga Light (2318S, 4430W) (7.175).
Ubatuba, Ponta Grossa, Light (white metal tube on
Ilha da Vitria Light (white square masonry tower,
4 m in height) (2345S, 4501W).
Ponta Grossa, Ilha So Sebastio, Light (white metal
4514W).
Ponta do Boi Light (white square masonry tower,
17 m in height) (2358S, 4515W).

Enseada das Palmas
1

7.234
1
(Continued from 7.176)

1
7.235
From a position SE of Ponta da Juatinga (2318S,
4430W) (7.176), the track leads SW, passing (with
positions from Ilha da Vitria Light (2345S, 4501W)
(7.233)):
SE of a dangerous wreck (36 miles NE) lying within
the 20 m contour, thence:
SE of Ilha Cairuu (34 miles NE), close offshore NE
of Ponta Negra, a high point with a dangerous
wreck lying 7 cables W of it; thence:
SE of Ilha das Laranjeiras (30 miles NE), close
offshore 3 miles ENE of Ponta da Trindade,
thence:
SE of Parcel do Camburi (25 miles NNE), a rocky
patch over which heavy SW seas break, and:
SE of Ponta do Camburi (25miles NNE). Morro do
Registrois, 6 miles NNW, is the highest peak of a
range of mountains extending inland from the
point. Thence:
SE of Ilha das Couves (22 miles NNE) separated
from Ilha Comprida, by a narrow channel 3 cables
wide with depths of 104 m in it A channel
5 cables wide with a depth of 15 m in the fairway
separates Ilha Comprida from Ponta da Cruz.
Thence:
SE of Paracel Grande de Rapada (19 miles NNE),
NE of which lies a rock shoal with a depth of
14 m over it, and:
SE of Ilha Rapada (20 miles NNE), thence:
SE of Ponta Grossa (17 miles N), the E extremity of
a narrow peninsula, marked by a light (7.233);
thence:
SE of Ilha das Palmas (12 miles N), entirely covered
with forest making it difficult to distinguish against
the high ground of of Ilha Anchieta 7 cables SE,
Thence:
7.236
Description. On the N coast of Ilha Anchieta (2332S,
4503W), this bay entered between the NW extremity of
the island and Ponta do Norte, 1 miles E; anchorage is
available in depths of 5 to 75 m, sheltered from all except
NE and E winds, which do not raise a sea within the bay.
The buildings of a prison stand on the S shore of the bay.
Enseada do Flamengo, Enseada da Fortaleza and

Enseada do Mar Virado
Racon on Ponta do Boi Light as above.
Directions
SE of Ilha da Vitoria (7.232), from which a light

(7.233) is exhibited. Two small islets lie close N
of it; thence:
SE of Ilha dos Bzios (8 miles SW). Ilha Sumtica,
and other dangers lie contiguous with it, 8 cables
SW. Thence:
SE of Ponta de Pirabura (16 miles SW) from which
a light (red square concrete column, 3 m in height)
is exhibited.
2 miles to a position SE of Ponta do Boi (18 miles SW),
the S extremity of Ilha de So Sebastio (7.241), and from
which a light (7.233) is shown.
7.237
Description. Between Ponta Grossa (2335S, 4513W)
and Ponta Espia, 8 miles ENE, the coast is formed by three
bays; Enseada do Flamengo, Enseada da Fortaleza and
Enseada do Mar Virado.
Anchorage. These bays can provide temporary
anchorage but are open to winds between SE and SW and
afford little shelter. Small craft however can find sheltered
anchorage in the NW part of Enseada do Flamengo, in a
depth of about 6 m, mud. There are numerous mooring
buoys for small craft in this bay.
Baa de Castelhanos
1
7.238
Description. Baa de Castelhanos (2352S, 4515W)
(7.241) provides anchorage in the S part of the bay with
shelter from all except NE and E winds, in a depth of
about 20 m, mud. Saco do Sombrio, a cove on the S side
of the bay, affords a completely sheltered anchorage to
small vessels, in depths of 10 to 20 m, mud.
Enseada de Ubatuba
1
243
7.239
General information. Enseada de Ubatuba is entered
between Ponta Grossa (2328S, 4501W) (7.235) and
Ponta do Respingador, 2 miles N. Laje Pateiros, a rock
with a depth of 43 m over it, lies 1 cables N of Ponta
Grossa; the sea nearly always breaks over it.
Cidade de Ubatuba lies at the head of the bay; it is of
little importance commercially and offers few resources to
the mariner.
Anchorage is available in the S part of the bay, in a
depth of 64 m, mud. This anchorage is sheltered from the
swell and the prevailing SE wind.
A better anchorage for small craft is in the SW corner
of the bay, off the mouth of Rio Itagua.
Berth. A T-shaped concrete pier projects from the SE
shore of the bay; it has a berthing length of about 20 m
and a depth of 37 m alongside.
Other facilities: fresh water; ice factory.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
Chart 436
Enseada de Caraguatatuba
1
7.240
Description. Enseada de Caraguatatuba is entered
between Ponta Martins de S (2338S, 4523W) and
Ponta Arpoar, 5 miles S. Cidade de Caraguatatuba in the
N part of the bay is a fruit exporting centre, the product
being taken by lighters to Canal de So Sebastio (7.241)
for transhipment.
Depths. There are depths of less than 55 m throughout
the bay.
Useful marks. (with positions from Ponta Martins de ):
Ponta Massaguau Light (white square masonry
Conspicuous light-tower (disused) standing 1 cables
N of Ponta Martins de S.
Arrival information
1
Porto and Canal de So Sebastio

General information
1
7.241
Position. Porto de So Sebastio (2348S, 4524W) lies
on the W side of Canal de So Sebastio which separates
Ilha de So Sebastio (7.241) from the mainland.
Function. The port provides berthing for coastal traffic
and a terminal for ocean tankers, which call to tranship part
of their cargo in order to reduce draught sufficiently to
enter Porto de Santos (8.22), 50 miles W.
Topography. Ilha de So Sebastio (2350S, 4520W)
is separated from the mainland by Canal de So Sebastio
(7.241). The island is mountainous and completely covered
with dense forest, rising steeply from the sea.
Baa de Castelhanos lies on the E side of the island and
is entered between Ponta da Piraununga (2354S,
4513W) and Ponta Cabeuda, 4 miles NNE; the greater
part of the bay is exposed to winds and sea from SE. Ilha
da Serraria is an islet, 5 cables offshore, nearly midway
between Ponta Cabeuda and Ponta Grossa, 3 miles N.
Enseada das Enchovas forms the greater part of the S
coast of the island and is entered between Ponta do Boi
(2358S, 4515W) (7.235), and Ponta de Sepituba,
10 miles W; there are some islets and above-water rocks
near its head.
Approach and entry. The port is approached from the
N by deep water lying to the E of a channel entered
between Ponta das Canas (2344S, 4521W) and Ponta do
Arpoar (7.240), 3 miles W; and from the S, which is the
recommended approach, by a dredged channel entered
between Ponta da Sela (2353S, 4528W) and Ponta do
Toque-Toque (7.93), 4 miles NW.
Traffic. In 2000 the port handled 245 vessels with a
Port authority. Administrao do Porto de So
Sebastio, Rua Dr. Altino Arantes 410, 11600 So
Sebastio SP.
Limiting conditions
1
7.242
Controlling depths. A channel, indicated on the charts,
has been swept through Canal de So Sebastio; the S part
is dredged to 25 m although depths of 19 m have been
reported. Vessels drawing up to 23 m can reach So
Sebastio by the S entrance, and by those drawing up to
10 m from the N.
Deepest and longest berth. S pier, Terminal Maritimo
Almirante Barrosa (7.248).
Maximum size of vessel handled. The largest vessel to

use Commercial Quay was 2105 m LOA and 38 174 dwt.
The oil terminal can take vessels up to 300 000 dwt.
Local weather. Winds generally blow along the channel
NNE-SSW on account of the high ground along both
shorelines; they can become particularly strong during the
passage of cold fronts, causing danger to vessels at anchor
and manoeuvring.
7.243
Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume
6(5).
Notice of ETA. Requests for pilots should be made 48
and 24 hours in advance; vessels proceeding to the tanker
terminal should confirm their ETA 3 hours in advance.
Anchorage. Designated anchorages are distributed along
the channel according to type and situation of vessel; they
are indicated on the chart. The anchorages have good
holding ground but attention should be paid to winds and
currents.
Prohibited anchorage areas are indicated on the chart
and include an area, across the channel, extending up to
1 miles NNE and SSW of Terminal Maritimo de So
Sebastio, and a submarine cable area, marked by two
light-buoys (special), across the channel 4 cables SW of
Laje do Moleques.
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels, tankers,
gas-carriers and all vessels carrying explosives; also all
vessels over 500 grt bound for TEBAR Oil Terminal. Pilots
board incoming vessels 1 miles WSW of Ponta Sela or
1 miles NNW of Ponta das Canas.
Tugs are available.
Traffic regulations. Vessels of over 1000 dwt must not
exceed a speed of 8 kn in the channel.
Vessels with a bulbous bow, berthing at Terminal
Maritimo de So Sebastio, are required to show a notice
to this effect approximately 2 m above the waterline,
legible at 50 m and illuminated at night.
Harbour
1
244
7.244
General layout. The harbour lies on the W side of
Canal de So Sebastio, with the Commercial Quay
extending from the SE part of the town; the tanker
terminal, a large T-shaped pier, extends into the channel
7 cables N of the commercial quay. The berths are marked
at their inner and outer ends by lights.
Hazards:
Incidents of attempted armed robbery have been reported
at So Sebastio. Masters are advised to consider the
preventive measures outlined by the IMO Maritime Safety
Committee, see 1.12.
Ferries ply across the channel from the commercial
wharf at So Sebastio, passing S of the tanker terminal, to
the opposite shore.
Tidal streams in Canal de So Sebastio are weak and
irregular.
Currents are usually S-going during N winds and
N-going during S winds, attaining speeds of 1 to 2 kn
which can increase to 3 to 4 kn after strong and prolonged
winds. The beginning of the current almost always precedes
the onset of the wind.
Winds are usually from NNE or SSW during the day;
these are often interspersed by long periods of calm. There
is a land breeze at night but its direction is variable.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 7
7.245
Principal marks:
Tower and church at Ilhabela (2347S, 4521W).
Church at Perequ (2349S, 4522W).
Church at So Francisco (2346S, 4525W).
Church at Sao Sebastiao (2348S, 4524W).
Prominent building S of Sao Sebastiao (2349S,
4525W).
Directions
1
7.246
North entrance. From the pilot boarding station,
1 miles NNW of Ponta das Canas (2344S, 4521W),
the track leads SSW, passing (with positions from Forte
Ilhabela (2346S, 4523W)):
Between Ponta das Canas (3 miles NNE) and Forte
Sao Sebastiao, 1 miles WNW of it. Ponta das
Canas, the N extremity of Ilha de So Sebastio, is
marked by a light (red round concrete column,
white bands, 11 m in height); shoal water extends
1 miles NE from the point. A light (red square
masonry tower, concrete base, 6 m in height) is
shown from Forte Sao Sebastiao which lies close
to the edge of an extensive bank, with depths less
than 55 m, which forms the W side of the channel
and extends NNE from So Sebastio. Thence:
W of Ponta do Viana (1 miles NE) which is marked
by a light (metal framework tower on white square
concrete column, 3 m in height), thence:
E of Forte Ilhabela which is situated close to the
edge of the bank forming the W side of the
channel and marked by a light (red square
masonry tower, concrete base, 6 m in height); the
village of Ilhabela (1 mile ESE), in which the
church and a white tower are identifiable (7.245),
stands on the coast on the opposite side of the
channel. Thence, the track leads SSW for about
2 miles to a position E of the piers of Terminal
Maritimo de So Sebastio.
Caution. Mooring buoys are moored on both sides of
the channel between Ponta Azeda (2345S, 4521W) and
Ponta do Ribeiro, 8 miles SSW.
7.247
South entrance. From the pilot boarding station,
1 miles WSW of Ponta Sela (2353S, 4528W), the
track leads NE along the dredged channel, marked by pairs
of numbered light-buoys (lateral), passing (with positions
from Laje do Moleques Light (2350S, 4525W)):
NW of Ponta da Sela (4 miles SW) which is
marked by a light (white round concrete tower, red
bands, 11 m in height). Four miles NW of the
point lies Ilha do Toque-Toque from which a light

(white metal framework tower, 10 m in height) is
exhibited; the island lies 5 cables SW of a point of
the same name. Thence:
SE of Laje do Moleques, a reef of low bare rocks
from which a light (green square concrete column,
4 m in height) is exhibited; thence:
Between Ponta do Ara (7 cables NE) and Ilha das
Cabras (1 mile E); Pontinha Light (red square
metal framework tower, 5 m in height) (2 miles
ENE) is situated near the E terminal of the ferry
route from Sao Sebastiao. From this position the
berths at Commercial Wharf and Terminal
Maritimo de So Sebastio, 1 mile N can be
approached.
Caution. Mariners rounding the S coast of Ilha de So
Sebastio should maintain a distance of at least 5 cables off
Ponta de Sepituba (7.241) due to uncharted dangers.
Mooring buoys lie offshore, see 7.246.
Useful marks:
Lights on Terminal Maritimo de So Sebastio.
Berths
1
7.248
Alongside berths.
Commercial wharf has a main berthing area 150 m long
with alongside depths of 82 m.
A secondary wharf, mainly used for supply and fishing
vessels, has 312 m of berthing space, divided into
4 sections, with alongside depths of 4 to 6 m.
Terminal Maritimo de So Sebastio (Almirante
Barroso), TEBAR, consists of a T-shaped pier, lying
7 cables N of the commercial wharf and has berths on both
sides of the two arms:
South arm is 510 m long; No 1 berth (outer side) can
accommodate vessels of 300 000 dwt drawing 23 m
and No 2 berth (inner side) vessels of 155 000 dwt
drawing 18 m.
North arm is 395 m long; No 3 berth (outer side) can
accommodate vessels of 150 000 dwt drawing 19 m
and No 4 berth (inner side) vessels of 65 000 dwt
drawing 13 m.
Port services
1
245
7.249
Repairs. Minor repairs only.
exemption certificates issued; oily waste reception facilities.
Communications: heliport in the town; airport at
Ubatuba.
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 8 - East Coast of Brazil - Ponta do Boi to Arroio Chu

53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
436
8.22
Santos
24
19
Chapter
7
Ponta
do Boi
8.11
3970
0
8. 6
25
24
25
3968
3980
231
Paranagua
8.91
22
231
26
8.1
26
555
So Francisco do Sul
8.131
555
B R A Z I L
8.152
549
Itaja
8.163
27
27
544 Canal de Santa Catarina
8.176
8.180
544 Canal dos Naufragados

544
549
28
28
Imbituba
8.188 549
Laguna
8.196 Cabo
de
29
San
ta M
arta
Gran
d
29
e
556
3969
Santa Clara
8.286
3063
31
Port Alegre
8.278
30
Tramanda Terminal
8.221
8.2
10
30
556
31
25
Lagoa
dos Patos
8.
3969
Pelotas
8.271
Rio Grande
8.230
32
32
2002
530
33
8.3
03
33
3064
34
Ar
roi
o
34
Chu
Chapter
9
35
35
0405
53
52
51
Longitude 49 West from Greenwich 47
246
46
45
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
EAST COAST OF BRAZIL PONTA DO BOI TO ARROIO CHU
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 530, 556, 3063
Flow

1
8.1
This chapter describes the S part of the E coast of
Brazil from Ponta do Boi (2358S, 4515W) (7.235) to
the border between Brazil and Uruguay at Arroio Chu
(3345S, 5322W), a distance of about 700 miles. It
contains the major ports of Santos (8.22), Paranagua (8.91),
Rio Grande (8.230) and Porto Alegre (8.278).
Topography
8.2
The coast from Ponta do Boi to Santos, 60 miles W, is
generally bold or with high ground within 5 miles of the
shore; from Santos to Baa de Paranagua, 145 miles SW, it
is low and sandy but broken by occasional bold rocky
points.
From Baa de Paranagua to the S end of Ilha de Santa
Caterina (2730S, 4830W), 150 miles S, the coast is
again bold with mountains close inland, except in the
vicinity of Ilha de So Francisco, which lies off the mouth
of a wide valley, 40 miles S of Baa de Paranagua.
South of Ilha de Santa Caterina, as far as Arroio Chu
480 miles SW, the character of the coast changes, becoming
low and sandy, often backed by dunes. Behind this section
of coast lies a chain of lagoons, of which the largest,
Lagoa dos Patos, is 150 miles long and forms one of the
most extensive stretches of fresh water in South America.
Whales
1
8.3
The only dangers which are known to lie outside a
distance of 20 miles from the general line of the coast and
adjacent islands are two extensive banks, with depths of
less than 20 m over them, which extend up to 28 miles E
of Barra de Rio Grande (3210S, 5204W) (8.248) and
26 miles SE of Albardo Light (3312S, 5242W) (8.308).
8.5
Southern Right (Franca) Whales, an endangered and
protected species reach the Brazilian coast between Ihla de
Bom Abrigo (2507S, 4751W) (8.68) and Cabo de Santa
Marta Grande (2836N, 4849W) (8.187) between May
and November and mariners are advised to exercise due
caution, see also 1.43.
Marine exploitation
1
Depths
1
8.4
The predominant water movement off the coast
described in this chapter is the SW-going Brazil Current
(1.114). The Brazil Counter-current, which sets NE within
the 200 m depth-contour, may be encountered from May to
July. These currents have a maximum rate of about 1 kn
but seldom exceed 1 kn; they are much influenced by the
prevailing winds, and sets in any direction may be
encountered throughout the year.
Tidal streams are only felt within about 3 miles of the
coast.
8.6
A platform. lighted, is located SE of Porto de Santos at
2516S, 4515W; a submarine gas pipeline connects it to
the coast close SW of Santos; anchoring and fishing are
prohibited within about 1 mile of the pipeline as shown on
the chart, see also 1.35.
Oil and gas field centred on 2636S, 4650W, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, lies 100 miles ESE
of So Francisco do Sul. Within the field lie two SBM
buoys (lit), with gas tanker AlagoasI moored to the S
buoy.
the charted positions; navigation within 500 m of any
platform is prohibited.
See also 1.10.
PONTA DO BOI TO ILHA DO MEL

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 530, 3980
Area covered
1
8.7
This section describes the passage from a position SE of
Ponta do Boi (2358S, 4515W) on Ilha de So Sebastio,
SW for about 195 miles to a position SE of Ilha do Mel
(2532S, 4817W). It includes the ports of Santos
(2357S, 4620W) (8.22) and Paranagu (2531S,
4831W) (8.91).
Topography
1
Santos changes its aspect to beaches and lowlands, some of

which are swampy; the mountains become progressively
more distant from the shore.
The coast between the ports of Santos and Paranagu is
generally low comprising of long beaches backed by
mountains which rise from 5 to 10 miles inland. The few
hills which exist between the mountains and the coast can
appear as islands when seen from a distance.
Depths
1
8.8
From Ilha de So Sebastio, which has many hills
covered with dense vegetation, the coast as far as Porto de
247
8.9
There are no dangers outside the 50 m depth contour
which extends from close to Ponta do Boi to about
33 miles off Ilha do Mel. Ilha de Alcatrazes (2406S,
4542W) (8.19) lies on this line, and there are many
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
dangers within it, depths less than 20 m being found up to

20 miles offshore.
Ilha da Moela Light (white round masonry tower,

10 m in height) (2403S, 4616W).
Firing range
1
8.10
An area centred on Ilha de Alcatrazes (2406S,
4542W) is used for practice firing and entry is prohibited;
see 8.13.
8.18
1
Racon on Ponta do Boi Light as above.

Directions
PONTA DO BOI TO PORTO DE SANTOS

General information
Chart 3980
Route
1
8.11
From a position SE of Ponta do Boi (2358S, 4515W)
on Ilha de So Sebastio the route leads WSW for about
60 miles to a position S of Ilha da Moela (2403S,
4616W).
Topography
1
8.12
From So Sebastio to Porto de Santos, about 50 miles
WSW, the coast is backed by a range of mountains but
these present no prominent features. The entrance points to
Baa de Santos however are high and easily identified.
Offshore there are several groups of islands of which the
largest is Arquipelago de Alcatrazes which consists of a
group of rugged islets, some barren and some with low
vegetation.
Hazards
1
8.13
Firing practice area. Transit, anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in an area reserved for live firing exercises
centred on Ilha de Alcatrazes (2406S, 4542W) (8.19)
and shown on the chart. Five target buoys (special) are
moored between Ilha de Alcatrazes and Ilha da Sapata,
2 miles NE. The islands of Alcatrazes, Sapata and Porto are
under the control of the Ministry of the Navy, and access
to them is prohibited.
8.14
Submarine cable area. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in an area (indicated on Chart 19) between Ilha
da Moela (2403S, 4616W) (8.19) and Ilha das Cabras
(8.21), 3 miles NE, owing to the presence of submarine
cables. Sewer outfalls also extend into the area from the
coast to the N.
8.15
A marine park has been established in the area
surrounding Laje de Santos (8.19) as shown on the chart.
Except for official vessels in legally specified
circumstances, it is prohibited to land, or to trap or collect
marine or terrestrial specimens, see also 1.42.
Useful marks
8.20
1
8.16
Landmark:
Pico de Sao Sebastio (2353S, 4523W) (7.232).
Radio mast (2346S, 4547W).
Tower on Ilha dos Arvoredos (2358S, 4610W).
8.17
Major lights:
Ponta do Boi Light (2358S, 4515W) (7.233).
Alcatrazes Light, Ilha do Porto (white square concrete
tower, square base, 7 m in height) (2406S,
4542W).
Ponta da Sela Light (2353S, 4528W) (7.247).

Ilha do Toque-Toque Light (2351S, 4532W)
(7.247).
Pedra do Corvo Light (red square tower, 4 m in
height) (2351S, 4608W).
(Directions continue at 8.67, and for entrance to
Porto de Santos at 8.47)
Ilha de Santo Amaro
Principal marks
1
8.19
From a position SE of Ponta do Boi (2358S, 4515W)
the track leads WSW, passing (with positions from
Alcatrazes Light (2406S, 4542W)):
SSE of Ponta Sepituba (17 miles NE), at a distance
of at least 5 cables off, (see 7.247). Thence:
Clear of the dangers surrounding Ilha de Alcatrazes;
vessels should not navigate within 6 miles of the
island. A group of islets and shoals surround Ilha
de Alcatrazes and extend up to 5 miles SW of it; a
light (8.17) is shown from Ilha do Porto which lies
4 cables NW of Ilha de Alcatrazes. There is a
prohibited area, indicated on the chart, around
these islands; see 8.13. And:
SSE of Ilha Monto de Trigo (14 miles NNW), 299 m
in height; vessels should not navigate between Ilha
Monto de Trigo and the islands lying N of it.
Thence:
NNW of Laje de Santos (30 miles SW), which is a
whitish rock from which a light (black round
masonry tower, white bands, 5 m in height) is
exhibited; Os Rochedos, a group of above and
below water rocks, highest 13 m, lie 1 mile SE of
the light. Parcel do Brilhante, a 138 m rocky
shoal, lies 2 miles NNE. The area around Laje de
Santos has been designated a marine park, see
8.15. Vessels not proceeding to Porto de Santos
should pass S of Laje de Santos. Thence:
S of Ilha da Moela (2403S, 4616W) at the
entrance to Porto de Santos. The island is rocky
with little vegetation; a light (8.17) is shown from
its summit. An extensive anchorage area (8.36) for
Porto de Santos lies between Ilha da Moela and
Laje de Santos.
248
8.21
Description. Ilha de Santo Amaro (2358S, 4614W) is
a large island separated from the mainland by Canal da
Bertioga (8.53). Pedra do Corvo, 14 miles NNE of Ilha da
Moela, is the NE point of Ilha de Santo Amaro and forms
the S entrance point to Canal da Bertioga. A light (8.20) is
exhibited from Pedra do Corvo.
Ilha dos Arvoredos, lying 7 miles SSW of Pedra do
Corvo, has a conspicuous tower on its summit (8.16).
Several islets and other dangers extend up to 1 mile off the
E shore of Ilha de Santo Amaro; a drying rock lies
1 miles NNE of Ilha dos Arvoredos.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
The SE coast of Ilha de Santo Amaro is formed by

Enseada de Santo Amaro, which consists of a long beach
backed by lowlands, and is entered between Ponta
Munduba (8.24) (Chart 19), the S extremity of the island,
and Ponta do Santo Amaro, 5 miles NE which is low and
rocky; Ilha das Cabras lies 8 cables SW of the latter point.
A prohibited anchorage area lies W of Ilha das Cabras,
see 8.14.
Traffic
1
8.27
In 2003 the port was used by 4724 vessels with a total
of 150 587 011 dwt.
Port authority
1
8.28
Companhia Docas do Estado de So Paulo (CODESP),
Av. Conselheiro Rogrigues Alves s/n, 11015 Santos SP.
Limiting conditions
PORTO DE SANTOS
Controlling depths
General information
Charts 19, 3980
Position
1
8.22
Baa de Santos is formed by the estuaries of several
small rivers within which Ilha de Santo Amaro (8.21) and
Ilha de So Vicente are situated; these two islands are
separated from the mainland and from each other by
narrow channels.
Porto de Santos (2357S, 4620W) is situated on the E
part of Ilha de So Vicente.
Function
1
8.23
Santos, with a population of 417 983 in, 2000, is the
port for So Paulo, Brazils largest city and capital, with
itself a population in 2000 of 10 434 252 persons. It is the
countrys principal port, being responsible for over half its
exports and 40% of its imports, and is the busiest port in
South America.
Topography
1
8.24
Baa de Santos (8.22) is entered between Ponta
Munduba (2403S, 4617W) and Ponta de Itaipu, 6 miles
WNW. This entrance can be easily identified as both
entrance points are high and covered with dark coloured
vegetation.
The land immediately W of Ponta de Itapu is low as far
as the foothills of Serra do Cubato, a range of mountains
of uniform height which rise 10 miles NW of the point.
The E side of the entrance is formed by the SW coast
of Ilha de Santo Amaro, which rises to high land. The head
of the bay is formed by the S side of Ilha de So Vicente,
the E side of which, where Cidade de Santos stands, is low
but the central part of the island rises to 229 m. Monte
Serrat in the NE of the island can be identified by a church
and other buildings on its summit.
Deepest and longest berth

1
8.31
Conceiozinha Terminal, see 8.55.
Mean tidal range

1
8.32
Mean spring range 12 m; mean neap range 07 m.
Maximum size of vessel

1
8.33
Vessels up to 80 000 dwt, 295 m LOA and 122 m
maximum draught can be accepted.
Arrival information
Vessel Traffic Service Scheme
1
Port limits
8.25
The seaward limit of Porto de Santos is the latitude of
2402S.
8.29
Access to the port facilities is through an entrance
channel, dredged to 108 m (1995). Canal de Piaaguera
(8.52) was dredged (1991) to 10 m between Nos 1 and 2
Light-buoys and Alama Terminal (2355S, 4622W),
thence 12 m to the N end of the channel.
Caution. The harbour and entrance channel are subject
to considerable silting and continual dredging is required;
depths considerably less than those given above may be
found at times, especially in areas N and W of Ponta dos
Limes (8.49), SE of Ponta da Praia (8.50) and in
Conceiozinha, Alama and Piaaguera turning basins
(8.55).
Deep draught vessels should consult the Harbour Master
prior to arrival.
8.30
Vertical clearance. An overhead cable (2357S,
4619W) crosses the channel, with a vertical clearance of
81 m. It is suspended between two pylons (red obstruction
lights) 84 m in height.
8.34
Vessels over 20 gt are required to report on anchoring,
leaving the anchorage and at the reporting position shown
on the chart. The primary language is Portuguese.
Notice of ETA
1
8.35
Pilots should be requested at least 2 hours in advance.
Outer anchorages
Approach and entry
1
8.26
Approach to Porto de Santos is by way of a series of
leading lines, indicating the route through dredged channels
leading between the entrance points of Baa de Santos.
Entrance to the port lies between Ponta da Fortaleza (8.50)
and Ponta da Praia (8.50), 2 cables NNE of it.
The port is formed by a narrow channel which separates
Ilha de So Vicente from Ilha de Santo Amaro.
249
8.36
Designated anchorage areas. There are six designated
anchorages, numbered 1 to 6, within Baa de Santos and its
approaches and two within the harbour (see 8.54); the
limits of these areas, and the categories of vessels
permitted to anchor in each area, are indicated on the chart.
8.37
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring outside the designated
areas, or within the dredged channel, is prohibited.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Particular attention is drawn to the area, shown on Chart

3980, enclosing the submarine pipeline lying SW of the
designated anchorages.
Principal marks
1
Pilots
1
8.38
Compulsory. Pilots board vessels 6 cables W of Ilha das
Palmas (2401S, 4620W) (8.45). For deep-draught vessels
the pilot boards 9 cables W of Ponta Grossa (2401S,
4620W).
In bad weather the pilot will direct a vessel to a more
sheltered position, but it should not proceed N of the pilot
boarding position until the pilot has been embarked.
Tugs
1
8.39
There are 39 tugs available ranging in HP from 435 to
2 250 with bollard pulls of between 10 and 46 tons. Use of
tugs is compulsory for vessels over 4000 dwt, during
passage of some sections of the channel and for
berthing/unberthing at certain terminals. The port authority
should be consulted as to the number of tugs required by a
vessel.
8.45
Landmarks:
Tower on Ilha dos Arvoredos (2358S, 4610W).
Morro da Barra (2401S, 4619W), 330 m, covered
in dark vegetation.
Ilha das Palmas (2401S, 4620W), a low rocky
islet, whitish in colour with buildings on its
highest part and from which a light (8.48) is
exhibited.
Morro do Itapu (2401S, 4624W), built up with a
notable tower on its summit.
Ilha Porchat (2359S, 4622W,), an elevated
headland 109 m in height, heavily built over and
marking the W end of the beaches fronting Santos.
Building (2356S, 4619W).
Major light:
Ilha da Moela Light (2403S, 4616W) (8.17).

8.46
1
Racon on Baa de Santos Rear Leading Light A No 2

(2358N, 4619W).
Directions
Regulations
1
8.40
Speed. Maximum permitted speed in the channel is 8 kn
and within the harbour 6 kn.
Prohibited zones. Vessels are not permitted to approach
closer than 100 m, or 200 m at night, from the headlands of
Ponta Munduba (2403S, 4617W) (8.24) and Ponta de
Itaipu (8.24), 6 miles WNW.
Draught. Vessels with a draught of 11 m or more should
only use the channel at HW.
Approaches
1
Quarantine
1
8.41
There is no specified quarantine anchorage. Port Health
officials will board vessels when at anchor within the
harbour, between the hours of 0700 to 1900, but will visit
outside these hours in case of emergency.
Harbour
General layout
1
8.42
The port of Santos occupies both banks of the channel
between Ilha So Vicente and Ilha de Santo Amaro; it
stretches for 8 miles from the harbour entrance off Ponta da
Fortaleza (23597S, 46185W) (8.50) to the Alama
Terminal (23555S, 46220W). A continuous wharf for
general cargo operations and several specialised terminals
for handling containers, fertilisers, oils and chemicals.
Terminals for handling iron ore, coal, steel products and
fertilisers are situated on Ilha do Cardoso at the head of a
channel 2 miles N of Alama Terminal.
Piracy
1
8.43
Several incidents of piracy and armed robbery have been
reported. For possible preventative measures see 1.52.
Tidal streams
1
8.44
Tidal streams are strong, especially the outgoing stream,
the rate of which sometimes exceeds 3 kn. The height of
tide is increased by SW winds and decreased by N winds.
250
8.47
From a position S of Ilha da Moela (2403S, 4616W)
(8.19) the track leads direct to the appropriate anchorage
area or WNW for about 6 miles to a position SSW of the
entrance to the buoyed channel, passing (with positions
from Ilha das Palmas Light (2400S, 4619W)):
SSW of Ponta Munduba (3 miles SE) (8.24); see 8.40
for restrictions on approaching this headland.
Thence:
To a position (4 miles SSW) of the entrance to the
buoyed channel.
8.48
Leading lights A: The alignment (021) of these
leading lights leads through the centre of of the entrance
channel:
Front light No 1 (white concrete column, red diagonal
stripes, 7 m in height) (2359S, 4620W).
Rear light No 2 (white square concrete tower, red
diagonal stripes, 17 m in height,) (7 cables NNE).
Passing (with positions from the front light):
WNW of Ponta Grossa (2 miles S). Laje de
Piraquara a submerged rock lies 3 cables SSE of
the point, thence:
WNW of Ilha das Palmas (8.45) (1 miles S), a low
rocky islet, whitish in colour, from which a light
(red square concrete tower, 3 m in height) is
exhibited, the pilot boarding area, thence:
WNW of No 1 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1mile
SSW.
From this position the track continues NNE for about
3 cables to a position close S of No 2 Light-buoy (port
hand) (8 cables SSW).
8.49
Directional Light:
Punta da Praia directional light (white square concrete
tower, black diagonal stripes, 12 m in height)
(2359S, 4619W). The white sector (057) of
this light leads (with positions from the light):
NW of Ponta dos Limes (1 mile SW) which rises to
high ground and can be identified at a considerable
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
distance by three advertisements, in white letters,

standing on its summit. No 3 Light-buoy (starboard
hand) (1 mile SW) marks the edge of the bank
extending 4 cables NW from the point.
The track continues in mid-channel to a position about
8 cables SW of the front leading light.
8.50
Leading lights C: The alignment (094) of these lights
leads into the harbour entrance:
Front light No 5 (white square concrete tower, red
diagonal stripes, 7 m in height) (2400S,
4618W).
Rear light No 6 (white square concrete tower, red
diagonal stripes, 13 m in height) (1 cables E of
front light).
Passing (with positions from the front light):
N of Ponta dos Limes (1 miles WSW), and
N of No 5 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles W)
marking the edge of the bank extending 2 cables N
from the point; thence:
S of No 6 Light-buoy (port hand) (1miles W).
From this position the track leads into the harbour in
mid-channel passing Between Ponta da Fortaleza (7 cables
W) from where a light (red metal tower, 3 m in height) is
exhibited and Ponta da Praia, 2 cables NNE.
8.51
Ponta da Fortaleza to Ponta Itapema
From the position between Ponta da Fortaleza and Ponta
da Praia the track continues in mid-channel between Ilha de
Santo Amaro which lies to the S and E; and Ilha de So
Vicente to the N and W. The channel is marked by
light-buoys. Port facilities lie on either side of the channel
which follows the course of the river, passing (with
positions from Itapema Norte Light (2356S, 4619W)):
A ferry route and a submarine cable which cross the
channel 9 cables ENE from Ponta da Fortaleza;
2 cables beyond this point, on the E side of the
channel, is the mouth of Rio Santo Amaro and the
Yacht Club. Thence:
Pedra de Teffe (1 mile S), a shoal on the W side of
the channel; a light-buoy (port hand) marks the
shoal. Thence:
W of a stranded wreck (3 cables S) lying on the E
side of the channel, marked by a light-buoy (W
cardinal), thence:
W of a rock (1 cable SSW), with a depth of 85 m
over it, marked by a light-buoy (starboard hand),
thence:
To a position W of Itapema Norte Light (white
square metal framework tower, 14 m in height).
8.52
Ponta Itapema to Canal de Piaaguera
From this position the channel turns WNW along the N
shore of Ilha de So Vicente, which is fronted by the
continuation of the quay, passing (with positions from
Barnab Light (2356S, 4620W)):
SW of the entrance to Canal da Bertioga (9 cables E)
(8.53). A ferry route (4 cables SE) crosses the
channel on this stretch from the N side of Santos
to the S side of Canal da Bertioga. Thence:
SSW of Barnab Light (white square metal
framework tower). The SW part of Ilha Barnab
has an extensive tank farm and a tanker berth lies
close WNW of the light. Thence:
WNW) to enter Canal de Piaaguera which leads
WNW, passing S of Ilha dos Bagres (1 miles
NW), to the Alama Oil Terminal (2 miles WNW)

from whence the channel leads 3 miles N to end in
a turning basin which serves the two bulk handling
terminals, of Cosipa and Ultrafertil. The channel is
marked by light-buoys; small buoys (special)
indicate the sides of the channel between the main
channel buoys. A submarine cable, marked at both
ends by Nos 1 and 2 Light-beacons (special)
crosses the channel 1 cable inside its entrance;
Laje Barnab (6 cables WNW), a rocky patch
marked by a beacon (isolated danger), lies close to
the N side of the channel.
Canal da Bertioga
1
8.53
Description. Canal da Bertioga separates Ilha de Santo
Amaro from the mainland. The shore of the canal is high
on the S side and low on the N. It is narrow, shallow and
leads 11 miles NE from Porto de Santos to enter the sea at
Pedra do Corvo (2352S, 4608W) (8.21). It can be used
by vessels drawing up to 3 m.
At the W entrance to Canal da Bertioga a railway bridge
spans the channel, from Ponta Itapema to the S shore of
Ilha Barnab, 9 cables NNW. It has a movable span 46 m
wide near the middle. A submarine cable, marked at both
ends by Nos 3 and 4 Light-beacons (special), crosses the
channel 1 cables E of the bridge.
In the E entrance to the channel a breakwater is under
construction and a submarine cable crosses it 7 cables W of
Pedra do Corvo.
Berths
Anchorages
1
8.54
Anchorage areas within the harbour are indicated on the
chart and lie at the sides of the dredged channel:
Anchorage No 7, a provisional anchorage for use in
emergency, is an area extending ESE from Barnab
Light (2356S, 4620W).
Anchorage No 8, for small vessels and recreational
craft, two areas N and S of the channel close E of
Ponta da Fortaleza (2400S, 4619W) (8.50).
Berths
1
251
8.55
On the W side of the channel there are 5 miles of
continuous wharves which extend from Ponta da Praia
(2400S, 4618W) and front the E and NE sides of
Cidade de Santos; these are used for general cargo. The
berths are numbered 1 to 39 from the N:
Cais do Sabo, 770 m long, the most N of these
wharves, does not have numbered berths. It is
fitted for discharge of bulk solids and has depths
of 101 m alongside.
Paqueta Quay, Berths Nos 1 to 11 with a total length
of 2071 m, lies immediately E of Cais do Sabo
and has alongside depths of 5 to 7 m.
Macuco Quay, Berths Nos 12 to 28 with a total
length of 3017 m, extend SSE from the E end of
Paqueta Quay. Berths 12 to 22 have alongside
depths of 11 m, Berths 23 to 28 have 8 m
alongside.
Estuario Quay, Berths 29 to 35 with a total length of
1980 m, which continues SE of Macuco Quay, has
alongside depths of 11 m.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Container Terminals, Berths 38 and 39 with a total

length of 590 m, which lie SE of Estuario Quay.
Depths alongside 10 to 11 m.
Eastern side of channel:
There are several specialised terminals which lie on the
E side of the channel (with positions from Itapema Norte
Light (2356S, 4619W)):
Conceiozinha Quay (2 miles SSE) has a length of
567 m with alongside depths of 13 m. Used for
grain and bulk fertilisers and can accommodate 2
vessels working simultaneously.
Container Terminal (1 miles SSE), 510 m long with
a depth alongside of 13 m, can accommodate three
vessels.
Ilha Barnab Oil Terminal (1 miles NW), 302 m
long with an alongside depth of 10 m, used for
loading, discharging and storage of inflammable
liquid products.
Canal de Piaaguera:
This channel leads N of Ilha de So Vicente and
provides access to two specialised terminals:
Alama Oil Terminal (2355S, 4622W), has a
berthing length of 720 m with a minimum depth
alongside of 12 m, used for discharge of petroleum
products and LPG.
COSIPA Terminal (2352S, 4623W), situated at the
N end of Canal de Piaaguera, and uses the same
turning basin as the Ultrafertil Berth, see below.
The terminal consists of a pier, 200 m long, with
alongside depths of 12 m on the outer side and
10 m on the inner.
Ultrafertil Terminal, lies close E of COSIPA Terminal,
and consists of an L-shaped pier, 240 m in length;
vessels of up to 23 000 dwt and 94 m draught can
berth, to discharge bulk solids. A secondary berth
permits vessels of up to 3000 dwt to discharge
LPG.
Berthing and unberthing at the COSIPA and Ultrafertil
Terminals takes place during daylight hours only.
PORTO DE SANTOS TO ILHA DO MEL

General information
Chart 3980, 3968, 530
Route
1
Topography
1
8.57
Hospitals; limited facilities for oily waste; rubbish
disposal; deratting and deratting exemption certificates
issued; deep-sea salvage tugs.
Communications
1
8.59
International airport at So Paulo.
8.63
Positions on chart 3980 differ from those on chart 3968
by varying amounts, and positions should be transferred
between charts by bearing and distance from common
charted objects, not by latitude and longitude.
Principal marks
Other facilities
8.58
Fresh water to all quays; barges supply anchored
vessels; provisions; stores; all grades of fuel oils.
8.62
See 8.9.
Positions
8.56
There are workshops specializing in structural,
mechanical, electric, electronic and refrigeration
engineering. A dry dock for vessels up to 7000 dwt and
several slipways, the largest of which can accommodate
vessels up to 600 tonnes. Divers are available.
Supplies
8.61
From Santos the coast for about 37 miles SW is
generally low and sandy after which it becomes backed by
a range of mountains, whose highest peak is 1372 m in
height. Some hills, between the mountains and the coast,
appear as islands when viewed from the offing.
Thereafter the coastline is formed by a low, narrow
island, Ilha Comprida, which is about 33 miles long and
separated from the mainland by a narrow arm of the sea.
South of S extremity of Ilha Comprida lies Ilha do Cardoso
which rises to a high peak and is easily identified.
The S part of Ilha do Cardoso becomes low and sandy
and the coast continues low and sandy as far as the
entrance to Baa de Paranagu.
Depths
Port services
Repairs
8.60
From a position S of Ilha da Moela (2403S, 4616W)
at the entrance to Porto de Santos, or S of Laje de Santos
(2419S, 4611W), the route leads SW for about 140 miles
to a position SE of Ponta das Conchas (Ilha do Mel) Light
(2532S, 4817W).
252
8.64
Landmarks:
Ilha Queimada Grande (2429S, 4641W) a high
island with little vegetation. Its highest point,
189 m, rounded in shape, is at its SW end and
exhibits two peaks of nearly the same height. A
light (see below) is exhibited from its N end; the
island is easily identifiable from the S and SE.
Ilha Queimada Pequena, 9 miles NW of Ilha
Queimada Grande, is 66 m in height, conical in
shape, densely wooded and visible up to 20 miles.
Tower (2412S, 4648W).
Tower (2451S, 4742W).
Tower at Canania (2501S, 4756W).
8.65
Major lights:
Ilha da Moela Light (2403S, 4616W) (8.17).
Laje da Conceio Light (red square concrete tower,
6 m in height) (2414S, 4642W).
Ilha Queimada Grande Light (white square concrete
Icapara Light (daymark on white square metal
structure, 10 m in height) (2441S, 4727W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Bom Abrigo Light (white 8-sided masonry tower,

16 m in height) (2507S, 4752W).
Ponta das Conchas, Ilha do Mel, Light (white
truncated conical metal tower, 18 m in height)
(2532S, 4817W).

1
8.66
Racon on Caraguat Light (2534S, 4819W) (8.68).
3
Directions
Ilha da Moela to Barra da Icapara

1
8.67
From a position S of Ilha da Moela (2403S, 4616W),
at the entrance to Porto de Santos, or S of Laje de Santos
(2419S, 4611W), the track leads SW, keeping to
seaward of the 20 m depth contour and passing (with
positions from Ilha Queimada Grande Light (2429S,
4641W) (8.65)):
NW or S of Laje de Santos, marked by a light (8.19),
thence:
Clear of Laje Pedro Segundo (15 miles NNE), an
unmarked 17 m rocky shoal over which the sea
breaks in bad weather; it is steep-to and covered
by the red sector (276286) of Laje da
Conceio Light (8.65). Laje da Conceio is a
bare above-water rock. Thence:
Clear of Parcel dos Reis (9 miles NNE), a 132 m
isolated rocky patch, thence:
SE of Parcel da Conceio (12 miles NNW), a 4 m
rocky shoal over which the sea beaks during fresh
onshore winds; thence:
Clear of Ilha Queimada Grande (8.64), and:
SE of Ilha Queimada Pequena (8.64) (9 miles NW);
Laje Noite Escura, a rock with a depth of 11 m,
lies 5 cables S, thence:
SE of Ilha Guara (18 miles WNW), from which a
light (white GRP tower, 7 m in height) is shown.
Ponta Parnapu-Guassu, lying 1 miles SW of this
islet, forms the E end of Serra dos Itatins, a
mountain range which extends W from this point;
its highest summit, 1371 m, is Morro das Trs
Pontas 10 miles W. Laje Parnapu, an above-water
rock, and several other dangers lie up to 1 mile
from the point and are covered by the red sector
(000206) of Ilha Guara Light. Thence:
SE of Parcel do Una (20 miles WSW), a rock with
58 m of water over it, which lies 5 miles SSE of
the mouth of Rio Comprido, close within which
lies Porto do Una, and:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (17 miles SW), the
SE of Ponta da Juria (30 miles WSW).
Thence to a position SE of Barra de Icapara (8.70)
(43 miles WSW), marked by Icapara Light (8.65) and
provides the N entrance to Mar Pequeno (8.70), the narrow
passage that separates Ilha Comprida (8.68) from the
mainland.
Along the S coast of Ilha Comprida; this island, only

2 miles wide, extends 33 miles SW from Barra
de Icapara and is separated from the mainland by
a long narrow passage known as Mar Pequeno
(8.70); the island is low and sandy with mangroves
covering its centre and NW side. It is only visible
at a short distance from seaward and should not be
approached in depths less than 16 m during poor
visibility. Thence:
SE of Barra de Canania (Barra de Canana) (8.70)
(3 miles N) which provides the S entrance to Mar
Pequeno (8.70) lying between Pontal, the S
extremity of Ilha Comprida, and Ponta do Perigo,
5 cables SSW, the NE extremity of Ilha do
Cardoso. This entrance is easily identified by Ilha
do Cardoso which is mountainous, rising to Picos
do Cardoso and forming the highest land in the
vicinity. Thence:
SE of Ilha de Bom Abrigo which is saddle-shaped
and wooded, with a small rugged islet and some
rocks lying 2 cables SE of it; a light (8.65) is
situated on the SW summit of the island. Thence:
SE of Ilha do Cambri (4 miles SW), lying close S of
Ponta Itacurua, thence:
SE of Ilha do Castilho (10 miles SSW), an islet with
two summits giving the impression of a castle
when viewed from a distance. It is steep-to.
Thence:
SE of Ilha Figueira (17 miles SSW), a steep, rocky
and almost barren islet steep-to. off which a
dangerous wreck (not charted) reportedly lies about
6 cables ESE, thence:
SE of Ponta Incio Dias (28 miles SSW), a low,
sandy point forming the N entrance point to Baa
de Paranagua (8.75); thence:
SE of Ponta das Conchas (2532S, 4817W), the E
extremity of Ilha do Mel and from which a light
(8.65) is exhibited. A signal station is located at
the light. Ilha do Mel, lying in the middle of the
entrance to Baa de Paranagua, is composed of two
parts, connected by a small isthmus. The N part is
low and covered by trees, the S part has hills
which appear as islands from offshore. Caraguat
Light (8.88) is situated on the S extremity of Ilha
do Mel.
(Directions continue at 8.129,and for entering
Baa de Paranagua at 8.87)
Anchorages
Chart 3980
Rio Guara anchorage

1
8.69
Description. The mouth of Rio Guara lies 2 miles
WNW of the island of Ilha Guara (2423S, 4659W)
(8.67)
Local knowledge is necessary to make the anchorage
3 cables NW of the island in depths of 7 to 9 m, sand, but
the berth is exposed.
Side channels
Barra da Icapara to Ilha do Mel
Charts 3980, 3968
8.68
From a position SE of Barra de Icapara (2441S,
4725W) (8.70) the track continues SW, passing (with
positions from Bom Abrigo Light (2507S, 4752W)):
Mar Pequeno
1
253
8.70
Description. Mar Pequeno is a narrow passage leading
between Ilha Comprida and the mainland.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Barra de Icapara (2441S, 4726W) lies at the N

entrance. The passage is obstructed by two sandbanks over
which seas always break. It is dangerous even in calm
weather.
Barra de Canania (Barra de Canana) (2505S,
4751W) forms the S entrance which is bounded by banks
extending from the S end of Ilha Comprida, and from the
coast 3 miles S. Seas constantly break on their extremities.
Directions. The channel has sharp bends and an average
width of 4 cables. It divides into two arms 11 miles NNE
of Barra de Canania ; the W arm, Mar de Cubato, leads
into Baa do Trapand and separates Ilha de Canania (Ilha
de Canana) from the mainland.
8.71
Depths. Mar Pequeno is navigable by vessels drawing
up to 3 m (10 ft). Barra de Canania, the S entrance, is
narrow vessels drawing up to 25 m (8 ft) can enter in calm
weather. There are banks, with less than 3 m (10 ft) over
them, in the middle of the entrance; the sea breaks on these
during fresh onshore winds. Within the bar depths increase
to about 18 m (60 ft). In Mar Pequeno all the banks are
subject to frequent change and up to date knowledge is
essential.
8.72
Pilots can be be obtained from Cidade de Canania
(Cidade de Canana) and, with previous notice, will board
vessels at the anchorage off Ilha de Bom Abrigo.
Tidal streams are felt throughout Mar Pequeno; there is
slack water near Pedra Tombo-das-Aguas, 10 miles SW
of Cidade de Iguape, where the streams entering by either
entrance meet. A light (green metal post, 2 m in height) is
situated on Pedra Tombo-das-Aguas.
Off Iguape the SW-going stream attains a rate about
1 kn; the NE-going stream has a rate of about 2 kn.
Off Cidade de Canania the N-going stream attains a
rate of 1 kn and the S-going stream a rate of about 1 kn.
8.73
Harbours. Cidade de Iguape lies on the NW shore of
Mar Pequeno, 7 miles WSW of Barra de Icapara; its church
with two tall towers is prominent from seaward. On the W
side of the town is Canal Valo-Grande, an artificial channel
leading N to join with Rio Ribeira de Iguape; at its S end
it has a least depth of 2 m and is about 1 cable wide. There
are two piers for small craft at the town.
Cidade de Canania (Cidade de Canana) stands on the
E side of Ilha de Canania 3 miles NNW of Barra de
Canania. There is a shipyard where small craft repairs can
be carried out.
Anchorage is available, with good shelter, about
2 cables off the NW side of Ilha de Bom Abrigo (2507S,
4752W), in depths of 65 to 100 m (21 to 33 ft), sand
and mud. Care must be taken to avoid a shoal, with a
depth of 48 m (16 ft) over it, situated 3 cables NW of Ilha
de Bom Abrigo Light.
BAA DE PARANAGU
General information
Charts 231, 3968
Description
1
Topography
1
8.74
Description. Barra de Ararapira (2518S, 4805W) is
the S entrance to Canal de Ararapira a channel which
separates the W side of Ilha do Cardoso (8.68) from the
mainland and communicates with Baa do Trapand (8.70).
The boundary between Estado de So Paulo and Estado
de Paran reaches the coast in the vicinity of Barra de
Ararapira.
8.76
The bay forms two branches, into which several rivers
flow, and contains many islands and shoal areas; its shores
are generally low and covered with mangroves.
The coast in the vicinity of the bar is low. There are
some mountains 5 to 6 miles inland, the highest being
Morro Grande (Morro do Marumb) (2538S, 4841W)
(8.85).
Depths
1
8.77
Canal da Galheta (8.88) has been dredged to 12 m
(2003) from its seaward end at the pilot boarding ground to
Ponta da Cruz (2530S, 4829W) close E of Porto de
Paranagua, but is subject to silting and at times depths
considerably less those charted may be encountered. The
channel is marked by pairs of light-buoys the positions of
which may not be as charted. Consult local authorities for
the latest information.
Piracy
1
8.78
Incidents of piracy and armed robbery have been
reported by vessels. For possible preventative measures see
1.52.
Port radio
1
8.79
Notice of ETA
1
8.80
Requests for pilots should be made through the ships
agent 4 hours prior to arrival.
Outer anchorage
1
Canal de Ararapira
1
8.75
Baa de Paranagu is entered between Ponta Incio Dias
(2528S, 4812W) (8.68) and Pontal do Sul (8.129),
9 miles SW. Directions are given for the channel which
provides entrance to the bay and leads between these
points, and for the various channels within the bay. The
ports of Paranagu and Antonina which lie within the bay
are also described.
8.81
No 12 anchorage, for vessels bound for Paranagu and
Antonina, lies 1 mile SE of the Canal de Galheta buoyed
channel (8.88); the anchorage limits are shown on the
chart. An artificial reef lie 3 miles W of the anchorage,
see 8.125. For details of inner anchorages see 8.107 and
note on the chart.
Pilotage
1
254
8.82
Compulsory. Pilots should be requested 24 hours in
advance confirming 5 hours before ETA. A pilot is always
on duty at the old pilot station at Ponta das Conchas (8.68)
in case of emergency. Pilots board 7 cables E of Nos 1 and
2 Light-buoys (lateral) (2537S, 4816W) which mark the
entrance to Canal de Galheta.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8

1
8.83
Channel. Passing and overtaking within the channel are
restricted; maximum permitted speed is 10 kn.
Manoeuvring area, is 700 m wide and extends along
the whole length of Paranagu wharf; within this area the
following regulations apply:
Maximum width of vessel 50 m.
Maximum speed 8 kn.
Vessels close to maximum authorised draught should
only be moved from 2 hours before HW.
Between berths 1 and 12 vessels with a draught near
to 107 m should only be moved by tug, and
should avoid using their engines.
Petroleum terminal. The following regulations apply to
vessels manoeuvring at this terminal:
On the internal berth, manoeuvring should only take
place on the out-going tide when the current is
slight.
Night-time manoeuvres permitted only when the
berthing area is sufficiently illuminated. The
decision rests with the master and pilot.
Quarantine. The Health Authority, customs and marine
police inspection is usually carried out at the berth soon
after the vessel arrives; or at anchorages No 5 and 7,
see 8.107.
Paranagua Morro Grande from NE (8.85)

Directions
Approaches to Baa de Paranagu

1
Natural conditions
1
8.84
Tidal streams on the seaward side of the bar run NE
and SW at rates of from 1 to 2 kn. During fresh E winds
the SW-going stream runs from 2 to 3 hours longer than
the NE-going stream and attains a rate of about 3 kn.
Local weather. Winds tend to blow from the following
directions during the year:
Months
am
pm
December to February
NW
NE
March
NW
April to August
SW
September to November
NW
Principal marks
1
8.85
Landmark:
Morro Grande (Morro do Marumb) (2538S,
4841W), the highest peak on Serra da Prata and
the first point of recognition on approaching the
coast from seaward.
Radio mast (2533S, 4822W).
Towers (1 mile NW of radio tower).
Mosque (2531S, 4831W).
Tower (1 mile WNW of mosque).
Major Light:
Ponta das Conchas, Ilha do Mel, Light (2532S,
4817W) (8.65).
Canal da Galheta
1
8.86
1
8.87
Approaching Baa de Paranagu from E, three peaks
close together will be sighted when about 30 miles
offshore; if heading for the entrance, they will be right
ahead. On nearer approach Ilha Figueira (2521S,
4802W) (8.68) will be sighted.
When 15 miles from the bar Ilhas das Palmas (2531S,
4817W), Ilha da Galheta (2535S, 4819W) (8.88) and
several hills on Ilha do Mel (8.68), all in the middle of the
entrance to the bay, will appear as small islands on the
horizon.
A dangerous wreck, the position of which is
approximate, lies 13 miles SE of Ponta das Conchas
Light (2532S, 4817W).
Approaching from S the only danger is Banco da
Galheta (8.88) which is always visible due to the breakers
over it.
Cautions. There are strong cross-currents at the bar
which affect navigation in the channel between Light-buoys
Nos 1 and 2 (lateral) (2537S, 4816W) and Nos 7 and 8
(lateral), 3 miles NW.
The channels across the bars to Canal da Galheta (8.88),
Canal Norte (2530S, 4811W) and Canal Sueste
(2534S, 4816W) should not be attempted in bad weather
as seas break heavily in fresh winds. Canal Sueste should
only be entered in daylight.
See also 8.77.
255
8.88
From a position SW of the pilot boarding station
(2537S, 4815W) the dredged channel (8.77), marked by
light-buoys (lateral) leads NW then W, about 16 miles, to a
position off the berths at Paranagu; passing (with positions
from Caraguat Light (2534S, 4819W)):
Across Banco da Galheta, a horseshoe-shaped bank
upon which the sea breaks, thence:
Between Ilha da Galheta (7 cables S), a small islet
and Ponta Encantada (4 cables SE), the S extremity
of Ilha do Mel; thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
SW of Ponta de Caraguat from which a light (white

square masonry tower, red band, 10 m in height;
racon) is exhibited; thence:
(4 miles NW), which lie 1 mile S of Ponta da
Coroazinha which forms the W extremity of Ilha
do Mel, whence the buoyed channel leads NW and
W, thence:
NE of Ilha Rasa da Cotinga (5 miles WNW), which
is low and sandy, with mangroves on its SW side;
and:
SW of the bank (5 miles NW) which extends
1 miles W of Ponta da Coroazinha.
From this position the track continues NW in
mid-channel for about 2miles passing between Nos 8 and
9 anchorages to a position S of Ilha das Cobras (2529S,
4825W), with two hills of which the N is the higher, and
a large white building on the E side. A light (white square
concrete column, 6 m in height) is situated at the S end.
PORTO DE PARANAGU
General information
Chart 231 Includes plan of Porto de Paranagua
Position
1
Function
1
Approaches to Porto de Paranagu
8.89
From the position S of Ilha das Cobras (2529S,
4826W) (8.88) the track leads W for about 3 miles
through the dredged channel marked by light-buoys
(lateral), passing between Nos 5, 6 and 7 anchorages and
passing (with positions from Ponta da Cruz Light (2530S,
4829W)):
S of Ponta de Guajatuba (2 miles NE), the W
entrance point to Baa das Laranjeiras (8.118);
thence:
N of Ponta da Cruz Light (green square on white
metal framework tower on concrete column, 2 m in
height) which is located on a submerged rock
lying close N of Ponta da Cruz, which forms the
NW extremity of Ilha da Cotinga. The NW end of
Ilha da Cotinga rises to Morro da Cotinga which
has two summits, the higher one to the E.
From this position the track continues W passing
between Nos 29 and 30 Light-buoys (lateral) (5 cables
NW), which mark shoals lying either side of the dredged
channel, whence there is direct approach to the berths
passing N of an area of reported silting.
8.90
Vessels manoeuvring and anchoring in the vicinity of
Porto de Paranagu should note that there are several
dangers extending W of Ponta da Cruz as follows (with
positions from Ponta da Cruz Light):
Pedra da Palangana (7 cables NW) an underwater
rock marked on its E side by a light-buoy (E
cardinal) and on the NW extremity by a light-buoy
(port hand).
Pedras do Bengo (1 miles WNW) lie at the S
extremity of an extensive shoal which lies along
the N side of Baa de Paranagu. They are
marked, close SE, by No 33 Light-buoy (starboard
hand); a light-buoy (isolated danger) marks a
detached 63 m shoal 4 cables NE of No 33
Light-buoy.
Ilha Bigu (1 miles NW), a small islet with shoals
extending E and NW of it; Pedras do Mero lie
5 cables E of this islet. Ilha Guar (2 miles NW)
is another small islet with rocks extending 2 cables
E of it. All these dangers lie off the N shore of
Baa de Paranagu.
8.92
The most important in Estado de Parana, the town has a
population of nearly 100 000. It is a Free Port for
Paraguay. Cargo handled includes soya beans, pellets and
fertilizer, vehicles, sugar, paper and timber. Solid and liquid
bulk cargoes are also handled.
Approach and entry

1
8.91
Porto de Paranagu (2531S, 4831W) serves the town
of Paranagu which lies on the S shore of the W branch of
Baa de Paranagu.
8.93
Approached from seaward by Canal da Galheta (8.88),
dredged and marked by buoys, entry is through a
continuation of the dredged channel leading through the W
branch of Baa de Paranagu.
Traffic
1
8.94
In 2003 the port was visited by 1814 vessels with a total
of 67 030 645 dwt handling 13 000 000 tons of cargo
annually.
Port authority
1
8.95
Administrao dos Portos de Paranagu e Antonina, Av.
Rua Antonio Pereira 161, Paranagu.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
1
8.96
See 8.77.

1
8.97
Commercial dock see 8.108.
Mean tidal levels

1
8.98
Barra de Paranagu: MHWS 15 m; MLWS 02 m.
Porto de Paranagu: MHWS 18 m; MLWS 02 m.

1
8.99
For harbour operations: 123 000 dwt, 272 m LOA and
50 m beam. For transhipment in the anchorage areas:
150 000 grt, 350 m LOA and 70 m beam.
Arrival information
Port radio
1
8.100
See 8.79.
Notice of ETA
1
8.101
See 8.80.
Tugs
1
256
8.102
Usage of tugs is governed by the Port Captains
Regulations. Compulsory for vessels drawing more
than 94 m.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8

1
Port services
8.103
See 8.83.
Repairs
1
Harbour
General layout
1
8.104
Lying along the S shore of Baa de Paranagu fronting
the town of Paranagu, they consist of a continuous wharf
for general cargo, includeing Ro-Ro and container
terminals; a pier for oil products; and a private pier for
handling bulk liquids.
8.109
Minor repairs. There is a patent slip for vessels up to
200 tonnes.
Other facilities
1
8.110
Hospitals; limited oily waste disposal; deratting and
Supplies
1
8.111
Fresh water; provisions and fuel.
Communications
Tidal streams
1
8.105
At springs the in-going stream attains a rate of kn, off
the port, the out-going stream has a rate of 1 kn. At
neaps the rates are about kn in-going and kn
out-going.
Porto de Antonina
Chart 3968
General information
1
Directions
1
8.112
Curitiba airport, 90 km distant by road.
8.106
See 8.89.
8.113
Porto de Antonina (2526S, 4842W), also known as
Porto Baro de Tef, is situated in an inlet at the head of
the W branch of Baa de Paranagu, 10 miles WNW of
Porto de Paranagu.
Limiting conditions
Berths
Anchorages
1
8.107
Vessels awaiting a berth, or in special circumstances,
anchor within Baa de Paranagu in designated anchorages
lying on both sides of the buoyed channel as shown on the
chart. Numbered areas are specified according to type,
length, draught and circumstance of the vessel. See note on
the chart.
Prohibited anchorage anywhere outside the designated
areas unless special dispensation is given by of the Port
Captain.
Arrival information
1
Alongside berths
8.108
1
Commercial wharf is 2106 m in length with alongside

depths of 89 m over 420 m; 8 m over 1170 m and
116 m for 516 m. An area extending up to
3 cables N of the length of quay has been
dredged to depths whose limits are indicated on
the plan.
Container terminal, situated at the E end of the
commercial wharf, has been extended 500 m E and
work is still in progress. Silting has been reported
off this extension; see plan.
Ro-Ro berth is located at the W end of the
commercial wharf.
Tanker pier is located 5 cables W of the W end of
the commercial wharf. It is an L-shaped pier with
a berthing face 174 m long; the external berth has
an alongside depth of 10 m and the internal
berth 85 m.
Bulk liquid pier extends over 300 m WNW from the
elbow of the tanker pier. It has a berthing face
256 m long and depths of 10 m alongside, and can
accept vessels of up to 200 m LOA.
8.114
The channel is navigable by vessels drawing up to 58 m
and with a maximum LOA of 150 m.
8.115
Pilotage is compulsory. He will board either at the
entrance to Baa de Paranagu or off Porto de Paranagu.
Vessels bound for Antonina obtain partial clearance at
Paranagu and remain anchored there until the berth is
clear. There is no anchorage at Antonina.
Tugs are available from Paranagu.
Regulations concerning entry. Entry may only be made
during daylight hours at HW, and vessels must be
accompanied by tugs. Maximum permitted speed in the
channel is 6 kn.
Berthing and unberthing take place only during daytime.
Berths
1
8.116
Two concrete piers, the largest, privately owned but
sometimes used by the port administration, is 200 m long,
the other pier is 90 m long with depths of 6 to 7 m. A
wharf, 60 m long with alongside depths of 35 to 50 m.
Port services
1
8.117
Fresh water; provisions and some fuel; all other facilities
from Paranagu.
Inland passage
Baa das Laranjeiras
1
257
8.118
Description. Baa das Laranjeiras is entered between
Ponta das Peas (2529S, 4818W) and Ponta de
Guajatuba (8.89), 8 miles W. This bay forms the N branch
of Baa de Paranagu but is largely obstructed by
mudbanks. Ilha das Peas forms the E side of the bay and
is low, densely wooded and intersected by by numerous
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
shallow channels. Rio Superagui flows into the sea 3 miles

NE of Ponta das Peas and gives access to inland
waterways which communicate with Barra de Canania
(8.70), but its entrance is obstructed by Banco do
Superagui (2529S, 4813W), over which the seas always

break.
ILHA DO MEL TO CABO DE SANTA MARTA GRANDE

Depths
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 530
Area covered
1
8.119
This section describes the passage from a position SE of
Ihla do Mel (2532S, 4817W) (8.68) about 175 miles S
and SSW to a position E of Cabo de Santa Marta Grande
(2836S, 4849W). It includes the ports of So Francisco
do Sul (2615S, 4838W) (8.131) and Itaja (2655S,
4837W) (8.163).
Marine farms
1
Topography
1
8.120
The coast between Ilha do Mel and Itaja, 85 miles SSW,
is low and consists of extensive beaches backed by
swampy tracts of land indented by bays and river estuaries.
The mountains inland are scattered and low, and rarely
within 5 miles of the coast.
A sequence of bays extends S, for some 30 miles, from
Itaja to Ilha de Santa Catarina.
The coast from Ilha de Santa Catarina to Cabo de Santa
Marta Grande, 50 miles SSW, is broken by headlands, bays
and islands; there is a chain of mountains close to the
coast.
8.121
Numerous islands, shoals and other dangers lie offshore
on this stretch of coast. The 50 m depth contour, which is
fairly regular, lies up to 36 miles off Ilha do Mel and only
about 5 miles off Ilha de Santa Catarina and Cabo de Santa
Marta Grande.
ILHA DO MEL TO RIO SO FRANCISCO

DO SUL
8.128
1
Directions
1
Route
2
Topography
1
8.123
From Pontal do Sul (2535S, 4821W) (8.129) to Ponta
Caiob (8.129), 19 miles SW, the coast is low. Serra do
Prata extends inland with Morro Grande (Morro do
Marumb) (8.85), a landmark, lying 19 miles WSW of
Pontal do Sul.
Between Ponta Caiob and Ponta da Caieira (8.130),
1 miles WSW of it, lies the entrance to Baa de
Guaratuba (8.130).
From Ponta Caieira to the entrance to Rio So Francisco
do Sul the coast is low but backed by Serra do Maratuba, a
range of high mountains rising some distance inland.
Chart 3968
8.122
From a position SE of Ihla do Mel (2532S, 4817W)
(8.68), the route leads SSW for about 38 miles to a position
ESE of Arquiplago das Graas (2611S, 4829W)
(8.129), at the entrance to Rio So Francisco do Sul.
8.126
Landmark:
Morro Grande (Morro do Marumb) (2538S,
4841W) (8.85).
8.127
Major Lights:
Ponta das Conchas, Ilha do Mel, Light (2532S,
4817W) (8.65).
Caiob Light (white square metal framework tower,
9 m in height) (2551S, 4832W).
Ilha da Paz Light (white square masonry tower on
dwelling, 16 m in height) (2611S, 4829W).
General information
8.125
A number of marine farms and artificial reefs are
situated up to 30 miles offshore, as shown on the chart.
Entry into these areas is restricted.
Principal marks
Depths
1
8.124
The 37 m (20 fm) depth contour is regular and lies
28 miles off Pontal do Sul and 16 miles off the N part of
Ilha de So Francisco; there are several offshore dangers
lying within it.
258
8.129
From a position SE of Ihla do Mel (2532S, 4817W)
(8.68) the track leads SSW, passing (with positions from
Caiob Light (2551S, 4832W)):
ESE of Pontal do Sul (20 miles NNE), the W
entrance point to Baa de Paranagua. A
conspicuous water tower stands on the coast
10 miles SW of the point; thence:
ESE of of Ilhas dos Currais (11 miles NE), a group
of three islets the highest of which is covered in
vegetation. Marine farms are situated 2 miles ENE
and 2 miles WNW of Ilhas dos Currais. Thence:
ESE of Ilhas Itacoloms (7 miles E), a group of four
rocks with reefs extending NW and SE over which
there are depths of less than 11 m. Thence:
ESE of Ponta Caiob, the N entrance point to Baa de
Guaratuba (8.130). Ilha de Caiob lies close off
the point and is joined to it by a drying reef;
Caiob Light (8.127) is situated on the SE side of
this islet. Laje de Caiob is a group of rocks
5 cables SSE of it. Radio masts, marked by lights,
stand 5 cables NW and 28 miles SW of Caiob
Light. Thence:
ESE of Ponta Brigituba (2 miles SSW), a small
tree-covered hill, on which stands a conspicuous
white statue of Christ. A TV tower (52 m in
height) stands on the headland. Thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
ESE of Ilha Sai (8 miles SSW), a small islet lying

5 cables off the coast, thence:
ESE of the shoals which extending 2 miles NNE from
Cabo Joo Dias (2610S, 4831W). The cape is
dominated by Morro de Joo Dias, lying 7 cables
S of the point. A light (white square stone column,
4 m in height) is situated 3 cables SE.
1 mile to a position ESE of Arquiplago das Graas
(19 miles SSE). Ilha da Paz is the most prominent island
of the group, visible from a long distance and from which
a light (8.127) is exhibited. Ilha do Veado and Ilha do
Pirata lie 7 cables N of the light surrounded by shoals and
rocks extending up to 5 cables E and W of them. Ilhas da
Sororoca, two low islets surrounded by rocks, form the S
extremity of Arquiplago das Graas.
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 8.158, for
Porto de So Francisco do Sul at 8.138, and for
So Francisco do Sul Oil Terminal at 8.149)
Minor harbour
Limiting conditions
1
Chart 3968 (see 1.14)
Baa de Guaratuba
1
8.130
Description. The bay is entered between Ponta da
Caieira (2552S, 4834W) and Ponta do Mendanha, less
than 5 cables N. There are some islands within the inlet
and a number of rivers flow into it.
Vila de Guaratuba lies 5 cables within the entrance on
the W side of Ponta da Caieira. The town exports rice and
timber. A reef which dries in parts lies off the town on the
N side of the fairway,
Pilots can be obtained at Baa de Paranagua with prior
notice.
Directions. Sand banks form a bar which partly
obstructs the entrance to the bay. There are narrow
channels between these banks in which there is usually a
depth of about 3 m at HW, but these channels vary in
direction and depth. Within the bar depths increase to about
25 m. In bad weather there is a continuous line of breakers
over the bar. A rock with a depth of less than 06 m (2 ft)
over it, on which seas always break, lies in the entrance
close off Ponta do Mendanha.
Berths are provided within the sheltered waters of bay
to accommodate coasters.
1
2
Charts 555, 3968
8.132
Controlling depth. The access channel has a reported
width of 150 m wide and reported depths in the
mid-channel of 10 m, but less water is charted. See 8.138.
Deepest and longest berth. No 1 Berth, see 8.141.
Mean tide level. MHWS 15 m; MLWS 02 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Maximum draught of
10 m.
Natural conditions. The river current attains speeds of 3
to 4 kn and is only overcome by the full strength of the
in-going stream at Springs. During fresh NE or SE winds,
especially the latter, there is a strong onshore current.
When the wind is contrary to the tidal stream there is a
heavy sea over the bar, even in fine weather, and the sea
may increase within the bar. Under such conditions it is
prudent to wait for the turn of the tidal stream so as to
have smoother water.
Arrival information
Porto de So Francisco do Sul
used by local craft. Several summits at the mouth of, and

within, the N branch provide good marks (8.137).
Approach and entry. The mouth of the N branch of
Rio So Francisco do Sul is approached by two channels
which lead across the bar. It is preferable to use the S
channel which is marked by buoys; thence following the
main channel of Rio So Francisco do Sul to the port,
which is entered by buoyed passages which lead through
the many shoals which lie off the port.
Traffic. In 2003 the port was used by 614 vessels
totalling of 19 257 978 dwt
Port authority. Administrao do Porto de So
Francisco do Sul, Av. Eng. Leite Ribeiro 782, 89240000
So Francisco do Sul, SC.
General information
8.131
Position. Porto de So Francisco do Sul (2615S,
4838W) lies on the S bank of Rio de Sao Francisco do
Sul, 7 miles above the river mouth.
Function. River berths for containers, Ro-Ro vessels,
bulk grain and vegetable oil tankers; there is an offshore
tanker SBM (8.144) S of the river mouth.
Topography. Rio So Francisco do Sul flows into the
sea through two mouths, 19 miles apart, which are
separated by Ilha de So Francisco do Sul. The island is
generally low with large expanses of mangrove and swamp.
The N branch of the river gives access to the port, while
the S branch is much obstructed by sandbanks and is only
259
8.133
Notice of ETA. 24 and 12 hours in advance; requests for
pilots 6 hours in advance, through ships agent.
Outer anchorage, shown on the chart, with positions
from Ilha da Paz Light (2611S, 4829W).
No 5 (4 miles ESE), for loaded vessels with a draught
between 16 m and 18 m.
No 6 (2 miles SE), for vessels up 16 m draught
awaiting to moor at the SBM (8.144), in ballast or
awaiting repairs.
8.134
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. The pilot
station is situated on Ilha de Velha (2611S, 4829W) and
pilots board vessels 7 cables SW; in bad weather the pilot
may board inside the bar W of Ponta do Sumidouro
(8.138).
Tugs are used at critical points in the channel, at
anchorages and/or berthing. They are compulsory.
Regulations concerning entry.
Maximum permitted speed within the port is 8 kn.
Overtaking of vessels within the channel should be
avoided.
Night-time movement of vessels is limited to those
with a maximum draught of 85 m or length of
250 m.
Reports of position date and time of berthing or
anchoring should be reported to the Port Captain.
At anchor engines and personnel to be kept at
immediate notice.
8.135
Quarantine anchorage No 4. See 8.141.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Harbour
1
8.136
General layout. The port consists of a basin of which
two sides are formed by quays. There are four designated
anchorage areas along the main channel of the river or
within the port area, see 8.141.
Caution. Works are in progress (2000) in the approaches
to the quays.
Hazards. Out-going tides make berthing and unberthing
difficult on the N side of the wharf.
Principal marks
1
8.137
Landmarks.
Morro de Joo Dias (2610S, 4832W) (8.129).
Morro de Ubatuba (2612S, 4832W), near to the S
entrance point to the N branch of Rio So
Francisco do Sul, which at 188 m in height is the
highest land on this part of the coast.
Morro Monto de Trigo (2614S, 4836W,), conical
in shape and 160 m in height.
Morro Po de Aucar (2614S, 4837W,, 180 m in
height, and on the summit of which there is a
conspicuous cross, stands close ENE of Porto de
Sao Francisco do Sul.
Major light.
Ilha da Paz Light (2611S, 4829W) (8.127).
Directions
1

8.138
Caution. Entering Rio So Francisco do Sul account
should be taken of the tidal streams and seas running over
the bar; see 8.132. The channels and depths shown on the
chart are subject to frequent change and the buoyage is
adjusted accordingly. Latest information should be obtained
from the local authorities.
Approaches. From a position on the coastal route E of
Arquiplago das Graas (2611S, 4829W) the track leads
W passing (with positions from Cabo Joo Dias Light
(2610S, 4831W)):
S of Ilhas da Sororoca (2 miles ESE) (8.129),
thence:
N of Ilha de Mandigituba, (2 miles SE) on the SW
side of which lies a number of rocks, thence:
N of No 2 Light-buoy (port hand) marking the N side
of two rocky patches lying 4 cables NW of Ilha de
Mandigituba, the pilot boarding ground.
From this position the track leads NW for about 1mile
to a position NE of No 4 Light-buoy (port hand). The track
leads NW, passing:
NE of No 6 Light-buoy (port hand) (5 cables ENE),
thence:
NE of Cabo Joo Dias Light (white square column,
4 m in height):
SW of No 1 Light-buoy (5 cables NE) moored off the
S edge of Banco Joo Dias, an extensive N/S
sandy shoal with a least depth of 42 m; in this
vicinity the navigable channel is at its narrowest;
thence:
NE of Cabo Joo Dias (2 cables NW), which rises
steeply to Morro de Joo Dias, 5 cables SSW,
thence:
NNE), thence:
260

NNW) passing N of the coastal bank and detached
shoals which extends up to 8 cables NNW of Cabo
Joo Dias, thence:
From this position the track WSW for about 5 cables to
a position N of No 14 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles
NW).
From this position the track leads WSW in mid-channel
passing (with positions from Trincheira Light (2610S,
4835W)):
SSE of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles NE)
marking the E edge of Banco da Galharada, a
sandbank which dries, thence:
NNW of Ponta do Sumidouro (1 miles E), marked
by a light (white GRP framework tower), thence:
SSE of Trincheira Light (white 8-sided stone tower,
red bands, 8 m in height); two light-beacons
(special) stand 1 cables NNE and 1 mile SE of
the light-tower; they mark a submarine pipeline
area (1.35). Thence:
NNW of a light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles SSW)
moored off the edge of Coroa dos Pampas, an
extensive sandy shoal which dries and forms the
SE side of the channel.
2miles to a position SE of Laje Grande de Baixo
(2613S, 4838W), a rock on the NW edge of the fairway
from which a light (red metal tower on red concrete base,
2 m in height) is exhibited.
8.139
From the position SE of Laje Grande de Baixo the track
leads SSW, passing (with positions from Laje Abreu de
Fora Light (green square on pyramidal concrete column,
triangular base, 6 m in height) (2615S, 4839W)):
WNW of a light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles NNE)
moored off the W edge of Laje do Badejo, a rocky
bank with connecting banks extending 2 cables SW
with a least depth of 15 m over them, thence:
WNW of a light-buoy (port hand) (9 cables NNE)
moored close W of Laje da Marcelina, thence:
Clear of a light-buoy (isolated danger) (8 cables
NNE) marking Laje do Barata, a rocky shoal and:
ESE of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (8 cables N)
marking the shoals of Parcel da Torre, thence:
ENE of of a light-buoy (isolated danger) (4 cables
N), moored close N of Laje do Muchocho, a rocky
shoal, thence:
Clear of Laje da Cruz (6 cables NNE), a rocky
shoal, the SW edge of which is marked by a
light-buoy (isolated danger), thence:
NNE of a light-buoy (N cardinal) (5 cables NNE)
marking the N extremity of Laje da Vitoria, a
rocky patch.
From this position the track leads towards the quay.
Useful mark: Ponta do Rado Azedo (2614S, 4838W)
a steep hill, lying close NE of Ponta da Cruz, the NW
extremity of the quay.
Caution. Banks and shoal depths in the approach to the
port, S of 2613, are extending and becoming shallower,
notably between the anchorages and the quay.
Owing to the existence of numerous further dangers in
the river, above the vicinity of Porto de So Francisco do
Sul, no vessel should proceed W of Laje Grande de Cima
(5 cables W), which is marked by a beacon (starboard
hand).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Useful mark:
8.140
Radio masts (2615S, 4838W), 69 m in height, and
1 cables WNW, positions approximate,
Berths
1
8.141
Inner anchorages:
No 1 for vessels drawing up to 823 m, in depths of
about 11 m, sand and mud.
No 2 for vessels drawing over 823 m, in depths of
about 11 m, sand and mud.
No 3 for small craft, in depths of 5 m, sand and mud.
No 4 explosives, dangerous goods and quarantine, in
depths of over 20 m, sand.
Prohibited anchorages:
Within the submarine pipeline area (see 1.35)
extending across the river SE of Trincheira Light
(2610S, 4835W) (8.138).
Within the turning area opposite the port as defined
by Laje da Cruz Light-buoy (2614S, 4838W)
and the light-buoys at Laje da Vitria, 2 cables
SSW; Laje do Muchocho, 3 cables SW; and Parcel
da Torre, 4 cables NW.
Anywhere outside the specified anchorages.
Alongside berths. Two wharves on the NE and SE sides
of a basin, providing four berths, with a total length of
675 m, and alongside depths of 10 to 4 m.
A privately-owned wharf, accommodating ships up to
55 m draught, lies 4 cables SSW of the main
quay; another wharf and a pier for customs
launches are situated close to it.
A pier, from which a light is exhibited, extends from the
N bank of the river, 6 cables SW of Ponta do Alvarenga
(2613S 4839W)
Limiting conditions
1
8.142
Repairs of a minor nature.
Facilities: hospital; deratting and deratting exemption
Supplies: fresh water; provisions; stores; fuel by road
tanker only.
Communications: Joinville airport 40 km distant.
8.148
Landmark. Morro de Ubatuba (2612S 4832W)
(8.137).
Major light. Ilha da Paz Light (2611S, 4829W)
(8.127).
Cidade de Joinville
Directions
8.143
Description. Cidade de Joinville (2619S, 4851W) lies
7 miles above the mouth of Rio Cachoeira which enters
Rio So Francisco do Sul, 5 miles SW of Porto de So
Francisco do Sul (8.131).
The town is the largest industrial centre in Estado de
Santa Catarina and can be reached by small vessels.

8.149
From a position E of Ilha da Paz Light (2611S,
4829W) (8.127) the lighted terminal SBM, which lies
about 4 miles SE from the light, can be approached
directly from seaward. There are no known dangers to the
E of the SBM, where the berthing master (8.147) boards.
Berth
So Francisco do Sul Terminal (TEFRAN)

1
Chart 3968
General information
1
8.146
Port operations. Detailed instructions on procedures to
be observed by vessels are contained in the Port
Information Manual for So Francisco do Sul Marine
Terminal, published by PETROBRAS. Copies can be
obtained at the terminal or by mail from Petrleo Brasileiro
SA PETROBRS/DETRAN, Avenida Repblica do Chile
65, Rio de Janeiro, RJ 20035, Brazil.
Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA should be sent 72 hours in advance,
maintaining contact with terminal radio station and
updating ETA as required.
Prohibited anchorage areas:
Within 5 cables of the SBM.
Between the SBM and the shoreline, 4 miles W,
within the pipeline area delineated on the chart see
also 1.35.
8.147
Pilots. A berthing master is available to assist in all
operations from berthing to unberthing from the SBM. The
berthing master boards 3 miles E of the SBM (2614S,
4825W).
Tugs. None. Mooring manoeuvres are assisted by
support craft.
Principal marks
8.145
Maximum size of vessel handled. 200 000 dwt and
18 m draught.
Arrival information
Port services
1
Function. The terminal is owned and operated by

PETROBRAS and provides facilities for the discharge,
storage and transfer of oil.
Topography. See 8.131.
directly from seaward.
Port Authority. Terminal Maritimo de Sao Francisco do
Sul, Rua Felipemusse, Ubatuba, So Francisco do Sul, SC,
89242000 Brazil.
8.144
Position. So Francisco do Sul Oil Terminal (DTSUL
(TEFRAN)) (2614S, 4825W) consists of an SBM
situated 4 miles off the E coast of Ilha de So Francisco do
Sul.
8.150
The mooring buoy is 11 m in diameter and moored in a
depth of 20 m. It is connected to the coast, 4 miles W, by
two submarine pipelines, see 1.35.
Port services
1
261
8.151
Repairs: Electronic equipment only.
Facilities: hospitals So Francisco do Sul (8.131).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Supplies: limited provisions; lubricants if ordered in

advance;
Ponta das Cabeudas Light (white metal column on

white square masonry base) (2656S, 4837W).
Cabeudas Light (radio mast) (2655S, 4839W).
Ilha do Arvoredo Light (white round metal tower, red
RIO SO FRANCISCO DO SUL TO ILHA

DO ARVOREDO
Directions
General information
Chart 3968
Cabo Joo Dias to Ponta do Varrido
Route
1
8.152
From a position ESE of Arquiplago das Graas
(2611S, 4829W) the route leads S for about 63 miles to
a position E of Ilha do Arvoredo (2718S, 4821W).
Topography
1
8.153
The E coast of Ilha de So Francisco do Sul, from Ponta
da Enseada (2613S, 4829W) (8.158) to Rio Araquar,
16 miles SSW, is low with but a few hills known as
Morretes, about 8 miles SSW of the point and close inland.
In the vicinity of Ponta do Vigia (2647S, 4835W) the
coast is high, backed by lofty mountains close inland which
are visible about 45 miles offshore.
Enseada de Itapocori is entered W of Ponta do Vigia;
Ponta da Penha, 2 miles WNW of this point, divides the
bay into two parts.
The coast for 3 miles S of the point rises to a chain of
hills then for the next 6 miles to Porto de Itaja is formed
by a sandy beach. The buildings of Itaja are visible from
seaward.
South of Itaja the coast forms a series of bays between
several salient points. Offshore are several islands,
including Ilha do Arvoredo, which provide good marks.
Depths
1
8.154
The 37 m (20 fm) depth contour is regular; lying
15 miles offshore in the vicinity of Cabo Joo Dias, 7 miles
off Ponta do Vigia and close to Ilha do Arvoredo.
Ponta do Varrido to Ilha do Arvoredo
Restricted area
1
8.155
A Nature Reserve, shown on the chart, has been
declared around the islands of Ilha do Arvorado (2718S,
4821W), Ilha Deserta 2 miles NE and Ilha da Gal
7 miles NNW. Hunting, shooting, fishing or any action
which could alter the environment is prohibited. Anchoring
in the restricted zone is prohibited, as is landing on any of
these islands unless authorised by the Brazilian Navy, see
also 1.42.
8.159
1
Rescue
1
8.156
Brazilian naval vessels, specialised in rescue and
salvage, are stationed at Porto de Itaja.
Principal marks
1
8.157
Landmark:
Morro do Ba (2648S, 4856W), the highest of the
various summits of Serra do Mar, has a flat
summit and can be seen from 20 miles offshore.
Major lights:
Ilha da Paz Light (2611S, 4829W) (8.127).
Ponta do Varrido Light (white diamond on white
metal framework tower, black band, 10 m in
height) (2647S, 4835W).
8.158
From a position ESE of Arquiplago das Graas
(2611S, 4829W) the track leads S, passing (with
positions from Ponta do Varrido Light (2647S, 4835W)):
E of Sao Francisco do Sul Oil Terminal SBM
(34 miles NE) (8.144), lying 4 miles ESE of Ponta
da Enseada; navigation between the buoy and the
coast should be avoided; thence:
E of Ilhas Tamboretes (25 miles N), a group of five
low-lying islets characterised by flat-topped hills;
thence:
E of Ilhas do Remdios (19 miles N), three low-lying
islets surrounded by numerous rocks lying off the
mouth of Rio Araquar. The N entrance point of
the river is marked by a light 2 cables E (white
cylindrical pillar, 4 m in height), the position of
which is approximate. Araquar Light (white
cylindrical tower, 4 m in height), the position of
which is approximate, lies 3 cables N of the
entrance. Thence:
E of Ilha Tipitinga (17 miles N), thence:
E of Ilha dos Lobos (16 miles N), with drying rocks
close NNE and SSW of it, thence:
E of the shoal patches lying 1 mile NE of Ponta do
Varrido. A light (8.157) is exhibited from the
point. A light-buoy (isolated danger) marks a
drying rock 7 cables ENE of the light. Between
this point and Ponta Negra, 2 miles S, there are
several high hills the highest being Morro do
Gravat. Thence:
262
E of Ponta das Cabeudas (8 miles S), from the

summit of which a light (8.157) is exhibited. The
entrance to Porto de Itaja (8.163) lies close NW
E of Ponta das Laranjeiras (12 miles S) and Ponta
das Taquaras, 1 miles SE. Both points are fringed
by rocks extending up to 5 cables offshore;
Dangerous wrecks lie close S of Ponta das
Laranjeiras and 2 miles SSE of Ponta das
Taquaras. Thence:
E of Ponta de Porto Bello (20 miles SSE), the S
entrance point into Enseada Porto Bello (8.161), a
steep, rocky headland surrounded by rocks, thence:
E of Ponta de Bombas (22 miles SSE), the E
extremity of a peninsula separating Enseada de
Porto Belo (8.161) from Baa das Tijucas (8.162);
thence:
E of Ilha da Gal (25miles SSE), a rocky islet
covered in vegetation, with some long white
streaks on its upper part. Close E of the islet are
two skerries, one barren, the other covered with
bushes. Pedra Nocetti lies 2 miles SE of the islet.
A light (white square concrete tower, black bands,
10 m in height) is situated on the summit of the
islet. Thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
E of Ilha Deserta (32 miles SSE), covered with dark

vegetation and with rocks N and S of it.
From this position the track continues S for about 1 mile
to a position E of Ilha do Arvoredo, with high rocky slopes
covered in dense, dark vegetation and separated from Ilha
Deserta by a narrow deep water channel. A light (8.157) is
exhibited from Ponta Sul, the S extremity of the island.
This island is the best mark for making the N end of Canal
de Santa Catarina (8.176). Filotes are two above-water
rocks lying 4 cables E of the light.
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 8.186,
for Porto de Itaja at 8.173, and for
Canal de Santa Catarina at 8.177)

Chart 3968 (see 1.14)
Enseada de Cambori
1
8.160
Description. Enseada de Cambori is entered W of
Ponta das Laranjeiras (2659S, 4835W) (8.159) from
which shoals extend 3 cables E of it. An isolated shoal
with a depth of 47 m (15 ft) over it, lies on the n side of
the entrance.
Laje Cambori, a dangerous group of rocks, lie 2 cables
offshore and 6 cables W of Ponta das Laranjeiras; with a
calm sea and an offshore wind breakers rarely form on
these rocks.
Rio Cambori flows into the SE side of the bay. The
river is narrow and its mouth obstructed by sandbanks; it
can only be entered by small craft. Cidade de Cambori,
standing on the S side of the river entrance, offers few
facilities for mariners.
Anchorage, shown on the chart, exists in the SE part of
the bay about 3 cables offshore, with the church of Cidade
de Cambori bearing 170, in depths of 8 to 9 m (26 to
30 ft), sand and mud, good holding ground. It is exposed to
winds between N and ENE.
Porto de Itaja
Charts 549 plan of Porto de Itaja, 3968
General information
1
Enseada de Porto Belo

1
8.161
Description. Enseada da Porto Belo is entered between
Ponta de Porto Belo (2707S, 4831W) and Ponta da
Ilhota 5 miles WNW. The NW part of the bay is
encumbered by rocky shoals which extend up to 5 cables
from the shore.
Ilha Joo da Cunha lies 1 cables off the SE shore of
the bay, 2 miles SW of Ponta de Porto Belo, and forms a
natural breakwater protecting a cove to the S which can be
entered by small craft. Cidade de Porto Belo stands on the
S shore of the cove.
Anchorage, shown on the chart, exists 7 cables NNW of
the N point of Ilha Joo da Cunha in depths of 6 to 15 m
(20 to 49 ft), sand and mud. It is exposed to N and NE
winds during which it is better to anchor 6 cables NNE of
the N point of Ilha Joo da Cunha, in the lee of Ponta da
Caixa dAco 1 miles SW of Ponta de Porto Belo, in
depths of 11 m (36 ft), blue clay and mud. Vessels drawing
up to 6 m can anchor 1 cable S of the point, where there is
complete shelter.
Chart 544
Baa de Tijucas
1
8.162
Description. Baa de Tijucas is entered between Ponta
de Zimbros (2713S, 4831W) and Ponta de Ganchos,
4 miles SSW. Rio Tijucas flows into the W shore of the
bay and is only navigable by boats; Vila de Tijucas lies on
the N side of the river entrance. There is a conspicuous

boulder on the shore 2 miles NNE of the town. Pedra da
Cruz, an above-water rock, lies 3 cables SW of Ponta de
Zimbros near the edge of a spit extending from the point.
The W side of the bay is shallow with a bank of soft mud
extending up to two miles from the shore.
Anchorage exists in various localities within the bay:
Enseada de Zimbros, which forms the N part of Baa
de Tijucas, affords good anchorage NW of Ponta
de Zimbros, in depths of 7 to 8 m, sand and mud,
well sheltered especially from the N.
Enseada de Ganchos, the S part of Baa de Tijucas, is
indented by several coves off which small vessels
can anchor in depths of 5 to 6 m (17 to 20 ft), soft
mud. Morro de Ganchos, a hill 3 miles SW of
Ponta de Ganchos, provides a good mark for this
portion of the bay.
Caution is necessary when approaching these
anchorages because of dangers off Ponta de Ganchos. A
recommended anchorage is indicated on the chart.
263
8.163
Position. Porto de Itaja (2654S, 4840W) is situated
close within the mouth of Rio Itaja-A, on the S bank
opposite the town of Navagantes. There are port working
facilities on both banks.
Function. The port handles general cargo, containers
and Ro-Ro. Numerous types of petroleum products are
handled farther upstream,
8.164
Topography. Morro do Ba (2648S, 4856W) (8.157)
is the first point to be seen when approaching from N.
Between Ponta do Vigia and Ponta Negra, 2 miles S,
there are several high hills close to the coast, the highest
being Morro do Gravat (8.158). The buildings of the city
are visible from seaward and several of them provide good
marks; see 8.172.
8.165
Tidal streams. When approaching the entrance care
should be taken as both the in-going and out-going streams
set the vessel towards the N; it is advisable to approach the
entrance with No 2 Light-beacon ahead, bearing 270.
Within the entrance between No 2 and No 5 Light-beacons
the current sets S, increasing in strength as the latter
beacon in approached. Within the channel the current
follows the axis of the channel.
8.166
Port limits. The E limits of the port are a line joining
No 2 Light-beacon, on the head of the S breakwater, to
No 5 Light-beacon, at the head of the N breakwater. The W
limit is 15 km upstream from the bar.
8.167
Approach and entry. The river mouth is approached
directly from seaward. Entry through a dredged and marked
channel leads across the bar, then into the river between
two breakwaters which extend seaward from the N and S
entrance points to the river.
8.168
Port authority. Companhia Docas do Estado de So
Paulo (CODESP), Avenida Coronel Eugenio Muller 622,
88300 Itaja.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Limiting conditions.
1
8.169
Controlling depth. A minimum dredged depth of 75 m
in the approach and 70 m in the harbour area. It is
reported (2003) however that the channel is maintained at a
minimum depth of 100 m.
Deepest and longest berth. Commercial Wharf, see
8.174.
Mean tidal levels. MHWS 09 m; MLWS 02 m.
Maximum size of vessels handled. Vessels of 250 m
LOA, draught 80 m, or 210 m LOA, draught 99 m.
Local weather. In strong winds from N to E seas break
over the bar.
After long periods of rain the out-going stream can
reach rates of 5 kn; under these conditions floating islands
composed of vegetation and earth torn from the river banks
may be encountered.
Principal marks
1
Arrival information
1
8.170
Notice of ETA. At least 6 hours notice of ETA.
Outer anchorages.
The usual anchorage for vessel awaiting a pilot is
about 1 mile ESE of Mohles Sud in a depth of
10 m, mud and sand, good holding ground.
Quarantine anchorage. centred on a rectangle
1miles SE of Mohle Suid as shown on the chart.
Sports and recreational craft; an area SW of a line
joining Ponta das Cabeudas Light with the head
of the S breakwater, 1 mile NW, in depths of 3 to
7 m, sand and mud.
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board 2 miles ENE of
Ponta das Cabeudas Light (2656S, 4837W).
Tugs are compulsory for berthing and unberthing vessels
over 1500 tonnes.
Deep draught vessels should avoid passing each other
in the channel.
Entering or leaving the port, when the Port Captain
has declared the bar to be unnavigable, is
expressly prohibited.
Maximum permitted speed within the channel is 5 kn.
Entry to the commercial wharves day or night but
entry to the oil or chemical terminals is permitted
by day only.
Entering or leaving the commercial wharf should
preferably take place at HW when the maximum
permitted draught is 79 m; between HW and LW
the maximum draught is 64 m.
Entry to the oil and chemical berths preferably at HW
when the maximum permitted draught is 62 m at
the oil terminal and 59 m at the chemical berth.
Vessels should always berth port side alongside. The
Port Captain should be advised if starboard side is
preferred.
Unberthing must always be carried out by passing a
doubled line from the stern to the wharf which
should not be let go until the turning of the vessel
is complete.
During spring tides vessels must use doubled
moorings and will only be moved at the pilots
discretion.
8.172
Landmarks.
Water-tower (2654S, 4839W).
Fish freezing plant, 1 mile W of water-tower.
Chimney, 15 miles WSW of water-tower.
The principal church (2654S, 4840W), white with
two conical towers.
Water-tower, close S of the church.
Hospital, with an illuminated sign above it, situated
2 cables SE of the church.
Castle, with a cross near it, standing on the summit
of Morro da Cruz, 7 cables S of the church.
Two buildings, 7 cables W of Ponta das Cabeudas
Light (2656S, 4837W).
Major light.
Ponta das Cabeudas Light (2656S, 4837W)
(8.157).

1

8.173
From the pilot boarding position (8.170) the track leads
W passing (with positions from Ponta das Cabeudas
Light):
S of No 1 Light-buoy (starboard hand), thence:
N of light-buoy (isolated danger) (3 cables N) moored
on the NE side of Pedra de Santa Tereza, two
rocks with depths of 42 m over them, thence:
S of No 3 Light-buoy (starboard hand), and:
N of a dangerous wreck (4 cables WNW), within the
pleasure craft anchorage, thence:
Between the breakwaters (1 mile NW), the S marked
by No 2 Light-beacon (white metal column, 12 m
in height) and the N by No 5 Light-beacon (white
square concrete tower, 5 m in height).
between the training walls towards the berths.
Berths
1
8.174
The commercial wharf is 740 m long, with depths
of 6 m.
There are six tanker berths 2 miles farther upriver which
can accept vessels up to 155 m long and 62 m draught.
Vessels always berth port side alongside.
Port services
1
Harbour
1
wooden piers lie on this side of the river, both above and
below the main wharf.
Training walls have been built on both banks. On the N
wall are numerous groynes The S wall is marked by
numbered light-beacons as are, the heads of two groynes. A
ferry crosses the channel.
Works are in progress on piers on the S bank 6 cables
downstream from the main wharf.
Tidal streams are strongly influenced by winds from the
N and S. The average rate is 2 kn on the out-going tide
and 1 kn on the in-going.
8.171
Layout. Commercial Wharf is situated on the S bank of
the river, 1 miles within the entrance. Several small
264
8.175
Repairs: Three mechanical lift docks, the largest with a
capacity of 8000 dwt, and a slipway.
Other facilities: hospital; garbage disposal; deratting and
deratting exemption certificates are issued.
Communications: airport 4 km from the town.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Chart 544
Florianpolis
1
8.176
Description. Canal de Santa Catarina lies between Ilha
de Santa Catarina and the mainland. At its narrowest part,
2 cables wide, about midway along its length, where it is
crossed by two bridges stand the port Florianpolis. The
narrows effectively divide the channel into two parts, Canal
Norte (8.177) and Canal Sul (8.178). Canal Norte is the
route usually used. Canal Sul is more difficult to navigate.
The city is the capital of Estado de Santa Catarina. The
port is used only by fishing vessels.
Depths in the channel are less than 3 m which restricts
navigation to small craft, mainly fishing boats. There is a
continued risk of silting.
Buoyage. The direction of buoyage in Canal de Santa
Catarina is S in Canal Norte and N in Canal Sul.
Winds in the channel generally blow along the axis of
the canal. From March to September the passage of cold
fronts is common with strong S and SW winds. From
October to March the winds are mainly from N and E.
Tidal streams are regular entering the channel from N
and S at the same time to meet at the narrows by Porto de
Florianpolis. Rates vary between kn at neaps to 1 kn
at springs but can sometime attain rates up to 5 kn. They
are strongest off the port area.
Fog is common during August and can be dense
throughout the morning.
Directions
1

8.177
Directions N approach. From a position ENE of Ilha
Deserta (8.159), lying 1 miles ENE of Ilha do Arvoredo
Light (2718S, 4821W) (8.157), the track leads SW,
passing (with positions from Ilha Anhatomirim Light
(2726S, 4834W)):
Between Ilha do Arvoredo and Ponta do Rapa,
6 miles SSW, which rises steeply to a hill, 180 m
high; or
Between Ilha do Arvoredo and Calhau de So Pedro,
3 miles NW. Two barren rocks lying on the E part
of a reef with some drying heads. It is marked by
a light (white square masonry tower, 5 m in
height); thence:
Between Ponta da Armao (3 miles NNE) and Ilha
do Frances (5 miles ENE), noting the dangerous
wreck (5 miles NE).
3 miles to a position in mid-channel between Ponta Grossa
(2 miles E) and Ilha Anhatomirim which has a
yellow-coloured fort on it from which a light (white metal
column and ladder, 8 m in height) is exhibited.
Due to continuous silting and the requirement for up to
date local knowledge it is not possible to give precise
directions hereafter cannot be given.
8.178
Directions for S approach. From a position SE of Ilhas
dos Moleques do Sul (2751S, 4826W) the track leads
W, passing (with positions from Ponta dos Naufragados
Light (2750S, 4834W)):
SE of Laje Moleques do Sul (8.186), 6 cables SW of
Ilhas dos Moleques do Sul and the shoal, 66 m,
lying 1 miles WSW of the islands; thence:
The line of bearing 300 of the summit of Ilha de

Papagaio Grande (8 cables SSW) leads in the approach to
Canal Sul passing:
SSW of the 7 m shoal which lies 1 mile S of Ilha
Irm de Fora (3 miles E), the highest of a group
of three islands, Ilhas das Trs Irms; thence:
SSW of Ilha Irma do Meio (2 miles E), the largest
of Ilhas das Trs Irms; the sea nearly always
breaks over Banco dos Naufragados (1 mile SE)
and over Laje da Pinheira (1 miles S) during E
winds.
Beyond this point, directions cannot be given for Canal
Sul which is encumbered with sandbanks, detached rocks
and sandy shoals, between which are narrow and tortuous
channels. The changing nature of these channels is a
hazard. Local knowledge is required.
8.179
Anchorage, shown on the chart, exists on the E side of
the fairway 3 cables S of the S bridge in a depth of about
7 m, mud. Caution is necessary as depths less than 3 m lie
only 1 cable E of this berth. It is exposed to S winds
during which shelter can be found off the N side of the
narrows, 5 cables N of the E end of the suspension bridge,
in depths of 5 to 8 m, mud.
Anchorage is prohibited within 600 m of the piers which
lie between the two bridges.
Berths. Several piers for fishing vessels and small craft
lie on the W side of the channel between the bridges.
Due to restricted space and strong tidal streams some
difficulty may be encountered when berthing and
unberthing at the piers.
There is an offshore tanker berth at mooring buoys off
Ponta Leal 1 mile NNW of the suspension bridge.
Repairs: to fishing vessels only.
Other facilities: hospitals.
Supplies: provisions; fresh water.
ILHA DO ARVOREDO TO CABO DE

SANTA MARTA GRANDE
General information
Charts 544, 549, 3969
Route
1
8.180
From a position E of Ilha do Arvoredo (2718S,
4821W) (8.159), the route leads SSW for about 90 miles
to a position ESE of Cabo de Santa Marta Grande
(2836S, 4849W).
Topography
1
265
8.181
The track from Ilha do Arvoredo to Ilhas dos Moleques
do Sul (2751S, 4826W) is along the E coast of Ilha de
Santa Catarina which extends 28 miles SSW from its N
extremity, Ponta do Rapa (2723S, 4825W) to Ponta do
Frade on its S extremity. The island is high, especially in
the S part where Morro de Ribeiro is the highest summit.
Viewed from E-ward the island is quite prominent, but the
mountains of the mainland farther W, being higher tend to
distort the view so that it appears to be divided by deep
valleys. Lagao de Conceio extends from 8 to 15 miles S
from Ponta do Rapa and forms a deep depression
prominent from seaward.
The coast between Ilha de Santa Catarina and Cabo de
Santa Marta Grande is broken by headlands, bays and
islands; there is a mountain chain parallel to and close
inland from the coast.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Depths
1
8.182
The 50 m depth contour is regular and lies about 5
miles off Ilha do Arvoredo, less than 2 miles off the NE
extremity Ilha de Santa Catarina and 3 miles off Cabo de
Santa Marta Grande.
Natural conditions
1
8.183
Winds. The dominant winds are from N and E with
greatest intensity from September to January; winds from
SW and SE usually accompany cold fronts, often as violent
squalls.
The NE winds start weakly, increasing gradually and
lasting for 3 to 5 days; they are often accompanied by
showers and followed by calm, with an electrically charged
atmosphere. When they have blown for several days they
are often followed by SW winds.
The SW winds, known as Pampeiro, initially blow
fiercely but are usually followed by good weather.
The SE winds, known as Carpinteiro, generally follow
the SW winds, are fresh causing high seas and setting
vessels towards the coast.
Winds from the W, known as Minuano, are frequently
accompanied by bad weather but are rare.
Currents are dependent on the prevailing wind for
direction and rate, sometimes up to 2 kn. Normally with
winds from NE the current sets S; with E winds it is SSW
and with SE winds the set is directly onshore. When winds
are S the current takes a NW direction and with SW winds
the set is N.
Ilhas dos Moleques do Sul to Cabo de Santa Marta

Grande
1
Principal marks
1
8.184
Major lights:
Ilha do Arvoredo Light (2718S, 4821W) (8.157).
Ponta da Galheta Light (white square framework
Ponta dos Naufragados Light (white round masonry
tower and dwelling, 10 m in height) (2750S,
4834W).
Morro de Imbituba Light (white truncated pyramidal
stone tower, 7 m in height) (2814S, 4839W).
Cabo de Santa Marta Grande Light (white square
stone tower on dwelling, 29 m in height) (2836S,
4849W).

8.185
1
Racon on Cabo de Santa Marta Grande Light as

above.
5
Directions
Chart 544
Ilha do Arvoredo to Ilhas dos Moleques do Sul

1
8.186
From a position E of Ilha do Arvoredo Light (2718S,
4821W), the track leads SSW, passing (with positions
from Ponta da Galheta Light (2735S, 4825W)):
ESE of Ponta dos Ingleses (8 miles NNE), close E
of which lies Ilha do Badejo surrounded by a
rocky ledge over which seas break. Two islets lie
about 1 mile N and NNW of the point. Thence:
ESE of Ilhas Aranahas (6 miles NNE), two islets
close together, thence:
ESE of Ponta da Galheta close SSE of which lies Ilha

do Xaviera, separated by a deep water channel
about 2 miles wide. It has a flat summit. Two
low, barren rocks lie 2 cables W of the islet.
Thence:
ESE of Ilha do Campeche (7 miles SSW), which
has two summits and is connected to the coast of
Ilha de Santa Catarina by a spit with depths of
52 m over it. Laje do Campeche lies 3 cables off
the N end of the islet. Several submarine cables
pass N and S of the islet to land on the coast of
Ilha de Santa Catarina, see 1.34. Thence:
ESE of Ponta da Andorinha (14 miles SSW), the SE
extremity of Ilha de Santa Catarina and of a high
peninsula extending from the E coast of the island,
of which Morro do Pntano is the highest point;
thence:
ESE of Ilhas dos Moleques do Sul (16miles S),
three white, prominent rocks the highest visible up
to 20 miles appear steep-to when viewed from SE.
Laje Moleques do Sul, a rock, lies 6 cables SW
and a shoal with a depth of 66 m, over it, lies
1 miles WSW of the islands.
266
8.187
From a position in the vicinity of Ilhas dos Moleques do
Sul the track continues SSW, passing:
ESE of Ilha de Coral (22miles SSW), which is
wooded and appears rounded when seen from N or
S; a light (white pyramidal masonry tower on red
square concrete base, 12 m in height) is exhibited
from its summit; Parcel da Coral lies 6 cables
SSW of the islet. Thence:
The track continues SSW, passing (with positions from
Ponta de Imbituba Light (2814S, 4839W)):
SSE of Ponta do Galeo (12 miles NNE). Reefs, on
which the sea always breaks, extend up to a mile
N of the point; thence:
SSE of Ponta do Capo (10 miles NNE), the SE
point of Morro do Capao. Rocky slopes descend to
the sea. it is the highest point on this section of
the coast. Thence:
SSE of Ponta de Imbituba, the S entrance point of
Porto de Imbituba (8.188), dominated by Morro de
Imbituba on the rocky slopes of which a light
(8.184) is exhibited. A breakwater extends nearly
1 mile NNW from the point and a light (8.193) is
shown at its head. Thence:
SSE of Ilha das Araras (5 miles S), a narrow
elongated island, rocky with scrub-like vegetation
on its upper part, from the highest part of which a
light (white round concrete tower, red bands, 11 m
in height) is shown. Thence:
SSE of Ilha Tacami (7miles SSE), a rounded rock
from which a small reef with above-water rocks
extends SW. There are breakers close NE of this
rock. Thence:
SSE of Ilha dos Lobos (13 miles SSW), a rocky islet
from which a light (white truncated conical
masonry tower, 6 m in height) is exhibited.
11 miles to a position ESE of Cabo de Santa Marta Grande,
prominent, it is the termination of a mountain range
extending N. The cape, dark-in colour has white patches at
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
its summit resembling houses from a distance.

SE, at about 10 to 12 miles, it appears as
(Directions continuefor the coastal route at
for Porto de Imbituba at 8.193. Direction
for Porto de Laguna at 8.201)
Viewed from
an island.
8.216 and
continue
Major light. Morro de Imbituba Light (2814S,

4839W) (8.184).
Directions
1
Porto de Imbituba
Chart 549 plan Porto de Imbituba
General information
1
8.188
Position. Enseada de Imbituba is entered between Ponta
de Imbituba (2814S, 4839W) and Ponta do Catalo,
1 miles NNW. Porto de Imbituba lies in the S part of the
bay and is protected by a breakwater extending NNW from
Ponta de Imbituba.
Function. The port handles coal, chemical, containerised
and Ro-Ro cargoes.
from seaward and can be entered by passing N or S of the
two shoal patches lying close E of the harbour entrance.
Port authority. Companhia Docas de Imbituba, Av.
Getulio Vargas s/n, 88780, Imbituba.
Limiting conditions
1
8.189
Controlling depth. There is a depth of 81 m charted at
the inner anchorage.
Tidal range MHHW 06 m; MLLW 01 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. 200 m LOA and
95 m draught.
Local weather. Strong NE and E winds cause an
undertow which can affect berthed vessels.
Berths
1
8.191
General layout. An artificial basin open to the NNW
and protected by a breakwater on its E side. A Ro-Ro berth
is situated near the root of the breakwater, quays form the
E and W sides of the basin. Anchorage can be found inside
the breakwater, 2 cables NNW of the basin.
Chart 3969 (see 1.14)
General information
1
Principal marks
1
8.192
Landmarks:
Tank (2814S, 4839W).
Tower (red light) (2814S, 4840W).
8.195
Repairs: minor repairs only.
Communications: airfield 6 km from the town.
Porto de Laguna
Harbour
1
8.194
Anchorage exists 3 cables SW of the breakwater head
in depths of 8 m, sand and mud.
Prohibited anchorage. Within the turning basin opposite
the port wharves.
Alongside berths:
Berths 1 and 2; 308 m long, depth 95 m, for coal,
chemicals, general and bulk cargoes.
Berth 3; 245 m long, depth 95 m, for phosphates and
similar cargoes to berths 1 and 2.
Berth 4; depth 75 m, for Ro-Ro vessels.
Port services
Arrival information
8.190
6(5).
Notice of ETA. 24 and 12 hours in advance.
Outer anchorage. At the pilot boarding ground, as
shown on the chart, about 1 miles N of Ponta de
Imbituba in depths of 13 m, sand; exposed to winds and
sea from NE and E.
More sheltered anchorage for smaller vessels can be
found SW of Ilha de Santana de Fora, which lies 1 miles
SSW of Ponta de Imbituba, in depths of 10 to 12 m as
shown on the chart. Dangerous reefs extend up to 1 cable
from the island.
Pilotage. Compulsory. Pilots board at the outer
anchorage; see above. Access at any time day or night.
Tugs. A tug is available.
8.193
From a position on the coastal route ESE of Ponta do
Galeao the track leads WSW directly towards the pilot
boarding ground passing N of Pedras de Imbituba, a shoal
with a depth of 87 m over it, marked on its N side by PA
Light-buoy (N cardinal). Pedras do Aracaju lie 3 cables
farther S and are marked on the S side by AP Light-buoy
(S cardinal).
Caution. It is advised to give these shoals a wide berth
steep seas can be experienced over them.
From the anchorage and pilot boarding position the track
leads leads SW, passing:
SE of Ponta de Catalo (28 13S, 4840W),
mountainous with rocky slopes from which a light
(white masonry pyramid on red square column,
From this position the track leads SSE towards the
berths rounding the breakwater head, marked by a light
(white concrete column, green bands, 4 m in height).
8.196
Position. Porto de Laguna (2830S, 4846W) is
situated on the N bank of the channel which links Lagao
do Imaru with the sea.
Function. The port is mainly used by fishing vessels.
Topography. The coast to the N and S of Laguna
consists of low beaches, with dunes lying between the sea
and the numerous inland lagoons; mountains back the
lagoons. Two high hills (8.200) N and S of the channel
provide good marks for approaching the port.
Approach and entry. The channel is approached
directly from seaward and entered between the heads of
two breakwaters protecting the channel entrance. The port
lies 1 mile within this entrance.
Limiting conditions
1
267
8.197
Controlling depths. The bar and entrance channel are
subject to constant alterations in depth and should only be
attempted with up to date local knowledge.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Deepest and longest berth. Town wharf, see 8.202.

Abnormal levels. Winds from the S can reduce the
depth in the channel and port by up to 02 m.
Tidal range. MHHW 03 m; MLLW 01 m.
Local weather. The entrance to the channel is dangerous
during NE and S winds. During strong SE winds there are
heavy breakers across the bank extending from the S
breakwater, making entrance impracticable.
Principal marks
1
Arrival information
1
8.198
Outer anchorage situated outside the bar, 2 cables N
of the N breakwater light (2830S, 4845W), in depths of
57 m, sand. Open to wind and sea from N to E and from
SE.
Prohibited anchorage areas exists in the entrance
channel and turning basin; also in way of a submarine
outfall 2 miles NW of the N breakwater light. Anchoring
and fishing are prohibited within 500 m of the submarine
power cable crossing the fairway, 8 cables inside the
entrance.
Pilotage is not compulsory. Pilots when required come
from Porto de Imbituba (8.188). Movement at night is
inadvisable.
Tugs. None.
8.199
General layout. The main wharf lies S of the town, on
the N bank of the channel, 1 miles within the entrance.
Another wharf lies on the W side of the town, 1 mile NW
of the main wharf.
Anchorage for small vessels only can be found within
the harbour.
Hazards. There are obstructions close to the inside end
of the S breakwater, resulting from debris caused by the
collapse of the breakwater. Rough seas break over these
stones.
Fresh N winds cause breakers, which tend to set a
vessel entering the channel towards the N breakwater; it is
not possible to navigate close to the S breakwater due to
its collapsed state.
8.200
Landmarks:
Morro da Glria (2830S, 4847W) is the highest
point in the town and has at its summit a
conspicuous monument, which is floodlit at night.
There are three prominent TV towers in the
vicinity of the monument.
Morro da Barra a hill 94 m high, 1 miles ESE of
Morro da Glria, is fronted by the inner end of the
S breakwater, which extends E from its base.
Directions
1
Harbour
1
Tidal streams generally have rates of 1 to 1 kn, but

rates of up to 3 kn have been recorded.
8.201
From a position SSE of Ilha dos Lobos (2827S,
4842W) the track leads SSW, to the pilot boarding
position 2 cables N of the N breakwater light (2830S,
4845W). Thence the harbour can be entered by passing
between the breakwater heads, marked by lights; (N head:
red round stone tower, 6 m in height; S head: white square
concrete tower, green bands, 5 m in height).
Pedra do Pasto, with a depth of 22 m, lies on the S side
of the fairway 5 cables within the entrance, marked on its
N side by No 2 Buoy (port hand).
Berths
1
8.202
Anchorage within the harbour is only available to
vessels of less than 100 tonnes; larger vessels must berth
alongside.
Anchorage for small vessels only can be found within
the harbour.
Berth. Wharf is 300 m long with depths of 3 to 5 m.
Port services
1
8.203
Repairs: for wooden hulled craft only.
Other facilities: hospital; garbage collection facilities.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions; diesel oil.
Communications: airstrip for light aircraft.
CABO DE SANTA MARTA GRANDE TO ARROIO CHU

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 530, 556
Area covered
1
8.204
This section describes the passage, along the S coast of
Brazil, from a position SSE of Cabo de Santa Marta
Grande (2836S, 4849W) (8.187) leading about 390 miles
SW to a position SE of Arroio Chu (3345S, 5322W),
where the border between Brazil and Uruguay reaches the
coast. It includes details of the coastal ports of Tramanda
(8.221) and Rio Grande (8.230) and the inland ports of
Pelotas (8.271) and Porto Alegre (8.278).
Depths
1
Topography
1
8.205
From Cabo de Marta Grande to Barra de Rio Grande,
275 miles SW, the whole coast consists of long low
beaches, with sand dunes; a series of lagoons lie behind
these beaches. There are few prominent features and the
coast is only visible from a short distance offshore. Some
mountains lie close inland but can only be seen offshore

over a short stretch of coast.
The stretch of coast from Barra de Rio Grande to Arroio
Chu, 116 miles SW, continues as low sandy beaches
backed by dunes and lagoons and is sparsely inhabited.
There are no hills, or other inland geographical features,
visible from seaward.
268
8.206
The 50 m depth contour lies only 3 miles off Cabo de
Marta Grande from whence it follows a regular pattern to
extend to over 30 miles offshore in the vicinity of Barra de
Rio Grande. From this point to Arroio Chu the depth
contours become more irregular as the banks which extend
from the N side of Ro de la Plata are approached; depths
less than 50 m can be found up to 70 miles offshore in this
vicinity.
Navigating between the coast and the 20 m depth
contour should be avoided. Between Ponta de Marta
Grande and Mostardas Light (3115S, 5054W) this
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
contour runs very close to the coast; from the light to

Arroio Chu the contour reaches up to 20 miles from the
coast and within it are numerous dangers.
Traffic regulations
1
8.207
Prohibition. Ilha dos Lobos (2921S, 4942W) (8.216)
has been declared an ecological reserve; hunting, fishing
and any alteration to the environment of the island and
surroundings, are prohibited. Landing is only permitted on
the authorisation of the Navy. See 1.42.
Natural conditions
1
8.208
Winds and currents. Similar to those N of Ponta de
Marta Grande; see 8.183.
8.209
Discoloured water. Southward from Torres (2921S,
4944W) areas of discoloured water are commonly
encountered during SE winds, mainly close to the coast.
This phenomenon is temporary and should not be confused
with indications of shoal water.
CABO DE SANTA MARTA GRANDE TO

BARRA DO RIO GRANDE
General information
Charts 3969, 3063
Route
1
8.210
From a position SSE of Cabo de Marta Grande
(2836S, 4849W) the route leads SW for about 280 miles
to a position SE of Ponta da Barra (3208S, 5205W), off
the entrance to Porto do Rio Grande.
8.215
Major lights:
Cabo de Santa Marta Grande Light (2836S,
4849W) (8.184).
Ararangu Light (black and white metal framework
on white round masonry tower, black band, 11 m
in height) (2856S, 4922W).
Morro Torres Light (white round concrete tower,
black stripes) (2921S, 4944W).
Itapeva Light (white square masonry tower, red
Capo da Canoa Light (white square concrete tower,
Tramanda Light (black and white diagonally
chequered truncated conical masonry tower, 23 m
in height) (3001S, 5008W).
Cidreira Light (red round concrete tower, diagonal
white stripes, 30 m in height) (3010S, 5012W).
Berta Light, Quinto (white square masonry tower,
black band, 40 m in height) (3024S, 5017W).
Solido Light (red truncated conical concrete tower,
21 m in height) (3042S, 5029W).
Mostardas Light (white round concrete tower, black
Capo da Marca de Fora Light (white round concrete
tower, red band, 40 m in height) (3130S,
5111W).
Conceio Light (white square metal framework
5129W).
Estreito Light (white square metal framework tower,
40 m in height) (3153S, 5146W).
Punta de Barra Light (white truncated conical metal
5205S).
Directions
Topography
1
8.211
The coastline consists of several long low beaches
behind which are chains of lagoons and low sandhills
together with some isolated and relatively prominent hills
described at 8.214.

Chart 3969
Cabo Santa Marta Grande to Tramanda

1
Depths
1
8.212
See 8.206.
Rescue
1
8.213
Vessels of the Brazilian Navy, specialising in search and
rescue, are permanently stationed at Porto do Rio Grande
(8.230) and tugs equipped for fire-fighting are also
available, see also 1.50.
Principal marks
1
8.214
Landmarks:
Morro dos Conventos (2856S, 4922W), a long
ridge with almost sheer extremities, on which
stands Ararangu Light (8.215).
Morro Sombrio (2907S, 4942W) a dark-coloured
hill which stands out well due to its rounded
shape.
Morros Torres (2921S, 4944W), three isolated hills
covered with low vegetation, on the farthest N of
which stands a light (8.215). A sandy plain
extends 22 miles from the vicinity of these hills to
the mountains inland.
269
8.216
From a position SSE of Cabo de Santa Marta Grande
(2836S, 4849W) (8.187) the track leads SW, passing
(with positions from Morro Torres Light (2921S,
4944W)):
SE of Pedra do Campo Bom (53 miles NE), an
underwater rock lying 3 miles offshore on which
the sea breaks during fresh winds; a similar rock
lies 1 mile farther SW. The red sector (045056)
of Cabo de Santa Marta Grande Light (8.184)
covers these rocks. Thence:
SE of Ararangu Light (31 miles NE) (8.215) lying
1 miles SW of the mouth of Rio Ararangu
(8.218); thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (28 miles ENE), thence:
SE of Ilha dos Lobos, (1 mile E), an ecological
reserve (8.207). The sea always breaks over these
islets, on which is a stranded wreck, and the
passage between them and the coast has depths of
8 to 20 m. A platform, for fishing, is under
construction about 5 miles SW of the light.
Thence:
SE of Capo da Canoa (28 miles SSW), marked by a
light (8.215), S of the light are several seaside
towns, with numerous buildings and some
prominent water-towers as indicated on the chart.
Thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
SE of the restricted area (8.207) surrounding

Tramanda Terminal (44 miles SSW). Tramanda is
a well built-up seaside town with several notable
water-towers, indicated on the chart, and a light
(8.215).
Charts 3969, 3063
Tramanda to Barra do Rio Grande

1
8.217
From the position SE of Tramanda the track continues
SW, passing (with positions from Mostardas Light (3115S,
5054W)):
SE of Cidreira Light (3010S, 5012W) (8.215),
situated on a relatively featureless coast; the
several towns and villages along this coast are
only visible from 4 to 5 miles in clear weather.
Thence:
SE of Berta Light (60 miles NNE) (8.215), and:
SE of Banco da Berta (56 miles NNE) which extends,
with depths less than 18 m, up to 5 miles from the
coast. Thence:
SE of Solido Light (40 miles NE) (8.215), thence:
SE of Mostardas Light (8.215); between Mostardos
and Ponta da Barra, 82 miles SW, numerous banks
with depths less than 20 m extend up to 25 miles
offshore; thence:
SE of Banco Capela which extends 6 miles SW of
Conceio Light (42 miles SW) (8.215), thence:
SE of Estreito Light (59 miles SW) (8.215); Banco
Minuano lies 11 miles SSE of the light. A
dangerous wreck lies 3 miles W of the bank, and a
further dangerous wreck, the position of which is
approximate, 3 miles ENE. Thence:
SE, and clear, of the banks, with depths less than
20 m, which extend up to 27 miles ESE of Punta
de Barra Light (3207S, 5205S) (8.215).
Caution. This coast is low and subject to fog. Vessels
unsure of their position are advised to keep in the
following depths:
N of Tramanda in depths of not less than 40 m; the
bottom in this vicinity is whitish mud.
From Tramanda to Mostardas in depths of not less
than 30 m.
Mostardas to Barra do Ro Grande in depths not less
than 18 m and when approaching Barra do Ro
Grande vessels should remain in depths greater
than 15 m until the vessels position is certain.
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 8.309
and for entry to Porto do Rio Grande at 8.251)
Chart 3969, with plan of Tramanda
Barra de Tramanda
1
Rio Ararangu
Rio Mampituba
8.219
Description. Rio Mampituba (2919S, 4943W) mouth
is protected by 450 m long breakwaters with heads 80 m
apart, the N head marked by a light (red square framework
tower, 10 m in height) and the S by a light (white square
framework tower, 10 m in height). Seas break in the
8.222
Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels up to
200 000 dwt, draught 18 m, can be accommodated.
Sea state. A strong swell may prevent operations; a
wave height in excess of 35 m or winds of force 8 will
require the disconnection of hoses and leaving the berth.
Arrival information
Chart 3969 (see 1.14)
8.221
Position. Almirante Soares Dutra Oil Terminal (3001S,
5005W), lies 3 miles offshore from Tramanda Light
(8.215).
Function. The terminal is for the discharge of crude oil
and consists of two SBMs connected to the shore by two
submarine oil pipelines, see 1.35.
Approach is directly from seaward.
Port authority. Petroleo Brasileiro S.A., Terminal
Maritimo Almirante Soares Dutra (TEDUT), PO Box 19,
95590 Tramanda, RS.
Limiting conditions
8.218
Description. Rio Ararangu (2855S, 4920W) can be
entered by small vessels drawing up to 3 m. Cidade de
Ararangu stands on the S bank 7 miles W of the mouth of
the river.
8.220
Description. Cidade de Tramanda (2959S, 5008W),
and its neighbouring town of Imb appear as one from
seaward. There is a church, several water-towers, some
white oil tanks and several tall buildings, all prominent.
Barra de Tramanda separates the two towns and gives
access to a lagoon which can be entered by small craft.
Tramanda (Almirante Soares Dutra) Oil

Terminal
General information
entrance during NW to NE winds. A bridge with low

clearance crosses the river 1 miles inside the entrance.
Anchorage exists for vessels of up to 500 tonnes in the
river close to Cidade de Torres which is situated 2 miles
SW of the river mouth. Ilha dos Lobos (8.216) lies about
1 mile offshore.
270
8.223
Port radio. Operated by the terminal. See Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA. 72, 48 and 24 hours notice of arrival are
required.
Outer anchorages. There are 3 anchorages NE of the
restricted area with depths between 18 and 24 m (positions
from Tramanda Light (3001S, 5008W)):
Anchorage A (4 miles NE), for vessels for SBM
No 1;
Anchorage B (5 miles E), for SBM No 2;
Anchorage C (6 miles ENE), for vessels awaiting
orders or under repair.
Pilotage. None. The terminal operators provide a
Berthing Master to supervise all operations between
mooring and leaving the buoys. He boards 2 miles E of the
terminal.
Tugs. None. Launches assist with berthing.
Mooring manoeuvres and the connection of hoses are
only carried out during daylight. Unmooring is
also undertaken at night.
Restricted areas, where anchoring and fishing are
prohibited, surround the pipelines and mooring
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
buoys. Navigating within this area should be

avoided, see also 1.35.
Vessels moored to the buoys must remain at
immediate readiness to leave the mooring.
Detailed instructions on procedures to be observed are
contained in the Port Information Manual for
Almirante Soares Dutra Maritime Terminal,
published by PETROBRAS. Copies can be
obtained by mail from Petrleo Brasileiro SA
PETROBRS/DETRAN, Avenida Repblica do
Chile 65, Rio de Janeiro, RJ 20035, Brazil.
Port services
1
PORTO DO RIO GRANDE

General information
Harbour
Charts 2002, 3063
8.224
The terminal, lying offshore consists of two SBMs with
anchorage areas (8.223) to the NE of them.
Position
1
Principal marks
1
8.225
Landmarks:
Three water towers (2959S, 5008W).
8.226
Major lights:
Capo da Canoa Light (2945S, 5000W) (8.215).
Tramanda Light (3001S, 5008W) (8.215).
Cidreira Light (3010S, 5012W) (8.215).

1

8.227
From a position E of Tramanda Light (3001S,
5008W) (8.215) the port can be approached directly to a
position 2 miles E of the SBMs, where the berthing master
will board. Alternatively, vessels may proceed to the
waiting anchorages (8.223) 3 to 5 miles NE of the SBMs.
8.230
Porto do Rio Grande (3202S, 5205W) lies on the W
side of a 20 mile long channel which links Lagoa dos Patos
(8.257) to the sea. It comprises three commercial areas,
Port Novo, Port Velho and Super Porto.
Function
1
8.231
Cidade do Rio Grande is one of the largest ports in
Brazil handling general and bulk cargoes, and petroleum
products. It is an important fishing port.
Topography
1
8.232
The coast in the vicinity of Barra do Rio Grande is low
with no prominent features.
Piracy
1
8.233
Several incidents of piracy and armed robbery in the
area of Porto do Rio Grande have been reported. For
preventative measures see 1.52
Approach and entry
Berths
1
8.229
Repairs: possible at anchorage C.
Other facilities: hospitals; first aid facilities at terminal.
Supplies. Provisions; stores.
Communications: air taxi service at Osrio, 18 km
distant.
8.228
Mooring buoys SBM1 and SBM2 are cylindrical steel
structures, with a revolving platform at the top, linked to
the shore by submarine oil pipelines, see 1.35.
SBM1; vessels up to 105 000 dwt and 16 m draught.
SBM2; vessels up to 200 000 dwt and 18 m draught.
8.234
The port is approached through a dredged and marked
channel which leads across Barra do Rio Grande thence
passing between two breakwaters extending nearly 2 miles
seaward.
Traffic
1
8.235
In 2003 the port handled 1760 vessels with a total of
59 541 361 dwt.

1
8.236
Length 200 m (up to 270 m with permission from Port
Authority. Draught 122 m, 80 000 dwt.
Port authority
1
8.237
Administrao do Porto do Rio Grande, Av. Honorio
Bicalho, (PO Box 198), 96200, Rio Grande.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
1
Tramandai Terminal Tanker at SPM (8.228)

2
271
8.238
The first 8 miles of the main channel, from the bar to
Super Porto (8.255), is dredged to 138 m (2001) Thereafter
it reduces to 10 m in its N part. The channel to Porto Novo
has a least charted depth of 91 m (3204S, 5205W) with
lesser depths close by. At Porto Velho the depth is 50 m.
Caution. Channel depths are subject to change due to
silting. Temporary notices in the fortnightly Brazilian
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Notices to Mariners should be consulted to obtain the latest

information. Depths are greatly affected by meteorological
conditions.

1
Harbour
General layout
1
8.239
Super Porto; see 8.255.
Density of water
1
8.240
It should be noted that variations in density can occur in
the course of a few hours, from completely fresh to near
sea-water density depending on the direction of the wind. It
is prudent to use a fresh water draught for entry and
loading.
Tidal range
1
8.241
MHHW 03 m; MLLW 01 m.
Tidal streams
Arrival information
Port radio
1
8.242
Notice of ETA
1
8.243
At least 24 hours notice of ETA, confirmed 12 hours
before arrival.
1
8.244
An area limited by a radius of 3 miles centred on No 1
Light-buoy (3212S, 5203W), and the 10 m depth
contour.
8.245
Compulsory. Requests for pilots should be sent, through
the agents, 4 hours in advance. The pilot boards 1 miles
E of the channel entrance.
In bad weather, when the pilot launch is unable to go
alongside, the vessel should follow the pilot launch which
will signal we have pilots on board, follow in my wake
in International Code. The pilot will then board inside the
breakwaters.
Tugs
1
8.246
Vessels over 100 m in length should always be
accompanied by a tug when transiting the Porto Novo
entrance channel.

8.247
1
Masters of vessels berthing and anchoring within the

port must report to the Port Captain; vessels
name, port of registry, last port of call and time of
anchoring or berthing.
Movement within the entrance channel and in the
vicinity of ports and terminals should be carried
out at reduced speed.
Priority for berthing and processing is given in
accordance with the time of anchoring or arrival at
the pilot boarding position.
Vessels which have not been allocated a berth by the
relevant authority should wait outside the bar.
8.249
In Barra do Rio Grande they are much affected by the
wind. During NE winds the out-going stream sometimes
reaches a rate of 5 kn and the in-going a rate of 3 kn.
After prolonged SE winds, which raise the water level in
the lagoons, the outgoing stream is particularly strong.
During the out-going tide there is a strong cross-current
in the vicinity of the entrance to the channel leading to
Porto Novo.
Caution. Within Barra do Rio Grande and at the berths
in the Super Porto (8.255) out-going rates up to 10 kn and
no in-going tidal stream have been reported; the times and
rates of the streams may have no relation to the predicted
times of high and low water.
Principal marks
Pilotage
1
8.248
The port facilities lie to the W of the channel which
extends 20 miles N from Barra do Rio Grande (3210S,
5205W) to Lagoa dos Patos. The port is divided into
three sections:
Super Porto (8.255), specialised terminals located
along the W side of the channel between its
entrance and Porto Novo.
Porto Novo on the E side of Cidade do Rio Grande,
formed by a channel 1 miles long leading NW
from the main channel between the E side of the
city and a low sandy island lying from 1 to
3 cables farther E.
Porto Velho, the old port, stands along the N side of
the city, and is approached through the Porto Novo
channel.
8.250
Landmarks:
Tower (Embratel) (3202S, 5206W). This white
cylindrical tower, 63 m in height, exhibits a red
light and is floodlit at night. The tower is visible
at a distance of about 20 miles and is the most
conspicuous object in the district.
Cathedral, with two towers, 3 cables ENE of Embratel
Tower.
Silo at Porto Novo, 1 mile ESE of Embratel Tower.
Tower, 8 cables E of Embratel Tower.
Tower, 1 miles E of Embratel Tower.
Radio mast (red light) (3209S, 5206W).
Tower, 2 miles SW of radio mast.
Tower (white square masonry) close SE of Punta de
Barra Light (8.215). It is the former pilots
look-out post, and is about half the height of the
light tower but larger in bulk.
Major light:
Punta de Barra Light (3207S, 5205S) (8.215).

1
272

8.251
Barra do Rio Grande (8.234), the entrance to the
channel, is difficult to identify from seaward because the
coast is low-lying and without prominent features. Do not
approach within depths of 15 m until a position is ascertain.
A single-screw vessel may encounter difficulty making
sharp turns, particularly in the vicinity of the breakwaters,
due to the strong tidal streams.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
8.252
From a position SE of Punta de Barra Light (3207S,
5205S) (8.215) the pilot boarding station can be
approached, passing S of Parcel do Carpinteiro 17 miles
ESE of the light.
From the pilot boarding station the track leads W,
passing (with positions from Punta de Barra Light (3207S,
5205S)):
Between Nos 1 and 2 Light-buoys (lateral) (3212S,
5203W), moored at the entrance to the dredged
channel which leads WNW and NW across Barra
do Rio Grande marked by numbered light-buoys
(lateral). Thence:
NE of a 51 m shoal patch (4 miles S), marked
close N by a light-buoy (special), thence:
Between the breakwaters (4 miles S); Molhe Leste
marked by a light (white metal framework tower
on masonry base, 10 m in height) and Molhe Oeste
by a light (white concrete triangular structure on
piles, 12 m in height). Both breakwater heads are
being extended seaward (2001). A dangerous
wreck lies on the edge of Banco da Barra, close to
the channel, 9 cables S of Molhe Leste Light.
8.253
Thence in mid-channel leading generally N, close to
the W shore which is fringed by the wharves and
piers of Super Porto (8.255), the E shore being
fringed by Coroa de Donna Mariana an extensive
sandbank; thence:
W of Ponta dos Pescadores (1 mile SW) a low
marshy point with some houses on it, thence:
ESE of Ponta da Mangueira (3 miles NNW); where
the approach channel to Porto Novo branches
NNW from the main channel which continues NE
to Lagoa dos Patos (8.257).
The channel to Porto Novo is entered passing:
N), thence:
Between the wharves of Porto Novo to the W; and
Ilha do Terrapleno de Leste, a low sandy island, to
the E.
The channel continues from the N end of Porto Novo,
leading W and SW, marked by five light-beacons (two port
hand and three starboard hand).
(Directions for Lagoa dos Patos continue at 8.269)
Alongside berths
1
Port services
1
Anchorages
1
8.256
Repairs not requiring the vessel to dock.
Communications: airport, 6 km distant, provides
regional flights.
LAGOA DOS PATOS

General information
Charts 2002, 3063 (see 1.14)
Route
1
8.257
From Porto do Rio Grande (3202S, 5205W) (8.230)
to Porto Alegre (3002S, 5110W) (8.278) and to Porto de
Pelotas (3147S, 5220W) (8.271) through Rio So
Gonalo.
Topography
Berths
8.254
Designated anchorages, not indicated on the chart,
between Barra do Rio Grande and Porto Novo, are
restricted to vessels so instructed by the port authorities.
An emergency anchorage exists 2 miles SSW of Punta
de Barra Light (3207S, 5205S).
Prohibited anchorages:
Off the Fish Terminal (1 miles SW).
An area of the channel off Super Porto (1 mile W).
An area of the channel between Super Porto and the
Fertiliser Terminal (2 miles NW).
An area in the channel off the Fertiliser and
Petroleum Terminals (2 miles NNW).
The area where the main channel and the channel to
Porto Novo diverge (3 miles N).
At the N end of Porto Novo (5 miles N).
8.255
Super Porto. The following berths lie on the W side of
the main channel (with positions from Punta de Barra Light
(3207S, 5205S)):
Fish Terminal (1 miles SSW); 70 m length,
maximum draught 8 m.
Container Terminal (1 miles SW); 300 m length,
Grain Terminal (Cotrijui) (1 miles W); 220 m
length, maximum draught 122 m.
Wheat and Soya Terminal (1 miles WNW); 413 m
length, maximum draught 122 m.
Jetty (1 miles NW).
Fertiliser Terminal (2 miles NNW); 130 m length,
Petroleum Terminal (2 miles NNW); 228 m length,
Petrochemical Terminal (3 miles NNW); 76 m length,
Caution. Strong tidal streams may be encountered at the
berths; see 8.249.
Porto Novo. A continuous wharf, length 1952 m,
Porto Velho. A continuous wharf, length 640 m,
8.258
Lagoa dos Patos is the largest lagoon in Brazil and
extends 130 miles N from Porto do Rio Grande to the
mouth of Rio Guaba, the N extremity of the lagoon. It is
separated from the sea throughout its length by a sandy
peninsula, 6 to 20 miles wide, on which there are dunes
and a few small patches of vegetation.
Several rivers discharge into the lagoon of which the
more important are Rio Guaba, leading to Porto Alegre;
Rio Camaqu; and Rio So Gonalo, connecting Lagoa dos
Patos with Lagoa Mirim (8.296).
Both sides of the lagoon are low and sandy with
numerous bays and headlands which project into the lagoon
forming very firm sandbanks.
Depths
1
273
8.259
From Cidade de So Jos do Norte (8.269), 2 miles NE
of Porto do Rio Grande, to Ponta da Feitoria (3142S,
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
5202W), Lagoa dos Patos is very shoal with banks and

coral heads; depths do not exceed 3 m. Navigation in this
area can only be carried out through channels which have
been dredged over a width of 80 m to a project depth of
6 m.
From Ponta da Feitoria to the entrance to Rio Guaba
the lagoon offers easy navigation through natural channels
with depths of 6 to 7 m.
Navigation of Rio Guaba, from the entrance to Porto
Alegre, is through a channel 30 miles long, with a
minimum width of 80 m and a project depth of 6 m.
8.260
Caution. Depths in the dredged sections of these
channels are sometimes less than the projected depth.
Attention should be given to the banks or spits which
extend from the various headlands within the lagoon as
some of these are increasing. Spits are marked by
light-buoys. Buoys marking dredged channels lie 35 m
outside the dredged width of the channel.
Maximum draught
1
8.261
Vessels using the dredged channels of Lagoa dos Patoa,
Rio Guaba, Porto Alegre, Terminal Santa Clara and Porto
de Pelotas should have draught no more than 518 m
however the port authority will advise on prevailing depths.
Principal marks:
1
Fishing stakes
1
8.262
Throughout the whole lagoon there are stakes, known as
cales, used by fishermen to position their nets. These may
be positioned near to or within the channels.
Pilotage
1
8.263
Compulsory within Lagoa dos Patos. Requests for pilots
should be made at least 12 hours in advance.
Pilots board at Barra de Rio Grande, see 8.245; or are
available at Porto do Rio Grande. The boarding station is
1 mile NE of its junction with the approach channel to
Porto Novo (8.255) as shown on the Chart 2002.
Pilots will not take vessels over 85 m in length through
the S part of the lagoon or into Rio Guaba at night.
Directions
Chart 2002 (see 1.14)
Porto do Rio Grande to Ponta da Feitoria
Traffic regulations
8.264
Dangerous cargoes. Vessels carrying such cargoes are
not permitted to navigate Canal da Feitoria at night.
Overtaking is not permitted.
Smaller vessels should, by statutory requirement, keep
well clear of large vessels manoeuvring in the channels.
It should be borne in mind that the movement of larger
vessels can create eddies capable of drawing small craft
towards a ships propeller.
8.265
Rio Guaba is crossed by a bridge with a mobile span
at Porto Alegre; passage under this span is governed by
rules indicated on Brazilian Chart 2109.
Rescue
1
8.266
See 8.213.
Natural conditions
8.268
Landmarks
Chimney (3054S, 5130W).
Chimney (3047S, 5125W).
Church (3041S, 5124W).
For marks at Rio Grande see 8.250.
Major lights:
Estreito Light (3153S, 5146W) (8.215).
Conceio Light (3144S, 5129W) (8.215).
Capo da Marca de Fora Light (3130S, 5111W)
(8.215).
Mostardas Light (3115S, 5054W) (8.215).
Solido Light (3042S, 5029W) (8.215).
Currents usually follow the direction of the wind,

attaining rates of 2 kn during prolonged winds but more
generally are about 1 kn.
Winds follow the same pattern as those for coastal
waters, see 8.183. Winds from the S raise the water level
in the N part of the lagoon while winds from N have the
opposite effect.
Strong SW winds of long duration generally accompany
cold fronts in winter. They produce depressions at Barra do
Rio Grande and lower the level of water through the whole
lagoon.
NE winds of long duration, 3 to 5 days, generally occur
during spring and early summer. They accelerate the flow
of water from the lagoon to the sea thus lowering its level.
In Rio So Gonalo the current normally takes the same
direction as that in Lagoa dos Patos, but during prolonged
NE winds an inversion can occur.
In Rio Guaba the current normally takes the direction
of that in Lagoa dos Patos; after prolonged S winds a
slight current in the opposite direction can occur.
8.267
Tides. The lagoon is tideless. Variations in water levels
are caused by winds and rainfall in the river basins.
274
8.269
From a position ESE of Ponta da Mangueira (32038S,
52053W) (8.253), where the approach channel to Porto
Novo branches NNW, the main channel continues NE to
Lagoa dos Patos, passing (with positions from So Jos do
Norte W Mole Light (3201S, 5203W)):
NW of a stranded wreck (3 miles SSW), marked by
a light-buoy (isolated danger); thence follow the
channel marked by light-buoys (lateral) leading NE
then N passing:
E of No 16 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 mile SSW),
thence:
W of So Jos do Norte W Mole Light (red metal
framework tower, concrete base, 3 m in height),
which lies at the NW side of Cidade de So Jose
do Norte which can also be identified by its
church with two towers.
Caution. Due to the scale of the chart and the
requirement for up to date local knowledge it is not
possible to give precise directions for proceeding beyond
this point.
From Cidade de Sao Jose do Norte the track follows
natural and dredged channels which are marked by
light-beacons, light-buoys and buoys and lead to a position
SE of Ponta da Feitoria (3142S, 5202W). So Gonalo
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Light-buoy (3148S, 5211W), not charted, marks the

divergence of 2 channels; that to Porto Pelotas (8.271)
leading W and that to Porto Alegre (8.278) continuing N.
(Directions for Porto Pelotas continue at 8.275
and for Porto Alegre 8.283)
Ponta da Feitoria to Rio Guaba

1
8.270
From a position SE of Ponta da Feitoria the track leads
NE and N for 95 miles, passing (with positions from Banco
dos Desertores Light (3057S, 5115W)):
SE of Quilombo Light-beacon (green metal
framework tower) (39 miles SW), marking the SE
extremity of Banco Quilombo. It is reported that
this light-beacon has been replaced by a
light-buoy. Thence:
NW of Ponta Bojuru (33 miles SSW), a low sandy
point forming a bay with an anchorage (8.295) and
marked by a light (red metal framework tower on
piles). And:
SE of Banco do Vitoriano (27 miles SSE), marked by
a light-buoy (port hand); thence:
NW of Capo da Marca Light (22 miles SSE) (white
ribbed round metal tower, 14 m in height); a
prominent house stands near the light; and:
SE of Banco Dona Maria (16 miles S), marked by a
light-buoy (port hand) and a beacon. Thence:
NW of Ponta Cristvo Pereira (8 miles SE) a low,
sandy point which forms a bay to the E, with an
anchorage (8.295), and is marked by a light (white
square masonry tower, 28 m in height); and
SE of Banco dos Desertores Light (green metal
framework tower on piles) which marks the SE
extremity of Banco dos Desertores; thence:
W of Banco S. Simo (8 miles NE), marked by a
light-buoy (starboard hand) and a beacon; thence:
Clear of the dangerous wreck (10 miles NNE),
marked by a light-buoy, and the stranded wreck,
2 miles NW of it, marked by Alvaro Alberto Light.
Thence:
W of Desertas Light (33 miles NE) (green framework
tower), which marks the S extremity of Banco das
Desertas, a long narrow spit which extends
14 miles SE from Ponta de Itapu the E entrance
point to Rio Guaba. This point forms the W side
of Morro Itapu (not charted) which is 166 m high
and is marked by a light (white 8-sided masonry
tower, 13 m in height). Morro da Grota (not
charted), 242 m high, lies 2 miles NE of Morro
Itapu and is the highest elevation at the mouth of
Rio Guaba and the first point to be seen by the
mariner approaching from S. And:
E of Barbra Negra Light (green metal framework
tower on piles) (26 miles N), which stands 2 miles
S of Ilha do Barbra Negra. Ponta da Formiga, the
W entrance point to Rio Guaba, lies 6 miles N of
the light and rises to a height of 108 m, the only
elevation on this side of the river mouth.
From this position the track leads to a position S of the
entrance to Rio Guaba (35 miles NNE).
Limiting conditions
1
8.272
Controlling depths. The approach channels are dredged
to a project depth of 6 m throughout over a minimum
width of 80 m. These channels are subject to continual
silting. Mariners are warned accordingly.
Water levels. The river is not affected by tides but
levels are affected by winds and rainfall. See 8.267.
Arrival information
1
8.273
Tugs are available.
Harbour
1
8.274
General layout. A wharf on the N side of Rio So
Gonalo.
Directions
1

8.275
From So Gonalo Light-buoy (3148S, 5211W), not
charted, the channel to Porto Pelotas leads W for 8 miles.
The channel is marked by numbered buoys (port and
starboard), some light-buoys and beacons.
Berths
1
8.276
The wharf is 500 m long with maximum permitted
draught of 52 m.
Port services
1
8.277
Repairs. Minor repairs only.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions; fuel oil by road
tanker.
Communications: airport, with regional flights, connects
with Porto Alegre international airport.
Porto Alegre
General information
1
Porto de Pelotas
2
General information
1
SW, from a position 17 miles NNW of Porto do Rio

Grande, to join Lagoa dos Patos with Lagoa Mirim (8.296).
Function. The port handles general cargo and grain. The
city is the second largest in Estado do Rio Grande do Sul.
Topography. The city is generally low-lying, with taller
buildings in the centre.
Lagoa dos Patos. From the SW end of Lagoa dos Patos to
Porto de Pelotas entry is through a series of channels
which enter the E end of Rio So Gonalo.
Port authority. Administrao do Porto de Pelotas, Rua
Conde de Porto Alegre 1, 96010 Pelotas RS.
8.271
Position. Porto de Pelotas (3147S, 5220W) is situated
on the N bank of Rio So Gonalo which leads W and
275
8.278
Position. Porto Alegre (3002S, 5113W) lies on the E
bank of Rio Guaba.
Function. The port handles general cargo and grain. The
city is the capital of Estado do Rio Grande do Sul and had
a population of 14 million in 2000.
Lagoa dos Patos, and entered through a marked channel
leading along the course of Rio Guaba.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Port authority. Administrao do Porto de Porto Alegre,

Departamento Estadual de Portos Rios e Canais, Avenida
Mau, 1050 Porto Alegre.
Berths
1
Limiting conditions
1
8.279
Controlling depth. For maximum permitted draught see
8.259. The Rio Guaba Channel from the mouth of the
river to Porto Alegre is about 30 miles long with a project
depth of 6 m. The depths in the dredged sections of this
channel are sometimes less than the project depth.
Vertical clearance. Guaiba lifting bridge spans the river
above Porto Alegre. It is 53 m wide with a vertical
clearance of 36 m.
Tidal levels. The river is not affected by tides but water
levels are affected by winds and rainfall. See 8.267.
Maximum size of vessel handled. The maximum
official draught for a vessel entering port is 52 m, but see
8.261; maximum length 245 m.
Local weather. See 8.267.
Arrival information
1
8.280
Outer anchorages. Designated anchorage area, centred
on 3030S, 5105W, as shown on the chart. Other
anchorages within Lagoa dos Patos are described at 8.295.
Tugs are available.
Port services
1
Harbour
1
8.281
General layout. The wharf comprises two sections,
Maa and Navegante, where vessels berth alongside. There
is a section of quays used by smaller craft. There are four
berths for LPG and other tankers in Rio Gravatai, which
enters the E bank of Rio Guaba close N of the port.
There are several anchorages within the Rio Guaba, see
8.284.
Brazilian Chart 2113 (see 1.14)
General information
1
8.282
Landmarks:
Church (3022S, 5100W).
Tower, 2 miles NNW of above church.
Church (3017S, 5118W).
Tower (3011S, 5113W).
Church (3007S, 5119W).
Tower, 1 mile NNE of above church.
Cathedral (3002S, 5114W).
Towers, 2 miles WNW of cathedral.
Major light:
Guaiba Light (3008S, 5118W), truncated conical
concrete tower, 125 m in height.
8.286
Position. Terminal Santa Clara (2954S, 5123W) is
situated 14 miles up river from Porto Alegre. Situated at
the NW end of Canal Santa Clara which leads NW from
the N bank of Rio Jacui.
Function. The purpose built terminal receives and ships
material for COPESUL petrochemical complex at Triunfo
in the State of Rio Grande do Sul.
Topography. The terrain through which Rio Jacui and
Canal Santa Clara flow is low-lying and featureless.
Navigational marks are confined to lit and unlit buoys.
Lagoa dos Patos and through Rio Jacui which leads NW
from Port Alegre. A purpose built canal leads from the
river towards the terminal.
Traffic: It was reported in 2000 that approximately
300 vessels visit the port annually.
Port Authority: Compania Petroquimica do Sul SA.
Limiting conditions
1

1
8.285
Repairs: Shipyards and slipways for vessels up to
2000 tonnes.
Supplies: provisions; fresh water; fuel and lubricants by
tanker.
Communications: Salgado Filho International Airport,
6 km distant.
Terminal Santa Clara
Principal marks
1
8.284
Anchorages:
W of Ilha da Francisco Manoel (3016S, 5111W),
depth 8 m, mud sheltered from the N, E and S.
SW of Ponta da Cadeia (3002S, 5115W), depth
6 m, mud sheltered from all winds.
Abeam Porto Alegre wharf (3002S, 5114W), not
less than 200 m off the wharf; depth 7 m, hard
mud sheltered from all winds.
Alongside berths:
Maa Quay, 3240 m long with alongside depths of 4
to 6 m. Maximum accepted draught reported to be
518 m.
Cais dos Navigantes, 2500 m long with alongside
depth of 5 to 6 m. There are Ro-Ro facilities on
this quay. Maximum accepted draught reported to
be 518 m.
Cais Marcilio Dais, 2260 m of quays depth 4 to 5 m.
Used mainly by smaller vessels.
Tanker berths; there are 4 in Rio Gravata, which can
accommodate vessels up to 1600 tonnes, maximum
length 100 m.

8.283
From the river mouth (8.270) the channel is marked by
buoys, light-buoys and light-beacons. The dredged sections
are 85 m wide while other sections have a minimum width
of 100 m.
276
8.287
Controlling depth. Santa Clara Canal dredged to 6 m
(1986), but stretches of the river are reported (1986) to be
dredged to 50 m.
Vertical clearance. See 8.279. Spanning the river close
E of the entrance to Canal Santa Clara are some overhead
power cables with a minimum height of 38 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. LOA 140 m, draft
52 m (Fresh).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
Tidal levels. The river is non tidal but water levels are
affected by winds and rainfall. See 8.267.
Local weather. See 8.267.
Arambar
1
Arrival information
1
8.288
Notice of ETA. See 8.263. For Santa Clara the message
should include vessels tank condition, segregation and last
cargo. There is a restricted local radio station at Porto
Alegre. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Vol 6(5).
Outer anchorages. Designated anchorage areas in Lagoa
dos Patos, centred on 3030S, 5105W, as shown on the
chart., described at 8.295.
Pilotage is compulsory, see 8.263. Pilots for Santa Clara
board at Porto Alegre.
Tugs are compulsory for all vessels berthing and
unberthing. They are based at Porto Alegre.
Restrictions. The latest time for normal sailing from
Santa Clara (with one lake pilot) is 1400 hrs in order to
transit the Itapuan channel in daylight. Vessels can sail
between 1400 and 1530 hrs during summer months, but
will require an extra pilot. Sailing from Santa Clara can be
no later than 1530 hrs as the Guaiba lifting bridge is closed
between 1730 and 0830 hrs.
Saco de Tapes
1
Harbour
1
8.289
General layout. The terminal complex stands on the
SW side of the extremity of the Canal Santa Clara. It
consists of three piers for cargo handling and two dolphins,
aligned along the foreshore.
Berths
1
8.291
Piers No 1 and 2, length 42 m, exclusively for use of
loading petrochemicals of all grades including propylene,
polymer/chemical, butadiene, MTBE, benzine, ethylbenzine
and ethylene, the latter restricted to pier No 1.
Pier No 3 also known as Terminal de Solidos is mainly
used for discharging coal and for purging tanks and loading
propylene and butadiene.
The two dolphins are used for lay-by.
Other facilities: See 8.285; facilities at Porto Alegre.
Dirty ballast up to 450m2 (except salt water).
8.294
Description. Saco de Tapes, a deep indentation on the
W side of Lagoa dos Patos, is entered between Pontal de
Santo Antnio (3049S, 5117W) and Ponta Dona Helena,
5 miles SW.
The town of Tapes lies on the NW side of the bay and
can be identified by its church. It has a pier for vessels of
shallow draught.
Directions. Approaches to the harbour are marked by
two lights; Banco de Tapes Light (red framework tower)
marks the NW extremity of a spit 4 miles NW of Pontal
de Santo Antnio, and Canal de Tapes Light (green
framework tower) marking the entrance to a channel
leading to the pier 10 miles NNW of the same point.
Anchorage exists in Saco de Tapes, in position 3050S,
5120W, depths 3 to 5 m, sheltered from NE and W
winds.
Other anchorages

8.290
From the river mouth (8.270) the channel is marked by
buoys, light-buoys and light-beacons. The dredged sections
are 85 m wide while other sections have a minimum width
of 100 m. There are no marks in Canal Santa Clara.
8.293
Description. The town of Arambar (3054S, 5129W)
can be identified by a prominent chimney in the town and
another one situated 8 miles NNE. It has a pier for vessels
of shallow draught.
Directions. The approach to the town can be identified
by Arambar Light (green metal framework tower on piles)
situated 2 miles SE of the pier.
Anchorage exists SE of the town, in position 3058S,
5125W, depths 3 to 6 m, mud, sheltered from N and W
winds.
8.295
Description. The low coastline and shallow waters of
the lagoon do not offer sheltered anchorage during strong
winds which can create small, short white-capped waves.
The areas which provide the more secure anchorage (with
positions from Banco dos Desertores Light (3057S,
5115W)) are as follows:
N of Canal do Nascimento, in position 3143S,
5206W, depths 5 to 7 m, sand and mud, sheltered
from S and E winds.
N of the E entrance to Canal da Feitoria, in position
3143S, 5201W, depths of 3 to 4 m, mud.
E of Ponta Bojuru (8.270), in position 3130S,
5123W, 5 to 65 m, mud, but open to winds from
S and W.
NE of Ponta Cristvo Pereira (8.270), (3103S,
5108W), depths 5 to 65 m, mud, sheltered from
E and S winds.
Lagoa Mirim
Route

1
Cidade de So Loureno do Sul

1
8.292
Description. Cidade de So Lourenco do Sul (3122S,
5158W) can be identified by two prominent water towers.
It has a pier for vessels of shallow draught.
The approach is marked by a light (green metal
framework tower on piles). Another light (red metal
framework tower on piles) stands near the W entrance
point to the harbour.
Anchorage exists SE of the harbour, in position
3125S, 5155W, depth 5 m, mud and shells, sheltered
from N and NW winds.
8.296
Described are Rio So Gonalo from Porto de Pelotas
(3147S, 5220W) (8.271) to Lagoa Mirim, and the
passages through Lagoa Mirim.
Topography
1
8.297
Lagoa Mirim is the most S lagoon in Brazil, the SW
part of it being in Uruguay. The sides of the lagoon consist
of very low marshy land.
Depth and height restrictions

1
277
8.298
From Porto de Pelotas to Lagoa Mirim, about 30 miles
through Rio So Gonalo, there are depths of about 7 m in
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 8
mid channel. This channel is crossed by road and rail

bridges close SW of Porto de Pelotas; the minimum
vertical clearance is 23 m.
The N part of the lagoon is very shoal and navigable
through Canal do Sangradouro, which is 7 miles long and
has a dredged depth of 2 m. The remaining part of the
lagoon has depths of 4 to 7 m in the fairway.
with isolated depths less than 20 m being found up to

30 miles offshore. See also 8.206.
Explosives dumping ground

1
Discoloured water
Pilotage
1
8.299
Compulsory. See 8.263. There is no organised pilotage
service for Lagoa Mirim.
Local knowledge
1
8.300
As the hydrography in Lagoa Mirim is based on surveys
carried out in 1911 and as Rio So Gonalo, SW of Porto
de Pelotas, is very narrow and meandering, local
knowledge is essential.
8.301
The levels within Lagoa Mirim vary in accordance with
the amounts of water discharged by the various rivers and
streams flowing into it.
8.307
Discoloured water and breakers appear from time to
time along this coast; they do not indicate shoal water but
are the result of wind and current conditions acting on the
peculiar geological formation of the region. See 8.209.
Principal marks
1
Water level
1
8.306
An area (3414S, 5255W), indicated on the chart, lies
38 miles SE of Arroio Chu.
8.308
Major lights:
Sarita Light (red square masonry tower, white bands,
37 m in height) (3238S, 5226W).
Albardo Light (black and white diagonally chequered
round concrete tower, 44 m in height) (3312S,
5242W).
Chu Light (red truncated conical concrete tower,
white bands, 30 m in height) (3345S, 5322W).
Rio Jaguaro
1
8.302
Description. Rio Jaguaro (3240S, 5310W) is narrow
and winding. It is obstructed by numerous islets and shoals
and is navigable by smaller vessels as far as Cidade de
Jaguaro 12 miles above its mouth.
Anchorage exists in the river below the bridge which
connects Cidade de Jaguaro with Cidade Rio Branco on
the S side of the river in Uruguayan territory.
Cidade de Jaguaro has a wharf 367 m long, depth
variable depending on the state of the river; it is used by
fishing, coastal and recreational vessels.
Directions
1
BARRA DO RIO GRANDE TO ARROIO

CHU
General information
Chart 3063
Route
1
8.303
5205S) (8.215) the route leads SW for about 120 miles to
a position SE of Arroio Chu (3345S, 5322W).
Topography
1
8.304
The coastline is low, consisting of long beaches backed
by dunes and lagoons, and is sparsely inhabited. Except in
the vicinity of Arroio Chu the land is only 4 to 8 m above
the level of HW. There are no distinctive natural features.
Depths
1
8.305
The 30 m depth contour lies between 23 and 33 miles
offshore, throughout. Within it depths are more irregular
278
8.309
5205S) (8.215) the track leads SSW, passing (with
positions from Albardo Light (3312S, 5242W)):
ESE of Sarita Light (37 miles NNE) (8.308); an
isolated plantation of eucalyptus trees, 4 miles W
of the light, is conspicuous and can give a similar
radar image to that of the light. Thence:
ESE of Banco do Albardo (15 miles NE), which is
composed of rock covered with fine sand; it lies
up to 15 miles SE of Verga Light (red metal
framework tower, masonry base, 11 m in height).
Canal da Verga (13 miles NNE), which leads
between Banco do Albardo and the coast, has a
minimum depth of 12 m in the fairway. A
dangerous wreck lies close offshore 5 miles S of
Verga Light. Thence:
ESE of Albardo Light (8.308) which stands isolated
among the sand dunes; a dangerous wreck, the
position of which is approximate, lies 10 miles
SSE of the light. Thence:
SE of Chu Light (47 miles SW) (8.308). The land
here rises slightly to heights of 10 to 13 m covered
with low vegetation; houses of coastal resorts,
particularly those of Vila de Hermengildo (39 miles
SW), are prominent from seaward. The mouth of
Arroio Chu, which is not navigable, varies slightly
in position.
8.310
Radar. The coast between Sarita Light and Albardo
Light is very low and inconspicuous on radar. Echoes
obtained usually come from the sand-dunes situated 1 to
2 miles inland. The light-structures usually give a
reasonable response..
(Directions for the coastal route continue at 9.31)
Home
Contents
Index
NOTES
279
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 9 - Rio de La Plata - Approaches and Estuary
59
60
58
55
56
57
54
52
53
32
556
32
B R A Z I L
33
33
C ha
pter
10
Rio
Ur u g
u ay
Chapter
8
Chu
U R U G U A Y
34
34
9.24
35
14
1751
1751
Puerto de La Plata
9.181
.93
9.2
Banco
4 Ortiz
9.1
o9
id e
tev
n
o
2001
9.143
43
9.1 2001
de
lE
st
Jo
e
s
9.
Ig
80
9. na
34 c
io
2004
Buenos Aires
9.255
1749
nta
280
.232
ce 9
4
.23 o Sau
9
t
a
i
r
lon Pue
Co
ra
n
Pu
Pa
10
9.256
r
te
ap
Ch
o
Ri
3561
in
rm
Te
al
3063
C.
P
olo
n
io
22
9.
P. de la Paloma
9.43
35
9.58
3703
2004
3065
Banco
Ingles
9.
16
2039
Punta
Piedras
A R G E N T I N A
Banco
Rouen
46
9.
36
36
Cabo San Antonio
Chapter
11
556
37
0405
60
3064
59
58
57
37
56
55
54
Longitude 53 West of Greenwich
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
RIO DE LA PLATA APPROACHES AND ESTUARY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3064, 556
Positions

1
9.1
This chapter describes the E coast of South America
from the Brazil/Uruguay frontier at Arroio Chu (3345S,
5322W) (8.309) to Cabo San Antonio (3618S, 5646W)
and includes the whole of Rio de La Plata, with the major
ports of Montevideo (9.93), La Plata (9.181) and Buenos
Aires (9.255).
Rio de La Plata is an extensive estuary formed by the
confluence of Rio Paran (10.125) and Rio Uruguay (10.6);
it is entered between Punta del Este (3458S, 5457W)
(9.31) and Cabo San Antonio (3618S, 5646W) (9.52).
Topography
Hazards
1
9.2
The N shoreline of Ro de La Plata, and its approaches,
lies within Uruguay. It is comparatively high and rocky
with sheer cliffs and sand dunes.
The S shore of the river is Argentine; it is low, uniform
in colour and bordered by an extensive shallow bank.
Depths
1
9.3
The estuary is shallow. To the W of Banco Ingls (9.55),
50 miles WSW of Punta del Este, there are few depths
over 10 m; much of the area has depths less than 5 m.
The ports of Montevideo, La Plata and Buenos Aires are
reached through dredged channels.
The latest information regarding the depths to be found
in the channels, fairways and rivers is promulgated in
Boletin Fluvial DHVN (DHVN River Bulletin) published
weekly by the Argentine Ministry of Works. Information
regarding depths is also broadcast from certain Argentine
radio stations. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 3(2).
The nature of the bottom varies, being composed of fine
hard sand on the banks and soft sticky mud in the deeper
parts.
9.4
Minimum under-keel clearance. It is recommended that
when navigating in the Rio de La Plata vessels should
allow a minimum safe under-keel clearance of 06 m.
9.6
charts by varying amounts. Positions should be transferred
between charts by bearing and distance from common
charted objects, not by latitude and longitude. See note on
charts.
9.7
Wrecks. More than 60 wrecks are charted in the estuary
of Rio de La Plata; due to the shallowness of the water
most of them are dangerous to navigation, The majority,
particularly those near the channels leading to the ports, are
marked by light-buoys or buoys.
Obstructions. There are numerous lost anchors and
cables lying on the seabed, the majority in the vicinity of
the anchorages in the estuary where they are liable to foul
the anchors of subsequent arrivals. Their positions are
usually charted as Foul or Obstruction. The most recent
of these are often marked by a temporary buoy and their
position broadcast as navigational warnings. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 3(2). They are also
promulgated fortnightly in Argentine Notices to Mariners.
High Speed Ferries operate between Piriapolis (3452S,
5517W), Montevideo (3454S, 5613W), Colonia
(3428S, 5750W) and Buenos Aires (3436S, 5822W),
see 9.213.
Gas pipeline
1
9.8
A submarine gas pipeline crosses the Ro de la Plata
from position 3426S, 5737W on the Uruguayan shore to
3449S, 5758W on the Argentinean shore as shown on
the chart.
Caution. Anchoring and trawling within 1000 m of the
pipeline is prohibited, see also 1.35.
Submarine cable
1
9.9
A submarine cable extends NE from a position about
13 miles SSE of Cabo San Antonio (3618S, 5646W) to
Baha de Maldonado (3456S, 5459W); anchoring and
fishing are prohibited within 5 cables of the cable, and
within 200 m in Baha de Maldonado (9.62), see also 1.34.
Pilotage
Currents and tides
1
9.5
Tides flowing into Rio de la Plata are periodic
astronomical and meet the river outflaw which is
continuous. Both these influences follow the course of the
riverbed so that the current is more intense in the channels
than over banks and shoals, but given the limited range of
astronomical tides the currents are weak with a rate of
about 08 kn in-going and about 1 kn out-going. Currents in
Rio de la Plata are affected by wind. The effect is barely
noticable in Rio de Plata Interior.
281
9.10
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels. Vessels
entering the estuary may proceed without a pilot as far as
the pilot station. All vessels proceeding farther into the
estuary must obtain a pilot, 48 and 24 hours notice of ETA
being required. Pilots board in the following positions:
For Uruguayan ports, including Nueva Palmira (10.98)
and Fray Bentos (10.105):
Km 935 Light-buoy (3500S, 5614W), or,
Farther E, as directed, for vessels with a draught
exceeeding 88 m.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
For Argentinean ports:

At Practicos Recalada Light-float (3506S, 5558W),
or
In the vicinity of 3502S, 5602W, from a pilot
launch operating from Montevideo.
See also Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
The pilot will conduct a vessel to the Pilot Boarding
Area (3445S, 5751W) off Puerto de La Plata or Buenos
Aires If a vessel is bound for river ports a river pilot will
board off La Plata.
Vessels entering Rio de La Plata are obliged to use
pilots of the nationality of their intended port. A similar
rule stands for departure.
introduced into the area, although buoyage conforming to

the previous system may still be found in some places.
Tidal streams and currents

1

1
9.11
Uruguayan Maritime Movement Control and
Information System. This system applies to all vessels
entering or leaving Uruguayan waters. It covers the area W
of longitude 5050W and SW of a line bearing 128 from
Arroio Chu Light (3345S, 5322W). Vessels are required
to report on entering specified zones and maintain R/T
listening watch.
Argentine Safety of Navigation Communication
System (SECOSENA). This system is mandatory for all
vessels over 24 m in length when in Argentine waters,
including the Rio de La Plata bounded to the E by 57W
and the S by 3630S. See Ship Reporting Systems
Argentina in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Argentine Traffic Control and Safety System
(CONTRASE). In addition to SECOSENA a traffic control
reporting system CONTRASE is mandatory for all vessels
over 24 m in length in the Rio de La Plata including at the
ports of Buenos Aires (9.255) and Mar del Plata (11.21),
and at Baha Blanca (11.65). See Admiralty List of Radio
Water level
1
Regulations
1
9.12
Pollution. It is forbidden to pump bilges, discharge
hydro-carbons from tank washing, dump rubbish or pollute
in any way the area bounded by the following positions:
Punta del Este (Uruguay) (3458S, 5457W).
3614S, 5332W.
3732S, 5523W.
Cabo San Antonio (Argentina) (3618S, 5646W).
9.13
Lightening operations. Four zones have been
established in the approaches to Rio de La Plata in which
vessels can discharge cargo in order to reduce their draught
before proceeding to Montevideo or into Canal General
(9.143). These zones, indicated on the chart, are as follows:
Zone A: centred on 3508S, 5541W.
Zone B: centred on 3532S, 5634W.
Zone C: centred on 3602S, 5634W.
Zone D: centred on 3505S, 5514W.
9.16
The normal range of tide in Rio de La Plata is very
small, ranging from 10 m at Punta Piedras (3527S,
5708W) to 02 m at Puerto Sauce (3427S, 5727W);
but it is greatly influenced by the wind which can increase
this range by up to six times. The chart datum in the
channels of the estuary is about 04 m below MLLW. At
HW, during S or SE winds, the depths may be 12 m or
more greater than those charted; whereas at LW, during N
or NW winds, the depths may be less than those charted.
In the area between Punta Piedras and Buenos Aires,
80 miles NW, the winds have the following effects:
Between W to NE lower the water level, greatest
effect being those between NW and N.
Between E to SW raise the water level, greatest effect
being those between SE and S.
Between NE to E and between SW to W have little
effect.
The effect of the wind on the water level is almost
immediate, both when the wind rises and when it changes
direction.
A wind from between NW to N with a force of 4 to 5
will lower the water level by 04 m; if such wind should
suddenly change direction to between SE to S the water
level will rise 09 m within one hour.
During the rise and fall of tides, winds of force 2 from
NW or SE respectively will be sufficient to arrest the tide
or even reverse its direction.
9.17
Fresh water. The seaward limit of fresh water is in the
vicinity of a line joining Punta Piedras (3527S, 5708W)
and Punta Espinillo at the mouth of Rio Santa Lucia
(9.229), 50 miles NE.
Weather
1
Buoyage
1
9.15
Direction. Due to the large body of water brought down
by the rivers, and because the movement of the water is
greatly effected by the wind, the tidal streams and currents
within the estuary are variable.
During light winds the tidal streams are regular. During
strong winds currents in the outer part of the estuary flow
in the direction of the wind, but in the inner part, currents
caused by such winds follow the normal directions of the
tidal streams, according to whether the wind direction
raises or lowers the water level.
Rates. During strong winds the tidal streams may attain
a rate of 1 kn.
9.14
The IALA Region B buoyage system has been
282
9.18
The area covered by this chapter is within The
Variables 30S to 40S climatic region; see 1.125. Rio de
La Plata is also affected by local winds known as Pampero,
which can produce severe and sudden squalls, and
Sudestada, strong SE winds which cause heavy seas; for
details of these local winds see 1.140.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
ARROIO CHU TO CABO SAN ANTONIO

Traffic regulations
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3064, 3065
Area covered
1
9.19
The coastal route from a position SE of Arroio Chu
(3345S, 5322W) at the Uruguay/Brazil border, leads SW
for about 190 miles, to a position E of Cabo San Antonio
(3618S, 5646W) in Argentina. It crosses the wide
estuary of Rio de La Plata.
Rescue
1
9.20
The coastline between Arroio Chu and Punta del Este,
120 miles SW, consists generally of sandy beaches,
between prominent headlands, backed by several
identifiable hills. The passage between Punta del Este and
Cabo San Antonio is across the estuary mainly out of sight
of land.
Depths
1
9.21
There are two outlying banks and a deep trough which
affect depths off the entrance to Rio de La Plata.
Banco del Cabezon, Banco del Carezon on charts 566
and 4201, depths of 9 to 36 m, extends ENE from the N
side of the estuary tending parallel to the coast and
extending between 20 to 50 miles off it, composed of fine
sand and broken shell.
Pozo de Fango, a mud well near the N part of Banco
del Cabezon, forms a very marked depression in the ocean
bed with depths of 50 to 82 m. The bottom is mud of the
consistency of sticky clay, varying in colour from lead grey
to bluish black.
Banco Rouen (3547S, 5600W) (9.48), with a least
depth of 6 m, is composed mainly of coarse sand.
General information
Chart 3064
Route
9.22
From a position SE of Arroio Chu (3345S, 5322W),
the route leads SW for about 115 miles along the coast of
Uruguay to a position SE of Punta del Este (3458S,
5457W) at the N entrance to Rio de La Plata.
Topography
1
9.23
Composed of prominent headlands interspersed by sandy
beaches; there are a number of inland lagoons close to the
shore and several prominent hills rise farther inland.
Depths
1
9.24
Banco del Cabezon and Pozo de Fango (9.21) affect this
passage and depths are irregular. Several isolated patches,
with depths less than 20 m over them, exist up to 45 miles
offshore.
Explosives dumping ground

1
9.28
Magnetic anomaly. A local magnetic anomaly has been
reported in the vicinity of Cabo Castillo (3421S,
5346W) but this report has not been verified.
Tidal streams are affected by the wind. Winds from SE
or S raise the water level as much as 20 m; winds from N
or NW have the opposite effect. In calm weather the tides
are fairly regular following the direction of the coast.
Discoloured water, caused by the outflow of the rivers,
can be found about 75 miles seaward of a line joining
Punta Piedras (3527S, 5708W) and Punta Espinillo,
50 miles NE.
Principal marks
ARROIO CHU TO PUNTA DEL ESTE
9.27
A lifesaving station is situated at Puerto de Punta del
Este (3458S, 5457W). See 1.51.
Natural conditions
Topography
1
9.26
The Uruguayan Maritime Movement Control and
Information System covers this area. See 9.11.
9.25
An area (3414S, 5255W), indicated on the chart, lies
38 miles SE of Arroio Chu.
283
9.29
Landmarks:
Sierra de San Miguel rises 10 miles inland from
Arroio Chu, the central summit being the highest
point, visible about 10 miles offshore. Fuerte de
San Miguel (3342S, 5333W), near the NE end
of the range, is prominent.
Cerros de los Difuntos (3405S, 5346W), on the
SW side of Laguna Negra o de los Difuntas, has
several summits of similar height. Viewed from SE
they present a remarkable cleft or ravine. Cerro
Navarro, barren and conical, rises in the centre of
a group of smaller hills 6 miles SW of Cerros de
los Difuntos.
Cabo Castillo (3421S, 5346W) a rocky promontory
almost entirely covered with sand rises to Cerro
Buena Vista. The NE extremity of the cape is a
white, sheer, rounded cliff, with dark patches of
vegetation. It can be further identified by Cerros
Chafalote, a range of hills 18 miles WNW of the
cape, higher than those to the N, are isolated and
when seen from E present three peaks of which
the middle is the highest. The isolated position and
distinctive shape of the cape makes it the best
landfall in the vicinity.
9.30
Major lights:
Cabo Polonio Light (white cupola, red bands, on
round stone tower and white dwelling, 26 m in
height) (3424S, 5347W).
Chui Light (3345S, 5322W) (8.308).
Cabo Santa Maria Light (white cupola, red stripes, on
white round stone tower and dwelling, 30 m in
height) (3440S, 5409W).
Punta Jos Ignacio Light (white cupola, red stripes,
on white round stone tower and white dwelling,
25 m in height) (3451S, 5438W).
Isla de Lobos Light (white cupola, red stripes, on
white round concrete tower and dwelling, 59 m in
height) (3502S, 5453W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Punta del Este Light (white cupola, red stripes, on

white round masonry tower and white dwelling,
25 m in height) (3458S, 5457W). It is reported
that this light is difficult to identify against shore
lights.
10
Directions
1
9.31
From a position SE of Chu Light (3345S, 5322W)
(8.308) the track leads WSW passing (with positions from
Cabo Santa Maria Light (3440S, 5409W)):
SSE of Isla Verde (55 miles NNE), the largest of
several islets and dangers lying up to 2 miles
ESE of Punta Coronilla. The point is rocky and
Fortaleza de Santa Teresa stands on a hill 3 miles
SW of it; a 10 m shoal lies 7 miles ESE of the
point. Thence:
SSE of Punta del Diablo (49 miles NE) from which
Sandra Light (black concrete pyramid) is exhibited.
Punta Palmar Light (white GRP tower, red bands,
12 m in height) is exhibited from a point of the
same name 2 miles SSW. Cerro Angostura, a hill
(not charted), has a rounded summit and lies
1 miles inland from Punta Palmar. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (36 miles ENE), thence:
SSE of Isla del Marco (28 miles NE), the outer and
larger of two islets lying off Cabo Castillo (9.29);
it is notable for a large white monolith, 31 m in
height, standing on its SE extremity. Isla Seca is
the inner islet; the passage between the islets is
clear of dangers and has depths of 9 to 15 m, with
a bottom of sand and mud. Thence:
SSE of Islas de Torres (25 miles NE), which are a
group of three islets lying up to 1 miles E of
Cabo Polonio, a rocky promontory rising to a
40 m high greenish hill in the form of a truncated
cone which, when first seen from the NE and SW,
appears as an island. A light (9.30) is exhibited
from the cape. Bajo Polonio, a dangerous rocky
shoal over which the sea often breaks, lies
1 miles SW of the cape. Local knowledge is
necessary to navigate between these shoals and
islets. A shoal (11 m) lies 4 miles S of the cape.
Thence:
Clear of a wreck with 13 m of water over it (22 miles
ENE), marked close SE by a buoy (starboard
hand), thence:
SSE of Cabo Santa Maria which terminates in a
sandy point from which an underwater rocky ledge
extends 1 cables S. A light (9.30) is exhibited
from the point and a 10 m shoal lies 9 miles E
of it; Puerto de La Paloma (9.43) lies N of the
cape. The cape can be further identified by Punta
Rubia, lying 5 miles NNE of it, which appears as
an islet from seaward and has a high hillock, with
a distinctive reddish patch on it, rising from the
point. Thence:
SSE of Punta Jos Ignacio (26 miles WSW), which
rises to a hill, 15 m high, appears as a white
triangular patch. It has a rocky frontage, 6 cables
long, and is fringed by a reef extending 5 cables
SE. On each side of the headland is a small cove
in which boats can shelter. A light (9.30) is
exhibited from the point and close to the light is a
radar antenna 60 m in height. Thence:
11
SSE of the restricted area, marked by light-buoys,

surrounding Jos Ignacio Oil Terminal (9.34), lying
4 miles SW of Punta Jos Ignacio, thence:
SSE of Isla de Lobos (42 miles SW), high, rugged
and barren with several shoal areas and dangers
surrounding it to a distance of over 1 mile.
Numerous seals frequent it. A light (9.30) is
shown from the NE part of the island. Punta del
Este is the S extremity of a promontory bordered
by sand dunes and fringed by rocks to a distance
of 1 cable. A light (9.30) is shown from a hillock
surrounded by the buildings of Ciudad de Punta
del Este which extend N of the point. It is
reported difficult to identify the light against the
lights of the town.
Caution. Uncharted shoals may exist in the entrance to
Rio de La Plata. Between Cabo Santa Maria and Isla de
Lobos a number of charted dangerous wrecks lie between 5
and 10 miles offshore.
Useful marks
9.32
1
Cerro Silla Chica (3432S, 5430W) small and

saddle-shaped. Cerro Silla Grande, 5 miles WNW,
is similar in shape but somewhat higher. The form
of these hills is remarkable when viewed from N.
Morro de Jos Ignacio, 8 miles WNW of Cerro Silla
Chica.
Cerro Tres Cerros, 14 miles WSW of Cerro Silla
Chica, has three peaks the W of which is the
highest.
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 9.52, and
for Rio de La Plata, Northern Approaches at 9.68.
Directions continue for
Puerto de Punta del Este at 9.77)
Seaward approaches to N part of Rio de La Plata

Estuary
1
9.33
Making a landfall at the N entrance point of Rio de La
Plata presents no difficulty, once the vessels latitude has
been determined, and soundings checked on approach.
Sudden and frequent changes of weather, characteristic
of the climate of the estuary, may cause problems.
In clear weather, when approaching from the N, the high
land and islets near Cabo Castillo (9.29) and the
light-structures at Cabo Polonio (9.31) and Cabo Santa
Maria (9.31) are sufficient to identify the coast. In thick
weather latitude of Isla de Lobos (3502S, 5453W) (9.31)
is a good parallel from which to make an approach.
Steer to pass some miles S of Isla de Lobos. This
island, Punta del Este (9.31) and the coastal hills NW
(9.68) are easily identified. There are no outlying dangers
more than 5 miles offshore. On rare occasions the weather
might prevent a visual landfall. The estuary should not be
entered until Isla de Lobos or the land in its vicinity has
been identified.
Jos Ignacio Terminal

Chart 2004 plan of Jos Ignacio Terminal
General information
1
2
284
9.34
Position. (3454S, 5443W).
Function. A Single Buoy Mooring for tankers.
Port limits. A restricted area, indicated on the chart,
surrounds the SBM. Only vessels under pilotage and
navigating to or from the oil terminal may enter this area.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Approach is direct from seaward.

Port authority. Administracion Nacional de
Combustibles Alcohol y Portland (ANCAP), Avenida
Libertador Brig. General Lavalleja y Calle Paysandu,
Casilla de Correo 1090, Montevideo.
Maximum size of vessels handled
Puerto de La Paloma
General information
9.35
A maximum size of 157 773 dwt with a length of
299 m. but vessels up to 200 000 dwt may be handled in
favourable conditions. The maximum permissible draught is
167 m (55 ft)
Arrival information
1
9.36
Notice of ETA should be sent 48 hours in advance and
confirmed 24 and 12 hours before arrival.
Outer anchorage. Vessels may anchor 2 miles SE of
the restricted area, as shown on the chart.
Pilots are compulsory. A berthing master assists in
securing to the SBM. Both board at the outer anchorage.
9.37
The approaches to the pilot boarding station are clear of
dangers apart from Bajo Ladas (3452S, 5438W).
Another shoal patch, 13 m (42 ft), lies a farther 2 miles
SE. An obstruction lies approximately 8 miles S of the
SBM.
Berth
1
9.38
The berth consists of a SBM (special, white light Morse
(U), in a depth of 18 m (59 ft). Loading is via a floating
hose (black, orange bands) 270 m long.
Port services
1
9.39
Supplies: bunker fuel; fresh water at the anchorage.
Isla Verde
1
9.40
Anchorage exists 2 cables S of Isla Verde (3356S,
5329W) (9.31) in a depth of about 11 m.
Bahia Castillo
1
9.41
Description. Bahia Castillo is entered NW of Cabo
Castillo (3421S, 5346W) (9.29); the cove offers good
shelter during winds from SE through S to NW and
landing can be made on its sandy beach. Pueblo Castillos,
with a population of about 1300, is situated 10 miles NNW
of Cabo Castillo.
9.42
Anchorages. The best anchorage in Bahia Castillo is
NW of the summit of Cerro Buena Vista (9.29), nearly
5 cables from the cape in a depth of 45 m, fine sand.
Care should be taken to avoid anchoring on rocky patches
within the area.
Small vessels, can anchor between Isla Seca (9.31) and
Cabo Castillo, 2 cables off the point in depths of of 35 to
45 m, fine sand.
9.44
The white sector (270284) of Maria Victoria Light
(red and white tower) (34389S, 54092W) leads from
seaward to a position NNW of the harbour entrance,
passing (with positions from Maria Victoria Light):
N of Bajo Speedwell (1 miles E) a rock with a
depth of 98 m (32 ft), thence:
S of Bajo La Pedrera (4 miles NNE) a rock with a
depth of 82 m (27 ft), thence:
S of Bajo Falkland (2 miles NNE), awash, with the
boiler of a wreck showing at all states of the tide,
and marked by a light-buoy (E cardinal); thence:
S of Bajo 18 de Julio (1 miles NNE) a shoal with
a least depth 43 m (14 ft), marked by a
light-buoy (S cardinal). Both Bajo 18 de Julio and
Bajo Falkland are covered by the red sector (232
to 270) of Maria Victoria Light. Thence:
To a position NNW of the harbour entrance. Maria
Magdalena Light (green tower, 7 m in height)
stands on the N extremity of the breakwater.
Local knowledge is necessary to enter Puerto Viejo. The
entrance, which is dangerous, is 1 cables wide between
reefs extending from the peninsula and Isla de la Tuna, a
low islet 4 cables NE of Cabo Santa Maria; there are
depths of 24 to 55 m (8 to 18 ft) in the fairway.
Berths

Chart 3064 (see 1.14)
9.43
Description. Puerto de La Paloma (3440S, 5409W) is
formed by a peninsula, about 10 m (33 ft) in height, lying
1 mile NNE of Cabo Santa Maria. A rubble breakwater
projects 6 cables NW from the E end of the peninsula to
form Puerto Nuevo. Puerto Viejo lies S of the peninsula.
The town is easily identifiable from seaward by a tall
isolated building.
Directions
Directions
1
These anchorages afford good shelter from the Pamperos

(9.18), but if the wind shifts NE, vessels should proceed to
sea immediately, as such winds raise a heavy sea.
9.45
Anchorage can be obtained W of Cabo Santa Maria
about 7 cables offshore in depths of about 11 to 13 m.
Alongside. A pier at the S end of Puerto Nuevo
accessible to vessels drawing up to 5 m, 15 m long with
depths of 5 m (16 ft) alongside. Dangers extend up to
3 cables E from the root of the breakwater.
Facilities: fresh water; provisions.
PUNTA DEL ESTE TO CABO SAN

ANTONIO
General information
Charts 3064, 3065
Route
1
9.46
The route across the estuary of Rio de La Plata, leads
from a position SE of Punta del Este (3458S, 5457W),
SW for about 115 miles, to a position SE of Cabo San
Antonio (3618S, 5646W) in Argentina.
Topography
1
285
9.47
Identification of the S coast of Ro de la Plata is
difficult due to its being low and uniform. It is therefore
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
recommended to keep San Antonio Light well to the W.

This passage is conducted mainly out of sight of land. The
topography in the vicinity of Punta del Este (9.31) and
Cabo San Antonio (9.52) is described in the relevant
Directions.
Depths
1
9.48
Depths are irregular across the estuary of Rio de La
Plata, the N part of the route is affected by Banco del
Cabezon (9.21) where there are numerous isolated shoals
with depths less than 20 m. Banco Rouen, in the S part of
the passage, lies 40 miles NE of Cabo San Antonio. The
shoal has a least depth of 6 m near its N end and is
composed mainly of coarse sand.
Traffic regulations
1
9.49
Information System and the Argentine Safety of Navigation
Communication System (SECOSENA) cover parts of this
passage; for details see 9.11.
Rescue
1
9.50
Life-saving station at Cabo San Antonio (3618S,
5646W).
Principal marks
1
9.51
Major lights:
Isla de Lobos Light (3502S, 5453W)
Punta del Este Light (3458S, 5457W)
Cabo San Antonio Light (white truncated
tower black bands and glass cabin,
height) (3618S, 5646W).
(9.30).
(9.30).
pyramidal
58 m in
Directions
1
9.52
From a position SSE of Punta del Este (3458S,
5457W) the track leads SW, passing (with positions from
the S extremity of Banco Rouen (3555S, 5600W))
SE of a dangerous wreck (72 miles NE), thence:

SE of an obstruction (68 miles NE), existance
doubtful, thence:
SE of a patch (60 miles NE),with a depth of 108 m
over it, marked on its S side by a light-buoy
(isolated danger).
34 miles to a position NW of a dangerous wreck (44 miles
ESE) thence the track continues SW passing:
SE of two light-buoys (special) (17 and 20 miles
NNE). There is an 1000 m radius exclusion zone
around the N buoy. Thence:
SE of an isolated shoal (4 miles NE) with a depth of
90 m over it, lying on the SE side of Banco
Rouen, thence:
SE of the S extremity of Banco Rouen (9.48), a
dangerous wreck lies 4 miles SW, thence:
SE of a patch (11 miles S), with a depth of 10 m over
it. Two similar, isolated banks lie 4 and 6miles
S of Banco Rouen. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (20 miles S) with a swept
depth of 85 m (28 ft) over it.
27 miles to a position SE of Cabo San Antonio, a good
radar target though not revealing a distinctive shape. The
cape is the N and lower end of a chain of sandhills, visible
up to about 10 miles offshore. The NW extremity of the
cape is Punta Rasa (9.177), marked by Toledo Light (white
triangular column, 5 m in height). Punta Rasa a low, sandy
tongue of land subject to inundation as far as the wall
surrounding Cabo San Antonio light structure (9.51) and
adjacent buildings. A neighbouring plantation of trees is
very prominent from seaward. From a distance the
lighthouse appears to stand in the centre of a wooded
island. At night the lights of the township show up well.
Soundings W of Cabo San Antonio tend to be irregular
along the course but to the E of the cape they trend
parrallel to it.
(Directions for the coastal route continue at 11.20, and
for southern approaches to Rio de La Plata at 9.172)
RIO DE LA PLATA NORTHERN APPROACHES

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3064
Area covered
1
9.53
This section describes the N approaches to the estuary
of Rio de La Plata. It includes the route from Punta del
Este (3458S, 5457W) (9.31) to the entrance to Baha de
Montevideo (3500S, 5614W), and directions for Puerto
de Montevideo (9.93).
High speed ferries

1
Topography
1
9.54
See 9.2.
9.56
Operating between Piriapolis (3452S, 5517W),
Montevideo (3453S, 5614W) and Buenos Aires
(3436S, 5822W). See 9.213.
Tidal streams
Depths
9.55
Apart from a few isolated shoals depths are fairly
regular to the W of Isla de Lobos (3502S, 5453W). A
decrease in soundings indicates approach to Isla de Flores
(9.69), 52 miles WNW. West of this point there are no
soundings of more than 10 m.
Banco Ingls lies with its central and shoalest part

15 miles S of Isla de Flores. A ridge extends 4 miles S
over which seas occasionally break. The shoal is composed
of black sand, except for the rocky SW part. Its shape is
subject to change. Several wrecks lie on the bank; two
towards the N end and one close SE of the bank.
286
9.57
In-going tide. Between Isla Flores (3457S, 5556W)
and the N shore of the estuary the stream sets W inclining
WSW parallel to the shore and between Isla Flores and
Banco Ingls, 14 miles S, it sets W inclining WNW. To the
W of Isla Flores the two streams unite and flow through
Rada de Montevideo in a NW direction.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
E of Banco Ingls the stream sets N. Over the bank, and

E of its ridge, the stream runs between SSW and SW
sweeping W round the SW part of the shoal thence NW
towards Banco Arquimedes (3513S, 5606W). Between
Banco Ingls and the S shore of the estuary the stream
runs N.
W of the beginning of Canal Punta Indio (9.161) the
stream runs NW and N.
About 5 miles N of Banco Arquimedes the stream runs
E, contrary to the flow S of Isla de Flores. It deflects the
flow WNW causing a rotary stream W of Banco Ingls.
Out-going tide. Between Isla Flores and the N shore of
the estuary the stream runs SW then turns to join the
stream which runs ESE and SE to the S of the island.
Abreast of Montevideo and between Isla de Flores and
Banco Ingls the stream runs ESE. Banco Ingls divides
the stream into two branches, one flowing SE the other SW.
Principal marks
1
PUNTA DEL ESTE TO BAA DE

MONTEVIDEO
General information
Charts 3703, 2001, 3064
Route
1
9.58
From a position SSE of Isla de Lobos (3502S,
5453W) (9.31), the route leads about 74 miles WNW to
the pilot boarding station (3500S, 5614W) at the
entrance to the dredged channel leading into Puerto de
Montevideo.
9.65
Landmarks:
Cerro Pan de Azcar (3449S, 5515W) a summit
forming an almost regular cone with a conspicuous
cross (32 m in height) on it.
Cerro de las Animas, 5 miles NW of Cerro Pan de
Azcar, a flattened summit with a slight depression
in the form of a saddle open on a bearing of 295.
A tower, 80 m in height, stands in the town of
Atlntida (3447S, 5545W).
9.66
Major lights:
Isla de Lobos Light (3502S, 5453W) (9.30).
Punta del Este Light (3458S, 5457W) (9.30).
Capitn Curbello Aero Light (white square stone
control tower and dwelling, 15 m in height)
(3451S, 5506W).
Isla de Flores Light (white round masonry tower and
Carrasco Aero Light (Control tower, 21 m in height)
(3450S, 5602W).
Punta Brava Light (round masonry tower, square
base, white two-storey dwelling, 19 m in height)
(3456S, 5610W).
Cerro de Montevideo Light (white round masonry
tower, 8 m in height, on the roof of Fortaleza
General Artigas, a military museum) standing on
the summit (3453S, 5616W).
Practicos Recalada Light-float (orange funnel on
white superstructure, orange hull marked DE15
RECALADA, two masts, aero lights) (3506S,
5558W).

Topography
1
9.59
The coast is formed of bays intersected by headlands
and is mostly sandy. Several hills are identifiable.
Depths
1
9.60
See 9.3.
Directions
Pilotage
1
9.61
Not compulsory for vessels proceeding directly to the
entrance to Puerto de Montevideo (3500S, 5614W).
See 9.10.
1
9.62
A submarine cable, shown on the chart, extends SW
from Baha de Maldonado (9.73). Anchoring or fishing
within 200 m of the line of the cable is prohibited.

1
9.63
Information System covers this area; for details see 9.11.
Rescue
1
9.67
Racon on:
Km 2391 Light-buoy, moored 2 miles NNW
1 miles W of Prcticos Recalada Light-float
see above.
Km 9.35 light-buoy (3500S, 5614W).
9.64
Rescue services, including sea-going salvage tugs,
lifeboats and a port fire service are available at Puerto de
Montevideo (3453S, 5614W).
There is a lifesaving station at Puerto de Piriapolis
(3452S, 5517W). See 1.51.
287
Chart 3064
9.68
5453W) (9.31), the track leads WNW, passing (with
positions from Ponta Negra (3454S, 5516W)):
Clear of a dangerous wreck (23miles ESE), a shoal
with a depth of 11 m over it, lies close W, and:
NNE of an obstruction (27miles SE), existance
doubtful, thence:
NNE of a patch (26 miles SE) with a depth of 13 m
over it, and:
SSW of Isla de Lobos (20 miles ESE) (9.30), thence:
SSW of Punta del Este (9.31) (16 miles ESE). Sierra
Ballena lies 8 miles NNW. A large patch of white
sand, prominent at a great distance, lies on the S
slope of one of the hills of this range. Thence:
SSW of Banco Ready (13 miles SE), a rocky shoal,
thence:
NNE of a shoal (23 miles SSE), with a depth of
108 m over it, marked by a light-buoy (isolated
danger), thence:
NNE of a wreck (20 miles S), marked by a
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
SSW of Punta Negra from which a light (black

framework tower, 4 m in height) is exhibited.
Punta Negra and the points around it are steep and
rocky with sandy coves between them rising to
high land joined to Cerro Pan de Azcar (9.65),
6 miles farther N. And:
SSW of Bajo Solis (11 miles NW) part of which is
above water and over which the sea always breaks.
It lies 4 miles WSW of Punta Animas which is
fringed by under-water rocks to a distance of
1 mile. The passage between this bank and the
coast has depths of 55 m and a bottom of coarse
sand and mud. And:
NNE of a light-buoy (25 miles SSW) (E cardinal)
marking the extremity of Banco Ingles, thence:
SSW of Islotes las Toscas (15miles WNW), two
groups of islets and drying rocks, on which large
numbers of seabirds nest, lying off Punta Piedras
de Afilar. There are depths of 55 m between these
groups. The coast, on which the surf breaks
heavily, is backed by Cerro Piedras de Afilar, the
N and higher of two hills. The slopes of the S hill
form the point. Thence:
SSW of Punta Pedro Lopez (21 miles WNW),
divided into two points and fringed by reefs.
NNE of a wreck (32miles SW), lying on the NE
extremity of Banco Ingles, thence
From this position the track continues WNW for about
5 miles to a position SSW of Punta Piedras Negras
(25miles WNW) off which a rocky bank extends
7 cables. A conspicuous tower (9.65) stands close E of
the point.
(Directions continue for Canal General at 9.159)
Approach channel
1
9.70
A dredged and buoyed channel entered between the
Km 135 light-buoys, about 4 miles S of Punta Brava
(9.69), leads to the entrance channel to Puerto de
Montevideo (9.96). Between Km 424 Light-buoy and the
Km 135 Light-buoy, depths are reportedly (2004)
maintained at 11 m.
Channels
Chart 3703
Canal de Lobos
1
9.71
Description. Canal de Lobos (3500S, 5455W) is the
passage between Isla de Lobos and the mainland. It is
4 miles wide and clear of dangers, but the tidal streams are
stronger than those S of the island. For this reason the
channel should be avoided by yachts during light winds.
Chart 2001
Canal de Flores
1
2
Chart 2001
9.69
Note. When navigating between Isla de Flores and
Banco Ingles, it is recommended that radar fixes of points
on the coast be used for position fixing.
From a position SSW of Punta Piedras Negras (3447S,
5546W) the track continues WNW in the approach
channel passing (with positions from Isla de Flores Light
(3457S, 5556W)):
Clear of Km 424 Light-buoy (safe water) (7 miles
SSE) which marks the seaward end of the
approach channel (9.70); thence:
NNE of a light-buoy (N cardinal) (9 miles SSE) and:
SSW of an obstruction (4miles SSE), reported
(1983), position approximate, thence:
SSW of Isla de Flores, from which a light (9.66) is
exhibited on the highest part of its SW end. Bajo
Cumberland lies 5 cables WSW of the
light-tower. Passage N of the island, which is
obstructed, is described at 9.72. Thence:
NNE of an obstruction (6miles SSW) at the E
extremity of the Anchorage and service area,
thence:
Between Km 201 Light-buoys (lateral), thence:
SSW of Rocas Buen Viaje (9 miles W); there is a
rock in the middle of this reef. A light-buoy
(isolated danger) is moored on the S side of the
reef, a stranded wreck lies on the W side and a
dangerous wreck lies off the NW side. Thence:
SSW of Punta Brava (11 miles W), low and fringed
by rocks. Ciudad de Montevideo stands on the
rising ground behind the point. A light (9.66)
stands on the point. A sewer outfall extends
1 miles S from Punta Brava; entry is prohibited

into an area, marked by light-buoys (cardinal),
surrounding it.
From this position the track leads W then NW and N
towards the port. The pilot boarding position (3500S,
5614W) lies 2 miles W of Km 11 Light-buoy (port hand).
(Directions continue at 9.224, and for entrance to
Puerto Montevideo at 9.116)
9.72
Description. Canal de Flores is the passage between Isla
de Flores (3457S, 5556W) (9.69) and the mainland NW.
Vessels should pass about 1 miles N of the island to
clear a rocky reef, extending 5 cables N from its N
extremity, thereafter keeping following the mid-channel
avoid the dangers lying off Punta Manso as follows (with
positions from Isla de Flores Light (3457S, 5556W)):
Bajo Bump (4 miles NW) a rocky shoal; the
passage between this shoal and Bajo Sara has
depths of 8 m.
Rocas Las Pipas (5 miles NW), a group of
above-water rocks. The E rock of the group is
visible for about 3 miles and shows up well
against the white beach.
Bajo Forest King (6 miles WNW) rises abruptly; a
small shoal extends 2 cables SW of this danger.
Isla de la Luz (6 miles NW), the largest of a group
of islets.
Tides and tidal streams. Tidal streams in this passage
are stronger and more irregular than those to the S of the
island. The S route is to be preferred. The height of tide in
this vicinity is much influenced by the wind.
Anchorages. There is good anchorage, shown on the
chart, about 3 cables N of the pier on Isla de Flores in a
depth of 73 m, mud, but tidal streams have been observed
to run at a rate of 3 kn in this position. Vessels can also
anchor in suitable depths anywhere around the island.
Baha de Maldonado
Chart 3703
General information
1
288
9.73
Position. Bahia de Maldonado is entered between Punta
del Este (3458S, 5457W) and Punta Ballena,
5 miles NW.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Topography
1
9.74
Isla Gorriti (3458S, 5458W) is low, densely wooded
and composed of sand and rock; there is a cove with a
sandy beach on its W side. A bank of sand with occasional
below-water rocks extends 2 cables off the island.
Punta del Chileno, lying 1 miles E of Punta Ballena,
is rocky with an underwater ledge extending 2 cables S
of it. The remainder of the shore of the bay is clear of
dangers and backed by dunes, those SE of the town being
higher than those NW. Laguna del Diario lies a short
distance NE of Punta del Chileno; in times of flood this
lagoon forces a channel through the beach to the sea.

Puerto de la Pastora
1
Natural conditions
1
9.75
The bay is exposed to SW winds which raise a heavy
sea, but Isla Gorriti provides shelter to part of the bay
during these winds.
Tidal levels in Bahia de Maldonado are much affected
by the wind. Fresh S winds raise the water level at times
as much as 18 m whilst N winds lower it. This action
generally takes place before the arrival of such winds in
the bay; they can be foretold to a certain extent. One
indication is that water temperature rises during N and falls
during S winds.
During a rising tide, the tidal stream usually enters the
bay W of Isla Gorriti and runs out E of the island. Winds
from W cause a strong current to run E and S round the
island.
9.79
Anchorage in Bahia de Maldonado, used for lightening
vessels unable to berth at Puerto de Punta del Este (9.80),
is recommended about midway between the N end of Isla
Gorriti and the shore, as shown on the chart. There are
depths of 8 to 9 m, and holding ground of sand over very
hard mud, with Punta Ballena bearing 290 and Punta
Britos between 199 and 232. Known as Puerto de la
Pastora, it is protected from S winds which sometimes
blow with great violence. As the anchor is liable to fouling,
vessels expecting a long stay should moor with open hawse
SW.
Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited into two small
areas within Bahia de Maldonado, as shown on the chart.
Prohibited anchorage. See 9.62.
Puerto de Punta del Este

1
Principal marks
1
9.78
Useful mark:
Isla Gorriti Light (white concrete tower, 5 m in
height) (3458S, 5458W) standing on a
low-lying rock and sand islet on the W side of
which is a beach.
9.76
Landmarks:
Punta Ballena (3455S, 5503W) has the appearance
of a whale and is the S end of Sierra Ballena
(9.68). There are some caves on the point. A
submerged ledge extends 3 cables S and a
detached rock lies 4 cables SSW.
Chimney (3456S, 5455W).
Major light:
Punta del Este Light (3458S, 5457W) (9.30).
9.80
Description. Puerto de Punta del Este (3458S,
5457W) is a small harbour situated on the N side of the
promontory of Punta del Este It is the port for Ciudad de
Punta del Este, a thriving modern seaside resort with a
summer population of about 35 000. There is a prominent
hotel (not charted) surmounted by a white tower which is
reportedly lit at night and visible at a distance of 10 miles.
The port is approached through Bahia de Maldonado
(9.73).
Directions
1

9.77
Caution. Due to the presence of numerous shoals
reported in the survey of the area, it is recommended to
navigate with caution in this vicinity.
5453W) the track leads W (with positions from Punta del
Este Light (3458S, 5457W) (9.30)):
S of Isla de Lobos, thence the track leads WNW,
passing:
SSW of Punta del Este, thence:
Maintain Punta del Este Light bearing less than 045
until Punta Britos (1 miles NW) bears 020 in
order to clear Banco Sylvia (2 miles SW) and
Bajo Nuevo (1 miles SW). When Punta Britos
bears 020 the track leads N, passing:
W of Bajo del Monarca (2 miles NW), a shoal
with a least depth of 45 m over it and marked by
a light-buoy (N cardinal). Thence:
When Punta Ballena (5 miles NW) bears 282 the
track leads towards the anchorage (2 miles NNW) (9.79),
shown on the chart, passing NE of Bajo del Monarca.
Conrad Hotel
Puerto de punta del Este from W (9.80)

(Photograph A L A Lisdero Molina)
289
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Pilots board 1 miles WSW of Isla Gorriti in position

3458S, 5500W.
Directions
1
9.81
Local knowledge is essential to use the channel between
Isla Gorriti and Punta del Este which is much restricted by
Bajo del Este, marked by 2 light-buoys (S cardinal and
starboard hand); Bajo Mostyn and Bancos los Banquitos,
marked by a light-buoy (N cardinal). This passage is
dangerous due to strong tidal streams running through it.
Between the NE end of Isla Gorriti and the mainland
depths are very uneven, but the channel NE of Bancos los
Banquitos is about 2 cables wide and can be used in fine
weather by small craft. During fresh S winds seas break
across the channel. Small craft sometimes use the passage
between Punta del Este and Bajo del Este, but tidal streams
run very strongly and the passage should be avoided by
strangers even in good weather.
Useful mark:
Breakwater Light (red metal framework tower, 8 m in
height) (3458S, 5457W).
Bajo Solis
1
Berths and anchorage

1
9.82
Protected by a breakwater 2 cables long on its W side,
the port consists of a wooden pier with a concrete head
with depths of 4 m alongside. Depths decrease rapidly on
the W side of the pier. There is a marina for small craft,
several berths and mooring buoys in the harbour. The
Customs House, a large stone building, stands at the root
of the pier.
A pier on the E side of Isla Gorriti is used by ferries
plying between the island and Punta del Este.
Anchorage, used by lightening vessels unable to berth
alongside, exists near the entrance to Puerto de Punta del
Este (9.80), cable from the breakwater head, in depths of
6 m, hard sand. It is sheltered from all winds except those
between SW and W, winds from NW may raise a moderate
sea.
Port facilities
1
Anchorage is recommended in the bay during offshore

winds, in depths of 9 to 11 m, hard sand, 3 cables to
1 miles offshore. Another anchorage, sheltered from E
winds, exists 1 miles NNW of Punta Ballena, 5 cables
offshore in depths of 9 to 13 m.
9.86
Description. Bajo Solis situated between Punta de las
Animas (3448S, 5523W) and Punta del Afilar 7 miles
W. Arroyo Grande Solis empties in the W part of the bay,
1 mile in front of which are two rocks drying at LW over
which seas break constantly. Two islets lie in the middle of
the bay fringed by under-water rocks. The passage between
this bank and the coast has depths of 55 m and a bottom
of coarse sand and mud.
Berths. A small harbour within the bay consisting of W
and SW breakwaters providing berths for a Seacat with a
depth of 8 m alongside. There are moorings for small
vessels; a slipway; a travelift and a basin.
Other facilities: hotel; post and telegraph.
Supplies: available.
Bahia de Santa Rosa
9.87
Description. Bahia de Santa Rosa lies close W of Punta
Piedras Negras (3447S, 5546W); the beach of the bay is
steep-to and composed of hard sand. Anchorage can be
found in the bay, during offshore winds, in depths of 40 to
55 m, mud.
Chart 2001
Ensenada de los Pocitos

1
9.88
Description. Ensenada de los Pocitos is entered N of
Punta Trouville (34551S, 56086W), a rocky point
1 miles NNE of Punta Brava. Small vessels drawing up
to 27 m can anchor in this cove. A radio mast (red light,
34 m in height), not charted, stands on Punta Trouville.
Anchorage and service area

1
9.83
Repairs: none.
exemption certificates.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions;
Communications: airfield with flights to Buenos Aires.
9.89
An area for anchorage and support services (9.108) has
been established 4 miles NW of Practicos Recalada
Light-float (9.66) as shown on the chart.

Chart 3064
Lightening anchorages
1
9.84
D (3505S, 5514W) and A (3508S, 55 41W), for
details see 9.13.
Puerto de Piriapolis (9.90)

Ensenada del Potrero

1
9.85
Description. Ensenada del Potrero is entered between
Punta Ballena (3455S, 5503W) (9.76) and Punta Rasa,
9 miles WNW. Laguna del Sauce lies at the head of the
bay and has an outlet into it, its vicinity being subject to
inundation. The bay, which is easily identified by its beach
of white sand, is clear of dangers apart from two dangerous
wrecks lying 3 miles SW and approximately 7 miles
WSW, respectively, of Punta Ballena.
Chart 3064
Puerto de Piriapolis
1
290
9.90
Description. Ensenada de Piriapolis lies between Punta
Iman (3453S, 5517W) (9.68) and Punta de los Burros,
2 miles NNW, which is low and fringed by a reef. The
shore of the bay is formed of fine compact sand and the
seaside resort of Piriapolis stands behind the S shore of the
bay.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
A small but prominent white chapel stands on the

summit of Cerro del Ingls, 7 cables NE of Punta Iman
and there is a large, prominent hotel in Piriapolis 1 miles
N of the same point.
Berths. Puerto de Piriapolis is formed by two
breakwaters extending from the SE shore of the bay; on its
NE side there is a wharf 35 m long with a depth of 33 m
alongside. Lights are exhibited from the breakwater heads.
High speed ferries operate between Piriapolis and Buenos
Aires. See 9.213.
Supplies: provisions of all kinds.
The N shore, originally sandy with small rocky points, has

been largely industrialised and built over. Two rivers enter
the bay on its N side, between them lies the ANCAP Oil
Terminal. The E shore is backed by Ciudad de Montevideo
and fringed by numerous quays and piers; Puerto de
Montevideo lies in the SE corner of the bay.
Approach and entry

1
Chart 2001, plan Baha de Montevideo
Puerto del Buceo

1
9.91
Description. Puerto del Buceo (3455S, 5608W) is a
small port formed by a bay, enclosed by breakwaters; it is
a centre for recreational craft. A large part of the bay is
kept dredged to 30 m; the bottom is muddy sand.
Directions. The approaches are encumbered by Bajo
Coquimbo lying 1 cables ESE of the E breakwater head,
and Bajo Flores, awash, lying 1 cables ENE of the same
point. A light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored 3 cables S
of Bajo Coquimbo.
Berths. There are two wharves on the inner side of the
W breakwater with depths of 24 m alongside. Lights are
exhibited from:
E breakwater head (red square tower, 4 m in height).
W breakwater head (green metal framework tower,
8 m in height).
Yacht Club (club tower).
Supplies: fresh water; fuels.
Traffic
1
9.92
Description. A small harbour, protected by a breakwater
256 m in length with a beacon on its extremity, lies
4 cables N of Punta Brava (3456S, 5610W).
Prohibited area. See 9.69.
9.97
In 2003 the port was used by 1 390 vessels with a total
of 38 654 673 dwt.
Port Authority
1
Punta Brava
1
9.96
The port is approached from Rada Exterior, the outer
roads, which lie 6 miles SSW of Punta Santa Teresa,
through a dredged and buoyed channel. This leads N to the
entrance to Antepuerto (9.129) which is between two
breakwaters. Escollera Sarand, which extends WSW from
Punta Sarand, 2 cables WNW of Punta Santa Teresa,
forms the E side of the entrance. The W side is formed by
the S end of a detached breakwater, Escollera Oeste (9.116)
lying 1 cables W.
High speed ferries both use and cross the buoyed
channel (see 9.56).
The bay, and Rada Interior, the inner roads, can also be
entered W of Escollera Oeste, between the breakwater and
Punta Lobos, 1 miles W, where there is a navigable
width of about 7 cables.
9.98
Administracion National de Puertos, Rambla 25 de
Agosto de 1825 No 160, Montevideo.
Seaplanes
1
9.99
Seaplanes operate off Punta Ramirez (3455S,
5610W), and navigation is prohibited within 8 cables of
the point. Mariners should navigate with caution in the
area.
Limiting conditions
PUERTO DE MONTEVIDEO
Controlling depth
General information
Chart 2001
Position
1
9.93
Puerto de Montevideo (3454S, 5613W) lies within
Baha de Montevideo which is entered between Punta Santa
Teresa (3455S, 5613W) and Punta Lobos, 2 miles W.
Ciudad de Montevideo stands on the E shore of the bay
and Villa de Cerro lies on the slopes of Cerro de
Montevideo which rises from the W shore.
Function
1
9.94
Ciudad de Montevideo is the capital of Uruguay and one
of the leading cities of South America. In 2003 the
population of the city was 14 million. The city and its
suburbs, including Villa de Cerro, surround Baha de
Montevideo.
Topography
1
9.100
The approach channel inwards from the Km 135
Light-buoys is reported (2004) to be maintained at a depth
of 11 m; the Antepuerto anchorage and the main berthing
areas, Darsenas I and II, are maintained at 10 m.
Caution. It has, however, been reported (2004) that
depths significantly less than 10 m exist in the Antepuerto
(9.129) and also in Darsenas I and II (9.125) and (9.126).
It is further reported that the maintained depth in the
channel leading to Darsena Le Teja (9.127) is now about
55 m.
Mariners are advised to consult local authorities for
details.

1
9.101
Darsena I; see 9.125.
Water levels
1
9.95
The W shore of the bay is rocky and generally foul but
there are piers and quays in the vicinity of Villa de Cerro;
this shore is dominated by Cerro de Montevideo (9.114).
291
9.102
Winds from E, SE and SW raise the water level in the
bay, the increase being generally from 12 to 18 m,
occasionally 24 m and exceptionally has been known to
reach 44 m. Winds from the opposite quarters lower the
water level which sometimes falls as much as 10 m in Rio
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
de La Plata. There can be a considerable difference in

water level on opposite sides of the estuary. The rise in
level is less noticeable at Montevideo than farther out in
Rio de La Plata.
Tidal streams and currents

1
9.103
Tidal streams are only felt in Rada de Montevideo,
where they run E and W at a mean rate of 1 kn.
Currents. Strong S winds force water into the bay; 3 or
4 hours after these winds have risen the water begins to
flow out of it and causes a counter-current to run outward
around Punta Sarand.
A vessel leaving the bay on the E side after a pampero
(1.140) should proceed with caution as this wind causes a
strong SE current which is felt immediately after passing
Punta Sarand.
Cross currents of up to 2 kn have been experienced in
the dredged approach channel.
Pilots
1
9.105
The port is closed to all shipping in winds exceeding
70 km/hr (38 kts) by day and 60 km/hr (32 kts) by night.
It is closed when the visibility is reduced to 1 000 m.
3
Arrival information
1
9.106
Approach and entry to the port are affected by
Uruguayan Maritime Movement Control and Information
System, Zones Alpha and Bravo. See 9.11 and Admiralty
9.110
Compulsory. Two per vessel, on entering Antepuerto.
Weather condition affecting berthing

1
9.109
Compulsory, except for Uruguayan vessels. Pilots board
from a cutter, painted red, or from a tug, near the dredged
channel entrance buoy (3500S, 5614W).
Tugs
Maximum size of vessels handled

9.104
The maximum size of vessel using the port are LASH
vessels; LOA 272 m, beam 30 to 40 m, maximum draught
85 m.
The largest tankers to berth at ANCAP oil terminal are
LOA 242 m, beam 32 m.
Prohibited anchorage within 5 cables of the

breakwaters or any of the light-buoys marking the dredged
channel and also in the vicinity of the sewar outfall,
indicated on the chart, extending S from Punta Brava
(34563S, 56096W) (9.69).
Numerous disused submarine cables approach the
entrance to Baha de Montevideo from between E and SSE
and other submarine cables approach from between SW
and WNW; anchoring near any of these cables is
inadvisable.
9.111
Dredger signals. All vessels passing through the
dredged channel, when at a distance of 1 cables from a
dredger, must stop and sound 1 blast on the whistle or
siren and await a signal to proceed.
The dredger will indicate to a vessel that the passage is
clear, by displaying flag P of the International Code of
Signals, at the foreyard on the side on which the vessel
should pass. At night, in addition to exhibiting the lights of
a vessel not under command, the dredger will exhibit 3
white lights if the vessel should leave her to starboard and
3 red lights if she should leave her to port.
Speed. Vessels must not exceed 8 kn in the dredged
channel, 6 kn in Antepuerto and 4 kn in the inner harbour.
Towage is compulsory for any vessel unable to manoeuvre
at these speeds.
Hazardous cargo. Vessels with explosives or
inflammables on board should display flag B of the
International Code of Signals by day and 1 red light at
night. Such vessels may be required to discharge their
cargo in Antepuerto or at Rada Exterior.
Notice of ETA
1
9.107
In addition to the requirements of Uruguayan Maritime
Movement Control and Information System, notice of ETA
should be sent to the port authority 24 hours prior to
arrival.
Harbour
General layout
1
Outer anchorage
1
9.108
Rada Exterior, lying S of the dredged channel entrance
buoy (3500S, 5614W), has depths of 8 to 10 m, soft
mud.
Anchorage and Service Area, shown on the chart
centred 10 miles ESE of the Km 935 Light-buoy
(34598S, 56135W) (racon), has depths of 8 to 10 m,
soft mud. The holding ground is poor and vessels should
be anchored well clear of each other as the anchorage is
exposed to S winds which are sometimes violent. Boat
traffic is sometimes interrupted for some days at this
roadstead. Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor 5 cables W
of the line of port hand buoys of the Canal de Acceso
where the bottom is hard mud offering good holding
ground even in strong winds however it is exposed to all
winds in the S semi-circle. Vessels expecting long periods
of time in this anchorage should lay a good scope of cable.
292
9.112
Immediately within the breakwaters there is an
anchorage area, known as Antepuerto (9.129); leading from
the E side of this are three basins, one for coastal traffic
and two for ocean-going vessels. East of the basins is Zona
de Cabotage (9.131), an area for river craft. Leading NNW
from Antepuerto is a dredged channel, about 1 miles
long, leading to the oil terminal (9.127) on the N side of
the bay.
Another anchorage area, known as Rada Interior (9.130),
lies to the W of the W breakwater. There are numerous
small piers and quays on both sides of the bay.
The W side of Baha de Montevideo from Punta Lobos
(3454S, 5616W) to Darsena Le Teja (9.127) is generally
shallow; the main shipping interest is the naval dockyard at
Punta Lobos and Darsena del Frigorifico Swift (9.128),
2 cables N, a small privately owned basin for refrigerated
cargo.
Punta Lobos Naval Dockyard contains Dique la Armada,
the largest dry dock in the port. Vessels carrying
inflammables or explosives are prohibited from using this
dry dock.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Cerro de Montevideo (3453S, 5616W), conical, the

best mark for making landfall being visible for
some 30 miles in clear weather.
Storms signals
1
9.113
Weather signals are displayed from the mast of the
Meteorological Station (not charted) on Punta Sarand
(3455S, 5613W).
Principal marks
1
9.114
Landmarks:
TV tower (red light, 127 m in height) (3455S,
5611W), the upper part of the tower is painted
red and white.
9.115
Major lights:
Punta Brava Light (3456S, 5610W) (9.66).
Cerro de Montevideo Light (3453S, 5616W)
(9.66).
Directions
Approaches to Antepuerto
1
9.116
From the pilot boarding station, near the channel
entrance (3500S, 5614W), the track leads N along the
dredged channel marked by Km 935 Light-buoy (safe
water) at the entrance, thereafter by pairs of light-buoys
(lateral) spaced 1 km apart, passing (with positions from
Escollera Sarand Light (3455S, 5613W)):
Montevideo Wreck of Calpean Star (9.116)

2
Montevideo TV Tower (9.114)

2
3
Palacio Salvo (3454S, 5612W) surmounted by a

TV tower (red light).
Chimney (flare) (3452S, 5614W), situated in the
oil terminal. The flare is visible up to 25 miles;
another chimney lies 2 cables S.
E of the wreck of the Calpean Star (2 miles SSW),

of which a mast and two posts are visible, marked
by 2 light-buoys (isolated danger) and lying very
close to the W side of the channel; extensive
shoaling is reported in the vicinity of the wreck.
Thence:
Between the breakwater heads to enter Antepuerto
(9.129); Escollera Sarand extends 4 cables
WSW from the E side, a light (round metal tower,
red and white bands, elevation 22 m) is exhibited
from its head which forms the E entrance point to
the port; Escollera Oeste is a detached breakwater,
the S head of which forms the W entrance point
and from which a light (round metal tower, green
and white bands, elevation 22 m) is exhibited. This
breakwater extends 7 cables NNW and a light (red
Montevideo Antepuerto entrance from S (9.116)

293
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
framework tower) is exhibited from its N head.

Thence:
Between 2 light-buoys (3 cables N); one of these
(starboard hand) marks the NW extremity of shoal
water which lies on the N side of Escollera
Sarand; the other (special) marks the SE corner of
the Grain Trans-shipment Area (9.129). The track
then leads NE, passing:
NW of Muelle de Escala Light (red metal framework
tower, 6 m in height) (5 cables NNE), on the
SW extremity of the berth (9.123), thence:
NW of Muelle Fluvial Light (red metal framework
tower, 2 m in height) (7 cables NNE); Darsena
Fluvial (9.124) lies SE of the light. Thence the
vessel can approach Darsena I (1 mile NE) and
Darsena II (1 miles NE) to the E or proceed
NNW to the ANCAP Oil Terminal at Darsena Le
Teja (2 miles NNW).
Antepuerto to Darsenas I and II

1
9.117
From the position NW of Muelle Fluvial Light the track
leads E, passing (with positions from Muelle Fluvial Light
(3454S, 5613W)):
Between the heads of Muelle A (1 cables NE) and
Espignn A (2 cables NNE) (See view). Muelle A,
which has a light (red framework tower) at its
head, forms the SW face of Darsena I (9.125);
Espignn A, which also has a light (green
framework tower) at its head, is a spur extending
S from the W end of Dique de Cintura, a detached
breakwater protecting the harbour area. Thence:
Between the heads of Muelle B (5 cables ENE) and
Espignn B (5 cables NE). Muelle B forms the
SW face of Darsena II (9.126); Espignn B, which
has a light (green tower) at its head, is a spur
extending S from the middle of Dique de Cintura.
The berths of Zona de Cabotage (9 cables ENE) (9.131)
lie E of Darsena II and are sheltered from N by Espign F
(1 mile NE), a breakwater extending 2 cables from the E
shore of the bay; a light (red tower) is exhibited from its
head.
Antepuerto to Darsena Le Teja

1
9.118
From the position NW of Muelle Fluvial Light the track
leads NE for about 2cables until aligned with the leading
line for the channel towards Darsena Le Teja.
9.119
Leading lights:
Front light (on building) (3455S, 5613W).
Rear light (on building) (140 m SSE of front light).
The alignment astern (157) of these lights leads along
the centre of the dredged channel, passing (with positions
from the front light)):
ENE of a light-buoy (port hand) (7 cables NNW)
marking the W side of the channel entrance,
thence:
WSW of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (9 cables
NNW), on the edge of the bank on the E side of
the channel, thence:
ENE of a light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles NNW),
on the edge of the bank on the W side of the
channel.
From this point the track leads NW towards the berth
(9.127). A mole extends SE from the shore protecting the S
of the basin; a light (green tower) is exhibited from the
head of this mole.
Approaches to Rada Interior

1
9.120
Rada Interior (9.130) lies between Punta Lobos
(3454S, 5616W) and Escollera Oeste (9.116) 1 miles
farther E.
From the pilot boarding station (3500S, 5614W), the
track leads NNW keeping W of the dredged channel,
passing (with positions from Punta Lobos (3454S,
5616W)):
ENE of two wrecks (4 miles SSW), one marked by
a light-buoy (isolated danger) and the other by an
unlit buoy (isolated danger); thence:
ENE of Roca Tagus (7 cables SE), marked by
light-buoy (isolated danger); a dangerous wreck
lies 4 cables W of the light-buoy; thence:.
ENE of Piedras Biancas (2cables S), a group of
rocks, and coral on which lie several stranded
wrecks. thence:
Montevideo Harbour from WSW (9.117)

294
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
ENE of an isolated shoal (3 cables E) with many

dangerous rocks on it.
From this position the track continues NNW for about
1 cable to a position on the line of bearing 253 leading
through a buoyed channel to the naval dockyard.
West side of Baha de Montevideo

1
9.121
Punta Lobos Naval Dockyard. The entrance (3454S,
5615W) is protected on its S side by a mole extending
about 100m ESE. A rocky shoal lies 1 cable E of the
entrance. The dock can be approached either N or S of this
shoal. The S approach is deeper but the bottom is hard and
there is a strong current setting across it, especially during
S winds when the rate may exceed 2 kn. This approach is
not recommended. The N approach has a bottom of mud
and is marked by buoys.
Leading lights:
Front light (triangle on red tower, white bands)
(3454S, 5615W).
Rear light (square on red structure, white bands),
close WSW of front lightbeacon.
buoyed track, N of the rocky shoal mentioned above,
towards the dry dock entrance.

1
Arroyo Pantanoso
1
9.122
Description. This river (3453S, 5615W) flows into
the NW corner of the bay. Islote del Bizcochero, lies on
the E side of its mouth connected to the shore by a coral
reef which surrounds it. A stranded wreck lies on the W
side.
Directions. It is reached by a channel dredged to 3 m,
marked by buoys and indicated by leading marks.
Berth. A wharf close within the river mouth.
industries in the vicinity. It has a tanker berth 280 m long

with a depth of 90 m alongside and also provides berths
for vessels discharging coal and cement.
Moorings have been laid S of this basin, from which
cables extend to its S pier; during S gales vessels at this
pier can attach their moorings to these cables thus relieving
the strain on the pier structure.
9.128
Darsena del Frigorifico Swift, a small basin on the W
side of the bay, 2 cables N of Punta Lobos, for the use
of vessels carrying goods for the refrigeration plant. The
basin is 100 m long and 50 m wide at its entrance, where
there is a depth of 2 m; it is sheltered from SE winds by a
breakwater 47 m long.
9.129
Antepuerto (3454S, 5613W) is an anchorage area,
maintained at a depth of 100 m, which contains 16 berths
which are used mainly by by vessels working coal or salt
from lighters. A grain trans-shipment area, marked by a
light-buoy and buoys (special) and containing a number of
mooring buoys, is situated in the NW part of Antepuerto.
9.130
Rada Interior, lies on the W side of Escollera Oeste,
immediately W of Antepuerto and extending to Punta
Lobos, 1 miles W. It has depths of up to 45 m and
offers better shelter than Rada Exterior (9.108) but is still
somewhat exposed. Mariners intending to lie in this
roadstead for long periods are advised to moor with open
hawse SW, as this is the quarter from which the pampero
(1.140) blows with greatest force. Boat traffic can be
interrupted for some days in the roadstead.
9.131
Zona de Cabotage, 1 miles ENE of Antepuerto,
provides moorings and anchorage for coastal vessels, depths
are maintained at 50 m, but less water has been reported.
Berths
Port services
Repairs
Basins
1
9.123
Muelle Escala, a quay 288 m long with a depth of
10 m alongside, is formed by the head of Muelle Fluvial.
It is used by container vessels, but is not well sheltered;
particular attention should be paid to the moorings of
vessels lying at it.
9.124
Darsena Fluvial, between Muelle Fluvial and Muelle A,
is subject to silting and is dredged periodically to 5 m. It
is used by river craft and other light-draught vessels,
including vessels of the Uruguayan navy. The terminal for
the ferry from Buenos Aires is on Muelle A.
9.125
Darsena I, 2 cables ENE of Darsena Fluvial, lies
between Muelles A and B. It has 1092 m of quays and a
dredged depth of 100 m.
9.126
Darsena II, 2 cables ENE of Darsena I and separated
from it by Muelle B; it has 723 m of quays and a dredged
depth of 100 m.
9.127
Darsena Le Teja, 1 miles NNW of Darsena Fluvial;
contains the ANCAP Oil Terminal and serves other
9.132
Major repairs; two dry docks; two floating docks;
several slipways for smaller craft; divers; 80-tonne floating
crane.
Largest docks:
Floating Dock No 2: Length 198 m, breadth 32 m,
capacity 60 000 dwt.
Dique la Armada Dry dock: Length 141 m, breadth
186 m.
Other facilities
1
9.133
Hospitals; airport; oily waste disposal at Darsena Le
Teja; deratting and deratting exemption certificates issued.
Supplies
1
9.134
Fresh water, fuel oil at berths or by barge; fresh and dry
provisions.
Communications
1
295
9.135
All modern forms of communication are available.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
RIO DE LA PLATA SOUTHERN APPROACHES

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 1749, 556
Area covered
1
9.136
This section describes the S approaches to Rio de La
Plata. It includes details of Canal General (9.143), the main
route through the river estuary, from its entrance at
Practicos Recalada Light-float (3506S, 5558W) to Puerto
de La Plata (3451S, 5753W). It also covers the coastal
track (9.173) from Punta San Antonio (3618S, 5646W)
to Puerto de La Plata together with Directions for Puerto
de La Plata (9.201).
Topography
1
9.137
The S shore of Rio de La Plata is low and uniform
being the seaward edge of the Pampas, an immense plain
which extends to Sierra Centrales, 420 miles to the W.
Owing to the lack of landmarks and due to the shallow
banks with which this shore is fringed, navigation near it is
difficult.
Canal de la Magdalena
1
Depths
1
9.138
Throughout the inner part of Rio de La Plata estuary are
shallow. The S shore is fringed by a bank, with depths less
than 5 m, the most prominent part of which is Banco
Piedras (9.173).,
Depths off the N shore are influenced by Banco Ortiz
with least depths of 23 m over it. Its average depth about
5 m, sand and mud. It extends 50 miles SE from the N
shore of the estuary, between Punta Pavon (3432S,
5703W) and Punta San Pedro (Chart 2004), 40 miles
WNW. Its SE extremity lies NNW of the NE extremity of
Banco Piedras forming the bar of Rio de La Plata.
Canal General (9.143), the main shipping route to the
up-river ports, leads between Banco Ortiz and Banco
Piedras through a series of dredged and marked channels.
See chart 1749.
Canal de la Magdalena (9.142) runs parallel to the coast
on the S side, and is mainly used by shallow draught
vessels.
9.139
The main navigation channels are marked by lateral
buoys in accordance with IALA Region B (1.20). The
buoys are subject to frequent change and cannot be relied
upon. On chart 1749 many of the channel buoys have been
omitted to enhance clarity. Channel buoys normally carry a
kilometre reference. Some buoys referred to in this chapter
may not be marked on the chart but their approximate
position may be determined from the text and kilometre
designations on the chart (see note on chart 1749).
General information
Charts 1749, 3064
Route
1
9.141
Owing to the small range of tide the rates of tidal
streams in the estuary are usually low. In the approaches
and over Banco Ortiz (9.138) the rate does not exceed
kn, but in the main channel the rate may reach 2 kn.
See also 9.15.
9.144
See 9.137.
Depths
1
Tidal streams
1
9.143
Canal General is the name given to the channel which
forms the main approach to the ports of La Plata (3451S,
5753W) and Buenos Aires (3436S, 5822W); it is
divided into four sections.
The outer channel lies between Km 2391 Light-buoy,
moored 2 miles NNW of Practicos Recalada Light-float
(3506S, 5558W), and Km 2044 Light-buoys (lateral)
(3510S, 5621W).
Canal Punta Indio (9.161) forms its second section from
No 1 Light-buoys (lateral) (3510S, 5623W) to No 30
Light-buoys (lateral) (3501S, 5711W).
Canal Intermedio (9.162), the third section, lies between
No 30 Light-buoys to Km 87 Light-buoy (safe water)
(3449S, 5726W).
Paso Banco Chico (9.163) is a natural channel leading
from Km 87 Light-buoy, passing N of Banco Chico, to
Km 57 Light-buoy (port hand) (3444S, 5745W) NE of
Rada de La Plata, off the entrance channel leading to
Puerto de La Plata.
Topography
Hazards
9.140
Wrecks and obstructions; see 9.7.
9.142
Description. Canal de la Magdalena lies between Banco
Magdalena (3456S, 5728W) (9.175) and the shoals lying
up to the 3 miles off the Argentinian coast. The channel,
marked by light-buoys (safewater), is between 1 and
4 miles wide, and leads parallel to the coast. Vessels with
draught up to 500 m and fishing vessels can use the
channel.
CANAL GENERAL
Buoyage
1
In-going tide. During the in-going tide the following

streams are formed:
W of the beginning of Canal Punta Indio the stream
runs NW and N.
In Canal General the stream follows the axis of the
channel, while over the S and central parts of Banco Ortiz
it runs NW and W near the N part.
Out-going tide. The following streams occur during the
out-going tide:
E of a line joining Punta Piedras (3527S, 5708W)
and Punta Espinillo, 50 miles NE, the tidal stream sets
between SSE and S.
In Canal General and over Banco Ortiz the stream sets
between ESE and SE.
296
9.145
Canal General is maintained by continual dredging, and
by the passage of deep-draught vessels; in 2001 Canal
Punta Indio was dredged to 99 m and Canal Intermedio to
102 m. These depths are greatly affected by meteorological
conditions and subject to change; SEly gales may increase
water levels, and conversely strong NW winds reduce them.
The latest information regarding depths in the channel is
published fortnightly in Argentine Notices to Mariners, and
also broadcast from Argentine radio stations.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Punta Indio between Light-buoys 19 and 23 when

the depth of the river makes it advisable.
Vessels drawing less than 58 m, navigating in Ro de
La Plata, should proceed through the Privilege
Zone. They are prohibited from passing through
Canal Punta Indio.
Caution
1
9.146
Buoys in the vicinity of Bancos Ingls (9.55) and
Arquimedes (9.57) are exposed to strong S winds and are
inclined to drag.
Owing to frequent changes in the weather, the
irregularities of the currents and the lack of landmarks,
great care should be exercised when approaching the
estuary. In places banks are steep-to and channels narrow.
Soundings give little warning.
Pilotage
1
9.147
Vessels may approach Practicos Recalada Light-float
(3506S, 5558W) from seaward but pilotage is
compulsory W of the light-float; see 9.10.
Traffic regulations
1
9.148
General information. The following are extracts from
special regulations relating to Canal Punta Indio and the
Privilege Zone, see 9.149. They apply between No 1
Light-buoys (3510S, 5623W) and Km 57 Light-buoy
(3444S, 5745W) at Rada de La Plata (with positions
from Km 87 Light-buoy (3449S, 5726W):
These regulations should be strictly complied with,
except in special circumstances such as fog, risk of
collision, fire, or damage to machinery, when a vessel
should comply with Regulations for Preventing Collisions
at Sea.
9.149
Privilege Zone includes that part of Canal General
which extends 2 cables on either side of No 31
Light-buoys (14 miles SE) to No 33 (8 miles SE) and
those from Km 99 (6 miles SE) to Km 57 (16 miles
WNW), all of which are considered to be in mid-channel
except those at Km 60 (14 miles WNW).
Outward bound vessels, drawing more than 73 m,
should enter the Privilege Zone at Km 57 Light-buoy and,
if draught permits, pass S of the line of light-buoys
marking mid-channel as far as No 30 Light-buoys
(17 miles SE) at the inner end of Canal Punta Indio.
Similar vessels inward bound, after leaving No 30
Light-buoys, must pass N of the line of light-buoys if
draught permits.
9.150
Canal Punta Indio consists of the dredged and marked
channel indicated on the chart; however, as defined by
these regulations, the main channel also includes an area
extending 1 cables outside each line of light-buoys
marking the sides of this channel.
Regulations
1
9.151
Passage is controlled by the following requirements:
Vessels drawing more than 73 m, navigating in Ro
de La Plata, must proceed through the whole of
Canal General and the Privilege Zone, except in
special circumstances.
Vessels with a draught of 64 to 73 m inclusive,
must follow the main channel through Canal
General and the Privilege Zone, according to the
depth of the river.
Vessels drawing 58 m and up to, but less than,
64 m draught must follow the main channel and
the Privilege Zone, but they may only use Canal
9.152
Vessels proceeding in opposite directions:
Shall, when at a distance of not less than 1 mile
from each other, alter course to starboard; the
vessel having the current on her starboard bow
shall pass close along the line of light-buoys on
her side to allow the other vessel plenty of room.
When likely to meet abreast No 21 Light-buoys
(30 miles SE), the outward-bound vessel will
reduce speed in order to allow the inward-bound
vessel to pass these light-buoys first.
Should one of the vessels not be completely under
control then she should display the appropriate
signal and the other vessel should manoeuvre to
facilitate her passage.
Vessels proceeding in the same direction:
Are prohibited from overtaking unless the difference
in their speeds is at least 3 kn. The vessel wishing
to overtake will sound 1 long blast; the vessel to
be overtaken will acknowledge this signal by a
similar one if altering course to starboard or by
two short blasts if altering course to port. The
manoeuvre will be executed only when the
overtaken vessel complies with the request. This
vessel should also reduce speed as much as
possible in order to reduce time taken in passing.
Are prohibited from overtaking, regardless of
difference in speed, between Nos 15 and
23 Light-buoys.
Sailing vessels, whatever their draught, can only use the
channel by day and when in tow. Sailing vessel crossing
should do so without interfering with any vessel navigating
in the channel.
Tugs which have one or more vessels in tow may not
use the channel.
Right of way. Any vessel or dredger navigating in the
channel shall have right of way over any other vessel
which is outside the channel or about to enter it.
Anchoring is prohibited within the channel and
Privilege Zone. Any vessel anchored in the vicinity of
Canal Punta Indio or the Privilege Zone must display, by
day, a black ball (06 m in diameter) in a position
corresponding to the vessels riding light when at anchor.
Vessels aground may not work engines when another
vessel is passing.
Reporting. Any vessel obliged to heave-to within the
channel or the Privilege Zone should immediately broadcast
by radio an urgent signal giving her name and position.
Dredgers. Any vessel approaching a dredger working in
the channel should proceed without altering course or
speed, providing this allows sufficient time for the dredger
to leave the channel. Suction dredgers display flag W of
the International Code of Signals in a conspicuous position
between the masts.

9.153
1
297

Information System.
System (SECOSENA).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9

(CONTRASE).
For details see 9.11.

9.158
Racons on:
Km 2391 Light-buoy, moored 2 miles NNW of
Practicos Recalada Light-float see above;
Light-buoy Km 2391 moored 1 miles W of
Prcticos Recalada Light-float see above.
Km 9.35 Light-buoy (3500S, 5614W),
No 30 Light-buoy (port hand) (3502S, 5711W).
Km 81 Light-buoy (safe water) (3442S, 5730W).
Km 57 Light-buoy (port hand) (3444S, 5745W).
Km 37 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (3441S,
5759W).
Rescue
1
9.154
A life-saving station at Cabo San Antonio (3618S,
5646W) (1.154).
Buoyage
1
9.155
From Practicos Recalada Light-float the outer channel is
marked by pairs of light-buoys (lateral), see also 9.139.
Canal Punta Indio is mainly marked by similar
light-buoys moored in pairs, but in a few cases by single
light-buoys (port hand) which mark the S side of the E/W
section of the channel.
Canal Intermedio and Paso Banco Chico are marked
mainly by single light-buoys.
There are numerous uncharted light-buoys, painted
white, in the vicinity of the channels used for dredging
purposes.
Caution. The buoys and beacons within the estuary are
subject to considerable change and details shown on the
chart cannot always be relied on.
The pairs of light-buoys mark the limits of the dredged
channel, but mariners should bear in mind that the
cross-section is mainly V-shaped and therefore the
maximum depth does not extend for the full width.
Between Nos 1 and 20 light-buoys the deeper water lies S
of the centre line of the channel.
Vessels drawing over 7 m, with low-level water inlets,
should have regard to the possibility of these becoming
choked with mud.
Directions
Charts 2001, 3064
Outer approaches
1
Tidal streams
1
9.156
Certain light-buoys marking Canal General are fitted
with rudders, causing them to swing to the tidal stream,
they have white arrows painted on their sides which
indicate the direction of flow; and are also fitted with
auxiliary lights. When facing the buoy from down-stream a
red light is shown from the left side of the buoy and a
white light on the right. These lights are shown over a
sector of 60 and are separated by two sectors of 120 over
which these lights are obscured.
Tide gauges are located close E of No 32 Light-buoy
(3457S, 5715W); Km 99 Light-buoy (3453S,
5720W).
9.159
From a position SSW of Punta Piedras Negras (3447S,
5546W) the approach to Practicos Recalada Light-float
(3506S, 5558W) leads W, passing (with positions from
Practicos Recalada Light-float):
S of Km 424 Light-buoy (safe water) (6 miles
ENE), thence:
N of a light-buoy (N cardinal) (4 miles ENE),
which marks the N extremity of Banco Ingls,
thence:
To the pilot boarding stations (9.10).
Charts 2001, 1749
Outer channel
9.160
From the pilot boarding station in the vicinity of
Practicos Recalada Light-float (3506S, 5558W) the track
leads WNW for about 3 miles, passing (with positions from
the light-float):
SSW of Km 2391 Light-buoy (safe water, racon)
(2 miles NNW), thence,
Between Km 236 Light-buoys (lateral) (3 miles
WNW) marking the start of the channel which
leads WSW, thence,
Follow the buoyed channel to Km 213 Light-buoys
(14 miles WSW) whence the channel leads W,
thence:
S of a dangerous wreck (18 miles WSW) marked
by 2 light-buoys (isolated danger), thence:
Between Km 2044 Light-buoys (19 miles WSW)
marking the end of this section of the channel, and
into Canal Punta Indio.
Chart 1749
Canal Punta Indio

Principal marks
1
9.157
Major lights:
Isla de Flores Light (3457S, 5556W) (9.66).
Carrasco Aero Light (3450S, 5602W) (9.66).
(9.66).
Practicos Recalada Light-float (3506S, 5558W)
(9.66).
Cabo San Antonio Light (3618S, 5646W) (9.51).
Real de San Carlos radio mast (3427S, 5752W)
(9.222)
298
9.161
The track then continues W, passing (with positions
from Km 213 Light-buoys (3510S, 5615W)):
Between No 1 Light-buoys (lateral) (5 miles W),
marking the beginning of Canal Punta Indio, see
Regulations 9.150; thence:
Follow the buoyed channel to Nos 22 Light-buoys
(37 miles W) at the SE extremity of Banco Ortiz
(9.138) whence the channel leads NW passing
along the SW side of Banco Ortiz, thence:
NE of Oyarvide Light-tower (square tower) (3506S,
5708W) which has a tide gauge and is situated
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
close SW of the channel. A restricted area, radius

500 m, is centred on the tower. Thence:
Between Nos 30 Light-buoys (lateral) (3500S,
5712W) marking the N end of Canal Punta Indio.
Rescue
1
Canal Intermedio
1
9.162
From a position between Nos 30 Light-buoys (3500S,
5712W) the track continues NW, passing (with positions
from Km 99 Light-buoy (3453S, 5720W)):
Close to Km 31 Light-buoy (port hand) (8 miles SE),
thence following the line of buoys marking the
centre line of Canal Intermedio which leads SW of
Banco Ortiz (9.138) and NE of Banco Chico
(7 miles WNW). Two wrecks, with masts showing,
lie on Banco Chico; each is marked by a
light-buoy (isolated danger). The ruins of a tower
lie close to the NW wreck. Thence:
Close to Km 87 Light-buoy (safe water) (6 miles
NW), at the N end of Canal Intermedio.
Natural conditions
1
9.169
Tidal streams off Cabo San Antonio are affected by the
wind. In calm weather the tides are regular, but with fresh
winds from between E and S the level can rise 1 m or
more above MHWS. During winds from between W and
NE the tide will be below its normal level.
Currents off Cabo San Antonio are also affected by the
wind. They normally run N or S at rates of 1 to 3 kn, but
rates of about 5 kn have been reported when abnormal
floods occur in the river.
Principal marks
1
Paso Banco Chico

1
9.168
A life-saving station at Cabo San Antonio (3618S,
5646W) (1.51).
9.163
From a position close to Km 87 Light-buoy (3449S,
5727W) the track leads WNW, passing (with positions
from Km 57 Light-buoy (3444S, 5745W)):
Close to Km 81 Light-buoy (safe water, racon)
(13 miles ESE), thence following the line of buoys
marking the centre line of Paso Banco Chico
which leads N of Banco Chico, over which a least
depth of 3 m is charted, thence:
Between Km 60 Light-buoys (lateral) (1 miles E),
thence:
Close to Km 57 Light-buoy (port hand, racon) at the
N end of Paso Banco Chico, thence the track leads
W to the pilot boarding area at Rada de Puerto de
La Plata (5 miles W).
9.170
Major lights
(9.77).
Punta Piedras Light (white truncated pryamidal tower,
(9.222)
Useful mark
1
9.164
La Toma water tower (3449S, 5754W).
(Directions continue for entrance to
Puerto de La Plata at 9.201, and for
Approaches to Puerto de Buenos Aires at 9.253)
CABO SAN ANTONIO TO PUERTO DE LA

PLATA
General information
Punta Piedras Light (9.170)
Charts 1749, 3064
Route
1
9.165
From a position E of Cabo San Antonio (3618S,
5646W) the route leads NW for about 125 miles to a
position NE of Puerto de La Plata (3451S, 5753W).
Topography
1

1
9.166
See 9.137.
Depths
1
9.167
There is a minimum depth of about 58 m (18 ft) in the
fairway, but there are isolated depths of 37 to 52 m (12 to
17 ft) between 11 miles NE of Cabo San Antonio and
18 miles ESE of Punta Piedras; see also 9.145.
299
9.171
Racons on:
Km 9.35 Light-buoy (3500S, 5614W),
5759W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Punta Atalaya Light (radio tower 31 m high) all

stand close to the point. The ground rises slightly
in the vicinity of the town of Magdalena. Two
towers of its church are prominent but obscured by
trees on some bearings. Thence:
Directions
Charts 3064, 3065

9.172
Caution. Effects of abnormal refraction cause objects
near the horizon to have a false elevation. Estimations of
distance may be unreliable.
Cabo San Antonio to Punta Piedras

1
9.173
From a position E of Cabo San Antonio (3618S,
5646W), and clear of a wreck with a swept depth of
85 m (28 ft), 37 miles E, the track leads NW for about
60 miles, passing (with positions from Punta Piedras Light
(3527S, 5708W)):
NE of Banco San Augustin, (54 miles SSE) over the
outer edge of which the seas break, even in calm
weather; it lies 2 miles NE of Punta Rasa (9.52),
but is reported to have extended N and NW of its
charted position. A stranded wreck lies 1 miles
NW of the bank. The track continues NW across
the mouth of Baha Samborombn (9.177). Thence:
NE of Banco del Cabo (48 miles SSE), depth 2 m
(6 ft), composed of hard sand and shell,
moderately steep-to on its N side and on which the
sea breaks in fresh winds. Banco del Tuy lies
2 miles S, a drying bank over which the sea
always breaks (see also 9.178). It is reported
(2003) that Banco del Cabo has extended
7 cables NE, and Banco Tuy 3 miles WNW
with a new bank 1 miles SW. Thence:
NE of Banco Piedras which extends up to 20 miles
NE of Punta Piedras, a low and indeterminate
point, composed of tufa. Tufa, known locally as
tosca, is a species of compact, friable sandstone
giving the appearance of hardened clay. A
prominent wood grows on the point. Two stranded
wrecks lies close to the shore SE of Punta Piedras.
Caution. Several dangerous wrecks, some unmarked but
indicated on the chart, may be encountered on this track.
Useful mark
1
9.174
Toledo Light (3618S, 5647W) (9.52).
Chart 1749
Punta Piedras to Rada de Puerto de La Plata

1
9.175
From a position NE of Punta Piedras (3527S,
5708W) the track continues NW, passing (with positions
from Punta Atalaya Light (3501S, 5732W)):
NE of a dangerous wreck (30 miles SE), marked by a
light-buoy (isolated danger); another dangerous
wreck, the position of which is approximate, lies
6 cables SSW, thence:
NE of a dangerous wreck (28 miles ESE), marked by
a light-buoy (isolated danger), thence:
NE of Punta Indio (20 miles SE), a low and
indeterminate point, with a naval air station
situated inland from the point, thence:
NE of a stranded wreck (16 miles ESE) marked by a
Either side of a light-buoy (safe water) (16 miles E)
marking the beginning of Canal de la Magdalena
(9.142). Thence:
NE of Punta Atalaya, low, covered with trees. A red
brick building with a prominent chimney and
Atalya antenna (9.175)

5
300
Clear of Banco Magdalena (7 miles NE), on which is

a wreck with mast showing marked by a
light-buoy (S cardinal). A tide gauge is situated
close NW of the buoy. And:
Clear of Banco Chico (11 miles NNE), described at
9.162; thence:
NE of Punta Blanca (9 miles WNW), a steep point
covered with trees.
From this position the track continues NW to the pilot
boarding area at Rada de La Plata (23 miles NW).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Useful mark
1
Rivers and anchorages
9.176
(Directions continue for entrance to
Puerto de La Plata at 9.201, and for
approaches to Puerto de Buenos Aires at 9.253)

Charts 3064, 3065
Bahia Samborombon
1
9.177
General information. Baha Samborombn is entered
between Punta Rasa (3617S, 5647W) (9.52) and Punta
Piedras (9.173), 54 miles NNW. Along the shores of the
bay are the mouths of several canals and rivers some of
which can be entered by small craft.
There are several dangerous wrecks, mostly unmarked
but indicated on the chart, in the bay.
Tidal streams within about 4 miles of the shore
generally follow the direction of the coast with rates of
about to 1 kn. Winds from between W and N increase
the duration of the out-going stream and reduce the height
of the tide; winds from between SE and SW increase the
duration of the in-going stream and increase the height of
the tide. The configuration of the shore and the banks off it
cause variation in the direction and rate of tidal streams
even in places close to each other.
During the in-going tide the stream:
N of Banco del Cabo (3612S, 5649W) runs WSW,
mean rate 1 kn.
About 5 miles off the entrance to Canal 9 (3608S,
5717W) runs WSW; or N, NW or NE with fresh
winds from SE, S or SW; maximum rate 1 kn.
Farther offshore from Canal 9 runs WNW.
About 10 miles off Rio Salado (3545S, 5722W)
runs NNE; or N with winds from WNW; mean
rates kn.
Farther offshore from Rio Salado runs N, mean rate
kn.
During the out-going tide the stream:
N of Banco del Cabo runs E; mean rate 1 kn.
About 5 miles off Canal 9 runs S to SE with winds
from E or NE; NE to E with winds from NW, W
or SW; maximum rate 1 kn.
Farther offshore from Canal 9 runs ESE.
About 10 miles off Rio Salado runs SSW; mean rates
kn.
Farther offshore from Rio Salado runs S, mean rate
1 kn.
9.178
Anchorages. The best anchorage is about 5 miles
offshore between the entrance to Canal 9 (3608S,
5717W) and Rio Salado, 24 miles N; depths of 55 m,
firm clay and sand, very good holding ground. The swell
here is not dangerous even in SE winds, however in gales
from this direction a better berth can be found 8 miles E
of the entrance to Canal 9 in a depth of 6 m (19 ft).
There are two berths suitable for coastal vessels in Bahia
San Clemente which lies W of Punta Rasa (3617S,
5647W) (9.52). The outer berth lies 6 cables N of the
point, depth 45 m, chalky bottom, good holding ground;
the inner berth lies 4 cables W of the point, depth 27 m
(9 ft), soft mud.
Caution. Banco del Cabo and Banco del Tuy have
extended NE and WNW respectively, see 9.173.
9.179
Several rivers and canals enter the bay as detailed
below: (with positions from San Antonio Light (3618S,
5646W)):
Arroyo San Clemente (2 miles S) flows into the head
of Bahia San Clemente, see 9.178; its mouth almost dries
but there are depths of about 1 m (3 ft) within it. The
entrance to the river is a fishing harbour and is marked by
a light-beacon and some poles.
Rio de Aj (7 miles WSW) has a bar almost 2 miles in
extent which almost dries, but there are depths of about
37 m (12 ft) within it. Pueblo General Lavalle stands on
the E bank of the river about 4 miles above its mouth. A
light (metal mast, 5 m in height) is situated 5 cables off
the river mouth; a beacon (radar reflector) lies 1 mile N of
the light, with a dangerous wreck situated about 1 mile
further N.
Canal 1 (17 miles W) has a least depth of 03 m (1 ft)
at the entrance, but there are depths of 12 (4 ft) m within
it; boats entering should pass close E of a T-shaped perch.
Canal 9 (27 miles WNW), whose entrance dries, has
depths of up to 18 m (6 ft) within it.
Canal 15 (36 miles NW), whose entrance dries, has
depths of up to 12 m (4 ft) within it.
Rio Salado (45 miles NW) has depths of 03 m (1 ft)
over the bar but greater depths within it; the river is used
at HW by fishing vessels up to 25 m draught. Rio Salado
Light (orange metal column, 6 m in height) stands on the
N bank of the river, and a group of buildings on the S
bank form a good mark.
Rio Samborombn (46 miles NW) has a bar that dries
but can be entered at HW by boats drawing up to 12 m.
A white house standing on the S bank helps identify the
entrance.
Anchorage
Lightening anchorages
1
9.180
B (3532S, 5633W) and C (3602S, 5634W); for
details see 9.13. There are areas of foul ground in both
these anchorages (see 9.7).
PUERTO DE LA PLATA
General information
Charts 3561, 1751, 1749
Position
1
9.181
Puerto de La Plata (3451S, 5753W) stands on the S
shore of the Rio de La Plata estuary.
Function
1
301
9.182
The name La Plata applies to a conurbation
comprising Puerto de La Plata; Ciudad de La Plata, situated
6 km SW; and the towns of Berisso and Ensenada
situated close E and W of the port.
Ciudad de La Plata is the capital of the Province of
Buenos Aires and in 1991 had a population of 542 567.
The port is a major meat exporting centre, has a large oil
refinery, a steel mill, and is the main base of the Argentine
Navy.
For the purpose of furthering port growth the provincial
government recently declared the area a freeport and
business park providing facilities for developing industry
and creating jobs.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Topography
1
Notice of ETA
9.183
The land in the vicinity of La Plata is low and
featureless.
Approach and entry

1
9.184
The port is approached from Km 57 Light-buoy (port
hand) (3444S, 5745W) at the N end of Canal Banco
Chico (9.163) and entered through Canal Acceso, a dredged
channel 2 miles long, protected by moles on either side.
Caution. Tides flow across the Rada La Plata along the
axis SE/NW and can seriously effect navigating therein.
The effect of each tide continues for about half an hour
after the times of HW and LW.
Outer anchorage
1
Traffic
1
9.185
In 2003 the port was used by 255 vessels with a total of
6 380 821 dwt.
9.186
Administracion Portuaria Bonarense, Gaggino e Italia
s/n, 1 Piso, 1925 Ensenada, Buenos Aires.
Limiting conditions
9.188
Muelle Propulsora Siderugica is the deepest, 90 m,
Gran Dock is longest, 1274 m; see 9.203.
Mean tidal levels

1
9.196
Compulsory. The berthing pilot will take over from the
river pilot in the Pilot Boarding Area (3445S, 5751W)
as designated on the chart. Vessels should avoid waiting in
the area of the gas pipeline (9.195).
Tugs

1
9.195
In the area of a former degaussing range (3452S,
5748W), and in the vicinity of the gas pipeline extending
NNE from the shore in position 3449S, 5758W, see 9.8.
Pilotage
Controlling depth
9.187
The controlling depth and width in Canal Acceso were
reported (2004) to be 823 m (27 ft) and 50 m respectively;
in Gran Dock they were reported (2003) to be 854 m
(28 ft) and 50 m respectively; the channel is subject to
silting. Details of the controlling depth,are broadcast by the
port radio station and promulgated in Argentine Notices to
Mariners.
9.194
There are two designated anchorages, indicated on the
chart, (with positions from the E Breakwater head
Light-beacon (3448S, 5752W)):
Naval anchorage (2 miles ENE), reserved for
Argentine Navy vessels.
Cargo Lightening Area (5 miles ENE) which has a
dangerous wreck in its S part.
Caution. Vessels frequently drag anchor during strong
winds associated with Sudestadas and Pamperos
(see 1.140).
Prohibited anchorages
1
Port authority
9.193
Requests for Puerto de La Plata pilots should be placed
by the ships agent before 1700 hrs on the day before the
vessels arrival.
9.189
MHHW 15 m; MLLW 05 m.
9.197
Compulsory for all vessels over 300 tonnes:
Power vessels entering the port must employ one tug
as far as Ro Santiago (3451S, 5753W) and
two tugs (forward and aft) beyond that.
All movement within the port must be conducted with
the use of two tugs.
Vessels which can turn in Gran Dock (9.203), with
two tugs, are permitted to do so without
proceeding to the turning basin at its S end.
Towage is not compulsory for vessels shifting a short
distance along a wharf.
Vessels of less than 300 tonnes may manoeuvre in
the interior of the port with one tug only. They do
not require a tug if proceeding to Dique de
Cabotaje (9.203).

1
9.190
Regulations limit size to LOA 215 m, breadth 30 m and
draught 915 m. Vessels over 200 m LOA can only
manoeuvre in daylight.
Harbour
General layout
1
Arrival information
9.191
1

System (SECOSENA).
(CONTRASE).
9.198
Berths lie on either side of Canal de Entrada and Gran
Dock (9.203), which are continuations of Canal Acceso, the
entrance channel. There is a turning basin at the head of
Gran Dock.
Ro Santiago (9.203) crosses the junction between Canal
Acceso and Canal de Entrada at Cuatro Bocas (34511S,
57533W). The main channel of this river, leading W, is
marked by buoys and lights; several canals lead off it,
including those to the naval base, 5 cables W of Cuatro
Bocas.
Traffic signals
Port radio
1
9.192
302
9.199
The following traffic signals are displayed from the
signal station (3450S, 5752W):
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
A black square flag at the W yard-arm indicates that

a vessel has been sighted.
A yellow flag at the dip on the E yard-arm indicates
that a vessel is entering; a similar flag at the W
yard-arm indicates that a ship is leaving.
A red flag at the E yard-arm indicates that a vessel
requires assistance.
A red flag at the dip on the W yard-arm indicates
that the channel is blocked.
Tidal information signals

1
9.200
Daytime tidal information is transmitted at 5 minutes
past each hour on VHF.
At night the following signals are exhibited from the
semaphore tower (34496S, 57524W):
One long white flash indicates tide is rising.
Two short white flashes indicates tide is falling.
One long red flash for each metre and 1 short red
flash for each 10 cm above zero.
One long green flash for each metre and 1 short
green flash for each 10 cm below zero.
One short red flash followed by 1 short green flash
indicates zero.
The period of each signal is 30 seconds.
Berths
Alongside berths
1
Directions
(continued from 9.164 Canal General
or 9.176 Coastal route)
6
Canal de Acceso
1
9.201
From the pilot boarding area (3445S, 5751W) the
track leads S, passing (with positions from the E
Breakwater head Light-beacon (3448S, 5752W)):
Clear of the several wrecks and obstructions,
indicated on the chart and marked by light-buoys,
which lie between the S limit of the pilot boarding
ground and the breakwater heads; thence:
Between the breakwater heads at Km 7660, marked
by light-beacons (9.202), to enter Canal de Acceso.
The track leads SSW following the channel which
leads between the breakwaters. The breakwaters
themselves cover and uncover; the limits of the
channel are marked by light-beacons (lateral).
Thence:
E of Km 2505 Light-beacon (starboard hand)
(3 miles SSW), thence to Cuatro Bocas
(3 miles SSW) (9.198) from whence a track
continues SSW to Canal de Entrada (9.203) and
Gran Dock (4 miles SSW) (9.203). Ro Santiago
(9.203) leads WNW to Canal Intermedio (3 miles
SSW) and the Naval Base; the upper reaches of
Ro Santiago lead ESE from Cuatro Bocas.
9.202
Useful marks:
E Breakwater head Light-beacon (port hand)
(3448S, 5752W).
W Breakwater head Light-beacon (starboard hand)
(3448S, 5752W).
9.203
Canal de Entrada, is quayed on both sides:
W side a quay 307 m long with alongside depths of 37
(12 ft); depths of 61 m (20 ft) can be found 15 m off the
quayside.
E side two quays for refrigerated products one 432 m
long, the second 288 m long, both with depths of 76 m
(25 ft) alongside.
Gran Dock is a continuation of Canal de Entrada and is
used only for tankers. It has 1270 m of quays on each
side, with alongside depths of 73 to 88 m (24 to 29 ft).
Darsena de Maniobras, at the head of Gran Dock, is a
turning basin 243 m long by 228 m wide. Vessels too long
to use this basin are turned in Cuatro Bocas, controlling
diameter 280 m, and enter Gran Dock stern-first.
Canal Oeste lies parallel to and W of Canal de Entrada
and Gran Dock. It extends 4 miles to Ciudad de La Plata.
A quay, for LPG carriers, lies on the E side of the
canal, close within its entrance. It is 650 m long with
depths of 37 m (12 ft) alongside. Depths of 61 m (20 ft)
exists 10 m off the quay.
Dique de Cabotaje, a basin for river craft drawing up to
15 m (5 ft), lies at the S end of the canal.
Canal Este lies parallel to and E of Canal de Entrada
and Gran Dock. It is no longer navigable.
Ro Santiago crosses Canal Acceso at rightangles.
A quay 372 m long, fitted with tanks for the reception
of liquid chemicals, lies on the S side of the river between
the entrances to Canal Entrada and Canal Oeste. It has
depths of 61 m (20 ft) alongside and 82 m (27 ft) can
be found 10 m off the quay. Disused grain silos stand on
the quay.
Muelle Propulsora Siderugica lies on the S side of Ro
Santiago, 2 miles WNW of Cuatro Bocas. The quay,
154 m long with alongside depths of 9 m (29 ft), serves
a large steel mill; it is approached through a channel,
dredged to 9 m (29 ft), leading through the W part of
the river and marked by buoys and lights. The berth can
accommodate vessels up to 215 m LOA.
Ro Santiago Shipyard, a naval dockyard, lies on the S
side of the river, 5 cables WNW of Cuatro Bocas. It has 3
building slips and a fitting-out basin with 475 m of quays
and depths of 73 m (24 ft) alongside. There are 3 small
floating docks, see 9.204.
The Naval Base lies on the N side of Ro Santiago.
Canal Intermedio lies within the base 2 cables W of, and
parallel to, Canal de Acceso; it has a quay on its W side,
970 m long, with alongside depths of up to 61 m (20 ft).
Canal de Reparaciones lies 1 cables W of, and parallel
to, Canal Intermedio; it has a quay on its E side 330 m
long, depth 30 m (10 ft); on its W side lies the Argentine
naval college. An irregularly shaped basin on the W side of
the college is for small craft. All these facilities are
normally reserved for ships of the Argentine Navy.
Port services
Repairs
1
303
9.204
Major repairs; three floating docks at the Rio Santiago
Shipyard, the largest, with a lifting capacity of
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
12 000 tonnes, for vessels up to 173 m LOA, 262 m

breadth; 81 m draught; divers and salvage equipment.
Supplies
1
9.206
Fresh water; provisions; fuel oils.
Facilities
1
9.205
Hospitals; limited oily waste disposal; deratting and
Communications
1
9.207
Buenos Aires international airport.
RIO DE LA PLATA ESTUARY

Hazards
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3561, 1749
Area covered
1
9.208
This section describes the inner reaches of the Rio de La
Plata estuary; on the N side from Baha de Montevideo
(3500S, 5614W) to Puerto de Colonia (3428S,
5751W); on the S side from Baha de La Plata (3445S,
5753W) to Puerto de Buenos Aires (3436S, 5822W).
Directions are also given for Puerto de Buenos Aires.
Topography
1
9.209
The N coastline, between Baha de Montevideo and
Puerto de Colonia, consists mainly of sandy cliffs or
beaches backed by dunes; see 9.215.
The S coastline between La Plata and Buenos Aires is
generally low and subject to inundation; see 9.246.
Depths
1
9.210
Throughout this part of the estuary are shallows. The
main shipping routes being through dredged channels. For
depths in the main shipping channels see the table on
Charts 1749 and 3561.
Two shoals dominate the area; Banco Ortiz, described at
9.138; and Playa Honda, an extensive bank formed by
sediment deposited over the whole of the NW part of Rio
de La Plata by Ros Uruguay and Paran. Its S edge lies
roughly along a line joining the ports of Buenos Aires and
Colonia, where it has depths of 46 to 64 m and shoals
gradually into the delta of Ro Paran. Mariners are
cautioned that passage across Playa Honda can be
adversely affected by bad weather and that postponement is
recommended during such conditions.
BAHA DE MONTEVIDEO TO RADA DE

COLONIA
Buoyage
1
9.211
buoys in accordance with IALA Region B (1.20). The
buoys are subject to frequent change and can not be relied
upon. On charts 1749 and 3561 many of the channel buoys
have been omitted to enhance clarity. Channel buoys
normally carry a kilometre reference. Some buoys referred
to in this chapter may not be marked on the chart but their
approximate position may be determined from the text and
kilometre designations on the chart (see notes on charts).
General information
Charts 3561, 1749, 2004, 2001
Routes
1
Exercise area
1
9.213
High Speed Ferry Routes. Mariners are warned of
daily high-speed ferry traffic, in excess of 30 kts, between
Buenos Aires and Montevideo, Piriapolis and Colonia.
From Puerto de Buenos Aires (9.255) to Montevideo
(9.93) and Piriapolis (9.90) the route from Ante Puerto
Norte follows a track N of the main buoyed channels
passing:
Across Canal Emilio Mitre (10.45) in the vicinity of
Km 14, thence:
Across the S end of Barra del Faralln (9.224) in the
vicinity of Km 414, thence:
For Montevideo pass N of Bajo La Panela (3454S,
5627W) (9.226), thence:
To the vicinity of Km 2 of Puerto de Montevideo
Access Channel (9.96), or;
For Piriapolis pass S of Bajo La Panela, thence:
Across Puerto de Montevideo Access Channel in the
vicinity of Km 6, thence:
S of Isla de Flores (9.69), and thence to the
approaches to Piriapolis.
In adverse weather an inshore route N of Isla de
Flores may be taken.
From Buenos Aires to Colonia (9.234) the track
departs from the above route from Buenos Aires at Km 14
of Canal Emilio Mitre, thence:
E to position 3436S, 5808W, thence:
ENE to cross Paso del Faralln (9.224) between Km
58 and 601.
Care should be taken when crossing these routes, see
also notes on the charts and the Admiralty Annual Notices
to Mariners.
9.212
A firing practice area, marked on the chart, extends SW
from Punta Lobos (3454S, 5616W).
304
9.214
The routes consist of two channels between Baha de
Montevideo (3500S, 5614W) and Puerto de Colonia
(3428S, 5751W).
The deepest and main channel passes SW of Banco
Ortiz, through Canal General described at 9.143. It then
continues WNW to Km 414 Light-buoys (3440S,
5758W) at the entrance to Barra del Faralln, a dredged
channel which leads N, passing W of Banco Ortiz, and
from which Rada de Colonia can be approached.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
The other is a natural channel, Paso Norte (9.226),

which follows the N shore of Rio de La Plata, passing NE
of Banco Ortiz then crossing the N part of the bank to
Rada de Colonia.
Principal marks
1
Topography
1
9.215
The coast between Baha de Montevideo and Punta
Espinillo, 10 miles WNW, consists of a series of low,
rocky points. Punta Espinillo forms the E entrance point to
Ro Santa Luca (9.229) and Punta Tigre, 8 miles farther
WNW forms the W entrance point.
Between Punta Tigre and Punta San Gregorio, 14 miles
WNW, the coast is composed of sandy cliffs 20 to 30 m
high; it then forms a sandy beach backed by dunes, some
up to 40 m high, as far as Arroyo Cufr 23 miles NW.
Sand-dunes continue to be a feature as far as Punta
Sauce, 14 miles W of Arroyo Cufr; the remainder of the
coast to Puerto de Colonia, 20 miles farther W, is
composed of rocky points separated by coves.

1
Depths
1
9.216
Minimum depths in Barra del Faralln (9.224), and its
extension Paso de Faralln (10.20), are promulgated
fortnightly in Argentine Notices to Mariners. For the main
shipping channels see the tables on charts 3561 and 1749,
but shoaler depths may exist. See also 9.218.
Paso Norte can only be used by coastal craft as there
are depths of 37 m off the mouth of Arroyo Cufr
(3427S, 5709W) and near Rocas de las Pipas (3429S,
5741W) when the river is low.
9.221
Landmarks:
Radio tower (grey metal framework, red lights, 84 m
in height) (3428S, 5751W).
Chimney (red and white bands, 39 m in height)
(3428S, 5750W).
Tank (3428S, 5750W).
9.222
Major lights:
(9.66).
(9.77).
117 m (384 ft) high.
9.223
Racons on:
Km 9.35 Light-buoy (3500S, 5614W),
Light-buoy Km 2391 which lies 1 miles W of
Prcticos Recalada Light-float see above.
5759W).
Pilotage
1
9.217
Compulsory, see 9.10.
Directions
Canal General and Barra del Faralln

Traffic regulations
1
9.218
Information on the maximum draughts and other
restrictions in the channels may be obtained from the
Argentine Traffic Control and Safety System (CONTRASE)
and the Uruguayan Maritime Movement Control and
Information System.
See 9.11 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).

9.219
1

Information System.
System (SECOSENA).
(CONTRASE).
Volume 6(5).
Rescue
1
9.220
Life-saving stations at:
Rio Santa Luca (3450S, 5626W) (9.229).
Puerto Sauce (3427S, 5726W) (9.232).
Puerto de Colonia (3428S, 5750W) (9.234), (see
also 1.51).
305
9.224
From Baha de Montevideo (3500S, 5614W) the track
leads ESE for about 14 miles to Practicos Recalada
Light-float (3506S, 5558W) (9.77).
If approaching Practicos Recalada Light-float directly
from seawards follow the Directions for Outer approaches,
at 9.159.
From the light-float follow the Directions for the outer
channel, at 9.160; Canal Punta Indio, at 9.161; Canal
Intermedio, at 9.162; and Paso Banco Chico, at 9.163, to a
position close to Km 57 Light-buoy (3444S, 5745W),
thence the track leads WNW, passing (with positions from
Km 37 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (3441S, 5759W)):
NNE of Puerto de La Plata pilot boarding area
(7 miles SE), and:
SSW of Km 50 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(7 miles WSW). A dangerous wreck marked by a
light-buoy and a buoy (isolated danger) lies
7 cables N. Thence:
SSW of Km 39 Light-buoy (S cardinal) (1 miles
ESE).
From this position the track leads N to the entrance to
Barra del Faralln at Km 414 Light-buoys (lateral)
(8 cables NE), thence N and NNE following the buoyed
channel, passing:
NNE), whence the buoyed channel becomes Paso
del Faralln (10.20) leading NNW then N along
the E side of Playa Honda (9.210), passing:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Between Km 601 Light-buoys (lateral), moored

1 miles SW of Isla Faralln (3429S, 5755W),
which is rocky and wooded and surrounded by
reefs; a group of rocks awash lie 4 cables NNE; a
light (white round masonry tower and dwelling) is
exhibited from the islet. From this position Rada
de Colonia, 4 miles ENE, can be approached.
Faralln Island and Light-tower from SW (9.224)

9.225
Useful mark:
Colonia Light (3429S, 5751W) (9.242).
Entrance to Puerto de Colonia at 9.240)
Paso Norte
1
9.226
Montevideo to Punta Pavn.
From Baha de Montevideo (3500S, 5614W) the track
leads WNW, passing (with positions from Piedra del
Arriero (3448S, 5625W)):
SSW of Punta Lobos (10 miles SE) (9.112) and clear
of 2 wrecks (12 miles SE), marked by a buoy and
a light-buoy (isolated danger); thence:
Clear of a 48 m wreck (9 miles SSE), marked by a
light-buoy (isolated danger); Punta Yeguas lies
2 miles NNE. An aero light (metal tower, 182 m
in height) is situated 3 miles NW of the point.
Thence:
Clear of Bajo La Panela (7 miles SSW), a group of
four drying rocks. Bajo La Panela Light (white
GRP tower, red bands, concrete base) is exhibited
from the bank. A dangerous wreck, marked by a
light-buoy (isolated danger) lies 1 mile W of the
light. Thence:
SSW of Punta Espinillo (2 miles SSW) a low, rocky
point; a reef, marked by Punta Espinillo
Light-buoy (starboard hand), extends 5 cables W
of it; thence:
SSW of Banco de Santa Lucia (7 miles W), a
sandbank extending 5 miles S from Punta Tigre,
marked by Banco Santa Lucia Light-buoy
(S cardinal). A dangerous wreck (mast visible) lies
1 miles W of the light-buoy. Four buoys (green,
conical) mark an area where sand is dredged from
the bank.
From this position the track continues WNW then NW,
passing:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (15 miles W), thence:
SSW of Punta San Gregorio (21 miles WNW), a dark
bluff about 30 m high, on the summit of which
stand several houses; thence:
306
SW of Banco Jess Maria (23 miles WNW) which

extends 3 miles SSE from a point of the same
name and is marked by a light-buoy (S cardinal); a
wreck, mast visible, lies 1 miles W of the buoy,
thence:
SW of Banco Arazati Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(3433S, 5704W), distant 1 mile, which marks
the edge of a bank extending 1 miles SW of
Punta Pavn. A detached jetty, with a disused silo
on its outer end, lies 600 m from the coast 1 mile
NW of Punta Pavn.
9.227
Punta Pavn to Rada de Colonia.
From SW of Banco Arazati Light-buoy, distant 1 mile,
the track continues NW, passing (with positions from
Puerto Sauce Light (3426S, 5727W)):
SW of the light-buoy (starboard hand) (13 miles
ESE) lying 1 miles SW of the mouth of Arroyo
Cufr (9.230), whence the track leads W, thence:
S of Punta Rosario Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(6 miles ESE) moored 1 miles SE of Punta
Rosario a low, rocky point which is difficult to
identify; thence:
S of a light-buoy (safe water) moored off the
entrance of the channel to Ro Rosario, which has
a maintained depth of 3 m and is navigable to
Puerto Concordia, 10 miles above the entrance; a
stranded wreck lies 7 cables ENE of the light-buoy,
thence:
S of Piedras del Sauce Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(1 miles SSE); Puerto Sauce Light (red tower) is
exhibited from the W end of the breakwater
protecting the port. Thence:
S of Punta Artilleros (4 miles WSW) which rises to
an elevation of 50 m and is fringed by drying
rocks extending up to 4 cables S. Punta
Artilleros Light-buoy (starboard hand) lies
1 miles S of the point and marks the Paso Norte
channel. Muelle Platero, a jetty, lies 5 miles WNW
of Punta Artilleros; a dangerous wreck marked by
a buoy (isolated danger), and a stranded wreck
marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger), lie
1 miles SE and 2 miles SSE respectively of
Muelle Platero. Thence:
S of Rocas de las Pipas (11 miles WSW), which
consist of 2 groups of drying rocks, the outer
group marked by a light-buoy (S cardinal). And:
S of Roca Barriles which lies 1 miles WSW of
Rocas de las Pipas Light-buoy. Thence:
Caution. A submarine gas pipeline crosses the track
1 mile ESE of Rocas de las Pipas, see 9.8.
S of Punta Negra (34285S, 57466W), a rocky
point with dangers extending up to 4 cables SW
of it; Canal del Norte continues W towards Puerto
de Colonia, passing N of Banco de los Pescadores
on the N side of Banco Ortiz (9.138).
9.228
Useful marks:
Colonia Light (3429S, 5751W) (9.242).
Puerto Franco, Breakwater E Head, Light (green
square metal tower) (3429N, 5750W).
Puerto Franco, Breakwater W Head, Light (red square
metal tower, 5 m in height) (3429N, 5751W).
(Directions for entering Puerto de Colonia
continue at 9.242)
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
leading to a wooden pier at its root with alongside depth of

4 m (13 ft).

Chart 1749
Arroyo Riachuelo
Rio Santa Luca

1
9.229
Description. The mouth of Rio Santa Luca, NNE of
Punta Espinillo (3450S, 5626W) (9.226) is much
encumbered by banks. It is divided into two channels by
Isla del Tigre.
The S channel is marked by buoys and can be used by
small craft; the limits of drying rocks at its entrance are
marked by Piedra del Arriero Light (red metal tower on
concrete base), situated 2 miles NNE of Punta Espinillo.
The channel is about 1 cables wide between the S side
of the island and Punta Pajonal.
Ciudad de Santiago Vasquez stands 3 miles from the
entrance, on the S bank of the river, where it is spanned by
a swing road bridge.
Vessels transiting the bridge should obtain confirmation
of opening times locally and must pass N of the swing
pillar. Air draught of the bridge closed is 74 m above zero
mark on the tide-gauge at Santiago Vasquez
Puerto de Colonia
Chart 2004 plan of Approaches to Puerto de Colonia
General information
1
2
Arroyo Cufr
1
9.230
Description. A small private port lies in the vicinity of
Arroyo Cufr (3427S, 5709W). A channel dredged to
4 m leads to its entrance which is formed by two
breakwaters. A light-buoy (special), lies 2 miles SE of the
river mouth.
Arroyo del Rosario

1
9.231
Description. Arroyo del Rosario enters Rio de La Plata
on the NW side of Punta Rosario (3426S, 5721W)
(9.227). The river is navigable for a distance of about
15 miles. A channel dredged to 27 m leads to Ciudad de
Rosario, 7 miles from its entrance.
The entrance channel, 50 m wide, is dredged to 3 m;
the outer reach leads 049 for about 8 cables and the inner
reach 067 for about 3 cables to the river mouth. The river
entrance is marked by lights on the S bank (red metal
framework tower), and on the N bank (green metal
framework tower). The N bank light stands in line with the
axis of the outer reach of the channel, the edges of which
are indicated by pairs of leading beacons standing near the
light structure. A light-buoy (safe water) is moored 1 mile
WSW of Punta Rosario.
Chart 1749 (see 1.14)
9.232
Description. Puerto Sauce is situated on the NW side of
Punta Sauce (3427S, 5726W) and is the port for Ciudad
de Rosario (9.231).
It can be identified by buildings and several prominent
chimneys at Pueblo Juan Lacaze on Punta Sauce. A
breakwater extends 5 cables W from the point and a light
(9.227) is exhibited from the breakwater head. Another
light (green beacon) is exhibited from the head of Escollera
de Cierre 4 cables NE of the breakwater light. Piedras del
Sauce Light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored 1 mile SSE
of Punta Sauce. Sand dunes over 30 m (100 ft) high rise
1 miles NW of the town.
A channel with a least charted depth of 33 m (11 ft),
runs parallel to and about 1 cable N of the breakwater,
9.234
Position. Ciudad de Colonia (3428S, 5750W) stands
on a promontory the N shore of Rio de La Plata.
Function. The town is a seaside resort with a population
of about 19 000. There are two harbours, Puerto Franco on
the S of the promontory being the more important; Puerto
Comercial, the old harbour on the NW of the promontory,
is used mainly by yachts and other small craft.
Topography. There are no prominent natural features in
the vicinity of the port.
9.235
Approach and entry. The port approaches are much
encumbered by islands, reefs and banks.
From the SW the port is approached through Paso del
Faralln, described at 9.224, and entered through
Canal San Gabriel (3429S, 5754W) (9.240).
From the N the port is approached through Canal del
Medio (3429S, 5755W), with entrance also
through Canal San Gabriel.
From the E approach entry is through Canal del
Norte (9.227).
Limiting conditions
1
Puerto Sauce
1
9.233
Description. Arroyo Riachuelo enters Rio de La Plata
5 cables NW of Punta Riachuelo (3428S, 5744W) is
navigable by vessels of shallow draught.
The entrance is protected by two breakwaters, from the
heads of which lights are exhibited; the E one a red tower
and the W a green tower. Another light (white tower on
piles) is situated on the W bank of the river, 3 cables N of
the E breakwater head.
A channel, 3 cables in length and dredged to 4 m,
leads N to the entrance between the breakwaters. Riachuelo
Light-buoy (safe water) marks the S end of the channel.
9.236
Controlling depths. Canal San Gabriel provides access
to Puerto de Colonia from Paso del Faralln and from
Canal del Medio; it has a depth of 37 m (12 ft). Canal del
Medio has a minimum depth of 28 m (9 ft), and two
dangerous wrecks, the position of one of which is
approximate, in the N part of the channel.
Caution. It is reported (1998) that depths in Canal del
Medio between Isla Faralln and Isla San Gabriel may be
less than those charted.
Deepest berth. Muelle Transatlantico, depth 50 m
(9.243).
Mean tidal levels. MHHW 09 m; MLLW 05 m.
Maximum draught. Depths in the approaches are
variable but vessels drawing up to 46 m can usually enter.
Currents. Rada de Colonia is protected from all but SE
to SW winds. Storms from this quarter can cause a current
to set in the direction of the wind at rates of up to 4 kn.
Arrival information
1
307
9.237
Vessel Traffic Service. Uruguayan Maritime Movement
Control and Information System; see 9.11.
Port radio Station: see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Outer anchorage 6 cables WNW of Colonia Light

(3429S, 5751W) (9.242), in a depth of 73 m (24 ft)
mud, good holding ground. Vessels of shallower draught
can anchor closer to the town. In bad weather coastal
vessels can find shelter NW of Isla San Gabriel (3429S,
5753W).
Directions
1
Harbour
1
9.238
General layout. Puerto Franco, lying on the S of the
town, consists of two piers protected from the S by a
detached rubble breakwater. Puerto Comercial, the old
harbour on the NW of the town, consists of a jetty,
protected from the W by a breakwater projecting N from
Punta Santa Rita.
Principal marks
1
9.239
See 9.221.
Directions
1

9.240
SW approaches. From a position in Paso del Faralln
about 3 cables N of Km 601 Light-buoys (3431S,
5756W), the line of bearing 068 of Colonia Light
(3429S, 5751W) leads between the reef extending
3 cables SE from Isla Faralln and the dangerous wreck
(7 cables SSE), marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger),
in a least depth of 40 m (13 ft).
When clear of the bank and of the dangerous wreck
lying 8 cables E of Isla Faralln Light, steer towards Isla
San Gabriel (1 miles ENE), which is low and covered in
brushwood, until about 5 cables distant, whence the track
leads E, through Canal San Gabriel, passing (with positions
from Isla Faralln Light):
Between No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles
ENE) and Bajo Garnet marked by No 2
Light-buoy (W cardinal) (1 miles E), thence:
S of Bajo Ruby extending 1 cables SE of Isla San
Gabriel; No 4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) is
moored 3 cables SE of the island and marks Barra
de Colonia; thence:
S of Banco La Laja (2 miles ENE), the E end of
which dries; when this portion is just visible there
are depths of 49 m (16 ft) over Barra de Colonia.
A stranded wreck lies on the E part of the bank.
S of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles ENE).
From this position the track leads NE, passing SE of
Roca Anita (2 miles ENE), a buoy (red conical) is
moored close NE of the rock. From this position Puerto
Franco 7 cables E, or the anchorage 5 cables NNW, can
be approached. In the W approach to Puerto Franco is a
bank with two dangerous rocks (3 miles ENE), marked
on its N side by a buoy (green conical).
Useful marks
9.242
E approaches. From a position S of Punta Negra
(3429S, 5747W) (9.227) the track continues W, about
5 cables offshore, passing (with positions from Colonia
Light (3429S, 5751W)):
S of the breakwater at Puerto Franco (5 cables SE),
marked by lights (9.241) at its E and W
extremities. Within the port a light (black metal
tower, concrete base, 5 m in height) is shown
from the W jetty head.
From this position the track leads NW passing SW of
Punta San Pedro, from which Puerto de Colonia Light
(white round masonry tower, square base, 12 m in height)
is exhibited. Mariners should maintain a distance of at least
2 cables off the point as the out-going tidal stream sets
towards the point at rates of up to 2 kn. Whence the
anchorage (6 cables NW) can be approached.
Berths
1
2
9.243
Puerto Franco. Formed by two piers projecting S from
the shore and protected by the detached breakwater.
Muelle Transatlantico, the E pier, has a total length of
135 m. Berthing on both sides of the outer section
77 m long, depth 5 m, (16 ft). The inner section,
58 m long depth less than 5 m has berthing only
on its W side and is the terminal for ferries
running to Buenos Aires. A dangerous wreck lies
about cable W of the outer section, and a
stranded wreck 1 cable farther N.
Muelle Cabotaje, the W pier has a length of 110 m,
berthing only on the E side in depths of about
4 m (13 ft).
There are Ro-Ro berths at the roots of both jetties and
the quay between the jetties has depths of 3 m (10 ft)
alongside.
Puerto Comercial. The old port on the NW side of the
town, protected from the W by Escollera de Santa Rita; a
wooden jetty projects N from the shore with depths of
24 m (8 ft) at its head.
Port services
1
9.244
Repairs: none.
Supplies: provisions; fresh water.
PUERTO DE LA PLATA TO PUERTO DE

BUENOS AIRES
General information
Charts 1749, 3561
Route
1
9.241
Colonia Light (3429S, 5751W) (9.242).
Puerto Franco, Breakwater E Head, Light (3429S,
5750W) (9.242).
Puerto Franco, Breakwater W Head, Light (3429S,
5751W) (9.242).
Santa Rita, Breakwater Head, Light (red beacon)
(3428S, 5751W).
308
9.245
5745W), at the inner end of Canal General (9.143), the
route leads 12 miles WNW to Km 37 Light-buoy
(3441S, 5759W) at the entrance to Canal de Acceso al
Puerto de Buenos Aires (9.253). This channel then
continues about 15 miles WNW where it divides; Canal
Sur (9.276) leading SW to the S part of Puerto de Buenos
Aires and Canal Norte (9.277) continuing WNW to the N
part of the port.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Topography
1
9.246
The coastline between La Plata and Buenos Aires is
generally low and covered with pasture and scrub; parts of
it are subject to inundation. On the W section the suburbs
of Buenos Aires lie along the railway line 1 to 2 miles
inland from the coast.
Directions
Chart 1749, 3561, 1751
Canal General to Canal Acceso

1
Depths and buoyage

1
9.247
Caution. Canal de Acceso, Canal Sur and Canal Norte
and the port areas are dredged periodically, but the
channels suffer from silting and shoal depths may exist.
Depths in the channels are also greatly affected by
meteorological conditions.
The buoys and beacons marking the channels are subject
to change, and the details shown on the chart can not
always be relied upon. Within the port areas further seabed
obstructions than shown may be present, and also
additional navigational aids established. Mariners should
consult the local authorities for the latest information
regarding depths in the channel, which is also published
fortnightly in Argentine Notices to Mariners and broadcast
from Argentine radio stations.
Hazard
1
9.248
High speed ferries operate to the N of Canal Norte
(9.277), entering the channel close E Ante Puerto Norte,
see 9.213.
Pilotage
1
9.249
9.250
1

System (SECOSENA).
(CONTRASE).
Principal marks
1
9.251
Landmark
Segba chimney, 150 m (492 ft) high (3438S,
5820W). At the EDESDUR power station, about
1 cable NW, are three chimneys, one reportedly
150 m in height, and each marked by a red light.
Major lights:
(9.222)
Tower in Puerto de Buenos Aires (red and white
tower on building, elevation 175 m (574 ft))
(3427S, 5822W).
9.253
5745W), the track leads WNW, passing (with positions
from Km 37 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (34407S,
57585W)):
NNE of Puerto de La Plata pilot boarding area
(7 miles SE), and:
SSW of Km 50 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(7 miles WSW). A dangerous wreck marked by a
light-buoy and a buoy (isolated danger) lies
7 cables N. Thence:
SSW of Km 39 Light-buoy (S cardinal) (1 miles
ESE).
Between Km 37 Light-buoys (lateral) at the entrance
to Canal de Acceso al Puerto de Buenos Aires;
whence the track leads WNW following the
buoyed channel, passing:
Between Km 35 Light-buoys (lateral) (1 mile
WNW). A dangerous wreck, marked by a
light-buoy and a buoy (both isolated danger), on
the N side and an obstruction on the S side of the
channel are reported to have reduced its navigable
width to 100 m in this vicinity; overtaking is
prohibited on this section. Thence:
WNW); from this position Canal Emilio Mitre
(10.45) branches NW towards the entrance to Ro
Paran; Canal Acceso continues WNW; thence:
NNE of Km 12 Light-buoy (port hand) (9.252), which
marks the junction with Canal Emilio Mitre,
thence:
NNE of Km 82 Light-buoy (port hand) (3437S,
5817W); whence Canal Norte continues WNW
for 3 miles to the entrance to Puerto Nuevo, the
N section of Puerto de Buenos Aires. Canal Sur
leads SW for 3 miles to the entrance to the S
section of the port.
Caution. A dangerous wreck, marked by a light-buoy
(isolated danger), lies within the buoyed channels (with
position from Km 82 Light-buoy):
Km 9539 Light-buoy (7 cables E).
A submarine gas pipeline, marked by light-buoys
(special) crosses the buoyed channel 5 cables WNW of
Km 46 light-buoy (starboard hand).
Useful mark
1
9.254
(Directions continue for Puerto de Buenos Aires:
S entrance at 9.276 and N entrance at 9.277,
and for Canal Emilio Mitre at 10.45)

1
9.252
Racons on:
5759W).
Km 12 light-buoy (port hand) (3437S, 5814W).
Km 09 Light-beacon, Puerto Nuevo Breakwater S
Head, (3436S, 5821W).
PUERTO DE BUENOS AIRES

General information
Chart 1751, 3561
Position
1
309
9.255
Puerto de Buenos Aires (3436S, 5822W) lies on the
S shore of Rio de La Plata.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Function
1
Abnormal levels
9.256
Ciudad de Buenos Aires is the capital of the Argentine
Republic and one of the worlds largest cities. In 1991 its
population, including its suburbs, was 12 594 974. It is
also the industrial and commercial centre of Argentina.
Topography
9.257
The city stands on the NE edge of the Pampa, a vast
plain extending 300 miles SW of the city. The land in the
vicinity of the city is only 9 to 12 m above sea-level.
Port limits
1
9.258
From the seaward end of the W sea wall at the entrance
to La Plata a line leads E to embrace the cargo
transshipment area E of La Plata fairway thence S of a line
joining Km 57 to Km 37 in the fairway to Puerto de
Buenos Aires continuing along the N limit of this fairway
to Km 0.9 beacon at the SE end of Escollera Norte of
Puerto Neuvo. Following the line of the breakwater to
Km 4 of the former Canal Castanero it then passes along
the navigation route to Darsena F, and includes the area
S of the right bank of Rio de la Plata as far as the mouth
of Riachuelo.
Approach and entry

1
9.259
The port, which is in two sections, is approached
through Canal de Acceso; the N section being entered
through Canal Norte, see 9.277; and the S section through
Canal Sur; see 9.276.
Traffic
1
Currents
1
9.261
Administracion Portuaria del Puerto de Buenos Aires,
Ing Huergo 431, Buenos Aires.
Limiting conditions
9.264
MHHW 11 m; MLLW 05 m, but levels can be
variable; see 9.265.
9.269
Rada Exterior del Puerto de Buenos Aires lies between
Km 37 (3440S, 5758W) and Km 25 Light-buoys,
6 miles WNW, clear of the channel, where there are
depths of 6 to 8 m. The bottom is soft mud and holding
ground is not good. Winds from S create considerable
swell.
9.270
Compulsory. Pilots embark and disembark at Rada La
Plata (3445S, 5752W).
9.271
Use of tugs is compulsory in both Canal Norte and
Canal Sur under the following conditions:
Vessels over 67 m draught, one tug ahead between
Km 8 and the port entrance plus one tug astern
between Km 4 and the entrance.
Vessels drawing less than 67 m, one tug ahead
between Km 5 and the entrance plus one tug
astern between Km 1 and the entrance.
Regulations
1
Mean tidal levels

1
9.268
Tugs
Largest vessel
9.263
Castillo de Salas, 265 m LOA, berthed on a favourable
tide. Due to the variations in depths, masters of deep
draught vessels should consult the Port Authorities,
concerning maximum draught.
System
Pilots
1
Safety
Outer anchorage
9.260
In 2003 the port was used by 1476 vessels with a total
of 37 193 019 dwt.
Controlling depth
9.267
Argentine Traffic Control and
(CONTRASE). For details see 9.11.
Port radio
9.262
Depths in the dredged channels and port are variable,
see 9.247.
The latest information regarding depths in the port is
published fortnightly in Argentine Notices to Mariners, and
also broadcast from Argentine radio stations.
9.266
Currents flow across the axis of Canal Norte at an angle
of 50 and Canal Sur at 70. The inner end of Canal Norte
is the most affected, particularly during winds from N and
E. There may be little effect farther seaward.
The in-going stream continues to flow after HW and the
out-going continues after LW. The current-indicating buoys
are the only reliable indication of the direction of stream.
Arrival information
Port authority
1
9.265
The time of HW is regular but the height of the mean
level of water is so affected by winds that the vertical
movement of the tide is sometimes negligible. The in-going
stream runs for 5h 20m and the out-going for 7h 05m at
rates of 1 to 2 kn.
Winds from SE will cause the water level to rise while
those from NW decrease it; in extreme cases by up to
24 m above or below chart datum. The mean levels are
highest in December/January and lowest in June/July.
Tidal information is transmitted on VHF; see Admiralty
310
9.272
The following extracts from General Regulations for
Puerto de Buenos Aires, apply to the roadstead and
approach channels.
Anchoring is prohibited in the channels or within
1 cables of their sides.
Visibility. During thick fog entry and departure is
prohibited without special permission from port authorities.
Depths. No vessel may enter the channels unless the
latest tidal information gives a depth equal to her draught
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
on a in-going tide, or 05 m (1 ft) greater than her

draught on an out-going tide.
Passing. Vessels, proceeding in opposite directions,
meeting in the channel should alter course to starboard in
plenty of time and should reduce speed when passing.
Overtaking is not permitted. Faster vessels should adjust
their speed to stay at least 1 cable astern of coasters and
5cables astern of any other vessel.
Speed. Between Km 15 (3437S, 5812W) and the
port entrances the speed limit is 8 kn; within the port it is
3 kn.
Speed should be reduced when passing dredgers working
in the channel; see below.
Movement in port. Before shifting berth, within the
port, permission must be obtained from the port authorities,
who will supervise the movement.
Power-driven vessels may leave port at any time of day
or night if cleared by port and customs authorities.
Dangerous cargo. All explosive and inflammable
materials must be discharged before a vessel enters the
docks. For this purpose cargo may be worked in the
roadstead. The only other cargo work permitted at the
roadstead is for lightening purposes only.
Dredgers. On approaching dredger vesels must be
stopped then sound one long and three short blasts on the
whistle. Permission to pass will be given by a similar
signal from the dredger.
Passage obstructed will be indicated by the dredger
sounding two long and three short blasts; and by displaying
three balls or three red lights disposed vertically; in this
case the vessel must anchor.
Dredgers will indicate the side a vessel should pass by
displaying a red and white chequered metal flag; or three
lights, red green and white disposed vertically.
Hopper barges exhibit two white lights amidships and
one red light at each end.
Directions
Canal Sur
1
Harbour
General layout
1
9.273
Puerto de Buenos Aires extends about 6 miles along the
coast in front of the city. It consists of three groups of
docks and basins:
The S complex of basins includes oil and liquid gas
berths and lies at the inner end of Canal Sur
(9.276).
Puerto Nuevo, the most modern part of the port, lies
at the inner end of Canal Norte (9.277), and is
composed of several basins protected by
breakwaters.
Puerto Madero is a line of four interconnected wet
docks leading between Puerto Nuevo and the S
complex.
9.274
Within the port area seabed obstructions and shoals other
than shown on the chart may exist, and buoys and beacons
are subject to change, see 9.247.
Principal mark
1
9.276
From a position between Km 15 Light-buoys (port and
starboard hand) (3438S, 5820W) Canal Sur continues
WSW, passing (with positions from Km 0 Light-beacon
(3438S, 5821W)):
NNW of the entrance to Drsena de Propaneros
(6 cables E) (9.278). This basin is protected by
two breakwaters with lights shown from the head
of both; a current indicator and a light-buoy
(isolated danger) are close to the head of the W
breakwater. A jetty lies in the middle of the basin
and a light-beacon (N cardinal) stands at its head.
Two pairs of light-beacons (red or white square
metal towers) stand on the shore S of the root of
the jetty providing transits to mark the edge of the
deep water. Thence:
Between Km 09 Light-buoys (lateral) (5 cables
ENE), thence:
NNW of the entrance to Drsena de Inflamables
(2 cables ESE) (9.278). A light-beacon (E
cardinal) marks the approach to the entrance; lights
are exhibited on both sides of the entrance to the
basin. And:
SSE of the entrance to Drsena 2 (3 cables NNE)
(9.278). A power station, with conspicuous
chimneys (9.275), occupies the land on the E side
of this basin; the S side of this land forms a quay
facing Canal Sur, a light is exhibited at each end
of this quay. Thence:
Between Km 0 Light-beacon and SSE of the entrance
to Drsena 1 (2 cables NNW) (9.278), thence into
Ante Puerto Sur (3 cables W), which forms the W
end of Canal Sur. This passage is crossed by
two submarine pipelines (see 1.35) and a
submarine cable; the latter is marked by
light-buoys.
Ante Puerto Sur gives access to Dock Sur (3 cables
SW) (9.278); Drsena Sur (4 cables WNW) (9.279), which
leads to the S access to Puerto Madero (9.279) and Docks
No 1 to 4; also the entrance to Riachuelo (7 cables SW)
which flows through the city.
Canal Norte
Hazards
1
Major light
Tower (3427S, 5822W) (9.251).
9.275
Landmark:
Prominent power station with four chimneys (3438S,
5820W) (9.251).
311
9.277
From a position between Km 2 Light-buoys (port and
starboard hand) (3436S, 5821W) Canal Norte continues
WNW to enter Ante Puerto Norte, passing (with positions
from Km 09 Light-beacon (3436S, 5821W):
NNE of Km 13 Light-buoy (port hand) (2 cables
SE) near the head of the S breakwater, thence:
SSW of Km 09 Light-beacon (red square tower;
racon) on the head of the N breakwater, thence
into Ante Puerto Norte (3 cables WNW).
Ante Puerto Norte gives access to Drsena Norte
(5 cables WSW) (9.279), between Km 0 light-beacons (red
square metal framework tower, 3 m in height) on the N
side, and (black square metal framework tower, 3 m in
height) on the S side, of the entrance to the basin. The S
side of Drsena Norte gives access to the N part of Puerto
Madero (9.279) and Docks No 1 to 4.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Buenos Aires Entrance to Ante Norte from ESE (9.277)

4
A track leading N and NW from Ante Puerto Norte

passes inside the breakwaters and gives access to Drsenas
A to E (9.280).
Puerto Nuevo can be entered from N through an
entrance (1 miles NNW) leading, from Rio de La Plata,
between the N end of the detached breakwater, marked by
a light (red square metal framework tower), and the S end
of the breakwater lying NE of Drsena E. A dangerous
wreck is charted 3 cables NE of this entrance.
Basins and berths
alongside the wharves on both banks. It is used

mainly by coastal vessels and has dry docks,
building slips and repair yards on its banks.
Numerous vessels are wrecked and aground on the
banks forming a maritime graveyard. Currently
plans have reached an advanced stage for its
cleaning up with large vessels being salvaged and
deposited on the banks. Those constituting a
navigational hazard are marked.
1
Basins
1
9.278
Puerto Sur
Drsena de Propaneros, for LPG carriers, consists of
a basin formed by two breakwaters, within which
lies a single jetty which has a central platform,
four dolphins and two mooring points. Vessels can
berth on both sides of the jetty.
Drsena de Inflamables, used exclusively by tankers;
five petroleum piers project from the sides of the
basin. The entrance to the basin is 50 m wide and
there are depths of 8 m (26 ft) alongside.
Drsena del Este is divided into 2 parts, Drsena 1
used exclusively for government craft and contains
a dry dock and a shipyard. Depth of water in the
basin 73 m (24 ft) but there is only 49 m (16 ft)
at the entrance. Drsena 2 has irregular depths
from 46 to 85 m (15 to 28 ft). EDESUR
(formerly SEGBA) power station lies on the E side
of Darsena 2 and its S side forms a quay 120 m
long for use by tankers supplying the power
station.
Dock Sur is entered from the SE part of Ante Puerto
Sur and consists of two sections separated by a
turning basin. It has been dredged to 82 m (27 ft)
but is subject to silting, latest information on
depths is published in Boletin Fluvial DHVN;
see 10.3. The N section has quays on both sides
and the S section has a quay only on the S part of
the W side; the remaining berths are at dolphins.
The section is used mainly by tankers.
Riachuelo is a narrow winding stream which flows
into the SW part of Ante Puerto Sur, it has a
depth of about 64 m (21 ft) along its axis but
depths of only 52 to 58 m (17 to 19 ft)
9.279
Puerto Madero
Drsena Sur extends NW from Ante Puerto Sur; it
has quays on both sides and is 1029 m long,
about 110 m wide and has a depth of 43 m
(14 ft). It is used mainly by ferries, Ro-Ro vessels
and government craft.
N of Drsena Sur are four docks, numbered 1 to 4.
Apart from Dock No 4, which is used as a small craft
marina, these docks are not commonly used by commercial
shipping.
Drsena Norte is entered from Ante Puerto Norte
through an entrance 100 m wide; depths within the
basin are 64 m (21 ft). The N side of the basin is
occupied by a naval dockyard with two dry docks.
A hydrofoil ferry service runs to Puerto de Colonia
(9.234) from this basin.
Alongside berths
1
312
9.280
Puerto Nuevo
Puerto Nuevo has been dredged throughout to depths of
10 m (33 ft).
Drsena A; 870 m of wharfage, used for passenger
and general cargo vessels; a passenger terminal is
situated on the S side of the basin. Pierhead 1
(between Ante Puerto and Drsena A); 100 m,
used as a waiting berth by river craft.
Drsena B; 1165 m of wharfage, for general cargo
and can accept containers. Pierhead 2 (between
Drsenas A and B); 202 m, generally used for
passenger vessels shifting from passenger terminal
in Drsena A.
Drsena C; 1284 m of wharfage, S side general
cargo, W and N sides open wharfage for handling
heavy-lift items, a grain elevator on the N side.
Pierhead 3 (between Drsenas B and C); 236 m
long.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 9
Drsena D; 1300 m of wharfage, S side grain

elevators, N side container gantry cranes.
Pierhead 4 (between Drsenas C and D); 295 m
long, used by up to two vessels loading grain.
Drsena E; 1300 m of wharfage, mainly for coal
discharge. Pierhead 5 (between Drsenas D and
E), 523 m long, and Pierhead 6 (NW of Drsena
E), 310 m long, both used for coal discharge.
Drsena F; is entered direct from Rio de La Plata,
currently used for the discharge of sand and gravel
barges.
Port services
1
313
9.281
Repairs: Major repairs can be undertaken; two dry
docks; seven floating docks; two mechanical lift docks; the
largest (185 m long 32 m wide) can accept a vessel of
55 000 dwt with a maximum draught of 89 m. Diving
services available.
Other facilities: hospitals; salvage; limited oily waste
disposal; deratting and deratting exemption certificates
issued.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions; fuel oil.
Communications: international airport.
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 10 - Ro Uruguay, Ro Paran and Ro Paraguay (Chart 2039)
62
61
60
59
58
27
59
25
om
Asuncin
10.234
ay
o
P. Pilcomayo
10.233
gu
ARGENTINA
Formosa
10.228
R.
Be
26
Villa Oliva
10.229
PARAGUAY
Villa Franca 10.227
R. Tebocua
rm
ej
Pa
ran
San Isidro
29
10.124
Alvear
Itaqu
10.124
Su
p
Humait 10.224
R. Alto P
aran
a
gu
ru
U
.
556
ARGENTINA
R
Paso de los Libres
10.124
58
30
B R A Z I L
Uruguayana
30
Esquina
10.196
La Paz
10.195
R.
P
ar
an
S
up
er
ior
31
10.193
Hernandairias
Brugo
10.192
R. Paran M edio
10.122
Salto
10.121
Concordia
10.113
Yerua
10.112
Nueva Escocia
Diamante
10.182
Coln
10.120
10.81
Gualeguaych
1982b
San Nicols 10.163
ar
Ramallo 10.162
an
I
nfe
rio
r
uay
I
Villa Constitucin
R
10.164 . P
3549
0.166
nfe
rio
r
o1
sari
Ro
10.82
Nueva Berlin
Lago Artificial del
Rio Negro
Rio Negro
Fray Bentos
10.90
San Pedro
10.161
34
3
.1
10.38
Buenos Aires
9.255
10.83
Nueva Palmira 3561
10.67
P. de Carmelo
10
10.147 Zarate
Campana
10.146
1982a
P. d
34
s 10.32
e Conchilla
onia
Co l
9.234
2004
3561
35
Ri
o
de
ide
ti v
on
.93
o9
35
La
Pl
ata
Chapter
9
0405
62
61
60
33
R. Urug
10.167
San Lorenzo
32
U R U G U A Y
Paysand
10.114
Concepcion
del Uruguay
10.97
33
31
Constitucin
10.124
Villa Urquiza
10.191
Paran
10.184
Santa F
10.176
32
Sta Ana
10.124
Sta Elena
10.194
guay Medio
28
10.124
Sto. Tom
Bella Vista
10.200
er
i or
27
59
Posadas
10.213
aran 2039
Pto Lavalle
10.199
R.
Pilar 10.226
27
Pto Las
Palmas
10.223
R. A
lt o P
Corrientes
10.203
Empedrado
10.201
29
27
P A R A G U A Y
R. U
ru
26
R.
Pa
ra
28
56
Villeta
10.230
ay
RIO PARAGUAY
Resistencia
10.202
R.
Pil
c
Sup
erio
r
R.
Pa
rag
ua
y
58
25
57
(continued on inset)
314
57
56
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
RO URUGUAY, RO PARAN AND RO PARAGUAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2039
Depths

1
10.1
This chapter describes passage of Ro Uruguay (10.54)
and Ro Paran (10.125), with its main tributary Ro
Paraguay (10.217), together with the approaches to both
rivers through the various channels in the N part of Ro de
La Plata (9.1).
Topography
1
10.2
Ro Uruguay forms the frontier between Argentina and
Uruguay for about 250 miles to the head of Ro de La
Plata; it is navigable by ocean-going vessels for about
100 miles and by river-craft for a further 120 miles.
Ro Paran, the principal river in Argentina, rises in
Brazil. It forms the frontier between Argentina and
Paraguay for 390 miles, then flows through Argentina to
the head of Ro de La Plata. It is navigable by ocean-going
vessels for about 250 miles, and by river-craft for the
remainder of its passage through Argentina.
Ro Paraguay is the main tributary of Ro Paran, and
forms the frontier between Argentina and Paraguay for
about 200 miles of its course, which is navigable by
river-craft.
Ros Uruguay and Paran enclose a large area
comprising the three provinces of Entre Ros, Corrientes
and Misiones. These provinces form an agricultural and
pastoral region where vast numbers of cattle and sheep are
raised and much grain is produced.
10.3
Water levels in these rivers are subject to considerable
change; any depths given in the following descriptions
should only be regarded as approximate.
The latest information regarding the depths to be found
in the channels, fairways and rivers is promulgated in
Boletin Fluvial DHVN (DHVN River Bulletin) published
weekly by the Argentine Ministry of Works. Information
regarding depths is also broadcast from certain Argentine
radio stations, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volumeht3(2) and 6(5).
Under-keel clearance
1
10.4
Minimum under-keel clearance. It is recommended that
when navigating in the Rio de La Plata vessels should
allow a minimum safe under-keel clearance of 06 m.
Hazards
1
10.5
Anchors and cables have been lost. Several unmarked
small wrecks and other obstructions exist in these rivers.
Regular inspections of anchor cables for indications of
great strain are recommended. Anchor buoys are advisable.
see 9.213.
EASTERN APPROACHES TO RO URUGUAY AND RO PARAN

GENERAL INFORMATION
Depths
1
Chart 3561
Routes
1
10.6
This section describes the approaches to the mouth of
Ro Uruguay from the head of Ro de La Plata, through a
series of channels which pass E of Playa Honda (3422S,
5812W) (9.210).
Ro Paran may also be approached through this route,
but this river has a wide delta with several of its mouths
lying to the W of Playa Honda. The deepest and most
direct route to Ro Paran is by Canal Emilio Mitre which
passes across the W side of Playa Honda; see 10.45.
Buoyage
1
Topography
1
10.7
The coastline on the NE side of the approaches is
slightly elevated, rising to hills between 30 and 36 m high.
The mouths of several rivers and the summits of some hills
provide distinctive features. Inland Cerros de San Juan
(10.18) are prominent.
10.8
As in other parts of Ro de La Plata the height of water
level depends largely on the force and direction of the
wind. Winds from SE or S raise the level by up to 18 m,
winds from the opposite direction lower it. Latest
information should always be consulted, see 10.3.
10.9
buoys in accordance with IALA Region B (1.20). On chart
3561 many of the channel buoys have been omitted for
clarity. Channel buoys normally carry a kilometre reference.
Some buoys referred to in this chapter may not be marked
on the chart but their approximate position may be
determined from the text and kilometre designations on the
chart (see note on chart 3561).
Hazards
1
315
10.10
High Speed Ferries operate between Colonia (3428S,
5750W) and Buenos Aires (3436S, 5822W) and cross
Paso del Faralln (10.20) between Km 58 and 601,
see 9.213.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Pilotage
1
Traffic regulations
10.11
Compulsory; see 9.10.

1
10.12
This waterway is covered by three Traffic Reporting
Systems, which are mandatory for most vessels:
Information System.
System (SECOSENA).
(CONTRASE).
Volume 6(5).
Principal marks
1
PUERTO DE COLONIA TO ISLA MARTN

GARCIA
General information
Charts 2004, 3561
Route
1
10.13
Ro Uruguay is approached through a series of channels
which lead NNW from Puerto de Colonia (3428S,
5751W) (9.234), passing E of Playa Honda (9.210). The
channels described include Paso del Faralln (10.20); Barra
de San Pedro (10.21); Paso de San Juan and Pozos de San
Juan (10.22); Canal Nuevo (10.25); Canal del Infierno
(10.26); and Canal del Este (10.27). These channels lead to
a position 5 miles NW of Isla Martn Garcia (3411S,
5815W) at the S entrance to Canal Principal (10.58),
which is the main channel leading into the mouth of Ro
Uruguay.
Barra del Globo and Canal Buenos Aires (10.29) provide
an alternate route, which is not buoyed, to the same
position but passing S of Isla Martn Garcia.
10.14
To W and N of Punta Martn Chico (34100S,
58125W) there are many alluvial drying banks and
islands, many of which form or disappear, and the shapes
may not be as charted; also see 10.7.
Directions
Charts 2004, 3561
Isla Faralln to Punta Pereira

1
Depths
1
10.15
Minimum depths in these channels are promulgated at
regular intervals in Argentine Notices to Mariners. For the
main shipping channels see the table on chart 3561.
Shallower depths may exist; see also 10.8.
Tidal information from a tide gauge on the dock of Isla
Martin Garcia (10.33), whose lowest level corresponds to
datum on Argentine Chart H118, is transmitted by the
Coast Radio Station at 5 minutes past each hour on VHF.
In special circumstances, light signals are exhibited from
the signal station on Isla Martn Garcia (3411S, 5815W).
Pilotage
1
10.18
Landmarks:
Cerros de San Juan (3412S, 5756W) consisting of
three peaks of the same hill, 107 to 137 m in
height, which form the highest land in this vicinity.
Radio tower (grey metal framework, red lights, 84 m
in height) (3428S, 5751W).
Chimney (red and white bands, 39 m in height)
(3428S, 5750W).
Major light:
(9.222).
Topography
1
10.17
Regulations. Information on the maximum draughts and
other restrictions in the channels may be obtained from the
Argentine Traffic Control and Safety System (CONTRASE)
and the Uruguayan Maritime Movement Control and
Information System.
Volume 6(5).
Vessel traffic services. See 10.12.
Rescue. There is a life-saving station, equipped with
motor launches at Isla Martn Garcia (3411S, 5815W),
see also 1.51).
10.16
316
10.19
From a position between Km 601 Light-buoys (lateral),
moored 1 miles SW of Isla Faralln (3429S, 5755W)
(9.224), the track leads N and NNW, for about 18 miles, to
a position SW of Punta Pereira (3414S, 5804W). It
follows the routes of four interconnected dredged channels;
Paso del Faralln, Barra de San Pedro, Paso de San Juan
and Pozos de San Juan. The passage through these
channels, which are marked by numbered light-buoys
(lateral), passes (with positions from Ro San Juan Light
(3417S, 5759W):
10.20
Paso del Faralln.
E of stranded wreck (13 miles S), marked by a
light-buoy and a buoy (both isolated danger),
thence:
W of the dangerous wreck, lying 1 mile WNW of Isla
Faralln (9.224); thence:
SSE) at the S end of Barra de San Pedro, where
the track turns NW; thence:
10.21
Barra de San Pedro.
ENE of Piedra Diamate (9 miles SSE), a rock marked
by a light (conical concrete beacon, metal base); a
tide-gauge (red metal pyramid, white bands, 6 m in
height) is also situated on this rock. Thence:
NE of Km 78 Light-buoy (port hand) (5 miles
SSW) at the N end of Barra de San Pedro, where
the track divides. A dangerous wreck marked by a
light-buoy (isolated danger) lies 2 cables SW.
The W or lesser branch, Canal Martin Garcia
(10.29), passes S and W of Isla Martn Garcia.
The main branch becomes Paso de San Juan which
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
continues NNW, merging into Pozos de San Juan,

passing:
1
10.22
Paso de San Juan and Pozos de San Juan.
WSW of the mouth of Ro San Juan (10.31), marked
by a light (white metal tower, 5 m in height)
standing on the N shore; Torre Anchorena
(3 cables SSW) stands on a spit on the S shore of
the river. Thence:
To a position WNW of Punta Pereira (5 miles NW),
in the vicinity of Km 959 Light-buoys (lateral)
which mark the N end of Pozos de San Juan. Two
dangerous wrecks and a stranded wreck lie close
W of the point.
10.23
Useful marks:
Radio tower (red lights) (3422S, 5751W).
Side channels
Chart 3561
Canal Buenos Aires

1
Punta Pereira to Canal Principal

1
10.24
From a position WNW of Punta Pereira the track trends
NW for about 14 miles, to a position at the entrance to
Canal Principal which leads into Ro Uruguay. The track
follows the routes of the interconnected dredged channels;
Canal Nuevo (10.25), Canal del Infierno (10.26) and Canal
del Este (10.27). The passage through these channels,
which are marked by numbered light-buoys (lateral), passes
(with positions from Punta Martn Chico (3410S,
5813W)):
10.25
Canal Nuevo.
SW of Punta Conchillas (7 miles ESE) on which
Puerto de Conchillas (10.32) is situated. A
dangerous wreck (mast) marked by a light-buoy
(isolated danger) lies close to the channel at
Km 98.9. Thence:
SE) at the S end of Canal del Infierno, where the
track continues generally WNW, thence:
10.26
Canal del Infierno.
SE), thence:
SSE), which mark the SE end of Canal del Este,
where the track continues generally NW. Thence:
10.27
Canal del Este.
NE of Isla Martn Garcia (2 miles WSW) (10.33), a
mass of granite in the form of a flattened cone,
thence:
W), thence:
N of Isla Timoteo Dominquez, a low-lying alluvial
island of recent formation (2 miles W) which is
now joined to Isla Martn Garcia; thence:
To a position in the vicinity of Km 121 Light-buoy
(E cardinal) (6 miles WNW) which lies at the S
end of Canal Principal (10.58).
10.28
Useful marks:
Isla Martin Garcia Light (yellow square metal tower,
10 m in height) (3411S, 5815W).
Signal station, Isla Martn Garcia, (mast and yard on
white building), situated beside a disused
lighthouse, (3411S, 5815W).
10.29
Canal Buenos Aires is only used by shallow draught
vessels with local knowledge. Regulations apply to vessels
using this channel, see 9.11.
The channel is entered in the vicinity of Km 78
Light-buoy in Barra de San Pedro (3422S, 5801W)
(10.21).
The channel leads generally NW for about 22 miles,
passing S and W of Isla Martn Garcia (3411S, 5815W)
(10.27), and NE of an extensive drying bank extending
4 miles SE from Islas Oyaride 3412S, 5818W. There
are some unnamed islands on the bank (see 10.35). Thence:
To a position at the S entrance of Canal Principal
(10.58), in the vicinity of Km 121 Light-buoy (E cardinal)
(3407S, 5819W), where it rejoins the main channel
Canal del Este; see 10.27. A dangerous wreck lies 4 cables
W of the buoy.
The controlling depth in the channel is that over Barra
del Globo (3420S, 5803W), about 23 m.
Pozos del Barca Grande

1
10.30
Pozos del Barca Grande leads from the N end of Canal
Emilio Mitre (10.45) and the entrance to Ro Paran de las
Palmas (10.136) to Canal Buenos Aires (10.29), see 10.51.

Chart 3561 (see 1.14)
Ro San Juan
1
10.31
Ro San Juan (3416S, 5759W) is approached by a
channel marked by floats. Boca San Juan Light-buoy (safe
water) lies on the S side of the channel entrance, 1 mile
W of Ro San Juan Light (10.22).
Puerto de Conchillas
1
10.32
Puerto de Conchillas (3412S, 5804W) lies 1 mile NE
of Canal Nuevo (10.25). The port consists of a pier, from
which a light is exhibited, with a depth of 3 m (10 ft)
alongside. The approaches to the pier are much encumbered
by under-water rocks. Anchorage can be obtained close N
of the pier as indicated on the chart. An approach channel
leading to Arroyo Conchillas, 7 cables N of the port, is
marked by floats.
Isla Martn Garcia

1
317
10.33
Description. Isla Martn Garcia (3411S, 5815W), a
mass of granite in the form of a flattened cone, is
extensively populated with a thriving holiday trade. An
airstrip extends along the E side of the island.
A breakwater extends 1 cable from the SW side of the
island, its seaward end submerged for a distance of 40 m
with depths of 61 to 27 m over it. A wharf, 60 m long is
situated on the NW side of the breakwater with depths
between 1 to 5 m alongside. Parts of the island are wooded
and the NE extremity contains a deer reserve.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
WESTERN APPROACHES TO RO PARAN

exist. For the latest information, the local authorities should
be consulted. See also 10.36.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1751, 3561
Area covered
Hazards
10.34
This section describes the several routes which lead
from the vicinity of Puerto de Buenos Aires (3436S,
5821W) and approach the delta of Ro Paran, passing
through the W side of Playa Honda (3422S, 5812W)
(9.210).
10.41
and cross Canal Emilio Mitre (10.45) in the vicinity of
Km 41, see 9.213.
Pleasure craft. A recommended NE/SW route for
pleasure craft crosses Canal Emilio Mitre between Km 23
and Km 252.
Topography
1
10.35
From Puerto Nuevo de Buenos Aires (3436S,
5821W) (9.280) to Ro Lujan (10.48), 12 miles NNW, the
coast is low with beaches of fine dark sand and outcrops of
tufa (9.173). This entire stretch of coast is backed by the
suburbs of Buenos Aires which, from seaward, present an
unbroken line of buildings.
The delta of Ro Paran extends over 20 miles N of Ro
Lujan and consists of a multitude of alluvial islands,
fringed by scrub and reed but well wooded inland, and is
traversed by a maze of channels leading between the main
river mouths.
The coastline of the delta and the offlying banks are
subject to change and there are islands of recent origin on
the banks.
Pilotage
1
Principal marks
1
10.36
Depths are irregular; this part of Ro de La Plata being
very shallow, all main shipping routes are through dredged
channels. For dredged depths in the main shipping channels
see table on Chart 3561; see also 10.8. The minimum depth
in these channels is promulgated at regular intervals in
Argentine Notices to Mariners.
10.37
Uncharted submarine cables extend from close NW of
Puerto Nuevo de Buenos Aires (3436S, 5821W) (9.280)
to Isla Martn Garcia (3411S, 5815W) (10.27).
PUERTO DE BUENOS AIRES TO RO

PARAN DELTA
Directions
Charts 1751, 3561, 1982a
Canal Emilio Mitre

1
General information
Route
1
10.38
The delta of Ro Paran is approached through Canal
Emilio Mitre (10.45) which leads from its junction with the
Canal de Acceso al Puerto de Buenos Aires (3436S,
5814W) (9.253) to the mouth of Ro Paran de Las
Palmas (3419S, 5830W) (10.136). This is the most S of
the mouths of Ro Paran giving access to the main
channel of the river.
Topography
1
10.39
See 10.35.
Depths
1
10.44
Racon on Km 09 Light-beacon, Puerto Nuevo
Breakwater N Head, (3436S, 5821W).
Submarine cables
1
10.43
Landmark
Segba Light (3438S, 5820W) (9.251).
Major lights:
(9.222).
Tower (3427S, 5822W) (9.251).
Depths
1
10.42
10.40
Canal Emilio Mitre, which is 140 m wide, is dredged
periodically but is subject to silting and shoal depths may
318
10.45
Directions. From a position in Canal de Acceso al
Puerto de Buenos Aires (3437S, 5814W) (9.253), NNE
of Km 12 Light-buoy (port hand), Canal Emilio Mitre
branches NW for about 22 miles towards the entrance to
Ro Paran de Las Palmas. The channel, which is marked
by pairs of light-buoys (lateral), passes (with positions from
No 9 Beacon (3430S, 5821W)):
NE of Light-buoy (E cardinal) (8 miles SE),
marking the junction with Canal Acceso (9.253),
thence:
NE of Puerto Nuevo de Buenos Aires (5 miles S)
(9.280), thence:
SW of No 7 Light-beacon (special) (1 miles SE),
thence:
NE of Buenos Aires Airport (5 miles SW). An
aero-light is exhibited from the airport control
tower; this light is reported to be obscured from
seaward by trees, but the illuminations from the
control tower form a visible halo. Thence:
NE of El Marciano Light-tower (1 miles SSW),
thence:
Between Km 405 Light-buoys (8 miles NW); this
section of the channel is enclosed on both sides by
breakwaters. Thence:
Passing SW of Isla Zarate (11 miles NNW), thence:
To a position between Km 48 Light-buoys (13 miles
NNW), at the entrance to Ro Paran de Las
Palmas.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
10.46
Useful marks:
Km 13 Light-beacon (3436S, 5821W).
Km 09 Light-beacon (3436S, 5821W).
Puerto de Olivos Breakwater Light (3430S,
5828W) (10.52).
Puerto de Olivos Pierhead Light (3430S, 5828W)
(10.52).
(Directions for Ro Paran de Las Palmas
continue at 10.137)
Ro Paran Min (3414S, 5824W) (10.139) and Ro

Barca Grande (3410S, 5822W) (10.140), and branches
NE to connect with Canal Buenos Aires (10.29) at its N
end and Canal del Este (10.27) near Km 121, NW of Isla
Martn Garcia (10.27).
Harbours
Puerto de Olivos
1
Side routes
10.52
Description. Puerto de Olivos (3430S, 5829W) is
approached directly from Canal Costanero (10.47). It has a
dredged depth of 3 m, but the latest information regarding
depth should be sought before entry, see 10.3.
Chart 3561 (see 1.14)
Canal Costanero
1
10.47
Description. Canal Costanero, formerly a dredged
channel for the use of coastal vessels, is no longer
maintained by dredging and is now used mainly by leisure
craft. It leads from the NW entrance to Puerto Nuevo de
Buenos Aires (3436S, 5822W) (9.280) to Ro Lujan
(10.48), 10 miles NNW, following the coastline at a
distance of about 5 cables offshore
Minimum depths in the channel normally vary between
24 to 33 m, although depths of less than 1 m are reported
to exist on the E side of the channel between Kms 13 and
15 and between Kms 16 and 185. Depths in the channel
are given in Boletin Fluvial DHVN, see 10.3.
The channel is marked by light-buoys. Three water
towers (lighted, round black towers, spherical topmarks)
stand near the channel. each with a restricted area,
radius 200 m.
Ro Lujan
1
10.48
Description. Ro Lujan (3427S, 5830W) is the S
most branch of the Ro Paran delta, and is approached
from Buenos Aires by way of Canal Costanero (10.47).
It is connected with Ro Paran de Las Palmas (10.136),
8 miles N, by several channels but these are only navigable
by small craft.
The river mouth has depths of 4 m and vessels drawing
up to 25 m can anchor within the river mouth.
10.49
Puerto de San Fernando lies 2 miles within the
mouth of the river and consists of a narrow basin on its S
side, providing 2040 m of berthing. Repairs and a dry dock
are available.
In 2000 the port was used by 1 vessel with a dwt
of 33 009.
10.50
Puerto de Tigre lies 4 miles within the mouth of the
river and there is a naval dockyard on its S side consisting
of four basins with alongside depths of 1 to 2 m. Repairs
and building slips for river craft up to 188 dwt. Hospital,
water and provisions available.
Puerto de Olivos breakwater (10.52)

Puerto San Isidro

1
Pozos del Barca Grande

1
The port provides facilities for discharge of sand and

shingle, and also handles hazardous cargoes not permitted
for landing in Buenos Aires.
The harbour is composed of a basin, the S side of which
is formed by a breakwater; a light (yellow tower on white
masonry base, 8 m in height) is exhibited at its head. The
N side of the entrance consists of a large rectangular quay,
from the outer corner of which a light (pyramidal tower,
Supplies: diesel oil.
10.51
Description. Pozos del Barca Grande branches E from
the N end of Canal Emilio Mitre (10.45) at Km 474
(3419S, 5830W).
Directions. The channel, which is marked by beacons,
leads ENE then NNE and provides access to the mouths of
319
10.53
Description. Puerto San Isidro (3428S, 5830W) is
approached directly from the N end of Canal Costanero
(10.47). It has a dredged depth of 2 to 3 m, but the latest
information regarding depth should be sought before entry,
see 10.3.
A stranded wreck lies N of the port in position 3427S,
5830W.
The port provides facilities for discharge of sand and
shingle. There is a small craft harbour at Arroyo Sarandi
which extends NW from the port basin.
The harbour is composed of two basins, Darsena 1 on
the W side and Darsena 2 on the E side, which lie at the
head of an artificial channel, about 5 cables long, the
mouth of which is protected by a breakwater on the E side.
A light (white column, yellow bands, on hut on pile
structure) is exhibited from the breakwater head.
Repairs: small craft.
Supplies: diesel oil.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
RO URUGUAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3561, 2039
Area covered
1
10.54
This section describes passage of Ro Uruguay,
throughout its navigable length. It is divided into four
parts:
Canal Principal (10.58) leads from the head of Rio de
La Plata to the mouth of Ro Uruguay at Punta
Gorda (3355S, 5825W).
Ro Uruguay Inferior (10.69) leads from Punta Gorda
to Puerto Concepcin del Uruguay, about 100 miles
up-river. This section is considered to be navigable
by ocean-going vessels and is tidal. The ports of
Fray Bentos (10.90) and Puerto Concepcin del
Uruguay (10.97) are described.
Ro Uruguay Medio (10.103) leads from Concepcin
del Uruguay to Concordia, about 80 miles farther
up-river. Most of this reach is only accessible to
river craft. The ports of Paysand (10.114), Coln
(10.119), Fabrica Coln (10.120), Concordia
(10.121) and Salto (10.122) are described.
Ro Uruguay Alto (Uruguay Superior) (10.123) leads
from Concordia to the mouth of Ro Pepiri Guazu
(2710S, 5350W); above this point the upper
reaches of the river lie entirely within Brazil.
Topography
1
10.55
Ro Uruguay rises in Brazil, in Serra do Mar. Its N bank
reaches Argentina at Ro Pepiri Guazu (2710S, 5350W),
whence the river trends SW and S separating Brazil and
Uruguay from Argentina; it discharges into the head of Ro
de La Plata at Punta Gorda (3355S, 5825W) (10.61). Its
waters preserve their clarity for several miles before being
lost in the muddy current of Ro Paran. The coastline of
the delta of the Ro Paran and the offlying banks are
subject to change and there are islands of recent origin on
the banks.
The W bank of the river is generally low, woody and
swampy and its E bank generally high and hilly.
Depths
1
10.56
Depth gauges are situated at various ports and dredged
channels within the river; graduated in metres, they indicate
the height of the river level above local zero, which is the
lowest level to which the river falls at each place. The
gauges at the dredged channels are also graduated in feet,
indicating the least depth in the channel at the time.
River levels. The river is subject to periodic rises in
water levels, mainly due to the heavy rains in Brazil, but
also due to the operation of the sluice gates at Salto
Grande (10.123). Heights given in the following description
refer to height above local zero.
In Ro Uruguay Alto the floods caused by these rainfalls
are considerable; the river is usually low during the early
part of the year until April, rises temporarily in June then
rises to its highest level in September and October. The
highest recorded rise is 18 m at Barra Concepcin,
300 miles above Concordia (3124S, 5802W); flood
heights decrease downstream with a highest level of 16 m
at Concordia. Irregularities in river levels can occur at
times due to flood waters from the main tributaries.
In Ro Uruguay Medio, flood waters have less effect on

river levels, as the effects of the tides and winds of Rio de
La Plata begin to be felt, but the characteristics are the
same as those in Alto Uruguay. The highest recorded level,
in recent years, was 102 m at Concepcin del Uruguay
(3230S, 5814W), caused by SW winds blowing along
axis of the river.
In Ro Uruguay Inferior the effect of floods is lessened
and the effect of wind and tide become more apparent.
Except when the current in the river is very strong the tide
is felt as far up-river as Concepcin del Uruguay; tidal
effect is always felt at Fray Bentos (3307S, 5819W)
although the range is only between 03 to 06 m. Fresh S or
SE winds can raise levels up to 30 m, while storms from
these directions can increase them to 46 m.
At the mouth of Ro Gualeguaych (3305S, 5824W)
levels usually range between 09 and 12 m from January to
April; they are rarely less than 05 m and even then soon
rise again. From May to November levels range between
17 and 24 m.
The following table gives the relative rise in metres at
several ports on the river. Thus if the rise at one of these
ports is known, then that at the others can be estimated.
The levels given should be regarded as approximate only.
Fray Bentos
(3307S, 5819W)
15 20 25
30
35
Concepcin del Uruguay

(3229S, 5814W)
18 32 42
46
69
Coln
(3213S, 5809W)
21 41 51
57
85
Nueva Escocia
(3141S, 5801W)
33 68 82
85
115
Concordia
(3124S, 5802W)
45 90 107 108 142
Currents
1
10.57
Currents in Ro Uruguay depend on the tide and the
river level. Normally rates do not exceed 2 kn, but may
reach 3 kn when the river level is high. The rates
increase up-river; in the lower reaches currents depend on
tide and may run in either direction between and 1 kn.
Currents are also affected by winds, particularly in the
lower reaches. SW winds may arrest or even reverse the
direction of the current, especially when the river is low, as
such winds also cause a rise in water level in Ro de La
Plata; its effect is immediate. N winds lower water levels
in Ro de La Plata causing an increase in the rate of
current down-river in Ro Uruguay.
CANAL PRINCIPAL
General information
Chart 3561
Route
1
320
10.58
Canal Principal leads 14 miles NNW, from a position at
the N end of Canal del Este (10.27) (3408S, 5819W), to
a position W of Punta Gorda (3355S, 5825W) (10.61),
at the entrance to Ro Uruguay. Also described is an
inshore route leading from Punta Martn Chico (3410S,
5813W) to Punta Gorda, which follows the Uruguay coast
through Canal Santo Domingo (10.63) and Canal Camacho
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
(10.65), together with Canal Sur de la Isla Sola (10.66)

which joins Canal Principal and Canal Santo Domingo.
Side channels
Chart 3561 (see 1.14)
Caution
Topography
1
10.59
The W shore of the passage is formed by the delta of
Ro Paran which consists of a multitude of alluvial
islands, fringed by scrub and reed but well wooded inland,
and is traversed by a maze of channels leading between the
main river mouths, see also 10.14.
The E side of the channel is formed by an extensive
bank, drying in places which extends up to 5 miles off the
Uruguayan coast.
Canal Santo Domingo

1
Depths
10.60
1
Canal Principal has a general width of more than

5 cables and a dredged depth of 110 m (2003).
Canal Santo Domingo (10.63) has a least depth
of 30 m.
Canal Sur de la Isla Sola (10.66) is dredged to 15 m.
These depths are subject to change and latest
information should always be sought see 10.3.
Directions
Canal Principal
1
10.61
From a position in the vicinity of Km 121 Light-buoys
(3407S, 5819W) the track leads NNW following the
course of Canal Principal, passing (with positions from
Paso de la Casilla, Puerto Carmelo, Light (3400S,
5818W) (10.68)):
WSW of Banco del Matn (3 miles S), marked on
its SW extremity by Km 1243 Light-buoy
(starboard hand); and:
ENE of an unnamed island (5 miles SSW); two
dangerous wrecks lie W of this section of the
channel, as indicated on the chart. Thence:
W of Islote El Matn (3 miles SSW), thence:
W of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles
SW) which marks the outer end of Canal Sur de la
Isla Sola (10.66), leading to Puerto de Carmelo
(10.67); the track then turns NW, thence:
E of the mouth of Ro Paran Guaz (4 miles W)
(10.141) one of the entrance channels to Ro
Paran; Km 1342 Light-buoy (E cardinal) is
moored in the channel off the river mouth. Thence:
SW of Isla Juncal (4 miles NW); a dangerous wreck,
indicated on the chart and marked by Km 1367
Light-buoy (isolated danger), lies in the middle of
the channel at this point. Thence:
E of the mouth of Ro Sauce (7 miles NW) (10.144),
another of the entrance channels to Ro Paran;
Km 1432 Light-buoy (E cardinal) is moored in the
channel off the river mouth, 2 cables NNE of a
dangerous wreck.
From this position the track continues NNW to a
position W of Km 1455 Light-buoy (starboard hand) lying
4 cables W of Punta Gorda (8 miles NW) at the mouth of
Ro Uruguay. Punta Gorda, a wooded bluff 26 m in height,
with a white obelisk standing on it, is the reference point
(Km 0) for buoyage in Ro Uruguay.
10.62
There have been changes to depths, buoys and channels
in the area of the plan. For the latest information mariners
should consult Uruguay Chart 61 and the local authorities.
10.63
From a position SW of Punta Martn Chico (3410S,
5813W) (10.58), Canal Santo Domingo branches N from
Canal del Infierno (10.26) and follows the Uruguayan coast
as far as Puerto de Carmelo (10.67), 10 miles NNW. The
channel is marked by numbered light-buoys (lateral) and
passes (with positions from Paso de la Casilla, Puerto
Carmelo, Light (3400S, 5818W) (10.68)):
SW of Punta Dorado o Garibaldi (9 miles SSE), a
rocky point with a dangerous wreck close NW. A
shoal patch, with 48 m of water over it, lies in the
channel 7 cables SSW of the point, Thence:
W of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (8 miles
SSE) moored close W of danger area, and:
E of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand), thence:
E of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (7 miles SSE)
moored close E of a rock awash at chart datum,
thence:
To a position SW of Punta Piedras (1 miles SSE),
from which a pier extends, thence:
ENE of a Light-buoy (safe water) (1 mile SSW)
marking the inner end of Canal Sur de la Isla Sola
(10.66); thence:
ENE of Isla Sola (1 mile SW) (10.66).
To a position 5 cables SW of Paso de la Casilla Light
(10.68), in the vicinity of No 19 Buoy (black, can) near the
entrance to Puerto de Carmelo.
Useful marks
10.64
Puerto de Carmelo N Breakwater Light (3401S,
5818W).
Puerto de Carmelo S Breakwater Light (100 m SSE
of N breakwater light).
Water intake Light-beacon (3401S, 5819W).
Canal Camacho
1
10.65
Description. Canal Camacho leads from the entrance to
Puerto de Carmelo (3400S, 5818W) to Punta Gorda,
8 miles NW, where it joins Canal Principal (10.58).
Directions. The channel is marked by numbered
light-buoys in accordance with IALA Maritime Buoyage
System (Region B) and passes (with positions from Paso de
la Casilla, Puerto Carmelo, Light (3400S, 5818W)
(10.68)):
SW of a light-beacon (special) (6 cables W) marking
a water intake; two buoys (special) lie close NE
and W of the beacon. Thence:
Between the Uruguayan coast and Isla Juncal (10.61)
(4 miles NW), and Isla Juncalito, (6 miles NW);
thence:
To a position W of Punta Gorda (8 miles NW)
(10.61) at the entrance to Ro Uruguay.
Canal Sur de la Isla Sola

1
321
10.66
Description. Canal Sur de la Isla Sola connects Puerto
de Carmelo (10.67) and Canal Santa Domingo (10.63) with
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Canal Principal (10.58). There is a reported (2004) dredged

depth of 15 m.
Directions. The channel, which is marked by pairs of
buoys (lateral, port hand on the N side), leads E from a
position about 3 cables N of No 2 Light-buoy (3402S,
5820W) in Canal Principal, passing (with positions from
Paso de la Casilla, Puerto de Carmelo, Light (3400S,
5818W) (10.68)):
S of Isla Sola, surrounded by rocks, (1 mile SW).
From this position the track leads clear of the light-buoy
(safe water) (1 miles SSW) at the E end of the channel
and into Canal Santo Domingo.
islands in the river are subject to inundation and covered

with high, dense vegetation.
Depths
1
Pilotage
1

Puerto de Carmelo
1
10.67
Description. Puerto de Carmelo (3400S, 5818W) lies
at the mouth of Arroyo de las Vacas; a depth of 3 m is
maintained at the river entrance and off the quays within it.
10.68
Directions. The port is approached from SE by Canal
Santo Domingo (10.63), from SW by Canal Sur de la Isla
Sola (10.66) and from NW by Canal Camacho (10.65). It is
entered between two breakwaters which extend from each
side of the river entrance. Lights (green and red metal
framework towers) are exhibited from the breakwater
heads. Paso de la Casilla Light (green metal framework
tower) is exhibited from the root of the N breakwater.
Traffic signals are displayed from a mast near the root
of the S breakwater to control entry and exit of vessels:
Red square flag and red broad pennant by day, red
light at night, indicate a vessel may enter;
Green square flag by day, green light at night,
indicate a vessel may leave.
Berths:
Commercial quay, on N bank of river, 216 m long,
depth 3 m.
Facilities. Repairs and slipways for vessels to 800 dwt.
Directions
Chart 3549 (see 1.14)
Caution
Route
1
Topography
10.70
The W bank (Argentina) of the river is very low and
covered with dense vegetation, while the E bank (Uruguay)
is generally high and sandy with little vegetation. The
10.75
Due to the changing aspects of navigation within the
river, the requirement for compulsory pilotage, and the
limited information regarding navigational marks, the
following Directions provide only a general indication of
the course of the main channels which lead up-river.
Punta Gorda to Ro Negro
Chart 3549 (see 1.14)
10.74
General San Martin Bridge above Fray Bentos at Km
1014 (10.78). There is a navigable width of 100 m
between the piers and a vertical clearance of 42 m (138 ft).
General information
10.73
The river is buoyed; most of the buoys below Puerto de
Paysand (3219S, 5806W) (10.114), and many above
that port, are lit. Buoys are marked with their distance, in
kilometres, from Km 0 at Punta Gorda (10.61).
Leading beacons for the passes are usually iron towers,
with black and white square topmarks. Beacons on the
Uruguay side are usually red and white wooden framework
structures.
Vertical clearance
RO URUGUAY INFERIOR
10.72
Compulsory for all ocean-going vessels in Ro Uruguay.
Pilots for Argentinian ports can be obtained at Puerto de La
Plata (9.181) for passage up-river and at Concepcin del
Uruguay for the down-river passage. Pilots for Uruguayan
ports are obtained at Montevideo (9.93) or Prcticos
Recalada. See also 9.10.
Buoyage
10.69
The course of Ro Uruguay Inferior leads from Punta
Gorda (3355S, 5825W) (10.61) to Puerto del
Concepcin del Uruguay (3229S, 5814W) (10.97).
For the lower 50 miles of this passage, as far as Puerto
de Fray Bentos, the river is between 1 to 6 miles wide,
with extensive sandbanks which dry at low river. The main
channel between these banks is wide, deep and buoyed
throughout its length.
Between Fray Bentos and Concepcin del Uruguay, the
river divides into numerous branches separated by islands.
The passes, locally known as Pasos, which lead through
this section are few, but are well marked by buoys and
dredged from time to time. The centrelines through the
main channels are indicated on Chart 3549 by pecked lines.
10.71
Depths within Ro Uruguay are subject to considerable
change; see 10.56.
322
10.76
From a position W of Punta Gorda (3355S, 5825W)
(10.61) the track leads N, passing (with positions from
Km 30 mark (3337S, 5829W)):
Between the entrance to Ro Paran Bravo (16 miles
S) (10.145) and Puerto de Nueva Palmira
(15 miles SSE) (10.83); thence:
Between Punta Carbon (13 miles SSE) and Punta
Chaparro, 1 miles NE. North of this point the
river widens considerably and the channel favours
the E side, the W bank being fringed by an
extensive bank which extends up to 5 miles
offshore and parts of which dry at low river.
Thence:
W of Arenal Grande (4 miles SSE), where there is
a ruined pier, some abandoned warehouses and
brick kilns; the track then turns NNW through
Canal de Mrquez. A dangerous wreck, the
position of which is approximate, lies 1 mile NNW
of Km 30 mark. Thence:
W of Puerto Aldao (4 miles NE) (10.80) where the
channel turns NE passing through Paso de
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Mrquez (5 miles NNE), where the width of the

channel is reduced to about 120 m; after which the
track turns N through Paso Punta Amarilla
(8 miles N) which also has a least width of
120 m, between Km 462 and Km 478
Light-buoys.
From this position the track continues through the
channel to a position between the SW extremity of Isla
Lobos (13 miles NNE) and a drying bank which lies
8 cables W of this point. Isla Lobos forms the N entrance
point to Ro Negro. Several dangerous wrecks, indicated on
the chart, lie in this reach which is known as Canal
Tarantanas; the sides of this channel are steep-to.

Fondeadoro del Arenal Grande
1
Ro Negro to Puerto Fray Bentos

1
10.77
From a position SW of Isla Lobos the main channel
continues N, passing (with positions from Km 70 mark
(3318S, 5824W)):
NW of Isla Lobos, where the track turns NNE,
thence:
ESE of Punta Caballos (1 miles SW), whence the
main channel, Canal de los Ingleses, trends NNW
towards the W shore of the river. This channel is
steep-to on its W side and has two passes where
the width is reduced to 120 m; Paso Punta
Caballos (1 miles NNE) and Paso Barrizal
(7 miles N). Thence:
Between Punta Canarios (10 miles NNE) and the
light-beacon and tide-gauge (10 miles N) which
marks the outer end of a buoyed channel leading
NW to the mouth of Ro Gualeguaych (10.81),
whence the track turns NE.
From this position the track continues in the channel to
a position NW of Puerto de Fray Bentos (11 miles NNE)
(10.90).
10.80
Description. Anchorage may be obtained by vessels
drawing up to 30 m (10 ft) outside the main channel NW
of Puerto Aldao (3334S, 5826W), 5 cables offshore
between Kms 398 and 428 Light-buoys. In good weather
they can also anchor S and W of Km 345 Light-buoy.
Vessels of greater draught should use Fundeador del Arenal
Grande (10.79). In strong winds from S or SW a small
vessel should seek shelter in Ro San Salvador (3328S,
5824W) or off Punta Amarilla, not charted, 2 miles SW
of the river mouth.
Puerto Gualeguaych
1
Puerto Fray Bentos to Puerto del Concepcin del

Uruguay
10.78
From a position NW of de Puerto Fray Bentos the main
channel, as indicated on the chart, follows a winding track
through the numerous islands in the river, passing (with
positions from Nueva Berlin Light (3258S, 5804W)):
General San Martin Bridge at Km 1014, 3 miles
above Fray Bentos. The navigable channel is
marked by lights. A prohibited area, marked by
floats (special) is established in the vicinity of the
bridge. Thence:
To Paso Filomena Superior (3 miles NW), where
the track divides. Vessels drawing less than 2 m
can leave the main channel and proceed through
Brazo de la China, indicated on the chart, which
leads to Concepcin del Uruguay through the
islands on the W side of the river. The main
branch continues N through the islands. Thence:
To Paso Romn (10 miles NNE) where the track
proceeds N for another 20 miles to Puerto del
Concepcin del Uruguay, passing generally
between the islands and the E bank of the river.
At Km 1696, 6miles S of Concepcion del Uruguay
a Power cable spans Brazo de la China and the
main channel with vertical clearances of 22m
(72 ft) and 42 m (137ft) respectively.
10.79
Description. Fundeador del Arenal Grande provides
anchorage for deep draught vessels in a pool extending N
from the main channel, close N of Arenal Grande (3341S,
5826W), where there is good holding ground. Shallower
draught vessels can find anchorage near the E shore
between Arroyo La Agraciada, 2 miles S of Arenal
Grande and Estancia Casa Blanca 4 miles farther S.
Puerto Aldao
From this position the channel continues to where Brazo

de la China rejoins the main channel in the vicinity of
Concepcin del Uruguay.
10.81
Description. Puerto Gualeguaych lies 10 miles within
the entrance to Ro Gualeguaych (3305S, 5825W).
Vessels drawing up to 27 m (9 ft) can reach the port at low
river.
Directions. Vessels approaching the river should obtain
entry permission from the coastguard station at the mouth
of the river. A dredged channel, about 73 m wide and
marked by pairs of buoys (starboard hand) and light-buoys
(port hand), leads from the main channel at Km 90 to the
mouth of Ro Gualeguaych. The river mouth is protected
on each side by breakwaters which have a small iron
structure on their extremities. The channel within the river
is marked by buoys and beacons, some of which are lit.
Berths.
The port has four adjacent berths with a total berthing
length of 560 m and depths of 27 m (9 ft) alongside.
A small wharf for refrigerated cargo and a wharf, 220 m
long, for cattle, lie close to the port.
Other facilities: hospitals, deratting and deratting
Supplies: water, provisions,
Communications: air transport available.
Puerto Nueva Berlin

1
323
10.82
Directions. Puerto Nuevo Berlin (3258S, 5804W) is
approached by a deep channel passing E of
Km 122 Light-buoy and the S end of Isla del Burro.
Useful mark. A light (red square tower) is exhibited
from the head of the S pier.
Anchorage can be obtained in the channel, abreast the
N pier in a depth of 82 m (27 ft), good holding ground.
Berths. The port has two piers.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Puerto de Nueva Palmira
Puerto de Fray Bentos
Charts 3561, plan of Nueva Palmira
Chart 3549 (see 1.14)
General information
General information
10.83
Puerto de Nueva Palmira (3353S, 5825W) lies on the
E bank of Ro Uruguay. The port contains a free trade
zone, and in 1997 was used by 174 vessels with a total of
4 606 615 dwt.
Rada de Nueva Palmira consists of the reach of Ro
Uruguay which lies between the Puerto de Nueva Palmira
and Punta Chaparro (10.76), 3 miles N; it has depths of 14
to 20 m and a width of 5 to 8 cables.
Regulations
1
Traffic regulations
1
10.84
Movements and operations are controlled by Nueva
Palmira Control and Information Centre.
10.85
The port is approached from the main channel of the
river. Shoal water extends a considerable distance off both
banks. Restinga de Palmira, least depth 09 m, lies 2 cables
S of Navios Corporation Wharf, and marked N by a spar
buoy (north cardinal) and S by a light buoy (starboard
hand). This shoal is also covered by the red sector
(335020) of Muelle Sur Light (red metal framework
tower, black bands, 6 m in height). The bottom in the
roadstead W of this danger is rocky. A dangerous wreck
(3353S, 5826W), marked by a buoy (green, conical),
lies 4 cables W of Muelle Oficial.
10.86
Useful marks:
Muelle Oficial Light (green tower); a light is
exhibited from a dolphin 80 m N of the pier head.
Drsena Higueritas, S Breakwater, Light (red square
Navios Corporation Wharf, lit by eight blue lights
along its length, from the S end of which a sector
light (red metal framework tower, black bands, 6 m
in height) is exhibited.
Anchorage may be obtained to the N of line

3 cables N of Muelle Oficial; a minimum
separation between vessels of 4 cables is required
and the E side of the river is preferred. See
also 10.84.
10.88
Navios Corporation Wharf: eight interconnected
dolphins, total berthing face 230 m, depths of 73 m
alongside.
Muelle Oficial: 336 m long, depths 64 m alongside.
There is 300 m of berthing for coastal vessels along the
part of the wharf which connects with the shore. This
wharf forms part of the free trade zone.
Drsena Higueritas: a basin 7 cables NNE of the
wharf, enclosed by two breakwaters; dredged to 18 m.
10.89
Provisions.
10.95
Anglo wharf, is a T-shaped wooden wharf lying 1 mile
WSW of the town and owned by the meat-packing
company. Its head is 180 m long with an alongside depth
of 80 m (26 ft).
Railway pier, an L-shaped wooden pier, close to the
town has alongside depth of 80 m (26 ft) and is used for
discharge of coal.
Official pier, close E of Railway pier, is an L-shaped
concrete pier with a head 325 m long. The outer side has
depths of 80 m (26 ft) alongside; the inner side has depths
of 40 m.
Port services
1
10.96
Facilities: hospital: deratting and deratting exemption
Supplies: fresh water, provisions.
Puerto del Concepcin del Uruguay

General information
1
Supplies
1
10.94
Anchorage may be obtained by small craft near the piers
of the port, or in the bay close W of them; ocean going
vessels should anchor farther offshore, in deeper water W
of a line 5 cables W of the Official Pier, W end; a
minimum separation between vessels of 4 cables is required
and the S side is preferred. See also 10.91.
Berths
10.87
Berths
10.92
The port is approached directly from the main channel
of the river which passes close to the Uruguayan shore at
this point.
10.93
Useful marks:
Official pier W end Light (red square metal tower)
(3307S, 5819W).
Official pier E end Light (green square metal tower)
(300 m E of W end light).
Anchorage
Anchorage
1
10.91
Movements and operations are controlled by Puerto de
Fray Bentos Control.
Directions
Directions
1
10.90
Puerto de Fray Bentos (3307S, 5819W) lies on the S
side of Ro Uruguay. It is a major meat-packing centre and
in 1991 had a population of 20 431. In 2003 the port was
used by 10 vessels with a total of 409 728 dwt .
324
10.97
Puerto del Concepcin del Uruguay (3229S, 5814W)
is the centre of a large grain producing area and had a
population of 30 000 in 1987. The port is situated on the
W side of Riacho Itape a channel which runs parallel with
the main channel of Ro Uruguay, on its W side.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Directions
1
10.98
The port is entered through a passage, 45 m wide with
depths of 60 m (20 ft), cut through Isla del Puerto
(3229S, 5813W), an island which separates Riacho Itape
from Ro Uruguay. A signal station stands on head of a
short masonry arm on the S side of the entrance. Lights,
shown on the chart, are exhibited from the N part of Isla
del Puerto.
Rada de Concepcin del Uruguay lies in Ro Uruguay
between the entrance channel and the S extremity of Isla
del Almiron, 3 miles N.
From Fabrica Coln to Puerto de Salto (10.122)

navigation is only possible for small vessels at low
river; those drawing up to 27 m (9ft) can reach
Puerto Concordia (10.121), and those drawing
18 m (6 ft) can reach Puerto Salto. During the
frequent rises in river level vessel drawing up to
30 m (10 ft) can reach both ports.
The channels in the narrowest reaches have a width of
80 m and a sandy bottom.
The opening of the sluice-gates at Puerto de Salto
(10.122) can produce a change in the depth of water in the
river. Up to date information regarding the water level in
the river can be obtained from Puerto de Salto Prefecture.
Anchorage
1
10.99
In the roadstead, clear of the main channel, preferably
on the W side.
Navigation marks
1
Berths
1
10.100
Wharves for ocean-going vessels are of concrete with a
berthing length of 1100 m, depths of 5 m (16 ft)
alongside.
Coastal vessels are accommodated at the N end of the
port, where there is 400 m of wharfage, with depths of
37 m (12 ft), built at various levels to enable berthing at
all states of river level.
There are several berths for tankers at the S part of the
port.
10.106
The few reefs are marked by light-vessels during the
low river season, but these are removed when the level
reaches 40 m (13 ft) above datum.
Vertical clearances
10.107
Power cable, 268 m (88 ft), spans the river at Km
2034.
General Artigas Bridge which spans the river at
Km 2095. Safe vertical clearance 31 m (102 ft)
The piers are 120 m apart.
Directions
Tugs
1
Chart 3549 (see 1.14)
10.101
Available.
Caution
Port services
1
10.102
Repairs: slipway for vessels up to 900 tonnes.
Supplies: fresh water, provisions; fuels.
RO URUGUAY MEDIO
Concepcin del Uruguay to Fabrica Coln (Liebigs)

1
General information
Charts 3549 (see 1.14), 2039
Route
1
10.103
Ro Uruguay Medio leads N from Concepcin del
Uruguay (3229S, 5814W), for about 65 miles, to Puerto
de Salto.
Topography
1
10.104
Ro Uruguay Medio is between 6 to 8 cables wide, the
bottom is sand and stone with isolated reefs in places. Both
banks are low particularly the W, or Argentine, bank, and
there are numerous large islands in the river.
Depths
1
10.105
Depths within Ro Uruguay are subject to considerable
change; see 10.56.
In general:
Puerto Fabrica Coln (10.120), 23 miles above
Concepcin del Uruguay, can be reached at low
river by vessels drawing up to 335 m (11 ft).
10.108
325
10.109
From a position off Concepcin del Uruguay (3229S,
5814W) the main channel, indicated on the chart, leads
generally NNE, passing (with positions from Paysand
Church (3219S, 5805W)):
Through Paso Almirn Chico (7 miles SW), 100 m
wide and 335 m (11 ft) in depth. Thence:
Through Paso Almirn Grande (5 miles SW);
between Nos 2 and 4 Light-buoys (not charted).
Six white floats mark the channel through this
pass, which is 100 m wide and 335 m (11 ft) in
depth. Thence:
W of Puerto de Paysand where a power cable,
268 m (88 ft), spans the river at Km 2034,
thence:
Under General Artigas Bridge (3 miles NNW)
which spans the river at Km 2095; safe vertical
clearance 31 m (102 ft), with the piers being 120 m
apart; the navigable channel is marked by lights.
Thence:
Through Paso San Francisco (5 miles NNW) which
leads between Isla San Francisco and the W bank;
the channel here is 80 m wide with a minimum
depth of 30 m (10 ft); the bottom is sand and
stones. The track then follows the W bank of the
river. Thence:
NE of Puerto Coln (10.119) (6 miles NNW).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
From this position the track continues in mid-channel to

a position close E of Puerto Fabrica Coln (Liebigs)
(10.120) (11 miles NNW).
Prohibited anchorage.
1
10.110
A submarine gas pipeline is laid in Vera Pass between
Kms 188 and 192 and anchorage is prohibited in the area;
see 1.35.
Chart 2039
Fabrica Coln to Puerto de Salto

1
2
10.111
Due to the lack of details on the chart only very general
observations are given for this section of the river.
From a position E of Puerto de Fabrica Coln (3209S,
5811W) to Puerto Concordia (10.121), 57 miles up-river,
the minimum depth in the passes is 27 m (9 ft). The worst
reach is Paso Coralito, 2 miles below Concordia, where the
whole river is obstructed by reefs. There is a buoyed
channel through these reefs which can be safely used by
day, but only vessels with local knowledge should attempt
it at night. When the river level is 50 m (16 ft) above
datum at Concordia, vessels drawing up to 30 m (10 ft)
can proceed through this pass, keeping close to the E bank
where the current is not so strong.
From Concordia to Puerto de Salto, 1 miles up-river,
the channel is obstructed by a reef which extends from the
W bank. Paso de la Cabadalla is a narrow channel leading
between the reef and the E bank.
Port services
1
10.112
Description. Puerto Nueva Escocia (3141S, 5801W),
is a small natural port situated at the mouth of Arroyo
Tala.
Chart 3549 (see 1.14)
Puerto de Paysand
1
10.114
General information. Puerto de Paysand (3219S,
5806W) lies on the E bank of the river, in the centre of a
rich cattle-raising district. The town is industrial and has a
population of about 60 000.
10.115
Directions. The port is approached directly from the
main channel of the river. A light (red tower, green stripes)
is exhibited from Muelle ANCAP, the S wharf. An oil
transfer area, marked by buoys has been established close
N of the port in the vicinity of General Artigas Bridge
(10.109).
An oil transfer area marked by buoys and beacons is
situated between 1 and 3 cables below the bridge
extending up to 1 cables from the E bank, with 2
mooring buoys and a submarine pipeline leading to the
bank. The area is prohibited for navigation and anchoring
except for vessels using the ANCAP Oil Terminal, see
also 1.35.
10.119
Description. Puerto Coln (3213S, 5809W) lies on
the W bank of the river. It has a population of about 7 000.
main channel of the river. Rocks, which dry at low river
extend from the river bank a short distance S of the S end
of the wharf.
Anchorage. The best anchorage is is situated a short
distance above the port near the W bank of the river.
Berths. A wharf divided into three sections, each at a
different height to facilitate working at all states of river
level. Each section is 53 m in length; the minimum depth
alongside the S and lowest section is 37 m (12 ft).
Basin at the N end of the wharf for river craft, the W
side of which has a concrete berthing wall 159 m long;
depths 18 m (6 ft) alongside.
Other facilities: hospital; airport.
Supplies: provisions and fuel.
Puerto Fabrica Coln
Puerto Yera
10.113
Description. Puerto Yera (3132S, 5801W) has a
floating landing stage.
Minor repairs can be carried out.
10.118
Repairs: minor repairs, slipway for small craft.
Other facilities: hospital, airport.
Puerto Coln

Puerto Nueva Escocia
10.116
Anchorage. Rada de Paysand extends across the whole
width of the main branch of the river abreast the port. It
has depths of 7 to 21 m (23 to 69 ft) in the fairway.
10.117
Berths. Muelle ANCAP: the S wharf, 150 m length,
depth of 67 m (22 ft) on outer side; berths for coastal
vessels on its inner side, depths 40 m (13 ft). Tankers can
berth here.
Muelle Transatlantico, for large vessels, length 100 m
depth of 60 m (20 ft) alongside.
Several wharves, for river craft; all having three decks
for access during any state of the river level.
10.120
Description. Puerto Fabrica Coln (Liebigs) (3209S,
5812W) is a private port serving a large meat-packing
plant owned by the Liebigs Company.
Berths:
S wharf, 24 m long; alongside depths of 43 to 46 m
(14 to 15 ft).
Central wharf 40 m long; alongside depths of 82 to
85 m (27 to 28 ft).
N wharf 10 m long; alongside depths of 67 to 70 m
(22 to 23 ft).
Small passenger jetty situated close N of the
wharves.
Chart 2039
Puerto Concordia
1
326
10.121
Description. Puerto Concordia (3124S, 5802W)
stands on the W bank of Ro Uruguay. It is the centre of
an important cattle-raising and agricultural region.
Berths:
An L-shaped arm projecting from the river bank on
the outer side of which is a passenger wharf; 50 m
long, alongside depth 27 m (9ft), and:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
A river craft wharf; 181 m long, alongside depth

21 m (7 ft).
On the inside of the arm is:
A basin with 400 m of berthing space and depths
alongside of 15 m (5 ft).
Puerto de Salto
1
10.122
Description. Puerto de Salto (3124S, 5758W), on the
E bank of Ro Uruguay, is the second city of Uruguay and
is the centre of an important cattle-raising and agricultural
region with a population of 80 787. It is the head of
navigation for ocean-going vessels. There is a port radio
station.
Berths:
Drsena de Ceibal, the S basin, is dredged to 30 m
(10 ft) and has 120 m of berths. At its head there
is a wharf for use at very high water.
Central wharf; 140 m of berthing, alongside depths of
30 to 43 m (10 to 14 ft); wharf has two decks to
facilitate working at all states of river level.
Drsena Norte, the N basin, dries and is bounded to
the N by Muelle del Ferrocarril, a railway wharf.
Repairs: slipway for small craft.
Ports
1
RO URUGUAY ALTO
General information
1
(10.122). It varies in width from 3 cables to 1 miles; its

channel is deep except where it is obstructed by sandbars
which extend from bank to bank.
Salto Chico, the first rapid, lies 1 miles above Salto
and has a fall of 27 m (9 ft).
Salto Grande, about 20 miles farther up-river, has a fall
of 50 m (16 ft). Small craft drawing up to 18 m (6 ft) can
pass these rapids when the level of the river at Concordia
stands at + 90 m (29 ft), or higher.
Above these rapids Ro Uruguay Alto is not considered
important as a waterway and the channel is not marked.
There is considerable traffic with shallow-draught vessels.
Rafts of hardwood from the forests on the upper reaches
are floated down this section of the river. At very high
river small craft can ascend the river as far as Porto
Uruguayana, in Brazil, 108 miles above Puerto de Salto.
10.123
Ro Uruguay Alto (Uruguay Superior) extends about
300 miles above Puerto de Salto (3124S, 5758W)
10.124
The following ports are located on Ro Uruguay Alto:
Argentina:
Puerto Santa Ana (3055S, 5756W).
Puerto Monte Caseros (3014S, 5739W).
Puerto Paso de los Libres (2943S, 5705W). This
port has 700 m of wharfage and a basin 60 m
wide. Cattle-loading berths lie 2 miles S and
6 miles N of the town, which has an airfield.
Puerto Alvear (2905S, 5634W).
Puerto Santo Tom (2833S, 5602W).
Uruguay:
Puerto Constitucin (3104S, 5751W).
Puerto Bella Union (3016S, 5735W).
Brazil:
Puerto Itaqu (2909S, 5632W).
Puerto So Borja (2840S, 5600W).
RO PARAN
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2039, 1982a, 1982b
Area covered
1
10.125
This section describes the Ro Paran, throughout its
navigable length and includes Ro Paraguay (10.217), the
main tributary of Ro Paran. It is divided into six parts.
Ro Paran Delta (10.131), which has six principal
mouths within it and extends from Ro Paran de
Las Palmas (3419S, 5830W) (10.136) in the S
to Ro Paran Bravo (3353S, 5826W) (10.145)
in the N.
Ro Paran Inferior (10.153), which extends from Isla
de las Palmas (3344S, 5918W), at the junction
of Ro Paran Guaz and Ro Paran de Las
Palmas, to position 3227S, 6044W. It includes
the ports of San Pedro (10.161), Ramallo (10.162),
San Nicolas (10.163), Villa Constitucin (10.164)
and Rosario (10.166).
Ro Paran Medio (10.170) extends from 3227S,
6044W to Puerto Paran (3143S, 6032W)
(10.184) which is included, as is Puerto Santa F
(10.176).
Ro Paran Superior (10.186), which extends from

Puerto Paran (3143S, 6032W) to the junction
with Ro Paraguay (2722S, 5846W).
Ro Alto Paran (10.204), which extends from the
junction with Ro Paraguay to the limit of
navigation for Ro Paran at Puerto Mendez, in
Brazil (not charted).
Ro Paraguay (2722S, 5846W) (10.217), whose
navigable length extends to Prto Corumb
(10.239), (not charted) in Brazil, 826 miles above
its junction with Ro Parana Superior.
Topography
1
327
10.126
Ro Paran rises in Brazil, at the junction of Ro
Paranaiba and Ro Grande, in position 2005S, 5110W. It
has a total length of 2430 miles and is the most important
waterway in Argentina, with numerous ports on its banks.
The delta of Ro Paran consists of a multitude of
alluvial islands, fringed by scrub and reed but well wooded
inland, and is traversed by a maze of channels leading
between the main river mouths.
Throughout Ro Paran Medio and Superior the E bank
is bordered by cliffs while the W bank is low, bare and
swampy, interspersed by numerous channels which form
islands.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Alto Paran lies between high banks covered with

vegetation. There are numerous waterfalls, cataracts and
rapids which render the waterway difficult to navigate.
Ro Paraguay is less tortuous and has fewer islands and
other dangers than Ro Paran. It has well defined banks of
either cliffs or vegetation where the banks are low.
RO PARAN DELTA
General information
Charts 3561, 1982a
Routes
1
Depths
1
10.127
The latest information regarding depths within these
rivers, and the channels leading to them, is published
regularly, by the Argentine Authorities, in Boletin Fluvial
DHVN; see 10.3.
River levels. The level of Ro Paran undergoes a
regular annual change caused by the periodic rainfall in the
tropical regions of the river basins. The river level is
highest in March and lowest in September. Rises in levels
are also caused by irregular rainfall in the S regions of the
river basin; these generally cause a rise from May to July
and from November to December.
In general the river is lowest in September and may
remain low until December, or exceptionally, until January.
In the lower reaches of the river, levels are affected by
changes in level in Ro de La Plata, the tidal effects of
which can be felt, at low river, as far as Puerto Rosario
(3257S, 6038W).
Currents. In the navigable part of the river, the rate of
current is generally about 2 kn at low river, 3 kn at high
river. These rates may be exceeded in narrow sections of
the river. In Ro Paran Medio the maximum rate is 4 kn,
minimum 2 kn.
10.131
Described are the main routes leading through Ro
Paran Delta into the main course of the river. These are:
Ro Paran de las Palmas (3419S, 5830W)
(10.136).
Ro Paran Min (3414S, 5824W) (10.139).
Ro Barca Grande (3410S, 5822W) (10.140).
Ro Paran Guaz (3400S, 5824W) (10.141).
Ro Sauce (3357S, 5826W) (10.144).
Ro Paran Bravo (3353S, 5826W) (10.145).
Topography
1
10.132
See 10.126.
Depths
1
10.133
The depths in these rivers are subject to considerable
change and the latest information should always be
obtained; see 10.3.
Vertical clearances
10.134
Road bridge, 49 m (160 ft), at Puerto Zrate, Km 106
(10.137).
Railway bridge, 49 m (160 ft) at Puerto Zrate, Km
107.
Directions
Hazards
1
10.128
Buoys. Detached clumps of grass and weeds, many of
great size, are continually floating down the river and are
liable to foul the light-buoys which may be capsized and
their lights extinguished.
Snakes. Mariners are recommended to keep their
hawse-pipes covered as a precaution against snakes which
can crawl up the cables from these clumps of vegetation.
Ro Paran de las Palmas

1
Pilotage
1
10.129
Compulsory for all ocean-going vessels in Ro Paran.
Pilots can be obtained at Puerto de La Plata (9.181) and
Puerto de Buenos Aires (9.255). These pilots only conduct
vessels as far as Puerto Santa F (3139S, 6043W). See
also 9.10.
Buoyage
1
10.130
The river is buoyed as far as Puerto Posadas (2723S,
5554W) (10.213). Most of the buoys below Puerto
Corrientes (2728S, 5851W) (10.203) are lighted. There
are also leading beacons, lights and tide gauges but these
are not charted or described.
As a result of re-numbering of some buoyage in the Ro
de La Plata, the numbers of the buoys at some of the river
entrances from the Canal Principal (10.58) and Ro
Uruguay (10.54) are not contiguous with those in the Ro
Paran.
10.135
rivers, the requirement for compulsory pilotage, and the
the course of the main channels.
328
10.136
Description. The mouth of Ro Paran de las Palmas
(3419S, 5830W) is entered from the N end of Canal
Emilio Mitre (10.45). This entrance, which passes SW of
Isla Zrate (10.45), provides access to the river for
ocean-going vessels. Apart from this channel the mouth of
the river is obstructed by a bar, depth 18 m (6 ft), which
can only be crossed by small craft through Canal de las
Palmas, passing N of Isla Zrate.
10.137
Directions (continued from 10.46). The main channel of
the river, indicated on the chart by a pecked line, leads
generally, from its entrance, NW for about 75 miles,
passing (with positions from Km 100 mark (3408S,
5859W)):
N of Puerto Campana (2 miles SE) (10.146), thence:
Under a power cable, 56 m (184 ft), with a safe
clearance of 51.15 m (167 ft), at Puerto Zarate.
and:
Under two bridges (10.134) (2 and 3 miles NW),
vertical clearance 49 m (160 ft); thence:
NE of Puerto Zrate (3 miles NW) (10.147), thence:
E of the mouth of Ro Baradero (18 miles NW),
thence:
SW of the junction with Zanja Mercadal (24 miles
NNW) (10.138), thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
To a position N of Isla de las Palmas (3344S,

5918W), where it is joined by Ro Paran Guaz
(10.141).
There are several channels, leading between Ro Paran
de las Palmas and Ro Paran Guaz. Local knowledge is
necessary.
(Directions continue for Ro Parana Inferior at 10.157)
Pasaje Talavera
1
Zanja Mercadal
1
10.138
Description. Zanja Mercadal (3349S, 5915W) is
3 miles long and joins Ro Paran de las Palmas with Ro
Paran Guaz (10.141). It can be used by vessels drawing
up to 40 m (13 ft).
Ro Sauce
1
Ro Paran Min
1
10.139
Description. The mouth of Ro Paran Min (3414S,
5824W) is entered from Pozos del Barca Grande (10.51).
The bar at the mouth of the river, at Km 475 Buoy,
usually has a depth of of about 10 m (3 ft). The river leads
generally NW for about 18 miles where it enters Ro
Paran Guaz (10.141).
10.140
Description. The mouth of Ro Barca Grande (3410S,
5822W) is also entered from Pozos del Barca Grande
(10.51). The bar at the mouth of the river, at Km 565
Buoy, usually has a depth of of about 40 m (13 ft).
The river leads generally NW for about 15 miles where
it enters Ro Paran Guaz (10.141) close E of Ro Paran
Min.
10.141
Description. The mouth of Ro Paran Guaz (3400S,
5824W) is entered from Canal Principal (10.58) in the
vicinity of Km 1342 Light-buoy.
10.142
Directions. The river leads generally WNW from its
entrance, passing (with positions from Km 170 (south
channel) mark (3357S, 5850W)):
N of the junctions with Ro Barca Grande (10.140)
(13 miles SE) and Ro Paran Min, 7 cables
farther W; thence:
Through Paso de la Paloma (3 miles E), where the
river has its least depth of about 67 m (22 ft); this
pass is narrow and should not be used by vessels
drawing more than 52 m (17 ft). The river is
joined by Ro Paran Bravo (10.145), close N of
this pass. Thence:
Under Zrate-Brazo Largo Bridge (4 miles NW),
vertical clearance 48 m (157 ft), navigable width
240 m. Pontoons (black and yellow stripes),
marked by lights protect the up-stream side of the
bridge supports. Power cables, vertical clearance
560 m (184 ft), with a safe clearance of 51.15 m
(167 ft), span the river about 1 mile below at Km
177 close SE of the bridge. Thence:
Zrate-Brazo Largo Bridge, 48 m (157 ft), Km 1786
(10.142).
S of the junction with Ro Paran Ibicuy (19 miles
NW); thence:
To a position N of Isla de las Palmas (3344S,
5918W), where it joins Ro Paran de las Palmas
(10.136).
(Directions continue for Ro Parana Inferior at 10.157)
10.145
Description. The mouth of Ro Paran Bravo (3353S,
5826W) is entered from Ro Uruguay (10.54). The river
leads generally W for 17 miles where it joins Ro Paran
Guaz (10.141). The channel usually has a least depth of
about 104 m (34 ft) and, apart from Rio de las Palmas, is
the one most used by ocean- going vessels as it joins Ro
Paran Guaz a short distance above Paso de la Paloma
(10.142) and avoids passage of this narrow pass.

Puerto Campana
1
Ro Paran Guaz
1
10.144
Description. The mouth of Ro Sauce (3357S,
5826W) is entered from Canal Principal (10.58). The river
leads 7 miles WNW where it joins Ro Paran Bravo
(10.145). The channel usually has a least depth of about
60 m (20 ft) with a minimum width of about cable.
Ro Paran Bravo
Ro Barca Grande
1
10.143
Description. Pasaje Talavera branches off the S side of
Ro Paran Guaz, 1 miles NW of Zrate-Brazo Largo
Bridge, and rejoins it at its junction with Zanja Mercadal
(10.138), 16 miles WNW. It is 19 miles long and usually
has a depth of about 67 m (22 ft); it can be used by
ocean-going ships.
10.146
General information. Puerto Campana (3409S,
5858W), on Ro Paran de las Palmas, has a population
of about 60 000, and is mainly a petroleum port which also
handles general cargoes. It can be approached by way of
the mouth of this river, through Canal Emilio Mitre (10.45)
or via Ro Paran Guaz (10.141); the approaches to this
river are not usually attempted at night and at certain times
of the year fog is an almost daily occurrence
Limiting draught. The draught of vessels approaching
the port through Ro Paran Guaz is usually limited to
70 m (23 ft), which is imposed by Barra de Faralln or
Barra de San Pedro.
main navigable channel of the river, which is wide and
deep in the vicinity of the port and vessels can manoeuvre
freely.
Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth usually anchor
about 1 mile down-stream from the tanker berths, depths 12
to 21 m (40 to 70 ft), mud and sand.
Berths:
Muelle Nacional, 116 m long; alongside depths 60 m
(20 ft); for general cargo.
Eight tanker berths with depths of from 67 to 90 m
(22 to 30 ft); can accept tankers up to 225 m
length.
Tugs are available.
Repairs: minor.
Supplies: fresh water, provisions and fuel.
Puerto Zrate
1
329
10.147
Description. Puerto Zrate (3405S, 5902W) on Ro
Paran de las Palmas, has a population of about 75 000.
The river in this vicinity is wide and deep but the wharves
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
have all silted up and are no longer used by ocean-going

vessels.
10.148
Zrate Port (not charted), a private terminal handling
containers, general and bulk cargo, lies 1 miles up-river
from Puerto Zrate at Km 1102. The berth consists of three
dolphins with a berthing frontage of 120 m. Depth
alongside is reported (1998) to be about 137 m.
10.149
Auto Terminal Zrate (not charted) is situated mile
up-river from Zrate Port (10.148), and consists of a quay
with a length of 200 m, and a second berth formed by
three dolphins. Depth alongside is reported to be about
106 m (1998). Cargoes handled consist almost exclusively
of cars and other road vehicles.
10.150
Paraguayan Free Zone. Argentina has granted Paraguay
permission to use land 5 miles up-river from Puerto Zrate
for a tanker port. The port is equipped with oil storage
tanks, wharves and piers. Ocean-going tankers discharge
here and river tankers load for Medin, near Asuncion
(10.234) on Ro Paraguay. Minor repairs and provisions are
available. There is an airport at Zrate.
Vertical clearance
1
Directions
1
Isla de las Palmas to Puerto San Nicols

1
10.151
Description. Puerto Las Palmas (3401S, 5908W) has
a wharf which serves a refrigeration plant.
Puerto Atucha
1
10.157
(continued from 10.137 or 10.142)
Chart 1982a, plan B
Puerto Las Palmas

1
10.156
Rosario-Victoria Bridge vertical clearance 54 m (177 ft).
The navigational channel, for 1000 m in the approaches to
bridge, is marked by light-buoys (lateral).
10.152
Description. Puerto Atucha (not charted) lies 15 miles
up-river from Puerto Zrate (3405S, 5902W) at Km 132.
The port consists of a berth 33 m long, alongside depth
122 m (40 ft), for an atomic power station, which lies near
the berth and is a distinctive feature in the area.
10.158
From a position N of Isla de las Palmas (3344S,
5918W) the channel, which is tortuous and indicated on
the chart, leads generally NW, passing (with positions from
Km 300 mark (3335S, 5949W)):
N of Isla de San Pedro (15 miles ESE); a secondary
channel leads S of this island. Thence:
E of Puerto San Pedro (10 miles ESE) (10.161),
thence:
NE of Puerto Obligado (5 cables SW), a former
grain-loading port, now disused. Thence:
NE or SW of Isla de las Hermanas (9 miles NW).
The main channel is subject to change; latest
reports indicate that the main channel leads NE of
the island, as indicated on the chart. Thence:
NE of Puerto Ramallo (11 miles NW) (10.162);
where a column, illuminated by mercury vapour
lights, stands on the water-front in the middle of
the port; thence:
SW of Isla Cattaneo (23 miles NW) where the main
channel divides; the left-hand branch leads NW to
Puerto San Nicols (10.163); the right-hand branch
continues N up-river.
Chart 1982a, plan C
Puerto San Nicols to Puerto Rosario
RO PARAN INFERIOR
1
General information
Charts 1982a, 1982b
Route
1
10.153
Ro Paran Inferior leads from a position N of Isla de
las Palmas (3344S, 5918W), at the junction of Ro
Paran de las Palmas (10.136) and Ro Paran Guaz
(10.141), to a position close S of Km 480 mark (3227S,
6044W) where Ro Paran Medio (10.170) begins.
Chart 1982b, plan A
Puerto Rosario to Puerto Gaboto
Topography
1
10.154
See 10.126.
Depths
1
10.155
From the junction of Ro Paran de las Palmas (10.136)
and Ro Paran Guaz (10.141) to Bella Vista (3241S,
6044W) there is a minimum depth of 76 m (25 ft) in the
passes, maintained by dredging. These depths are subject to
considerable change and the latest information should
always be obtained; see 10.3.
10.159
From a position SW of Isla Cattaneo (3320S, 6011W)
the channel, indicated on the chart, continues generally
NW, passing (with positions from Km 390 mark (3309S,
6028W)):
NE of Puerto Acevado (10 miles SE) (10.164), where
a conspicuous water tower (red lights) stands close
S of the wharf; whence the track curves N of the
bank and islands extending 3 miles N of Puerto
Villa Constitucin (8 miles ESE) (10.164). Thence:
NE of Puerto Rosario (15 miles NW) (10.166).
330
10.160
From a position NE of Puerto Rosario (3257S,
6038W) the main channel follows a tortuous route, often
dividing into secondary channels, passing (with positions
from Km 450 mark (3242S, 6042W)):
Under Rosario-Victoria Bridge (10 miles S), thence:
E of Puerto San Lorenzo (3 miles SSW) (10.167),
thence:
E of the bank which extends 2 miles E of Puerto San
Martn (2 miles SW) (10.168), thence:
To a position S of Isla del Encanto (7 miles NNW)
where the track divides. The left-hand branch
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
enters Ro Coronda, passing through Paso Copello

(9 miles NNW) and Paso Rincn Grondona
(12 miles NNW) to reach Puerto Gaboto (18 miles
NNW) (10.169). The right-hand branch follows the
course of Ro Paran to a position close S of
Km 480 mark (3227S, 6044W) where Ro
Paran Medio (10.170) begins.
2
Harbours and anchorages on Ro Paran

Inferior
Chart 1982a, plan B
Puerto San Pedro

1
2
3
10.161
General information. Puerto San Pedro (3341S,
5939W) lies on the W bank of the river at the entrance to
Laguna San Pedro. The town has a population of about
50 000 and the port is used for the export of cereals. The
largest vessel to use the port had a length of 220 m,
maximum draught 82 m (27 ft).
Directions. The approach to the port is directly from the
main channel of the river. The entrance to Laguna San
Pedro is marked by buoys and there is a channel, marked
by buoys, leading through the lagoon to enable small craft
to reach the old port, 1 miles farther NW. At high river
depths of up to 55 m (18 ft) can be found in the lagoon.
Anchorage. Vessels using the old port can anchor in Ro
Paran close to the lagoon entrance.
Berths. There is a berth 218 m long dredged to 9 m
(29 ft); N of it are two wharves, each with a berth 75 m
long which can accommodate vessels of up to 73 m (24 ft)
draught. Between the wharves is a basin with depths of
30 m (10 ft), used by river craft.
Puerto Ramallo
1
10.162
General information. Puerto Ramallo (3328S,
6000W) lies on the W bank of the river. The town has a
population of about 14 000 and the port is used for the
export of grain. The largest vessel to use the port was
55 227 dwt, 219 m LOA; in 2000 the port was used by 1
vessel of 6 176 dwt.
The current in the vicinity of the port is strong; mooring
buoys are laid off the wharf to hold vessels off, as they
may roll even in light winds.
Anchorage. Situated in mid-stream off the port, marked
by light-buoys and buoys.
Berths:
Muelle Nacional; 100 m long, alongside depth 37 m
(12 ft).
Grain elevator wharf, with two dolphins.
Tanker berth; alongside depth 75 m (24 ft), supplies
fuel to a local factory.
Other facilities: first aid.
Supplies: fresh water, provisions.
Puerto Villa Constitucin

1
Puerto San Nicols

1
10.163
General information. Puerto San Nicols (3320S,
6013W) stands on the W bank of the river, at the
entrance to Arroyo Yaguarn, a narrow channel forming a
branch of the river. It is an important port and industrial

town, with a population of about 130 000. The port is
divided into Puerto Nuevo, 1 miles below the town, and
Embarcaderos abreast of it. The largest vessel to use the
port was 68 499 dwt, 225 m LOA; in 2000 the port was
used by 521 vessels with a total of 10 055 861 dwt. Tugs
are available and their use is compulsory for movements
within the port.
Directions. The port is approached from a position SW
of Isla Cattaneo (10.158), where the main channel of Ro
Paran divides; the SW branch leads NW to Puerto San
Nicols.
Anchorage. An anchorage is situated, in Ro Paran,
about 3 miles down-river from Puerto Nuevo.
Berths: described from S to N:
Muelle Inginiero Buitrango, situated at Punta Argerich
(3322S, 6009W); 680 m long, alongside depths
79 m (26 ft); for the discharge of coal and ore for
the SOMISA steel-mill which is adjacent.
Gotaas Larsen SRL Wharf, close N of Muelle
Ingeniero Buitrango, has four dolphin-type
structures forming a continuous wharf 100 m long;
for discharge of coal.
Muelle Usina, at Puerto Nuevo; 200 m long,
alongside depths of 70 m (23 ft); for discharge of
coal.
E.N.Anhidro Distillery, a tanker berth; also at Puerto
Nuevo.
Puerto Nuevo Wharf; 287 m long, with an adjacent
dolphin berth 75 m long; for loading grain.
Embarcaderos, at the SE end of Arroyo Yaguarn;
vessels drawing up to 76 m (25 ft) can moor with
anchors out ahead and astern; for loading grain.
Muelle de Cabotage, farther up Arroyo Yaguarn
from Embarcaderos, used by river craft for loading
grain.
The last 2 berths are reported to be no longer in use.
Repairs: minor.
331
10.164
General information. Puerto Villa Constitucin
(3313S, 6020W) stands on the W bank of the river; the
town has a population of about 36 000. The harbour lies
between the town and Isla Caffereta which lies 4 cables
offshore, and to which it is joined by a mole. Tugs are
available and their use is compulsory for movements within
the port. Puerto Acevado, which serves Acinder S.A.
steel-mill, lies 2 miles down-river from Villa Constitucin.
The largest vessel to use the port was 68 499 dwt,
225 m LOA. In 2000 the port was used by 86 vessels with
Directions. The port is approached by a channel, leading
from the main channel of Ro Paran, which usually has
depths of 76 to 79 m (25 to 26 ft).
Anchorage for vessels waiting to berth is situated off
Puerto Acevedo.
Berths, described from S to N:
Muelle Mineral Acinder, at Puerto Acevado; 170 m
long, alongside depth 98 m (32 ft); serves a
smelting plant.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Puerto Acevado Wharf; 110 m long, alongside depth

88 m (29 ft); serves the steel-mill. A tanker berth
lies close to this wharf.
Puerto Cabotaje; 80 m long, alongside depth 46 m
(15 ft); used mainly by river craft unloading sand
and stone, but can be used by ocean-going vessels
when river levels permit. Also a boat camber with
depths of 19 m (6 ft).
Elevator Terminal; a pier projecting from the river
bank with berths for ocean-going vessels on both
sides; for loading grain.
Embarcaderos; two wharves under a cliff; used for
loading grain through tubes or chutes.
Railway Coal Dock; two moles with berths for four
ocean-going vessels on the S mole; for coal
discharge.
Repairs: minor.
Punta de San Martn

1
10.165
Description. At Punta de San Martn, 12 miles NW of
Villa Constitucin, there is an oil installation with a tanker
berth. This consists of a central platform with 2 dolphins
and an alongside depth of 97 m (32 ft).
Puerto Rosario
1
10.166
General information. Puerto Rosario (3257S,
6038W) is the principal port on Ro Paran and the
second port of Argentina, and has a population of about
one million. It extends for about 6 miles along the W
bank of the river and about half of the cereal production of
Argentina is exported through it. The largest vessel to use
the port was 75 594 dwt, 242 m LOA; in 2000 the port was
used by 504 vessels with a total of 19 526 668 dwt.
Depths. The river channel, within the limits of the port,
is dredged to a minimum of depth of 76 m (25 ft). In
favourable conditions vessels leaving the port by way of
Ro Paran de las Palmas (10.136) and Canal Emilio Mitre
(10.45) can load to a draught of 90 m (30 ft).
Berths. The majority of the wharves in the port are state
owned and equipped for the export of grain; tugs are
available. The following privately owned wharves are used
for other purposes:
Muelles 3 and 4; for loading vegetable oil.
Sorrento Wharf; 80 m in length, for the discharge of
fuel for the power station.
Remonda Montserrat Wharf; for the discharge of
timber.
Carnes Argentinas Wharf; 175 m long, for refrigerated
and general cargoes.
Tanker berths; there are 2 both 152 m long with a
depth of 82 m (27 ft) alongside.
Repairs: Major repairs, floating dock lifting capacity
1000 tonnes, slipway.
Puerto San Martn

1
10.169
Description. Puerto Gaboto (3226S, 6050W), with a
population of about 2000, is a former grain-loading port
but is now used only for river traffic.
Supplies: pProvisions.
RO PARAN MEDIO
General information
Chart 1982b
Passage
1
Chart 1982b
10.167
General information. Puerto San Lorenzo (3245S,
6044W), on the W bank of the river, has a population of
10.168
General information. Puerto San Martn, 2 miles N of
Puerto San Lorenzo, has a population of about 12 000. The
port comes under the jurisdiction of San Lorenzo
Berths. There are wharves for handling grain, LPG,
vegetable oils and bulk cargoes, all of which can
accommodate ocean-going vessels. There is also a ferry
landing and a basin, dredged to 25 m (8 ft), for use of
river craft.
Puerto Gaboto
Puerto San Lorenzo

1
about 35 000; the port handles grain, chemicals and

petroleum products.
Port Authority. Camera de Actividades Portuarias y
Maritimas del Departamento San Lorenzo, Santa Fe,
Argentina.
259 m LOA; in 1997,
Pilotage. Compulsory, 6hrs notice required.
Anchorage. There is an area, marked by buoys, close
down-river from the port where vessels waiting to berth
can anchor.
Berths:
El Quebracho Elevator Wharf. Vessels berth on three
dolphins. Depth alongside 1066 m.
Pasa Wharf. Vessels berth on two dolphins. Maximum
draught 779 m.
IMSA Elevator wharf. Vessels berth on four concrete
dolphins depth alongside 9.14 m. Air draught
185 m.
El Transito Wharf. Vessels berth on three concrete
dolphins. Depth alongside 975 m. Air draught
150 m.
Dempa Wharf. Vessels berth on five dolphins, depth
alongside 1066 m. Air draught 150 m.
San Lorenzo: ACA Elevator Wharf. Depth alongside
9.14 m. Air draught 235 m.
Puerto Borghi. Vessels berths on three dolphins.
Repairs: Small repairs locally but larger repairs by
workship in Rosario.
Other facilities: first aid.
Supplies: fresh water; fuel.
10.170
Ro Paran Medio leads from a position close S of
Km 480 mark (3227S, 6044W), following a tortuous
track along the main channel of the river, to Puerto Paran
(3143S, 6032W) (10.184).
Topography
1
332
10.171
See 10.126.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Depths
1
Limiting conditions
10.172
From Bella Vista (3241S, 6044W) to Puerto Paran
(3143S, 6032W) (10.184) the minimum depth is 58 m
(19 ft). Puerto Paran is the limit of navigation for
ocean-going vessels. This depth, which is height above
local datum, is maintained by dredging.
These depths are subject to considerable change and the
latest information should always be obtained; see 10.3.
Arrival information
10.173
following Directions in this chapter provide only a general
indication of the course of the main channels which lead
up-river.
10.178
Outer anchorage. Waiting vessels may anchor S of the
outer entrance to Canal Acceso near Km 583.
Pilotage. The harbour pilot takes over from the river
pilot at the anchorage, boarding from a tug.
Tugs. Compulsory.
Regulations. Passage within Canal Acceso and the port
is regulated:
Ocean-going vessels may not pass each other in the
channel.
In Canal Acceso the speed of passenger vessels is
restricted to 7 kn, other vessels to 5 kn.
In the port the speed of passenger vessels is restricted
to 4 kn, other vessels to 3 kn.
Parana Medio to Puerto Diamante
Harbour
Directions
Caution
1
10.174
From a position close S of Km 480 mark (3227S,
6044W) the main channel, indicated on the chart by a
pecked line, leads N, generally following the E bank of the
river until reaching Puerto Diamante (3204S, 6039W)
(10.182).
10.179
Layout. The port consists of two open basins and Canal
Derivacion, a channel which runs along the E side of the
port.
Traffic signals to regulate traffic through Canal Acceso
are displayed from signal stations at both ends of the
channel by day and from the inner station only by night:
Puerto Diamante to Puerto Paran
Day
Night
Signification
10.175
From Puerto Diamante the main channel continues N,
passing (with positions from Km 570 Mark (3251S,
6040W)):
S and W of Islas Largas (11 miles S); secondary
channels lead through and E of these islands.
Thence:
Between the SE shore of Isla del Tragadero (3 miles
SW) and Alvear (5 miles S), thence:
At Km 570 Mark passing N through Animas Paracas
to the S end of Isla La Paciencia (4 miles N),
where the track divides. Vessels proceeding to
Puerto Santa F (13 miles NNW) (10.176) pass W
of Isla La Paciencia to the entrance to Canal
Acceso (7 miles N). Vessels continuing along the
main channel pass S and E of Isla La Paciencia,
whence the track turns NE. Thence:
NW of Bajada Grande (10.183) (9 miles NNE), a
small grain-loading port close W of Puerto Paran.
White ball
White flashes
Free entry
ocean-going ships
Red cone
Red flashes
Free exit
ocean-going ships
Green cone
(point up)
Green flashes
Free entry and exit

river craft
Yellow cone
(point down)
Red and green

flashes
Entry and exit

for river craft
with precautions
Basins and berths

1
Puerto Santa F
1
10.177
Controlling depth. Canal Acceso is dredged to a depth
of 55 m (18 ft), over a width of 40 m.
Power cable, vertical clearance 556 m (221 ft), crosses
Canal Acceso.
Largest vessel handled. 41 517 dwt; length 201 m.
10.176
Position. Puerto Santa F (3139S, 6042W) lies on
Ro Santa F, a tributary of Ro Paran.
Function. The town has a population of about 442 214
and the port provides berthing for ocean-going vessels.
Approach and entry. The port is approached from the
main channel of Ro Paran and entered through Canal
Acceso, an artificial channel.
429 084 dwt.
Port authority. Administration General Puerto Santa F,
Dique 1 Cabecera, 3000 Santa F.
10.180
Drsena I, the W basin; 1 236 m of quays with
alongside depths of 73 m (24 ft). Used for general
cargo.
Drsena II, the E basin, is reported to be out of use.
Canal Derivacion is divided into two sections. The N
section has sloping sides from which berths project
into deep water; the W side used for petroleum
products, the E side for ships awaiting orders or
under repair. The S section, a continuation of the
W side of Drsena 1, has a quay 810 m long, used
by river craft and partly used for loading grain.
Port services
1
333
10.181
Repairs. Minor repairs, a slipway for vessels under
1000 tonnes and 3 m (10 ft) draught.
Other Facilities: hospitals; deratting and deratting
Supplies: freshwater; provisions; fuel.
Communications: airfield.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Harbours and anchorages on Ro Paran

Medio
3
Puerto Diamante
1
10.182
General information. Puerto Diamante (3204S,
6039W) stands on sandy, wooded cliffs on the E bank of
the river. It has a population of about 18 000.
929 162 dwt.
Depths. Vessels drawing up to 76 m (25 ft) can use the
port, but the controlling depth, which is variable, is at Isla
de los Pajaros, 28 miles down-river.
Berths. There is a wharf, with an alongside depth of
91 m (30 ft), equipped for loading grain, also a wharf for
river craft. There are several disused grain-loading wharves.
Repairs: minor.
Communications: airfield.
Bajada Grande
1
10.183
Description. Bajada Grande (3143S, 6034W), with a
population of about 1500, is a small grain-loading port for
river craft.
There are two wharves used by barges.
Puerto Paran
1
10.184
General information. Puerto Paran (3143S, 6032W)
lies on the S bank of Ro Paran; Isla Puente lies in the
centre of the river, 4 cables off the town. The town has a
population of about 277 338 and is the centre of a large
agricultural region.
Limiting conditions. The approach to the port is
obstructed by a bar with a minimum depth of 39 m over
it; the port is therefore only accessible to ocean-going ships
at periods of very high rivers.
Depth signals, indicating the least depth in the entrance
channel, are shown from a mast on the E side of the
entrance to the basin. The maximum depth indicated will
be 73 m (24 ft), if this depth is exceeded no signals are
shown.
The depths are indicated, by day, by means of black
balls displayed horizontally on both yard-arms; by night the
balls are each replaced by one white light. The balls/lights
on the port yard-arm each indicate a depth of 15 m (5 ft),
those on the starboard yard-arm each indicate a depth of
03 m (1 ft).
A black square flag (one green light, by night) from the
masthead indicates the river is rising. A black square flag
(one red light, by night) from the port yard-arm indicates
the river is falling. Absence of these signals indicates the
river level is stationary.
10.185
Directions. Vessels can approach from either side of Isla
Puente; shallow draught vessels can approach the port from
the W passing SW of Isla Puente. Deeper draught vessels
must use the main river channel passing N of Isla Puente,
then approach the port from the E, passing through the
channel leading SE of Isla Puente.
Berths. The port comprises eight wharves, with
alongside depths of 24 to 46 m (8 to 15 ft); a quay, 132 m
long with a depth of 46 m (15 ft) alongside; a basin for

river craft; and three points for loading cattle.
Repairs: possible; slipway for small craft.
Supplies: provisions; fuel.
Communications: air services
RO PARAN SUPERIOR
General information
Chart 2039
Route
1
10.186
Ro Paran Superior extends from Puerto Paran
(3143S, 6032W) to the mouth of Ro Paraguay (2722S,
5846W).
Topography
1
10.187
In this section of Ro Paran the passes are more
numerous and undergo frequent changes; there are many
islands.
Depths
1
10.188
Above Puerto Paran the depth is largely dependent on
the state of the river; as far as Puerto Corrientes (2728S,
5851W) the minimum depth is 27 m (9 ft).
Power cables
1
10.189
Two power cables, the lowest with a vertical clearance
of 348 m (114 ft) cross the river at Km 6047, about
3 miles above Puerto Paran.
Local knowledge
1
10.190
Required to navigate in this section of the river, which
is only used by river craft. Directions cannot be given.

Puerto Villa Urquiza
1
10.191
Description. Puerto Villa Urquiza (3139S, 6023W)
lies at the foot of a ravine on the S side of the river. It has
a population of about 500.
Berths. Government wharf; 70 m long, alongside depth
24 m (8 ft).
Puerto Brugo
1
10.192
Description. Puerto Brugo (3122S, 6005W) lies on
the E bank of the river.
Berths. Two wharves; one 7 m long with depths of
27 m (9 ft) alongside, the other 35 m long. A floating
landing stage has depths of 49 m (16 ft) alongside.
Facilities: dispensary.
Puerto Villa Hernandairias

1
334
10.193
Description. Puerto Villa Hernandairias (3116S,
6001W), on the E bank of the river, has a population of
about 16 000.
Berths. Several landing places, depths of 15 to 73 m (5
to 24 ft) alongside, down-river from the town. Floating
landing stage abreast the town.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10

Puerto Lavalle
1
Puerto Santa Elena

1
10.194
Description. Puerto Santa Elena (3057S, 5947W), on
the E bank of the river, has a population of about 16 000.
Berths. A privately owned wharf 50 m long and
two cattle-loading berths.
Repairs: Minor repairs, slipway for small craft.
10.199
Description. Puerto Lavalle (2902S, 5911W) has a
population of about 3000. It has deep water at all seasons
but erosion of the cliff prevents any permanent harbour
works being constructed.
Berths. Vessels secure alongside the cliffs to work cargo
and there is a floating landing stage which can support
200 tonnes.
Repairs: Slipway for small wooden craft.
Puerto Bella Vista

Puerto La Paz
1
10.195
Description. Puerto La Paz (3045S, 5939W), on the
E bank of the river has a population of about 15 000.
Berths. Four government wharves, from 100 to 250 m in
length.
Repairs: minor.
Supplies: provisions, fuel.
Puerto Esquina
1
10.196
Description. Puerto Esquina (3001S, 5932W) lies on
the E bank of Ro Corrientes and is approached by a
channel, about 1 mile long with depths of 06 m (2 ft),
leading E from the main channel of Ro Paran.
Berths. Two berths for cattle-loading, a wharf, three
disused piers.
Repairs: minor.
Communications: air services.
10.200
Description. Puerto Bella Vista (2831S, 5901W) lies
on the E bank of the river and has a population of about
21 000. It serves an agricultural region where oranges are
grown and shipped through the port.
Anchorage can be found near the E bank up-river from
the floating jetty. Small craft can find shelter down-stream
from it.
Berths. There is a floating jetty which supports
400 tonnes, a wharf and two quays for use at high river
and one for use at medium river. Also 600 m of river bank
can be used for working cargo.
Puerto Empedrado
1
10.201
Description. Puerto Empedrado (2757S, 5847W) has
a population of about 8000.
Anchorage. There is good anchorage up-stream of the
landing stage.
Berths. There is a wharf and floating landing stage,
vessels also work cargo alongside the river bank.
Puerto Reconquista
1
10.197
Description. Ciudad de Reconquista (2910S, 5938W)
has a population of about 30 000 and lies 6 miles NW of
Puerto Reconquista, which lies on the W bank of Riacho
San Jeronimo, a channel which branches from the main
river.
Depths. Access is through a channel with a minimum
depth of 18 m (6 ft). There are depths of 09 to 15 m (3 to
5 ft) in Riacho San Jeronimo, below the port, but only
06 m (2 ft) above it.
Berths. The port has 900 m of concrete wharves and
seven landing stages for small craft.
Ciudad de Resistencia
1
Puerto Goya
1
10.198
Description. The town of Goya (2910S, 5915W),
with a population of about 45 000, lies 4 miles E of
Puerto Goya which lies on the E bank of Ro Paran at the
mouth of Riacho de Goya.
Depths. The minimum depth in the port approaches is
20 m (6 ft); small craft drawing up to 15 m (5 ft) can
reach the town when the gauge at the mouth of the creek
shows 43 m (14 ft).
Berths. There is 30 m of wharfage and 600 m of river
bank which can be used for working cargo.
Repairs: minor
Supplies: provisions; fuel.
335
10.202
Description. Ciudad de Resistencia (2728S, 5859W)
and its ports of Puerto Barranqueras and Puerto Vilelas are
situated 11 miles up Riacho Barranqueras, which branches
from the W bank of Ro Paran and rejoins it again
13 miles farther up-stream. The city forms the most
important commercial centre of the region.
Traffic. In 2000 Puerto Barranqueras was used by 10
vessels with a total of 30 000 dwt, and Puerto Vilelas by
23 vessels with a total of 44 275 dwt.
Vertical clearance. A road bridge, vertical clearance
455 m, crosses Ro Paran between Resistencia and
Corrientes (10.203).
Water levels and currents. Riacho Barranqueras can
only be navigated between its down-stream entrance and
the port at high river. When the river is at or below normal
level, vessels drawing more than 18 m (6 ft), or exceeding
a length of 50 m, must approach the port by the N
entrance. The current attains a rate of 5 kn at high river
and 2 kn at low river.
Berths. In Puerto Vilelas there are seven wharves,
including two tanker berths.
In Puerto Barranqueras there is a wharf, 810 m long,
depths of 24 to 31 m (8 to 10 ft) alongside. A small wharf
and a floating berth for tankers lie S of it. A ferry landing
and a dolphin berth for grain lie NE of it.
Repairs: minor repairs and slipway,
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Puerto Corrientes
1
10.203
Description. Puerto Corrientes (2728S, 5851W) is a
provincial capital with a population of about 267 742.
Anchorage exists 1 cables off the wharf in depths of 9
to 13 m (30 to 42 ft), where the current rarely exceeds a
rate of 2 kn.
Berth. Government wharf, 140 m long, with alongside
depths 37 m (12 ft).
Repairs: minor; slipways;
Other facilities: deratting and deratting exemption
Puerto Itat
1
10.209
Description. Puerto Itat (38 miles), on the S bank of
the river where there are high rocky cliffs.
Berth. Government pier, 26 m long.
Puerto Yahap
1
10.210
Description. Puerto Yahap (72 miles), on the S bank
where there are high cliffs. A stopping place for all
scheduled river services, which can secure alongside the
river bank even at low river.
Puerto It-Ibat
1
RO ALTO PARAN
General information
Chart 2039
Route
1
10.204
Ro Alto Paran, extends from its confluence with Ro
Paraguay (2722S, 5846W) to the limit of navigation for
Ro Paran at Puerto Mendez, in Brazil (not charted).
Puerto Ituzaing
1
Topography
1
10.205
See 10.126.
10.212
Description. Puerto Ituzaing (133 miles), lies on the S
bank which forms a sheer cliff 14 m high. This is the last
port before Rpidos de Apip (10.207), being 8 miles
down-stream from the rapids. At low river cargo is
transhipped to shallow draught vessels.
Puerto Posadas
Depths
1
10.211
Description. Puerto It-Ibat (93 miles), lies on the S
bank with deep and easy access; the cliffs are high and
sheer here.
A floating landing stage. Cargo also worked by rafts
between vessels and the river bank.
10.206
This section of the river has shoaler depths and stronger
currents than in the lower sections. The rocky nature of the
bottom makes the passes more stable but increases the
dangers of stranding. The water is clear, making the
channels more visible.
From Puerto Corrientes (2728S, 5851W) to Puerto
Posadas (2723S, 5554W) the minimum depth is 14 m
(4 ft).
10.213
Description. Puerto Posadas (2723S, 5554W) lies on
the S bank, which is formed of rocky cliffs. The town is a
provincial capital and has a population of about 38 000.
Power cables, with a vertical clearance of 29 m, cross the
river in the vicinity of Puerto Posadas.
Berths: Government wharf, 70 m long, depth 12 m
(4 ft) alongside. Puerto San Jose, 5 cables SE, has two
small piers and a wharf.
Repairs: slipways, dependent on river level.
Rapids
1
10.207
Rpidos de Apip (2729S, 5643W) form the limit of
navigation for small vessels and for tows. These rapids
flow through a gorge, where the river is relatively deep.
The current is so strong that small craft, whose speed is
less than 7 kn, have to be warped up them.
The rapids can be avoided by passing W of Isla Pjaro
(not named on chart); this route is much longer, with a
minimum depth of 18 m (6 ft) to the N of the island,
where the current is weaker and warping is not necessary.
Local knowledge
1
10.208
Required to navigate in this section of the river, which
is used by river craft. Directions cannot be given.
Puerto Villa Encarnacin

1
10.214
Description. Puerto Villa Encarnacion, lies on the N
bank of the river, in Paraguay, opposite Puerto Posadas.
The city is of considerable commercial importance and has
a population of about 35 000.
Loading and discharge are direct from the river bank.
The following ports are beyond the limits of Chart BA 2039:
Puerto Iguazu
1

Note. As most of these ports are not charted their
positions are given by their distance up-river from Puerto
Corrientes (2728S, 5851W) (10.203).
336
10.215
Description Puerto Iguazu (2535S, 5432W) lies near
the mouth of Ro Iguazu, a tributary of Ro Paran, at the
NE extremity of Argentina and close to its common
frontier with Brazil and Paraguay. The spectacular waterfall
at the end of a 2 mile long series of cataracts, said to
surpass both Victoria and Niagra Falls, attracts many
sightseers.
The port has six wharves at different heights allowing
for changes in river level.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Porto Mendes
1
10.216
Description. Porto Mendes, 72 miles above Puerto
Iguazu, is situated in Brazil and is the limit of navigation
on Ro Paran.
RO PARAGUAY
General information
Pilotage
1
Chart 2039
Route
1
10.217
The navigable passage of Ro Paraguay extends from its
confluence with Ro Paran (2722S, 5846W) to Porto
Corumb (1900S, 5745W), in Brazil, a distance of
826 miles.
Topography
1
Puerto Las Palmas

1
10.223
Description. Puerto Las Palmas (2710S, 5841W) is
situated on the W bank of the river. The banks are liable to
inundation and vessels discharge cargo into lighters. There
is a floating landing stage for passengers.
Puerto de Humait
1
10.224
Description. Puerto de Humait, (2703S, 5831W) on
the E bank, has a Customs post. Vessels work cargo
alongside the river bank.
Puerto Bermejo
1
10.225
Description. Puerto Bermejo (2656S, 5832W) is
situated on the W bank. Vessels secure to a floating landing
stage and there is a slipway. Anchorage can be found in
the stream close off the S end of the port.
Puerto Pilar
1
10.226
Description. Puerto Pilar (2651S, 5822W), on the E
bank, has a wharf 10 m long with depths of 12 m (4 ft)
alongside. Livestock and oranges are exported.
Communications: airfield close to port.
Puerto Villa Franca

1
10.227
Description. Puerto Villa Franca (2616S, 5810W), on
the E bank. Vessels secure alongside the bank which is
high and sheer.
Puerto Formosa
1
Hazards
1
10.222
The principal narrows are marked by buoys, some of
which exhibit lights. There are numerous radar reflectors on
the banks, some luminous; they serve as transit marks or
points of reference, but they are moved frequently.
Depths
1
10.221
Argentine pilots conduct vessels as far as Puerto
Pilcomayo (2517S, 5744W); on the opposite bank of the
river, at Paraje It-Enramada, there is a Paraguayan pilot
station where pilots can be obtained for proceeding farther
up-river, 24 hours notice is required.
Aids to navigation
10.218
The width of the river varies between 2 and 6 cables,
there is generally only one channel which is usually wide
and deep. The banks are well defined, either by cliffs or by
vegetation, where the land is low and subject to inundation.
10.219
The river, as far as Puerto Asuncin (2516S, 5741W)
is navigable by vessels of up to 23 m (7 ft) draught, at
all times of the year, except in times of extraordinarily low
levels. It has a relatively short period of low level and its
current is moderate.
Within 25 miles of Puerto Asuncin there are depths in
the passes of 21 m (7 ft) at ordinary low river and 15 m
(5 ft) at extraordinary low level.
Between Puerto Asuncin and the mouth of Ro Apa,
289 miles farther N, there are depths in the passes of 24 m
(8 ft) at ordinary low levels, less than 15 m (5 ft) at
extraordinary low levels.
The river above Ro Apa, as far as the limit of
navigation at Prto Corumb, has a least depth in its
shallowest pass of 21 m (7 ft) at extraordinary low levels.
All these depths are subject to change and the latest
information should always be obtained; see 10.3.
Water levels. The level of the river undergoes a
seasonal change. Between the entrance and Puerto Formosa,
about 112 miles upstream, the river is affected by levels in
Ro Paran; it is at its lowest over a mean period of
80 days during the months from July to January. Between
Formosa and Asuncin, about 100 miles farther up-river,
the lowest period is over a mean period of 100 days during
the months from July to February.
Between Asuncin and the mouth of Ro Apa, 289 miles
farther N, the period of low level lasts about 100 days
covering the months from September to January. Above
Ro Apa the low level period is more regular and of three
months duration, and invariably occurs between November
and February.
Current. The rate varies between 3 kn at high river
and about 1 kn at low river. Near its confluence with Ro
Paran the rates are 4 kn and kn respectively.
Ro Paraguay, with depths less than 15 m (5 ft); this causes

strong currents and violent eddies, dangerous to small craft.
Floating debris. Large floating islands, known locally as
camalotes, are brought down by the current, often
fouling the cables of anchored vessels, causing them to
drag.
10.220
Obstruction. When the river level is very high, a
serious obstacle to navigation is formed, down-stream of
the mouth of Ro Bermejo (2651S, 5826W). Silt brought
down by Ro Bermejo forms a bank in the main channel of
337
10.228
Description. Puerto Formosa (2609S, 5810W), on the
W bank, has a population of about 61 000.
Anchorage. Good anchorage can be found 2 cables
up-stream of the wharves.
Berths six wharves, two floating landing stages and two
landing places.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 10
Puerto Villa Oliva

1
10.229
Description. Puerto Villa Oliva (2601S, 5754W), on
the E bank. Vessels secure to the bank to work cargo.
Puerto Villeta
1
10.230
Description. Puerto Villeta (2529S, 5735W), on the E
bank, is an important exporting centre for oranges and
grain. The port can accept vessels up to 3500 dwt and
18 m (9 ft) draught at high river.
Berth: wooden wharf, 200 m long, unusable at low
river; vessels also work cargo alongside the river bank.
Puerto San Antonio

1
10.231
Description. Puerto San Antonio (2525S, 5734W),
not charted, is situated where the water is deep and the
flow mild. The port, used mainly for grain, can accept
vessels of up to 50 m in length, 2500 dwt, in depths of up
to 12 m at high river.
Berth: 60 m long concrete mole and 55 m of dolphins
in depths of 6 to 12 m.
Puerto Concepcin
1
10.232
Description. Puerto Bouvier, not charted, on the W bank
4 miles above Puerto Villeta (10.230) has a cattle-loading
berth.
10.233
Description. Puerto Pilcomayo (2517S, 5744W), is
situated at the mouth of Ro Pilcomayo on low ground,
which is subject to inundation at high river. It is a
transhipment port for cargo from the town of Clorinda,
13 miles up Ro Pilcomayo.
Pilotage. See 10.221.
Anchorage: Good anchorage can be obtained at the
junction of the two rivers, close to the W bank, where the
current can obtain a maximum rate of 2 kn.
Berths Two floating landing-stages.
10.237
Description. Baha Negra, is situated on the W bank
136 miles above Murtinho, close to the boundary between
Paraguay and Bolivia. It has little trade and is essentially a
frontier post.
Prto Esperana
1
10.238
Description. Prto Esperana is a small transhipment
port situated on the E bank 75 miles above Baha Negra.
A concrete railway bridge crosses the river 5 cables
above the port; its main arch has a vertical clearance of
165 m (54 ft) above local zero datum. The centre of the
span is marked by a red daymark and a light.
Prto Corumb
1
Puerto de Asuncin
1
10.236
Description. Prto Murtinho, situated on the E bank
about 161 miles above Concepcin, is the first port on the
river within Brazil; it trades mainly in livestock.
Baha Negra
Puerto Pilcomayo
1
10.235
Description. Puerto Concepcin (2320S, 5735W), not
charted, is situated on the E bank 167 miles above
Asuncin and has a wharf for shipping timber and cattle.
Prto Murtinho
Puerto Bouvier
1
and marked by light-buoys; the channel is 3 cables long

and 25 m wide. There are depths of 5 to 9 m (16 to 30 ft)
in the centre of the lagoon.
a total of 191 672 dwt.
Berths. There are 880 m of concrete wharves, with
depths of 25 m (8 ft) alongside; also a tanker terminal
2 km down-stream from Asuncin.
Communications: scheduled air services.
10.234
General information. Puerto de Asuncin (2516S,
5741W), serves the city of Asuncin which is the capital
of the Republic of Paraguay. The city stands on a low hill
on the E bank of the river and in 1992 had a population of
502 426.
The port lies on the S side of a lagoon, to the N of the
city, which is entered by a channel, dredged to 25 m (8 ft)
338
10.239
Description. Prto Corumb (1900S, 5745W) lies on
the W bank of the river and is a Brazilian Customs port,
connected by rail to So Paulo (1.62) and Santos (8.22).
The river here is 1 cables wide and has depths of 4 m
(13 ft) in the dry season. Porto Corumb is generally
regarded as the limit of navigation for Ro Paraguay, but
under favourable river conditions vessels drawing up to
15 m (5 ft) can reach ports farther up-river.
Berth: a wharf.
Other facilities: deratting and deratting exemption
Home
Contents
Index
NOTES
339
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 11 - East Coast of Argentina - Cabo San Antonio to Punta Delgada
36
68
67
66
65
64
62
63
61
60
59
57
58
3064
56
5536
Cabo San Antonio
Chapter
9
37
11
.12
37
A R G E N T I N A
38
11.21
Mar del Plata
39
3755
Bahia
Blanca
38
531
e
W hi t
ero
eni
Ing
8
9
o
. t
s
11 uer5
sale
P 75 82 o Ro
3 1 . er t
1 u 5
P 75
1331
531
11.41
Quequn
.35
11
531
11.58
1331
39
556
3065
11.65
340
40
11.135
San Antonio
3067
San Blas
11.125
11.126
531
11.112
40
Ro Negro
41
531
11
41
.14
1
3066
11.15
11
11.165
.1
Puerto Punta Colorado

11.148
42
58
Golfo
San
Matias
42
Golfo
San Jos
11.155
Ponta Delgada
Chapter
12
43
0405
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
43
61
60
Longitude 58 West of Greenwich
56
55
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
EAST COAST OF ARGENTINA CABO SAN ANTONIO TO PUNTA DELGADA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 556, 557
Currents and tidal streams

1
11.1
This chapter describes the E coast of Argentina from
Cabo San Antonio (3618S, 5646W) to Punta Delgada
(4246S, 6338W); it includes the ports of Mar del Plata
(3803S, 5732W) (11.21), Quequn (3834S, 5842W)
(11.41) and the group of ports which comprise the Baha
Blanca complex (3843S, 6217W) (11.65).
Topography
1
11.2
The NE part of this section of coast, between Cabo San
Antonio (3618S, 5646W) and Punta Rasa (4052S,
6219W), consists of sandy beaches, backed by dunes,
with occasional low cliffs. The SW part comprises Golfo
San Matas, bolder with heights of up to 180 m within
5 miles of the shore. Sierras de San Antonio, not charted,
lying 15 miles inland from the head of the gulf, rise to
over 500 m.
Depths
1
11.3
The depth-contours are irregular along much of the
coast, with depths less than 50 m extending up to 65 miles
offshore in the N section. Baha Blanca is shallow
throughout, with all navigation being through dredged
channels.
Golfo San Matas is deep and its shoreline generally
steep-to, but between this gulf and Punta Delgada shoals
and heavy overfalls extend about 20 miles offshore.
Positions
1
11.4
Positions on some charts differ by varying amounts, and
positions between such charts should be transferred by
bearing and distance from common charted objects. See
note on charts.

1
Exercise areas
1
11.6
Tidal streams along the coast from Cabo Corrientes
(3801S, 5732W) to Baha Blanca, 210 miles WSW, are
very weak, although the range of the tide is about 3 m.
Between Baha Blanca and Puerto San Blas, 100 miles
S, the tidal streams run N and S at rates of 1 to 4 kn, close
inshore between the off-lying banks. These rates are
dependent on the state of winds and the phase of the
moon.
Tidal streams between Baha San Blas and Rio Negro,
35 miles SW, are semi-diurnal and regular, attaining rates
from 2 to 5 kn when not affected by the wind. These
strong and dangerous tidal streams are scarcely felt at
distances over 15 miles offshore.
Between Puerto San Blas and Golfo San Matias,
50 miles SW, tidal streams run NE and SW at rates up to
3 kn.
In the middle of the entrance to Golfo San Matias the
stream runs NW with an in-going tide and ESE with the
out-going, at rates of 2 to 3 kn. Mariners crossing the
mouth of the gulf should therefore expect to experience a
lateral drift. Within the gulf the streams are generally weak
although the tidal range is between 4 to 9 m.
On the S side of the gulf, and to the N and NE of
Pennsula Valds (4230S, 6400W), there are dangerous
tide-races and overfalls.
Currents. Between Punta Rasa (4052S, 6219W) and
Punta Delgada, 120 miles SSW, there is a strong N current
before and during S winds, with rates of 1 to 3 kn. A
weaker S current runs during N winds.
11.5
ESE of Mar del Plata (3820S, 5610W), see 11.11.
SE of Punta Delgada (4300S, 6240W), see 11.168.
11.7
This passage is covered by two Traffic Reporting
Systems:
System (SECOSENA).
(CONTRASE).
Volume 6(5).
CABO SAN ANTONIO TO BAHIA BLANCA

GENERAL INFORMATION
Topography
1
Charts 3065, 3066
Area covered
1
11.8
This section describes the passage from Cabo San
Antonio (3618S, 5646W) (9.52), which leads S and W
for about 335 miles, to Rincn Light-buoy (3924S,
6129W) at the entrance to Baha Blanca. It includes the
ports of Mar del Plata (3803S, 5732W) (11.21) and
Quequn (3834S, 5842W) (11.41).
11.9
The coast consists of sandy beaches, dunes and low
cliffs. One or two features can be identified from seaward.
Depths
1
341
11.10
Depths less than 183 m (60 ft) can be found up to
65 miles offshore between Cabo San Antonio and Mar del
Plata. Between Mar del Plata and Quequn these depths
can be found up to 7 miles offshore.
Between Quequn and Punta Asuncin, 94 miles WSW,
the coast is generally steep-to, but between Punta Asuncin
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
and Rincn Light-buoy the bottom is irregular and depths

less than 5 m exist, and the area should be avoided.
1
Exercise area
1
Rescue
11.11
A submarine exercise area exists off Mar del Plata,
within the following limits:
3800S, 5500W.
3800S, 5721W.
3835S, 5721W.
3835S, 5500W.
Submarines operate submerged, in depths of 30 to 55 m,
off the coast between Querand Light-tower (3728S,
5707W) and Quequn Light-tower, about 100 miles SW.
Vessels flying International Code Signal NE2, or an
aircraft diving over a position, indicate the presence of a
submerged submarine. A smoke bomb or flare on the
surface indicates that a submarine will surface in its
vicinity.
CABO SAN ANTONIO TO MAR DEL PLATA

General information
Tidal streams
1
Route
11.12
From a position SE of Cabo San Antonio (3618S,
5646W) (9.52), the route leads SSW for about 118 miles
to a position ESE of Cabo Corrientes (3801S, 5732W)
(11.20).
Topography
1
11.13
From Cabo San Antonio to Punta Mdanos, 36 miles S,
the coast consists of a low, light-coloured sandy beach
backed by wooded dunes which increase in height, reaching
about 30 m near Punta Mdanos.
The entire coast from Cabo San Antonio to Mar
Chiquita, 15 miles NNE from Mar del Plata, is known as
Costa Atlntica Argentina. Several holiday resorts,
containing hotels and other buildings, lie along this coast,
between them are scattered clumps of scrub. The coast can
be seen from seaward at distances of up to 10 miles in
clear weather.
Depths
1
11.14
From Cabo San Antonio to Punta Mdanos (3653S,
5641W) the depth contours are irregular. Isolated depths
less than 183 m (60 ft) extend up to 65 miles off Cabo San
Antonio and 24 miles offshore on Banco Mdanos, in the
vicinity of Punta Mdanos.
Depths within 14 miles of the coast between Punta
Mdanos and Mar del Plata, 80 miles SW, are also
irregular; isolated wrecks and depths less than 183 m
(60 ft) extend up to 24 miles offshore. Deep draught vessels
should not approach within 30 miles of this part of the
coast and vessels drawing more than 6 m (20 ft) should not
approach closer than 8 miles.
11.15
Submarine cables extend E and NE from the N of Santa
Teresita (3632S, 5642W), anchoring and fishing are
prohibited with 5 cables of a submarine cable, see
also 1.34.
11.18
Landmarks:
For marks in the vicinity of Mar del Plata see 11.25.
11.19
Major lights:
Punta Mdanos Light (black metal tripod on central
column, dark grey dwelling, black roof, 59 m in
height) (3653S, 5641W).
Querandi Light (black round concrete tower, white
bands, red dwellings, 54 m in height) (3728S,
5707W).
Mar Chiquita Light (black pyramidal tower, yellow
bands with cabin, 19 m in height) (3746S,
5727W).
Punta Mogotes Light (white round metal tower, red
bands and dwelling, 35 m in height) (3806S,
5733W).
Directions
1
Submarine cables
1
11.17
About 60 miles offshore tidal streams flow NW for
5 hours and SE for 6 hours, turning 2 hours before HW and
LW. They attain a maximum rate of about kn. Farther N
and nearer the coast, these streams decrease in strength as
Cabo San Antonio is approached.
Within 10 miles of Mar del Plata the streams flow N
and S turning 3 hours after LW and HW. Rates of about
kn. During strong SW winds a current sets NE at rates
of more than 1 kn.
See also information on the charts.
Principal marks
Charts 531, 3065
11.16
There is a life-saving station at Cabo San Antonio
(3618S, 5646W), see 1.51.
342
11.20
From a position SE of Cabo San Antonio (3618S,
5646W) (9.52) the track leads SSW passing (with
positions from Punta Mdanos Light (3653S, 5641W):
ESE of a patch (35 miles ENE), with a depth of
158 m (52 ft) over it, thence:
ESE of Banco Mdanos (8 miles E). The outer ridges
of the bank break in heavy weather. Deep-draught
vessels should not approach the coast closer than
18 miles, see 11.14. Punta Mdanos, from which a
light (11.19) is exhibited, is low and sandy. A
range of hills, 30 to 60 m in height, extends WNW
from the point; Cerro Mdano Alto, a conspicuous
hill with a village on it, rises 11 miles N of Punta
Mdanos and is visible from a distance of
15 miles; a conspicuous conical hill, 45 m high,
rises 13 miles SW of the point.
ESE of a patch (22 miles SE), with a depth of 158 m
(52 ft) over it. A wreck with a depth of 18 m
(59 ft) over it lies 3miles SW. There are a
number of shoals with similar depths over them
lying between this wreck and Banco Mdanos,
thence:
ESE of a patch (25 miles SSE), with a depth of
158 m (52 ft) over it, thence:
ESE of a wreck (30 miles SSE), with a depth of 18 m
(59 ft) over it, thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
ESE of Villa Gesell (26 miles SSW); a hill, indicated

on the chart as radar conspicuous, rises close
inland from the town; thence:
ESE of Querandi (41 miles SW), marked by a light
(11.19). Monte del Arroyo, visible from seaward,
rises 6 miles NW. A dangerous wreck lies
3 miles ENE of the light. A stranded wreck lies
8 miles SSW and a wreck with a depth of 18 m
(59 ft) over it, lies 19miles ESE. Thence:
ESE of a wreck (54 miles S) with a depth of 18 m
(59 ft) over it. A patch with a depth of 17 m
(56 ft) over it, lies 2 miles W. A wreck, position
approximate, lies 10 miles farther WNW. Thence:
ESE of two wrecks (63 miles SSW), with depths of
18 m (59 ft) over them, thence:
SE of Mar Chiquita (65 miles SW), marked by a light
(11.19). Two miles NE of the light is the entrance
channel to Laguna Mar Chiquita, an extensive
lagoon, in the vicinity of which the land is very
low and large areas are inundated during the rainy
season. A conspicuous radio mast stands on the
coast 1 miles NE of the lagoon entrance. At
times the outflow from this lagoon discolours the
sea for about 7 miles to seaward of this channel.
Dangerous wrecks lie 8 miles E and 10 miles SE
of the light.
21 miles to a position ESE of Cabo Corrientes (79 miles
SW). Between Mar Chiquita and Cabo Corrientes the coast
rises to low cliffs 6 to 9 m high, much of the land being
covered with clumps of trees surrounding ranches. Cabo
Corrientes rises to an elevation of 44 m and forms the SE
extremity of Sierras de Volcan which extend to the W. A
light (lookout tower terrace, 58 m in height) is exhibited
from the cape. Shoals extend up to 8 miles offshore E and
ESE of the cape.
Puerto de Mar del Plata at 11.26)
Limiting conditions
1
Chart 531 with plans Approaches to Mar del Plata and Puerto
Mar del Plata
General information
11.21
Position. Puerto de Mar del Plata (3802S, 5732W),
which is enclosed by two breakwaters, lies on the E side of
the city of Mar del Plata.
Function. The city, which has a population of about
500 000, is a holiday resort visited by more than
1 million tourists annually. The port, which provides a
base for the Argentine Navy and a large fishing fleet,
exports cereals and frozen meat and imports mainly timber.
Positions between the above plans differ by varying
amounts, and should be transferred by bearing and distance
from common charted objects, not by latitude and
longitude, see note on plan.
Satellite-derived positions. Positions obtained from
satellite navigation systems are normally referred to
WGS84. The difference between satellite derived positions
and the positions on the plan Approaches to Mar del Plata
may be significant and mariners are advised to use
alternative mean of fixing their position, especially when
closing the shore or navigating near dangers.
from seaward and entered on a leading line between the
breakwater heads.
11.22
Controlling depth. Depths in the approaches to the port
are subject to frequent change. Although regular dredging
takes place, shoal depths may exist; for latest information
consult the local authorities.
An allowance for swell should be made when
calculating safe draught.
Deepest and longest berth. Escollera Norte (11.31).
Mean tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.
Mean spring range about 11 m; mean neap range
about 05 m.
225 m LOA.
Swell. Winds between N and E send a considerable
swell into the harbour. Mariners should make allowance for
this when calculating safe depths and also take precautions
by laying out fenders. Vessels lying alongside in the outer
harbour should always have an anchor laid out ready to
haul off, and avoid using steel hawsers for mooring.
Arrival information
Puerto de Mar del Plata

343
11.23
Port radio. There is a port radio station, see Admiralty
Vessel Traffic Services. The approaches and entry to
Puerto de Mar del Plata are covered by:
System (SECOSENA).
(CONTRASE).
For details of these mandatory systems see 9.11 and
Notice of ETA. Pilot should be ordered 12 hours prior
to arrival.
Outer anchorage. Good anchorage can be obtained in
Rada de Mar del Plata about 2 miles NE of Cabo
Corrientes (3801S, 5732W) in depths 11 to 13 m (36 to
42 ft), fine sand and shell. The holding ground is good but
the swell sometimes heavy, particularly during strong SE
winds when it may be necessary to leave the berth. An
obstruction and a foul area lie 8 cables SW and 7 cables
ENE, respectively, of this berth.
A vessel which does not need to enter the harbour can
anchor 8 cables NNE of the entrance with Cabo Corrientes
Light (11.20) bearing 313 and the S breakwater light
(1 miles SSE) bearing 191, depth 11 to 13 m (36 to
42 ft); or farther to seaward. The holding ground is good.
Shallow draught vessels can be anchored off the piers
near Punta Inglesia (3800S, 5732W), where they are
sheltered from S winds.
The general direction of the swell is from SE and S;
when this makes the roadstead uncomfortable a vessel
should be anchored some miles farther N as the heaviest
swell occurs in the vicinity of Cabo Corrientes and Punta
Mogotes, 5 miles S.
Pilotage. Compulsory. Pilots board 1 mile NNE of the
entrance.
Tugs are compulsory for all vessels in excess of 75 m in
length. Those in excess of 100 m in length are obliged to
take at least two tugs. On arrival they are taken near the
entrance to the harbour and on departure released in the
same place.
Quarantine. Vessels in quarantine should anchor in
Antepuerto.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Harbour
1
11.24
General layout. Enclosed between two breakwaters the
Antepuerto forms the outer part of the harbour. There are
basins and berths along the shore between the roots of the
breakwaters. The SW part of the harbour forms the
commercial port while the N part is reserved for the
Argentine Navy.
Seaplane area. Base de Aviacin (3802S, 5732W) is
the Naval Air Station. Navigation is restricted in the area.
Principal marks
1
11.25
Landmarks:
Hospital (cupola) (3759S, 5733W), Chart 531.
Tower (red and green lights) (3800S, 5733W). A
building (grey and white, 116 m in height),
uncharted, lies 3 cables SSE of tower; a green
flashing sign on this building is reported to be
visible at a distance of 10 miles.
White hotel (3806S, 5733W).
Concrete tank (3816S, 5750W) which can be seen
at a great distance and provides a useful mark,
especially for vessels approaching from the S.
A monument, 9 m high, to San Andres, the patron
saint of fishermen standing 50 m from Esollera Sur
breakwater light.
Major lights:
Punta Mogotes Light (3806S, 5733W) (11.19).
Mar del Plata Rear Leading Light (3803S, 5733W)
(11.27).
Basins and berths

1
Directions
1

11.26
From a position ENE of Cabo Corrientes (3801S,
5732W) the track leads WSW towards the harbour
entrance.
11.27
Leading lights:
Front light (black metal framework tower, yellow
Rear light (yellow diamond on black metal tower on
S corner of power station, 7 m in height) (701 m
SW from front light).
The alignment (238) of these lights leads through the
harbour entrance, passing (with positions from Escollera
Norte Light) (3802S, 57 31W)):
NNW of Escollera Sur Light (green triangular metal
framework tower, 8 m in height) (2 cables ESE),
with a patch which dries dangerous wreck 1 cable
W of the light, thence:
SSE of Escollera Norte Light (red triangular metal
framework tower and hut, 7 m in height), and:
The track then leads through Antepuerto from whence
the various berths can be approached avoiding concrete
blocks, each of 12 tonnes weight, shown as fouls on the
chart, in positions 231, 243 and 261 from Escollera
Norte Beacon distant 4, 4 and 3 cables respectively.
There is a reported depth of 4 m over them.
Leading lights
1
Front light (black vertical rectangle, white stripe, on

orange vertical rectangle, on triangular tower, 8 m
in height) (3202S, 5731W) on Escollera Sur;
Rear light (orange vertical rectangle on black vertical
rectangle, white stripe, on triangular tower, 10 m in
height), 4 cables SW near the root of Escollera
Sur.
The alignment (216) of the lights leads towards the
harbour entrance passing NW of Escollera Sur Light and
the patch which dries 1 cable W (11.27), thence:
SE of Escollera Norte Light, thence:
The track continues on the alignment (238) of the
primary leading lights (11.27)
Caution:
When making the entrance to the harbour sufficient
steerage way must be maintained as surge from the
bank around Escollera Sur may cause a vessel to
sheer.
When approaching the entrance at night, care must be
taken to distinguish the breakwater lights from the
background lights on the shore.
11.29
Useful marks:
Escollera Abrigo Light (red and white chequered
Espign 4 Light (red column, 2 m in height)
(3803S, 5732W).
11.28
An alternative approach leads SW from the outer
anchorage (11.23):
344
11.30
Basins:
Drsena Militar, in the N of the harbour, reserved for
use of Argentine Navy. There is a slipway in the
SW corner of the basin.
Leading lights:
Front light (B1) (red triangle, point up, on white
rectangle on lantern) (3802S, 5732W).
Rear light (B2) (red triangle, point up, on white
square on building) (40 m NW from front light).
The alignment (317) of these marks provides a leading
line to approach the entrance to Drsena Militar.
Drsena C Ultramar, in the SW of the harbour;
Espign 3 forms the N side of the basin and
Espign 2 the S side. There are depths of 6 to
9 m (22 to 30 ft) alongside the quays. The outer
part of Espign 2 is exposed to NE winds blowing
through the harbour entrance.
Drsena B Cabotaje, S of Drsena C; Espign 2
forms the N side of the basin and Espign 1 the S
side. There are depths of up to 6 m (20 ft)
alongside the quays and it is used by deep-sea
fishing vessels and coasters. There is a slipway for
small craft.
Drsena A Costeras, in the S of the harbour, has
depths of up to 6 m (20 ft) and is used for small
coasters and fishing vessels.
Anchorage. Up to four ocean-going vessels can be
accommodated at the anchorage in Antepuerto; the bottom
is fine sand and shell but the holding ground is poor.
11.31
Alongside berths. Escollera Norte, a quay on the inner
side of the N breakwater, can accept vessels of up to
200 m LOA and maximum draught of 914 m (30 ft). It is
used occasionally by cruise liners. Vessels should be
secured heading seaward with the starboard anchor out for
hauling off. Two stranded wrecks lie close to the quay, 75
m ESE of the root Escollera Abrigo (11.29)
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Berth 7, at the head of Espign 2, is 178 m long with

depths of 91 m (30 ft) alongside; used for
bunkering.
Tanker berths lie either side of a pier extending from the
inside of Escollera Sur, depths of 67 m (22 ft) alongside;
used for the discharge of fuel oils and liquid gas products.
Caution. In times of strong winds from the first
quadrant, currents and seas enter the port causing problems
for vessels moored alongside, particularly in Darsena
C-Ultamar. Moorings should be constantly tended. When
berthing it is advisable to drop the off side anchor to haul
off should the occasion arise. Rough seas can make lying
alongside very uncomfortable. Berths in Darsena
B-Cabotaje are more comfortable. Larger vessels using the
head of Espigon 2, berth no 7, should lie bows towards the
NE.
Topography
1
Depths
1
11.32
Repairs. Two floating docks, one privately owned and
one operated by the Argentine Navy, are moored off
Espign 7. A slipway can handle vessels up to 450 tonnes;
divers are available.
Facilities: Hospitals; fumigation; deratting and
exemption certificates; limited disposal of oily waste.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions; marine diesel oil.
Communications: airfield 8 km N of city.
Chart 3065
Coastal
11.33
In case of necessity a vessel can anchor anywhere off
this coast, in sufficient depth. The holding ground is
generally good with a bottom of fine sand and shells but
there is no shelter from strong winds. Closer inshore,
especially within 10 miles of Cabo Corrientes, the bottom is
tufa (9.173), covered with a layer of fine sand and shells.
11.34
Description. Smaller vessels can find good anchorage
within Banco Mdanos (11.14) with Punta Mdanos Light
(3653S, 5641W) (11.19) bearing 213 distant 1 miles,
in a depth of 7 m, as indicated on the chart. There is a
considerable swell during winds between ENE and SSW,
otherwise the anchorage is well protected.
Directions. Mariners proceeding to this anchorage
should use the channel between the inner ridge and the
coast, approach from the N is preferable. The inner ridges
are marked by discoloured water and break during onshore
winds. Channels between the ridges can be used in calm
weather by small craft.
Directions
1
MAR DEL PLATA TO PUERTO QUEQUN

4
General information
Charts 3065, 531
Route
1
11.35
From a position ESE of Cabo Corrientes (3801S,
5732W) (11.20), the route leads WSW for about 76 miles,
to a position SSE of Quequn Light (3834S, 5841W) off
the entrance to Puerto Quequn.
11.39
Landmarks:
For marks in the vicinity of Mar del Plata see 11.25.
Major lights:
Punta Mogotes Light (3806S, 5733W) (11.19).
Quequn Light (black truncated conical concrete
tower, white band, 34 m in height) (3834S,
5841W).
Banco Mdanos
1
11.38
The combined effect of S or SW winds, and the greater
strength of the E-going tidal stream, causes an E-going set
along the coast.
Offshore the tidal streams rarely exceed rates of 1 kn,
and during light winds are barely perceptible; close inshore
they are stronger. In the entrance to Puerto Quequn the
last of the out-going stream has attained rates of 2 kn.
See information on the charts.
Principal marks
11.37
Between Mar del Plata and Quequn depths less than
183 m (60 ft) extend only 3 miles offshore, apart from
Banco Pescadores (11.40), 5 miles SSE of Mar del Plata,
where these depths can be found up to 8 miles offshore and
an isolated patch (3833S, 5818W), 5 miles offshore.
Tidal streams
Port services
1
11.36
This section of coastline is composed of a mixture of
high, barren sand-dunes and cliffs.
345
11.40
From a position ESE of Cabo Corrientes (3801S,
5732W) (11.20), the track leads WSW for about 75 miles,
passing (with positions from Miramar Light (3817S,
5750W)):
SSE of Banco Pescadores (18 miles NE), a bank
composed of tufa (9.173), which extends over
8 miles E and SE from Punta Mogotes; depths in
the vicinity of the bank are subject to siltation and
depths shoaler than charted may be encountered.
The point is high, sandy and barren and derives its
name from some nearby sandhills which resemble
cornstacks. A light (11.19) is exhibited from the
point. Restinga de Mogotes, a dangerous spit of
rock and sand, extends 2 miles SSE of Punta
Mogotes. Thence:
SSE of Punta San Andrs (10 miles NE) where the
cliffs terminate and the coast becomes rugged,
sandy and barren. Two miles SW of the point is a
conspicuous water-tank (30 m in height) and a
white church steeple (40 m in height) which rises
from the red roofs of a seaside resort. Thence:
SSE of Punta Hermengo; Miramar Light (white
concrete pedestal) is exhibited from the point.
Miramar is an important seaside resort on the
Atlantic coast with numerous high rise tower
blocks and a prominent church. At night the lights
of the town can be seen at a great distance.
Thence:
SSE of Mar del Sur (8 miles SW) where there is a
large and prominent building, painted yellow with
a dark-coloured roof, thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
SSE of an isolated shoal (27miles SW) with a depth

of 73 m (24 ft) over it, thence:
SSE of Mdano Mircoles (34 miles SW), a high
sandhill in the form of a truncated cone which is
easily recognised.
7 miles to a position SSE of Quequn Light (44 miles SW)
(11.39).
Useful marks. See 11.47.
Puerto Quequn at 11.48)
55 m (18 ft)
Local weather
11.41
Position. Puerto Quequn (3834S, 5842W) stands on
the E bank of Rio Quequn Grande, the town of Necochea
stands opposite on the W bank. The river descending from
the interior brings with it silt from the hinterland which is
deposited in the port. Escollera Norte and Escollera Sur, the
two breakwaters enclosing the entrance narrowing it and
thereby slowing the flow so causing silting in the approach
channel where depths are constantly changing.
Function. The main trade of the port is the export of
cereals.
Populations are Quequn 15 000 and Necochea 70 000.
from seaward and entered through a dredged channel, on a
leading line, which leads between the breakwaters into the
harbour. The channel is subject to heavy silting; see 11.42.
Prohibited areas. An area into which entry is prohibited
due to the existence of oceanographic instruments extends
3 cables S from the head of Escollera Sur (3835S,
5842W) and thence W and NW to the shore (6 cables
WNW) as shown in part on the plan.
Prohibited areas exist within a 500 m radius of 3837S,
5844W and 1000 m radius of 3835S, 5841W.
a total of 7 132 284 dwt
11.42
Controlling depth. According to the chart the least
depth in the access channel is 88 m (29 ft) on the leading
S of the head of Escollera Norte. The channel is subject to
heavy silting and latest information regarding the depth in
it should be sought from the Port Authority. It is reported
that the access channel is dredged to a maintained depth of
12.19 m over a width of 120 m. Local agents should be
contacted for maximum permitted draught but should the
vessel exceed 210 m the Port Authority should be contacted
directly. Vessels must maintain an UKC of 03 m. which
increases as wave heights increase.
Dredging is also being carried out to obtain a depth of
122 m in the port.
Vertical clearance. High voltage overhead cables,
vertical clearance 414 m (135 ft), span the channel, 1 mile
above the entrance.
Mean tide levels, spring range about 13 m; mean neap
range about 07 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.
11.43
Strong winds from between SE and SW cause breakers
at the harbour entrance which can persist for 48 hours after
the wind has fallen. They make entry difficult and
sometimes impossible. The port is subject to closure due to
swell and in unfavourable conditions vessels may be
prevented from entering or leaving for several days. This
can be exacerbated when conditions permit a light vessel to
enter to load, but prevent a loaded vessel at the berth from
sailing. In such conditions the loaded vessel may be
obliged to shift at considerable expense. These situations
have led to a swell clause being inserted in charter parties
and owners should be guided accordingly.
Arrival information
1
Limiting conditions
1
Up to 220 m
General information
Maximum draught
82 m (27 ft)
Chart 531, plan of Puerto Quequn, 3065, 3066
Puerto Quequn
Length
Up to 175 m
The maximum permitted length is 230 m and all vessels

over 175 m require an entry permit issued by the Maritime
Prefecture.
Port Authorities recommend that:
Vessels over 210 m only use the channel in daylight.
Vessels using the channel should maintain a minimum
margin of 08 m below the keel, to be increased
depending on the height of the ground swell.
Vessels should not enter or leave port when ground
swell exceeds 2 m (18 m for loaded vessels
entering), or wind speed exceeds 20 kn.
Maximum size of vessel. 55 227 dwt, 2194 m LOA.

The following limitations regarding length and draught are
in effect:
11.44
Volume 6(5).
Outer anchorage. The Port Authorities recommend that
vessels anchor at least 5 miles offshore and do not deballast
while at anchor.
Caution. Numerous obstructions, mainly lost anchors
and cables, exist within an area of the foul ground
extending up to 3 miles off the coast as shown on the
charts. Other wrecks and obstructions, some not charted, lie
up to 8 miles from the coast. A dangerous wreck, marked
close E by a light-buoy (isolated danger), lies 2 miles
WSW of Escollera Sur Light (11.47).
Strong SW winds can cause a steep swell in the roads
and vessels anchored there may be forced to sea. See
11.43.
Pilotage. Compulsory. Pilots board in the roadstead, in
the vicinity of 3835S, 5841W.
Tugs. Compulsory. For vessels 75 to 100 m in length
one tug is required. In excess of 100 m two tugs are
necessary.
Harbour
1
11.45
Layout. The port lies on both sides of Rio Quequn
Grande, the mouth of which is protected by two
breakwaters. Berths lie on both banks of the river.
Traffic signals
1
346
11.46
Three red lights, disposed vertically, are exhibited from
a metal tower (7 m in height), at the root of the N
breakwater, to indicate that the port is closed.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Principal marks
1
11.47
Landmarks:
The following marks, within Puerto Quequn, are visible
from offshore (with positions from Escollera Sur Light):
Escollera Sur Light (black tower, yellow band, 6 m in
height) (3835S, 5842W).
Escollera Norte Light (red truncated pyramidal tower
on square base, 2 m in height) (3 cables NW).
White grain elevator (11 cables NW); gives a good
radar response up to 20 miles distant, at night the
first lights to be sighted will be the red obstruction
lights on the elevator and surrounding buildings.
Quequn Church tower (11 cables NNW), not charted.
Necochea Church tower (2 miles NW).
Major light.
Quequn Light (3834S, 5841W) (11.39).
Berths
1
Directions
1

11.48
From the vicinity of the pilot boarding station (3835S,
5841W) the outer leading line should be followed.
11.49
Outer leading lights:
Front light (white tower, red band, 8 m in height)
(3835S, 5842W).
Rear light (red triangle point down, on factory roof)
(919 m WNW from front light).
The alignment (293) of the above lights leads through
the harbour entrance, passing (with positions from the front
light):
NNE of Escollera Sur Head (5 cables SE), from
which a light (11.47) is exhibited. An underwater
obstruction, enclosed by a prohibited area, lies
4 cables ESE of the breakwater head, only 2 cables
from the leading line. Thence:
SSW of Escollera Norte Head (2 cables ESE), from
which a light (11.47) is exhibited. Several
dangerous wrecks, as indicated on the chart, lie off
this point.
11.50
Inner leading lights:
Front light (white triangle point up on red background
on grain loader) (3835S, 5842W).
Rear light (white rectangle red bands on grain
distributor) (366 m NW from front light).
axis of La Pileta, the dredged channel within the harbour
entrance, passing (with positions from the front light):
NE of Segunda Light (black metal tower, 6 m in
height) (6 cables SE) on Escollera Sur, thence:
SW of the head of Espign Este (3 cables SE),
marked by a light (red metal structure, 5 m in
height). Whence the leading line leads into the
harbour where the berths, lying WNW, can be
approached.
11.51
Second inner leading lights:
Front light (yellow column, black bands on yellow
and black base, 49 m in height) (3835S,
5842W).
Rear light (black tower, red band, 6 m in height)
(59 m SE from front light).
The alignment (134) of these lights provides a
reciprocal lead along the axis of La Pileta.
11.52
Clearing line, Pescador leading lights:
Front light (orange square masonry tower, 2 m in
height) (38351S, 58417W).
Rear light (orange truncated conical tower, 8 m in
height) (40 m SE from front light).
These lights in line (134) mark the NE edge of the
shoals on the inner side of Escollera Sur.
11.53
On the N (Quequn) side of the harbour are several
numbered berths, indicated on the chart, of which the
largest is the grain elevator, alongside depth 222 m (73 ft);
all are equipped for loading grain and one for discharging
oil.
On the S (Necochea) side are also numbered berths, all
for loading frozen fish, there are depths up to 76 m
alongside; Muelle de Cabotage and Muelle de Pescadores
provide berthing for coasters and fishing vessels.
Port services.
1
11.54
Repairs. Minor; slipway for small craft.
exemption certificates.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions; fuel only by prior
arrangement.
Communications: airfield with regular service to
Buenos Aires 8 km from port.
Chart 531, plan of Approaches to Mar del Plata

11.55
Caution is necessary when weighing anchor off this
coast. The bottom of fine sand and shell lies over hard
tufa, which is full of holes, and can cause vessels to part
their cables or break their anchors.
Ensenada Mogotes
1
11.56
Description. Ensenada Mogotes (3807S, 5733W) is
entered between Punta Mogotes (3806S, 5733W) (11.40)
and Punta Martnez de Hoz, 4 miles SW. There is good
anchorage in depths of 18 to 22 m (60 to 72 ft); when the
wind is offshore and there is little swell. The shore of the
bay is formed of bare shifting sand dunes in the E rising to
steep cliffs in the W.
Miramar
1
347
11.57
Description. Miramar (3817S, 5750W) is the
administrative centre of the General Alvarado Department
of the province of Buenos Aires. It is the most important
holiday resort on the Atlantic Coast. In 1991 there were
30 385 inhabitants and caters for a holiday invasion of
about 200 000 persons. The old town is hidden from
seaward by numerous high rise tower blocks along the
front. The hinterland is rich agricultural and cattle rearing
territory.
Useful mark: Reinforced concrete water tower standing
in the middle of the town.
Anchorage. There is good holding ground the bottom
consisting of a layer of chalk overlying tufa.
Berth. A concrete pier used exclusively by fishermen.
Other Facilities: airport; hospitals; telegraphic and
telephone facilities.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
PUERTO QUEQUN TO EL RINCN

11.63
1
General information
Racon on Rincn Light-buoy (safe water) (3924S,

6129W).
Chart 3066
Directions
Route
1
11.58
From a position SSE of Quequn Light (3834S,
5841W) the route leads WSW for 142 miles to a position
off Rincn Light-buoy (3924S, 6129W) at the entrance
to the buoyed channel leading into Baha Blanca.

1
Topography
1
11.59
The coastline provides little assistance to mariners being
composed entirely of featureless sandhills from 15 to 24 m
(50 to 80 ft) high.
El Rincn is the bight formed by the sudden change in
direction of the coast, 75 miles W of Punta Ascuncin
(3857S, 6040W) (11.64). Tidal streams in this bight are
strong, see 11.61.
Depths
1
11.60
From Puerto Quequn to Punta Asuncin (11.64),
94 miles WSW, the coast is generally steep-to with few
offshore dangers. West of Punta Asuncin shoals, with
depths less than 183 m (60 ft), lie up to 27 miles offshore;
the nature of the bottom gives little indication of the
vessels position.
Between Punta Asuncin and Rincn Light-buoy,
47 miles SW, sandwaves extend up to 12 miles offshore,
and depths shoaler than those charted may be encountered.
Mariners should give the area a wide berth.
BAHIA BLANCA
General information
Charts 3755, 1331
Routes
1
Tidal streams
1
11.61
The tidal streams on this section of coast are strong,
normally semi-diurnal, but much affected by the wind.
Within 10 miles of the shoal areas they attain rates of up
to 4 kn; between 10 and 20 miles seaward of the shoals
rates are between and 2 kn.
Off Punta Asuncin the N-going tidal stream divides
into 2 branches, one running W towards Baha Blanca, the
other running E along the coast. These streams reverse and
converge during the S-going stream.
See also information on the chart.
11.62
Landmark:
Sierra de la Ventana, not charted, lies 75 miles NW of
Punta Asuncin (3856S, 6040W) and rises to a
height of 1240 m (4000 ft); near its summit is a
hole, resembling a window. When seen from SE
the summit appears peaked, from S it appears
square with a notch in the middle.
Major lights:
Quequn Light (3834S, 5841W) (11.39).
Claromec Light (white round concrete tower, black
Recalada Light (white metal tower red bands, 67 m in
height) (3859S, 6116W).
El Rincn Light (white truncated conical tower, black
11.65
The routes described are those from Rincn Light-buoy
(3924S, 6129W), leading NW along Canal Principal
(11.78) into Baha Blanca; then the routes leading to the
various harbours which form the port complex of Baha
Blanca. These are Puerto Rosales (11.82); Puerto Belgrano
(11.91); Puertos Ingeniero White, Nacional and Galvn
(11.98); Puerto Cuatreros (11.108); and the oil terminals of
Punta Ancla and Punta Cigea (11.89).
Topography
1
Principal marks
1
11.64
From a position SSE of Quequn Light (3834S,
5841W) the track leads WSW, passing (with positions
from Claromec Light (3852S, 6003W)):
SSE of Punta Negra (58 miles ENE), an indeterminate
point; Medano de la Mesa is a sandhill lying
2 miles farther W but is not easy to identify.
Several wrecks, indicated on the chart, lie off this
point. Thence:
SSE of Claromec Light (11.62); there is a signal
station at the light tower; thence:
SSE of Punta Asuncion (29 miles WSW) which rises
to a sandhill, 37 m (120 ft) high, but is not easy to
identify.
From this position the track continues WSW to a
position in the vicinity of Rincn Light-buoy (safe water)
(73 miles SW).
entry to Baha Blanca at 11.78)
11.66
Baha Blanca is a wide delta entered between Monte
Hermoso (3859S, 6141W) and Punta Laberinto 32 miles
SSW. It extends 40 miles NW and is fed by numerous
streams and rivers all of which contribute to the silting that
encumbers the delta with shoals, banks, islets and islands.
A number of false channels exist in the SW part of the
delta where the two largest islands are Isla Trinidad and
Bermejo, 5 miles NW of it. Both islands are low, subject to
inundation and difficult to identify from seaward. The
entrance channel into Bahia Blanca follows the trend of the
N side of the delta and very close to it, the land between
Monte Hermoso and the beginning of the port area,
18 miles W, consisting of low sandhills partly covered with
bushes and coarse grass.
Landfall
1
348
11.67
Because of numerous shoals especially within the 33 m
(10 fm) contour, largely with no advanced warning by
echo-sounder, landfall should be made from a SE direction
approaching Rincon light-buoy (racon) (3924S 6129W)
on a NW track. El Rincon Light (11.62) and Recalada
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Light (11.62), both fitted with racons are useful in position

fixing where the approach can be hampered by occasional
strong currents. The islands in the delta and the low lying
coasts provide little useful radar display.
Traffic
1
11.68
In 2003 the ports in the area were used by 698 vessels
with a total of 27 018 006 dwt.
Depths
1
11.69
In 2004 the controlling depths in the channels, given in
a Note on Charts 1331 and 3755, were as follows:
Canal Principal 128 m with a channel width of 190 m;
Canal del Toro 128 m with a channel width of 190 m;
Vessels are required to have a minimum under-keel
clearance of 10% of the draught.
Caution. The channels are dredged periodically, though
shoal depths may exist. For the latest information, mariners
should contact the local authority.
Traffic regulations
1
Pilotage
1
11.70
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. The pilot
boards near No 11 Light-buoy (3905S, 6150W); 24 hours
notice of ETA is required. The pilot vessel is an Argentine
Navy tug, based at Puerto Belgrano, which only proceeds
to the pilot boarding station at No 11 Light-buoy (11.78) to
meet expected vessels.
5
6
11.71
Four designated anchorages, indicated on the chart, have
been established as follows:
Anchorage A (3905S, 6148W); controlling depth
97 m, situated adjacent to the pilot boarding area.
Areas of foul ground, indicated on the chart, lie in
this anchorage.
Anchorage B (3904S, 6150W), close NW of A
above; controlling depth 109 m; situated adjacent
to the pilot boarding area, and reserved for vessels
of over 10 m draught waiting to depart from Bahia
Blanca. An obstruction, indicated on the chart, lies
in the SE section of this anchorage.
Anchorage C (6 miles NW of Anchorage A);
controlling depth 105 m. The N limits of this
anchorage, and the limits of a manoeuvring area
extending from its S side, are marked by
light-buoys (special). A dangerous wreck, marked
by a light-buoy (isolated danger), and an
obstruction lie close S of the anchorage and a
spoil ground 4 cables SE.
Anchorage D (8 miles NW of Anchorage A, close
NW of C); depths 10 to 17 m. This anchorage is
reserved for loaded oil tankers of over 10 m
draught waiting to berth at the Punta Ancla or
Punta Cigea terminals (11.89) and for departing
vessels of over 10 m draught unable to cross Canal
del Toro in bad weather. Areas of foul ground,
indicated on the chart, lie in the anchorage.
An anchorage, marked on the chart, exists midway
between the Punta Ancla or Punta Cigea terminals.
Naval anchorage. Rada de Puerto Belgrano (3856S,
6205W) is reserved for use of the Argentine Navy, but
vessels proceeding only to Puerto Belgrano or Puerto
Rosales, or in cases of emergency, may anchor in a
position 1 miles SSE of Punta Cigea (3855S,
11.72
Prohibited areas. A prohibited area, the limits of which
are indicated on the chart, extends about 9 miles ESE of
Punta Tejada (3859S, 6149W) (11.78).
The coast between Punta Chica (3858S, 6154W)
(11.78) and Punta Cigea, 9 miles WNW, thence to a
position on the coast 7 miles NW, is a military area.
Landing on these stretches of coast is prohibited.
Vessels passing Puerto Belgrano. All vessels entering
or leaving Baha Blanca must display their official number,
by flags of the International Code of Signals, when passing
Puerto Belgrano.

1
Anchorages
1
6204W), provided notice is given by radio and flag

signals of vessels name, nationality, destination and port of
departure.
Outer anchorage has been established centred on
3918S, 6133W bordering the NE side of El Rincn
entrance channel between No 2 and No 4 Light-buoy and
bounded by 6130W between 3917S and 3920S.
Prohibited anchorage. Between Rincn Light-buoy
(11.78) and No 6 light-buoys anchoring is prohibited within
5 cables of the centre of the channel.
11.73
The approaches and entry to Baha Blanca are covered
by:
Baha Blanca VTS which also provides tidal, buoyage
and depth information.
System (SECOSENA) which is mandatory for all
vessels.
(CONTRASE) which is mandatory for all foreign
vessels over 24 m LOA.
Volume 6(5).
Tidal streams
1
11.74
The in-going stream flows for 5 hours, the out-going
for 5 hours; the normal rate less than 2 kn, but the wind
can increase this to 4 kn.
The tidal streams set across the outer part of Canal
Principal and caution is necessary. In the narrow part of the
channel, W of Banco del Oeste (3902S, 6153W), the
tidal streams are very strong but from here inward they
follow the axis of the channel.
The greatest rates, 2 kn, are found near Punta Ancla,
7 miles NW of Banco del Oeste; they occur 3 hours after
HW and LW at Punta Belgrano.
Water levels
1
11.75
The water level in Baha Blanca varies frequently from
predicted levels. In general, strong winds from WNW,
through N, to NNE lower water levels, while those from E,
through S, to W raise them. With gale force winds the
level may be raised or lowered as much as 15 m. The full
effect may be experienced up to 5 hours after the start of
the gale, but normally 3 hours after.
Principal marks
1
349
11.76
Landmark
Puerto Belgrano Signal Station (3854S, 6206W)
stands on a hillock on the E side of the port. It is
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
a large building surmounted by a clock-tower and

flagstaff, visible up to 15 miles distant.
Major lights
Recalada Light (3859S, 6116W) (11.62).
El Rincn Light (3923S, 6201W) (11.62).

11.77
1

6129W).
Punta Lobos Beacon (12 miles S) black triangular

framework, 21 m in height.
Isla Bermejo Beacon (4 miles SW) red and white
square metal tower.
Arroyo las Vizcachas Beacon (7 miles WSW) blue
square metal tower, 11 m in height.
Islas del Embudo Beacon (11 miles W) black square
metal framework, 8 m in height.
Water tower (2 miles WNW).
Water tower (3 miles WNW).
Side channels
Canal Bermejo
Directions
1
11.78
The track, from Rincn Light-buoy (safe water)
(3924S, 6129W), initially leads NW, passing (with
positions from El Rincn Light (3923S, 6201W)):
Either side of No 1 Light-buoy (safe water) (25 miles
E), thence either side of Nos 2 and 3 Light-buoys
(safe water) (2 miles and 5 miles farther NW,
respectively); thence:
Between Nos 4 Light-buoys (lateral) (18 miles ENE.
The track then follows the dredged channel of Canal
Principal, marked by numbered pairs of light-buoys (lateral)
passing (with positions from Chica Light (3858S,
6154W)):
Between Nos 9 Light-buoys (lateral) (11 miles SSE),
leading between Banco del Medio to W and Banco
Nuevo to E, the outermost of the many banks
which encumber the bay. All these banks are
composed of hard, black sand and the sea
sometimes breaks over them; at other times there
is little or no indication of them. A tide gauge and
light (yellow round metal tower) lie 1 miles S of
Banco Nuevo. Thence:
To the vicinity of No 11 Light-buoy (safe water)
(7 miles SSE), where the pilot boards, see 11.70.
Punta Tejada (4 miles ESE) on the N shore of the
bay is marked by a light (round tower with black
and white circular daymark, 10 m in height)
located close W of it. From the pilot boarding
position the buoyed channel continues NW.
Thence:
SW of Banco del Oeste (3 miles SSE), which dries
to 12 m, where the channel turns NNW and
follows Canal del Toro, passing W of the bank,
then resuming WNW. Chica Light (yellow
framework tower, black bands, 15 m in height) is
located on Punta Chica on the N shore of the bay.
Thence:
SW of Punta Ancla Oil Terminal (5 miles W) (11.86).
From this position the track continues in mid-channel to
a position in the vicinity of No 19 Light-buoy (safe water)
(5 miles W), SE of the approaches to Puerto Rosales
(11.82).
Caution. Drying banks and channels adjacent to Canal
del Toro and to the E of Banco del Oeste have changed.
Mariners should consult the local authorities for the latest
information.
11.79
Useful marks.
Trpode Light (red pyramidal tower, white bands,
11 m in height) (3857S, 6156W).
Several unlit beacons and some water towers are located
on both shores of the bay (with positions from Chica Light
(3858S, 6154W)):
11.80
Canal Bermejo separates Isla Bermejo (3901S,
6202W) from Isla Trinidad, 3 miles S; it is navigable by
small craft, with local knowledge, for about 20 miles.
Canal del Sur

1
11.81
Canal del Sur branches W from Canal Principal (11.78),
passing SW of Banco del Sur (3902S, 6155W), Banco
Redondo, 1 mile NW and Banco Cuchillo, 2 miles NW. It
is unmarked, narrow and has depths of about 12 m at its
NW end; its use is not recommended as it has not recently
been sounded.
Puerto Rosales
Chart 3755, with plan Puertos Belgrano and Rosales
General information
1
11.82
Position. Puerto Rosales (3856S, 6204W) lies at the
mouth of Arroyo Pareja.
Function. The original port formed part of the naval
base of Puerto Belgrano, but is now mainly silted up and
only used by vessels servicing the oil terminals. There is
however Punta Cigea Terminal, an SBM oil terminal
lying SE of the port; another SBM terminal lies off Punta
Ancla, 22 miles WSW.
Limiting conditions
1
11.83
Controlling depth. Depth at the oil terminals 183 m,
however see 11.69 for controlling depths in Canal
Principal.
Mean spring range about 34 m; mean neap range about
26 m.
See also table on Chart 3755.
Abnormal levels. See 11.75.
Arrival information
1
11.84
Vessel Traffic Service. See 11.73.
Harbour
1
350
11.85
Puerto Rosales is formed by a mole extending 7 cables
S from the W side of the mouth of Arroyo Pareja; it is
protected by a breakwater extending a further 3 cables from
the head of the mole.
Punta Cigea and Punta Ancla Oil Terminals consist of
SBMs, lying N of Canal Principal, 1 miles and 3 miles
SE of the entrance to Puerto Rosales.
Landmark. Puerto Belgrano Signal Station (3854S,
6206W) (11.76).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Directions
1
11.86
Punta Ancla Terminal. From a position in the vicinity
of No 19 Light-buoy (3858S, 6201W) the SBM (3 cables
ENE) can be approached directly. Vessels are recommended
not to navigate to the N of the SBM.
11.87
Punta Cigea Terminal. From a position in the
vicinity of No 19 Light-buoy (3858S, 6201W) the track
continues WNW along the route of Canal Principal to pick
up the leading line:
Front mark, Puerto Rosales Breakwater Light (red
6204W).
Rear mark, beacon (metal framework tower on piles,
black rectangular daymark with yellow stripe)
(2 cables NW of front mark).
The alignment (307) of these marks leads NW from
Canal Principal to a position close N of the SBM
(2 miles WNW).
11.88
Puerto Rosales. From a position in the vicinity of
No 19 Light-buoy (3858S, 6201W) the track continues
WNW along the route of Canal Principal whence the port
entrance can be approached directly.
Arrival information
1
11.89
Punta Ancla Terminal; an SBM, from which a

submarine pipeline leads NNE to the shore.
Punta Cigea Terminal; an SBM, depth 15 m; a
submarine pipeline leads NNE from the buoy to
the shore. There is an anchorage, indicated on
chart 1331, midway between the SBMs.
Each SBM is yellow, 11 m in diameter and lighted, with
two floating hose strings, which lie down-tide and are
marked by white lights, and by yellow buoys at the end.
Puerto Rosales; wharf 300 m long but silted up and
disused, alongside depths not known.
Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in areas,
indicated on the chart, around the SBMs and pipelines at
Punta Ancla and Punta Cigea Terminals, see also 1.35.
11.94
Layout. The dockyard, which is in two parts, is
protected by outer and inner breakwaters. Antepuerto lies
between the outer and inner breakwaters; while an inner
basin, which also contains two dry docks, lies within the
inner breakwaters.
Exercise area. A naval exercise area, in which
explosives are used, lies in shoal water 5 cables W of
Escollera Sudoeste (3854S, 6206W), as shown on the
chart.
Traffic signals indicating the movement of shipping in
the entry channel are shown.
By day, from a mast, with a yard, situated at the head of
Muelle C (3854S, 6206W):
Signal
Port services
1
11.93
Volume 6(5).
Pilotage. Compulsory. A military pilot takes over from
the civilian pilot at No 21 Light-buoy (3856S, 6205W).
Requests for pilotage service should be made to Capitana
del Puerto.
Tugs are compulsory for all vessels over 2000 gt
berthing, and should be requested from the same authority
as for pilots.
Regulations. Except with special authority, large vessels
are not allowed to enter the port at night.
Harbour
Berths
1
Mean tidal levels, spring range about 36 m; mean neap

11.90
Supplies: fuel; fresh water; provisions.
4
Black flag at W yard-arm
Vessel in sight
Flag L, at dip, W yard-arm
Vessel entering
Flag K, at dip, W yard-arm
Vessel leaving
Red flag, at dip, W yard-arm
Entry prohibited
Red flag at E yard-arm
Vessel requires
assistance
Black flag, at dip, E yard-arm Departure prohibited

By night from the Signal Station (3854S, 6206W):
Signal
Puerto Belgrano
One intense green light
General information
1
11.91
Position. Puerto Belgrano (3854S, 6206W) lies on
the NW side of the bay, 2 miles NW of Puerto Rosales
(11.82).
Function. The port is a naval base and normally has no
commercial traffic.
Approach and entry. The port is entered through a
dredged channel which leads NW from Canal Principal
(11.78).
11.92
Controlling depth. The entry channel is periodically
dredged; for the latest information on depths the local
authorities should be consulted.
Deepest berth. Inner basin; depths up to 94 m;
see 11.96.
Meaning
Entry prohibited
Two intense lights, white over Departure prohibited

green, vertically disposed
Limiting conditions
1
Meaning
Two intense green lights,

Entry and departure
vertically disposed
prohibited
Tidal streams. Off Puerto Belgrano the beginning of the
in-going stream is stronger on the S side of the roadstead,
while the beginning of the out-going stream is stronger on
the N side.
Landmark. Puerto Belgrano Signal Station (3854S,
6206W) (11.76).
Directions
1
351
11.95
From a position in the vicinity of No 21 Light-buoy
(3856S, 6205W) the track leads NW towards the
entrance to the dredged channel, which is marked by
numbered pairs of light-buoys (lateral), passing (with
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
positions from Escollera Sudoeste light (3854S,

6206W)):
Between Nos 1 Light-buoys (1 miles SSE), at the
entrance to the dredged channel, whence the track
follows the line of the channel NNW, thence:
Between the head of Escollera Sudoeste, marked by a
light (truncated pyramidal tower, 4 m in height),
and the head of Escollera Sudeste (1 cables
ESE). Thence:
Between the head of Malecn Oeste (2 cables
NNW), marked by a light (square concrete
framework tower, 4 m in height), and the head of
Malecn Este (2 cables N), also marked by a light
(concrete framework tower, red lantern, 3 m in
height); to enter Antepuerto. Thence:
W of the head of Muelle C (5 cables N), where the
Traffic Signal mast (11.94) and a tide gauge are
located. Thence:
Between the head of Muelle A (6 cables NNW) and
Muelle B (6 cables N), to enter the Inner Basin.
Limiting conditions
1
Basins
1
11.96
Antepuerto. A large part of this basin dries but, in its
NE corner, there is a small basin between Muelles C and B
which has depths of up to 70 m alongside its quays.
Inner Basin. Has berths on the four sides and two dry
docks which open off the N wall of the basin.
Port services
1
11.97
Repairs: Two dry docks and a floating dock, largest dry
dock for vessels 230 m long, 240 m breadth; divers;
floating crane. The dry docks are owned by the Argentine
Navy but can be made available to commercial vessels.
Supplies: fresh water, fuel and provisions.
Communications: airport at Ciudad de Baha Blanca
19 km distant.
Arrival information
1
Puertos Ingeniero White, Nacional and Galvn

Chart 3755, with plan Puertos Ingeniero White, Nacional and
Galvn
General information
1
11.101
Notice of ETA. Pilots require 24 hours notice of ETA.
Pilotage is compulsory, harbour pilots take over from
the channel pilots in the roadstead.
Tugs are available; their use is compulsory at certain
berths.
Harbour
11.98
Position. Puerto Ingeniero White (3848S, 6216W)
lies on the N shore of Baha Blanca; Puerto Nacional lies
5 cables W of Ingeniero White; Puerto Galvn is situated a
further 1 miles WNW.
Function. Puerto Ingeniero White is an important
grain-exporting centre and also handles general cargo;
Ciudad de Bahia Blanca, 3 miles N of the port, is the most
important city S of Buenos Aires. Puerto Nacional, state
owned, is a fruit exporting facility; Puerto Galvn is used
mainly for the import of oil products but also handles
grain.
11.99
Approach and entry. The port complex is approached
through Canal Ingeniero White, a dredged canal which is a
continuation of Canal Principal (11.78). This leads to a
roadstead, known as Rada Ingeniero White, which is
divided into four sections. The ports are entered directly
from the roadstead.
11.100
Controlling depth. Puerto Ingeniero White is reportedly
accessible to vessels up to 137 m draught, when recently
dredged, but it is subject to silting; the latest information
regarding depths is published fortnightly in the Argentian
Notices to Mariners, and may be obtained from the local
authorities.
The controlling depth and channel width in Canal
Ingeniero White are 118 m (2001) and 190 m respectively.
Rada Ingeniero White, the roadstead off the ports, which
is maintained by dredging, is divided into four parts with
depths, indicated on the chart, as follows:
Rada A: 152 m.
Rada B: 152 m.
Puerto Nacional to Puerto Galvn: 11.8 m.
Puerto Galvn Tanker Pier: 106 m
Deepest and longest berth. Muelle Piedra Buena;
maximum draught 117 m; see 11.104.
Mean tidal levels: spring range about 38 m; mean neap
11.102
General Layout. Puerto Ingeniero White consists of an
L-shaped pier serving the power station; a basin with 2
piers; a wharf, close W of the basin; and Muelle Cargill, a
T-shaped pier which fronts the channel. Puerto Nacional is
a basin, the E part of which lies behind Muelle Cargill.
The N part of the harbour between Puerto Nacional and
Puerto Galvn is being developed and in 2001 provided
two berths. Puerto Galvn has an irregularly shaped main
wharf and a T-shaped tanker pier.
Tidal streams in Canal Ingeniero White have rates of 1
to 3 kn and follow the axis of the channel.
Directions
1
352
11.103
From a position in the vicinity of No 21 Light-buoy
(3856S, 6205W) the track leads NW towards the
entrance to Canal Ingeniero White, which is marked by
numbered pairs of light-buoys (lateral), passing (with
positions from No 2 Light-beacon (3849S, 6215W)):
Between Nos 22 Light-buoys (3855S, 6207W), at
the entrance to Canal Ingeniero White, whence the
track follows the line of the buoyed channel,
thence:
Between Nos 31 Light-buoys (8 cables SE), at the
inner end of the channel, where Rada A
commences. Numbers 4 (8 cables ESE), 3 (5 cables
E) and 1 (4 cables NE) Light-beacons (metal
structures) are situated outside the NE edge of the
roads. Thence:
NE of No 2 Light-beacon (metal structure), thence:
SW of Muelle Piedra Buena (6 cables NW), marked
by lights; SE end (black square framework tower,
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
2 m in height) and NW end (black structure on

hut, 4 m in height). Thence:
SW of Puerto Ingeniero White basin (1 mile NW);
lights (metal posts, 1 m in height) are exhibited
from the heads of E jetty; central jetty, which also
has a tide gauge; and W quay; thence:
SW of Muelle Cargill (1 miles NW), marked at
both ends by lights (red GRP towers on truncated
pyramids, 3 m in height), thence:
SW of Puerto Galvn pierhead (2 miles NW) from
which a light is shown.
From this position that track continues NW to a position
SW of Muelle de Inflamables (3 miles WNW), marked at
both ends by lights (metal posts, 1 m in height), which lies
at the NW extremity of the dredged area.
Useful marks. The edge of the drying bank on the S
side of Rada Ingeniero White is marked by six light-buoys
and a light-beacon.
Berths
1
Port services
1
11.104
Puerto Ingeniero White.
Muelle Piedra Buena; can accept tankers up to
50 000 dwt; maximum draught 117 m.
Berths 1 to 9 for grain-loading; the length between
the mooring dolphins at berth 9 is 294 m and the
depth alongside is 154 m.
Berths 15 and 16 at Muelle Cargill; for grain-loading.
11.105
Puerto Nacional. A basin with 600 m of quays for
break bulk cargoes; alongside depths up to 73 m.
A new port area is under development on reclaimed land
between Puerto Nacional and Puerto Galvn, 1 mile WNW.
providing (2001) two berths with a dredged depth alongside
of 137 m:
Muelle Profertil for fertiliser;

Muelle Mega for LPG.
11.106
Puerto Galvn.
Main wharf: 11 berths of which only Nos 1, 2, 3, 5
and 6 are reportedly (2001) in use for grain
loading; vegetable oils are also handled at berths
Nos 2 and 3, with a reported (2000) maximum
depth alongside of 9 m (less water is charted).
Muelle de Inflamables, for LPG, chemicals and POLs;
two berths of 371 m each, alongside depths 12.2 m
(see also 11.100).
11.107
Repairs. Repairs afloat of all kinds; dry dock and divers
at Puerto Belgrano (11.97); slipway for vessels up to
800 grt, 3 m draught.
Other facilities. Medical assistance; hospitals at Puerto
Belgrano (11.91) and Ciudad de Baha Blanca; deratting
and deratting exemption certificates.
Supplies. Water; provisions; fuel.
Communications. Airport at Ciudad de Baha Blanca,
6 km distant.
Puerto Cuatreros
1
11.108
General information. Puerto Cuatreros (3845S,
6223W) is situated 4 miles NW of Puerto Galvn, it is
reached through a narrow channel which trends NW from
Puerto Galvn Tanker Pier.
Anchorage. An anchorage area, indicated on the chart,
is situated on the N side of the channel, 1 mile NW of
Puerto Galvn Tanker Pier.
Berth. A wharf, serving a frozen meat plant, with space
for one vessel to load. The wharf has been reported to be
damaged and only used by small craft.
BAHIA BLANCA TO PUNTA DELGADA

Depths
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3066, 3067
Area covered
1
11.109
This section describes the passage from Rincn
Light-buoy (3924S, 6129W), at the entrance to Baha
Blanca, to Punta Delgada (4246S, 6338W), and includes
details of Golfo San Matas (4135S, 6410W) and the
ports within it.
11.111
Between Baha Blanca and Punta Rasa (4052S,
6218W), depth contours are irregular and depths less than
183 m (60 ft) can be found up to 35 miles offshore. The
coast W of Punta Rasa is steep-to with similar depths
extending only 5 miles offshore. The shore of Golfo San
Matas is also generally steep-to except in the NW part in
the vicinity of Puerto San Antonio. The E side of Pennsula
Valds (4230S, 6350W) has several shoals, and often
violent overfalls, extending up to 18 miles from it.
Topography
1
11.110
From Punta Lobos (3914S, 6150W) (11.66) to Punta
Bermeja (4109S, 6303W), the coast is fronted, in
2 areas, by extensive banks, shoals and islets, interspersed
by channels, some of which are navigable. The remainder
of this coast is formed by a narrow beach, backed by
sandhills, which become high in the W forming cliffs.
The shores of Golfo San Matas are generally bold, the
N shore being composed of high sandhills and beaches; the
W shore rises to high ground inland with some ranges of
hills being prominent; the S shore is steep and bare with
some sandy cliffs.
BAHA BLANCA TO GOLFO SAN MATAS

General information
Charts 1331, 3066
Route
1
353
11.112
From a position close off the Rincn Light-buoy
(3924S, 6129W), the route leads S for about 81miles to
a position E of Secunda Barranca Light 4046S 6217W)
from whence the route leads WSW for about 73 miles to a
position SSE of Punta Bermeja (4109S, 6303W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Topography
1
11.113
Costa Laberinto (11.119) is that part of the coast, S of
Baha Blanca, extending from Punta Lobos (3914S,
6150W) (11.66) to Punta Laberinto, 15 miles SSW. It
consists of numerous islands, banks and shoals, interspersed
by navigable channels.
Between Punta Laberinto and Rio Colorado, 27 miles S,
the coast is a long sandy beach, backed by sandhills up to
12 m high, which terminate at the river mouth.
Baha Anegada extends 45 miles S from Rio Colorado
and consists of an extensive area of drying banks between
which are many channels and inlets, with many low islets
and islands all of similar appearance.
Between the S end of Baha Anegada and Punta Rasa,
20 miles SSW, the coast reverts to a sandy beach, backed
by low, uniform sandhills with sparse vegetation.
The coast from Punta Rasa to Punta Bermeja, 37 miles
SW, consists of sandhills, with cliffs in the centre part,
either side of the Ro Negro entrance.
Depths
1
11.114
See 11.111.
6
Tidal streams
1
11.115
Between Punta Rubia (4043S, 6215W) and Baha
Rosas, 60 miles WSW, tidal streams run parallel to the
coast, with rates of 1 to 3 kn between Punta Rubia and
Punta Rasa (4052S, 6218W), but these are affected by
strong winds.
Overfalls, dangerous to smaller vessels, are likely
between Punta Rasa and Ro Negro, 23 miles WSW, under
conditions of wind against current.
Principal marks
1
11.116
Major Lights:
Recalada Light (3859S, 6116W) (11.62).
El Rincn Light (3923S, 6201W) (11.62).
Segunda Barranca Light (white truncated conical
tower, black bands and dwelling, 34 m in height)
(4046S, 6216W).
Rio Negro Light (white round masonry tower with

3
10

6129W).
Directions
1
11.117
From a position in the vicinity of Rincn Light-buoy
(3924S, 6129W) the track leads S, passing (with
positions from Segunda Barranca Light (4047S,
6217W)):
E of the shoals and dangerous wrecks which extend
up to 23 miles SE of Punta Laberinto (80 miles
NNW); although the point is only about 7 m
high it may be identified by a wooded area visible
at over 10 miles distant; the land within it is low.
Thence:
E of the bank which extends up to 10 miles SE of

Isla Margarita (54 miles NNE). A beacon (black
triangular framework pyramid, 20 m in height)
stands in the middle of the island which is 2 miles
long and stands on the S side of Rio Colorado
(11.124). The mouth of this river can be identified
by the abrupt termination of the sandhills to the N,
the S shore being low and flat. Thence;
E of Banco Vbora (42 miles NNE) and Banco
Intermedio, 2 miles SW of it, which are the
outermost of the banks which encumber Baha
Anegada (11.123). Thence:
E of two shoals (26 and 28 miles NNE) with depths
of 11 m (36 ft) over them, lying E of Banco
Nordeste on which stands a beacon (black square
framework, 15 m in height). Thence:
E of Segunda Barranca Light on which there is a
signal station. The light structure is difficult to
distinguish, but Cerro de la Torre is a conical
sandhill, standing near Punta Rubia 5 miles NNE
of the light. A bank of tufa, with irregular depths,
extends up to 1 miles off the coast between
Segunda Barranca and Punta Rasa, in calm
weather its edge is marked by tide-rips.
From this position the track leads WSW passing:
SSE of Punta Rasa (6 miles SSW), which rises to a
rounded sandy hillock, 8 m high; the sandhills in
this vicinity change shape under the influence of
strong winds. W of the point the coast is uniform
formed by shifting sand dunes backed by higher
dunes covered with vegetation. From this position
the track turns SW. Thence:
SSE of Barranca Norte (20 miles SW), about 20 m
high, is prominent from the E but difficult to
identify from other directions; W of the cliffs the
coastal dunes become lower and barren. Thence:
SSE of Punta Redonda (27 miles SW), which rises to
a conical sandhill, 8 m high, which from the E
appears to have three summits partially covered in
vegetation. The point forms the E entrance to Rio
Negro (11.126); during floods, discoloured water
extends up to 8 miles offshore from the river
mouth. Thence:
SSE of Rio Negro Light (31 miles SW) (11.116);
situated at the NE end of Barranca Sur, a cliff
about 30 m high. Between Barranca Sur and Punta
Bermeja uniform sandhills rise to an elevation of
60 m, backed by flat table-land.
11 miles to a position SSE of Punta Bermeja (41 miles
SW), in the vicinity of which are several irregular hillocks,
covered with vegetation. Picos Falsas Hermanas are two
very small peaks, close together on the cliff, clearly visible
from the E which should not be confused with Cerros Dos
Hermanos (11.141), 10 miles farther W.
and for Golfo San Matas at 11.141 and 11.158)

Charts 1331, 3066
Local knowledge
1
354
11.118
Essential for navigating in the areas described in
paragraphs 11.119 to 11.125 inclusive; these areas consist
of islands, banks and shoals interspersed by navigable
channels with strong currents.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Costa Laberinto
1
11.119
Description. Costa Laberinto extends from Isla Trinidad
(3910S, 6156W) (11.66) to the mainland 15 miles SW.
The area consists of numerous islands, banks and shoals
interspersed by navigable channels which include Baha
Falsa (11.120), Baha Verde (11.121) and Caleta Brightman
(11.122).
Baha Falsa
1
11.120
Description. Between Isla Trinidad, Isla Ariadna and
Isla Wood, 4 miles SW. The inlet extends 15 miles NNW
and affords excellent anchorage with protection from all but
SE winds.
Directions. It is entered, between Punta Lobos (3914S,
6150W) (11.66) and the bank extending E of Isla
Ariadna, through two channels; Canal del Este, with a least
depth of 55 m (18 ft) and Canal Patagonia, 1 mile wide,
least depth 61 m (20 ft).
Baha Verde
1
11.121
Description. The bay is entered between the bank
extending E of Isla Ariadna and the NE extremity of
Pennsula Verde, 4 miles SW; it extends 10 miles WNW but
is much encumbered by banks. There is a channel leading
from the upper part of Baha Verde, passing W of Isla
Trinidad, leading to the upper part of Baha Blanca.
Chart 3066
Rio Negro
1
Caleta Brightman
1
11.122
Description. The entrance is 1 miles wide between
Punta Laberinto (3927S, 6202W) and Pennsula Verde,
3 miles N. It extends 13 miles NW and is narrow. The
entrance channel is tortuous and has a least depth of 30 m
(10 ft), with strong tidal streams.
Anchorage exists 1 mile NNE of Punta Laberinto in 6 m
(20 ft) or near the SW coast of Pennsula Verde in 10 m
(32 ft), soft sandy mud.
Baha Anegada
1
11.123
Description. Baha Anegada is entered between Isla
Margarita (3952S, 6207W) and Punta Rubia (11.117),
50 miles S. It is mostly filled by drying banks between
which are channels and inlets, navigable by small craft
at HW.
Baha Unin
1
11.124
Description. This bay is entered 5 miles SSE of Isla
Margarita, the entrance is 7 cables wide with a depth of
46 m (15 ft) over the bar.
Tidal streams in the entrance to Baha Unin run N
across the banks at about 2 kn during the in-going stream;
the out-going stream runs, at up to 3 kn, directly out of the
inlet then turns S when clear of the banks.
Anchorage exists for vessels drawing up to 6 m (20 ft).
It is the base for a lobster and prawn fishing fleet.
River craft can reach Ro Colorado through Riacho
Azul leading off the N side of the inlet.
Chart 531, plan of Puerto San Blas
Puerto San Blas

1
situated on the N part of Isla del Jabal and is entered

between Isla del Jabal and Isla Gama 1 miles N. The
entrance is encumbered by banks, with strong tidal streams
running in the channels between them. Within the entrance
is a spacious well-sheltered harbour. The leading marks
have been discontinued.
Tidal streams and overfalls. Outside the bar the
in-going stream sets strongly towards the N side of the
fairway; the out-going stream sets S, parallel with the
coast. On the bar the directions vary with the time of the
tide. Rates of the out-going stream range from 2 to 4 kn,
while the in-going stream is stronger and may attain a rate
of 5 kn in SE winds.
During W winds, at the turn of the tide and for about an
hour after, overfalls occur on the N side of the channel.
Anchorage may be found 4 cables off the town, as
indicated on the chart, in depths of about 24 m (79 ft), mud
and sand; sheltered from all except NE winds. Tidal
streams in this anchorage can reach 3 kn. Anchorage, with
good holding ground, can also be found anywhere up to
3 miles SE of this position, 1 to 1 cables offshore.
Port services. Fresh water; provisions.
11.125
Description. Puerto San Blas (4033S, 6214W), a
small fishing village with a population of about 200, is
355
11.126
Description. Ro Negro is entered between Punta
Redonda (4102S, 6246W) (11.117) and Punta Medano,
1 miles WNW. Local knowledge is essential for entering
the river as the pilotage service has been discontinued. The
port is only used by fishing vessels and other local craft;
shallow draught vessels can reach Puerto Carmen de
Patagones, 17 miles above the river mouth.
Restrictions The bar can be crossed by vessels drawing
less than 24 m at HWS. The passage of the bar is
dangerous during strong onshore winds which can make
passage impossible.
A road and rail bridge spans the river 1 mile below
Carmen de Patagones. A lifting section provides passage
for vessels up to 44 m beam; 24 hours notice of passage
should be given if raising of bridge required.
Approaches. The mouth of the river can be easily
identified, from seaward, by Punta Redonda and Barrancas
Norte and Sur, described at 11.117. Punta Chata, on the E
bank of the river 1 miles NW of Punta Redonda, is 14 m
high, sandy, covered in vegetation and the SW side of the
point forms a cliff. Cerro Direccion is the E and higher of
two hills on the E bank 6 miles NW of Punta Redonda.
The SW end of the hill has a rounded summit, sloping
steeply; it can be seen from 3 or 4 miles outside the bar.
Anchorage. Vessels waiting to cross the bar should
anchor with Rio Negro Light (4104S, 6250W) (11.116)
bearing 310, distant 2 miles, depth 14 m, fine sand; but
this anchorage should not be used with strong E or S
winds. Vessels should not anchor in depths less than 9 m or
with the light-tower bearing more than 000, as the bottom
is tufa and bad holding ground.
Berths. Puerto Carmen de Patagones and Ciudad de
Viedma on the opposite bank provide piers with depths up
to 7 m alongside.
Repairs: slipway for vessels up to 40 m long, 15 m
draught.
Supplies: fresh water; provisions; diesel oil.
Communications: airfield with scheduled flights to
Buenos Aires.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
GOLFO SAN MATAS

General information
Chart 3067
Routes
1
11.127
Golfo San Matas is entered between Punta Bermeja
(4109S, 6303W) and Punta Norte, 64 miles SSW. The
routes described are those that lead from Punta Bermeja to
the port facilities within the gulf, which include Puerto San
Antonio (4048S, 6453W) (11.135); Puerto Punta
Colorada (4142S, 6500W) (11.148); the oil transfer point
off Arroyo Verde (4156S, 6502W) (11.163); and the
entrance to Golfo San Jos (4214S, 6425W) (11.155).
Principal marks
1
Topography
1
11.128
The N coast of the gulf from Punta Bermeja to
Promontorio Beln, 37 miles W, consists of high sandhills,
which form cliffs in places. Farther W it reverts to a low
sandy beach extending to the vicinity of Puerto San
Antonio, 50 miles WNW.
The W coast of the gulf, extending about 80 miles S
from Puerto San Antonio, appears as cliffs from the offing,
but actually is land rising gradually from the shore to the
high ground of the interior, where some ranges of hills are
prominent. The shore is a narrow beach of sand, moss or
gravel. The land, typical of Patagonia, is treeless, almost
sterile, with rough pasture and scrub and scattered
habitation.
The S coast is divided in two by the entrance to Golfo
San Jos (4214S, 6425W). The W section is steep and
generally bare, fringed by a narrow beach of coarse sand
and shingle. The E section, forming the N side of
Pennsula Valds (11.166), consists of sandy cliffs up to
60 m high.
Charts 531 plan of Puerto San Antonio, 3067
General information
Dumping grounds
11.130
Two areas of unexploded ordnance, indicated on the
chart, lie 72 miles WSW and 87 miles SW of Punta
Bermeja (4109S, 6303W).
11.131
The N-going tidal stream sweeps round Punta Norte
(4204S, 6346W) at rates between 2 and 4 kn, causing
violent and dangerous overfalls in the vicinity. The stream
divides off the point with one branch running WSW, the
other continuing NNW.
The WSW branch again divides. One part enters Golfo
San Jos, 30 miles WSW, reaching rates of up to 8 kn in
the entrance to this gulf. Violent and dangerous overfalls
occur within 10 miles of this entrance, even when the sea
is smooth. The other part of the WSW branch continues W
along the S shore of Golfo San Matas at rates of up to
3 kn, then decreasing in rate as it turns N along the W
shore of the gulf, increasing again to 3 kn near the NW
corner off Puerto San Antonio.
The branch running N from Punta Norte has rates of up
to 2 kn; this branch divides at Baha Rosa, 58 miles NNE,
into two parts running E and W along the N shore; as a
11.134
Directions for the N coast of the gulf are given at
11.141, and for route leading SW to the entrance to Golfo
San Jos at 11.158.
Puerto San Antonio Este
11.129
The gulf is deep with steep-to shores and no known
dangers.
Tidal streams and overfalls

1
11.132
Landmarks:
Cerro Direccion (4048S, 6510W) has three small
hummocks close together on its summit. A similar
hill lies N and farther inland.
Cerro Fuerte Argentino, 18 miles S of Cerro
Direccion, grey in colour with the appearance of a
fortification; it is the largest, lightest coloured and
most S of a range of similar hills.
Pico Rivadavia, 49 miles SSW of Cerro Direccion, in
Sierra de San Antonio.
These three hills are usually seen before the coast
becomes visible, but both Cerro Direccion and Cerro Fuerte
Argentino may be obscured by haze.
11.133
Major lights
Rio Negro Light (4104S, 6250W) (11.116).
Punta Colorada (Hipasam) Light (building) (4142S,
6502W).
Directions
Depths
1
result of this there is broken water extending up to 2 miles

S of Baha Rosa.
The S-going tidal streams generally run in opposite
directions and at similar rates to those above.
In the central part of Golfo San Matas tidal streams are
weak even though the range of the tide is about 73 m
(24 ft) at springs.
When the wind is contrary to the tidal stream there is a
very steep sea in the entrance to the gulf.
11.135
Position. Puerto San Antonio (4048S, 6453W), lies in
the NW corner of Golfo San Matas.
Function. A shipping port for agricultural produce,
mainly citrus fruits.
seaward, through Golfo San Matas, and entered through a
narrow and tortuous channel, marked by leading lights.
total of 415 408 dwt
Port Authority. Terminal de Servicios Portuarios
Patagonia Norte SA.
Limiting conditions
1
11.136
Controlling depth. Minimum charted depth over the
bar, on the first leading line, of 33 m (11 ft).
Deepest berth. Puerto San Antonio Este, see 11.146.
Mean tidal levels. spring range about 77 m; neap range
about 49 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.
Maximum size vessel handled. 178 m LOA and
25 231 dwt.
Arrival information
1
356
11.137
Outer anchorage. Vessels awaiting entry can anchor
near position 4054S, 6458W, 3 miles WSW of Banco
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Lobos (11.142). Anchorage can also be found S or E of the

bank in depths of 9 to 27 m (30 to 90 ft). The bottom is
fine sand and mud.
Pilotage. Compulsory. Ordered through the Port
Authority or Agents. The pilot boards in position 4054S,
6457W.
Tug use is compulsory.
Harbour
1
11.138
General layout. Puerto San Antonio is entered between
Punta Villarino (4048S, 6454W) and Punta Delgado,
2 miles N and is well sheltered.
The greater part of the harbour is filled with drying
banks, interspersed by channels.
Puerto San Antonio Este is a new port built on the S
side of the harbour entrance, 1 mile ENE of Punta
Villarino.
Muelle Alpat lies off Punta Delgado, 2 miles N of
Punta Villarino.
Puerto San Antonio Oeste is the old port, now generally
disused, situated 5 miles NNW of Punta Villarino and
approached by a narrow channel.
11.139
Submarine park. An underwater park, with a radius of
150 m, is situated 5 miles W of Punta Villarino Light
(4049S, 6454W). The park consists of a metal pontoon
structure supported by floats; marked by a divers flag by
day and a light by night. It operates during daylight hours
between 15 November to 30 April.
11.140
Tidal streams. Over the bar the out-going stream sets
towards Banco Lobos, which extends 5 miles S from Punta
Villarino, on the E side of the entrance channel. The
in-going stream sets towards Banco Reparo, which extends
5 miles SSW of Punta Delgado, on the W side of the
channel.
In the narrows between Punta Villarino and Banco
Reparo the tidal-streams can attain rates up to 2 kn, but S
of the entrance rates are about 1 kn, except SW of Banco
Lobos where rates of 3 kn are found.
Principal marks:
See 11.132.
Directions
1

11.141
Approaches.
From a position SSE of Punta Bermeja (4109S,
6303W) the track leads W, passing (with positions from
Tower (4109S, 6343W)):
S of Baha Rosas (17 miles E), where there is a break
in the high sandhills which form the coast; Cerros
dos Hermanos, twin peaks, rise on the E side of
this bay. Thence:
S of Promontorio Beln (8 miles WNW), where the
sandhills reach their highest point.
From this position the track leads NW passing:
Along the coast which for 7 miles is fronted by cliffs
giving way to low a sandy beach; thence:
SW of Caleta de los Loros (20 miles WNW), a cove
which dries out; the coast again becomes steep for
14 miles, then becoming low with a sandy beach;
thence:
357
SW of San Matas Light (black and white pyramidal

tower, red bands, 16 m in height) (50 miles NW).
From this position the track leads directly to the
anchorage and pilot boarding area which should be
approached with Cerro Direccion (4048S, 6510W)
(11.132) bearing 310 which will lead 2 miles S of the
SW extremity of Banco Lobos. The anchorage is situated
SW of Punta Villarino, which is easily identified by some
bare sandhills and is marked by a light (black pyramidal
tower, yellow band, 6 m in height).
Entrance.
Mariners should note the tidal streams (11.140) which
set across the channel.
From the pilot boarding the area, (4054S, 6457W),
course should be set NE to pick up the first leading line.
The rear light of each of the following 3 pairs of leading
lights shows increased intensity on the lead.
11.142
First leading line:
Pedro Garcia Light (white rectangle, black stripes,
12 m in height) (4049S, 6453W).
Juan de la Piedra Light (white water tank, black
stripes, 24 m in height) (14 miles NE from front
light).
The alignment (032) of these marks leads across the
bar, to (with positions from the front light):
A position (3 miles SSW), between Banco Lobos
which dries, and Banco Palisa, awash and lying
5 cables W of it, where course should be adjusted
N to pick up the second leading line.
11.143
Second leading line:
Reparo Light-beacon (red triangle, point up, inside
white rectangle on truncated tower, 14 m in height)
(4047S, 6455W).
Delgado Light-beacon (square tower, white bands,
24 m in height) (14 miles N from front light).
The alignment (001) of these marks leads along the
harbour entrance channel, to (with positions from the front
light):
A position (27 m S) between Banco Lobos and
Banco Reparo, 7 cables NW of it, where course
should be adjusted NNE to pick up the third
leading line.
11.144
Third leading line:
Cangrejal Light-beacon (orange rectangle on square
6453W).
Camino Light-beacon (2 white superimposed
truncated pyramidal towers, red band).
The alignment (023) of these marks leads into the
harbour, to (with positions from the front light):
A position 3 cables NW of Punta Villarino (3 miles
SSW) from whence the jetty at Puerto San Antonio
Este, 1 mile ENE, can be approached, keeping
3 cables off the SE shore of the harbour.
Vessels, with local knowledge, proceeding to Puerto San
Antonio Oeste (3 miles NW) should enter Canal Encerrado
(2 miles SSW) and proceed along this channel. Vessels
drawing up to 37 m (12 ft) can reach the port.
11.145
Useful marks:
Muelle Este Lights (columns); SW light (4048S,
6454W) NE light (1 cable ENE of SW light).
Las Grutas Light (water tank, 30 m in height)
(4048S, 6505W) (Chart 3067).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Garzas Beacon (4048S, 6453W).

Isla de los Terros Beacon (yellow and black
rectangular topmark on metal tower, 3 m in height)
(3 miles NNW of Garzas Beacon above).
Punta Verde Beacon (black metal column, 2 m in
height) (4 miles NNW of Garzas Beacon above).
11.146
Anchorage B which lies 4 cables W of the jetty at
Puerto San Antonio Este, and the trawler anchorage
(2 cables ENE) are sheltered and provide good holding
ground. The tidal streams do not exceed 1 kn.
Alongside berths. Puerto San Antonio Este consists of
an L-shaped pier, marked by lights, and 200 m long with
alongside depths of 11 m, and a branch on the E side with
a mooring buoy about 100 m off its head, and depths
alongside of 73 m.
Muelle Alpat, 2 miles NNW, is a T-shaped jetty lying
N/S, about 320 m in length and marked at each end by a
light-beacon (black metal pole, 1 m in height), the positions
of which are approximate.
Puerto San Antonio Oeste, the old fishing port, is no
longer used for commercial traffic.
11.147
Repairs. None
Supplies: fresh water; provisions; fuel oil if ordered in
advance.
Communications: airfield, scheduled flights to Buenos
Aires.
General information
1
11.149
Controlling depth. There is a depth of 128 m (42 ft) at
the berth at LWS.
46 m.
Largest vessel handled. 70 000 dwt; 210 m LOA.
Arrival information
11.150
Anchorage can be found, in good weather, 1 mile E of
the terminal where tidal streams are weak. It is
recommended that approach to this anchorage is made from
the N.
Pilotage is compulsory and is arranged through Puerto
Madryn (12.26).
11.156
Controlling depths. Depths in the entrance are very
uneven and there are heavy overfalls (11.131). The
minimum depth within the entrance is 18 m (60 ft) but the
channel is narrow and tortuous; there are many shoals
closely adjacent to it.
The middle of the gulf is deep but several shoals extend
up to 3 miles from the shore around the sides of it.
Mean tidal levels. Throughout the gulf the tidal range is
reasonably uniform and is about 7 m at springs and 45 m
at neaps.
Principal marks
1
11.155
Position. Golfo San Jos (4214S, 6425W).
Function. The gulf is land-locked and provides several
sheltered anchorages.
Topography. The entrance points are formed by cliffs
up to 45 m high; the shores of the gulf are bordered by
cliffs, up to 60 m high, with several prominent features.
Approach and entry. The gulf is approached from
Golfo San Matas and entered between Punta Buenos Aires
(4214S, 6422W) (11.158) and Punta Quiroga (11.158),
4 miles W.
Limiting conditions
Limiting conditions
1
11.154
The jetty projects 900 m from the shore. At its head are
four mooring dolphins, six mooring buoys and a radial
loader which can pivot through 180, allowing vessels to
remain berthed throughout loading operations in varying
conditions of wind and tide.
Golfo San Jos
Chart 3067
11.148
Position. Puerto Punta Colorada (Puerto Punta Colorado)
(4142S, 6500W) lies on the W coast of Golfo San
Matas.
Function. The port provides an offshore terminal for
loading iron ore in the form of pellets.
Approach. The port is approached directly from seaward
on a leading line.
Traffic. About 2 000 000 tons of cargo handled annually.

11.153
From a position SE of Punta Bermeja (4109S,
6303W) the track leads WSW for about 90 miles, clear of
dangers, to approach the terminal directly.
Useful mark.
Jetty light (4142S, 6501W).
Berth
Puerto Punta Colorada

General information
11.152
Landmarks:
See 11.132.
Major light.
Punta Colorada (Hipasam) Light (4142S, 6502W)
(11.133).
Directions
Port services
1
11.151
General layout. A jetty with loading and mooring
facilities at its head.
Principal marks
1
Berths
1
Harbour
358
11.157
Landmarks:
The following lie within the gulf. (Positions from Punta
Buenos Aires (4214S, 6422W)):
Punta Tehuelche (11 miles SSE), on which there is a
white patch and from which a light (white square
concrete framework tower with central column,
black bands, white base, 12 m in height) is
exhibited. A hill, 110 m (362 ft) high, lies
1 miles S of the point.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Cerro El Monticulo (16 miles SE) with a truncated

conical summit.
Punta Los Conos (15 miles ESE) which is backed by
Monte Cono.
Promontorio Beln
1
Directions
1

11.158
From a position SE of Punta Bermeja (4109S,
6303W) the track leads SW for about 85 miles, passing
(with positions from Punta Buenos Aires Light (4214S,
6422W)):
NW of Punta Norte (29 miles ENE), marked by a
light (white round tower, black bands; wind
generator; 16 m in height). The coast E of Punta
Norte consists of sandy cliffs, steep in places and
up to 60 m in height. It is bordered by reefs but
there are no dangers more than 2 miles from it.
Thence:
Clear of Banco Goicoechea (14 miles NE), where
there are outfalls. Thence:
To a position NNW of Punta Buenos Aires, which is
marked by a light (red and white striped square
concrete tower and hut, 6 m in height). Almirante
Brown Light (red rectangle on white square
concrete tower, red bands, 5 m in height) is
exhibited from the coast 6 miles ENE of Punta
Buenos Aires.
From this position the track enters Golfo San Jos
passing between Punta Buenos Aires and Punta Quiroga,
4 miles W, which is marked by a light (black square
concrete tower and hut, white bands, 6 m in height).
11.161
Anchorage can be obtained 5 miles W of Promontorio
Beln (4108S, 6354W) (11.141), 3 miles offshore as
indicated on the chart, in depths of 13 to 15 m (42 to
49 ft).
Punta Villarino
1
11.162
Anchorage can be obtained 10 miles ESE of Punta
Villarino (4048S, 6454W) (11.141) and 3 miles S of San
Matas Light (11.141), as indicated on the chart, in depths
of 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft).
Fondeadero Arroyo Verde

1
11.163
Anchorage. Fondeadero Arroyo Verde (4200S,
6503W) provides an anchorage, indicated on the chart,
5 cables offshore in depths of 11 m (36 ft), fine sand.
Ship to ship lightening operations involving VLCCs take
place off Arroyo Verde. Authorisation must be obtained at
least 30 days in advance of such intended operation.
Punta Buenos Aires

1
11.164
Anchorage can be obtained 8 miles ENE of Punta
Buenos Aires (4214S, 6422W), as indicated on the
chart, care should be taken to avoid the wreck 5 cables
NNW of the anchorage and shoals off this section of coast.
GOLFO SAN MATIAS TO PUNTA

DELGADA
Anchorages in Golfo San Jos

1
11.159
Vessels can anchor anywhere off the shores of Golfo
San Jos, except the SE side which is steep-to, in depths of
about 18 m (60 ft), sand and shell overlying stiff mud. The
following berths, as indicated on the chart, (with positions
from Punta Buenos Aires (4214S, 6422W)) are
recommended:
Fondeadero La Argentina (13 miles SW), sheltered
from all except N and E winds which can raise
heavy seas. Vessels can anchor in the position
shown on the chart in depths 24 to 33 m (13 to
18 fm) fine sand and mud.
Fondeadero Puerreydon (14 miles SE), vessels can
anchor in the position shown on the chart, 2 miles
offshore in a depth of 26 m (14 fm) fine sand,
good holding ground. Winds between N and W
send in a heavy sea.
Fondeadero Sarmiento (11 miles ESE), vessels can
anchor in the position shown on the chart in a
depth of 20 m (11 fm) mud, sand and shell, good
holding ground on a gradually sloping bottom.
Sarmiento Light (red round concrete tower, white
bands, 5 m in height) is exhibited from a point
3 miles NW of the anchorage.
Fondeadero San Roman (5 miles ESE), vessels can
anchor in the position shown on the chart sheltered
from N winds.
General information
Chart 3067
Route
1
Topography
1
11.166
Pennsula Valds extends from Punta Norte (4204S,
6346W) to Morro Nuevo (12.14), 51 miles SSW; it is
linked to the mainland by Istmo Carlos Ameghino, 4 miles
wide, which separates Golfo San Jos (11.155) from Golfo
Nuevo (12.15).
Depths
1
11.167
Between Punta Norte (4204S, 6346W) and Punta
Cantor, 27 miles S, shoals and violent overfalls extend up
to 22 miles offshore. Several other shoals have been
reported and uncharted shoals may exist; mariners are
advised to give this area a wide berth.
Anchorages in Golfo San Matas

Baha Rosas
11.165
position ESE of Punta Delgada (4246S, 6338W),
crossing the mouth of Golfo San Matas (11.127) and along
the E coast of Pennsula Valds (11.166).
11.160
Anchorage can be obtained in Baha Rosas (4110S,
6320W) (11.141) in convenient depths.
359
11.168
Submarines exercise in an area between latitudes
4230S and 4340S and between longitude 6200W and
the coast. See 11.11 for details of signals used in exercise
areas to warn surface craft of submarine operations.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 11
Tidal streams
1
11.169
Tidal streams off the E coast of Pennsula Valds run
approximately parallel with the coast, except off Punta
Norte where they run NNW and SSE.
These streams generally attain rates of 4 to 5 kn. Within
14 miles from the coast between Punta Norte and Punta
Cantor, and especially about 8 miles NE of Punta Bajos,
where the depths decrease abruptly, they attain rates of 8 kn
and cause dangerous tide-rips and overfalls, sufficient to
swamp a small craft. These tide-rips and overfalls are
particularly violent during strong onshore winds; the rates
decrease farther offshore.
Mariners are cautioned to avoid the area of overfalls and
pass E of them.
There are tidal races, though not as violent as those
above, within 6 miles of the coast in the vicinity of Punta
Delgada which should also be given a wide berth.
Principal marks
Offshore
11.170
Major lights:
Rio Negro Light (4104S, 6250W) (11.116).
Punta Delgada Light (masonry tower and dwelling,
14 m in height) (4246S, 6338W).
11.172
Description. Vessels can anchor 1 mile off the entrance
to Caleta Valds during offshore winds. This entrance lies
3 cables N of Punta Cantor (4230S, 6336W) (11.171),
but it can change its position by up to a mile after an E
gale. The berth is in depths of 11 to 15 m (36 to 42 ft),
sand and shingle.
Anchoring is not recommended anywhere between Punta
Cantor and Punta Delgado, 16 miles S.
Directions
1
Between Punta Bajos and Punta Cantor, 12 miles S, the

coast consists of a shingle beach 1 cable wide, forming the
E side of Caleta Valds. Thence:
ESE of Punta Cantor (7 miles S), near the entrance to
Caleta Valds; this point forms the N extremity of
a line of cliffs which extend S, increasing in
height; thence:
ESE of Punta Hercules (14 miles S) where the cliffs,
which are white in colour and very steep, end.
9 miles to a position ESE of Punta Delgada (23 miles S),
which is 50 m (160 ft) high, green in colour, gradually
sloping and marked by a light (11.170). A shelf of tufa
extends 1 miles E and S of the point.
(Directions continue for coastal route at 12.14)
11.171
from Punta Bajos Light (4223S, 6337W)):
ESE of the shoals and overfalls which extend
22 miles E of Punta Norte (20 miles NNW) which
is marked by a light (11.158). From Punta Norte to
Punta Bajos, 16 mile SSE, the coast is composed
of chalky earth and shingle rising inland to hills
up to 44 m (145 ft) high. Thence:
ESE of the shoals, breakers and overfalls which
extend 13 miles E of Punta Bajos; a light (black
pyramid tower, 28 m in height) is exhibited from
the W shore of Caleta Valds (11.173), 4 miles S
Caleta Valds
1
360
11.173
Description. Caleta Valdes, 3 cables N of Punta Cantor
(4230S, 6336W) (11.171), is beset with strong onshore
winds which can cause extensive changes in the depth,
shape and position of the entrance. The tidal streams across
the entrance run E and W at rates of 4 to 6 kn. Vessels of
greater length than 40 m or 3 m (10 ft) draught or of low
power should not enter.
Anchorage can be found in mid-channel, abreast
Estancia Ferro 4 miles N of the entrance, in depths of
37 m (12 ft), shingle, but the holding ground is poor.
Home
Contents
Index
NOTES
361
Home
Contents
Index
Chapter 12 - East Coast of Argentina - Punta Delgada to Cabo Tres Puntas

69
68
67
66
65
3067
Golfo
Nuevo
3067
Puerto Madryn
12.26
43
64
63
62
Puerto Pirmide
12.23
12
Chapter
11
Punta Delgada
.1
Rio Chubut
61
43
.9
12
12.36
44
12.56
Santa Elena
Canal
Leone
s&B
. San
45
Gre
12.39
44
Cabo dos
Bahas
552
gor
io
45
s.
G
3106
Is
552 la T
ov
a
78
12.
il &
Hue
vo 5
52
3067
46
Golfo
San
Jorge
12.119
Caleta Olivia 3106
Caleta Paula
12.126
12.64
46
12.93
Caleta Cordova Terminal
552
Comodoro Rivadavia
552
12.109
12.1
0
1302
47
47
Cabo Tres Puntas
NP 6
South America Pilot
Volume l l
48
0405
69
48
68
67
66
362
62
61
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
EAST COAST OF ARGENTINA PUNTA DELGADA TO CABO TRES PUNTAS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3067, 3106, 558
shore in most parts, the only offshore danger being Isla

Rasa (4506S, 6524W) and its adjacent reefs.

1
12.1
This chapter describes the E coast of Argentina from
Punta Delgada (4246S, 6338W) to Cabo Tres Puntas
(4706S, 6552W), and includes the ports of Madryn
(4246S, 6502W) (12.26) and Comodoro Rivadavia
(4552S, 6728W) (12.109).
Positions
1
Topography
1
12.2
The coast in general is bold and steep-to. In the vicinity
of Comodoro Rivadavia there are heights of over 300 m
(1000 ft). Numerous anchorages exist along this coast,
particularly in indentations providing shelter. Coastal
vessels call to load, in some instances taking the ground
and loading directly from lorries which come alongside at
LW.
Depths
1
12.3
There are depths of 20 m (66 ft) within 2 miles of the
12.4
Positions on Charts 3067 and 3106 differ from other
charts in the area by varying amounts, and positions
between charts should be transferred by bearing and
distance from common charted objects, see note on charts.
Positions obtained from satellite navigation systems are
normally referred to the World Geodetic System (WGS);
adjustments for plotting such positions can not be
determined for all the charts in this chapter and the
differences may be significant to navigation, see note on
charts.
12.5
Off Punta Delgada (11.168) and also within Golfo
Nuevo (12.15).
PUNTA DELGADA TO CABO DOS BAHAS

PUNTA DELGADA TO PUNTA LOBOS
GENERAL INFORMATION
General information
Chart 3067
Area covered
1
12.6
This section describes the coastal passage, leading SW
and S for about 160 miles, from Punta Delgada (4246S,
6338W) (11.171) to Cabo Dos Bahas (4456S, 6531W)
(12.43). It includes details of Puerto Madryn (4246S,
6502W) (12.26) which lies within Golfo Nuevo (12.15).
Topography
1
12.7
Between Punta Delgada (4246S, 6338W) and the
entrance to Golfo Nuevo, 24 miles WSW, the coast consists
of high cliffs.
Within Golfo Nuevo the shoreline is bold with several
identifiable hills close to the shore.
The coast between Golfo Nuevo and Cabo Dos Bahas
(4456S, 6531W) is composed mainly of cliffs, indented
by ravines, in the N part; farther S it becomes more
rugged. There are several prominent features on this stretch
of coast.
Route
1
Topography
1
Depths
1
12.8
The coast is generally steep-to, with the 37 m (120 ft)
depth contour being found 3 to 4 miles offshore, except
between Golfo Nuevo and Punta Delfin, 52 miles SW,
where these depths are found up to 16 miles offshore.
There are isolated rocks and tide-rips, extending up to
6 miles offshore in the vicinity of Cabo Raso (4421S,
6514W).
12.9
From a position ESE of Ponta Delgada (4246S,
6338W) the route leads SW for about 91 miles to a
position E of Punta Lobos (4348S, 6519W) (12.14).
12.10
entrance to Golfo Nuevo, 24 miles WSW, the coast consists
mainly of steep cliffs, 50 to 60 m (160 to 200 ft) in height.
The entrance to Golfo Nuevo is easily identified as it
lies between two high and well-defined points.
From the entrance to Golfo Nuevo to the SW end of
Barranca Norte, 34 miles WSW, the coast consists of sheer
cliffs broken in places by deep gullies. From Barranca
Norte to Punta Castro, 8 miles SSW it comprises a beach
of sand and shingle, backed by a ridge of sand dunes.
Punta Delfin (12.14), 11 miles SSW of Punta Castro, is
prominent and from this point to Punta Lobos the coast is
formed by steep white cliffs which can be seen at a
distance of 25 miles when lit by the sun.
Depths
1
12.11
See 12.8.
Tidal streams
1
363
12.12
entrance to Golfo Nuevo, 24 miles WSW, tidal streams
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
attain rates of 2 to 3 kn, turning at high and low water at

Puerto Madryn. See also information on the chart.
Principal marks
1
12.13
Landmark:
Water tank at Ciudad de Rawson (15 miles SSE of radio
tower); the tank, and a church 5 cables S of it, are visible
up to 20 miles from seaward.
Major light:
Punta Delgada Light (4246S, 6338W) (11.170).
Directions
1
12.14
From a position ESE of Punta Delgada (4246S,
6338W) (11.171) the track leads SW, passing (with
positions from Punta del Faro Light (4322S, 6503W)):
SE of the S coast of Pennsula Valds, which consists
of steep cliffs 50 to 60 m (160 to 200 ft) in height;
the coast is fringed by reefs, composed of tufa,
extending up to 5 cables offshore. This coast
appears as a uniform and sheer cliff with three
peaks; Pico Lobos 80 m (261 ft) in height
appearing as two summits when viewed from the
S; Pico Sayago 80 m (261 ft) in height; and Pico
Bravo 90 m (294 ft) in height located respectively
5, 11 and 15 miles WSW of Punta Delgada.
Thence:
SE of Morro Nuevo (50 miles NE), which forms the
E entrance point to Golfo Nuevo (12.15), and is a
steep-to and cliffy elevation. The land to the N is
sandy and covered in places with grass and
yellow-grey bushes. Morro Nuevo Light (grey
round metal tower, 12 m in height; wind generator)
is exhibited from the extremity of the point.
Thence:
SE of Punta Ninfas (41 miles NE), which forms the
W entrance point to Golfo Nuevo, and is the N of
two points, 3 miles apart, which form the end of a
bare, yellowish-red promontory. These points are
fringed by reefs, which dry in parts, and extend up
to a mile offshore. Punta Ninfas Light (black metal
framework tower, yellow bands, 12 m in height) is
situated 2 miles SSE of Punta Ninfas. Thence:
SE of Punta Len (31 miles NE), which is easily
identified by a small hummock; it is the S
extremity of the land first sighted if approaching
from E, or the highest part of the coast viewed
from the S. Thence:
SE of Punta Castro (1 mile S), which lies 2 miles S
of the mouth of Ro Chubut (12.36). The coast
rises in a sheer white cliff to a table-land, 18 m
(60 ft) high, about 5 cables S of the river mouth.
From its N end this cliff trends inland, parallel to
the river and is precipitous; towards Punta Castro
it becomes sloping, changes colour and is broken
by gullies. Punta del Faro, marked by a light
(black metal framework tower, white bands, 11 m
in height) is situated 1 mile N of Punta Castro, and
Restinga Light (red metal framework tower, white
bands, 10 m in height) stands 2 miles NNW of
the point. Thence:
SE of Punta Delfin (12 miles SSW), where the coast
rises abruptly from 15 m to 175 m. A conical hill,
with a narrow white vertical stripe, rises from the
table-land 3 miles N of the point; it is visible from
seaward when bearing less than 355, and is

prominent. A reef extends 5 cables off the coast
between Punta Castro and Punta Delfin. Its outer
edge is steep-to and the sea breaks over it; there is
much kelp in the vicinity of Punta Delfin. Thence:
SE of Isla Escondida (23 miles SSW), low and
difficult to distinguish against the cliffs of the
mainland. A reef extending 1cable E surrounds the
islet.
11 miles to a position E of Punta Lobos (28 miles SSW).
Between Punta Delfin and Punta Lobos the coast is formed
of steep white cliffs which, when sunlit, are visible up to
25 miles. Near Punta Lobos the cliff is broken by gullies,
the N-most of which, 5 miles NW of the point, is
prominent. A reef extends up to 3 cables off this part of
the coast. Punta Lobos Light (white round concrete tower,
red bands, 11 m in height) is situated 1 cable within the
point.
(Directions continue for the coastal route at 12.43;
and for Golfo Nuevo at 12.20)
Golfo Nuevo
General information
1
364
12.15
Route. Golfo Nuevo is entered between Morro Nuevo
(4253S, 6409W) (12.14) and Punta Ninfas (12.14),
9 miles WSW. The route leads from seaward into the gulf,
from whence the ports of Madryn (12.26) and Pirmide
(12.23), together with several anchorages, can be
approached. The gulf is a training area for the Argentine
Navy and there are numerous lights and beacons around its
shores.
Topography. The two entrance points are high,
well-defined and easily recognised, both visually and on
radar. The shores of the gulf are bold, but not mountainous.
Depths. The gulf has depths of up to 168 m (92 fm),
considerably deeper than the open sea within 200 miles of
its entrance. There are no known dangers more than
2 miles offshore, but a least depth of 24 m (13 fm) lies in
the entrance 5 miles SSW of Morro Nuevo (4253S,
6409W).
Submarine exercise area. The waters of Golfo Nuevo
are used by submarines for diving training; mariners should
keep clear of support vessels flying international code
signals indicating such activities.
Measured distance. A measured distance is situated on
the N shore of the gulf, between Punta Pirmide (4235S,
6418W) (12.19) and Cerro Prisma, 22 miles W; Cerro
Prisma lies 1 mile NW of Cerro Prismatica which is shown
on the chart. The run is about 19 miles long and the line of
the track is indicated from the E and W ends by leading
beacons:
East Leading Marks:
Front beacon (4235S, 6418W).
Rear beacon (4235S, 6415W).
West Leading Marks:
The alignment (095/275) of these beacons indicates the
line of the measured course.
Three sets of transverse bearing lines provide indication
of distance travelled along the measured course:
East transverse marks:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
Centre transverse marks:

West transverse marks:
The intersection of these bearings with the line of the
measured course gives exact measurement of distance
travelled, as follows:
Between E and centre traverses, 17412 m.
Between centre and W traverses, 44344 m.
Between E and W traverses, 61756 m.
12.16
Dumping ground. An area for unexploded ordnance lies
in the N part of the gulf (4234S, 6432W) as shown on
the chart; a 1 mile safety zone should be maintained from
this position.
12.17
Magnetic anomalies exist within the following areas:
Between 6430W and 6435W from the coast to
4233S.
Within a 3 mile radius of position 4245S, 6435W.
Between 6430W and 6440W from the coast to
4250S.
12.18
Tidal streams in the entrance to the gulf attain rates of
2 to 3 kn; within the gulf they are weak, being almost
imperceptible in its W part. Close off Punta Ninfas the
streams attain rates of 4 to 5 kn, forming overfalls; this
promontory should be given a berth of 2 to 3 miles.
Chart 3067, plan of Puerto Pirmide
12.19
Landmarks:
Punta Pirmide (4235S, 6418W) is the SW
extremity of a small promontory and rises steeply
to Cerro Pirmide. This is a remarkable
pyramid-shaped hill with an elevation of 64 m
(209 ft), although other hills in the vicinity are
higher.
Cerro Gorro Frigio, 5 cables NE of Punta Pirmide, is
92 m (301 ft) high; Gorro Frigio Light (black metal
framework tower, white bands, 5 m in height) is
situated close NW. A meteorological station, with a
prominent tower, is situated 6 cables ENE of
Puerto Pirmide Light (4234S, 6416W) (12.23);
in poor visibility it can be mistaken for Gorro
Frigio Light-tower.
Cerro Olazabel, 2 miles ENE of Punta Pirmide
(4235S, 6418W), is a wide feature rising
steeply from the head of the bay to an elevation of
100 m (327 ft) and provides a good landmark from
a distance.
Morro Nuevo and Cerro Cormoranes consists of

high uniform cliffs.
1
Anchorages
Puerto Pardalas
1
Chart 3067, plan of Puerto Pirmide

12.23
Description. Puerto Pirmide is entered between Punta
Pirmide (4235S, 6418W) (12.19) and Punta Pardelas,
2 miles SE. Caserio Pirmide, a village situated at the
head of the bay 1 miles NE of Punta Pirmide, has a
landing place consisting of a natural pier composed of tufa;
it is a base for a seal fishery. Tidal streams are not felt
within the bay.
The bay provides anchorage sheltered from N winds but
is insecure during S winds. There are several rocky shoals
within the bay.
Anchorages. The following anchorages can be found
(with positions from Puerto Pirmide Light (white
triangular concrete framework tower, red bands, 6 m in
height) (4234S, 6416W)):
The best berth is in the N corner of the bay (200
distant 1 miles), as shown on the chart; depth
11 m (36 ft), sand and mud. Closer inshore the the
depths decrease rapidly and the bottom is stony
and rocky.
There is also a good anchorage (202 distant
1 miles); depth 27 m (90 ft), fine sand and mud.
Larger vessels can anchor (187 distant 2 miles);
depth 27 m (90 ft).
Fondeadero Cracker
Directions
12.20
From a position SE of Morro Nuevo (4253S, 6409W)
the track leads NW to enter Golfo Nuevo, passing (with
positions from Morro Nuevo):
Between Morro Nuevo, marked by a light (12.14) and
Punta Ninfas (9 miles WSW) also marked by a
light (12.14); keeping at least 2 miles clear of
Punta Ninfas, due to the strong tidal streams and
overfalls off that point, see 12.18. Thence:
To a position SW of Cerro Cormoranes (8 miles
NNW), round and conspicuous; the coast between
12.22
Description. Punta Pardelas (4237S, 6416W) and
Punta Alt, 4 miles SSE are the entrance points into Puerto
Pardalas. The bay provides good shelter from the N and E
but is not generally used by commercial shipping.
A rock, least depth 79 m (26 ft), lies in the middle of
the entrance to Puerto Pardelas, 1 miles SSE of Punta
Pardelas, which is 24 m (78 ft) high but difficult to identify,
and has rocky shoals extending up to 1 mile SW of it.
Puerto Pirmide
Chart 3067
12.21
Useful marks:
Fondeadero Cracker Leading Lights (4257S,
6429W) (12.24).
Capitn Rodrguez Light (4256S, 6430W) (12.24).
365
Chart 3067
12.24
Description. The bay has a valley at its head flanked by
steep white cliffs, which are fringed by reefs which partly
dry and extend 3 cables offshore, a dangerous wreck lies
close inshore of the anchorage. It is well protected from
winds between SE and W, but should be quitted if the wind
shifts to other directions. Seas running through the entrance
to Golfo Nuevo are felt less here than at Fondeadero
Ninfas.
Directions. From a position N of the bay the anchorage
is approached on a leading line, but with caution as the
depths decrease rapidly towards the beach, and a dangerous
wreck lies close inshore on the leading line.
Fondeadero Cracker Leading Lights:
Front light (yellow triangle, point up, on red
rectangle, metal framework tower, 5 m in height)
(4257S, 6429W).
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
Rear light (yellow triangle, point down, on red

rectangle, metal framework tower, 7 m in height)
(6 cables S of front light).
The alignment (181) of these lights leads towards the
centre of the bay; the berth is 6 cables from the front light.
Capitn Rodrguez Light (red rectangle with white bands on
black metal framework tower, 7 m in height) (1 mile NW
of front leading light) provides a cross bearing for the
anchorage.
Anchorage. Six and a half miles W of Punta Ninfas
(4256S, 6420W) as shown on the chart, Fondeadero
Cracker provides anchorage about 6 cables offshore, in a
depth of 24 m (78 ft), good holding ground.
Fondeadero Ninfas
1
12.25
Description. Lying 3 miles WSW of Punta Ninfas
(4256S, 6420W) as shown on the chart, there is
anchorage about 4 cables off a sand and shingle beach, in a
depth of 18 m (60 ft), mud and pebbles.
Anchorage. Approach with caution as the depths
decrease rapidly towards the beach.
Puerto Madryn
between 2000 and 0800, but preferably early morning,

before the wind rises.
Arrival information
1
Harbour
1
Chart 3067, plan of Puerto Madryn
General information
1
12.26
Position. Puerto Madryn (4246S, 6502W) lies at the
head of a bay on the W side of Golfo Nuevo (12.15).
Function. The town, with a population of about 20 000,
has a textile industry and a large petro-chemical plant; it
provides the best anchorage in Golfo Nuevo and is the
headquarters of an Argentine naval district.
Topography. A range of flat-topped hills backs the bay,
between which and the shore are sandhills, thinly covered
with brushwood. Within the head of the bay, 2 miles
inland, are some prominent white cliffs, Escarpes (Chart
3067). Punta Este (4247S, 6457W) and Punta Cuevas,
2 miles W, both have prominent yellow cliffs. The shores
of the bay are formed in places by white cliffs 12 to 15 m
(40 to 50 ft) high.
Depths off the coast between Punta Loma (4249S,
6453W) and Punta Cuevas, 5 miles WNW, are irregular.
A bank with a minimum depth of 3 m (10 ft) near its
extremity extends 2 miles N from Punta Loma, while a
similar one, minimum depth 64 m (21 ft) extends 1 miles
NE from Punta Este, 3 miles farther WNW.
Golfo Nuevo from its entrance (12.20) and entered between
Punta Este (4247S, 6457W) (12.30) and Punta Arco,
5 miles NNW.
12.27
Deepest and longest berth. Muelle Almirante Storni,
see 12.32.
Mean tidal levels. Spring range about 50 m; neap range
about 30 m. There is a tide gauge on Muelle Luis Piedra
Buena (4246S, 6502W).
See Admiralty Tide Tables.
Local weather. Prevailing winds blow offshore, E winds
are rare and raise little sea. W winds become stronger
during the day and in winter stormy squalls can blow up in
about 15 minutes. The best conditions for berthing are
12.29
General layout. The port is within a natural bay and
consists of two jetties extending seaward from the shore.
There are a number of mooring buoys in the bay.
Wrecks. Several wrecks, and other obstructions, shown
on the chart, within the port area, some close to the piers.
Restricted areas. An underwater park, whose limits are
shown on the chart, is situated 2 cables S of Muelle Luis
Piedra Buena (4248S, 6502W).
A circular area, radius 1 cable, centred on a mooring
buoy in the centre of the bay, is reserved for use by the
Argentine Navy.
Landmarks:
Mast and buildings, of District Naval Headquarters on
Punta Cuevas (4247S, 6500W).
Radio mast (red lights) 39 m (128 ft) in height and
painted in red and white bands, 1 miles WNW of
Punta Chuevas.
Tank 2 miles NW of Punta Chuevas.
Directions
1
Limiting conditions
1
12.28
Port radio. There is a Port Radio Station, see Admiralty
Notice of ETA. 12 hours notice of ETA is required.
Outer anchorages. In the following positions (from the
head of Muelle Luis Piedra Buena) (4246S, 6502W)):
Close to the pilot boarding station (1 miles ENE) in
30 to 40 m (16 to 22 fm).
Good anchorage (5 cables E) in 18 m (60 ft), mud.
Temporary anchorage (2 miles NNE).
Pilotage. Compulsory. The pilot station at Puerto
Madryn serves all ports between Puerto Punta Colorado
(11.148) and Ro Gallegos (South America Pilot Volume II)
and in special cases Ushuaia. The pilot boards 1 miles
ENE of Muelle Luis Piedra Buena (4246S, 6502W).
Tugs: Not available.
366

12.30
From a position SW of Cerro Cormoranes (4246S,
6415W) (12.20) the track leads WNW for about 35 miles,
passing (with positions from Acantilado Light (4248S,
6457W)):
NNE of Punta Cracker (20 miles ESE), which can
be identified by Fondeadero Cracker Leading
Lights and Capitn Rodrguez Light (12.24), which
provide marks for the anchorage 2 miles SE of
the point. The coast W of Punta Cracker consists
of uniform cliffs, the only notable feature is Cerro
Pontiaguda (16 miles SE), a small pointed hill.
Thence:
NNE of Punta Conscriptos (12 miles SE); a light
(black square metal framework tower, 10 m in
height) is exhibited 3 cables S from the point.
Thence:
NNE of Punta Ambrosetti (7 miles SE), thence:
Chart 3067, plan of Puerto Madryn
NNE of the shoals which extend 2 miles N from
Punta Loma (2 miles SE), which can be
identified by its yellow cliffs. Cerro Avanzado,
which rises 1 miles S of Punta Loma, is rounded,
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
also yellowish in colour, and forms the end of a

cliffy escarpment which trends inland. Thence:
N of the shoals, which are composed of tufa, and
which extend 1 miles NE of Punta Este (5 cables
NNW). A stranded wreck lies on the shore
6 cables SE of the point, close to Acantilado Light
(red metal framework tower, white band, 13 m in
height).
From this position the track continues WNW to the pilot
boarding station and waiting anchorage (3 miles NW).
12.31
Useful marks:
Punta Flecha Light (white metal framework tower, red
stripes, 13 m in height) (4239S, 6458W).
Muelle Almirante Storni Light (black GRP tower,
yellow band, 7 m in height) (4244S, 6501W).
Port services
1

Chart 3067
Baha Engano
1
Berths
1
12.32
Muelle Luis Piedra Buena extends 2 cables from the
shore. Vessels drawing up to 61 m (20 ft) can berth on the
S side of the pier at HW but take the ground on a muddy
bottom at low water. Mariners should beware of beams
which extend from this pier.
Muelle Almirante Storni is a concrete pier, 1477 m long,
projecting from the shore 1 miles N of Muelle Luis
Piedra Buena. There are 2 general cargo berths on the S
side of the pier, the largest, 130 m long, can take vessels
up to 160 m in length drawing 915 m (60 ft). Midway
along the S side an L-shaped pier extends to the S. The ore
berth on the N side of the pier is 217 m long and can take
vessels up to 230 m length and 161 m (53 ft) draught. A
mooring buoy (lighted) is moored close E of the pier.
There are several mooring buoys in the bay.
12.33
Repairs. Minor.
Supplies: fresh water, provisions; fuel oil in limited
quantities.
Communications: airport, scheduled services connecting
to Buenos Aires.
12.34
Description. Baha Engano is entered between Punta
Castro (4323S, 6503W) (12.14) and the SW end of
Barranca Norte, 8 miles NNE. The mouth of Ro Chubut
(12.36) lies 2 miles NNW of Punta Castro. The coast of
the bay N of the river mouth is composed of a sand and
shingle beached back by a ridge of sand. A reef of hard
and slippery tufa projects up to 5 cables NE from the shore
S of the river mouth; this reef is covered by the red sector
(270000) of Restinga Light (12.14).
Tidal streams off the river mouth run generally parallel
with the coast at rates of 1 to 2 kn.
12.35
Anchorage. To the N of the river mouth the bottom is
fine sand, mud and shingle and is good holding ground; S
of the river the bottom is rock, tufa or marl. A convenient
anchorage for vessels is found 11 cables E of the river
mouth, in a depth of 61 m (20 ft); the anchor sinks into
the underlying clay and should be sighted at least every
three days. A dangerous wreck (mast visible at chart
datum), the position of which is approximate, lies close NE
of the anchorage.
The anchorage is exposed to winds from NE to S which
are strong at times and raise high seas. Vessels lying to the
tidal stream during a heavy swell will roll violently.
Ro Chubut
1
Muelle Almirante Storni E end (12.32)

12.36
Description. The mouth of Ro Chubut (4320S,
6503W) is about 60 m wide and at LW has depths of 03
to 06 m (1 to 2 ft); it is obstructed by a shingle bar, the
greater part of which dries and on which the sea breaks
heavily. Small craft with local knowledge, drawing up to
18 m (6 ft) can enter the river at half tide, and can reach
Ciudad de Rawson (12.37) at HW. The river entrance is
protected by two breakwaters, the S one being nearly
covered at HW. Escollera Norte Light (black rectangle,
yellow bands, on metal framework tower, 7 m in height) is
exhibited from the elbow of the N breakwater. Escollera
Sur Light (triangular metal tower, green and orange bands)
is situated on the head of the S breakwater.
Tidal streams in the mouth of the river attain rates of
up to 6 kn during the out-going stream, the in-going stream
is not so strong; tides are felt in the river 5 miles above the
mouth. At LW the level of the river remains stationary for
2 hours during springs and for 5 hours at neaps.
Leading marks. Two pairs of leading lights are
established on the S side of the river to mark the entrance;
they are moved to meet the changes in the channel.
Ciudad de Rawson
Muelle Almirante Storni L shaped pier on S side (12.32)

1
367
12.37
Description. The town stands on the N bank of the
river, 4 miles from its mouth. It is a fishing port and
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
exports canned fish. A bridge and low overhead cables

span the river between its entrance and Ciudad de Rawson.
Berths. Two concrete wharves drying at LW.
Other facilities: hospital; radio station.
Supplies: fresh water and provisions.
Communications: airport at Ciudad de Trelew, 15 Km
from Rawson.
Isla Escondida
1
12.38
Description. Anchorage with good holding ground may
be obtained S of a line joining Isla Escondida (4343S,
6517W) (12.14) with a prominent gully on the mainland
W of it, in a convenient depth with a bottom of muddy
sand. It is sheltered from winds between SW and NW but
the islet affords no protection from E winds.
PUNTA LOBOS TO CABO DOS BAHAS

General information
Route
1
12.39
From a position E of Punta Lobos (4348N, 6519W)
the route leads SSW for about 80 miles to a position ESE
of Ilha La Rasa (4506S, 6524W).
Topography
1
12.40
This part of the coast is generally bold with several
prominent peaks close to the shore which is mainly in the
form of bays located between salient points.
8
Depths
1
12.41
The coast is generally steep-to and clear of dangers
apart from Roca Salaverria, which is 7 miles offshore, and
several drying rocks, best seen on the chart, which can be
found up to 2 miles offshore.
Principal marks
1
12.42
Landmarks:
Cerro Serrano (4431S, 6525W), 187 m (613 ft) in
height, which, together with Cerro Fulgencio and
Cerro Inciarte, backs Puerto Santa Elena and is
prominent.
Cerro Mesa (4430S, 6552W) has a flattened
summit and is prominent from the SE.

Chart 3067
Directions
1
12.43
From a position E of Punta Lobos (4348N, 6519W)
the track leads SSW, passing (with positions from Cabo
Raso Light (4421S, 6514W)):
ESE of Punta Clara (22 miles N), which is a rocky
ridge, dark reddish in colour; reefs extend 1 cable
off the point, and are steep-to with depths of over
18 m (60 ft) found cable E of them. Thence:
ESE of Punta Tombo (18 miles N), which is narrow
and, when seen from the N, appears white due to
the sand dunes on it and its beach of shells; its E
end is dark coloured and when seen from E or S
the whole point appears dark coloured. A reef
which dries extends 1 cables NE from the point.
Thence:
ESE of Punta Atlas (13 miles N), a high point which,

when seen from N or S, appears to slope down
gradually to end in a low rocky point; from the E
it appears as a mass of rugged rocks. Reefs extend
5 cables off the point and 2 above-water rocks lie
off its E extremity. Monte Triste rises 7 miles NW
of Punta Atlas; when seen from NE it is the SE of
two similar hills which appear close together; from
the E it appears rounded. Thence:
ESE of the shoal which extends 3 miles ENE of
Punta Lobera (4 miles NNW). Two islets, shown
on the chart, lie NE and E of the point. Thence:
ESE of Roca Salaverria (7 miles SE), a drying rock
with two conical heads, covered by the red sectors
of Cabo Raso (290310) and Cabo San Jos
(216241) Lights. Cabo Raso is rocky and slopes
gradually, a large part of it is covered by a thin
layer of sand and shingle. Cabo Raso Light (white
triangle, point down on metal framework tower,
23 m in height) is situated 7 cables SW of the
cape. There are tide-rips between Roca Salaverria
and Cabo Raso when the wind is contrary to the
tide. Thence:
ESE of Cabo San Jos (10 miles SSW), a high, steep
and rugged point composed of red granite which
forms the SE extremity of Peninsula Betbeder.
Cabo San Jos Light (black square metal
framework tower, yellow band, 16 m in height) is
located on Morro San Jos, a summit 3 cables
NW of the cape. Thence:
ESE of Punta Roja (15 miles SSW) which slopes
gradually to the sea and forms the E end of a
promontory, thence:
ESE of Cabo Dos Bahas (37 miles SSW), terminating
to the E in a narrow sloping point steep-to and
backed by high ground. Cerro Dos Bahas is a
high summit 2 miles SW of the cape and Cerro
Patria, a summit with three peaks, rises 5 miles
WNW of it. The land decreases in height from
both these hills towards the cape and SW of Cerro
Dos Bahas. Isla Moreno lies 1 miles NW of the
cape; it is a rocky islet with a summit on its N
side. Though lower than the mainland it is
prominent due to its dark colour. Tide-rips extend
E from the cape.
10 miles to a position ESE of Ilha La Rasa. (12.68)
(Directions continue at 12.68 and 12.82)
Local knowledge
1
12.44
Due to the scale of the chart, and limited navigational
information, local knowledge is necessary when
approaching and navigating within the locations described
below
Baha Janssen
1
368
12.45
Baha Janssen is entered between Punta Clara (4358S,
6514W) (12.43) and Punta Tombo (12.43), 4 miles SSE.
Punta Tapera lies 2 miles SSW of Punta Clara, and Islote
Chato, which is very low, lies 7 cables WNW from the
extremity of Punta Tombo.
Between Punta Clara and Punta Tapera reefs extend up
to 1 cable offshore and a sandbank lies 4 cables offshore. A
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
reef, covered with kelp, but not visible at HW, extends

7 cables NE from Punta Tapera; the sea always breaks over
this reef except in calm weather.
Between Punta Tapera and Punta Tombo reefs extend
1 cables offshore and a coastal sandbank fringes the shore
to a distance of 5 cables.
Islote Chato is surrounded by reefs extending up to
1 cables from it; a rock with a depth of 3 m (10 ft) over
it, over which the sea sometimes breaks, lies 3 cables E of
the islet.
12.46
Tidal streams run N and SSW off Punta Clara; farther
S they set towards Punta Tapera and N of Islote Chato they
run W.
Off Punta Tombo the directions of tidal streams are very
variable; there are tide-rips about 1 mile NE of the point.
Heavy overfalls, dangerous to small craft, occur over a
shoal 2 miles E of Punta Tombo.
Caleta Raso
1
12.51
Description. Caleta Raso, at the S end of Baha Vera, is
entered between Cabo Raso and Punta Pescadero, 1 miles
NW.
Anchorage, in good holding ground, can be found in
the S corner of the cove, in a depth of 11 m (36 ft),
shingle, fine sand and shells; sheltered from all except
winds between NNW and E.
Directions. This anchorage is approached on a leading
line:
Front beacon (white framework tower, red bands).
Rear beacon (red framework tower, white spherical
topmark and band).
The alignment (218) of these beacons leads to the
anchorage, but strong currents set across the alignment so
mariners should approach with caution.
Baha Cruz
Fondeadero Janssen
1
12.47
Description. The N part of Baha Janssen provides good
anchorage, about 5 cables SW of Punta Clara, in a depth of
18 m (60 ft) fine sand and sheltered from winds between
SSE through W to NNE.
Fondeadero Homero
1
12.48
Description. The S part of Baha Janssen provides good
anchorage, about 1 miles W of Punta Tombo and 7 cables
offshore, in a depth of 18 m (60 ft) fine sand and shells;
this anchorage is 7 cables W of Islote Chato (12.45) and is
sheltered from all winds except those from between N and
SE. There are some prominent red rocks on the S shore of
the bay. Landing is possible at half tide in various places in
this vicinity.
Baha Vera
1
12.49
Description. Baha Vera is entered between Punta Atlas
(4407S, 6513W) (12.43) and Cabo Raso (12.43),
12 miles S; its shores are low but the land rises towards the
interior. Arrecife Somoza, which dries and is bordered by
thick kelp, lies 1 miles WSW of Punta Atlas; the sea
always breaks over it.
Between Punta Atlas and Punta Lobera, 8 miles SSW,
the shore consists of a shingle beach. A rocky shoal,
covered with kelp and not visible at HW, lies 1 miles S
of Punta Atlas; the sea usually breaks on it during a heavy
onshore swell. Dangers extend 3 miles ENE of Punta
Lobera (12.43).
Reefs extend 1 cables seaward from Punta Pescadero.
Puerto Larrea
1
12.53
Description. Puerto Larrea, a small cove entered
2 miles NW of Cabo San Jos, provides a sheltered
anchorage to small vessels, but its holding ground is bad,
the bottom being mainly rock and gravel with sand in only
a few places. Winds from the SE cause a ground swell in
the cove.
Caleta Juan Jos Paso
Fondeadero Atlas
12.50
Description. Anchorage can be found in the N part of
Baha Vera, 2 miles SW of Punta Atlas, in a depth of 15 m
(48 ft), sand and stones. Small vessels can anchor in the
cove between Arrecife Somoza and the shore, in depths of
46 to 55 m (15 to 18 ft), sand and shingle, but holding
ground is poor and the outer anchorage is preferable.
An emergency anchorage exists off the W shore of the
bay in a convenient depth, bottom is shingle with patches
of sand.
12.52
Description. Baha Cruz is entered between Cabo San
Jos (4431S, 6517W) (12.43) and Punta Atrevida (not
charted), 8 miles NNE. Its shores are much indented by
many coves.
Several groups of rocks lie offshore within Baha Cruz
(with positions from Cabo San Jos (4431S, 6517W)):
Rocas Gutierrez (7 miles NNE) are 2 heads 5 cables
apart; they are marked by kelp and the sea breaks
over them during onshore winds.
Rocas Cordova (2 miles NE) is a group of 3 rocks
about 1 mile in extent; the S rock dries and all
three rocks are covered by kelp and the sea breaks
over them.
Roca Oyarvide (1 miles NE) is a drying rock with
two heads; kelp extends a short distance SW of it.
The red sector (216241) of San Jos Light (4431S,
6517W) (12.43) covers Roca Oyarvide and the S rock of
Rocas Cordova.
Roca Clarizza (1 miles N) is a drying rock, a shoal,
on which the sea breaks heavily lies nearly 1 cable
WNW of this rock.
Directions. All passages between these groups of rocks,
and between them and the mainland, are deep and clear of
dangers except for the passage between Rocas Gutierrez
and the mainland which is not recommended for
navigation.
12.54
Description. A small cove at the head of Baha Cruz
3 miles NNW of Cabo San Jos providing anchorage for
small vessels.
Paso Uruguay
1
369
12.55
Description. Paso Uruguay leads into Baha Cruz from
the S; it passes W of Roca Oyarvide and E of Cabo San
Jos and Roca Clarizza.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
Puerto Santa Elena

1
12.56
Description. Puerto Santa Elena is entered between
Punta Acertada (not named on chart), which lies 1 miles
SW of Cabo San Jos (4431S, 6517W) (12.43) and
Punta San Fulgencio (also not named on chart), 2 miles W
of Punta Acertada. The bay is backed by three prominent
hills (12.42).
Santa Elena Light (black metal tripod, white bands, 7 m
in height) stands on a small peninsula projecting from the
N shore of the bay. Arrecife del Florido, a drying reef, lies
7 cables W of Punta Acertada; a group of shoals marked
by kelp lies 2 cables W of the reef. These dangers are
covered by the red sector (297322) of Santa Elena
Light.
12.57
Anchorages. Within Puerto Santa Elena anchorage can
be found in the following locations:
In a position 4 cables SW of Santa Elena Light
(12.56), depths 10 to 12 m (3339 ft), sand and
mud, good holding ground. Vessels should not be
anchored too close inshore, as, when there is a
heavy sea, the swell breaks some distance from it.
Winds from SE and S send a sea into this
anchorage.
Large vessels can be anchored 6 cables S of Santa
Elena Light in a depth of 15 m (48 ft), mud and
fine sand.
There is good anchorage, sheltered from SE winds,
6 cables N of Arrecife del Florido and 4 cables
offshore, depth 11 m (36 ft) mud and pebbles. A
73 m (24 ft) shoal patch lies 2 cables W of this
berth.
Small vessels can find shelter in a cove 6 cables
WNW of Santa Elena Light; another cove N of the
light also provides anchorage for small craft and
has a beach suitable for vessels to take the ground.
Principal marks
1
12.58
Decription. Puerto Concepcin is entered between Punta
Roja (4435S, 6522W) (12.43) and Punta San Fulgencio
(12.56), 2 miles N. Reefs fringe the greater part of the
shore and depths less than 91 m (30 ft) extend 5 cables E
of Punta Roja. The bay is exposed to E winds and is
penetrated by the swell which sweeps round the entrance
points.
Anchorage can be found 1 mile SW of Punta Fulgencio,
7 cables off the head of the bay, in a depth of 11 m (36 ft),
fine sand and shell, good holding ground. Depths are
irregular, especially near the reefs.
Argentine Chart No 3 (1.14)
Baha Camarones
1
12.59
Description. Baha Camarones is entered between Punta
Roja (4435S, 6522W) (12.43) and Cabo Dos Bahias
(12.43), 22 miles SSW). The S part of the bay provides
better shelter and is protected from winds between S and
NW.
Tidal streams run NNE and SSW along the shores of
Baha Camarones at rates of 1 to 3 kn, being strongest off
the headlands.
Offshore dangers:
Islas Blancas which lie 2 miles NE of Punta
Albatros (4448S, 6543W), consist of 3 rocky
islets covered with guano, and are frequented by
large numbers of seals and seabirds. A beacon
12.60
Landmarks:
With positions from Cabo Raso Light (4421S,
6514W) (12.43)):
Cabo San Jos (10 miles SSW) (12.43).
Cerro Mesa (28 miles SW) (12.42).
Islas Blancas Beacon (31 miles SSW) (12.59).
Cabo Dos Bahias (37 miles SSW) (12.43).
Anchorages
Puerto Concepcin
1
(black metal framework tower on concrete base)

stands on the E end of the largest islet.
Roca Hermelo, with a minimum depth of 58 m
(19 ft) over it, lies 2 miles SE of Punta Albatros.
The sea occasionally breaks over it; depths in the
vicinity are irregular. Camarones Light (red GRP
tower, yellow base, 5 m in height) is situated on
the shore 5 cables SW from Punta Albatros; its red
sector (297314) covers Roca Hermelo.
370
12.61
Within Baha Camarones anchorage can be found in the
following locations:
Baha San Sebastian, entered between Punta Loberia
(4436S, 6524W) and Punta Guanaco, 3 miles
W. Good anchorage can be found 1 miles WNW
of Punta Loberia, 7 cables from the head of the
bay, depth 16 m (54 ft), sand; sheltered from winds
from SW through N to NE.
In a position 7 cables SW of Punta Albatros (4448S,
6543W) (12.59), in a depth of 11 m (36 ft), sand
and mud with good holding ground. This
anchorage is out of the main strength of the tidal
streams, however several wrecks and obstructions
lie off this point, and vessels with a draught
exceeding 55 m (18 ft) should not approach within
1 miles of the point.
In a position 5 cables SE of Punta Gaviota (4450S,
6544W), in a depth of 82 m (27 ft), muddy sand.
Vessels roll heavily these anchorages, particularly in
Punta Albatros.
Caleta Sara is a narrow inlet with high shores entered
2 miles WNW of Cabo Dos Bahias. It provides
completely sheltered anchorage for small craft, at
the head of the inlet in a depth of 18 m (6 ft),
mud.
Caleta Carolina is entered W of an islet lying close
offshore 3 miles WNW of Cabo Dos Bahias. It
provides anchorage for small craft in a depth of
55 m (18 ft), sand. Larger vessels can anchor off
the mouth of Caleta Carolina in a depth of 25 m
(14 fm) with the islet bearing 180 distant
8 cables; another anchorage is found 2 miles
WNW of the islet, 1 mile offshore in a depth of
183 m (60 ft), sand.
A vessel approaching these last two berths will find a
rocky bottom, which changes to sand closer inshore, both
have good holding ground.
Camarones, a village situated 5 cables W of Punta
Albatros (4448S, 6543W), has a concrete jetty with a
main berthing face of 60 m, connected to the shore by a
causeway 100 m in length. The remains of a former jetty
lie close NE of the jetty head.
Supplies: fresh water; fuel by road tanker at 48 hours
notice; provisions.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
CABO DOS BAHAS TO CABO TRES PUNTAS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3106
Area covered
1
12.62
This section describes the route from Isla La Rasa
(4506S, 6524W) to Cabo Tres Puntas (4706S,
6552W) (12.68) including the whole of Golfo San Jorge
entered between these two capes. Details of Puerto
Comodoro Rivadavia (4552S, 6728W) (12.109), which
lies on the W coast of the gulf, are also given. The coast S
of Cabo Tres Puntas is described in South America Pilot
Volume II.
Topography
1
12.63
The N shore of the gulf is steep and has some bays and
sheltered anchorages; many islets and shoals lie offshore.
The W and S shores are generally steep-to and clear of
dangers, except in the vicinity of Cabo San Jorge (4547S,
6722W), some hills and mountains are prominent,
particularly on the W side of the gulf.
OFFSHORE ROUTE CABO DOS BAHAS

TO CABO TRES PUNTAS
General information
Charts 3106, 3067, 1302
Route
1
12.64
From a position ESE of Isla La Rasa Light (4506S,
6524W) the route leads S for about 135 miles to a
position E of Cabo Tres Puntas (4706S, 6552W) (12.68).
It crosses the mouth of Golfo San Jorge (12.62) and is
conducted mainly out of sight of land.
1
Topography
1
12.65
The coast in the vicinity S of Cabo Dos Bahias is high
and cliffy and much indented by bays and coves. Several
islets lie, up to 12 miles, SE and S of the cape.
The coast in the vicinity of Cabo Tres Puntas forms the
N side of an extensive tableland which extends S from it.
See South America Pilot Volume II.
Canal Leones
Depths
1
12.66
Depths less than 37 m (60 ft) can be found up to 5 miles
offshore in the vicinity of Cabo Dos Bahias and up to
21 miles offshore in the vicinity of Cabo Tres Puntas,
otherwise the passage is clear of danger and in deep water.
Landmarks
12.67
1
Cabo Dos Bahas (4456S, 6531W) (12.43), with

Cerro Dos Bahas and Cerro Patria.
Pico Pan de Azcar (4707S, 6558W) a prominent
conical hill.
Directions

1
Clear of Isla Arce (7 miles NNW), a high, rocky and

rugged island with thick grass and vegetation in
places; the island is steep-to and clear of dangers
apart from a rock, awash, 1 cables E of its N
extremity. Tidal streams are strong W of the
island. Isla Sola (11 miles NW) which lies 3 cables
from the coast is low and difficult to distinguish
against the mainland; it is surrounded by kelp and
passage between it and the mainland should not be
attempted. Thence:
E of Isla Leones (9 miles WNW), which is high,
rocky, hilly and covered in places with tall grasses.
A disused light-tower stands on a summit,
elevation 86 m (282 ft), in the centre of the island.
Peninsula Lanaud forms the SE part of the island
and is separated from it at HW; a reef extends
2 cables from its SE extremity and when the wind
is contrary to the tidal stream there are overfalls
off the end of the reef. Thence:
Clear of Isla Rasa, which is formed of bare greyish
rock covered with guano; it is almost divided in
two at HW. Isla Rasa Light (black metal column,
6 m in height) is situated on the W side of the
island. The N and W sides of the island are
sloping but the E side is steep with a reef
extending 1 miles SE from it; three drying rocks
lie on the reef. Tide-rips have been observed on all
sides of the island. The track continues S across
the mouth of Golfo San Jorge (12.62). Thence:
To a position E of Cabo Tres Puntas (4706S,
6552W) which consists of 3 points composed of
clay; Pico Pan de Azucar (12.67) lies 4 miles W of
the cape.
The coast S of Cabo Tres Puntas is described in South
America Pilot Volume II.
12.69
Useful marks:
San Gregorio Light (yellow square concrete tower,
black diagonal stripes, 9 m in height) (4502S,
6538W).
Cabo Blanco Light (4712S, 6545W), described in
South America Pilot Volume II.
12.68
From a position E of Isla La Rasa (4506S, 6524W)
the track leads S, passing (with positions from Isla Rasa
Light (4506S, 6524W)):
371
Chart 552, plan of Canal Leones and Bahia San Gregorio

12.70
Description. Canal Leones separates Isla Leones
(4503S, 6536W) (12.68) from the mainland; it has a
least width of 700 m and the fairway is generally clear of
dangers. Large quantities of unattached kelp may be
encountered in the channel and may foul the screws of
low-powered vessels.
Tidal streams in the channel reach rates of 3 to 5 kn,
causing overfalls and eddies off several points; they turn
about 3 hours after HW and LW by the shore. At both ends
of the channel, when the stream is running contrary to the
wind, tide-rips are formed which may be dangerous to
low-powered craft.
12.71
Directions. From the NE the channel is entered, passing
(with positions from San Gregorio Light (4502S,
6538W)):
SE of Cabo de Matas (1 miles ESE), which forms
the S entrance point to Baha San Gregorio
(12.73); thence:
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
NW of Punta Ezcurra (1 miles S), off which eddies

are formed by tidal streams; it forms the E
entrance point to Caleta Leones (12.76). There is a
shoal, 104 m (34 ft), on the N side of the fairway
3 cables NNW of the point. The fairway then turns
SW towards its SW exit. Thence:
SE of Punta San Roque (1 miles SW), which lies
on the N side of the SW entrance to Canal
Leones. The point is low and rocky and terminates
in Cabeza Negra a dark-coloured hillock.
Useful mark.
Light-tower (disused) (4503S, 6537W) (12.68).
Caleta Inglesa
1
Caleta Leones
1

Chart 3106 (see 1.14)
Isla Arce
1
12.72
Description. Coasters and other small vessels may
anchor in a cove on the NW side of Isla Arce (4500S,
6529W) (12.68), in a depth of 11 m (36 ft), sand and
shell; the cove is protected from winds between E and
SSW, but SW winds send a sea into the cove. Anchorage
can be found outside the cove with the N extremity of the
islet bearing 095 distant cable, in a depth of 20 m
(66 ft).
Chart 552, plan of Canal Leones and Bahia San Gregorio
Baha San Gregorio

1
12.73
Description. Baha San Gregorio is entered between
Punta Dos Balas (4501S, 6535W) and Cabo de Matas
(12.71), 1 miles SW. The bay is exposed to winds
between NE and SE which send in a sea, and winds from
S cause a ground swell. The promontory forming the N
side of the bay is easily recognisable from NE by its
numerous bluffs. The inner part of the bay is obstructed by
kelp.
Tidal streams off the entrance to the bay run strongly
NE and WSW and it should be approached cautiously.
12.74
Anchorage can be found in the centre of the bay, as
shown on the chart, keeping clear of a foul area 1 cables
NE of the anchorage position; depth 16 m (54 ft), sand,
shell and pebbles. This is a good berth if there is no
ground swell; tidal streams are rarely felt and vessel will
lie head to wind.
The anchorage is approached on a leading line:
Front beacon (white triangular, 3 m in height)
(4501S, 6538W).
Rear beacon (white pole, 2 rectangular daymarks, 3 m
in height) (1 cable WNW of front beacon).
The alignment (294) of these beacons leads into Baha
San Gregorio and towards the anchorage, the position of
which is indicated by a cross bearing of the anchoring
beacons:
Front beacon (white pole, cross topmark, 3 m in
height) (4500S, 6536W).
Rear beacon (white pole, diamond topmark, 3 m in
height) (3 cables NNE of front beacon).
The alignment (013) of these beacons intersecting with
the alignment of the leading line indicates position of the
anchorage.
Small vessels can anchor farther SW where there is
better holding ground.
12.75
Description. Caleta Inglesa (4503S, 6537W), on the
N shore of Isla Leones (12.68), provides good anchorage
for small vessels, in depths of 55 to 73 m (18 to 24 ft),
sand, clear of the tidal streams in Canal Leones. Due to the
strength of these currents approach to this anchorage should
only be in daylight.
12.76
Description. Caleta Leones lies between Isla Buque
(4503S, 6538W), a low rocky islet, and the W coast of
Isla Leones, 2 cables NE. It is sheltered from the S by Isla
Sudoeste (SW Islet) which is joined to the SW of Isla
Leones by drying reefs. The cove should only be
approached N of Isla Buque, as the approach S of it, Baha
de los Franceses, is shallow and rocky. Kelp lies near the
shores and in the middle of the cove.
12.77
Anchorage for smaller vessels can be found in the
centre of the cove, as shown on the chart, in a depth of
91 m (30 ft) mud, sand, and shells, good holding ground;
this anchorage is untenable during W and SW winds.
Directions. The anchorage is approached from Canal
Leones on a leading line:
Front (No 1) beacon (white square stone pillar, 3 m in
height) (4504S, 6537W).
Rear (No 2) beacon (white square stone pillar, 3 m in
height) ( cable SE of front beacon).
The alignment (134) of these beacons leads into Caleta
Leones and towards the anchorage, the position of which is
indicated by a cross bearing of the anchoring beacons:
Front beacon (white concrete pillar, 1 m in height)
(4503S, 6538W).
Rear beacon (white concrete pillar, 1 m in height)
(2 cables SSW of front beacon).
anchorage.
Large vessels can anchor about 1 cables NW of this
berth, on the leading line, in a depth of 20 m (66 ft).
Strong tide races and eddies can occur in the vicinity of
the anchorages. Vessels should approach with caution;
excessive sheering and dragging can occur when anchored.
GOLFO SAN JORGE NORTH COAST

General information
Chart 3106
Route
1
12.78
From a position E of Isla La Rasa (4506S, 6524W)
the route leads SW for about 110 miles along the N shore
of Golfo San Jorge to a position SE of Cabo San Jorge
(4547S, 6722W). It includes the oil loading terminal of
Caleta Cordova situated in Caleta Olivares (4546S,
6719W) (12.97).
Topography
1
12.79
See 12.63.
Depths
1
372
12.80
Depths within the gulf are generally deep; the N shore
of the gulf is much indented by bays and inlets. Numerous
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
islands and shoals lie up to 8 miles offshore and depths are

irregular.
6
Principal marks
1
12.81
Landmarks. There are several prominent peaks on this
passage (with positions from Cabo Aristizbal Light
(4513S, 6632W)):
Monticulos Tetas de Pineda (12 miles NW), two
summits about 1 miles apart, easily identified
from S or SW but when seen from E appear as a
single hill.
Pico Falso Salamanca (37 miles WSW), a prominent
peak when viewed from NE, appearing as a large
cone with gradual slopes. It retains this aspect until
bearing more than 270 when its summit appears
to lean N. From a bearing more than 341 the
peak is obscured.
Pico Salamanca (41 miles SW). A whitish horizontal
band halfway up this peak is distinctive. When
bearing less than 294, distant more than 30 miles,
this peak is difficult to distinguish against the high
ground of the interior, but appears detached from
greater bearings. Bearing between 294 and 340
the summit appears rounded, but on greater
bearings appears pointed. The SE slopes of this
peak are formed of reddish clay intersected by
ravines and clefts.

Chart 552, plan of Bahas Gil and Huevo
Baha Gil
1
Directions
1
12.82
From a position E of Isla Da Rasa (4506S, 6524W)
the track leads SW, passing (with positions from Cabo
Aristizbal Light (4513S, 6632W)):
SE of Isla Leones (40 miles ENE) (12.68), thence:
SE of Peninsula San Antonio (37 miles ENE),
projecting 1 mile from the mainland to which it is
joined by a narrow isthmus. It rises to a rounded
hill composed of rock covered with soil, gravel
and some vegetation. Thence:
SE of Roca Medrano (26 miles E), a drying rock
lying 5 miles SSE of Isla Tova (12.86), the
largest and highest of a group of islets, thence:
SE of Islote Gran Robredo (21 miles ENE), divided
into three parts by ravines. It is rocky and highest
at its W end. Islote Pequeno Robredo, 1 miles
WNW is lower and whitened with guano. A rock
awash lies 3 miles W of Islote Pequeno Robredo.
Thence:
SE of Islas Viana (6 miles ENE), three islets of which
the N is largest with a beacon (black tripod, 9 m
in height) on its S side. The S islet is lower with
three dark-coloured, pointed hillocks. All three
islets, guano-covered, lie 3 miles SE of Punta
Ulloa, from which a light (black square metal
framework tower, 7 m in height) is exhibited.
Thence:
SE of Cabo Aristizbal, forming the SE extremity of
a peninsula is yellowish in colour due to the
sand-dunes. Cabo Aristizbal Light (black square
metal framework tower, 16 m in height) is
exhibited from the cape. Isla Aristizbal,
helmet-shaped and dark-coloured apart from guano
on the summit, lies 8 cables E of the cape; Rocas
Pita, three rocks, least depth 3 m (10 ft) and
marked by kelp, lie nearly 1 mile SE of the cape.

Thence:
SE of the shoal patch 82 m (27 ft), 2 miles ESE of
Isla Quintano (8 miles WSW), a low
yellow-coloured islet with reefs extending 3 cables
E. A group of rocks over which seas sometimes
break, lies 1 mile E of the islet. The continuing
coastline consisting of light-coloured cliffs, trends
SW. There are no known dangers more than
2 miles offshore on this track. Thence:
SE of Punta Novales (46 miles SW), prominent, the
coast N of it forming steep, high cliffs. Cerro Pan
de Azcar, a prominent hill, is a good mark
6 miles NNW of the point. Restinga Novales is a
detached drying reef 1 miles E of the point.
South of the point is Petrolera Caleta Cordova
offshore oil terminal (12.101).
3 miles to a position SE of Cabo San Jorge (50 miles SW),
fringed by drying reefs bordered with kelp to a distance of
up to 7 cables. San Jorge Light (square masonry tower,
black lantern, 27 m in height) is situated on the point.
and for Comodoro Rivadavia at 12.115)
12.83
Description. Baha Gil is entered between Punta San
Roque (4503S, 6539W) (12.71) and Cabo del Sud,
2 miles WSW, which form the S extremity of Peninsula
San Antonio (12.82).
Arrecife Bassin is a dark-coloured reef which dries,
1 miles W of Punta San Roque; it is surrounded by kelp
and a rocky shoal lies 1 cables S of it.
Pico Olry at the head of the bay, 1 miles NW of Punta
San Roque, is prominent.
Anchorage can be found 2 cables NW of Arrecife
Bassin, as shown on the chart, in a depth of 146 m (48 ft),
clay, sand and pebbles. The holding ground is excellent and
the anchorage is protected from all winds except those
from between ESE and S.
Directions. Approach the anchorage with Baha Gil
Beacon (white square pyramid with black bands, triangular
topmark, 8 m in height) (45025S, 65417W), bearing
298 until N of the W end of Arrecife Bassin, then alter
course W towards the anchorage.
Baha Huevo
1
373
12.84
Description. Baha Huevo (45030S, 65426W) lies
between Peninsula San Antonio and Isla Valdes, 2 cables W
of it. A bank, with a least depth of 18 m (6 ft) over it,
extends N from the NE side of the island to the mainland.
The bay is protected from all winds except those from SE,
S and W.
A rocky shoal, least depth 94 m (31 ft) and on which
there is kelp, lies in the S approaches to the bay 4 cables
WSW of Cabo del Sud (12.83). Shoals extend 1 cable E
and S of the SE extremity of Isla Valdes.
Tidal streams. The E-going stream sweeps through the
bay at a rate of 1 kn; the W-going stream is hardly
perceptible.
Anchorage exists in the middle of the bay, as shown on
the chart, in a depth of 82 m (27 ft), fine sand and
pebbles, with the N extremity of Isla Valdes bearing 262
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
and its SE extremity bearing 167. The nature of the

bottom should be ascertained before anchoring as it
changes over a short distance.
During N winds it is difficult to turn when leaving the
bay. Baha Gil (12.83) is reported to be a better anchorage.
Chart 3106
Chart 3106
Puerto Melo
1
12.85
Description. Islote Galfrascoli Light (metal column, 2 m
in height) is exhibited from an islet of the same name,
8 cables E of the W entrance point of Puerto Melo.
Beacons stand on both entrance points and on an islet
6 cables SW of the E entrance point.
Local knowledge is essential to enter Puerto Melo
(4502S, 6552W) whose entrance is much encumbered
by rocks and shoals.
Tidal streams. The in-going stream reaches a rate of
about kn; the out-going stream is scarcely perceptible.
Anchorage can be found in the E part of the bay in a
depth of 11 m (36 ft), with the E entrance point bearing
135 distant 6 cables. Holding ground is good but the
berth is exposed to S winds.
Baha Bustamante
1
Chart 552, plan of Isla Tova
Baha del Fondeadero

12.87
Description. Baha del Fondeadero (4506S, 6558W)
provides good anchorage at its entrance, as shown on the
chart, depth 11 m (36 ft), sand. The anchorage is protected
from all winds except those from between NNW and NNE,
which raise little sea. It is approached on a leading line:
Front beacon (white wooden pole, triangular topmark,
6 m in height) (45064S, 65583W).
Rear beacon (black metal pole, square topmark, 6 m
in height) (1 cable S of front beacon).
The alignment (180) of these beacons leads into Baha
del Fondeadero and towards the anchorage, the position of
which is indicated by a cross bearing:
Front: Punta Bretones Beacon (white triangular
wooden framework, diamond topmark, 6 m in
height) (45057S, 65590W).
Rear beacon (white square metal framework with a
black top, 8 m in height) (6 cables W of front
beacon), situated on the summit of Isla Tova.
anchorage.
Baha del Noroeste

1
12.88
Description. Good anchorage exists, 5 cables ESE of
Punta Norte (45049S, 66004W), as shown on the chart,
in a depth of 13 m (42 ft) gravel over clay. The holding
ground is good and tidal streams scarcely felt.
12.89
Description. Entered between Punta Ulloa (4509S,
6628W) (12.82), forming the E extremity of Peninsula
Gravina, and Punta Ezquerra, 6 miles NE, the bay and its
approaches are encumbered by numerous islands and
dangers.
Anchorage. There are several anchorages, all exposed to
winds from between NE and S, except the principal one
which lies in the SW corner of the bay protected from S
by Peninsula Gravina.
Useful mark. Bustamante Light (yellow square metal
framework tower, black chevrons, hut at base, 6 m in
height) is situated on the shore of the bay, 3 miles WNW
of Punta Ulloa.
Fondeadero de Peninsula Aristizabal
Isla Tova
12.86
Description. Isla Tova (4506S, 6600W) is the largest
and highest of a group of islets, all uninhabited and joined
together by drying reefs. The group is difficult to approach
from S or W due to numerous islets and rocks, but its NE
side is accessible and off it are 2 anchorages. Isla Tovita
lies close E of Isla Tova and has rocky hummocks on its
NW part; drying rocks extend 1 mile E.
Tidal streams in the channel between Isla Tova and the
mainland attain a rate of about 2 kn; they turn 3 hours
after HW and LW by the shore.
Anchorage exists indicated by Punta Norte Beacon

(stone pyramid, 2 m in height), 3 cables SSE of the point,
in line with a small cairn close E of it; and the beacon
(white square metal framework with a black top, 8 m in
height) situated on the summit of Isla Tova, 1 mile SSE of
Punta Norte, bearing 191.
12.90
Anchorage can be found 5 cables N of Isla Aristizabal,
which lies 8 cables E of Cabo Aristizabal (4513S,
6631W) (12.82), in depths of 91 to 183 m (30 to 60 ft).
The holding ground is good, sand or sand and mud.
Tidal streams off Cabo Aristizabal run NE and S, the
NE stream reaching rates of about 2 kn.
Caleta Visser
1
12.91
Anchorage exists at Caleta Visser, 28 miles WSW of
Cabo Aristizabal (4513S, 6631W) (12.82). The berth is
1 miles offshore in a depth of 183 m (60 ft), fine sand;
another berth about 5 cables offshore has depths of 91 to
110 m (30 to 36 ft). Reefs extend up to 1 mile off the
shores of the cove.
Baha Solano
1
12.92
Description. Baha Solano lies between Punta Novales
(4543S, 6720W) and a point on the coast 7 miles N of
it. Dangers extend 1 miles seaward of the drying reef on
the N side of the cove.
Anchorage exists anywhere off the beach, in convenient
depths with good holding ground of fine sand. Anchorage
can also be obtained in a cove formed by the drying reefs
which extend 1 miles off Punta Novales and those which
extend 1 mile offshore 2 miles N of that point, in depths
of 91 m (30 ft), fine sand, excellent holding ground.
Swell is felt less at this berth than at Comodoro
Rivadavia, 11 miles SSW.
Caleta Cordova
Chart 552 plan of Caletas Cordova and Olivares
General information
1
374
12.93
Position. Caleta Cordova is entered between Punta
Novales (4543S, 6720W) (12.82) and Punta Pando,
2 miles SSW. The bay is narrowed by drying reefs which
fringe both points.
Function. This bay provides an anchorage and small
craft piers. An oil refinery stands on Punta Pando. Petrolera
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
Caleta Cordova Terminal (12.101) lies in Caleta Olivares

(12.97), 1 miles S
Local weather. The bay is open to E winds and gales
from SE are reported to be particularly dangerous; vessels
must be prepared to weigh and proceed to sea on the
approach of one.
Arrival information
1
12.94
Volume 6(5).
Outer anchorage, 1 mile SSW of Punta Novales as
shown on the chart, in a depth of 128 m (42 ft).
Restricted area. A circular area of 2 miles radius
around an SBM (12.101) off Punta Pando (12.93), as
shown on the chart, is restricted for tanker operations only.
Harbour
1
Directions
12.95
Layout. Two piers lie in the SW of the bay.
San Jorge Light (4547S, 6723W) (12.82).
Directions
12.96
1
Outer anchorages. For tankers loading, 4 miles SE of

Punta Pando, clear of the restricted area shown on the
chart.
Pilotage is compulsory.
Tugs are available but not normally required.
Regulations. The terminal is within a restricted area; see
12.94. Instructions, regulations and the signal code to be
used when loading oil are obtained from the pumping
station.
12.99
Landmarks:
Signal station (white mast, 13 m in height) (4546S,
6722W); used for communicating with vessels
loading oil.
Chimney, 5 cables NNW of signal station.
Tower, close S of signal station.
Front light: Astra Light (black square metal

framework tower, white band, 11 m in height)
(45448S, 67225W).
Rear light: Loma Blanca Light (red square metal
framework tower, 11 m in height) (700 m W of
front light).
From a position on the coastal route SE of Punta
Novales (4543S, 6720W) (12.82) the track leads W on
the alignment (268) of the above leading lights, passing
(with positions from San Jorge Light (4547S, 6723W)):
S of Roca Extrema (3 miles NE), a small detached
reef which dries, thence:
N of YPF Pillar (2 miles NNE)), a concrete
Light-beacon, 10 m in height, marking the position
of a disused oil terminal.
Thence the piers can be approached in a SW direction
through a channel, marked by leading lights, 12 m wide
with depth of 24 m.
A stranded wreck lies 1 cables W of the E jetty head.
12.100
From a position ESE of Punta Novales (4543S,
6720W) (12.82) the track leads SSW, passing (with
positions from San Jorge Light (4547S, 6723W)):
ESE of Roca Extrema (3 miles NNE) (12.96),
thence:
ESE of Punta Pando (1 miles NNE), on which the
tanks and towers of the oil refinery stand.
Thence the SBM may be approached directly.
Berth
1
12.101
Oil Terminal. Petrolera Caleta Cordova Terminal. An
SBM (yellow, lighted) for loading tankers is moored in a
depth of about 23 m, 2 miles ESE of Punta Pando
(4545S, 6722W). A submarine pipeline extends WNW
to the shore 1 cables SW of Punta Pando, see 1.35.
Port services
1
12.102
Provisions.
Mooring buoy
1
12.103
A mooring buoy lies 1 miles WNW of the SBM.
GOLFO SAN JORGE SOUTH COAST

General information
Caleta Olivares
Charts 3106, 1302
Route
General information
1
12.97
Position. Caleta Olivares is entered between Punta
Pando (4545S, 6722W) (12.93) and the NE extremity of
Cabo San Jorge (12.82), 1 miles S; drying reefs, bordered
by kelp, fringe the cape to a distance of 7 cables.
Function. This bay is equipped with an SBM for
loading oil tankers.
Approach and entry. The SBM, 2 miles ESE of Punta
Pando, is approached . direct from seaward.
Maximum draught: 18 m.
Largest vessel handled: Romea Champion 155 000 dwt.
Topography
1
Arrival information
1
12.98
Port radio. See 12.94
Notice of ETA. The terminal requires 12 hours notice of
arrival.
12.104
From a position SSE of Cabo San Jorge (4547S,
6722W), The route leads SSE for about 48 miles along
the SW shore of Golfo San Jorge, to a position ENE of
Ponta Bauza (4642S, 6709W) from whence the route
leads ESE for about 73 miles to a position E of Cabo Tres
Puntas (4706S, 6552W) (12.68). It includes details of
Puerto Comodoro Rivadavia (4552S, 6728W) (12.109)
and the offshore oil loading terminal at Caleta Olivia
(12.119), 34 miles farther S, and Caleta Paula (12.126) a
further 2 miles S.
12.105
See 12.63.
Depths
1
375
12.106
Depths within the gulf are generally deep; the W and S
shores of the gulf are generally steep-to with few off-lying
dangers.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
The coast S of this point is described in South America

Pilot Volume II.
(Directions continue for Caleta Olivia at 12.123,
and for Caleta Paula at 12.130)
Principal marks
1
12.107
Landmarks:
Monte Ibarborde (4559S, 6745W) appears as the
highest summit along the shores of the gulf and is
visible up to 45 miles offshore.
Cerros Tres Picos (4622S, 6742W) are prominent
from offshore between Comodoro Rivadavia
(12.109), 31 miles NNE and Caleta Olivia
(12.119), 8 miles SE; but from farther S they are
hidden behind coastal hills.
Cerro Bauz (4643S, 6714W) is visible from
seaward between Caleta del Fondo (12.135),
42 miles NNW and Punta Casamayor (12.108),
16 miles SE.
Pico Colorado (4702S, 6644W) is the E of two
reddish hills. It is distinctive and visible from a
considerable distance, despite being lower than the
adjacent cliff.
Pico Pan de Azcar (4707S, 6558W) (12.67).
Puerto Comodoro Rivadavia

Charts 552 with plan Comodoro Rivadavia, 3106
General information
1
12.109
Position. Puerto Comodoro Rivadavia (4552S,
6728W) lies on the shore of an open bay.
Function. The port, which has a population of about
140 000, is the centre of an important oilfield. Caletas
Olivares (12.97) and Olivia (12.119) provide the loading
facilities for exporting the oil.
from Golfo San Jorge. It is entered between Restinga Ali, a
reef extending from the coast 3 miles SW of Punta San
Jorge (4547S, 6722W), and Restinga Sur (Sud) which
extends E from Punta Borja, 3 miles farther SW.
total of 837 007 dwt
Limiting conditions
Directions
1
5
6
12.108
From a position SSE of Cabo San Jorge (4547S,
6722W) the track leads SSE, passing (with positions from
Cerros Tres Picos (4629S, 6742W)):
ENE of Puerto Comodoro Rivadavia (32 miles N)
(12.109), thence:
ENE of Punta Marqus (26 miles N) which is easily
identifiable by its sheer, yellow cliffs, and forms
the E extremity of a rugged yellowish ridge which
has a steep NE slope. Monte Ibarborde (12.107)
rises 9 miles W of the point. The point is
steep-to but there is an oil wellhead 10 miles ENE
of it in the area in which anchoring and fishing are
prohibited. Thence:
ENE of the oil terminal of Caleta Olivia (12.119); a
disused lighthouse, elevation 28 m (92 ft) is
situated near the shore on the N side of the cove;
for details of approaches to the port see 12.123.
Cerros Tres Picos (12.107) rise 8 miles NW of the
light. Thence:
ENE of Punta Bauz (30 miles SE), where the coast
is rocky and inaccessible, Cerro Bauz (12.107)
rises 4 miles WSW of the point.
From this position the track leads ESE passing (with
positions from Monte Loayza tower (4705S, 6622W)):
NNE of Punta Casamayor (27 miles WNW),
prominent, rising inland in steep yellow
hummocks. Thence:
NNE of Fondeadero Mazarredo, (14 miles W),
identified by a disused light-tower (black square
concrete framework tower, white bands, 7 m in
height) and by Pico Colorado (12.107), 1 mile SW
of the light-tower. Thence:
NNE of Monte Loayza, rising from the coast, bare
and sandy, appearing as a yellowish patch against
a background of cliffs. A disused light-tower
(square concrete tower, 12 m in height) is situated
on the coast 3 miles WNW of Monte Loayza.
Thence:
NNE of Cabo Tres Puntas (20 miles E) (12.68).
22 miles to a position E of Cabo Tres Puntas.
12.110
Controlling depth. Minimum charted depth in the
approach to the harbour is 58 m (19 ft). There are depths
between 70 and 110m (23 and 36 ft) at the anchorage.
Deepest berth. Muelle de Ultramar (12.117) with a
dredged depth of 94 m (31 ft).
34 m.
Local weather. The bay is exposed to NE and E winds,
in fresh E winds vessels must be prepared to leave the
anchorage.
Arrival information
1
12.111
6(5).
12.112
Anchorage may be obtained anywhere off the port, in
depths of 73 to 110 m (24 to 36 ft), sand and clay.
Recommended anchorages are shown on the chart 1 miles
NE and 8 cables SE of Muelle General Mosconi. There are
a number of obstructions and areas of foul ground, some of
which are not charted, within 1 mile of the end of the
Muelle.
Anchorage is prohibited in an area, shown on the chart,
extending 1 miles ESE from the head of Muelle General
Mosconi (45511S, 67273W) (12.117).
Pilotage is compulsory; 48 hours notice is required as
the pilot has to come from Puerto Madryn. Berthing in
daylight only.
Tugs: None.
Harbour
1
376
12.113
Layout. A basin, Drsena de Ultramar, enclosed on its S
and E sides by Muelle Provincial, a jetty from the E end of
which a breakwater extends N. A basin for fishing vessels,
known as Drsena de Pesca, and five small jetties lie on
the W side of the harbour. Muelle General Mosconi
(12.117), a pier 1 mile N of the town, is used for petroleum
products. A former railway jetty lies 3 miles NNE of the
town.
Hazards. There are numerous obstructions, mainly lost
anchors and cables, on the sea-bed. Some of these are on
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
the approaches to, or close to, the berths. Latest

information on these should be sought from the Port
Authority.
Tidal streams run approximately parallel to the coast,
they are scarcely felt near the coast but reach rates of
1 kn farther offshore.
12.114
Landmarks. The port can be identified by three hills
separated by deep glens which rise from cliffs of moderate
size at the shore:
Cerro Hermitte (4550S, 6728W) has a steep NE
face with two prominent tanks about one third the
way up its seaward side, and a beacon (grey
square pyramid, 5 m in height) on its summit.
There is a tank, (Chart 3106), visible 25 miles
offshore, on another summit 1 miles W of this
hill.
Cerro Viteau, 1 miles SSW of Cerro Hermitte, has a
beacon (square pyramid, upper part red and black,
lower part white, staff and sphere topmark, 24 m
in height) on its summit.
Cerro Chenque, 2 miles S of Cerro Hermitte, has a
steep S slope.
Muelle de Ultramar, the main berth (2 cables SW),

lies on the S side of Drsena de Ultramar (dredged
(1998) to 76 m (25 ft)) near the E end of Muelle
Provincial (12.113). It has a berthing face of
216 m and a charted depth of 88 m (29 ft). A
berth for small craft lies between the E end of
Muelle de Ultramar and the breakwater.
Muelle Pesquero, a quay for fishing vessels, lies on
the S side of Drsena de Pesca, 1 cable WNW of
Muelle de Ultramar. The quay is 108 m in length
depths in the basin of less than 54 m (18 ft) and
has a dredged depth (1998) of 49 m (16 ft).
Port services
1
12.118
Repairs are available.
Supplies: provisions; fresh water; fuel oil.
Communications: airfield with scheduled flights.
Caleta Olivia
Chart 3106, with plan Caleta Olivia
General information
Directions
1

12.115
From a position SE of Cabo San Jorge (4547S,
6722W) the track leads S, passing:
Clear of Restinga Ali (12.109), a reef which extends
from the coast 3 miles SW of Punta San Jorge.
Thence the track leads WSW towards the anchorage
(12.112).
From the vicinity of the anchorage the track then leads
SW to the harbour entrance.
Caution. Winds from between E and S create a heavy
swell in the vicinity of the breakwater.
12.116
Useful marks:
Escollera Norte Light (green tower, yellow bands, 6 m
in height) (4552S, 6727W) on the N end of the
breakwater.
Lateral Sur Light (white tower, red bands, 6 m in
height) (1 cables S of Escollera Norte Light).
Muralln Light (white column, 2 m in height)
(4552S, 6728W).
12.119
Position. Caleta Olivia (4626S, 6731W) is formed by
a gap, 1 cables wide, in the coastal reef which dries and
extends N and S of the cove; it has a well sheltered beach.
Function. There is a rapidly expanding town, with a
population of about 20 000, whose economy is mainly
connected with the oil industry. There is an offshore SBM
for loading oil tankers. Caleta Olivia is under the
responsibility of the Harbour Master of Caleta Paula
(12.126).
Approach and entry. The oil loading terminal is
approached directly from Golfo San Jorge.
Limiting conditions
1
12.120
Maximum dimensions. The SBM reportedly will accept
vessels up to 150 000 dwt and a maximum draught of
130 m.
Mean tidal levels. As for Comodoro Rivadavia (12.109),
see also Chart 3106.
Arrival information
Berths
1
12.117
With positions from Escollera Norte Light (4552S,
6727W):
Muelle Km 5, the former railway pier (3 miles NNE),
is 76 m long and has depths of 09 m (3 ft) off its
head. Vessels working cargo for this pier anchor
about 1 miles offshore and use lighters. Fresh
winds from E and SE can cause work to be
suspended. In 1999 the railway was not in use.
Muelle General Mosconi (YPF Pier) (8 cables NW),
owned by YPF oil company, extends SE from
Punta Alta and is used for loading oil; it has a
depth of 64 m (21 ft) off its head. A light-beacon
is located at the jetty head. Vessels anchor off the
head of the pier, then turn and secure the stern to
the pier and mooring buoys.
377
12.121
Port Radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume
6(5).
Restricted areas. A circular area, 2 miles in radius
centred on the SBM (12.124), as shown on the chart, is
restricted for tanker operations only.
Outer anchorage. An anchorage, not charted, for
tankers lies 2 miles N of the SBM (12.124) in the
restricted area.
Pilotage is compulsory; boarding position off Caleta
Paula (12.126).
Tugs are not compulsory but are available.
An anchorage, not charted, restricted to use of tankers
and unloading operations, is bounded by the coordinates:
46222S, 67270W,
46222S, 67300W,
46235S, 67300W,
46235S, 67270W
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
Harbour
1
12.122
Layout. An SBM for oil loading (12.124).
Hazards. There are several obstructions, mainly lost
anchors and cables, on the sea-bed. Latest information on
these should be sought from the Port Authority.
Landmark. Cerros Tres Picos (4622S, 6742W)
(12.107).
4
Directions
1

12.123
From a position on the coastal track, E of Caleta Olivia,
the SBM or the anchorage (12.121) can be approached
directly.
Useful marks:
Caleta Olivia lighthouse (disused) (12.108).
Berths
1
12.124
The terminal consists of an SBM (4626N, 6729W)
from which a submarine pipeline extends 1 miles W to
the shore. See 1.35.
Harbour
1
Port services
1
Caleta Paula
Chart 3106, with plan Caleta Olivia
12.126
Position. Caleta Paula (4628S, 6730W), situated
2 miles SSE of Caleta Olivia (12.119), is a small cove
1 cables wide entered through a gap in the drying coastal
reef which extends N and S of the cove.
Function. A developing port with berths for commercial
and fishing vessels.
from Golfo San Jorge through the gap in the reefs on a
leading line (see 12.130).
Traffic. In 2003 the port was used by 1 vessel of
69 615 dwt.
Port Authority. Caleta Paula Harbour Master, Santa
Cruz Port Executive Unit, Ex Ruta Nacional No 3, Caleta
Paula.
12.128
Port Radio. See Caleta Olivia (12.121) and Admiralty
Outer anchorage, not charted, for vessels awaiting a
berth, is bounded by positions:
46282S, 67271W,
46282S, 67258W,
46295S, 67246W,
46295S, 67261W.
12.131
The N pier is 483 m in length providing 4 berths, with a
dredged depth alongside of 92 m.
Port services
1
Arrival information
1

12.130
From a position on the coastal track, E of Caleta Olivia,
the pilot boarding area, Zone C (12.128), can be
approached directly.
Harbour leading lights:
Front light (4628S, 6730W) (yellow triangle on
light grey concrete column, black and red bands,
6 m in height);
Rear light (160 m WSW) (similar structure, 11 m in
height).
From the N part of Zone C the alignment (247) of the
above leading lights leads into the harbour, passing (with
positions from the front light):
SSE of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 m ENE),
thence:
Between the drying reefs (7 cable ENE and E),
thence;
Between the breakwater heads (4 cables ENE) marked
by lights (lateral, metal tubes, 1 m in height).
Useful marks:
Caleta Olivia lighthouse (disused) (12.108).
Berths
Limiting conditions
12.127
Maximum dimensions. The port is designed for vessels
up to 140 m LOA and draught 90 m. It is reported that the
maintained depth of the entrance channel is 75 m.
Mean tidal levels. As for Comodoro Rivadavia
(12.109); see also Chart 3106.
12.129
Layout. A rectangular basin 455 m long, 250 m wide;
the entrance, 80 m wide is between 2 breakwaters. A quay
is located on the N side.
Hazards. See 12.122.
Landmark. Cerros Tres Picos (4622S, 6742W)
(12.107).
Directions
12.125
Facilities: hospitals.
General information
Restricted areas.
Zone C, in which the pilot boarding position is located,
is bounded by positions:
462820S, 672485W,
462820S, 672685W,
462740S, 672685W,
462700S, 672585W,
462700S, 672485W,
Zone E, not charted, for cargo transfer operations, is
bounded by positions:
462950S, 672615W,
462950S, 672465W,
463000S, 672421W,
463000S, 672572W,
Pilotage is compulsory, the pilot boarding in Zone C
12.132
Repairs can be undertaken, and there is a slip 15 m
wide.
Supplies: fuel; fresh water; provisions.
378
Chart 3106 (see 1.14)

12.133
Local knowledge. Due to the scale of the chart, and
limited navigational information, local knowledge is
necessary when approaching and navigating within the
locations described in paragraphs 12.134 to 12.136.
Home
Contents
Index
CHAPTER 12
Rada Tilly
1
12.134
Description. Rada Tilly is entered N of Punta Marques
(4558S, 6732W) (12.108) and is sheltered from W
winds,which blow with great violence, but is exposed to
winds from N through E to S. The ground swell is not
severe.
Anchorage may be obtained 7 cables N of Punta
Marques, in depths of 91 to 128 m (30 to 42 ft), fine sand
good holding ground. A foul area, shown on the chart, has
been reported about 1 miles N of the point.
Fondeadero Mazarredo
1
Caleta del Fondo

1
which resembles a fortress and has a sheer cliff on its N

side.
Anchorage can be obtained 1 mile SE of the N entrance
point in a depth of 146 m (48 ft), sand, but it is exposed to
winds from N through E to S. A foul area, shown on the
chart, has been reported about 1 mile E of the point.
12.135
Description. Caleta del Fondo (4604S, 6736W) is an
indentation in the coast about 2 miles in extent. The N
entrance point rises steeply and there are some caves in it;
Pan de Azcar, rising 1 miles SSW of this point, is a hill
379
12.136
Description. Fondeadero Mazarredo (4702S, 6643W)
(12.108) is an anchorage which is open to the N and E and
not recommended as an landing.
Anchorage can be found 1 miles NE of the disused
light-structure in a depth of about 183 m (60 ft), stones
with a few sandy patches. The holding ground is better
farther E; small vessels can anchor 4 cables offshore about
1 miles E of the light-structure in a depth of about 8 m
(27 ft), sand and stones.
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
NAMES WITHOUT A PARAGRAPH NUMBER ARE FOR GAZETTEER PURPOSES ONLY

18 de Julio, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44
Abaetetuba, town (143S, 4853W)
Abrao, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.191
Abrao, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.189
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.189
Abrao, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.191
Abreu de Dentro, Laje do
(2615S, 4839W)
Abreu de Fora Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.140
Abreu do Meio, Laje do
(2615S, 4839W)
Abrolhos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
Abreu do Una, village . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Abrolhos, Arquiplago dos . . . . . . . . . 6.94
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.83
Abrolhos, Canal dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.102
Abrolhos, Parcel dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.118
Acai, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
Aaitubu, Rio (026N, 5026W)
Acantilado Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30
Acara, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.134
Acara, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.137
Acara, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.137
Acau, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Acertada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.56
Acevado, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.164
Au da Torre, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.186
Au Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Au, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.227
Adolfo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Afogados, Banco dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Afonso, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.150
Ag, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.209
Aga, Canal do (000 4913W)
Agua, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.234
gua, Ilha d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Aguada, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.160
guas Lindas, Saco das . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156
guas Seguras Lightbuoy . . . . . . . . 3.133
Aguda, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.161
Aguilon del Norte, Islote
(4459S, 6534W)
Aguilon del Sud, Islote
(4500S, 6534W)
Aguipe, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
Agulha, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.139
Agulha Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.222
Ajo, Mar del (3644S, 5641W)
Aj, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.179
Ajuda Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76
Alagada, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.207
Alagada, Pedras (2530S, 4818W)
Alagamar, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.232
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.232
Alagamar, Pontal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.228
Alambique, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.289
Albardo, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.309
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Albatros, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.59
Alcntara Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78
Alcntara, town (224S, 4425W)
Alcatrazes, Arquipelago de . . . . . . . . . 8.12
Alcatrazes, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19
Alcatrazes Light, Ilha do Porto . . . . . . 8.17
Alcobaa, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.104
Alcobaa, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.104
Alcobaa Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.83
Alcobaa, Pedra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.104
Alecrim, Naval Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
Jetty Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.26
Alegre, Porto; see Porto Alegre . . . . . 8.278
Alfavaca, Ilha da (2302S, 4318W)

Alfredo Chaves, Cidade de . . . . . . . . 6.213
Algodo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226
Algodoal, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Ali, Restinga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.109
Almada, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
Almas, Banco das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.56
Almas, Pontal das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.135
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
Almeida, Barra do (2003S, 4010W)
Almeida, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Almeirim, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.227
Almeirim, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Almirante Brown Light . . . . . . . . . . 11.158
Almirante Saldanha Seamount . . . . . . . 2.25
Almirante Soares Dutra
Oil Terminal, Tramanda . . . . . . . . . 8.221
Almiron, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.98
Almirn Chico, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.109
Almirn Grande, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . 10.109
Almofada, Povoaco de . . . . . . . . . . . 4.164
Alt, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22
Alta, Coroa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
Alto Amazonas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.279
Alto da Bandeira, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16
Alta de Paranoica, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . 7.179
Alta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.117
Alto, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Alumar, Terminal da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92
Alvadio, Pedra do (504S, 3611W)
Alvarenga, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141
Alvear, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.124
Alvear: Ro Paran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.175
Amador, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.231
Amador, Paran do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.231
Amap, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Amap Grande, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Amarilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80
Amatari, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Amatari, Ponta (318S, 5852W)
Amazonas No 1 Lightfloat . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Amazonas, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36
Alto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.279
Delta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36
Pilotage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.41
Amazonia, Vila (237S, 5640W)
Ambrosetti, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30
Amendoim, Ilha do (2713S, 4828W)
Amores, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.141
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.136
Amorim, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Ananaz, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89
Anchieta, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Ancla Terminal;
see Punta Ancla Terminal . . . . . . . . 11.89
ncora, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Andorinha, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Andorinhas, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.209
Andorinhas, Recifes das . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Andrade, Ponta do (118S, 4525W)
Andreza, Ponta da, Light . . . . . . . . . . 4.124
Anegada, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.123
Anis, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.244
Anel, Ponta de (255S, 4126W)
Angostura, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Angra dos Reis, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . 7.201
Angulha, Ilhote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Anhatomirim, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.177
Anil, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.61
Animas Cerro de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65
Animas Paracas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.175
380
Animas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68

Anita, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.240
Anjo da Guarda, town
(234S, 4420W)
Anjos, Enseada dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.238
Anouvieirapucu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Anselmo, Pedras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.271
Antonina, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.113
Antunes, Pontal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Apa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.219
Apago-Fogo, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Ape, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25
Apezinho, Ponta (112S, 4534W)
Apip, Rpidos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.207
Apurimac, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.294
Ara, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.247
Ara, Rio (655S, 3452W)
Araagi Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.54
Aracaju, Pedras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.193
Aracaju, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.168
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.159
Aracati, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.200
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.195
Aracati-Acu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Aracati-Mirim, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.164
Araatiba, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222
Araatuba, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Araguaia, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181
Araguari, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
Araioses, town (253S, 4154W)
Arambar, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.293
Arambipe, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Aranahas, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Aranguera, Recifes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Arapiranga, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.183
Arapiri, Bca do (204S, 5505W)
Arapiri, Ilha do (204S, 5500W)
Araquar, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.158
Ararangu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.218
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Ararapira, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74
Ararapira, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74
Araras, Ilha das: Ro Par . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180
Araras, Ilhas das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.187
Arari, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.234
Arari, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.143
Arari, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.174
Araripe Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.72
Araripe, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.73
Araripe, Recifes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.73
Araruama, Lagoa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.231
Araruna, Rio (039S, 4808W)
Araticu, Rio (157S, 4951W)
Aratu, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.240
Aratu, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.251
Araujo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.221
Arazati, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Arcas, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.234
Arce, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.68
Arco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.26
Areia, Bancos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Areia Branca, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.203
Areia, Ponta da: Todos os Santos . . . . 5.238
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.239
Areia Preta, Ponta da
(547S, 3511W)
Areia, Punta da: So Lus . . . . . . . . . . . 4.61
Areia, Recifes da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Areio, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Areio, Ponta do (040S, 4706W)
Arenal Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Arenal Grande, Fundeador del . . . . . . 10.79

Argerich, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.163
Argolas, Pedras das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.164
Ariadna, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.120
Aribi, Saco do (2019S, 4019W)
Arir, Enseadado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.217
Aristizbal, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Aristizbal, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Armao, Laje da (2744S, 4830W)
Armao, Morro da (2253S, 4308W)
Armao, Ponta da (2253S, 4308W)
Armao, Ponta da (2723S, 4832W)
Aroeira, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187
Arpoador, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.137
Arpoador, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119
Arpoar, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.240
Arquimedes, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.57
Arquipelago Jurupari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Arraial do Cabo, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . 6.238
Arreiro, Piedra del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.229
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.229
Arroio Chu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.309
Arrombado, Rio (505S, 3635W)
Arroyo, Monte del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
Arroyo Verde, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . 11.163
Arrozal, Furo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Arrozal, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64
Artilleros, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.227
Aruans, Furo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Aruans, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Arvoredo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.159
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.157
Arvoredos, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.21
Asuncion, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.64
Asuncin, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.234
Atafona Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.210
Atafona, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214
Atalaia, Ilha da (1539S, 3856W)
Atalaia, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.236
Atalaia, Ponta da (252S, 4139W) . 4.142
Atalaia, Ponta da: Salinpolis . . . . . . . 3.34
Atalaya, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.175
Atlntida, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65
Atlas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Atrevida, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.52
Atu, Rio (131S, 4927W)
Atu Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Atucha, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.152
Autaz, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Autaz, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Avanzado, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30
Azeda, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.246
Azul, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.195
Azul, Riacho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.124
Bacanga, Ponta (103S, 4559W)
Bacanga, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.61
Bacopari, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.34
Bacu, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Badejo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Badejo, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Bagre, Coroa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.109
Bagres, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
Bahia Blanca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.65
Bahia Blanca, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Baa do Esprito Santo . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.147
Bailique, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Bailique, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Bailique, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Baixa Grande, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.113
Baixinha Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.16
Bajada Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.183
Bajo de los Huesos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Bajos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171
Balaio, Rio (215S, 5616W)
Baleia, Pedra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.163
Baleia, Pedras da (2531S, 4818W)

Baleia, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Ballena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.76
Ballena, Sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68
Bananal, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.224
Bananal, Saco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.224
Banco Chico, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.163
Banquitos, Bancos los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.81
Baradero, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.137
Baro, Banco do (005S, 4922W)
Baro de Tef, Porto; see Antonina . . 8.113
Barata, Ihla do (006S, 4922W)
Barata, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Barbra Negra, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Barca Grande, Pozos del . . . . . . . . . . 10.51
Barca Grande, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.140
Barcelos, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252
Barcelos, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.34
Barnab, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
Barra, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Barra, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.252
Barra da Penha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227
Barra do Riacho, Terminal de . . . . . . 6.139
Barra Grande, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Barra, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.165
Barra, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
Barra, Morro da: Laguna . . . . . . . . . . 8.200
Barra, Morro da: Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.45
Barra Norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.46
Barra, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Barra, Pontal da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Barra Seca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.124
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.129
Barra, Vila da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.228
Barrairas, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Barranca, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.282
Barranqueras, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.202
Barranqueras, Riacho . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.202
Barreira, Laje da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.108
Barreiras, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Jetty, Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.166
Barreirinhas, town (244S, 4250W)
Barreiro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157
Barreiro, Rio (014N, 5045W)
Barreta, Recife da (941S, 3542W)
Barreta, Rio (045S 4808W)
Barriles, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.227
Barrizal, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.77
Barroso, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.108
Bassin, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Batalha, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
Batista das Neves, Enseada . . . . . . . . 7.214
Ba, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.157
Bauz, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.107
Bauz, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.108
Bbedos, Laje dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
Bebedouro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Beberibe, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.93
Beiju-Au, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.234
Belm, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.144
Belm, Pedras de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.271
Beln, Promontorio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.141
Belgrano, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Signal station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.76
Bella Union, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.124
Bella Vista, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.200
Belmonte, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.56
Belmonte, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Belmonte, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Bem-te-ve, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62
Benevente, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Benevente, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Bengo, Pedras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.90
Benjamin Constant, Cidade de . . . . . . 3.288
Benta, Ilha (317S, 5839W)
381
Berisso, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.182

Bermeja, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Bermejo, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.80
Bermejo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.66
Bermejo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
Bermejo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.220
Bernardo, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.227
Berta, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217
Berta Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Bertioga, Canal da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.53
Betbeder, Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Bexiga, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.221
Biancas, Piedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.120
Bica, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Bicheira, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.233
Bicho, Ponta do (2530S, 4819W)
Biendo, Punta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Bigu, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.90
Bispo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.126
Bitava, Laje da (2615S, 4839W)
Bittencourt, Vila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.284
Bizcochero, Islote del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.122
Blanca, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.65
Blanca, Barranca (White cliffs)
(4211S, 6453W)
Blanca, Isla (4503S, 6558W)
Blanca, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.175
Blancas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.59
Boa Viagem, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Boa Vista, Ilha (156S, 4430W)
Boa Vista, Morro (2253S, 4306W)
Boa Vista, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
Boa Vista, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.253
Boca da Barra, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Bcas, Baa das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.196
Bode, Ilha do: Brao Sul . . . . . . . . . . 3.104
Bode, Ilha do: Canal do Vieira . . . . . . 3.110
Boi, Ilha do (310S, 5811W)
Boi, Ilha do: Vitoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Boi, Ponta do: I de So Sebastio . . . 7.235
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.233
Boi, Ponta do: Sepetiba . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156
Boipeba, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Boiuu, Estreito de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.196
Boiuu Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180
Boiuucanga, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27
Bojuru, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Bom Abrigo, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.65
Bom Jardin, Pedras do . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.271
Bom Jesus, Ilha do
(1246S, 3839W)
Bom Jesus, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.289
Bom Jesus, Rio (252S, 4140W)
Bombas, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.159
Bonita, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.158
Boqueiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.236
Boqueiro, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.187
Boqueiro, Canal do
(232S, 4422W)
Borja, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.109
Bouvier, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.232
Brabos, Ilha dos (136S, 4927W)
Brao Norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.46
Bracu, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.217
Bragana, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.28
Bragana, Coroa do (036S, 4757W)
Bragana, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Branca, Barreira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
Branca, Ilha (2100S, 4047W) . . . . 6.212
Branca, Ilha: Cabo Bzios . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Branca, Laje (2256S, 4351W) . . . 7.156
Branca, Laje (2308S, 4421W) . . . 7.186
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
Branco, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.63
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.34
Branco, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.195
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.193
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Branco, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.253

Brava, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.69
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.66
Bravo, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Breu, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Breves, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.204
Breves, Estreito de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.196
Brightman, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.122
Brigituba, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Brigue, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Brilhante, Parcel do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19
Brito, Barra do (213S, 4424W)
Britos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.77
Brugo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.192
Buceo, Puerto del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.91
Buen Viaje, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.69
Buena Vista, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29
Buenos Aires, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.29
Buenos Aires, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . 9.255
Canal Acceso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.253
Canal Norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.277
Canal Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.276
Buenos Aires, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.158
Bump, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Buque, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.76
Buranhm, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76
Burrinho, Ponta do (310S, 5924W)
Burro, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.82
Burros, Punta de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.90
Bustamante, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89
Bzios, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Bzios, Enseadas de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Bzios, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Bzios, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Cabadalla, Paso de la . . . . . . . . . . . 10.111
Caballos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.77
Cabea de Negro Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5.296
Cabeo do Meio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Cabeo do Norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Cabeo do Sul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Cabeo, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Cabeudas, Enseada das
(2656S, 4838W)
Cabeudas Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.157
Cabeudas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.159
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.157
Cabedelo, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.51
Cabedelo, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.44
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
Cabelo da Velha, Baia do . . . . . . . . . . . 4.46
Cabezon, Banco del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21
Cabo, Banco del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Cabo Frio, Barra Nova de . . . . . . . . . 6.231
Cabo Frio, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.231
Cabo Frio, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.234
Cabo San Antonio Light . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51
Caboclas, Recifes das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Caboto, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.239
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.239
Cabrlia, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.75
Cabras, Ilha das (2257S, 4352W) . 7.156
Cabras, Ilha das (2331S, 4502W)
Cabras, Ilha das (2350S, 4524W) . 7.247
Cabras, Ilha das (2401S, 4613W) . . 8.21
Cabrito, Laje do: Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.154
Cacao, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Caco Grande, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Cacau Pereira, Pedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.271
Cacha-Prego, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.292
Cachoeira, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.295
Cachoeira, Rio: Ilhus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35
Cachoeira, Rio: S. Francisco do Sul . . 8.143
Cachoeiri, Rio (154S, 5600W)
Cachorros, Rio dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92
Cacimbas, Povoaco de . . . . . . . . . . . 4.137
Caoeira, Recife da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Cacoes, Canal dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65

Caconho, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.244
Cacurucaia, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.209
Cadeia, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.284
Caet, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.28
Caet Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25
Caet, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.28
Caets, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Caffereta, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.164
Cagarras, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.41
Cai, Barreira do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89
Caieira, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.185
Caieira, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.126
Caieira, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.130
Caiob, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.127
Cairu, Ilha de (1332S, 3902W)
Cairuu, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Cairuu, Pico do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.176
Caits, Recifes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Caiuaua, Barra de (217S, 4423W)
Caium, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Caixa dAco, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161
Cajaba, Ilha (1238S, 3842W)
Cajaba, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.219
Cajari, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Cajari, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Caju, Barra do (241S, 4202W)
Caju, Ilha: Amazonas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Caju, Ilha do (243S, 4206W)
Caju, Ilha do: Niteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93
Cajuais, Banco dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Cajuais, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.193
Cajual, Banco do (227S, 4426W)
Cajubim, town (039S, 4743W)
Cajueiro, Pontal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.125
Cajutuba, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Cajutuba, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Cajutuba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Calabouco, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Caladas, Banco das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.86
Calafate, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Calcanhar, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.222
Caloene, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.26
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Cales de Fora, Recifes . . . . . . . . . . . 6.86
Caldeiro, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Caldeiro, Ilhas do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.233
Caleta Cordova, see Cordova, Caleta . 12.93
Caleta Olivares, see Olivares, Caleta . 12.97
Caleta Paula, see Paula, Caleta . . . . 12.126
California, Recife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.118
Cales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.262
Calombo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.207
Calombo, Parcel da Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . 7.207
Camaari Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.184
Camacho, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Camaleo, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.100
Camaleo, Ilha do (313S, 5907W)
Camalotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.220
Camamu, Ilha Grande de . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26
Camamu, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26
Camamu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26
Camaqu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.258
Camar, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Camar, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Camar, Serra do (341S, 3846W)
Camaragibe, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Camaragibe, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Camaratuba, Barreiras de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.42
Camarauaa, Ponta do
(052S, 4625W)
Camarones, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.59
Camarones Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.59
Cambori, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.160
Cambori, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.160
382
Cambori, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.160

Cambori, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.160
Cambri, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Cambu, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.140
Cambu, Ponta (312N, 5102W)
Cambuci, Serra do (2252S, 4250W)
Cambueiros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
Camburi, Parcel do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Camburi, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Camburi, town (2016S, 4016W)
Cameta, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181
Camocim, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.148
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.150
Camorim, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.227
Campana, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.146
Campeche, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Campeche, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Campinas das Capivaras
(226S, 5430W)
Campinho, Ilha do (1355S, 3859W)
Campo Bom, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216
Camuruji, Morros de
(1617S, 3913W)
Canal, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.114
Canana, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.70
Canana, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73
Canana, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72
Canania, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.70
Canania, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73
Canania, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72
Canrias, Barra das (242S, 4148W)
Canrias, Ilha das (245S, 4155W)
Canrias, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.112
Canrias, Rio das (244S, 4149W)
Canarios, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.77
Canas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.241
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.246
Canatuc, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Canauatiua, Ponta (134S, 4441W)
Canavieiras, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58
Canavieiras, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58
Cancela, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Candira, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Canelatiua, Barra de (211S, 4426W)
Cangrejos, Islote (4504S, 6554W)
Canhanhas, Pedras das . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.110
Caniveta Radio Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55
Canoa, Capo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Cano, Ponta (659S, 3452W)
Canopus, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102
Cantor, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171
Canutama, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.283
Capao, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.187
Capo da Marca Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Capo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.187
Capela, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217
Capela, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.234
Capela Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.234
Capeta, Baixia de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.275
Capibaribe, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.93
Capim, Baa do (132S, 4451W)
Capim, Ilha do (133S, 4852W) . . . 3.177
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Capim, Ilha do (253S, 4141W)
Capim, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6
Capinal, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Capitn Curbello Aero Light . . . . . . . . 9.66
Capitn Rodrguez Light . . . . . . . . . . 12.24
Capito, Serra do (1426S, 3906W)
Capivara, Ponta da (020S, 4823W)
Caponga, town (403S, 3812W)
Capuba, Lagoa de (2007S, 4011W)
Capuba, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Caquet, Ilha do (223S, 5441W)
Car, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Car-Au, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Car-Car, Rio (110S, 4836W)
Caracas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.18
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Caraguat, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Caraguatatuba, Enseada de . . . . . . . . 7.240
Carava, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88
Caramentana, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6
Carapana, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.233
Carapebus, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.133
Carauar, Ponta do (209S, 5453W)
Caravelas Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
Caravelas, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105
Caravelas, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105
Carbon, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Cardos, Ilha dos (2020S, 4016W)
Cardos, Ilha dos (2749S, 4835W)
Cardoso, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Cardoso, Picos do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Careiro, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Careiro, Paran do (314S, 5943W)
Carezon, Banco del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21
Caridade, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.103
Cariris-Velhos, Serra dos . . . . . . . . . . 4.204
Carlos Ameghino, Istmo . . . . . . . . . 11.166
Carmelo, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.67
Carmen de Patagones, Puerto . . . . . . 11.126
Carmo, Ponta do (051S 4814W)
Carmopolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.191
Carnapij, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.184
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Carnapij, Pedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.177
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Carne de Vaca, village
(735S, 3450W)
Carolina, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Carolina, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Carpinteiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.183
Carpinteiro, Parcel do . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.252
Carrapato, Ponta do (240S, 4213W)
Carrasco Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.66
Carbas, town (527S, 3518W)
Carvalho, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.36
Casamayor, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.108
Cascalheira Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Cascalho, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.109
Cascavel, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.195
Casilla, Paso de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.68
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.68
Casiquiare, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252
Cassipor, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
Cassipor, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Cassumba, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105
Castelhanos, Pico (2250S, 4229W)
Castelhanos, Ponta de
(1340S, 3854W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Castelhanos, Ponta de
(2310S, 4406W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.123
Castelhanos, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Castelo, Forte de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Castilho, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Castillo, Bahia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41
Castillo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29
Castillos, Laguna de
(3419S, 5354W)
Castillos, Punta (4503S, 6556W)
Castro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Catalo, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.193
Catalo, Ponta do (2813S, 4839W)
Catalo, Ponta do (310S, 5955W)
Catarro, Ponta (310S, 5828W)
Catau, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.222
Catauma, Barra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.74
Catauma, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Catimbau, Serra do
(2248S, 4233W)
Catoeiro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.108
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.108
Cattaneo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.158
Catu, Rio (617S, 3502W)
Cauabury, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252

Cavalinho, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.178
Cavalo, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Cavalo, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128
Cavalos, Banco dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Cavalos, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Cavalos, Rio dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.237
Caviana de Dentro, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Caviana de Fora, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.103
Cear, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.44
Ceara-Mirim, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
CEBIG Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.189
Cecilia, Ponta da (226S, 5425W)
Cedro, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Cedro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Cerca, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.63
Cerro, Villa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.93
Cerveja, Pedra da (035S, 4726W)
Cu, Saco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.192
Cu, Ponta do: Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57
Cevallos, Isla (4510S, 6622W)
Chafalote, Cerros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29
Chagas, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Chaparro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Chapu do Sol, Coroa do . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Chapu, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Chapu Virado, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13
Admiralty charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13
Chart datums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16
Datums for elevations . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17
Foreign charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14
Horizontal datums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.18
Chasuto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.296
Chata, Isla (4503S, 6558W)
Chata, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.211
Chata, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.126
Chato, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.45
Chaval, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.135
Chaves, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Chaves, town (010S, 4959W)
Chenque, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.114
Cherne, Saco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.233
Chica, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.78
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.78
Chico, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.162
Chileno, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.74
China, Brazo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78
Chor, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.197
Chubut, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.36
Chu Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Chun, Baa do (055S, 4621W)
Cibama, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
Cidade, Banco da: Amazonas . . . . . . 3.233
Cidade, Banco da: Belm . . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Cidade Conde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Cidade de Propri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.166
Cidade, Furo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.110
Cidade Neopolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.166
Cidade, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.207
Cidade Universitria, Ilha da . . . . . . . . 7.19
Cidreira Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Ciganas, Ilha das (234S, 5644W)
Ciganos, Banco dos (2531S, 4819W)
Cigea Terminal;
see Punta Cigea Terminal . . . . . . . 11.89
Cimiterio, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Cinzas, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Cinzas, Pedra das (2712S, 4826W)
Cip, Rio (1539S, 3857W)
Clara, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Clarizza, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.52
Claromec Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.62
Clemente, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Clorinda, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.233
Coari, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.281
Cobras, Ilha das: Paranagu . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
383
Cobras, Ilha das (2659S, 4847W) . 8.160

Cobras, Ilha das: Rio de Janeiro . . . . . . 7.67
Cobras, Ilha das: Vitria
(2019S, 4018W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coca, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.290
Cocal, Ponta do (057S 4818W)
Cocal, Porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.194
Cocal, town (236N, 5051W)
Cocalzinho, Ilha (148S, 4836W)
Coco, Baixo dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Coco, Cabea de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.98
Cocois, Pedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.113
Codajos, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.281
Coisa M, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.114
Colares, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Colatina, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.137
Colheres, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Colina de los Riachos, Islotes
(3956S, 6210W)
Coln, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.119
Colonia, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.240
Colonia, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.234
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.242
Colorado, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.107
Colorada, Punta: Light . . . . . . . . . . . 11.133
Colorado, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.124
Columbia Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Comanda, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Comandatuba, Morros de . . . . . . . . . . . 6.55
Comandatuba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.56
Comodoro Rivadavia, Puerto . . . . . . 12.109
Comodoro Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.116
Muralln Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.116
Comprida, Ilha
(23050S, 44145W) . . . . . . . . . . 7.187
Comprida, Ilha (2324S, 4451W) . . 7.235
Comprida, Ilha (2441S, 4726W) . . . 8.68
Comprida, Ilha: Cabo Frio
(2252S, 4156W)
Comprida, Ilha: Guanabara . . . . . . . . 7.113
Comprido, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Conceio, Parcel da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Conceio, Urca da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Conceio da Barra, Cidade de . . . . . 6.136
Conceio, Ilha da (2252S, 4307W)
Conceio, Ilha da (350S, 3225W) . 2.19
Conceio, Ilha: Amazonas . . . . . . . . 3.109
Conceio, Ilha: Rio Par
(148S, 4936W)
Conceio, Laje da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.65
Conceio Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Conceio, Monte da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.202
Conceio, Rio (506S, 3636W)
Conceicaozinha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.55
Concepcin del Uruguay, Puerto del . 10.97
Concepcin, Puerto: Argentina . . . . . 12.58
Concepcin, Puerto: Paraguay . . . . . 10.235
Conchas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.65
Conchas, Rio das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.237
Conchillas, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.32
Conchillas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25
Concordia, Puerto; Ro Rosario . . . . . 9.227
Concordia, Puerto; Ro Uruguay . . . 10.121
Conde, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Condeixa, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Congress, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Conscriptos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30
Conselho, Ponta do
(1301S, 3829W)
Constitucin, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.124
Contas, Ilhota de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.18
Contas, Rio das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25
Conventos, Morro dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.214
Copacabana, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
COPAM Oil Refinery: Manaus . . . . . 3.274

Copello, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Coqueiro, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.217
Coqueiro Grande, Ponta do
(1244S, 3833W)
Coqueiros, Estreito dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92
Coqueiros, Ponta dos: Ro Goiana . . . . 5.67
Coquimbo, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.91
Coral do Meio, Banco (219S, 4407W)
Coral do Norte, Banco (217S, 4407W)
Coral do Sul, Banco (221S, 4406W)
Coral, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.187
Coral, Parcel da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.187
Coralito, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.111
Corcavado, Pico do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.232
Corcovado, Pico de: Ro de Janeiro . . . 7.38
Cordova, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.93
Cordova, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.52
Corea, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.149
Cormoranes, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.20
Cor-Cor, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.233
Coroa Alta, Recife de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.73
Coroa Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.108
Coroa Grande Light, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . 3.137
Coroa Grande, Saco da . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.160
Coroa Vermelha, Baixinho da . . . . . . . 6.75
Coroa Vermelha, Enseada da . . . . . . . . 6.75
Coroa Vermelha, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . 6.73
Coroat, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.125
Coroazinha, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Coroinha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Coronda, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Coronel, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
Coronel, Restinga (4551S, 6727W)
Coronilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Correio, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Corrientes, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
Corrientes, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.203
Corrientes, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.196
Corumb, Prto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.239
Corumba, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Coruripe, Pontal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.161
Corvo, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.21
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.20
Costanero, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.47
Costinha, Ilha do (504S, 3645W)
Cotegipe, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.240
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.239
Cotegipe, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.240
Cotejuba, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.183
Cotejuba, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.177
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Cotia, Urca da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Cotinga, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.89
Cotinga, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.89
Cotopaxi, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.290
Cotovelo, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.39
Cotovelo, Barreiras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Cotovlo, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.67
Cotunduba, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.57
Argentina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.84
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.84
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.87
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.86
Industry and trade . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.91
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.89
Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.85
Physical features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.90
Population . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.88
Brazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.57
Flora and fauna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.66
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.57
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.60
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.59

Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.63
Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.58
Population . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.62
Paraguay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.77
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.77
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.79
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.78
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.81
Population . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.80
Uruguay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.69
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.69
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.72
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.71
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.74
Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.70
Population . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.73
Couves, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Cracker, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24
Leading Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24
Cracker, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30
Crasto, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.189
Criminosa, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Criminosa, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Crista de Galo, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
Cristvo Pereira, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Cristvo, Ponta do (455S, 3658W)
Cruz, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.52
Cruz, Laje da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Cruz, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.172
Cruz, Pedra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162
Cruz, Ponta da (2245S, 4154W) . . 6.229
Cruz, Ponta da (2324S, 4451W) . . 7.235
Cruz, Ponta da: Paranagu . . . . . . . . . . 8.89
Cruz, Ponta da So Francisco do Sul . 8.139
Cuatreros, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.108
Cuatro Bocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.198
Cubato, Mar de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.70
Cubato, Serro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.24
Cuari, Ilhas do (206S, 5425W)
Cuari, Ponta do (154S, 5331W)
Cuchillo, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.81
Cufr, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.230
Cum, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.47
Cumberland, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.69
Cumuraxatiba, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90
Cumuruxatiba, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.82
Cunani, Monte do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
Cunani, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.25
Cunhau, Outeiro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.41
Cunhau, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.41
Cupe, Coqueiral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Cupe, Pontal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Cura Light: Ilha de Cajutuba . . . . . 3.100
Curai, Lago Grande de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.231
Currais, Ilhas dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Curral, Coroa do: Rio Caravelas . . . . 6.106
Curral Grande, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.132
Curralinho, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195
Curu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.167
Curu, Canal Grande do . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Curu, Ilha do (050N, 5010W) . . . . 3.56
Curu, Ilha do: Ro Amazonas . . . . . . 3.222
Curu, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Curua, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.123
Curu, Ilha de (034S, 4748W)
Curu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Dangers and hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
Coastal conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
Ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.127
Navigation amongst coral . . . . . . . . . 1.3
384
Navigation amongst kelp . . . . . . . . . . 1.4

Daniel, Povoaco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.26
Darlan, Banco (219S, 4410W)
Davis, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24
Dedo de Deus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Delfin, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Delgada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.170
Delmiro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.289
Dentro, Canal de (012S, 4838W)
Dentro, Obus de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.108
Derivacion, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.180
Desejado, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.32
Deserta, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.159
Desertas, Banco das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Desertores, Banco dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Diablo, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Diamante, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.182
Diamate, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21
Diario, Laguna del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.74
Dietado, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.220
Difuntos, Cerros de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29
Direccion, Cerro: San Antonio . . . . . 11.132
Direccion, Cerro: Ro Negro . . . . . . 11.126
Distress and rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.50
Doce, Rio (1523S, 3859W)
Doce, Rio (757S, 3450W)
Doce, Rio: Espritu Santo . . . . . . . . . . 6.137
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.129
Dogaressa, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Dois Abraos, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15
Dois Irmos, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.71
Dois Irmos, Ponta dos
(2259S, 4314W)
Dois Rios, Saco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.178
Dom Rodrigo, Rocha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Domingos, Morro So . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.220
Dona Helena, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.294
Dona Maria, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Donna Mariana, Coroa de . . . . . . . . . 8.253
Dorado o Garibaldi, Punta . . . . . . . . . 10.63
Dos Bahas, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Dos Bahas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Dos Balas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.73
Drina Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
claireur, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
El Marciano Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.45
El Matn, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
El Monticulo, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.157
El Rincn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.59
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.62
Embora, Baa do (054S, 4624W)
Embudo, Canal del (3857S, 6209W)
Emerencia, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Emdio, Laje do (2615S, 4839W)
Emilio Mitre, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.45
Empedrado, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.201
Encantada, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Encanto, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Encerrado, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.144
Enchovas, Enseada das . . . . . . . . . . . 7.241
Enchovas, Laje das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Engano, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.34
Engenho, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.36
Enseada de Parati-Mirim . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Enseada do Prncipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.33
Enseada, Ponta da Francisco Sul . . . . 8.158
Enseada, Ponta da Baa da
Ilha Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.189
Enseada, Ponta da: Pedra do Corvo . . . 8.21
Enseada, Ponta da: Santa Catarina . . . 8.178
Ensenada, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.182
Entrada, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.198
Enxadas, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Enxadas, Laje das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.153
Enxugador, Ilha do (010S, 4852W)
Escalvada, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.185
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183
Escondida, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Escura, Lagoa (1000S, 3605W)
Espadarte, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Espadarte, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Esperana, Prto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Espia, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237
Espiges, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.18
Espinhao, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15
Espinho, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.108
Espinillo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Esprito Santo, Igarap do: Light . . . . . 3.54
Esprito Santo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Esquina, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.196
Estncia, Barra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
Estncia, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
Este, Bajo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.81
Este, Canal del: Costa Laberinto . . . 11.120
Este, Canal del: Ro Uruguay . . . . . . . 10.27
Este, Puerto de Punta del,
see Punta del Este, Puerto de . . . . . . . 9.80
Este, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.30
Este, Punta: Golfo Nuevo . . . . . . . . . . 12.30
Estreito Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Estrela, Enseada da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.192
Estrela, Serra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Eustquio Bastos, Ponta
(1448S, 3902W)
Eva, Furo da (309S, 5916W)
Eva, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Eva, Ilha da Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Exercise Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
Extrema, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.96
Ezcurra, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Ezquerra, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89
Fabrica Coln, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . 10.120
Fagundes, village (656S, 3452W)
Falkland, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44
Falsa, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.120
Falsas Hermanas, Picos . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Falso Po de Aucar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16
Falso Salamanca, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.81
Fango, Pozo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21
Faraday, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.222
Farallon, Paso del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
Faralln, Barra del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.224
Faralln, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.224
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.224
Faralln, Paso del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
Faro, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Farol, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Farol, Praia do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.234
Fato, Ponta do (2018S, 4017W)
Faustino, Ilha do (042S, 4706W)
Faustino, Ilha do: Ro Amazonas . . . . . 3.61
Faval, Ponta (145S, 4436W)
Fazendinha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Feia, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Feia, Lagoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.216
Feijo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.222
Feijo, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128
Feiticeira, Baixa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.42
Feiticeiras, Parcel das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Feitoria, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.259
Fernando de Noronha, Arquiplago de 2.13
Fernando de Noronha, Ilha de . . . . . . . 2.13
Ferradura, Saco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Ferradurinha, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Ferreiros, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.235
Ferro, Estancia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.173
Figueira, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Figueira, Laje da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Figueira, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.137
Filgueira, Ponta do (143S, 4443W)
Filomena Superior, Paso . . . . . . . . . . 10.78

Filotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.159
Fina, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.140
Fiscal, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Flamenco, Isla (4024S, 6211W)
Flamengo, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237
Flamengo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.39
Flechas, Bancos das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.95
Flechas, Ilha das (003N, 4909W)
Flores, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.91
Flores, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Flores, Ilha das (1354S, 3903W)
Flores, Ilha das: Ro Par . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180
Flores, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.69
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.66
Floresta Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.114
Floriano, Lago (145N, 5019W)
Florianpolis, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.176
Florido, Arrecife del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.56
Focinho do Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.235
Fogo, Baixo de Rio do . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.244
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.245
Fondeadero, Baha del . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.87
Fondo, Caleta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.135
Fonte Boa, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.281
Fontes, Ilha das (1241S, 3839W)
Fora, Baixio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.101
Fora, Cabeo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Fora de Itapema,
Ilha (2604S, 4836W)
Fora, Ilha de Fernando de Noronha . . . 2.19
Fora, Obus de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.108
Fora, Pedras de (513S, 3525W)
Fora, Recife de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.73
Fordlandia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.225
Forest King, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Formiga, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Formosa, Baa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.41
Formosa, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Formosa, Ponta (2019S, 4018W)
Formosa, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.228
Formosa, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Formosa, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.41
Forno, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.234
Fortaleza, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.169
Pinto Martins Airport Aero Light . 4.159
Fortaleza, Enseada da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237
Fortaleza, Igarap da (003S, 5108W)
Fortaleza, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.234
Fortaleza, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50
Forte da Barra, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.166
Forte, Pedras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Forte, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.255
Forte, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.225
Fortim, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Frade, Ilha do (1448S, 3903W)
Frade, Ilha do (352S, 3226W) . . . . . 2.18
Frade, Ilha do: B. Todos os Santos . . . 5.260
Frade, Ilha do: Vitoria . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Frade Leopardo, Morro do . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Frade, Pico do (2213S, 4204W)
Frade, Pico do Baa da Ilha Grande . . 7.122
Frade, Rio do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Frances, Ilha do: Santa Catarina . . . . . 8.177
Francs, Ilha do (1247S, 3853)
Francs, Ilha do (2056S, 4045W)
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.210
Francs, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15
Francs, Porto (946S, 3551W)
Franceses, Baha de los . . . . . . . . . . . 12.76
Franceses, Ilhas dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16
Francisca, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.207
Francisco Manoel, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . 8.284
Franco, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Franco, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.238
Fray Bentos, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90
385
Frazo, Ponta do (201S, 5555W)

Frecheira, Ponta (313S, 3915W)
Frecheiros, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.133
Friagem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.214
Frio, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.221
Frio, Ilha do Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.235
Fruta, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.185
Fuerte Argentino, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . 11.132
Fugitivo Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Fulgencio, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.42
Fumaa, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.164
Fundo, Rio (1449S, 3903W)
Fundo, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
Funil, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Funil, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Furado, Barra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Fuzil, Coroa do (037S 4803W)
Gaboto, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.169
Gabriel, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.233
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.221
Gaibu, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.117
Gaivotas, Canal das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Gaivotas, Coroa das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Lightbeacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Gaivotas, Ponta das (243S, 4222W)
Gal, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.159
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.159
Galeo Airport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
Galeo, Ponta do (2804S, 4837W) 8.187
Galeo, Ponta do: Ro de Janeiro . . . . . 7.19
Galfrascoli, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.85
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.85
Galharada, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138
Galheta, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Galheta, Canal da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Galheta, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Galheta, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Galhetas, Ilhas das (2018S, 4016W)
Galinhas, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Galinhos Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.233
Galos, Ponta de (028S 4827W)
Galvn, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Gama, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.125
Gambelo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.189
Gamboa, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Gamboa, Pedra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Gamboa, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.118
Gamela, Barra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Gamela, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128
Gamela, village(840S, 3505W)
Gameleira, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.244
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.245
Ganchos, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162
Ganchos, Laje dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Ganchos, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162
Ganchos, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162
Ganhoo, Ilha do (009S, 4911W)
Gansos, Lago dos (144N, 5015W)
Ganzo Azul Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.292
Gara Torta, Barreiras de . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Garas, Ilha das (2022S, 4020W) . 6.185
Garas, Ilha das: Ro Amazonas . . . . 3.234
Garcia dvila Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.184
Garcia, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Garga, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214
Garga, Saco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214
Garnet, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.240
Garrote, Ponta do (204N, 5036W)
Garzas, Banco de las
(4047S, 6452W)
Garzn, Laguna (3447S, 5433W)
Gavea, Cabo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Gvea, Pedra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Gaviota, Isla (4002S, 6208W)
Gaviota, Isla (4506S, 6557W)
Gaviota, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
General Artigas, Fortaleza . . . . . . . . . 9.114

General Artigas Bridge . . . . . . . . . . 10.109
General, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.143
General Lavalle, Pueblo . . . . . . . . . . . 9.179
General San Martin Bridge . . . . . . . . 10.78
Genipauba, Barra de (222S, 4422W)
Gerib, Praia do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Gil, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Gino, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.35
Gipia, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Gipia, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Globo, Barra del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.29
Glria, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.200
Goeland, Islotes (4505S, 6602W)
Goiana, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Goiana, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Goibal, Passo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Goicoechea, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.158
Goieba, Baixo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Gorda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Gordo, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.186
Gorriti, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.74
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.78
Gorro Frigio, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Governador, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
Goya, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.198
Graas, Arquiplago das . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Gragoat, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Gran Robredo, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Grande, Baixa: Porto de Natal
(544S, 3512W)
Grande, Baixa: Porto de Pedras . . . . . 5.139
Grande, Baixio: Itabapoana . . . . . . . . 6.162
Grande, Baixio: Vitria . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Grande, Baixo: Ponta do Ubu . . . . . . 6.212
Grande, Baixo: Salvador . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Grande, Coroa: Baa da Traio . . . . . . 5.42
Grande, Coroa: Rio Caravelas . . . . . . 6.106
Grande, Coroa: Ro Par . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.138
Grande de Baixo, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138
Grande de Cima, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Grande de Rapada, Paracel . . . . . . . . 7.235
Grande, Furo: Amazonas (004N, 5031W)
Grande, Furo: Os Estreitos . . . . . . . . . 3.198
Grande, Ilha (2309S, 4414W) . . . . 7.119
Grande, Ilha (257S, 4118W)
Grande, Ilha Baa de Todos os Santos
(1240S, 3843W)
Grande, Lago: Amazonas (216S, 5414W)
Grande, Morro (2233S, 4205W)
Grande, Morro: Paranagu . . . . . . . . . . 8.85
Grande, Morro: Vitria . . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Grande, Ponta (305N, 5101W)
Grande, Ponta: Porto Seguro . . . . . . . . 6.73
Granja, town (306S, 4050W)
Gravata, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Gravat, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.158
Gravat, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Gravat, Ponta do (2019S, 4018W)
Gravatai, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.281
Gravina, Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89
Grossa de Parati, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Grossa de Stio Forte, Ponta . . . . . . . . 7.186
Grossa, Ponta (2302S, 4409W)
Grossa, Ponta (300N, 5059W)
Grossa, Ponta: Santa Catarina . . . . . . 8.177
Grossa, Ponta:(2401S, 4620W)
Grota, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Gruta, Punta (3801S, 5732W)
Guaba, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.140
Terminal da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.140
Guaiba Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.282
Guaba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.258
Guaibinha, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.126
Guajar, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.161
Guajar, Ilha do (145S, 5258W)

Guajar, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.146
Guajatuba, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.89
Guajura, Ponta (158S, 4429W)
Gualeguaych, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.81
Gualeguaych, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.81
Guam, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.146
Guamar Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.233
Guanabara, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.18
Antena TV-Globo Light . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Antena TVS Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Guanaco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Guanacos, Punta (4502S, 6544W)
Guapor, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.251
Guar, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.90
Guar, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.54
Guarapari, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.186
Guarapari, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.187
Guarapes, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.105
Guarapina, Lagoa de
(2257S, 4244W)
Guarapir, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.89
Guars, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.139
Guaratiba, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Guaratibas, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.92
Guaratibas, Recifes de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Guaratuba, Baia de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.130
Guaratuba, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.130
Guara, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Guara, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.69
Guarazes, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.177
Guaribas, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Guaricema Ocean Terminal . . . . . . . . 5.192
Guarras, Lago (612S, 3507W)
Guarita, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.113
Guaxindiba Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.210
Guiana, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252
Guimares, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Gurijuba, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Gurup, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.113
Gurup, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117
Gurup, Ilha Grande de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Gurupatuba, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.222
Gurupi, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27
Gurupi, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.36
Gutierrez, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.52
Hellgat, Banco (4040S, 6208W)
Hercules, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171
Hermanas, Isla de las . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.158
Hermanos, Cerros dos . . . . . . . . . . . 11.141
Hermelo, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.59
Hermengildo, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.309
Hermengo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
Hermes, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
Hermitte, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.114
Hermoso, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.66
Homem Morto Ponta do
(1252S, 3845W)
Homens, Laje dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.207
Honda, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.210
Horno, Caleta (4502S, 6541W)
Hotspur, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24
Huallaga, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.296
Hunuco, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.299
Huevo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.84
Humait, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.224
Humberto de Campos, town
(235S, 4328W)
Iauara, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Ibarborde, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.107
Ibiapaba, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129
I, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.286
Icapara, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.70
386
Icapara Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.65

Icara, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.45
Icara, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.44
Icoaraci . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.165
Igaracu, Barra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.139
Igarau, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.138
Igarucu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
Igoronhou, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.126
Iguape, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Iguape, Cidade de; Mar Pequeno . . . . . 8.73
Iguape, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.196
Iguape, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Iguazu, Cataratas de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.215
Iguazu, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.215
Ilha, Barra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
Ilha da Convivncia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214
Ilha do Abrao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.189
Ilha Grande, Baa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.180
Ilha Guaba, Terminal da . . . . . . . . . . 7.140
Ilha Verde, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Ilhabela, Forte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.246
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.246
Ilhetas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Ilhu Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Ilhus, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.18
Ilheuzinho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
Ilhota, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161
Iman, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68
Imarui, Lagoa do (2822S, 4850W)
Imbassuaba, Barreiras de . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89
Imb, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.220
Imbetiba, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.226
Imbetiba, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.226
Imbituba, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.188
Imbituba, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.187
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Imbituba, Pedras de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.193
Imbituba, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.187
Imbituba, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.188
Imboassica, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.211
Incio Dias, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Inajs, Ilha do (039S, 4714W)
Inciarte, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.42
Indio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.175
Indios, Ilha dos (2018S, 4017W)
Inferno, Barreiras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Inferno, Igarape do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Inferno, Rio do (1334S, 3855W)
Infierno, Canal del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
Ingeniero White, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99
Ingeniero White, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Ingeniero White, Rada . . . . . . . . . . . 11.100
Ingls, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Ingls, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.90
Ingls, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.77
Inglesa, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75
Ingleses, Canal de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.77
Ingleses, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Inglesia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.23
Inhambupe, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Inoan, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14
Intermedio, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Intermedio, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.162
Inverie, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24
Ipanema Arrabentaesin,
Baixa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.187
Ipanema do Norte (2531S, 4818W)
Ipanema, Pedras (2531S, 4818W)
Ipemonga, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.142
Ipitanga (1253S, 3821W)
Ipojuca, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.118
Iquitos, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.302
Iriri, Praia (2248S, 4156W)
Iris, Pedra da (2712S, 4827W)
Irma do Meio, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Irm de Dentro, Ilha (233S, 4422W)
Irm de Fora, Ilha (232S, 4422W)
Irm de Fora, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Irm Pequena, Ilha (2750S, 4832W)

Irmas, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.35
Isabel Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.159
Isla Sola, Canal Sur de la . . . . . . . . . . 10.66
It-Ibat, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.211
Itabaiacus, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Itabapoana Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Itabapoana, Rio (2118S, 4058W)
Itacar, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25
Itacoatiara, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.254
Itacolomi, Banco (211S, 4422W)
Itacolomi, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.57
Itacolomi, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.49
Itacolomis, Canal dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89
Itacolomis, Recifes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Itacoloms, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Itacoloms, Pedras (2530S, 4817W)
Itacuatiba, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187
Itacuatiba, Laje da Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187
Itacupim, Ilha (105S, 4609W)
Itacurua, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157
Itacurua, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157
Itacurua, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Itaguari Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Itaipabo, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.289
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.288
Itaip, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Itaip, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
Itaipins, Recifes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
Itaipu, Ponta de: B. de Guanabara . . . . 7.16
Itaipu, Ponta de: P. de Santos . . . . . . . . 8.24
Itapu, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.45
Itaja, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.163
Itaja, Praia de (2652S, 4838W)
Itaja-A, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.163
Itajura, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.231
Itamarac, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
Itamoabo, Ponta: Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.203
Itanduba, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Itanham, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Itanham, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.104
Itapag, Pedra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.134
Itapag, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.134
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
Itapagipe, Banco de (1253S, 3830W)
Itaparica, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.291
Itaparica, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.291
Itaparica, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.287
Itape, Riacho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.98
Itapebuu, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Itapema Norte Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.51
Itapemirim Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.210
Itapessoca, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.75
Itapessoca, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.75
Itapeva Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Itapiuma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
Itapicuru, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Itapiranga, town (245S, 5802W)
Itapitanga, Ilhote de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.48
Itapocori, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.153
Itapu (Pedra Piraboca) Light . . . . . . 5.184
Itapu, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Itapu, Ponta (1257S, 3821W) . . . 5.186
Itapu, Ponta (1500S, 3859W)
Itapuzinho, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Itaquena, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Itaqui, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.145
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
Itaqui, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90
Itaqu, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.124
Itariri Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.184
Itariri, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Itassepanema, Recife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.77
Itassepoc, Recife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.77
Itat, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.209
Itatiaia, Ilhas (2022S, 4017W)
Itatins, Serra dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Itatiquara, Morro de (2248S, 4219W)

Itana, Laje de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16
Itana, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136
Ituba, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
Ituquara, Furo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.202
Ituqui, Rio (228S, 5419W)
Ituzaing, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.212
Jabal, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.125
Jaboato, Rio (814S, 3455W)
Jaburu, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.287
Jacar, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.250
Jacarecica, Barreiras de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Jacarei, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193
Jacareipe, Rio (2009S, 4011W)
Jacarepi, Lagoa (2255S, 4226W)
Jacon, Lagoa (2256S, 4238W)
Jacon, Morro (2255S, 4241W)
Jacuacanga, Baia de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.227
Jacupe, Rio (1243S, 3808W)
Jacuma, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
Jacuma, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
Jaguanum, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.150
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.153
Jaguaro, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.302
Jaguaro, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.108
Jaguaro, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.302
Jaguaribe, Baixos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Jaguaribe, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
Jaguaribe, Gamboa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
Jaguaribe, Rio (1308S, 3849W)
Janaucu, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Janga, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Jangadas, Barra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Jang, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Jang, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Janssen, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.45
Japa, Povoaco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Japar, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.82
Japaratinga, Baixios de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Japariz, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.189
Japerica, Baa de (045S, 4703W)
Japomirim, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Japu, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Japuba, Enseada da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.217
Japur, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.284
Jaragua, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.140
Jararaca, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.183
Jararaca, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.233
Jari, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.86
Jariub, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Jaseur, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24
Javari, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.287
Jenipabu, Baixos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
Jequi, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Jericoacoara, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.132
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
Jerij, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.57
Jess Maria, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Jipioca, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
Joanes, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.137
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.137
Joanes, Rio (1253S, 3817W)
Joo Dias, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138
Joo Dias, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Joo da Cunha, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161
Joo da Cunha, Recifes do . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Joo de Leo, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.82
Joo de Tiba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.75
Joo Dias, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Joo Fernandes, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Joo Gonalves, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Joo Lopes, Baixa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Joo Pereira, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.254
387
Joo Pessoa, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.45

Joca, Cabea do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Joinville, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.143
Jorge Grego, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.176
Joroca, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Jos Ignacio, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Jos Ignacio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.30
Jos Ignacio Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.34
Ju, Serra do (347S, 3847W)
Juacema, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Juan Jos Paso, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.54
Juan Lacaze, Pueblo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.232
Juara, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Juatinga, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.176
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.175
Juburuna, Canto da (2020S, 4019W)
Jucu, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.185
Jucu, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.185
Jucuruu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.91
Juncal, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Juncalito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Jupatituba, Ilhat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Juria, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Juricuara, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Jurua, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
Jurua, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.285
Jurubaiba, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.153
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.153
Jurubaiba, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.225
Jurujuba, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.44
Jurujuba, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.44
Jurupari, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64
Jurupari, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Juruteua, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Juruti, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.244
Juruti, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.233
Justin, Pedras do (342S, 3831W)
Jutai, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.221
Jutuba, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
La Agraciada, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.79
La Argentina, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . 11.159
La Laja, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.240
La Lucila, Balnearios
(3640S, 5641W)
La Paciencia, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.175
La Paloma, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.43
La Panela, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
La Paz, Bancos (3924S, 6153W)
La Paz, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.195
La Pedrera, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44
La Plata, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.182
La Plata, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.181
Canal Acceso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.184
La Plata, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1
La Toma water tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.164
Laberinto, Costa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.119
Laberinto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Laborde, Arroyo (3859S, 6206W)
Labrea, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.283
Ladas, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.37
Lagarto, Serra do (2253S, 4246W)
Lagoa Azeda, Morro da
(956S, 3600W)
Laguna, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.196
Laje Baixa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119
Laje, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Laje, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.255
Lajes dos Baixos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Lajinha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226
Lajinha, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Lanaud, Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.68
Lngara, Baha (4641S, 6711W)
Lanzudos, Banco dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97
Lapao, Cordilhera do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.55
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Laplace, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31

Laranjeiras, Baa das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.118
Laranjeiras, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Laranjeiras, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.159
Larga, Isla (4503S, 6558W)
Largas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.175
Largo, Banco (3905S, 6151W)
Largo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Larrea, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.53
Las Palmas, Puerto Ro Paraguay . . 10.223
Las Palmas, Puerto: Ro Paran . . . . 10.151
Las Pipas, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Laura, Furo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Lavadeiras, Banco das . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.177
Lavadeiras, Coroa das . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Lavalle, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.199
Lazou, Ponta (241S, 4231W)
Le Teja, Darsena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.127
Leal, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.179
Leo, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.95
Leguizamo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.286
Lenis Grandes Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Lenis Grandes, Praia dos . . . . . . . . 4.112
Lenois, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.35
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38
Lenis Pequenos, Praia dos
(232S, 4251W)
Lenis, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.131
Len, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Lon Marino, Roca
(4504S, 6559W)
Leones, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.76
Leones, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.70
Leones, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.68
Lesnordeste, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.73
Leste, Coroa de: Rio Caravelas . . . . . 6.106
Leste, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.234
Leste, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.227
Leticia, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.282
Lima, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214
Limits of the book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Limes, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.49
Livramento, Ilha do (225S, 4425W)
Lixa, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Loayza, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.108
Lobera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Lobos, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142
Lobos, Bancos (3919S, 6149W)
Lobos, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71
Lobos, Ilha dos (2631S, 4834W)
Lobos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Lobos, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.30
Lobos, Islote (4125S, 6501W)
Lobos, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Lobos, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.192
Lobos, Punta (4348N, 6519W)
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Lobos, Punta: Baha Blanca . . . . . . . . 11.66
Lobos, Punta: Montevideo . . . . . . . . . 9.112
Loma, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30
Longa, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.183
Lopes Mendes, Enseada de . . . . . . . . 7.177
Lopes Mendes, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . 7.177
Loreto, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Loros, Caleta de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.141
Los Conos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.157
Lucena, Baixa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.51
Lucena, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Lus Correia, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.138
Lujan, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48
Luz, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Macacoari, Rio (018N, 5042W)
Macacos, Furo dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.205
Macacos, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.189
Maca Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.221
Maca, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.225

Macaba, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17
Macap, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.67
Maarico, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Macau, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.227
Macu, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.177
Macaxeira, Pontal da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Macedo, Ilhas do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.191
Macei Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.137
Macei, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Macei, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.140
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.135
Macei, Riacho (940S, 3544W)
Macei, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Machadinha, Ponta da
(152N, 5025W)
Machadinho, Ilha do; Light . . . . . . . . 3.100
Machadinho, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.177
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Macuco, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.55
Madeira, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Madeira, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.161
Madeira, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70
Madeira, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.251
Madre de Deus, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260
Madre de Deus, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . 5.272
Madryn, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.26
Madureira, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Me, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.41
Me Luisa, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Maestre Alvares, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128
Magalhes, Ponta do
(2723S, 4832W)
Magdalena, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.175
Magdalena, Canal de la . . . . . . . . . . . 9.142
Magdalena, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.175
Maguari, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Maguari, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Simo Grande Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.100
Maguari, Furo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Maia, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Maia, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.29
Maia, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.22
Maici, Rio (228S, 5439W)
Maimb, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.193
Maimb, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194
Maisinho, Coroa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Malaspina, Caleta (4509S, 6636W)
Malcher, Ponta do (224S, 5416W)
Maldonado, Bahia de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.73
Maldonado, Punta (3455S, 5451W)
Malhada de Fora, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . 4.144
Malhadinhas, Pedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.144
Malhado, Porto do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35
Maluco, Coroa do (037S 4759W)
Mamangu, Saco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Mamanguape, Ponta (646S, 3455W)
Mamanguape, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.43
Mambucaba, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226
Mambucaba, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226
Mamor, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.251
Mampituba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.219
Manaus, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.255
Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.250
Mandacaru, town (236S, 4242W)
Mandigituba, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138
Mandi, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.177
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Mandioca, Morro da (434S, 3740W)
Mangaratiba, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138
Mangaratiba, Laje de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138
Mangona, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.158
Manguaba, Lagoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Manguaba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.112
Mangue, Canto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.237
Mangue Seco Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.184
Mangue-Seco, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . 4.225
Mangueira, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
Mangues, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
388
Mangues Secos, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . 4.113

Mangues Verdes, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . 4.112
Manguinhos, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Manguinhos Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.287
Manguinhos, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.36
Manguna, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.40
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.43
Manimbu, Gamboa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
Manoel Lus, Recife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.40
Lightfloat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.43
Manteiga, Pedra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Mantimento, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.221
Manuis de Dentro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.110
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.110
Manuel Joo, Ilha do
(2251S, 4307W)
Maqueda, Punta (4601S, 6735W)
Maqueira, Ilha (311S, 5832W)
Mar Chiquita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.19
Mar Chiquita, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
Mar del Plata, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . 11.21
Mar del Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
Mar Grande Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227
Mar Pequeno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.70
Mar, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.157
Mar Virado, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237
Mar Virado, Ilha do
(2334S, 4509W)
Marac, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Marac, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Marac-Pucu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Maracaum, Baa do (115S, 4531W)
Maracaja, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.244
Maracan, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Maracan, Banco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Maracuj, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.110
Maragogi, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Maraj, Baia de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.174
Maraj, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37
Maraj-Au, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.174
Marajos, squalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
Marambaia, Baa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.150
Marambaia, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119
Marambaia, Laje da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.123
Marambaia, Restinga da . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119
Maranho, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.48
Maraon, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.282
Marapanim, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32
Marapanim, Banco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Marapat, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.177
Marapat, Ilha de: Rio Negro . . . . . . . 3.249
Maratuba, Ilha do (158S, 5543W)
Maratuba, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.123
Mara, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.34
Mara, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Mara, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.34
Marauia, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252
Marcelina, Laje da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Marco, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Marcos, Ponta de Sao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.54
Marcos, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
Maresia, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.217
Margarita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Maria Albardo, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.189
Maria Augusta, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.44
Maria Cator, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.164
Maria Farinha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Maria Magdelena Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44
Maria Teresa, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.128
Maria Victoria Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44
Maric, Lagoa de (2257S, 4251W)
Marics, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Marie, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Marieta, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102

Marimarituba, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.231
Marine exploitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10
Marinheiro, Furo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Marinheiro, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Mariquita, Serra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.133
Mariscal, Enseada de
(2711S, 4828W)
Marisco, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Marisco, Ponta do (2301S, 4317W)
Marob, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Marqus, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.108
Mrquez, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Mrquez, Paso de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Marrecal, Ponta do (327N, 5104W)
Marrecas, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.231
Martin Vaz, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Martin Vaz, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26
Martn Chico, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.58
Martn Garcia, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.27
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.28
Martnez de Hoz, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56
Martins de S, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.240
Martins, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156
Maruim, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Maruim, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
Maruinzinho, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Marumb, Morro do;
see Grande, Morro: Paranagu . . . . . . 8.85
Massaguau, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.240
Mata-Fome, Enseada do
(134S, 4857W)
Mata-Fome, Ilha (2725S, 4822W)
Mataripe, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.269
Matariz de Fora, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.224
Matas, Cabo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Mataura, Rio (146S, 4856W)
Mateus, Furo do (003S, 5059W)
Mato Grosso, Estado de . . . . . . . . . . . 3.224
Mato Grosso, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Mato, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.51
Matn, Banco del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Matoso, Ponto do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.36
Matto Grosso, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89
Maxaranguape, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
Mazago, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Mazarredo, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . . . 12.108
Meape, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.193
Mearim, Cabeo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77
Medano de la Mesa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.64
Medano, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.126
Mdano Alto, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
Mdano Mircoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
Mdanos, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.14
Mdanos, Punta (3653S, 5641W) . 11.20
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.19
Mdanos, Punta (4500S, 6610W)
Medio, Banco del (4038S, 6205W)
Medio, Banco del: Bahia Blanca . . . . 11.78
Medio, Canal del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.235
Medio, Restinga del (4550S, 6727W)
Medo, Ilha do B. de Todos os Santos . 5.287
Mdo, Ilha do: B. de So Marcos . . . . . 4.51
Light, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.54
Medrano, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Mega, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Meio, Banco do (252S, 4411W) . . . 4.56
Meio, Banco do: Porto de Macau . . . . 4.230
Meio, Banco do: Ro Amazonas . . . . . 3.56
Meio, Cabeo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Meio, Canal do: Belem . . . . . . . . . . . 3.169
Meio, Coroa do: Aracaju . . . . . . . . . , 5.173
Meio, Ilha do (2302S, 4317W)
Meio, Ilha do: B. da Ilha Grande . . . . 7.189
Meio, Ilha do: Ro Amazonas . . . . . . 3.231
Meio Norte, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Meio, Parcel do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Meio, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.33
Mel, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Mel, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.193
Melancias, Morro das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.161
Melancieira, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Melancieira, Pontal da . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120
Melo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.85
Mendanha, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.130
Mendes, Porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.216
Mercadal, Zanja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.138
Merepe, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.118
Mergulho, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.134
Meriti, Coroa do (1252S, 3840W)
Mero, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.228
Mero, Pedras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.90
Meros, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Meros, Laje dos (2737S, 4835W)
Meros, Laje dos: Ro de Janeiro . . . . . . 7.67
Meros, Parcel dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Meros, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.176
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.175
Meruim, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Mesa, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.42
Mesa, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.219
Mestre Alvares, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . 6.187
Mestre Bernardo, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
Mexiana, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.103
Mexingueiro, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89
Mia, Lajes do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Mia, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Miguel, Banco (4102S, 6247W)
Minerva, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Minerva, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.67
Minhoto, Urca do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Minuoano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.183
Minuano, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217
Miramar Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.161
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.168
Miramar (3817S, 5750W) . . . . . . . 11.40
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
Mirim de bidos, Paran . . . . . . . . . . 3.231
Mirim, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Mirim, Lagoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.296
Mirim, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.272
Miriri, Barreiras de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
Mocajuba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.142
Mocambo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.234
Mocangu, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
Mocangu, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93
Moela, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17
Mogotes, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56
Mogotes, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.19
Mogotes, Restinga de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
Mojiquiaba, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.73
Moleques, Baixio dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Moleques do Norte, Ilhas
(2725S, 4821W)
Moleques do Sul, Ilhas dos . . . . . . . . 8.186
Moleques do Sul, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Moleques, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.247
Moleques, Laje dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220
Moleques, Pedra dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.226
Moleques, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Mombaa, Enseada da . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.227
Monarca, Bajo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.77
Monju, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Monsaras, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Monsaraz, Lagoa (1927S, 3948W)
Montague, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Monto de Trigo, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19
Monto de Trigo, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . 8.137
Monte Alegre, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . 3.229
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.222
Monte Caseros, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . 10.124
Monte Cristo, Coroa de
(252S, 4139W)
Monte Dourado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.87
Monte Serrat, Forte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227
389
Monte Serrat, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.238

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227
Montevideo, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.93
Montevideo, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.114
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.66
Montevideo, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.93
Monumento, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.32
Morcego, Ponta do (547S, 3512W)
Morcegos, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.191
Moreno, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Moreno, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.151
Morona, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.301
Moronas Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Moronas, Pedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Morretes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.150
Morretes, Ponta dos
(2726S, 4829W)
Morro Indio, Islote (3958S, 6208W)
Morte, Barra de (941S, 3543W)
Mosqueiro, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Mosqueiro, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Mosqueiro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Mosqueiro, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Mossor, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.204
Mossor, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.203
Mostardas Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Mostyn, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.81
Mouratuba, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.222
Muan, Rio (131S, 4912W)
Muchocho, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Mucuim, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.72
Mucuri Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.129
Mucuri, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.135
Mucuri, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.135
Mucuripe, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.175
Mucuripe, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.161
Mucuripe, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.168
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.159
Praia do Futuro Light . . . . . . . . . . . 4.179
Mucuripe, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.132
Mula, Pedra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.226
Munda, Coroa do (941S, 3543W)
Munda, Lagoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Munda, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.161
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.162
Munda, Povocao de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.166
Munda, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.166
Munduba, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.24
Munguba, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.87
Muricitiua, Ponta (128S, 4446W)
Murioca, Coroa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Muritinga, Ilha (049S 4813W)
Muri, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
Murphy, Punta (4638S, 6718W)
Murtinho, Prto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.236
Murumuru, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180
Mut, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Mutuac, Ilha (146S, 5010W)
Mutucal, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.142
Mutum, Ilha (303S, 5812W)
Mutumuru, Ilha; see Murumuru, Ilha . 3.179
Mutuoca, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.35
Mututi, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Nacional, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Napo, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.290
Narvaez, Lomas de (3426S, 5354W)
Natal, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.18
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14
Natal, Recife de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14
Natural conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.106
Climate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.125
Air temerature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.149
Anticyclones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.131
Climatic tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.155
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.143
Depressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.132
Diurnal variation . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.130
Fog and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.148
Fronts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.135
Gales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.142
General conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 1.126
Ice accumulation . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.127
Intertropical convergence zone . 1.137
Precipitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.145
Pressure distribution . . . . . . . . . 1.128
Pressure variability . . . . . . . . . . 1.129
Relative humidity . . . . . . . . . . . 1.152
South America Low . . . . . . . . . . 1.133
Winds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.138
Currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.108
Brazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.114
Brazil Inshore Counter . . . . . . . . 1.115
Equatorial Counter . . . . . . . . . . . 1.113
Falkland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.116
Guiana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.111
North Equatorial . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.112
South Atlantic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.117
South Equatorial . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.110
Southern Ocean . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.118
Maritime topography . . . . . . . . . . . 1.106
Sea and swell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.120
Sea conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.121
Swell conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.122
Sea surface temperature . . . . . . . . . 1.123
Naufragados, Banco dos . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Naufragados, Ponta dos Light . . . . . . 8.178
Nava, Punta (4703S, 6630W)
Navarro, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29
Navigational aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.19
Argentina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.21
Brazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.19
Light-vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.23
Uruguay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.20
Navio, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187
Nazare, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.293
Necochea, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
Negra, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.237
Negra, Cabeza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Negra, Morro da Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Negra o de los Difuntas, Laguna . . . . . 9.29
Negra, Ponta (2258S, 4242W) . . . . 7.16
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Negra, Ponta (2650S, 4836W)
Negra, Ponta (553S, 3509W)
Negra, Ponta: Ro Amazonas . . . . . . . 3.231
Negra, Punta (3429S, 5747W)
Negra, Punta Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68
Negra, Punta (3836S, 5853W)
Negro, Cabea de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
Negro, Rio: Amazonas . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252
Negro, Ro Light Light . . . . . . . . . . . 11.116
Negro, Ro: Ro Uraguay . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Nepolis, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.166
Nevado de Vicaota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.295
Ninfas, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.25
Ninfas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Nino, Rocas (4506S, 6617W)
Niquim, Rio (951S, 3554W)
Niteri, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
Nocetti, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.159
Noite Escura, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Nordeste, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Norte, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Norte, Banco: Aracaju . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.173
Norte, Barra: Rio Caravelas . . . . . . . . 6.106
Norte, Barranca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Norte, Cabeo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Norte, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
Norte, Canal: Paranagu . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87
Norte, Canal do: Rio Amazonas . . . . . . 3.45
Norte, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Norte, Ilha do: Martin Vaz . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Norte, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236

Norte, Ponta do: Ilha Trinidade . . . . . . 2.31
Norte, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.158
Nossa Senhora da Ajuda, Baixo . . . . . . 6.85
Nossa Senhora da Guia, Igreja de . . . . 5.50
Nossa Senhora da Penha, Igreja de . . . 5.65
Nossa Senhora da Penha, Monte . . . . 5.202
Nossa Senhora da Piedade, Igreja de . . 6.44
Nossa Senhora de Guadalupe,
Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.289
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.239
Nossa Senhora de Guadeloupe,
Igreja de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Nossa Senhora do Monte, Outeiro de 5.185
Nova, Barra (1748S, 3914W)
Nova, Barra (406S, 3809W) . . . . . 4.197
Nova Capim, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Nova, Coroa: B. Todos os Santos . . . . 5.289
Nova, Coroa: Ro Par . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.139
Nova, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102
Nova, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.51
Nova Viosa, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.107
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98
Novales, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Novales, Restinga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Nueva Escocia, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . 10.112
Nueva Palmira, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . 10.83
Nuevo, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.77
Nuevo, Banco: Bahia Blanca . . . . . . . 11.78
Nuevo Berlin, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.82
Nuevo, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25
Nuevo, Golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.15
Nuevo, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
ONeil, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.199
bidos, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.237
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.232
Obligado, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.158
Ocidente, Coroa de (252S, 4140W)
Oeste, Banco del: Bahia Blanca . . . . . 11.74
Oeste, Escollera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.116
Oi, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Oiapoque, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14
Oitizeiro, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
Olazabel, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Olga, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102
Olho dAgua, Lago (812S, 3457W)
lho de Boi, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Olinda, Baixos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Olinda, Canal de: Recife . . . . . . . . . . . 5.98
Olinda, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.64
Olinda de Fora, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Olinda, Istmo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Olinda Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.96
Olinda, Molhe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.93
Olinda, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Olivares, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.97
Oliveira, Cabeo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Olivena, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
Olivia, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.119
Olivos, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.52
Breakwater Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.52
Olry, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Ona, Ilha da (040S 4800W)
Onas, Canal da Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.168
Onas, Ilha das (237S, 5712W)
Onas, Ilha das (310S, 5930W)
Onas, Ilha das: Belm . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.161
Onas, Paran das (313S, 5928W)
Orange, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Oranje, Forte de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
Orgos, Serra dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Oriximina, Vila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.236
Ortiz, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.138
390
Os Estreitos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.196
Os Rochedos, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19
Ossos, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Ostras, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Otelo, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.177
Ouris, Recife de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.271
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.271
Ovos, Coroa dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.40
Oyarvide, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.29
Oyarvide Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.161
Oyarvide, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.52
Pacas, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.103
Pacatuba, Serra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Pachitea, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.293
Pacotes, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.160
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134
Pacot, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Paga Dividas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Pago, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.110
Pai, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.41
Pai Tomaz, Ilha do (305S, 5815W)
Pai Vitrio, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Paiol, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93
Paituna, Rio (207S, 5414W)
Pajonal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.229
Pajuara, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Pajuara, Recife da (941S, 3543W)
Palangana, Pedra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.90
Palcazu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.293
Palhano, Ilha do (225S, 5436W)
Palisa, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142
Palmar, Punta: Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Palmas, Banco das
(2531S, 4816W)
Palmas, Canal de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.136
Palmas, Enseada das:
(2332S, 4503W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236
Palmas, Enseada das
Baa da Ilha Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.190
Palmas, Ilha das (2333S, 4501W) . 7.235
Palmas, Ilha das: Baa de Sepetiba . . . 7.137
Palmas, Ilha das: Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.45
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.48
Palmas, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.41
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.41
Palmas, Ilhas das: Paranagu . . . . . . . . 8.87
Palme, Cidade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Palmeiras, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.177
Palmira, Restinga de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.85
Paloma, Paso de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.142
Pampas, Coroa dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138
Pampeiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.183
Pampero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.140
Pampo Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.204
Pan de Azcar, Cerro
(3449S, 5515W)
Pan de Azcar, Cerro
Golfo San Jorge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Pan de Azcar, Isla
(4504S, 6549W)
Pan de Azcar, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.67
Pan, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Pando, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.93
Panela, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Panema, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.110
Panemosa, Serra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.55
Pntano, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Pantanoso, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.122
Panum, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Po de Aucar, Morro
(2614S, 4837W)
Po de Acar, Morro
Ilha da Trinidade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.32
Po de Acar, Morro Ro de Janeiro . 7.38
Papagaio Grande, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Papagaio, Pedras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Papagaio Pequeno, Ilha
(2751S, 4835W)
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Papagaio, Pico da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122

Papagaios, Canal de
(2253S, 4200W)
Papagaios, Coroa dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.255
Papagaios, Ilha dos
(2254S, 4159W)
Papagaios, Ilha dos: Maca . . . . . . . . 6.226
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.227
Paqueta, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Paquet, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
Paquet-Au, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Par, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Par, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Par, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.54
Par, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.118
Paracauri, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.141
Paracuru, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.161
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.159
Paraguau, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.295
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.288
Paraguay, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.217
Paraba do Sul, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214
Paraba, Foz do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214
Paraba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.46
Paraso, Ilha do (506S, 3636W)
Parajura, town (423S, 3752W)
Paran, Laje do (2614S, 4839W)
Paran, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.184
Paran, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.125
Alto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.204
Delta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.131
Inferior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.153
Medio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.170
Superior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.186
Paran Bravo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.145
Paran de las Palmas, Ro . . . . . . . . 10.136
Paran de Monte Alegre, Rio . . . . . . . 3.229
Paran Guaz, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.141
Paran Ibicuy, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.142
Paran Min, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.139
Paranagu, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.75
Paranagu, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.91
Parapuca, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Parati, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.221
Parauacara, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Parauaquara, Ilhas do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Parauaquara, Serra (130S, 5305W)
Parazinho, town (513S, 3551W)
Pardelas, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22
Pardelas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22
Pardo, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58
Paredo, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.32
Paredo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
Paredes, Parcel das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Pareja, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.82
Parentins, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.245
Pargos, Ilha de (2251S, 4154W)
Parietuba, Rio (211S, 5406W)
Parintins, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.233
Parmelo, Parcel do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.153
Parnaba, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.138
Parnaba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129
Parnamirim Airport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.29
Parnapu, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Parnapu-Guassu, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Paru, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.227
Pasaje, Caleta (45023S, 65382W)
Pasco, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.296
Pascoal, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.82
Paso de los Libres, Puerto . . . . . . . . 10.124
Passagem, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Passagem, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.108
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.108
Passagem, Rio da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Passarinho, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.230
Passarinho, Ponta do (314S, 5902W)
Passarinhos, Coroa dos
(805S, 3453W)
Pastaza, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.300

Pasto, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201
Pasto, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.197
Pastora, Puerto de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.79
Patacho, Barreta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.138
Patacho, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.231
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.232
Patacho, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Patachos, Recifes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Patagonia, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.120
Pateiros, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.239
Patos, Lagoa dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.257
Patos, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.156
Patria, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Pau a Pino, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.189
Pau Cavado, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Paul, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.150
Paula, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
Paulino, Ilha Grande do
(244S, 4212W)
Paulino Neves, town (244S, 4233W)
Paulista, town (756S, 3453W)
Paura, Morro do (222S, 5741W)
Paura, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.234
Pavn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Paysand, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.114
Paz, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.127
Peba, Pontal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Peba, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Peas, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Peas, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.118
Peas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.118
Pecm, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.161
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.159
Pecm Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.163
Pedra Branca, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.153
Pedra dAgua, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122
Pedra da Barra Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.165
Pedra do Sal, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.144
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.143
Pedra do Sal, Recife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.144
Pedra Furada, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26
Pedra Grande Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.192
Pedra Grande, Recifes da
(1745S, 3856W)
Pedra Grande, town (509S, 3553W)
Pedra, Ponta da (1448S, 3902W)
Pedra, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
Pedras, Barra de Porto de . . . . . . . . . . 5.139
Pedras, Coroa das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.289
Pedras dos Tacs, Restinga de . . . . . . . . 5.3
Pedras, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.65
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.64
Pedras, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.139
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.135
Pedras Pretas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Pedras, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
Pedreira, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.54
Pedreira, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26
Pedreira, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63
Pedro Lopez, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68
Pedro Segundo, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Pehuenc, Punta (3900S, 6134W)
Peixe-Pau, Baixio do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.145
Pelada, Ponta (205N, 5021W)
Pelada, Ponta: Manaus . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.271
Pelador, Outeiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.183
Pel, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
Pelotas, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.271
Pendo, Laje do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Pendo, Lajes do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
Penedo, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.166
Penedo, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.165
Penha, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.151
Penha, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.153
Pequeno, Baixio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
391
Pequeno Robredo, Islote . . . . . . . . . . 12.82

Perdices, Punta (4047S, 6451W)
Peregrino, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.222
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.222
Peregrino, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.227
Pereyra, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22
Periquitos, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.165
Peri-Peri, town (1252S, 3828W)
Perigo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Pernambuco, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.44
Per, Praia do (2250S, 4159W)
Peroco, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.186
Peroco, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.186
Perro, Banco del (4000S, 6205W)
Peruipe, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.107
Pescada, Pedras da
(2530S, 4817W)
Pescador, Pedra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
Pescadores, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
Pescadores, Banco de los . . . . . . . . . . 9.227
Pescadores, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
Pescadoro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.51
Pesqueiro, Ilha (136S, 5241W)
Pesqueiro, Ponta (039S 4829W)
Petrolera Caleta Cordova Terminal . 12.101
Piaaguera, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
Piaui, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
Piautinga, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
Pichis, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.293
Picinguaba, Enseada de
(2322S, 4452W)
Pico, Morro do Fernando de Noronha . 2.15
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16
Pico, Morro do: Rio de Janeiro . . . . . . 7.39
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Piedade, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216
Piedade, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
Piedras, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Piedras de Afilar, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68
Piedras de Afilar, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68
Piedras Negras, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68
Piedras, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.170
Pilo, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
Pilar, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.226
Pilcomayo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.233
Pilcomayo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.233
Pilotage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24
Argentina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26
Brazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24
Uruguay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25
Pimentel, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.153
Pinheira, Laje da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Pinheira, Ponta da (2753S, 4834W)
Pinheiro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Pinto, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22
Pipas, Rocas de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.227
Pirabas, Baa de (041S, 4709W)
Piraboca, Rocha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.186
Pirabura, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Piraununga, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.241
Piracy and armed robbery . . . . . . . . . . 1.12
Pirajuba, Ponta: Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.54
Pirmide, Caserio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.23
Pirmide, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Pirmide, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.23
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.23
Pirmide, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Pirangi, Recifes de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Pirangi, Rio (424S, 3749W) . . . . . 4.198
Piraparma, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Piraquara, Laje de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.48
Piraqu-Au, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Piraqu-Mirim, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Piraquembua de Fora, Banco . . . . . . . 3.34
Piraquembua de Terra, Banco . . . . . . 3.34
Piraquembua, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Pirarema, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.49
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.54
Pirata, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Piratuba, Lago (139N, 5009W)
Piri, Rio (138S, 5002W)
Piriapolis, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.90
Piriapolis, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.90
Piriquitos, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Pita, Ihla da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.113
Pita, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Pitangui, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
Pitiau, Recifes de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Pitimbu Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66
Pitimbu, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.65
Pitimbu, Serra de (552S, 3513W)
Pititinga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.250
Pititinga, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.249
Pititinga, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.249
Pituba, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Pima, Ilhas (2051S, 4043W)
Pima, Rio (2050S, 4043W)
Pocitos, Enseada de los . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.88
Poes, Canal dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.139
Pojuca, Rio (1236S, 3802W)
Polonio, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Polonio, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.30
Polvo, Recife do (941S, 3543W)
Pombas, Ilha das: Rio Par . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178
Pombas, Ilha das: Vitria . . . . . . . . . . 6.164
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.164
Pombeba, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Pombuu, Ilha (2021S, 4016W)
Ponta da Areia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.238
Ponta da Madeira, Terminal da . . . . . . 4.70
Berth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.79
Ponta de So Joo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Ponta do Ubu, Terminal da . . . . . . . . . 6.188
Ponta Grossa, Ilha So Sebastio:
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.233
Ponta Grossa (2328S, 4501W) . . . 7.235
Ponta de Saquarema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Pontal, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Pontal de Condeias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Pontal, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.204
Pontal, Praia do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.233
Pontal: Canal de Santa Catarina
(2727S, 4833W)
Pontiaguda, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30
Pontinha Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.247
Pontuda, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Popa Verde, Banco
(1802S, 3858W)
Porchat, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.45
Porcos Grande, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.211
Porcos, Ilha dos (004S, 5038W)
Porcos, Ilha dos: Cabo Frio . . . . . . . . 6.233
Porcos, Outeiros dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Porfido, Punta (4146S, 6500W)
Pororoca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6
Port services Summary . . . . . . . . . . 1.97
Compass adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 1.102
Deratting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.103
Docking facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.97
Measured distances . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.104
Oily waste reception . . . . . . . . . . . 1.105
Portal, Fundeadouro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.23
Portao, Pedras do (2530S, 4818W)
Porto do Norte (2530S, 4818W)
Portel, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Portinho, Rio (253S, 4140W)
Porto Alegre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
Porto Belo, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161
Porto Belo, Enseada da . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161
Porto Belo, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161
Porto Cocal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.194
Porto Equador Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.234
Porto, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19
Porto, Pedras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Porto Seguro, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.72
Porto Seguro, Barreiras Vermelhas de . 6.71
Porto Seguro, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76
Porto Velho, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.56
Porto Velho, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.251
Portocel; see Barra do Riacho,
Terminal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
Portugueses, Enseada dos . . . . . . . . . . 2.33
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.33
Posadas, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.213
Pote, Barra do, light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227
Potengi, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.26
Potrero, Ensenada del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.85
Aero Light; see Capitn Curbelo . . . 9.66
Pouso, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.219
Poxim, Barra do (1528S, 3856W)
Poxim, Lagoa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Pozos, Punta (4135S, 6459W)
Praa Mau, Pier da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.71
Prcticos Recalada Light-float . . . . . . . 9.66
Prado, Barra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.91
Prado, Barreiras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.82
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.83
Prado, Cidade do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.91
Prado, Recifes do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.92
Praia Brava, Enseada da . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Praia do Meio: Porto de Natal . . . . . . . 5.20
Praia Grande, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
Praia Grande, Ponta da
(107S, 4537W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.35
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.33
Praia Grande, Ponta da B. da
Ilha Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.190
Praia Mole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.169
Praia, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50
Prainha, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.228
Prainha, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Prainha, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.233
Prainha, Saco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.233
Prainha, town (354S, 3821W)
Prata, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.123
Prego, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Preguias, Barra das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Preguias, Rio das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Presidente Costa e Silva Bridge . . . . . . 7.34
Preta de Fora, Laje, Light . . . . . . . . . . 7.154
Preta, Laje (22575S, 43526W) . . 7.155
Preta Redonda, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.207
Prto, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Primero de Mayo, Punta
(4503S, 6537W)
Principal, Canal: Bahia Blanca . . . . . 11.78
Principal, Canal: Ro de La Plata . . . . 10.58
Principal ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.92
Argentina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.96
Brazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.92
Paraguay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95
Uruguay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.94
Prisma, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.15
Prismatica, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.15
Propri, Pontal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Puamp, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102
Pucallpa, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.292
Puente, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.184
Puerreydon, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . . 11.159
Puerto, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.98
Puerto Madero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.279
Puerto Sauce; see Sauce, Puerto . . . . . 9.232
Punau, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.249
Punta Amarilla, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Punta Ancla Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.85
Punta Caballos, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.77
Punta Cigea Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . 11.85
Punta Colorada, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . 11.148
Punta del Este, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . 9.80
Punta Dorado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.63
392
Punta Flecha Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Punta Indio, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Punta Loberia (4436S, 6524W) . .
Purus, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Putumayo, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.31
9.161
12.61
3.283
3.286
Quati, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Quatipuru, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25
Queimada Grande, Ilha
(2429S, 4641W)
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.65
Queimada Grande, Ilha B. da
Ilha Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.211
Queimada Pequena, Ilha
(2425S, 4646W)
Queimada Pequena, Ilha B. da
Ilha Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186
Quequn Grande, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
Quequn, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.62
Querandi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.19
Quiepe, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Quilombo, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
QuintoLight, see Berta . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Quintano, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Quintas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Quiriri, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.133
Quiriri, Coroa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Quiroga, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.158
Quissam Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.221
Rabo da Ona, Banco (017S 4822)
Radio facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.27
Electronic position fixing systems . . 1.27
Racons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.30
Radio medical advice . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.33
Radio navigational warnings . . . . . . 1.31
Radio weather services . . . . . . . . . . 1.32
Radiobeacons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.29
Rado Azedo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Ramallo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.162
Ramirez, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Ramo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Ramos, Furo do (240S, 5641W)
Rapa, Coroa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.48
Rapa, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.177
Rapada, Ilha (2310S, 4440W) . . . . 7.221
Raposa, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.186
Rasa da Cotinga, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Rasa de Dentro, Ilha, Light . . . . . . . . 7.109
Rasa de Guaratiba, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.123
Rasa, Ilha: Cabo Bzios . . . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Rasa, Ilha: Guanabara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Rasa, Ilha: Vitria (2018S, 4016W)
Rasa, Isla: Golfo San Jorge . . . . . . . . 12.68
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.68
Rasa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Rasa, Punta (3453S, 5517W) . . . . . 9.68
Rasa, Punta (3617S, 5647W) . . . . . 9.52
Rasas, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.185
Raso, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Rata, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16
Rato Grande, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.177
Rato Pequeno, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.177
Rawson, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.37
Ready, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68
Real de San Carlos radio mast . . . . . . 9.222
Real, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
Rebejos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.211
Recalada Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.62
Recife Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.170
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Recife, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.77

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95
Recncavo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.194
Recncavo, Ilhas do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260
Reconquista, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.197
Redentor, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Redinha, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
Redonda, Ilha: Abrolhos . . . . . . . . . . 6.114
Redonda, Ilha: Guanabara . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Redonda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Redondinha, Ponta (456S, 3700W)
Redondo, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.81
Redondo de Dentro, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . 7.113
Redondo, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.227
Reduto, Ponta do (506S, 3542W)
Regncia, Pontal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.131
Regncia Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.132
Registro, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.35
Argentina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.45
Port Traffic Control . . . . . . . . . . . 1.46
Ship reporting system . . . . . . . . . 1.45
Brazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.38
Marine Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.42
Port traffic control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.39
Ship reporting system . . . . . . . . . 1.38
International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.35
Pollution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.36
Submarine cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.34
Submarine pipelines . . . . . . . . . . 1.35
Traffic separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.37
Uruguay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.44
Traffic Control System . . . . . . . . 1.44
Rei, Lago do (311S, 5943W)
Reis Magos, Forte dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.24
Reis Magos, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Reis, Parcel dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Remdios, Forte dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Remdios, Ilhas do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.158
Remdios, Rio dos (255S, 4105W)
Reparo, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.143
Resistencia, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . 10.202
Respingador, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.239
Ressaca, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Ressaca, Ilha Grande da . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Ressaca, Ilha Rasa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Restinga, Banco da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.51
Restinga, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.46
Restinga Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Retiro, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Retiro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Retiro-Grande, Enseada do . . . . . . . . 4.201
Riacho, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.133
Riachos, Islas de los
(4011S, 6207W)
Riachuelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.278
Riachuelo, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.233
Riachuelo, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.168
Riachuelo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.233
Ribeira, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.217
Ribeira de Iguape, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73
Ribeiro, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.181
Ribeiro, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.114
Rincn Grondona, Paso . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Rincn Light-buoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.64
Rio Branco, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Rio Branco, Cidade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.302
Rio Curuca: Alto Amazonas . . . . . . . 3.289
Rio Grande, Barra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.234
Rio Grande, Cidade do . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.231
Rio Grande, Porto do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.230
Rio de Janeiro, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.47
Ro Grande Plateau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Risco, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Rivadavia, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.132
Roberta, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.110
Rocas, Atol das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.20
Rocha, Laguna de (3438S, 5418W)
Rodger, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25

Rodger Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Rodriguez, Punta (4050S, 6452W)
Roja, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Rojo, Islote (4504S, 6537W)
Romn, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78
Romana, Ponta da (034S 4754W)
Rosales, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.82
Rosario, Arroyo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.231
Rosario, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.231
Rosario, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.166
Rosario, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.227
Rosario, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.227
Rosas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.141
Rouen, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48
Royal Charlotte, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70
Rubia, Punta (3436S, 5408W) . . . . 9.31
Rubia, Punta (4043S, 6215W)
Ruby, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.240
S. Simo, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
S.W. Islet, see Sudoeste . . . . . . . . . . . 12.76
Sai, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Salado, Arroyo (4137S, 6501W)
Salado, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.179
Salamanca, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.81
Salamina Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.296
Salaverria, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Saleiro, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Salgadinho, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.98
Salgema Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.150
Salinas, Banco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35
Salineiro Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.210
Salinpolis, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32
Salsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Salsa, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58
Salto Chico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.123
Salto Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.123
Salto, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.122
Salvador Aero-light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.186
Salvador, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.205
Salvador, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Salvador, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.204
Salvaterra, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.141
Samarin Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Samauma, Furo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.110
Samborombn, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.179
Samborombn, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.177
San Andrs, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
San Antonio, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.52
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51
San Antonio Este, Puerto . . . . . . . . . 11.138
San Antonio Oeste, town . . . . . . . . . 11.138
San Antonio, Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
San Antonio, Puerto
Golfo San Matas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.135
San Antonio, Puerto Ro Paraguay . . 10.231
San Antonio, Sierras de . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2
San Antnio do Ia, Cidade de . . . . . . 3.281
San Augustin, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
San Blas, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.125
San Clemente, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.179
San Clemente, Bahia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.178
San Fernando, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . 10.49
San Francisco, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.109
San Fulgencio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.56
San Gabriel, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.240
San Gabriel, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.240
San Gregorio, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.73
San Gregorio Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69
San Gregorio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
San Isidro, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53
San Jeronimo, Riacho . . . . . . . . . . . 10.197
San Jorge, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
San Jorge, Golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.62
393
San Jose, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.213

San Jos, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
San Jos, Golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.155
San Juan, Cerros de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.18
San Juan, Paso de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22
San Juan, Pozos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22
San Juan, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
San Lorenzo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.167
San Martn, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.168
San Martn, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.165
San Matas, Golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.127
San Miguel, Fuerte de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29
San Miguel, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29
San Nicols, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.163
San Pascual, Rocas
(4505S, 6554W)
San Pedro, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21
San Pedro, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.158
San Pedro, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.161
San Pedro, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.161
San Pedro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.242
San Roman, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . . 11.159
San Roque, Caleta
(4503S, 6540W)
San Roque, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
San Sebastian, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Sandra Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Sandri, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226
Sanguineto, Baha (4705S, 6607W)
Santa Ana, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.124
Santa Barbara, Ilha de: Abrolhos . . . . 6.112
Santa Brbara, Ilha de
Rio de Janeiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Santa Catarina, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . 8.176
Santa Catarina, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2
Santa Caterina, Praia de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.51
Santa Cruz, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Santa Cruz Cabrlia, Cidade de . . . . . . 6.75
Santa Cruz, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.76
Santa Cruz de Amap, Povoaco de . . 3.27
Santa Cruz, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89
Santa Cruz, Ponta de Espritu Santo . 6.138
Santa Cruz, Ponta de Ro de Janeiro . . 7.42
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.39
Santa Cruz, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Santa Elena, Puerto: Ro Paran . . . . 10.194
Santa Elena, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.56
Santa F, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176
Canal Acceso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.177
Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176
Santa Helena, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Santa Isabel, Ilha Grande
(251S, 4146W)
Santa Lucia, Banco de . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Santa Luca, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.229
Santa Luzia, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.129
Santa Maria, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.30
Santa Maria, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Santa Maria, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.155
Santa Marta Grande, Cabo de . . . . . . 8.187
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Santa Rita, Ilha (943S, 3549W)
Santa Rita, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.233
Santa Rita, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
Santa Rita, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.238
Santa Rosa, Bahia de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.87
Santa Rosa, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Santa Rosa, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Santa Teresa, Fortaleza de . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Santa Teresa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.93
Santa Teresita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Santa Tereza, Pedra de . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173
Santana, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.72
Santana, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.164
Santana de Fora, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . 8.190
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Santana, Ilha de
(216S, 4340W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.112
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Santana, Ilha de: Ro Amazonas . . . . . 3.72
Santana, Ilha: Ro Par . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.174
Santana, Ilhas de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Santana Leste Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.78
Santana, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.72
Santana, Rio (1449S, 3903W)
Santarm, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.226
Santarm, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57
Santiago, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.204
Santiago Vasquez, Ciudad de . . . . . . . 9.229
Santo Agostinho, Cabo de . . . . . . . . . 5.114
Santo Agostinho Light, Cabo de . . . . 5.115
Santo Alberto, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . 4.226
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.222
Santo Aleixo, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.121
Santo Amaro, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . 8.21
Santo Amaro, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.21
Santo Amaro, Monte de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.202
Santo Amaro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.21
Santo Amaro, Rio B.
Todos os Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.270
Santo Amaro, Rio: Santos . . . . . . . . . . 8.51
Santo Andr, Morros
(1611S, 3904W)
Santo Antonio, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Santo Antonio, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Santo Antonio, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.143
Santo Antnio, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.19
Santo Antnio, Banco de . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Santo Antnio, Coroa de
(657S, 3451W)
Santo Antnio Grande, Rio . . . . . . . . 5.136
Santo Antnio, Igreja de . . . . . . . . . . 5.172
Santo Antnio, Lagao . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.196
Santo Antnio, Ponta de
B. Todos os Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.186
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.184
Santo Antnio, Ponta de: Cabedelo . . . 5.46
Santo Antnio, Ponta de
Fernando de Noronha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Santo Antnio, Pontal de . . . . . . . . . . 8.294
Santo Cristo, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Santo Domingo, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.63
Santo Incio, Forte de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Santo Marcelo, Forte de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.226
Santo Tom, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.124
Santos, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.22
Santos Dumont Aero Light
Rio de Janeiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.39
Santos Dumont Airport . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Santos, Laje de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19
Santos, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.22
Santos Rosa, Rio (254S, 4153W)
Sao Sebastiao, Forte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.246
Sao Sebastio, Pico de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.232
So Bento, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.139
So Bernardo, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
So Borja, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.124
So Brs, Rio (1238S, 3843W)
So Caetano, Coroa (037S 4801W)
So Caetano, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.142
So Cristvo Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.184
So Domingos, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.220
So Francisco do Norte, Rio . . . . . . . 5.165
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
So Francisco do Sul, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . 8.2
So Francisco do Sul Oil Terminal . . 8.144
So Francisco do Sul, Porto de . . . . . 8.131
So Francisco do Sul, Rio . . . . . . . . . 8.122
So Francisco, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
So Francisco, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.67
So Gonalo, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.296
So Joo, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
So Joo, Ilhas de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.30
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.33
So Joo, Ilhas de
B. de Ilha Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.211
So Joo, Recife do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.164
So Joo, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.228
So Joo, Serra de (2249S, 4230W)
So Jose do Norte, Cidade de . . . . . . . 8.269
So Jos, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.108
So Jos, church . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
So Jos, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
So Jos, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
So Lourenco do Sul, Cidade de . . . . 8.292
So Loureno, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
So Luis, Baixo de (941S, 3542W)
So Lus, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.61
Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.54
So Lus, Ilha de;
see Maranho, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.48
So Lus, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.61
So Marcos, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.48
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.58
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Pilotage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.51
So Marcos, Banco de
(228S, 4417W)
So Marcos, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.66
Light, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.54
So Mateus, Barra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136
So Mateus, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.129
So Miguel, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.164
So Miguel, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.164
So Miguel de dos Milagres, Vila de . 5.136
So Miguel, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.164
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.161
So Miguel, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.205
So Paulo, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.62
So Paulo, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.18
So Pedro, Calhau de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.177
So Pedro da Aldeia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.222
So Pedro e So Paulo, Penedos de . . . . 2.9
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
So Roque, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102
So Roque, Cabo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.244
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.243
So Roque, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.246
So Roque, Recifes de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.241
So Salvador, Banco de
(658S, 3450W)
So Salvador, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112
So Sebastio, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.241
So Sebastio, Ilha de
(2350S, 4520W)
So Sebastio, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . 6.44
So Sebastio, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.241
So Tom, Banco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
So Tom, Cabo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
So Tom Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.210
So Vicente, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.22
Sapata, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.13
Sapata, Ponta da Fernando de Noronha 2.17
Sapata, Ponta da (2244S, 4159W) 6.229
Sapiatiba, Serra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14
Sapoca, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.238
Saquarema, Lagoa de
(2255S, 4234W)
Saquarema, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Sara, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Sara, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Saracura, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.209
Saracura, Laje da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.209
Saracuruca, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Sarandi, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53
Sarand, Escollera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.116
Sarand, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.96
Sarapo, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.113
Sardinha, Pedra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.113
394
Sarita Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308

Sarmiento, Fondeadero . . . . . . . . . . 11.159
Saubara, Recifes de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.271
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.271
Sauce, Laguna del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.85
Sauce, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.232
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.227
Sauce, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.144
Saupe, Monte (1227S, 3758W)
Saupe, Rio (1223S, 3753W)
Sayago, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Sebastio Gomes, Recifes . . . . . . . . . 6.101
Sebastio Gomez, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . 6.185
Seca, Coroa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Seca, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.114
Seca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Sca, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.34
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.34
Seco, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Segba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.251
Segunda Barranca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.116
Sela, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.241
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.247
Selada, Serra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.114
Sepetiba, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.149
Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.123
Sepetiba, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.161
Sepetiba Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.161
Sepetiba Terminal, see Guaba, Ilha,
Terminal da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.140
Sepituba, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.241
Serapio, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Light; see Olinda Light . . . . . . . . . . 5.96
Serbinha, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Sergipe, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.168
Sergipe Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.167
Serinham, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.120
Serinham, Rio (1351S, 3900W)
Serinham, Rio (837S, 3503W)
Sernambetiba, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Serpa, Ilha Grande do;
see Risco, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Serpa, Lago (305S, 5829W)
Serpiente, Banco (3957S, 6200W)
Serra Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.17
Serra Grande, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
Serra Grande, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Serrambi, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Serrano, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.42
Serraria, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.241
Serrat, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.24
Setiba, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.185
Severino, Pedra do (230S, 4421W)
Sierra, Punta (4130S, 6458W)
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.47
Brazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.47
Bar signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.49
Signal stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.47
Storm signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.48
Silla Chica, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Silla Grande, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Silves, Furo (248S, 5805W)
Silves, Lago(257S, 5815W)
Simo Alves, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Sinumbu, Coroa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.42
Sioba, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.244
Siri, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Siri, Barreiras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.209
Siri, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.140
Siri, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.209
Siriba, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.115
Stio Forte, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223
Stio Forte, Ponta Grossa de . . . . . . . . 7.186
Soares, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.164
Soco, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157
Soc do Martins, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.155
Sofia, Recifes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Sol, Ilha do: Ilhas Martin Vaz . . . . . . . 2.27
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Sol, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73

Sola, Isla: Golfo San Jorge . . . . . . . . . 12.68
Solano, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.92
Solido Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Solimes, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102
Solimes, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Solimes, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.281
Solis, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68
Solpado, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.227
Solteira, Baixa (940S, 3542W)
Sombrio, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.214
Sombrio, Saco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.238
Somoza, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.49
Sondo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.151
Sororoca, Coroa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.51
Sororoca de Fora, Laje da . . . . . . . . . 7.153
Sororoca, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193
Sororoca, Ilhas da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Sororocas, Paracel das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.48
Sororocuu, Recifes de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Soure, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.140
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.128
Speedwell, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44
Suape, Barra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119
Suape, Furo do (1244S, 3836W)
Suape, Porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.123
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Suape, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Subama Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.184
Subama, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Sucuraca Light; see Barra Seca Light 6.129
Suuraca, Lagoa (1909S, 3944W)
Sud, Cabo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Sudestada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18
Sudoeste, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.76
Sueco, Laje do (2615S, 4839W)
Sueste, Canal de: Abrolhos . . . . . . . . 6.101
Sueste, Canal: Paranagu . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87
Sueste, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.116
Sul, Banco: Aracaju . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.173
Sul, Brao: Amazonas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.94
Sul, Cabeo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Sul, Canal do: Amazonas . . . . . . . . . . . 3.94
Sul Canal do: Recife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99
Sul, Pontal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Sumidouro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138
Sumtica, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235
Superagui, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.118
Superagui, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.118
Sur (Sud), Punta: Rio Negro
(4101S, 6248W)
Sur, Banco del: Bahia Blanca . . . . . . . 11.81
Sur, Barranca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Sur, Canal del: Bahia Blanca . . . . . . . 11.81
Sur, Restinga: Comodoro Rivadavia 12.109
Surri, Baixo (2301S, 4317W)
Sylvia, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.77
Tabaco Bom, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56
Tabatinga, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.34
Tabatinga, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.281
Tabocal, Ponta do(307S, 5810W)
Tabocal, Serra (202S, 5415W)
Tabuleiro, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.51
Tacami, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.187
Tacipeba, Pontal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Tacis, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Tacum, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19
Tacundaba, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.179
Tafor, Punta (4503S, 6617W)
Tagano, Baixio do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.163
Tagano, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.163
Tagus, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.120
Taia, Boqueirao do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62
Tai, Ilha: Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Taiaui, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Taba, Ponta (330S, 3853W)
Tainheiras, Recifes das . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131

Tape, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.71
Taipu, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.128
Taipus, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.18
Tairi, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
Tala, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.112
Talavera, Pasaje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.143
Tamandar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.115
Tamandar, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Tamandu, Ilha do (2336S, 4517W)
Tambaba, Barreiras de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.65
Tambaba, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.65
Tamba, Praia de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.65
Tamboretes, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.158
Tampan, Barra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.165
Tango do Par, Ilha (310S, 5910W)
Tanques, Coroa dos (252S, 4139W)
Tapado, Barreta do Rio
(800S, 3450W)
Tapajs, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.224
Tapar, Bca do (225S, 5434W)
Tapar, Ilha Grande do . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.231
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.232
Tapari, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.142
Tapari, Ponta (038S, 4757W)
Tapera, Laje de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.221
Tapera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.45
Tapes, Saco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.294
Tapuruquara, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252
Taquara, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Taquara, village (730S, 3451W)
Taquaras, Baixo das
(2041S, 4028W)
Taquaras, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.159
Taquaruna, Coroa (700S, 3450W)
Tarantanas, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Tarol, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.45
Tartaruga, Enseada da . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.229
Tartaruga, Furo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Tartaruga, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Tartarugas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.33
Tatinga, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.56
Tatuamunha, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.138
Tatuoca, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.138
Tatuoca, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Tau, Barreiras de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89
Tau, Recifes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Tau-Mirim, Ilha (239S, 4422W)
TEBIG Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.194
Tef, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.281
Teffe, Pedra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.51
Tehuelche, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.157
Teia, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252
Teixeira, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Tejada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.78
Telegrafo, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16
Tema, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.194
Teresa Pana, Baixo da: Light . . . . . . 4.245
Terra Nova, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.249
Terrapleno de Leste, Ilha do . . . . . . . . 8.252
Terre Altos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7
Tetas de Pineda, Monticulos . . . . . . . 12.81
Tiagem, Baixo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Tiaia, Serra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129
Tiba, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.195
Tigre, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.229
Tigre, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50
Tigre, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Tijoca, Bancos da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.130
Tijca, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.139
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.128
Tijucas, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162
Tijucas, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Tijucas, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162
Tijucas, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162
Tilly, Rada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.134
395
Timbaba, town (346S, 3827W)

Timbebas, Recifes das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.86
Timb, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Timonha, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.135
Timoteo Dominquez, Isla . . . . . . . . . . 10.27
Tingo Maria, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . 3.298
Tinhar, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Tinhar, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.15
Tipitinga, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Tipitinga, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.158
Tipitinga, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Tira Pomba, Pedra
(1259S, 3831W)
Titan Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.179
Tocantins, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181
Todos os Santos, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . 5.193
Toledo Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.52
Tombo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Tombo-das-Aguas, Pedra . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72
Tonantins, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.281
Toque-Toque, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.247
Toque-Toque, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.238
Toque-Toque, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93
Torgua Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Toro, Banco del (3901S, 6155W)
Torre Anchorena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22
Torre, Cerro de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Torre, Parcel da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Torres, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.219
Torres de Abrantes, Colinas . . . . . . . . 5.186
Torres, Islas de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Torres, Morros de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.214
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Tosca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Toscas, Islotes las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.68
Touro, Pedra (251S, 4117W)
Touros, Canal dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.247
Touros, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.247
Tova, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.86
Tovita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.86
Traffic and operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
Firing practice areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
Floating laboratories and
current meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11
Offshore oil exploration . . . . . . . . . . 1.10
Piracy and armed robbery . . . . . . . . 1.12
Submarine exercise areas . . . . . . . . . . 1.8
Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
Tragadero, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.175
Traio, Baa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
Traio, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Trama, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31
Tramanda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216
Tramanda. Almirante Soares Dutra
Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.221
Tramanda, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.220
Tramanda, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.220
Tramanda Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215
Trancoso, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Trancoso, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Trapand, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.70
Trapi, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.148
Trapiche, Rio (837S, 3503W) . . . . 5.120
Trelew, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.37
Tres Cerros, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Tres Irmaos, Morro dos . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Tres Irmaos, Morros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.161
Tres Orelhas, Pico das . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122
Tres Picos, Cerros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.107
Tres Puntas, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.68
Trs Ilhas, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.185
Trs Irmos, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.189
Trs Irms, Ilhas das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Trs Pontas, Morro das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Trincheira Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138
Trincheira, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Trindade, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30
Trindade, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Home
Contents
Index
INDEX
Trindade, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235

Trinidad, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.66
Trinta Ris, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.228
Trpode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.79
Triste, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Tromba Grande, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Trombetas, Porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.238
Trombetas, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.236
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.233
Trombinha, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25
Tropical cyclones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.134
Trouville, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.88
Tubaro, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.108
Tubaro, Ponta do (504S, 3629W)
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Tubaro, Ponta do: Vitria . . . . . . . . . 6.133
Tubaro, Porto do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.169
Mole Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.165
Tubaro, Urca do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.224
Tubares, Ilha dos (1353S, 3902W)
Tucumanduba, Ilha;
see Candira, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179
Tucumanduba, Serra do
(133S, 5243W)
Tucumar, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.110
Tucuns, Praia dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Tufa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Tuna, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44
Tundi, Serra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.220
Tnel, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
Tupinambs, Furo (053S 4815W)
Tur, Ponta (036N 4828W)
Turiau, Baia de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.37
Turiau, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.37
Turluri, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22
Tutia, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.115
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124
Tuy, Banco del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.173
Tyu, Mar del (3634S, 5642W)
Uapes, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252
Uapes, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.252
Ubaranas, Pedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Ubatuba, Cidade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.239
Ubatuba, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.239
Ubatuba, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.137
Ubatuba Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.233
Ubatuba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.135
Ubatumirim, Enseada de
(2321S, 4454W)
Ubu Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.196
Ubu, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.199
Ubu, Terminal da Ponta do . . . . . . . . . 6.188
Ucayali, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.291
Uchria, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.164
Ulloa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
Una, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.185
Una, Barra do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
Una, Parcel do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Una, Porto do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.67
Una, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Una, Rio (853S, 3506W)
Una, Rio: Bahia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Una, Rio: Buzios (2243S, 4200W)
Una, Rio: Ubu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.186
Unin, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.124
Upanema, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.194
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.195
Urca, Morro da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38

Uruba, Morro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.163
Urubamba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.295
Urubu, Ilha (241S, 5748W)
Urubu, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.164
Urubu, Morro (2045S, 4038W)
Urubu, Morro (432S, 3742W)
Urubuquaqu, Bca do (225S, 5438W)
Urucanga, Serra (2251S, 4241W)
Urucar, Rio (230S, 5739W)
Urucuricaia, Furo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.115
Urucuricaia, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.113
Urucurituba, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.248
Urucurituba, Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.246
Uruguay, Paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.55
Uruguay, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54
Alto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.123
Inferior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.69
Medio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.103
Superior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.123
Urupira, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.124
Uruta, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.110
Usiba, Terminal da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.242
Vacas, Arroyo de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.67
Vacas, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.265
Val-deCaes, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.161
Airport Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.166
Val-de-Ces, Pedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Valado, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
Valdes, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.173
Valdes, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.84
Valds, Pennsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.166
Valhalla, Laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28
Valo Grande, Pedra do
(2541S, 4828W)
Valo-Grande, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73
Varador de Marac, Canal do . . . . . . . . 3.21
Varrido, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.158
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.157
Vaza-Barris, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Veado, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.129
Velha, Barra (1750S, 3916W)
Velha, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134
Velhas, Banco das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25
Velhas, Barreiras das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.131
Velhas, Coroa das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.173
Velhas, Ilhas das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.220
Velho, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Velho Pobre, Serra da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.221
Velho, Porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.56
Venncio, Pedras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.101
Ventana, Sierra de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.62
Vera, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.49
Vera Pass, Rio Uruguay . . . . . . . . . . 10.110
Verde, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.121
Verde, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Verde, Pennsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.121
Verde, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Verde, Recife da Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Verga, Canal da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.309
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.309
Vermelha, Coroa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.101
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.101
Vermelho, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33
Viana, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94
Viana, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.82
396
Viana, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.246

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.246
Vbora, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117
Viosa, Recife de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.111
Victor Pisani, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.98
Viedma, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.126
Vieira, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Vieira Grande, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.103
Vieira Grande, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Vigia, Boca da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Vigia, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.153
Vila do Conde, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . 3.187
Vila Velha, Enseada da
(2019S, 4017W)
Vilelas, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.202
Villa Constitucin, Puerto . . . . . . . . 10.164
Villa Encarnacion, Puerto . . . . . . . . 10.214
Villa Franca, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.227
Villa Gesell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
Villa Hernandairias, Puerto . . . . . . . 10.193
Villa Oliva, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.229
Villa Urquiza, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.191
Villarino, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.141
Villegagnon, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42
Villeta, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.230
Viseu, town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.36
Visser, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.91
Viteau, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.114
Vitoria, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.232
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.233
Vitria, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Vitria, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Vitria, Laje da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Vitria, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.155
Leading Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Vitoriano, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.270
Volcan, Sierras de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
Vov, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.136
Whales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5
Wilson, Laje do (2252S, 4307W)
Wood, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.120
Xaviera, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.186
Xibu, Ilha do (236S, 5655W)
Xingu, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Xingu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.115
Xipai, Baixo do (110S, 4841W)
Yacumana Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180
Yaguarn, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.163
Yahap, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.210
Yavari, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.287
Yeguas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.226
Yera, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.113
Yurimaguas, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . 3.297
Zarate, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.45
Zrate, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147
Z Boi, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.39
Zimbros, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162
Zimbros, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162
Zumbi, Barreira do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.244
Zumbi, Ponta do (125S, 4451W)
Zumbi, Ponta do Baa de Sepetiba . . . 7.153
Zumbi, Risca do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.244
Home
Contents
Index
PUBLICATIONS OF THE
UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE
A complete list of Sailing Directions, Charts and other works published by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office, together
with a list of Agents for their sale, is contained in the Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications, published annually.
The list of Admiralty Distributors is also on the UKHO website (www.ukho.gov.uk), or it can be obtained from:
The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office,
Admiralty Way,
Taunton, Somerset
TA1 2DN
Produced in the United Kingdom

for UKHO by Pindar plc
Home
Contents
Index
CDROM Instructions
See Status, Disclaimer and Copyright at Explanatory
Notes at Page vii.
The CDROM below contains the following:
Text of this volume in Portable Document Format
(PDF).
Software to install Adobe Acrobat Reader.
A link to the UHKO website: www.ukho.gov.uk
Photographs in PDF, if they are available for the area
covered by this volume.
Avoid touching or scratching the silver side of the
CDROM. To protect it from damage or loss, return it to
the envelope after use.
Place the CDROM in a compact disc drive. The
opening screen should appear within a few seconds.

If the opening screen does not appear after 15 seconds,
try the following:
Doubleleft click: My Computer.
Doubleleft click CDROM icon: NPxx (D:).
Doubleleft click html file: index.
The CDROM is designed to work with the following
software:
Windows 98
Windows 2000
Windows ME
Windows NT4.0 SP5

NP 5

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

NP 5

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Home

Weekly Notices to Mariners (Section IV)

IMPORTANT SEE RELATED ADMIRALTY PUBLICATIONS

SOUTH AMERICA PILOT

PUBLISHED BY THE UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE

E Crown Copyright 2005

Copyright for some of the material in

The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office

J.P.CLARKE LVO MBE

The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office

Countries and ports

References to hydrographic and other publications

Remarks on subject matter

International Hydrographic Organization

Joint Rescue Coordination Centre

east (easterly, eastward, eastern, easternmost)

forty foot equivalent unit

gram per cubic centimetre

Highest Astronomical Tide

International Association of Lighthouse

north (northerly, northward, northern,

Ocean Data Acquisition System

Port Entry Light

Rescue Coordination Centre

twenty foot equivalent unit

ultra high frequency

Voyage Data Recorder

baixio, baixo (adj) . . . P . . . . . . . . .

firth, arm of the sea

narrow passage, sound

basin, dock, backwater

definite article (masc)

igarap . . . . . . . . . . . . P . . . . . . . . . creek, narrow shallow arm of

definite article (fem)

definite article (masc)

holding ground, anchorage

NP 2 AFRICA PILOT VOL II

Is. Martin Vas 388

Longitude 40 West from Greenwich

Lagoa dos Patos

P. Mar del Plata

Ps. Ingeniero White

Canal Leones &

Cal. Sur C. Tres Puntas

Longitude 50 West from Greenwich

LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPERTAINING TO NAVIGATION

SOUTH AMERICA PILOT

NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS

LIMITS OF THE BOOK

Navigation amongst coral

Navigation amongst kelp

NAVIGATIONAL DANGERS AND HAZARDS

TRAFFIC AND OPERATIONS

permanent oil platforms are shown on the charts. See The

Floating laboratories and current meters

Piracy and armed robbery

Firing practice and exercise areas

Submarine exercise areas

Offshore oil exploration

Mariners are advised not to moor to them, nor pick up

Datums for elevations

Position fixing systems

Satellite navigation systems